Migne Reading Room

PG 7 · cols. 437–706

S. Irenaeus Lugdunensis, Contra haereses liber primus

Editors' preface

PG 7:437
ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ.
PREFACE.
1. Ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν παραπεμπόμενοί τινες, ἐπεισάγουσι λόγους ψευδεῖς καὶ γενεαλογίας ματαίας, αἵτινες ζητήσεις μᾶλλον παρέχουσι, καθὼς ὁ Ἀπόστολός φησιν, ἢ οἰκοδομὴν Θεοῦ τὴν ἐν πίστει, καὶ διὰ τῆς πανούργως συγκεκροτημένης πιθανότητος παράγουσι τὸν νοῦν τῶν ἀπειροτέρων, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζουσιν αὐτοὺς, ῥᾳδιουργοῦντες τὰ λόγια Κυρίου, ἐξηγηταὶ κακοὶ τῶν καλῶς εἰρημένων γινόμενοι· καὶ πολλοὺς ἀνατρέπουσιν, ἀπάγοντες αὐτοὺς προφάσει γνώσεως ἀπὸ τοῦ τόδε τὸ πᾶν συστησαμένου καὶ κεκοσμηκότος, ὡς ὑψηλότερόν τι καὶ μεῖζον
1. Inasmuch as certain men set aside the truth, they bring in false words and vain genealogies, which minister questions rather, as the Apostle says, than God's edifying which is in faith (1 Tim. 1:4), and through their craftily compacted plausibility they lead astray the mind of the more inexperienced and take them captive, falsifying the oracles of the Lord, becoming evil expositors of things well spoken; and they overthrow many, leading them away under pretence of knowledge from Him Who framed and adorned this universe, as though they had something higher and greater
Editors' notes and page, col. 437

Editors' prose

LIBER PRIMUS.

FIRST BOOK.

<!-- note: the book title is printed centred across the full width of cols 437-438, below the running head "S. IRENAEI CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PRIMUS." (page furniture, not set) and above a short rule and the column headings ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ / PRAEFATIO. The scan shows a second dot after the title's full stop; it looks like a speck, so one stop is set. No other editors' prose stands in the column: the Greek and the old Latin of the preface follow, then the full-width "BILLII INTERPRETATIO." (Billius's Latin version of the text, not editors' prose; not set here), then footnotes (1)-(10) at the page foot, which are set elsewhere. Nothing runs over from or into a neighbouring column. -->

Page

  • running head: 437 S. IRENÆI CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ.; B (1) Græca; C quales; D (3) Ῥᾳδιουργοῦντες
  • old-edition numerals: I before 1. Ἐπὶ
  • other: last word μεῖ-|ζον split at the column break, set whole here (Q1a); the tail ζον at the top of col 440 (the Greek column of the next page) is not to be set there; full-width title LIBER PRIMUS. at top and full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:438
Editors' notes and page, col. 438

Footnotes

(¹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 438 I Timoth. I, 4.

1 Timothy 1:4.

(printed under page 225)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 438

Graeca haec Irenaei ab initio ad medium usque capitis 11 hujus libri debemus Epiphanio, haer. XXXI, a § 9 ad 32 inclusive, ubi cum Valentinianorum commenta compendio retulisset, eadem paulo fusius, ipsamet sanctissimi martyris verba, ut ipse ait, mutuatus, explicat. Τὰ ἑξῆς, inquit, ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ προειρημένου ἀνδρὸς, δούλου Θεοῦ, Εἰρηναίου δέ φημι, τὴν παράθεσιν ὁλοσχερῶς ποιήσομαι. Ἔχει δὲ οὕτως, etc.

For this Greek of Irenaeus, from the beginning to the middle of chapter 11 of this book, we are indebted to Epiphanius, Heresy XXXI, from § 9 to § 32 inclusive, where, having summarised the inventions of the Valentinians, he sets out the same things somewhat more fully, borrowing, as he himself says, the very words of the most holy martyr. "What follows," he says, "I shall set out in full from the aforementioned man, the servant of God — Irenaeus, I mean. It runs thus," etc.

(printed under page 225)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἐπί› · call in col 438

Ἐπί. Veterem interpretem legisse ἐπεί, non ἐπί, patet ex voce quatenus ab eo adhibita. Huncque recte legisse, ac proinde corruptum esse hodiernum textum Graecum, merito contendunt Billius, Fronto Ducaeus et Feuardentius. E contrario vero pugnat Gallasius pro ἐπί, vultque Graece dici potuisse, ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν παραπεμπόμενοί τινες, quod ita vertit: nonnulli in veritatem praeter jus et fas emissi. Tum exempla congerit ut probet verbum παραπέμπεσθαι hic de iis accipiendum esse, qui falso praetextu in veritatem ipsam emissi sunt; quales sunt falsi doctores, qui, missione aut vocatione legitima destituti, praeter rationem et ordinem a Satana emissi sunt; quomodo, inquit, et a Demosthene παραπρεσβεία, falsa legatio appellatur. At ut ea significatio alibi obtineret, hic tamen incommoda videretur: nihilque cogit a vulgata et communi significatione verbi παραπέμπειν recedere, quam vel ipsa Lexica docent, quaeque fidei corruptoribus, et Scripturarum adulteratoribus optime convenit. Παραπέμπειν enim, ut recte observat Fronto Duc., idem est ac spernere, rejicere, repudiare. Sic Esther. XIII, 3: παραπέμποντας διηνεκῶς τὰ τῶν βασιλέων διατάγματα. Clem. Alex., lib. III Paedag. c. 9: ἡδονῆς ἕνεκα λούεσθαι παραπεμπτέον, etc. Adverte autem hic, cum Billio et Feuardentio, longissimam esse hanc periodum, utpote in quam Irenaeus multa inculcaverit: quod huic auctori familiare est, librorum praesertim initiis.

Ἐπί ("upon"). That the old translator read ἐπεί ("since"), not ἐπί, is plain from the word quatenus that he uses. Billius, Fronton du Duc and Feuardent rightly contend that he read correctly, and that the present Greek text is therefore corrupt. Gallasius, on the contrary, argues for ἐπί, and holds that the Greek could have said ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν παραπεμπόμενοί τινες, which he renders "some sent into the truth against right and law". He then gathers examples to prove that the verb παραπέμπεσθαι is to be understood here of those who were sent into the truth itself on a false pretext — such as false teachers, who, lacking lawful mission or calling, were sent by Satan outside reason and order; just as, he says, Demosthenes calls a false embassy παραπρεσβεία. But even if that meaning held elsewhere, here it would seem unsuitable; and nothing compels us to depart from the received and common meaning of the verb παραπέμπειν, which the lexicons themselves teach, and which fits corrupters of the faith and adulterators of the Scriptures perfectly. For παραπέμπειν, as Fronton du Duc rightly observes, is the same as to spurn, reject, repudiate. So Esther 13:3: "continually setting aside the decrees of the kings"; Clement of Alexandria, Paedagogus III, ch. 9: "bathing for pleasure is to be set aside," etc. Note here also, with Billius and Feuardent, that this sentence is very long, since Irenaeus has packed much into it — a habit of this author, especially at the beginnings of his books.

(printed under page 225)

(3) ‹anchor: Ῥᾳδιουργοῦντες› · call in col 438

Ῥᾳδιουργοῦντες. Ῥᾳδιουργεῖν τὰ θεῖα λόγια est, inquit Billius, oracula divina mala fide exponere, seu sensum eorum detorquere et adulterare; quod iis, de quibus hic agitur, ἐξηγηταῖς κακοῖς τῶν καλῶς εἰρημένων γενομένοις, omnino congruit. Hanc vocem eo sensu non semel usurpat Irenaeus. Infra cap. 3, num. 6, ῥᾳδιουργοῦντες τὰς ἐξηγήσεις, adulterantes expositiones. Et cap. 20, n. 1, ῥᾳδιούργημα, adulterationem, vel, ut vertit interpres, falsationem.

Ῥᾳδιουργοῦντες ("tampering with"). To tamper with (ῥᾳδιουργεῖν) the divine oracles is, says Billius, to expound the divine oracles in bad faith, or to twist and adulterate their sense; which fits entirely those spoken of here, who have become "bad expositors of what was well said". Irenaeus uses this word in that sense more than once: below, ch. 3, no. 6, ῥᾳδιουργοῦντες τὰς ἐξηγήσεις, "adulterating the expositions"; and ch. 20, no. 1, ῥᾳδιούργημα, "an adulteration", or, as the translator renders it, "a falsification".

(printed under page 225)

(4) ‹anchor: Quatenus› · call in col 438

Quatenus. Hic accipitur pro quandoquidem sive quoniam. Exempla apud auctores Latinos obvia sunt.

Quatenus. Here it is taken for "since" or "because". Examples in Latin authors are ready to hand.

(printed under page 225)

(5) ‹anchor: Refutantes› · call in col 438

Refutantes. Id est, spernentes, rejicientes, repudiantes. Eo sensu accipit Cicero Orat. pro Rabir. Postum. § 16, et II Tuscul. 95.

Refutantes. That is, spurning, rejecting, repudiating. Cicero takes it in that sense in the speech Pro Rabirio Postumo § 16, and Tusculans II, 95.

(printed under page 225)

(6) ‹anchor: Infinitas› · call in col 438

Infinitas. In Graeco ματαίας, vanas, inanes. Sed cum Apostolus, I Timoth. I, 4, habeat ἀπεράντους, infinitas, id in textu Latino servare maluit interpres. Hinc Tertullianus iisdem Apostoli verbis perstringens Valentinianorum deliria de triginta Aeonibus, eorumque genealogia, habet, genealogias indeterminatas.

Infinitas ("endless"). In the Greek ματαίας, "vain, empty". But since the Apostle, 1 Timothy 1:4, has ἀπεράντους, "endless", the translator preferred to keep that in the Latin text. Hence Tertullian, censuring with the same words of the Apostle the ravings of the Valentinians about the thirty Aeons and their genealogy, has "undetermined genealogies".

(printed under page 225)

(7) ‹anchor: Exercitata› · call in col 438

Exercitata. In editt. Eras. et Gallas. et codd. Arundel. et Ottobon. exercita. Sed melius in Feuard. edit., consentiente veteri cod. quem citat, Claromont. et Pass. exercitata. Suspicatur clariss. Grab. ab interprete scriptum excita sive excitata, ex quo tanquam contracte scripto imperiti scribae fecere exercita seu exercitata; quia, inquit, verbum Graecum συγκροτεῖν vix uspiam in exercendi, aliquoties autem in exciendi sive concitandi significatione usurpatur. At, quidquid sit tum de conjectura ipsa, tum de ratione qua nititur, minus inepte, meo quidem sensu, dicitur, subdole exercitata verisimilitudo, quam subdole excitata seu excita. Sed longe melius Graecam vocem συγκεκροτημένη reddidisset interpres, si vertisset, composita, constructa, adornata, vel cum Billio comparata.

Exercitata ("practised"). The editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and the Arundel and Ottoboni manuscripts have exercita. But the reading is better in Feuardent's edition, with the old manuscript he cites agreeing, and in the Clermont and Passionei manuscripts: exercitata. The most distinguished Grabe suspects that the translator wrote excita or excitata, from which, as if written in contracted form, unskilled scribes made exercita or exercitata; because, he says, the Greek verb συγκροτεῖν is scarcely ever used in the sense of exercising, but several times in the sense of rousing or stirring up. But whatever is to be said of the conjecture itself and of the reasoning it rests on, it is, in my judgement at least, less awkward to say "a craftily practised plausibility" than "a craftily roused" one. Yet the translator would have rendered the Greek word συγκεκροτημένη far better had he translated "composed, constructed, adorned", or, with Billius, "contrived".

(printed under page 225)

(8) ‹anchor: Evertunt› · call in col 438

Evertunt. In Claromont. cod. et Pass. vertunt.

Evertunt ("overturn"). In the Clermont manuscript and the Passionei, vertunt ("turn").

(printed under page 225)

(9) ‹anchor: Attrahentes› · call in col 438

Attrahentes. Sic omnes tum editt. tum mss. codd. Libentius tamen legerem abstrahentes, juxta Graecum ἀπάγοντες.

Attrahentes ("drawing to"). So all the editions and manuscripts alike. I would rather read abstrahentes ("drawing away"), in keeping with the Greek ἀπάγοντες.

(printed under page 225)

(10) ‹anchor: Sub occasione agnitionis› · call in col 438

Sub occasione agnitionis. Graec. προφάσει γνώσεως, quod mallem ab interprete redditum, sub specie agnitionis, seu scientiae, cujus scilicet spem injiciebant Valentiniani.

Sub occasione agnitionis ("on the occasion of knowledge"). Greek προφάσει γνώσεως ("on the pretext of knowledge"), which I would rather the translator had rendered "under the appearance of knowledge", or of science — the hope of which, that is, the Valentinians held out.

(printed under page 225)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 438
  • marginal letters: A PRÆFATIO.; B gruit.; C Arundel.; D (10) Sub
  • old-edition numerals: 2 before et per eam
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width title LIBER PRIMUS. at top and full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:439
Editors' notes and page, col. 439

Page

  • running head: 439 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A navit;; B pretiosum; C (1) Habentes; D eliam
  • old-edition numerals: 3 after artificium
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:440
ἔχοντες ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῦ τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς πεποιηκότος Θεοῦ· πειθανῶς μὲν ἐπαγόμενοι διὰ λόγων τέχνης τοὺς ἀκεραίους εἰς τὸν τοῦ ζητεῖν τρόπον, ἀπιθάνως δὲ ἀπολλύντες αὐτοὺς, ἐν τῷ βλάσφημον καὶ ἀσεβῆ τὴν γνώμην αὐτῶν κατασκευάζειν εἰς τὸν Δημιουργὸν, μηδὲ ἐν τῷ διακρίνειν δυναμένων τὸ ψεῦδος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀληθοῦς.
to show than the God Who made the heaven, and the earth, and all the things that are in them; plausibly indeed luring the simple through artifice of words into the way of inquiring, but implausibly destroying them by fashioning their mind to be blasphemous and impious towards the Demiurge, when they are unable even to distinguish falsehood from the truth.
2. Ἡ γὰρ πλάνη καθ' αὑτὴν μὲν οὐκ ἐπιδείκνυται, ἵνα μὴ γυμνωθεῖσα γένηται κατάφωρος· πιθανῷ δὲ περιβλήματι πανούργως κοσμουμένη, καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας ἀληθεστέραν ἑαυτὴν παρέχειν φαίνεσθαι διὰ τῆς ἔξωθεν φαντασίας τοῖς ἀπειροτέροις, καθὼς ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος ἡμῶν εἴρηται ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων· Ὅτι λίθον τὸν τίμιον σμάραγδον ὄντα, καὶ πολυτίμητόν τισιν, ὕαλος ἐνυβρίζει διὰ τέχνης παρομοιουμένη, ὁπόταν μὴ παρῇ ὁ σθένων δοκιμάσαι, καὶ τέχνῃ διελέγξαι τὴν πανούργως γενομένην. Ὅταν δὲ ἐπιμιγῇ ὁ χαλκὸς εἰς τὸν ἄργυρον, τίς εὐκόλως δυνήσεται τοῦτον ἀκεραίως δοκιμάσαι,
2. For error is not shown by itself, lest being stripped naked it should be detected; but being craftily adorned with a plausible cloak, it makes itself appear to present itself as truer even than the truth itself through its outward show to the more inexperienced, just as it has been said by one better than we concerning such matters: That glass, assimilated through art, insults the precious stone the emerald, which is of great price with some, whenever there is not present one who has the power to test it, and by art to expose that which has been craftily made. And when brass has been mixed in with silver, who will easily be able to test this unerringly,
Editors' notes and page, col. 440

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Habentes ostendere› · call in col 440

Habentes ostendere. Id est, possint ostendere. Non enim abs re erit hic monere saepius in Irenaeo hanc loquendi formam, quae plane Graeca est, occurrere, habere pro posse. Id semel observasse sufficiat.

Habentes ostendere ("having to show"). That is, "they can show". It will not be beside the point to note here that this turn of speech, which is plainly Greek — habere for posse, "to have" for "to be able" — occurs rather often in Irenaeus. Let it suffice to have observed it once.

(printed under page 226)

(2) ‹anchor: Suadenter› · call in col 440

Suadenter. Claromont. suadentes; quod quidem licet magis Latine, minus tamen apposite tum ad Graecum, tum ad sermonis seriem scriptum.

Suadenter ("persuasively"). The Clermont manuscript has suadentes ("persuading"); which, though more Latin, is written less aptly both to the Greek and to the run of the sentence.

(printed under page 226)

(3) ‹anchor: In eo quod blasphemam› · call in col 440

In eo quod blasphemam, etc. Totus hic locus, in editt. Eras. et Gallas. et codd. Arund. Ottobon. et Merc. 2 misere defoedatus, a Feuardentio ex veteri cod. et textu Graeco restitutus est. Veteri cod. consentiunt Pass. et Vossii codd., nisi quod hi perperam habeant blasphement pro blasphemam; sed rectius et magis exacte ad Graeca, falsum a vero, pro verum a falso, ut in editis legitur.

In eo quod blasphemam, etc. This whole passage, wretchedly disfigured in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and in the Arundel, Ottoboni and second Mercerus manuscripts, was restored by Feuardent from the old manuscript and the Greek text. The Passionei and Vossius manuscripts agree with the old manuscript, except that they wrongly have blasphement for blasphemam; but they read, more correctly and more exactly to the Greek, falsum a vero ("the false from the true") for verum a falso ("the true from the false"), as is read in the printed editions.

(printed under page 226)

(4) ‹anchor: Veriorem semetipsum praefert› · call in col 440

Veriorem semetipsum praefert, etc. Ita Feuard. in marg. Pass. et Voss. caeteri praestat. Sed haec Graecis non satis accurate respondent. Si cum Billio legas φαίνεται pro φαίνεσθαι, sic verte: Ipsa etiam veritate veriorem semetipsum externa quadam specie exhibere videtur imperitioribus. Vel si, retinens φαίνεσθαι, legere malis παρέχει, uti legi posse monet Petavius, vertendum est: Ipsa etiam veritate veriorem semetipsum externa quadam specie conspiciendum exhibet imperitioribus.

Veriorem semetipsum praefert ("shows itself truer"), etc. So Feuardent in the margin, the Passionei and the Vossius; the rest have praestat. But these do not answer accurately enough to the Greek. If with Billius you read φαίνεται for φαίνεσθαι, translate thus: "It seems, by a certain outward show, to present itself to the less skilled as truer even than the truth itself." Or if, keeping φαίνεσθαι, you prefer to read παρέχει, as Petau notes may be read, it is to be translated: "By a certain outward show it presents itself to the less skilled to be seen as truer even than the truth itself."

(printed under page 226)

(5) ‹anchor: Quoniam› · call in col 440

Quoniam. Ita recte Arund. Voss. Clarom. et Feuard. in marg. In Feuard. vero textu, perinde atque in Eras. et Gall. male, quomodo.

Quoniam ("since"). So rightly the Arundel, Vossius and Clermont manuscripts, and Feuardent in the margin. But in Feuardent's text, as in Erasmus and Gallasius, wrongly, quomodo ("how").

(printed under page 226)

(6) ‹anchor: Vitreum in ejus contumeliam› · call in col 440

Vitreum in ejus contumeliam. Accuratior hic Billii versio: Smaragdo, etc., vitrum dedecus infert. Vitreum hic cum Tertulliano lib. ad Mart. c. 4, scribit interpres pro vitrum.

Vitreum in ejus contumeliam ("glass, to its insult"). Billius's version is more accurate here: "glass brings disgrace upon the emerald," etc. The translator writes vitreum here for vitrum ("glass"), as Tertullian does, Ad martyras ch. 4.

(printed under page 226)

(7) ‹anchor: Artificium arguere, quod subdole sit factum› · call in col 440

Artificium arguere, quod subdole sit factum. Τέχνην legit interpres, nos τέχνῃ: quare ita Latine reddidit Billius: artis solertia id quod versute factum est deprehendere queat.

Artificium arguere, quod subdole sit factum ("to expose the artifice, that it was made craftily"). The translator read τέχνην ("art", accusative); we read τέχνῃ ("by art"): hence Billius rendered it in Latin thus: "can detect by skill in the art what was cunningly made".

(printed under page 226)

(8) ‹anchor: Ὡς ὑψηλότερόν τι καὶ μεῖζον ἔχοντες ἐπιδεῖξαι› · call in col 440

Ὡς ὑψηλότερόν τι καὶ μεῖζον ἔχοντες ἐπιδεῖξαι, etc., eum scilicet quem delirantes comminiscebantur Βυθὸν, seu Προπάτορα, aut Προάρχην, quem Patre et rerum omnium principio superiorem esse effutiebant.

"As having something loftier and greater to show," etc. — namely the one whom, in their ravings, they invented, Bythos (the Depth), or Propator (the Forefather), or Proarche (the Fore-beginning), whom they babbled was higher than the Father and the first principle of all things.

(printed under page 226)

(9) ‹anchor: Πειθανῶς μὲν ἐπαγόμενοι…, ἀπιθάνως δὲ ἀπολλύντες› · call in col 440

Πειθανῶς μὲν ἐπαγόμενοι…., ἀπιθάνως δὲ ἀπολλύντες. Elegantem hanc antithesim, quam minus feliciter expressit interpres, sic ego reddendam esse censerem: Oratione quidem ad persuadendum accommodata simpliciores ad inquirendum instigant; absurdis autem ac prorsum incredibilibus fabulis miseros verum a falso discernere non valentes perdunt, quos in Fabricatorem impia et blasphema sentire docent.

"Leading on persuasively …, but destroying unpersuasively." This elegant antithesis, which the translator expressed less happily, I would think should be rendered thus: "With speech fitted to persuade they spur the simpler sort to inquiry; but with absurd and altogether incredible fables they destroy the wretched, who cannot tell the true from the false, teaching them to think impious and blasphemous things of the Maker."

(printed under page 226)

(10) ‹anchor: Μηδὲ ἐν τῷ διακρίνειν› · call in col 440

Μηδὲ ἐν τῷ διακρίνειν. Expungi vult Billius, δὲ ἐν τῷ. Grabius conjicit Irenaeum scripsissse: μὴ δεόντως διακρίνειν. Legerem ego, leviori mutatione facta, μηδέν τι διακρίνειν δυναμένων, nullatenus discernere valentium.

Μηδὲ ἐν τῷ διακρίνειν ("nor in distinguishing"). Billius would strike out δὲ ἐν τῷ. Grabe conjectures that Irenaeus wrote μὴ δεόντως διακρίνειν ("not distinguishing as they ought"). I would read, making a slighter change, μηδέν τι διακρίνειν δυναμένων, "of those not able to distinguish at all".

(printed under page 226)

(11) ‹anchor: Παρέχειν φαίνεσθαι› · call in col 440

Παρέχειν φαίνεσθαι. Vel lege, παρέχει φαίνεσθαι, vel παρέχειν φαίνεται. Addit Latinus interpres per parenthesim: ridiculum est et dicere. quibus verbis nihil in Graeco respondet. Nisi haec de suo addiderit, omiserunt oscitantes scribae: γελοῖόν ἐστι φάναι.

Παρέχειν φαίνεσθαι. Read either παρέχει φαίνεσθαι or παρέχειν φαίνεται. The Latin translator adds in a parenthesis: "it is ridiculous even to say it", words to which nothing in the Greek answers. Unless he added them of his own, drowsy scribes have left out γελοῖόν ἐστι φάναι.

(printed under page 226)

(12) ‹anchor: Ἀπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος ἡμῶν εἴρηται› · call in col 440

Ἀπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος ἡμῶν εἴρηται. Virum hunc, eorum qui apostolos viderant discipulum, saepius laudat Irenaeus; ut libri hujus cap. 15, lib. III, c. 17 et 23, et lib. IV, c. 27, et ab eo multa didicisse se confitetur. Ejusdem meminit Eusebius lib. V Hist. cap. 8. Nomen autem ejus uterque reticet.

"It was said by one better than we." This man, a disciple of those who had seen the apostles, Irenaeus praises quite often — as in ch. 15 of this book, Book III, chs. 17 and 23, and Book IV, ch. 27 — and he confesses that he learned much from him. Eusebius mentions him, Ecclesiastical History V, ch. 8. But both keep silent about his name.

(printed under page 226)

(13) ‹anchor: Ἀκεραίως› · call in col 440

Ἀκεραίως. Legendum puto ἀκέραιος, adjective, quemadmodum legit Latinus interpres. Id enim exigunt sermonis series et auctoris scopus, ut attendenti patebit; ἀκεραίως autem hic commodum habere sensum vix potest.

Ἀκεραίως ("unmixedly", adverb). I think ἀκέραιος should be read, as an adjective, as the Latin translator read it. For the run of the sentence and the author's aim require it, as will be plain to one who attends; whereas ἀκεραίως can scarcely make good sense here.

(printed under page 226) <!-- note: in (10) the page prints scripsissse (three s), a misprint kept as printed (Q2a). -->

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 440
  • marginal letters: A ζον; B καὶ πολυτίμητόν; C (8) Ὡς; D (11) Παρέχειν
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: first word μεῖ-|ζον split at the column break; set whole at the end of col 437, so the tail ζον printed at the top of this column is not set here (Q2a); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:441
Ἵνα οὖν μὴ παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν αἰτίαν συναρπάρζωνταί τινες, ὡς πρόβατα ὑπὸ λύκων, ἀγνοοῦντες αὐτοὺς, διὰ τὴν ἔξωθεν τῆς προβατείου δορᾶς ἐπιβουλὴν, οὓς φυλάσσειν παρήγγελκεν ἡμῖν Κύριος, ὅμοια μὲν λαλοῦντας, ἀνόμοια δὲ φρονοῦντας· ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμην, ἐντυχὼν τοῖς ὑπομνήμασι τῶν, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν, Οὐαλεντίνου μαθητῶν, ἐνίοις δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ συμβαλὼν, καὶ καταλαβόμενος τὴν γνώμην αὐτῶν, μηνῦσαί σοι, ἀγαπητὲ, τὰ τερατιώδη καὶ βαθέα μυστήρια, ἃ οὐ πάντες χωροῦσιν, ἐπεὶ μὴ πάντες τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἐξεπτύκασιν, ὅπως καὶ σὺ μαθὼν αὐτὰ, πᾶσι τοῖς μετὰ σοῦ φανερὰ ποιήσῃς, καὶ παραινέσῃς αὐτοῖς φυλάξασθαι τὸν βυθὸν τῆς ἀνοίας, καὶ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν βλασφημίας. Καὶ, καθὼς δύναμις ἡμῖν, τήν τε γνώμην αὐτῶν τῶν νῦν παραδιδασκόντων, λέγω δὴ τῶν περὶ Πτολεμαῖον, ἀπάνθισμα οὖσαν τῆς Οὐαλεντίνου σχολῆς, συντόμως καὶ σαφῶς ἀπαγγελοῦμεν, καὶ ἀφορμὰς δώσομεν, κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν μετριότητα, πρὸς τὸ ἀνατρέπειν αὐτὴν, ἀλλόκοτα καὶ ἀνάρμοστα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἐπιδεικνύντες τὰ ὑπ' αὐτῶν λεγόμενα, μήτε συγγράφειν εἰθισμένοι, μήτε λόγων τέχνην ἠσκηκότες· ἀγά-
Lest therefore through our fault some should be snatched away like sheep by wolves, not knowing them because of the outward snare of the sheepskin—whom the Lord has charged us to beware of (Matt. 7:15), since they speak like things indeed, but think unlike things—I have deemed it necessary, after lighting upon the commentaries of the disciples, as they themselves say, of Valentine, and conversing also with some of them, and apprehending their mind, to make known to you, beloved, the monstrous and deep mysteries, which not all comprehend, since not all have spat out their brains, in order that you also, having learned them, may make them manifest to all who are with you, and may exhort them to guard against the abyss of folly and of blasphemy against Christ. And, so far as in us lies, we shall both report concisely and clearly the opinion of those who are now teaching falsely, I mean of those around Ptolemaeus, which is an efflorescence of the school of Valentine, and we shall give resources, according to our moderate ability, towards overthrowing it, showing the things said by them to be monstrous and ill-suited to the truth, though we are neither accustomed to writing books nor practised in the art of words; but love
Editors' notes and page, col. 441

Page

  • running head: 441 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A Ἵνα; B παραδιδασκόντων,; C (1) Παρὰ; D [xisti meum :
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: last word ἀγά-[πης] split at column break; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:442
Editors' notes and page, col. 442

Footnotes

(¹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 442 Matth. VII, 15.

Matthew 7:15.

(printed under page 227)

(1) ‹anchor: Παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν αἰτίαν› · call in col 442

Παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν αἰτίαν. Praepositionem παρά, in edit. omnibus perperam omissam, ex cod. Reg. restituimus.

Παρὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν αἰτίαν ("through our fault"). The preposition παρά, wrongly omitted in all the editions, we have restored from the Royal manuscript.

(printed under page 227)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἐπιβουλήν› · call in col 442

Ἐπιβουλήν. Ἐπιβολήν legit Latinus interpres: vertit enim, superindumentum. Vocem tamen ἐπιβουλήν retineri nihil vetat, qua posita accommodate ad auctoris institutum cum Cornario verteris: Propter externas ovillae pellis insidias.

Ἐπιβουλήν ("plot"). The Latin translator read ἐπιβολήν ("covering"), for he translated superindumentum ("overgarment"). Yet nothing forbids keeping the word ἐπιβουλήν; with it, you would translate, aptly to the author's purpose, with Cornarius: "because of the outward snares of the sheep's skin".

(printed under page 227)

(3) ‹anchor: Μὴ πάντες τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἐξεπτύκασιν› · call in col 442

Μὴ πάντες τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἐξεπτύκασιν. Sic cod. Reg. et editt. omnes. Interpres vero legisse videtur ἔχουσιν vel ἐσχήκασιν, ni forte (quod a vero simili non abhorret), Graecae phraseos sensum haud assecutus, hanc vertendo immutarit. Animum torquent Gallasius, Billius, Fronto Duc. et Grabius, ut obscurae hujus sententiae sensum expiscentur. Non meminerant, puto, Plautum in Mostellaria dixisse cerebrum mungere, pro callidiorem, seu astutiorem evadere, vel efficere: Imo etiam cerebrum quoque omnem e capite munxisti meum: Nam omnia malefacta vestra repperi radicitus. Eodem prorsus sensu dictum ab Irenaeo ἐγκέφαλον ἐκπτύειν, cerebrum exspuere, quo a Plauto cerebrum mungere. Nempe rationem affert ille cur omnes portentosa et abstrusa Valentinianorum mysteria assequi non valeant; quia, inquit, μὴ πάντες τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἐξεπτύκασι, non omnes cerebrum exspuerunt; id est, non omnes cerebrum satis emunctum, seu defaecatum habent, non ea ingenii subtilitate pollent, ut perdifficilia et obscurissima dogmata pervadere possint.

Μὴ πάντες τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἐξεπτύκασιν ("not all have spat out their brain"). So the Royal manuscript and all the editions. The translator, though, seems to have read ἔχουσιν or ἐσχήκασιν ("have"), unless perhaps (which is not unlikely) he failed to grasp the sense of the Greek phrase and altered it in translating. Gallasius, Billius, Fronton du Duc and Grabe rack their minds to fish out the sense of this obscure sentence. They did not remember, I think, that Plautus in the Mostellaria said "to blow the brain clean" for "to become, or make, sharper or more cunning": "Nay, you have even blown all the brain out of my head: for I have found out all your misdeeds by the roots." Irenaeus's "to spit out the brain" is said in exactly the same sense as Plautus's "to blow the brain". He gives, that is, the reason why not all can grasp the monstrous and abstruse mysteries of the Valentinians: because, he says, "not all have spat out their brain"; that is, not all have a brain sufficiently cleared or purged, nor are they strong in such subtlety of mind that they can penetrate the most difficult and obscure doctrines.

(printed under page 227)

(4) ‹anchor: Μήτε συγγράφειν εἰθισμένοι› · call in col 442

Μήτε συγγράφειν εἰθισμένοι. Non improbabiliter hinc concludit Feuardentius, hos quinque libros primum esse Irenaei fetum. Sed de his alibi diximus.

Μήτε συγγράφειν εἰθισμένοι ("nor being used to writing"). Feuardent not improbably concludes from this that these five books are Irenaeus's first offspring. But we have spoken of this elsewhere.

(printed under page 227)

(5) ‹anchor: Rudis cum sit› · call in col 442

Rudis cum sit. In Graeco non ἀκέραιος adjective, sed ἀκεραίως, quod si revera legendum foret, sensus est: Quis facile poterit hoc vere probare, seu potius explorare. Vide quae observavimus ad textum Graecum.

Rudis cum sit ("since he is unskilled"). In the Greek, not ἀκέραιος as an adjective but ἀκεραίως; if that really were to be read, the sense is: "Who will easily be able truly to test this," or rather "examine it". See what we observed on the Greek text.

(printed under page 227)

(6) ‹anchor: Ovilis pellis› · call in col 442

Ovilis pellis. Sic vetus Feuard. cod. cum Anglicanis et Clarom. Scilicet, ovilis adjective, pro ovillae seu ovinae; quod quidem adjectivi genus Latinis inusitatum, at barbaro interpreti condonandum.

Ovilis pellis ("sheep's skin"). So Feuardent's old manuscript, with the English manuscripts and the Clermont. That is, ovilis as an adjective, for ovillae or ovinae; a form of adjective unused by the Latins, but to be pardoned in a barbarous translator.

(printed under page 227)

(7) ‹anchor: Habent› · call in col 442

Habent. Gr. ἐξεπτύκασιν, exspuerunt. Interpres vero legit, ἐσχήκασιν. Vide notata ad textum Graecum.

Habent ("have"). Greek ἐξεπτύκασιν, "have spat out". But the translator read ἐσχήκασιν ("have had"). See the notes on the Greek text.

(printed under page 227)

(8) ‹anchor: Aliud docent› · call in col 442

Aliud docent. Gr. παραδιδασκόντων, perperam docent, seu falsa docent.

Aliud docent ("teach otherwise"). Greek παραδιδασκόντων, "teach wrongly", or "teach false things".

(printed under page 227)

(9) ‹anchor: Ptolemaeum› · call in col 442

Ptolemaeum. Clarom. ubique habet, Ptolomaeus, Ptolomaeum, etc. Sic etiam passim Tertullianus.

Ptolemaeum. The Clermont manuscript everywhere has Ptolomaeus, Ptolomaeum, etc. So too Tertullian throughout.

(printed under page 227)

(10) ‹anchor: Quae est› · call in col 442

Quae est. Ita recte cod. Arund. et Merc. 2. In editt. vero male, qui est. Id enim ad Ptolemaei et asseclarum sententiam, non ad Ptolemaeum ipsum referri demonstrat textus Graecus, in quo legitur, ἀπάνθισμα οὖσαν, scilicet, γνώμην τῶν περὶ Πτολεμαῖον. Perperam igitur Feuard. ad lib. II, cap. 4, et alii ex hoc loco collegerunt, Ptolemaeum ab Irenaeo vocari flosculum scholae Valentini, decepti videlicet haud satis accurata interpretatione vocis ἀπάνθισμα. Haec enim proprie non flosculum, sed delibationem, seu, ut alius quispiam mediae vel infimae Latinitatis interpres vertisset, deflorationem hic significat. Id nempe vult Irenaeus, Ptolemaeum quod subtilius erat e Valentini dogmatibus delibasse ac excerpsisse, ut hypothesim suam hinc conficeret.

Quae est ("which is", feminine). So rightly the Arundel manuscript and the second Mercerus. In the editions, wrongly, qui est ("who is"). For the Greek text shows that this refers to the opinion of Ptolemy and his followers, not to Ptolemy himself; it reads ἀπάνθισμα οὖσαν, that is, "the opinion of Ptolemy's circle" (γνώμην τῶν περὶ Πτολεμαῖον). Wrongly therefore did Feuardent, on Book II, ch. 4, and others gather from this place that Ptolemy is called by Irenaeus "the little flower of Valentinus's school" — misled, that is, by a not very accurate rendering of the word ἀπάνθισμα. For this properly means here not "little flower" but "a culling", or, as some other translator of middle or late Latinity would have rendered it, "a deflowering". What Irenaeus means is that Ptolemy culled and excerpted whatever was subtler from the doctrines of Valentinus, so as to construct his own system from it.

(printed under page 227)

(11) ‹anchor: Occasiones dabimus› · call in col 442

Occasiones dabimus. Gr. ἀφορμὰς δώσομεν, quod mallem cum Petavio vertisset inter- (continues)

Occasiones dabimus ("we shall give occasions"). Greek ἀφορμὰς δώσομεν, which I would rather the translator had rendered, with Petau, … (continues)

(printed under page 227)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 442
  • marginal letters: A tum argento,; B fundo; C (5) Rudis; D In editt.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:443
Editors' notes and page, col. 443

Page

  • running head: 443 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A tem,; B delam,; C pres,; D vero
  • old-edition numerals: 4 after usque
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:444
πης δὲ ἡμᾶς προτρεπομένης σοί τε καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μετὰ σοῦ μηνῦσαι τὰ μέχρι μὲν νῦν κεκρυμμένα, ἤδη δὲ κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς φανερὸν ἐληλυθότα διδάγματα· Οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστι κεκαλυμμένον, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται· καὶ κρυπτὸν, ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται.
urging us to make known both to you and to all who are with you the teachings that until now were hidden, but have now by the grace of God come into the open: For there is nothing covered, that shall not be revealed; and hid, that shall not be known (Matt. 10:26).
Οὐκ ἐπιζητήσεις δὲ παρ' ἡμῶν τῶν ἐν Κελτοῖς διατριβόντων, καὶ περὶ βάρβαρον διάλεκτον τὸ πλεῖστον ἀσχολουμένων, λόγων τέχνην, ἣν οὐκ ἐμάθομεν, οὔτε δύναμιν συγγραφέως, ἣν οὐκ ἠσκήσαμεν, οὔτε καλλωπισμὸν λέξεων, οὔτε πιθανότητα, ἣν οὐκ οἴδαμεν· ἀλλὰ ἁπλῶς, καὶ ἀληθῶς, καὶ ἰδιωτικῶς τὰ μετὰ ἀγάπης σοι γραφέντα, μετὰ ἀγάπης σὺ προσδέξῃ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐξήσεις αὐτὰ παρὰ σεαυτῷ, ἅτε ἱκανώτερος ἡμῶν τυγχάνων, οἱονεὶ σπέρματα καὶ ἀρχὰς λαβὼν παρ' ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ πλάτει σου τοῦ νοῦ ἐπὶ πολὺ καρποφορήσεις τὰ δι' ὀλίγων ὑφ' ἡμῶν εἰρημένα, καὶ δυνατῶς παραστήσεις τοῖς μετὰ σοῦ τὰ ἀσθενῶς ὑφ' ἡμῶν ἀπηγγελμένα. Καὶ ὡς ἡμεῖς ἐφιλοτιμήθημεν, πάλαι ζητοῦντός σου μαθεῖν τὴν γνώμην αὐτῶν, μὴ μόνον σοι ποιῆσαι φανερὰν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐφόδια δοῦναι πρὸς τὸ ἐπιδεικνύειν αὐτὴν ψευδῆ· οὕτω δὲ καὶ σὺ φιλοτίμως τοῖς λοιποῖς διακονήσεις, κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου σοι δεδομένην, εἰς τὸ μηκέτι παρασύρεσθαι τοὺς ἀνθρώ-
And you will not demand from us, who dwell among the Celts and are for the most part busied with a barbarous tongue, artifice of words, which we did not learn, nor the power of a writer, which we did not practise, nor embellishment of expressions, nor plausibility, which we do not know; but simply, and truly, and in a homely way the things written to you with love, with love you will receive, and you yourself will increase them with yourself, as being more capable than we, taking as it were seeds and beginnings from us, and in the breadth of your mind you will bring to abundant fruit the things said by us in few words, and will powerfully present to those with you the things weakly reported by us. And as we have striven earnestly, since you have long sought to learn their opinion, not only to make it manifest to you, but also to give supplies towards showing it to be false, so you also will earnestly minister to the rest, according to the grace given to you by the Lord, to the end that men may no longer be swept away
Editors' notes and page, col. 444

Footnotes

(³) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 444 Matth. X, 26.

Matthew 10:26.

(printed under page 228)

(1) ‹anchor: Non stantia› · call in col 444

Non stantia. In Eras. Gall. et Feuard., non constantia. In Graec. vero, et fortasse melius, ἀλλόκοτα, monstrosa, seu absurda.

Non stantia ("not standing"). In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, non constantia ("not consistent"). But in the Greek, and perhaps better, ἀλλόκοτα, "monstrous" or "absurd".

(printed under page 228)

(2) ‹anchor: Absconsae› · call in col 444

Absconsae. Scil. doctrinae ipsorum. Sic ex cod. Claromont. et Pass. restituimus. In caeteris, et in editione ipsa Oxoniensi, vitiose absconsa.

Absconsae ("hidden", feminine). That is, their doctrines. So we have restored it from the Clermont and Passionei manuscripts. In the others, and in the Oxford edition itself, wrongly absconsa (neuter).

(printed under page 228)

(3) ‹anchor: Vacamus› · call in col 444

Vacamus. Sic reponere non dubitavimus, codd. Voss. et Clarom. auctoritate moti, in quibus legitur quidem vacamur, sed manifesto scribarum lapsu, pro vacamus. Cum enim in mss. antiquioribus non exigua sit affinitas inter s et r, proclive fuit festinantibus scribis posteriorem pro priori scribere; quorum codices alii exscribentes, nec barbaram vocem vacamur intelligentes, scripserunt, alii vocamur (ut prius in cod. Clarom. scriptum fuerat, sed postea emendatum), alii avocamur; quod posterius in editt. omn. legitur. Legendum vero vacamus, demonstrat vox Graeca ἀσχολουμένων, quam Latine reddidit Billius, operam ponimus; Cornarius vero et Petavius, occupati sumus.

Vacamus ("we give ourselves to"). We have not hesitated to restore this, moved by the authority of the Vossius and Clermont manuscripts, in which vacamur is indeed read, but by an evident slip of the scribes, for vacamus. For since in the older manuscripts there is no small likeness between s and r, it was easy for hurried scribes to write the latter for the former; and others copying their manuscripts, not understanding the barbarous word vacamur, wrote, some vocamur (as had first been written in the Clermont manuscript, but was afterwards corrected), others avocamur, which latter is read in all the editions. That vacamus is to be read is shown by the Greek word ἀσχολουμένων, which Billius rendered in Latin "we spend our effort", and Cornarius and Petau "we are occupied".

(printed under page 228)

(4) ‹anchor: Auges› · call in col 444

Auges. In Eras. Gallas. et Feuard. male, augeas. Hic enim auges scribitur pro augebis, juxta Graecum αὐξήσεις. Plura siquidem verba terminationem habent utriusque, secundae scilicet et tertiae conjugationis. Sic Fulgeo, Fulgo, Ferveo, Fervo. Fervere littora flammis, Virg. IV Aen. 567. Sylvae stridunt, Virg. II Aen. 84. Vide Voss. lib. V De arte grammat. c. 3, et Novam methodum addiscendi linguam Lat., Gallice scriptam, pag. 353, edit. 1696.

Auges ("you increase"). In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, wrongly, augeas. For auges is written here for augebis ("you will increase"), following the Greek αὐξήσεις. Many verbs indeed have the endings of both the second and the third conjugation: so fulgeo and fulgo, ferveo and fervo. "The shores seethe (fervere) with flames," Virgil, Aeneid IV, 567. "The woods hiss (stridunt)," Virgil, Aeneid II, 84 [as printed]. See Vossius, De arte grammatica V, ch. 3, and the New Method of Learning the Latin Tongue, written in French, p. 353, edition of 1696.

(printed under page 228)

(5) ‹anchor: In latitudine sensus tui› · call in col 444

In latitudine sensus tui, etc. Haec, litterae nimium addictus, interpres obscuravit; clarius reddidit Petavius: In spatiosum mentis tuae sinum recondita, quae paucis a me perstricta sunt, uberiore fructu compensabis.

In latitudine sensus tui ("in the breadth of your mind"), etc. The translator, too bound to the letter, obscured this; Petau rendered it more clearly: "What I have touched on briefly, once laid up in the spacious bosom of your mind, you will repay with richer fruit."

(printed under page 228)

(6) ‹anchor: Et potenter asseres› · call in col 444

Et potenter asseres. Ut potenter asseras habent Voss. Pass. et Feuard. in marg.; sed prior lectio magis cum Graeco convenit.

Et potenter asseres ("and you will powerfully maintain"). The Vossius and Passionei manuscripts and Feuardent in the margin have ut potenter asseras ("so that you may powerfully maintain"); but the former reading agrees better with the Greek.

(printed under page 228)

(7) ‹anchor: Quaerenti tibi› · call in col 444

Quaerenti tibi. Pro quaerente te, id est flagitante te jam pridem, scriptum vult Grabius. Ego vero quaerenti tibi referrem ad non solum facere tibi manifestam, posteriusque tibi utpote superfluum expungerem.

Quaerenti tibi ("to you asking"). Grabe would have it written for quaerente te, that is, "you having long since demanded it". I, however, would refer quaerenti tibi to "not only to make plain to you", and would strike out the second tibi as superfluous.

(printed under page 228)

(8) ‹anchor: Ἰδιωτικῶς› · call in col 444

Ἰδιωτικῶς. Id ad tibi referri mavult Feuardentius: ut sensus sit, privatim, tibi soli. Malim ego ad praecedentia referri, ut sit idem ἰδιωτικῶς, ac rudi et simplici, seu vulgari stylo, et absque λέξεων καλλωπισμοῦ.

Ἰδιωτικῶς ("plainly; privately"). Feuardent prefers to refer this to "to you", so that the sense is "privately, to you alone". I would rather refer it to what precedes, so that ἰδιωτικῶς is the same as "in a rough and simple, or common, style, and without embellishment of words".

(printed under page 228)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἐφόδια δοῦναι› · call in col 444

Ἐφόδια δοῦναι. Idipsum est quod superius dixit, ἀφορμὰς δώσομεν, subsidia ministrabimus. Scilicet ἐφόδιον proprie viaticum, auxiliumque viae, ut loquitur Virgilius Aeneid. I, 36; hic vero opitulationem, auxilium, subsidium, argumentum significat.

Ἐφόδια δοῦναι ("to give provisions for the way"). This is the very thing he said above, ἀφορμὰς δώσομεν, "we shall furnish aids". Ἐφόδιον properly means provision for a journey, "help for the way", as Virgil puts it, Aeneid I, 36; but here it means assistance, help, aid, argument.

(printed under page 228)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 444
  • marginal letters: A πης; B καὶ ἀρχὰς; C Sylvæ; D ego
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: first word [ἀγά-]πης and last word ἀνθρώ-[πους] split at column breaks; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:445
πους ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκείνων πιθανολογίας, οὔσης τοιαύτης.
men by their plausible speech, which is of such a kind.
CAPUT PRIMUM.
Chapter I.
Quid de Aeonum suorum genesi, nomine, ordine, fetibus conjugalibus effutirent Valentini discipuli: et quae Scripturae loca commentis suis adaptarent.
What the disciples of Valentinus babbled concerning the generation, name, order, and conjugal offspring of their Aeons, and what passages of Scripture they adapted to their figments.
1. Λέγουσι γάρ τινα εἶναι ἐν ἀοράτοις καὶ ἀκατονομάστοις ὑψώμασι τέλειον Αἰῶνα προόντα· τοῦτον δὲ καὶ ........ Προπάτορα καὶ Βυθὸν καλοῦσιν........... ὑπάρχοντα δ' αὐτὸν ἀχώρητον καὶ ἀόρατον, ἀΐδιόν τε καὶ ἀγέννητον, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ ἠρεμίᾳ πολλῇ γεγονέναι ἐν ἀπείροις αἰῶσι χρόνων· συνυπάρχειν δ' αὐτῷ καὶ Ἔννοιαν, ἣν δὲ καὶ Χάριν, καὶ Σιγὴν ὀνομάζουσι· καὶ ἐννοηθῆναί ποτε ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ προβαλέσθαι τὸν Βυθὸν τοῦτον ἀρχὴν τῶν πάντων, καὶ καθάπερ σπέρμα τὴν προβολὴν ταύτην (ἣν προβαλέσθαι ἐνενοήθη), καὶ καθέσθαι, ὡς ἐν μήτρᾳ, τῇ συνυπαρχούσῃ ἑαυτῷ Σιγῇ. Ταύτην δὲ ὑποδεξαμένην τὸ σπέρμα τοῦτο, καὶ ἐγκύμονα γενομένην, ἀποκυῆσαι Νοῦν, ὅμοιόν τε καὶ ἴσον τῷ προβαλόντι, καὶ μόνον χωροῦντα τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ Πατρός. Τὸν δὲ Νοῦν τοῦτον καὶ Μονογενῆ καλοῦσι,
1. For they say that there is in invisible and unnameable heights a certain perfect pre-existent Aeon, and this one they also call ........ Forefather and Bythus........... and that being uncontainable and invisible, eternal and unbegotten, he existed in profound quiet and stillness through infinite ages of times; and that there coexisted with him Ennoea, whom they also name Charis and Sige; and that this Bythus once bethought himself to put forth from himself the beginning of all things, and to deposit this projection (which he had bethought himself to put forth) like a seed, as in a womb, in the Sige who coexisted with him. And that she, having received this seed and become pregnant, gave birth to Nous, both like and equal to him who had put him forth, and alone comprehending the greatness of the Father. And this Nous they also call Only-begotten,
Editors' notes and page, col. 445

Page

  • running head: 445 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 446
  • marginal letters: A tibi manifestam; B quando voluisse; C Billius, Grabius; D Eam enim
  • old-edition numerals: 5 before CAPUT PRIMUM.
  • other: word split at start of column: πους (from ἀνθρώ-); editors' matter: CAPUT PRIMUM. Quid de Aeonum (chapter heading and summary); facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:446
Editors' notes and page, col. 446

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Τέλειον Αἰῶνα προόντα› · call in col 446

Τέλειον Αἰῶνα προόντα. Sic Theodoret. lib. I Haer. Fab., cap. 7: Πρῶτον Αἰῶνα τέλειον· et Tertull. cap. 7: Substantialiter quidem αἰῶνα τέλειον appellant, personaliter vero προαρχὴν, et τὴν ἀρχὴν, etiam Bython.

Τέλειον Αἰῶνα προόντα ("a perfect pre-existent Aeon"). So Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum I, ch. 7: "a first perfect Aeon"; and Tertullian, ch. 7: "Substantially they call him the perfect Aeon, but personally Proarche (the Fore-beginning), and the Beginning, and also Bythos."

(printed under page 229)

(2) ‹anchor: Τοῦτον δὲ καί› · call in col 446

Τοῦτον δὲ καί. Adde, προαρχὴν ante προπάτορα· illam enim vocem legit vetus interpres, et legendam demonstrant Tertullianus et Theodoret. locis cit.

Τοῦτον δὲ καί ("and him also"). Add προαρχήν before προπάτορα; for the old translator read that word, and Tertullian and Theodoret, in the places cited, show that it should be read.

(printed under page 229)

(3) ‹anchor: Ὑπάρχοντα δ' αὐτόν› · call in col 446

Ὑπάρχοντα δ' αὐτόν. Ante haec verba legisse videtur Latinus interpres ὑπάρχειν δ' αὐτὸν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀχώρητον, ut probe monet Fronto Duc., quae ideo forte omisit scriba, quod eadem fere mox recurrant.

Ὑπάρχοντα δ' αὐτόν ("and he being"). Before these words the Latin translator seems to have read "and that he is invisible and incomprehensible", as Fronton du Duc rightly notes; the scribe perhaps omitted them because nearly the same words recur shortly after.

(printed under page 229)

(4) ‹anchor: Χρόνων› · call in col 446

Χρόνων. Hanc vocem addidit, puto, sciolus quis explicationis causa, veritus scilicet ne αἰών hic substantialiter acciperetur, pro primo Valentinianorum Aeone; cum aevum aut saeculum significet. Eam enim non agnoscunt neque Latinus interpres, neque Tertullianus, neque Theodoretus.

Χρόνων ("of times"). This word was added, I think, by some smatterer for the sake of explanation, afraid, that is, that αἰών might be taken here substantially, for the first Aeon of the Valentinians, when it means an age or period. For neither the Latin translator, nor Tertullian, nor Theodoret recognises it.

(printed under page 229)

(5) ‹anchor: Ἣν δὴ καὶ Χάριν, καὶ Σιγήν› · call in col 446

Ἣν δὴ καὶ Χάριν, καὶ Σιγήν, etc. Hinc Theodoreti textum emendes, in quo, vitiose legitur: Χάριν καὶ σεπτὴν καλουμένην. Pro σεπτήν, repone Σιγήν. Emendes etiam Indiculum haereseon Pseudo-Hieronymi, et pro, ea gratia appellatum Σιγήν, lege, Gratiam appellant et Σιγήν.

"Whom they also call Charis (Grace) and Sige (Silence)," etc. From this you may correct the text of Theodoret, in which is wrongly read "called Grace and august (σεπτήν)". For σεπτήν put back Σιγήν. You may also correct the Indiculus haereseon of Pseudo-Jerome, and for "by that grace called Sige" read "they call her Grace and Sige".

(printed under page 229)

(6) ‹anchor: Καθάπερ σπέρμα, ἣν προβαλέσθαι ἐνενοήθη› · call in col 446

Καθάπερ σπέρμα, ἣν προβαλέσθαι ἐνενοήθη. In hujus loci lectione non consentiunt Billius, Grabius et Fronto Duc. Prior omittit, καθάπερ σπέρμα, quod tamen habet Tertullianus. Grabius deletum vult articulum ἣν, utpote redundantem: Fronto Duc. conjunctionem καὶ ante καθέσθαι. Ego vero, nulla deleta voce, verbum ἐννοηθῆναι duntaxat, per ellipsin omissum, subintellectum velim ante vel post καθέσθαι, ista, ἣν προβαλέσθαι ἐνενοήθη, intra parenthesim includendo; et sic planus evadit mihi sensus: Hunc porro Bythum aliquando in animum induxisse ex sese rerum omnium initium proferre; atque hanc quam emittere statuerat productionem, velut semen in Sigen, quae una cum eo erat, demittere etiam voluisse. Ejusmodi ellipseon, imo et duriorum, non rara sunt cum apud Graecos, tum apud Latinos exempla. Nec reprehendet quisquam quod καί ante καθέσθαι interpreter etiam, cum ea significatio passim obvia sit.

"Like a seed, which he had thought to put forth." Billius, Grabe and Fronton du Duc do not agree on the reading of this place. The first omits "like a seed", which Tertullian nevertheless has. Grabe wants the article ἥν struck out as redundant; Fronton du Duc, the conjunction καί before καθέσθαι. I, however, deleting no word, would have only the verb ἐννοηθῆναι, omitted by ellipsis, understood before or after καθέσθαι, enclosing the words "which he had thought to put forth" in a parenthesis; and so the sense comes out plain to me: "This Bythos, then, at some time took it into his mind to put forth from himself the beginning of all things; and this production, which he had resolved to emit, he also willed to deposit, like a seed, in Sige, who was with him." Examples of such ellipses, and harsher ones too, are not rare among both Greeks and Latins. Nor will anyone fault me for rendering καί before καθέσθαι as "also", since that meaning is met everywhere.

(printed under page 229)

(7) ‹anchor: Καθέσθαι› · call in col 446

Καθέσθαι. In cod. Reg. καταθέσθαι.

Καθέσθαι ("to deposit"). In the Royal manuscript, καταθέσθαι.

(printed under page 229)

(8) ‹anchor: Aeonibus› · call in col 446

Aeonibus. Addit textus Graecus, χρόνων, temporum; quam vocem non reddidit interpres. At ut in hoc excusandus, in eo certe reprehendendus quod αἰῶσι verterit aeonibus; αἰών enim hic non inusitato Valentinianorum, sed vulgari sensu accipitur, pro aevo aut saeculo. Vide notam 4.

Aeonibus ("in Aeons"). The Greek text adds χρόνων, "of times", a word the translator did not render. But if he is to be excused in this, he is certainly to be faulted for rendering αἰῶσι as aeonibus; for αἰών is taken here not in the peculiar sense of the Valentinians but in the common sense, for an age or period. See note 4.

(printed under page 229)

(9) ‹anchor: Et velut semen prolationem hanc praemitti voluit› · call in col 446

Et velut semen prolationem hanc praemitti voluit. Quod non attenderit interpres ad ellipsin verbi ἐννοηθῆναι, toti periodo, dum vertit, nebulas offundit. Clarius, ni fallor, haec a nobis reddita. Vide notam 6.

Et velut semen prolationem hanc praemitti voluit ("and willed this emission to be sent forth like a seed"). Because the translator did not attend to the ellipsis of the verb ἐννοηθῆναι, he cast a fog over the whole sentence in translating it. We have rendered it more clearly, unless I am mistaken. See note 6.

(printed under page 229)

Page

  • other: col 446 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 445 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:447
Editors' notes and page, col. 447

Page

  • running head: 447 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A autem; B cundum; C (1) Unigenitum; D χτὺν enim dicebant (Q4a; was gorica)
  • old-edition numerals: 6 before Bythus
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:448
καὶ Πατέρα, καὶ Ἀρχὴν τῶν πάντων. Συμπροβεβλῆσθαι δὲ αὐτῷ Ἀλήθειαν· καὶ εἶναι ταύτην πρῶτον καὶ ἀρχέγονον Πυθαγορικὴν Τετρακτὺν, ἣν καὶ ῥίζαν τῶν πάντων καλοῦσιν. Ἔστι γὰρ Βυθὸς καὶ Σιγὴ, ἔπειτα Νοῦς καὶ Ἀλήθεια. Αἰσθόμενόν τε τὸν Μονογενῆ τοῦτον ἐφ' οἷς προεβλήθη, προβαλεῖν καὶ αὐτὸν Λόγον, καὶ Ζωὴν, πατέρα πάντων τῶν μετ' αὐτὸν ἐσομένων, καὶ ἀρχὴν, καὶ μόρφωσιν παντὸς τοῦ Πληρώματος. Ἐκ δὴ τοῦ Λόγου καὶ τῆς Ζωῆς προβεβλῆσθαι κατὰ συζυγίαν Ἄνθρωπον καὶ Ἐκκλησίαν· καὶ εἶναι ταύτην ἀρχέγονον Ὀγδοάδα, ῥίζαν καὶ ὑπόστασιν τῶν πάντων, τέτρασιν ὀνόμασι παρ' αὐτοῖς καλουμένων, Βυθῷ, καὶ Νῷ, καὶ Λόγῳ, καὶ Ἀνθρώπῳ. Εἶναι γὰρ αὐτῶν ἕκαστον ἀῤῥενόθηλυν, οὕτως· Πρῶτον τὸν Προπάτορα ἡνῶσθαι κατὰ συζυγίαν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ Ἐννοίᾳ· τὸν δὲ Μονογενῆ, τουτέστι τὸν Νοῦν, τῇ Ἀληθείᾳ· τὸν δὲ
and Father, and Beginning of all things. And that Truth was put forth together with Him; and that this is the first and first-begotten Pythagorean Tetractys, which they also call the root of all things. For there is Bythus and Sige, then Nus and Truth. And that this Only-begotten, perceiving for what ends He had been put forth, Himself also put forth Logos and Zoe, the father of all those who were to be after Him, and the beginning and formation of all the Pleroma. And from Logos and Zoe were put forth according to syzygy Man and Church; and that this is the first-begotten Ogdoad, the root and substance of all things, called among them by four names, Bythus, and Nus, and Logos, and Man. For each of them is male-female, thus: First the Propator was united according to syzygy with His Ennoea; and the Only-begotten, that is Nus, with Truth; and
Editors' notes and page, col. 448

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Unigenitum vocant› · call in col 448

Unigenitum vocant. Atqui non proprie, inquit Tertull. lib. cont. Val. c. 7, siquidem non solus agnoscitur; nam cum illo processit et femina, cui Veritas nomen est. Quanto congruentius Protogenes vocaretur!

Unigenitum vocant ("they call him Only-begotten"). "Yet not properly," says Tertullian, Against the Valentinians, ch. 7, "since he is not recognised as alone; for with him came forth a female too, whose name is Truth. How much more fittingly he would be called Protogenes (First-born)!"

(printed under page 230)

(2) ‹anchor: Sentientem autem unigenitum› · call in col 448

Sentientem autem unigenitum, etc. Clarius indiculus a Cotelerio restitutus: Intelligens autem sensus (Nus) ad quid esset emissus. Et Tertull. c. 7: Nus simul accepit (id est percepit, sive intellexit) prolationis suae officium.

Sentientem autem unigenitum ("the Only-begotten, perceiving"), etc. More clearly the Indiculus restored by Cotelier: "But Mind (Nous), understanding for what he had been emitted." And Tertullian, ch. 7: "Nous at once received" (that is, perceived or understood) "the office of his emission."

(printed under page 230)

(3) ‹anchor: Emissum secundum conjugationem› · call in col 448

Emissum secundum conjugationem. Ita Claromont. cum textu Graec. Pass. Ottobon. et partim Arund. Merc. 2 et Voss. In editt. vero Eras. Gallas. et Feuard. male, emissam secundam conjugationem.

Emissum secundum conjugationem ("emitted according to conjugation"). So the Clermont manuscript, with the Greek text, the Passionei, the Ottoboni, and in part the Arundel, the second Mercerus and the Vossius. But in the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, wrongly, emissam secundam conjugationem ("a second conjugation emitted").

(printed under page 230)

(4) ‹anchor: Πυθαγορικὴν Τετρακτύν› · call in col 448

Πυθαγορικὴν Τετρακτύν. Τετρακτύν cum Petavio et Theodoreto scribo, non τετρακτήν, ut perperam legitur in Basileensi Epiphanii edit. quam secuti sunt Feuard. et Grabius ipse; τετρακτύν enim dicebant Pythagorici, non τετρακτήν. Tetradem vero et Quadrigam vocat Tertull. Pythagorica ab Irenaeo dicitur; nemo enim nescit quantum quaternario numero tribuerent Pythagorici. Perfectum, imo omnem esse numerum asserebant; quia, inquit Plutarch. lib. I De placitis philosoph., c. 3, in se numerum vi complectitur denarium, ultra quem proprie non est numerus; nam reliqui ultra, qui dicuntur, numeri, priorum sunt repetitiones. Continet autem denarium, quia habet quatuor, tria, duo, unum, quae simul collecta denarium efficiunt. Propterea adeo sacra illis tetras erat, ut, Plutarcho loco cit. et Porphyrio testibus, inde sanctioris jurisjurandi religionem sibi fecissent: Οὐ μὰ τὸν ἁμετέρᾳ ψυχᾷ παραδόντα τετρακτὺν, Παγὰν ἀενάου φύσεως ῥιζώματ' ἔχουσαν. Per eum, qui animae nostrae tradidit quaternarium, Fontem perennis naturae radices habentem.

Πυθαγορικὴν Τετρακτύν ("a Pythagorean Tetractys"). I write τετρακτύν with Petau and Theodoret, not τετρακτήν, as is wrongly read in the Basel edition of Epiphanius, which Feuardent and Grabe himself followed; for the Pythagoreans said τετρακτύς, not τετρακτή. Tertullian calls it the Tetrad and the Quadriga. Irenaeus calls it Pythagorean, for no one is unaware how much the Pythagoreans attributed to the number four. They asserted that it was a perfect number, nay, all number; because, says Plutarch, De placitis philosophorum I, ch. 3, it embraces in itself potentially the number ten, beyond which there is properly no number, for the so-called numbers beyond are repetitions of the earlier ones. And it contains ten because it has four, three, two and one, which added together make ten. Hence the tetrad was so sacred to them that, as Plutarch in the place cited and Porphyry attest, they made of it the bond of a more solemn oath: "No, by him who gave our soul the tetractys, the fount of ever-flowing nature that holds its roots." [Latin:] "By him who handed on the four to our soul, the fount of everlasting nature, holding its roots."

(printed under page 230)

(5) ‹anchor: Προβαλεῖν καὶ αὐτὸν Λόγον› · call in col 448

Προβαλεῖν καὶ αὐτὸν Λόγον. C. R. ὑποβαλεῖν. Caeterum Irenaeo consentit Tertullianus cap. 7. Emittit et ipse (Nus) ex semetipso Sermonem, etc. Eadem habet Indiculus supra citatus, a Cotelerio emendatus, ad calcem tom. I Monum. Eccles. Gr., p. 767. Memoriae itaque lapsus est, infert optime Grabius, in Cyrilli Catech. 6, ubi Βυθῷ generatio Λόγου ascribitur. Est quoque ibidem prava lectio, distinctio, versio textus. Lege, pergit vir doctus, ex ms. 25 Roe. in Bibliotheca Bodl. emendatum, recteque distinctum: Βυθὸς ἐγέννησε Σιγὴν καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Σιγῆς ἐτεκνοποίει Λόγον. Τοῦ παρ' Ἕλλησιν Διὸς οὗτος χείρων, τοῦ τῇ ἀδελφῇ μιγνυμένου· τέκνον γὰρ τοῦ Βυθοῦ ἐλέγετο εἶναι ἡ Σιγή· Bythus genuit Sigen, et ex Sige filium suscepit Logon. Iste pejor est Jove gentilium, qui sorori commistus est; quippe Sige Bythi proles esse ferebatur. Magis tamen, fateor, propenderem in conjecturam eruditissimi Pearsonii Vindic. Epist. S. Ignat., part. II, cap. V, edit. Cantabrig. 1672, pag. 48, scilicet, neque λόγου, neque λόγον legendum esse, sed utramque vocem expungendam, utpote minime necessariam, sive priora, sive posteriora verba respicias. Neutra posterioribus competit; Cyrillus enim non Logon, sed Bythum Jovi comparat. Prioribus neque λόγου convenit, neque λόγον necessarium est; nam τεκνοποιεῖν, liberos procreare, quicunque tandem illi sint, satis ad hujus loci sensum exprimendum valet. Docet enim Cyrillus Jovem sorori mistum fuisse, Bythum vero ex filia sua procreasse liberos: quod turpius est. Quanquam haud excusari posse videatur quod Σιγὴν ἐκ Βυθοῦ genitam esse asserit Cyrillus. Sigen enim et ipsam ingenitam, Bythoque συνυπάρχουσαν ab haereticis dici, satis expresse tradunt Irenaeus et Theodoretus.

"That he himself also put forth the Word (Logos)." The Royal manuscript has ὑποβαλεῖν. Tertullian, ch. 7, agrees with Irenaeus: "He too (Nous) emits from himself the Word," etc. The Indiculus cited above, as corrected by Cotelier, at the end of vol. I of the Monumenta Ecclesiae Graecae, p. 767, has the same. It is therefore a slip of memory, as Grabe very well infers, in Cyril's Catechesis 6, where the generation of the Logos is ascribed to Bythos. There is also, in the same place, a faulty reading, punctuation and translation of the text. Read, the learned man goes on, as corrected from Roe manuscript 25 in the Bodleian Library and rightly punctuated: "Bythos begot Sige, and of Sige he begot the Logos. This one is worse than the Zeus of the Greeks, who lay with his sister; for Sige was said to be the child of Bythos." [Latin:] "Bythus begot Sige, and of Sige received a son, Logos. He is worse than the Jupiter of the gentiles, who coupled with his sister; for Sige was reported to be the offspring of Bythus." Yet I confess I would lean rather to the conjecture of the most learned Pearson, Vindiciae Epistolarum S. Ignatii, part II, ch. 5, Cambridge edition 1672, p. 48: namely, that neither λόγου nor λόγον should be read, but both words struck out as not at all necessary, whether you look to the earlier or the later words. Neither fits the later words, for Cyril compares not the Logos but Bythos to Jupiter. With the earlier words λόγου does not agree, and λόγον is not necessary; for τεκνοποιεῖν, "to beget children", whoever they may be, suffices to express the sense of this place. For Cyril teaches that Jupiter lay with his sister, but Bythos begot children of his own daughter, which is fouler. Although it seems that Cyril cannot be excused for asserting that Sige was begotten of Bythos: for Irenaeus and Theodoret state quite expressly that the heretics called Sige herself unbegotten and co-existing with Bythos.

(printed under page 230)

(6) ‹anchor: Μόρφωσιν παντὸς τοῦ Πληρώματος› · call in col 448

Μόρφωσιν παντὸς τοῦ Πληρώματος. Emendandus ergo Tertullianus loco jam saepe cit. et pro formati Pleromatis totius emissa, legendum formationem Pleromatis, etc., ut recte ante me notavit Grab.

Μόρφωσιν παντὸς τοῦ Πληρώματος ("the formation of the whole Pleroma"). Tertullian must therefore be corrected in the place already often cited, and for "emitted … of the whole formed Pleroma" read "the formation of the Pleroma", etc., as Grabe rightly noted before me.

(printed under page 230)

(7) ‹anchor: Καλουμένων› · call in col 448

Καλουμένων. Legendum esse καλουμένην monet Fronto Duc. et videt quisque. Ita legit vetus interpres.

Καλουμένων ("called", genitive plural). Fronton du Duc notes, and anyone can see, that καλουμένην should be read. So the old translator read.

(printed under page 230)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 448
  • marginal letters: A καὶ Πατέρα,; B σθαι; C Eadem; D priora,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:449
Λόγον τῇ Ζωῇ, καὶ τὸν Ἄνθρωπον τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ.
the Word with Life, and Man with the Church.
2. Τούτους δὲ τοὺς Αἰῶνας εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Πατρὸς προβεβλημένους, βουληθέντας καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου δοξάσαι τὸν Πατέρα, προβαλεῖν προβολὰς ἐν συζυγίᾳ· τὸν μὲν Λόγον καὶ τὴν Ζωὴν μετὰ τὸ προβαλέσθαι τὸν Ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἄλλους δέκα Αἰῶνας, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα λέγουσι ταῦτα· Βύθιος καὶ Μίξις, Ἀγήρατος καὶ Ἕνωσις, Αὐτοφυὴς καὶ Ἡδονή, Ἀκίνητος καὶ Σύγκρασις, Μονογενὴς καὶ Μακαρία. Οὗτοι δέκα Αἰῶνες, οὓς καὶ φάσκουσιν ἐκ Λόγου καὶ Ζωῆς προβεβλῆσθαι. Τὸν δὲ Ἄνθρωπον καὶ αὐτὸν προβαλεῖν μετὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας Αἰῶνας δώδεκα, οἷς ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα χαρίζονται· Παράκλητος καὶ Πίστις, Πατρικὸς καὶ Ἐλπὶς, Μητρικὸς καὶ Ἀγάπη, Ἀείνους καὶ Σύνεσις, Ἐκκλησιαστικὸς καὶ Μακαριότης, Θελητὸς καὶ Σοφία.
2. These Aeons, having been put forth for the glory of the Father, and wishing themselves also to glorify the Father through something of their own, put forth emissions in a pairing: the Word and Life, after they had put forth Man and the Church, [put forth] ten other Aeons, whose names they give as these: Bythios and Mixis, Ageratos and Henosis, Autophyes and Hedone, Akinetos and Synkrasis, Monogenes and Makaria. These are the ten Aeons whom they also assert to have been put forth from the Word and Life. And Man too, they say, himself put forth with the Church twelve Aeons, on whom they bestow these names: Paracletos and Pistis, Patrikos and Elpis, Metrikos and Agape, Aeinous and Synesis, Ekklesiastikos and Makariotes, Theletos and Sophia.
3. Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τριάκοντα Αἰῶνες τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, οἱ σεσιγημένοι καὶ μὴ γινωσκόμενοι· τοῦτο τὸ ἀόρατον καὶ πνευματικὸν κατ' αὐτοὺς Πλήρωμα, τριχῇ διεσταμένον εἰς ὀγδοάδα, καὶ δεκάδα, καὶ δωδεκάδα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸν Σωτῆρα λέγουσιν (οὐδὲ γὰρ Κύριον ὀνομάζειν αὐτὸν θέλουσι) τριάκοντα ἔτεσι κατὰ τὸ φανερὸν μηδὲν πεποιηκέναι, ἐπιδεικνύντα τὸ μυστήριον τούτων τῶν Αἰώνων. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ
3. These are the thirty Aeons of their error, those kept in silence and not known: this is, according to them, the invisible and spiritual Pleroma, divided threefold into an Ogdoad, and a Decad, and a Dodecad. And for this reason they say that the Saviour (for they will not name Him Lord) did nothing openly for thirty years, showing forth the mystery of these Aeons. But also in
Editors' notes and page, col. 449

Footnotes

(none) <!-- note: footnotes (1)-(3) are called in this column (Βύθιος, Σύνεσις, σεσιγημένοι); the page's footnotes (1)-(9) are set once under col 450 (Q2a pointer). -->

Page

  • running head: 449 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. (cut off at right edge)
  • marginal letters: A Λόγον τῇ Ζωῇ, καὶ τὸν Ἄνθρωπον τῇ Ἐκκλη-; B δώδεκα, οἷς ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα χαρίζονται· Παρά-; C (footnotes) (1) Βύθιος. Sic et Tertullianus; D (footnotes) between "hæc in Græco deficiunt" and "Vero prorsus" in (5)
  • old-edition numerals: (none) in the Greek column; bold 7 after Paracletus in the Latin column (not set)
  • other: the page's only layer-1 text is the Greek column, set whole here; the lines spanning the page are the facing Latin (ritati; Logon autem Zoae, id est Vitae; et Anthropon cum Ecclesia., below para 1) and the full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO (Billius's Latin version of Epiphanius' text): facing Latin versions, not set
  • other: UNSURE Μίξις: the scan appears to print an acute (Μίξις, not Μῖξις); set as seen
PG 7:450
Editors' notes and page, col. 450

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Βύθιος› · call in col 450

Βύθιος. Sic et Tertullianus cap. 8. Bythius adjective, ad discrimen primi parentis Bythi ita dictus, aiunt Pamelius et Fronto Duc. Male ergo in Theodoreti textu legitur Βυθὸν καὶ Μίξιν.

Βύθιος (Bythios). So too Tertullian, ch. 8. "Bythius" is an adjective, so called to distinguish him from the first parent Bythos, say Pamelius and Fronton du Duc. Wrongly, therefore, is "Bythos and Mixis" read in the text of Theodoret.

(printed under page 231)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἀείνους καὶ Σύνεσις› · call in col 450

Ἀείνους καὶ Σύνεσις. Sic et Tertull. loco mox cit. Ainus et Synesis. Perperam itaque apud Theodoretum habetur Νοῦς καὶ Σύνεσις. Νοῦς enim a Βυθῷ, non ab Ἀνθρώπῳ emissus est.

Ἀείνους καὶ Σύνεσις (Aeinous and Synesis). So too Tertullian in the place cited just now: "Ainus and Synesis." Wrongly, therefore, Theodoret has "Nous and Synesis"; for Nous was emitted by Bythos, not by Anthropos (Man).

(printed under page 231)

(3) ‹anchor: Σεσιγημένοι› · call in col 450

Σεσιγημένοι. Alludere videtur Irenaeus ad Σιγὴν Aeonum matrem. Sed alia ratione σεσιγημένους καὶ μὴ γινωσκομένους dicit, quia, ut observat Theodoretus, τούτους φασὶ τοὺς λ' Αἰῶνας τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἅπασιν ἀδήλους εἶναι, αὐτοῖς δὲ μόνοις γνωρίμους· Hos triginta Aeones dicunt aliis quidem omnibus ignotos esse, ipsis vero solis cognitos.

Σεσιγημένοι ("passed over in silence"). Irenaeus seems to allude to Sige, mother of the Aeons. But he calls them "silenced and unknown" for another reason: because, as Theodoret observes, "they say these thirty Aeons are hidden from all others, but known to themselves alone." [Latin:] "They say these thirty Aeons are unknown to all others, but known to themselves alone."

(printed under page 231)

(4) ‹anchor: Id est cogitationi› · call in col 450

Id est cogitationi. Haec, uti et sequentia, id est Veritati, id est Vitae, explicationis gratia addita sunt.

Id est cogitationi ("that is, to Thought"). These words, like the following "that is, to Truth", "that is, to Life", were added for the sake of explanation.

(printed under page 231)

(5) ‹anchor: Quam Gratiam et Silentium vocant› · call in col 450

Quam Gratiam et Silentium vocant. Verba haec in Graeco deficiunt, nec Irenaei esse videntur. Vero prorsus similis Grabii conjectura, primum a quopiam ad marginem ascripta, in textum irrepsisse: neque enim Irenaeum quod paulo ante dixerat, inutiliter mox repetiturum.

Quam Gratiam et Silentium vocant ("whom they call Grace and Silence"). These words are wanting in the Greek and do not seem to be Irenaeus's. Grabe's conjecture is altogether likely: that they were first written in the margin by someone and crept into the text; for Irenaeus would not uselessly repeat at once what he had said a little before.

(printed under page 231)

(6) ‹anchor: In conjugatione› · call in col 450

In conjugatione. Ita legendum ex textu Graeco conjecerat Fronto Duc. Sed ita revera habent Arund. Voss. Merc. 2 et Clarom. Editi vero perperam: in conjugationem.

In conjugatione ("in conjugation"). Fronton du Duc had conjectured from the Greek text that this should be read. And in fact the Arundel, Vossius, second Mercerus and Clermont manuscripts have it so. But the printed editions wrongly have in conjugationem ("into conjugation").

(printed under page 231)

(7) ‹anchor: Aenos› · call in col 450

Aenos. Ainos scribendum vult Fronto Duc. et ita quoque scripsit Feuard. infra lib. II, cap. 14, n. 8. Scribi vellem ego cum Tertull. c. 8, Ainus. Quemadmodum enim a Νοῦς dixerunt interpretes Latini Nus; sic ab Ἀείνους dicendum videtur Ainus, et ita scripsisse Billium video, recte quidem; sed minus recte, quod pro Synesis scripsit Phronesis. In Graeco siquidem Σύνεσις legitur, non Φρόνησις, quae aliunde una Aeonum Basilidis, non Valentini erat.

Aenos. Fronton du Duc wants Ainos written, and so Feuardent also wrote below, Book II, ch. 14, no. 8. I would have it written, with Tertullian, ch. 8, Ainus. For as the Latin translators made Nus from Νοῦς, so from Ἀείνους it seems Ainus should be said; and I see that Billius wrote it so, rightly indeed — but less rightly in writing Phronesis for Synesis. For in the Greek Σύνεσις is read, not Φρόνησις, which was, besides, one of the Aeons of Basilides, not of Valentinus.

(printed under page 231)

(8) ‹anchor: Theletos› · call in col 450

Theletos. Non Teletos, inquit Fronto Duc.; nam saepe τῆς θελήσεως, et τοῦ θελήματος meminit in his mysteriis haereticorum Irenaeus, ut cap. 6 (nunc 12) hujus libri, etsi aliter Pamelio videtur. Billius certe semper Theleti scripsit; neque mihi unquam occurrit τελετός, perfectus. Θελητόν autem habes I Reg. XV, 22: εἰ θελητὸν τῷ Κυρίῳ. Itaque melius voluntate expetitum reddidissent interpretes, quam, ut Cornarius in versione Epiphanii, voluntatem, alius voluntarium. Hactenus Fronto Duc. Quem autem Theleton appellat Irenaeus, hunc eumdem et Philetum vocat Tertullianus cap. 9. Suspicantur quidem nonnulli pro Philetum legendum Theleton, suspicarer et ego, nisi cap. 30 et 32 idem Phileti nomen occurreret. Credere itaque malim, duo fuisse unius et ejusdem Aeonis nomina.

Theletos. "Not Teletos," says Fronton du Duc; "for Irenaeus often mentions 'willing' and 'will' in these mysteries of the heretics, as in ch. 6 (now 12) of this book, though Pamelius thinks otherwise. Billius certainly always wrote Theletus; and I have never met τελετός, 'perfect'. But you have θελητόν in 1 Kings [1 Samuel] 15:22: 'whether it is pleasing to the Lord'. So the translators would better have rendered it 'sought by will' than, as Cornarius in his version of Epiphanius, 'will', or another 'voluntary'." Thus far Fronton du Duc. The one Irenaeus calls Theletos, Tertullian, ch. 9, calls Philetus. Some indeed suspect that Theleton should be read for Philetum, and I too would suspect it, were it not that the same name Philetus occurs in chs. 30 and 32. I would rather believe, therefore, that these were two names of one and the same Aeon.

(printed under page 231)

(9) ‹anchor: Triginta annis› · call in col 450

Triginta annis. Alias, per triginta annos.

Triginta annis ("in thirty years"). Elsewhere, per triginta annos ("for thirty years").

(printed under page 231)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 450
  • marginal letters: A tioni; B Elpis,; C (7) Ænos.; D alius
  • old-edition numerals: 7 after Paracletus
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width Latin line below para 1 and full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
  • other: the page's Greek column (449) carries all of this page's layer-1 text; the full-width band under both columns is BILLII INTERPRETATIO, a Latin version (not set)
PG 7:451
τῆς παραβολῆς τῶν εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα πεμπομένων ἐργατῶν φασι φανερώτατα τοὺς τριάκοντα τούτους Αἰῶνας μεμηνύσθαι. Πέμπονται γὰρ οἱ μὲν περὶ πρῶτην ὥραν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τρίτην, οἱ δὲ περὶ ἕκτην, οἱ δὲ περὶ ἐνάτην, ἄλλοι δὲ περὶ ἑνδεκάτην. Συντιθέμεναι οὖν αἱ προειρημέναι ὧραι εἰς ἑαυτὰς, τὸν τῶν τριάκοντα ἀριθμὸν ἀναπληροῦσι. Μία γὰρ, καὶ τρεῖς, καὶ ἓξ, καὶ ἐννέα, καὶ ἕνδεκα, τριάκοντα γίνονται. Διὰ δὲ τῶν ὡρῶν τοὺς Αἰῶνας μεμηνύσθαι θέλουσι· καὶ ταῦτ' εἶναι τὰ μεγάλα καὶ θαυμαστὰ καὶ ἀπόῤῥητα μυστήρια, ἃ καρποφοροῦσιν αὐτοὶ, καὶ εἴ πού τι τῶν ἐν πλήθει εἰρημένων ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς δυνηθείη προσαρμόσαι, καὶ εἰκάσαι τῷ πλάσματι αὐτῶν.
of the parable of the workmen sent into the vineyard they say that these thirty Aeons are most manifestly indicated. For some are sent about the first hour, others about the third, others about the sixth, others about the ninth, and others about the eleventh. When, therefore, the aforesaid hours are added together unto themselves, they fill up the number of thirty. For one, and three, and six, and nine, and eleven make thirty. And by the hours they will have it that the Aeons are indicated; and that these are the great and wonderful and ineffable mysteries which they themselves bring forth as fruit, and if anywhere anything of the things spoken of a multitude in the Scriptures could be adapted and likened to their figment.
CAPUT II.
Chapter II.
Soli Unigenito cognitus primus Fater. Sophiae aemulatio, perturbatio, periculum, et partus informis. Ab Horo restituitur. Horos quis? Christus et Spiritus san⟨c⟩tus ad Aeonum consummationem emittuntur. Ex Aeonum collatione Jesus producitur.
The first Father is known to the Only-begotten alone. The emulation, perturbation, danger, and formless offspring of Sophia. She is restored by Horos. Who Horos is. Christ and the Holy Spirit are sent forth for the consummation of the Aeons. From the contribution of the Aeons Jesus is produced.
1. Τὸν μὲν οὖν Προπάτορα αὐτῶν γινώσκεσθαι μόνῳ λέγουσι τῷ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγονότι Μονογενεῖ, τουτέστι τῷ Νῷ· τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς πᾶσιν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον ὑπάρχειν. Μόνος δὲ ὁ Νοῦς κατ' αὐτοὺς ἐτέρπετο θεωρῶν τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τὸ ἀμέτρητον αὐτοῦ κατανοῶν ἠγάλλετο, καὶ διενοεῖτο καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς Αἰῶσιν ἀνακοινώσασθαι τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἡλίκος τε καὶ ὅσος ὑπῆρχε, καὶ ὡς
1. Now they say that their Forefather is known only to the Only-begotten who came into being from him, that is, to Nous, while to all the rest he is invisible and incomprehensible. And according to them Nous alone delighted in beholding the Father, and exulted in considering his immeasurable greatness, and was minded to communicate to the rest of the Aeons also the greatness of the Father, how great and how vast he was, and how
Editors' notes and page, col. 451

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Fiunt› · call in col 451

Fiunt. Al. sunt.

Fiunt ("become"). Elsewhere sunt ("are").

(printed under page 232)

(2) ‹anchor: Manifestari› · call in col 451

Manifestari. Clarom. manifestare.

Manifestari ("to be made manifest"). The Clermont manuscript has manifestare ("to make manifest").

(printed under page 232)

(3) ‹anchor: Quid eorum, quae dicuntur in Scripturis› · call in col 451

Quid eorum, quae dicuntur in Scripturis. Graece, εἴ πού τι τῶν ἐν πλήθει εἰρημένων ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς. Vetus interpres, Billius et Cornarius omiserunt ἐν πλήθει, in multitudine. Gallasius: Eorum quae multa dicuntur in Scripturis. Melius Petavius: ac si quid aliud est, quod in Scripturis certo numero comprehensum. Vide cap. 18 et lib. II, cap. 24.

Quid eorum, quae dicuntur in Scripturis ("anything of what is said in the Scriptures"). In Greek, "if anywhere anything of what is said in the Scriptures in a number". The old translator, Billius and Cornarius omitted ἐν πλήθει, "in a multitude". Gallasius: "of the many things said in the Scriptures". Petau better: "and if there is anything else in the Scriptures comprised in a definite number". See ch. 18 and Book II, ch. 24.

(printed under page 232)

(4) ‹anchor: Cognosci soli› · call in col 451

Cognosci soli. Cognosci habent Clarom. Arund. et Voss. ex Graeco, γινώσκεσθαι: edita vero cognitum. At solo pro soli legitur in Clarom. Arund. et Merc. 2.

Cognosci soli ("to be known to [him] alone"). The Clermont, Arundel and Vossius manuscripts have cognosci, from the Greek γινώσκεσθαι; but the printed editions have cognitum. And solo for soli is read in the Clermont, Arundel and second Mercerus.

(printed under page 232)

(5) ‹anchor: Reliquis quoque Aeonibus participare› · call in col 451

Reliquis quoque Aeonibus participare. Editt. Eras. et Gallas. reliquos quoque Aeonas participare; quam lectionem ex veteri cod. et Graeco textu immutasse se ait Feuard. substituendo: reliquis quoque Aeonibus communicare. Et quidem ms. Feuardentii exemplar habuisse, reliquis quoque Aeonibus, non dubitem; an autem et habuerit, communicare, paulo incertius. Quare cum cunctis mss. Arund. Voss. Merc. 2, Clarom. et Pass. legatur, reliquis quoque Aeonibus participare, et aliunde participare non semel ab interprete usurpetur pro communicare, tutius visum est ita restituere.

Reliquis quoque Aeonibus participare ("to share with the other Aeons too"). The editions of Erasmus and Gallasius have reliquos quoque Aeonas participare; Feuardent says he changed this reading from the old manuscript and the Greek text, substituting reliquis quoque Aeonibus communicare. And I would not doubt that Feuardent's manuscript copy had reliquis quoque Aeonibus; whether it also had communicare is somewhat less certain. Since, then, all the manuscripts — Arundel, Vossius, second Mercerus, Clermont and Passionei — read reliquis quoque Aeonibus participare, and since participare is besides used more than once by the translator for communicare, it seemed safer to restore it so.

(printed under page 232)

(6) ‹anchor: Τῶν› · call in col 451

Τῶν. C. R. et Feuard. Colon. editio an. 1596, τῆς.

Τῶν. The Royal manuscript and Feuardent's Cologne edition of 1596 have τῆς.

(printed under page 232)

(7) ‹anchor: Γινώσκεσθαι μόνῳ λέγουσι τῷ… Μονογενεῖ… τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς πᾶσιν› · call in col 451

Γινώσκεσθαι μόνῳ λέγουσι τῷ… Μονογενεῖ… τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς πᾶσιν, etc. Cum hac exceptione intelligendus Theodoretus, dum generalius ex Valentini sententia dicit, Βυθὸν ἀνέφικτον εἶναι πᾶσι τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ, Bythum ab iis qui ex ipso nati sunt Aeonibus percipi non posse. Eadem exceptio sequentibus verbis adhibenda: φύντα καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν κατέσχεν ἡ Σιγή.

"They say he is known only to the … Only-begotten … but to all the rest," etc. Theodoret is to be understood with this exception when, speaking more generally, he says that in Valentinus's view Bythos is unreachable by all who come from him: "that Bythos cannot be apprehended by the Aeons born of him". The same exception is to be applied to the following words: "Sige restrained them, once born, from seeing him."

(printed under page 232)

(8) ‹anchor: Διενοεῖτο καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς Αἰῶσιν ἀνακοινώσασθαι› · call in col 451

Διενοεῖτο καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς Αἰῶσιν ἀνακοινώσασθαι. Reliquis etiam Aeonibus magnitudinem Patris exponere cogitabat. Memoria itaque lapsus est Theodoretus, dum Aeonibus omnibus indiscriminatim ascribit, quod Monogeni soli ex Irenaeo et Tertulliano cap. 9 competere certum est. Φύντα, inquit Theodoretus, καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν (Βυθὸν), καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δηλῶσαι, κατέσχεν ἡ Σιγή· Ex Bytho natos Aeonas, ne ipsum viderent cognoscerentve, et aliis manifestarent, coercuit Sige. Qui enim reliqui Aeones ignotum sibi Bythum aliis manifestare potuissent? Et quibus aliis declarassent, cum soli tunc exstarent?

"He intended to share with the other Aeons too." "He was thinking of setting out the greatness of the Father to the other Aeons as well." Theodoret, therefore, made a slip of memory in ascribing to all the Aeons without distinction what, from Irenaeus and Tertullian ch. 9, certainly belongs to the Only-begotten alone. "Sige," says Theodoret, "restrained them, once born, from seeing him (Bythos) and from making him known to the others." [Latin:] "Sige restrained the Aeons born of Bythos from seeing or knowing him and from making him manifest to others." For how could the remaining Aeons have made manifest to others a Bythos unknown to themselves? And to what others would they have declared him, when they alone then existed?

(printed under page 232)

Page

  • running head: 451 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 452
  • marginal letters: A τῆς παραβολῆς; B 1. Τὸν μὲν οὖν; C communicare, tutius; D aliis manifestarent
  • old-edition numerals: 8 before Monogeni (in Latin)
  • other: Greek in right column (452); editors' matter: CAPUT II. Soli Unigenito (chapter heading and summary); facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:452
Editors' notes and page, col. 452

Page

  • other: col 452 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 451 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:453
ἦν ἄναρχός τε καὶ ἀχώρητος, καὶ οὐ κατάληπτος ἰδεῖν. Κατέσχε δὲ αὐτὸν ἡ Σιγὴ βουλήσει τοῦ Πατρὸς, διὰ τὸ θέλειν πάντας αὐτοὺς εἰς ἔννοιαν καὶ πόθον ζητήσεως τοῦ προειρημένου Προπάτορος αὐτῶν ἀγαγεῖν. Καὶ οἱ μὲν λοιποὶ ὁμοίως Αἰῶνες ἡσυχῇ πως ἐπεπόθουν τὸν προβολέα τοῦ σπέρματος α⟨ὐ⟩τῶν ἰδεῖν, καὶ τὴν ἄναρχον ῥίζαν ἱστορῆσαι.
He was both without beginning and uncontainable, and not comprehensible to see. Yet Sige restrained him by the will of the Father, because of willing to bring them all into the thought and longing of seeking their aforesaid Propator. And the rest of the Aeons likewise in a quiet way longed to see the Producer of their seed, and to contemplate the root that is without beginning.
2. Προήλατο δὲ πολὺ ὁ τελευταῖος καὶ νεώτατος τῆς δωδεκάδος, τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας προβεβλημένος Αἰὼν, τουτέστιν ἡ Σοφία, καὶ ἔπαθε πάθος ἄνευ τῆς ἐπιπλοκῆς τοῦ ζυγοῦ τοῦ Θελητοῦ· ὃ ἐνἤρξατο μὲν ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Νοῦν καὶ τὴν Ἀλήθειαν, ἀπέσκηψε δὲ εἰς τοῦτον τὸν παρατραπέντα, πρόφασιν μὲν ἀγάπης, τόλμης δὲ, διὰ τὸ μὴ κεκοινωνῆσθαι τῷ Πατρὶ τῷ τελείῳ, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Νοῦς. Τὸ δὲ πάθος εἶναι ζήτησιν τοῦ Πατρός· ἤθελε γὰρ, ὡς λέγουσι, τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ καταλαβεῖν· ἔπειτα μὴ δυνηθῆναι, διὰ τὸ ἀδυνάτῳ ἐπιβαλεῖν πράγματι, καὶ ἐν πολλῷ πάνυ ἀγῶνι γενόμενον, διά τε τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ βάθους, καὶ τὸ ἀνεξιχνίαστον τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν στοργὴν, ἐκτεινόμενον ἀεὶ ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσθεν, ὑπὸ τῆς γλυκύτητος αὐτοῦ τελευταῖον ἂν καταπεπόσθαι, καὶ ἀναλελύσθαι εἰς τὴν ὅλην οὐσίαν, εἰ μὴ τῇ στηριζούσῃ, καὶ ἐκτὸς τοῦ ἀῤῥήτου μεγέθους φυλασσούσῃ τὰ ὅλα συνέτυχε δυνά-
2. But the last and youngest Aeon of the dodecad that had been put forth by Man and Church, that is Sophia, leaped far forward, and suffered a passion without the embrace of her consort Theletos; which began indeed in those around Nus and Truth, but broke out upon this one that went astray, under pretext indeed of love, but from rashness, because of not having had communion with the perfect Father, even as Nus also had. And the passion was a seeking of the Father; for she wished, as they say, to comprehend His greatness. Then she was not able, because of setting her hand to an impossible matter, and being in a very great struggle, both on account of the greatness of the depth, and the unsearchableness of the Father, and her affection towards Him, stretching herself ever forward, she would at the last have been swallowed up by His sweetness, and dissolved into the universal substance, had she not met with the Power that establishes all things and keeps them outside the ineffable greatness.
Editors' notes and page, col. 453

Page

  • running head: 453 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A ἦν ἄναρχός; B τὸ μὴ; C (1) Προβεβλημένος.; D Πρυπάτορος
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: last word δυνά-[μει] split at column break; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:454
Editors' notes and page, col. 454

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Προβεβλημένος› · call in col 454

Προβεβλημένος. Mallem cum interprete et Tertulliano cit. legi προβεβλημένης, scil. δωδεκάδος. Hic enim: Ex illis duodecim Aeonibus, quos Homo et Ecclesia ediderant, novissima natu Aeon.

Προβεβλημένος ("emitted", masculine). I would rather read, with the translator and Tertullian as cited, προβεβλημένης, namely of the Dodecad. For he has: "of those twelve Aeons which Man and Church had brought forth, the Aeon youngest by birth."

(printed under page 233)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἄνευ τῆς ἐπιπλοκῆς τοῦ ζυγοῦ› · call in col 454

Ἄνευ τῆς ἐπιπλοκῆς τοῦ ζυγοῦ. Legendum esse συζύγου merito contendit Fronto Duc.; vertit enim interpres, sine complexu conjugis Theleti. Quod et idem repetitur lib. II, cap. 12, n. 3, sine permistione conjugis, quem Theletum vocant. Tertullianus similiter cap. 9, sine conjugis Phileti societate. Quem postremum locum L. Latinius dum emendare satagit, depravat scribens, sine conjugis Phileti satietate.

Ἄνευ τῆς ἐπιπλοκῆς τοῦ ζυγοῦ ("without the embrace of the yoke"). Fronton du Duc rightly contends that συζύγου ("consort") should be read; for the translator renders "without the embrace of her consort Theletus". The same is repeated in Book II, ch. 12, no. 3: "without the intermingling of her consort, whom they call Theletus". Tertullian similarly, ch. 9: "without the fellowship of her consort Philetus". In trying to emend this last passage, L. Latinius corrupts it, writing "without the satiety of her consort Philetus".

(printed under page 233)

(3) ‹anchor: Πρόφασιν› · call in col 454

Πρόφασιν. Legisse videtur interpres et, quidem melius, προφάσει.

Πρόφασιν ("pretext", accusative). The translator seems to have read, and better, προφάσει ("on the pretext").

(printed under page 233)

(4) ‹anchor: Incapabilis› · call in col 454

Incapabilis. Id est, qui capi animo non possit. In Ottobon. invisibilis.

Incapabilis ("incomprehensible"). That is, who cannot be grasped by the mind. In the Ottoboni manuscript, invisibilis ("invisible").

(printed under page 233)

(5) ‹anchor: Patris sui› · call in col 454

Patris sui. Sic in omnibus editt. mss. cum Tertull. Juxta Graecum vero: τοῦ προειρημένου Προπάτορος αὐτῶν, praedicti primi Patris, seu, ut vertere amat interpres, Propatoris eorum.

Patris sui ("of his Father"). So in all the editions and manuscripts, with Tertullian. But according to the Greek: "of their aforesaid Forefather", "of the aforesaid first Father", or, as the translator likes to render it, "of their Propator".

(printed under page 233)

(6) ‹anchor: Exorsa› · call in col 454

Exorsa. Mss. codd. cum Eras. et Gallas. perperam, exsors; quam pravam lectionem ex Graeco textu Feuardentius emendavit. Graecis omnino consonat Tertullianus c. 9: Genus contrahit vitii, quod exorsum quidem fuerat, etc.

Exorsa ("having begun"). The manuscripts, with Erasmus and Gallasius, wrongly have exsors ("without share"); Feuardent corrected this bad reading from the Greek text. Tertullian, ch. 9, accords entirely with the Greek: "She contracts a kind of fault which had indeed begun," etc.

(printed under page 233)

(7) ‹anchor: Qui sunt erga Nun› · call in col 454

Qui sunt erga Nun. Eras. Feuard. et mss. codd., quae sunt erga Nun, manifesta librariorum oscitantia. Quare quod Feuardentio nota superiori licuit, idem et nobis licere arbitrati sumus, depravatam scilicet lectionem ex Graeco textu et Tertulliano restituere. Ille siquidem: ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Νοῦν, ubi τοῖς non neutraliter accipi, sed ad Aeonas a Nu et Alethia productos referri liquet. Tertullianus vero: qui circa Νοῦν, quod totidem verbis Graeco respondet. Pessime autem et nullo prorsus sensu, pro erga Nun, habet Gallasius viterga, typographi forsan culpa.

Qui sunt erga Nun ("who are about Nous"). Erasmus, Feuardent and the manuscripts have quae sunt erga Nun ("the things that are about Nous"), an evident slip of drowsy copyists. So what Feuardent was allowed in the previous note, we judged ourselves allowed too: to restore the corrupt reading from the Greek text and Tertullian. For the Greek has "among those about Nous", where it is clear that τοῖς is not taken as neuter but refers to the Aeons produced by Nous and Aletheia. And Tertullian: "who are about Nous", which answers the Greek word for word. But Gallasius, very badly and with no sense at all, has viterga for erga Nun — perhaps the printer's fault.

(printed under page 233)

(8) ‹anchor: Aeonem, id est Sophiam› · call in col 454

Aeonem, id est Sophiam. Haec cum a Graeco absint, explicationis ergo addita videntur.

Aeonem, id est Sophiam ("the Aeon, that is, Sophia"). Since these words are absent from the Greek, they seem to have been added for explanation.

(printed under page 233)

(9) ‹anchor: Demutatam› · call in col 454

Demutatam. Mallem cum Billio vertisset interpres depravatam, vel cum Petavio, aberrantem.

Demutatam ("changed"). I would rather the translator had rendered, with Billius, "depraved", or, with Petau, "straying".

(printed under page 233)

(10) ‹anchor: Sub occasione› · call in col 454

Sub occasione. Melius Tertullianus, sub praetexto: πρόφασις enim hic non occasionem, sed praetextum significat.

Sub occasione ("on the occasion"). Better Tertullian: "under the pretext"; for πρόφασις here means not occasion but pretext.

(printed under page 233)

(11) ‹anchor: Dilectionis› · call in col 454

Dilectionis. Feuard. in marg. et Pass. delectationis. Perperam; ut enim caeteros cum editt. tum mss. omittam, Graecus textus et Tertull. habent, dilectionis.

Dilectionis ("of love"). Feuardent in the margin and the Passionei have delectationis ("of delight"). Wrongly; for, to pass over the others, both editions and manuscripts, the Greek text and Tertullian have "of love".

(printed under page 233)

(12) ‹anchor: Forte absorptum fuisse› · call in col 454

Forte absorptum fuisse. Male cod. Voss. Pass. et Feuard. in marg., vero pro forte. Nec melius idem Voss. cod. Eras. et Gall., fuisset. Rectius cod. Clarom. Feuardentius in textu, et Grabius, forte absorptum fuisse; quam lectionem secuti sumus, licet cum Pamelio in cap. 9 Tertull. fere pro forte legi mallemus, si suffragarentur mss. codd. Scribit enim Tertull. modico abfuit devorari, id est, fere devoratus fuit. Et expressius lib. de Praescript. (continues)

Forte absorptum fuisse ("had perhaps been swallowed up"). Wrongly the Vossius and Passionei manuscripts and Feuardent in the margin have vero ("but") for forte ("perhaps"). No better, the same Vossius manuscript, Erasmus and Gallasius have fuisset. More correctly the Clermont manuscript, Feuardent in his text, and Grabe: forte absorptum fuisse; we have followed this reading, though, with Pamelius on Tertullian ch. 9, we would rather read fere ("almost") for forte, if the manuscripts supported it. For Tertullian writes "she came within a little of being devoured", that is, she was almost devoured. And more expressly in De praescriptione … (continues)

(printed under page 233)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 454
  • marginal letters: A magnus; B quidem; C licuit,; D bem,
  • old-edition numerals: 9 after propter
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:455
Editors' notes and page, col. 455

Page

  • running head: 455 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A versam; B cap. 49,; C dem; D (none)
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:456
μει. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ Ὅρον καλοῦσιν, ὑφ' ἧς ἐπεσχῆσθαι, καὶ ἐστηρίχθαι, καὶ μόγις ἐπιστρέψαντα εἰς ἑαυτὸν, καὶ πεισθέντα, ὅτι ἀκατάληπτός ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, ἀποθέσθαι τὴν προτέραν ἐνθύμησιν, σὺν τῷ ἐπιγινομένῳ πάθει ἐκ τοῦ ἐκπλήκτου ἐκείνου θαύματος.
And this Power they also call Horos, by which they say she was held back and established, and having scarcely returned to herself, and been persuaded that the Father is incomprehensible, laid aside her former design, together with the passion that had supervened from that overwhelming wonder.
3. Ἔνιοι δὲ αὐτῶν πως τὸ πάθος τῆς Σοφίας, καὶ τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν μυθολογοῦσιν· Ἀδυνάτῳ καὶ ἀκαταλήπτῳ πράγματι αὐτὴν ἐπιχειρήσασαν, τεκεῖν οὐσίαν ἄμορφον, οἵαν φύσιν εἶχε, θήλειαν τεκεῖν· ἣν καὶ κατανοήσασαν, πρῶτον μὲν λυπηθῆναι διὰ τὸ ἀτελὲς τῆς γενέσεως, ἔπειτα φοβηθῆναι μηδὲ αὐτὸ τὸ εἶναι τελείως ἔχειν· εἶτα ἐκστῆναι, καὶ ἀπορῆσαι, ζητοῦσαν τὴν αἰτίαν, καὶ ὅντινα τρό-
3. And some of them relate as in a fable the passion of Sophia and her return somewhat thus: That having set her hand to an impossible and incomprehensible matter, she brought forth a formless substance, such a nature as a female had to bring forth; and when she perceived this, first indeed she was grieved on account of the incompleteness of the birth, and then was afraid lest even its very being should not be complete; and thereafter she was beside herself and at a loss, seeking the cause, and in what way
Editors' notes and page, col. 456

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Quae confirmat, et extra› · call in col 456

Quae confirmat, et extra, etc. Particulam et, in editis omnibus perperam in sequens comma trajectam, bene suo loco restituit editor Anglus, ductus auctoritate cod. Voss. et Graeci textus, στηριζούσῃ, καὶ ἐκτός, etc., quibus consonant et codd. Clarom. et Pass.

Quae confirmat, et extra ("which strengthens, and outside"), etc. The particle et, wrongly moved into the following clause in all the printed editions, the English editor rightly restored to its place, guided by the authority of the Vossius manuscript and the Greek text, "strengthening, and outside", etc., with which the Clermont and Passionei manuscripts also agree.

(printed under page 234)

(2) ‹anchor: Abstentum› · call in col 456

Abstentum. Hac voce utitur interpres infra lib. III, cap. 4, n. 3; utuntur et auctores Ecclesiastici ac Concilia passim, sed alio sensu. Hic vero significat, repressum, cohibitum, ab incepto revocatum.

Abstentum ("held back"). The translator uses this word below, Book III, ch. 4, no. 3; Church writers and Councils also use it throughout, but in another sense. Here it means "checked, restrained, called back from what it had begun".

(printed under page 234)

(3) ‹anchor: Pater› · call in col 456

Pater. Deest in Eras. Gall. et cod. Ottobon.

Pater ("Father"). Missing in Erasmus, Gallasius and the Ottoboni manuscript.

(printed under page 234)

(4) ‹anchor: Velut fabulam narrant› · call in col 456

Velut fabulam narrant. Gr. μυθολογοῦσιν, quod male ab interprete redditum. Fabulam quidem narrabant illi, sed non velut fabulam habebant. Vertere igitur debuisset interpres, comminiscuntur, vel cum Tertull. somniaverunt.

Velut fabulam narrant ("they tell as a fable"). Greek μυθολογοῦσιν, which the translator rendered badly. They did indeed tell a fable, but they did not regard it as a fable. The translator ought therefore to have rendered "they invent", or, with Tertullian, "they dreamed".

(printed under page 234)

(5) ‹anchor: Qualem naturam habebat femina parere› · call in col 456

Qualem naturam habebat femina parere. Θήλεια, non θήλειαν legit interpres, et cum eo Billius et Cornarius; huncque sensum Irenaei verbis affingunt: informem substantiam, qualem scilicet naturam femina sine complexu mariti parere poterat, a Sophia procreatam fuisse. At nodum in scirpo quaerunt illi. Planus est Graecorum sensus, si cum Frontone Duc. distinguas: οἵαν φύσιν εἶχε, θήλειαν τεκεῖν. Qualem naturam ipsa habebat, femineam scilicet, peperisse; vel ut Petavius probe reddidit: ejusdemque, quam habebat, naturae feminam peperisse. Nec necesse est verbum τεκεῖν quasi superfluum expungere, ut vult Fronto, non enim incommodum est. Certum est autem cum ex Tertull. cap. 10, tum ex Irenaeo ipso infra cap. 5, et lib. II, cap. 20, informem illum, et invalidum Sophiae fructum, femineum, seu feminam exstitisse: adeo ut dubium non sit, quin hoc loco θήλειαν scripserit sanctissimus martyr.

Qualem naturam habebat femina parere ("such a nature as a female had, to bring forth"). The translator read θήλεια ("female", nominative), not θήλειαν (accusative), and with him Billius and Cornarius; and they foist this sense on Irenaeus's words: that a formless substance — such a nature, that is, as a female could bring forth without a husband's embrace — was procreated by Sophia. But they look for a knot in a bulrush. The sense of the Greek is plain if, with Fronton du Duc, you punctuate: "of such a nature as she had, she bore a female" — that is, she bore one of the nature she herself had, namely female; or, as Petau rightly rendered it: "and she bore a female of the same nature as she had". Nor is it necessary to strike out the verb τεκεῖν as superfluous, as Fronton would; for it is not awkward. It is certain, both from Tertullian ch. 10 and from Irenaeus himself below, ch. 5, and Book II, ch. 20, that that formless and feeble fruit of Sophia was female, or a woman: so that there is no doubt that in this place the most holy martyr wrote θήλειαν.

(printed under page 234)

(6) ‹anchor: Timuisse, ne hoc ipsum finem habeat› · call in col 456

Timuisse, ne hoc ipsum finem habeat. Legisse videtur interpres: μὴ καὶ αὐτὸ τέλος ἔχῃ, nec male quidem, si vertisset: ne hoc ipsum (ἀτελές videlicet, inconsummatus fetus) perfectionem (sibi debitam) non habeat. Interpretem secutus Tertullianus scripsit: metuere postremo, ne finis quoque insisteret. In eo lapsus est uterque, quod τέλος finem verterit, cum hic significet perfectionem, consummationem, etc. Billius vero, et Petavius legendum volunt in Graeco: μὴ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ εἶναι τέλος ἔχῃ. Grabius autem vulgatam lectionem Graecam retinet. At particula μηδέ rejicienda videtur, et commutanda in μὴ καί· de caetero parum interest, utrum legatur τέλος, an τελείως· idem quippe sensus erit. Nempe modo dixerat Irenaeus fetum informem, inconsummatum et invalidum, uno verbo femineum (quem prae masculo sexu imperfectum judicant physici) a Sophia in lucem emissum. Id ubi conspexit illa, contristata est; deinde timuit, ne ipsum etiam esse, quod pepererat, perfectionem non haberet sibi natura debitam, seu ne ipsum etiam esse non plene ac perfecte haberet imperfectior ille sexus; ne scilicet invalidi hujus sexus natura in deformi ista prole non esset integra.

Timuisse, ne hoc ipsum finem habeat ("she feared lest this very thing should have an end"). The translator seems to have read μὴ καὶ αὐτὸ τέλος ἔχῃ ("lest it too should have an end"), and not badly either, had he rendered: "lest this very thing (the imperfect thing, that is, the unfinished offspring) should not have (its due) perfection". Following the translator, Tertullian wrote: "lastly she feared lest an end also should come upon her." Both slipped in rendering τέλος as "end", when here it means perfection, completion, etc. Billius and Petau would read in the Greek "lest its very being too should have an end". Grabe keeps the received Greek reading. But the particle μηδέ seems to be rejected and changed into μὴ καί; for the rest, it matters little whether τέλος or τελείως is read, for the sense will be the same. Irenaeus had just said, that is, that a formless offspring, unfinished and feeble — in a word, female (which the natural philosophers judge imperfect compared with the male sex) — had been brought forth by Sophia. When she saw it, she was saddened; then she feared lest the very being of what she had borne should lack the perfection due to it by nature, or lest that more imperfect sex should not have even its being fully and perfectly; lest, that is, the nature of this feeble sex should not be whole in that misshapen offspring.

(printed under page 234)

(7) ‹anchor: Ὅρον› · call in col 456

Ὅρον. Finem, terminum: quia singulos Aeonas intra Pleromatis fines coercebat.

Ὅρον (Horos). "End, limit": because he kept each of the Aeons within the bounds of the Pleroma.

(printed under page 234)

(8) ‹anchor: Πῶς› · call in col 456

Πῶς. Hanc particulam ut interrogationis notam hic accipit Petavius; vertit enim: Sed istorum quidam illam sapientiae perturbationem ac restitutionem quibus nugis involvunt? nimirum, etc. Crediderim ego aut ornatus causa duntaxat additam, aut significare hoc modo, ita, etc., non hujusmodi, ut vertit interpres.

Πῶς ("how"). Petau takes this particle here as a mark of a question; for he renders: "But with what trifles do some of them wrap up that disturbance and restoration of Wisdom? Why," etc. I would think it was either added merely for ornament, or that it means "in this way, thus", etc., not "of this kind", as the translator rendered it.

(printed under page 234)

(9) ‹anchor: Τεκεῖν οὐσίαν ἄμορφον› · call in col 456

Τεκεῖν οὐσίαν ἄμορφον. Bene animadvertit hoc loco Grabius, Tertullianum perperam οὐσίαν ἄμορφον non partui, sed parienti matri per appositionem adscripsisse. Scribit enim: Post irritos conatus, et spei dejectionem, deformatam eam pallore credo, et macie, et incuria formae. Contra Irenaeus tam hic quam lib. II, cap. 20, n. 3: Illorum Aeon substantiam informem peperit.

Τεκεῖν οὐσίαν ἄμορφον ("to bear a formless substance"). Grabe rightly notices at this place that Tertullian wrongly attached "formless substance" by apposition not to the offspring but to the mother bearing it. For he writes: "After her vain efforts and the dashing of her hope, disfigured, I suppose, by pallor and leanness and neglect of her looks." Irenaeus, on the contrary, both here and in Book II, ch. 20, no. 3: "Their Aeon bore a formless substance."

(printed under page 234)

(10) ‹anchor: Θήλειαν› · call in col 456

Θήλειαν. Sic omnes editt. cum cod. Reg. Billius vero cum veteri interprete legit θήλεια. Sed de his supra ad textum Latinum, not. 5.

Θήλειαν ("a female"). So all the editions, with the Royal manuscript. But Billius, with the old translator, reads θήλεια. On this see above, on the Latin text, note 5.

(printed under page 234)

(11) ‹anchor: Μηδ' αὐτὸ τὸ εἶναι τελείως ἔχειν› · call in col 456

Μηδ' αὐτὸ τὸ εἶναι τελείως ἔχειν. Legendum (continues)

Μηδ' αὐτὸ τὸ εἶναι τελείως ἔχειν ("not to have even its very being perfectly"). We should read … (continues)

(printed under page 234)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 456
  • marginal letters: A μει.; B quidem,; C ac perfecte; D (none)
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: first word [δυνά-]μει and last word τρό-[πον] split at column breaks; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:457
πον ἀποκρύψει τὸ γεγονός. Ἐγκαταγενομένην δὲ τοῖς πάθεσι, λαβεῖν ἐπιστροφὴν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Πατέρα ἀναδραμεῖν πειρασθῆναι, καὶ μέχρι τινὸς τολμήσασαν, ἐξασθενῆσαι, καὶ ἱκέτιν τοῦ Πατρὸς γενέσθαι. Συνδεηθῆναι δὲ αὐτῇ καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς Αἰῶνας, μάλιστα δὲ τὸν Νοῦν. Ἐντεῦθεν λέγουσι πρώτην ἀρχὴν ἐσχηκέναι τὴν οὐσίαν ἐκ τῆς ἀγνοίας, καὶ τῆς λύπης, καὶ τοῦ φόβου, καὶ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως.
she might hide that which had come to pass. And being immersed in the passions, she received a conversion, and tried to run back up to the Father, and having ventured to some distance, she grew weak, and became a suppliant of the Father. And the rest of the Aeons also joined in entreaty with her, and especially Nus. Hence they say that substance took its first beginning from ignorance, and grief, and fear, and amazement.
4. Ὁ δὲ Πατὴρ τὸν προειρημένον Ὅρον ἐπὶ τούτοις διὰ τοῦ Μονογενοῦς προβάλλεται ἐν εἰκόνι ἰδίᾳ, ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον. Τὸν γὰρ Πατέρα ποτὲ μὲν μετὰ συζυγίας τῆς Σιγῆς, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἄῤῥεν,
4. And the Father thereupon puts forth the aforesaid Horos through the Only-begotten in His own image, without consort, un-effeminate. For they will have it that the Father is sometimes with the syzygy of Sige, and sometimes both above male
Editors' notes and page, col. 457

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: τὸ γεγονός› · call in col 457

Τὸ γεγονός. Sic ex codice Regio restituimus, pro γενός, quod in editt. omnibus tum Epiphanii, tum Irenaei legitur. Et quidem γεγονός dudum malebat Billius, ratus veterem interpretem ita legisse, necnon Tertullianum, qui cap. 10, casum, non genus dixit. De Tertulliano facile consentit Grabius; de veteri interprete repugnat. At litem dirimere debet codex Regius, quem neuter viderat.

Τὸ γεγονός ("what had come to pass"). We have restored this from the Royal manuscript, in place of γενός, which is read in all the editions both of Epiphanius and of Irenaeus. Billius indeed long ago preferred γεγονός, thinking that the old translator read so, and also Tertullian, who in chapter 10 said casum ("the event"), not genus ("the offspring"). Grabe readily agrees about Tertullian; about the old translator he objects. But the Royal manuscript, which neither of them had seen, ought to settle the dispute.

(printed under page 235)

(2) ‹anchor: τὴν οὐσίαν› · call in col 457

Τὴν οὐσίαν. Legendum, ut probe monet Billius, τὴν οὐσίαν τῆς ὕλης, quemadmodum legit vetus interpres; τῆς ὕλης siquidem hic oscitantia scribarum omissum, paulo inferius additur: οὐσίαν τῆς ὕλης γεγενῆσθαι λέγουσιν.

Τὴν οὐσίαν ("the substance"). We should read, as Billius rightly advises, τὴν οὐσίαν τῆς ὕλης ("the substance of matter"), as the old translator read; for τῆς ὕλης, omitted here through the carelessness of the scribes, is added a little below: "they say that the substance of matter came into being."

(printed under page 235)

(3) ‹anchor: ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον› · call in col 457

Ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον. Vid. Not. 9 infra.

Ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον ("without consort, un-effeminate"). See note 9 below.

(printed under page 235)

Page

  • running head: 457 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A πον ἀποκρύψει; B ἔχῃ.; C tur Patri,; D Arund.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: first word [τρό-]πον split at column break; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
  • other: the page-foot notes open with the end of a note continued from the previous page (etiam hic vult Billius … ad textum Latinum.), which belongs with that note; notes (4)–(10) are called in the Latin column 458 (Q3a)
PG 7:458
Editors' notes and page, col. 458

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Τὸ γεγονός› · call in col 457

Τὸ γεγονός. Sic ex codice Regio restituimus, pro γενός, quod in editt. omnibus tum Epiphanii, tum Irenaei legitur. Et quidem γεγονός dudum malebat Billius, ratus veterem interpretem ita legisse, necnon Tertullianum, qui cap. 10, casum, non genus dixit. De Tertulliano facile consentit Grabius; de veteri interprete repugnat. At litem dirimere debet codex Regius, quem neuter viderat.

Τὸ γεγονός ("what had happened"). So we have restored it from the Royal manuscript, for γενός ("kind"), which is read in all the editions both of Epiphanius and of Irenaeus. Billius indeed long ago preferred γεγονός, thinking that the old translator read it so, and also Tertullian, who in ch. 10 said casum ("the event"), not genus. About Tertullian Grabe readily agrees; about the old translator he objects. But the Royal manuscript, which neither had seen, ought to settle the dispute.

(printed under page 235)

(2) ‹anchor: Τὴν οὐσίαν› · call in col 457

Τὴν οὐσίαν. Legendum, ut probe monet Billius, τὴν οὐσίαν τῆς ὕλης, quemadmodum legit vetus interpres; τῆς ὕλης siquidem hic oscitantia scribarum omissum, paulo inferius additur: οὐσίαν τῆς ὕλης γεγενῆσθαι λέγουσιν.

Τὴν οὐσίαν ("the substance"). We should read, as Billius rightly advises, "the substance of matter", as the old translator read; for "of matter", omitted here through the carelessness of scribes, is added a little below: "they say the substance of matter came into being".

(printed under page 235)

(3) ‹anchor: Ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον› · call in col 457

Ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον. Vid. Not. 9 infra.

Ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον ("without consort, unfeminised"). See note 9 below.

(printed under page 235)

(4) ‹anchor: Id est confusum› · call in col 458

Id est confusum. Haec explicationis gratia addidit quispiam.

Id est confusum ("that is, confused"). Someone added these words for the sake of explanation.

(printed under page 235)

(5) ‹anchor: Patris› · call in col 458

Patris. In editt. Eras. Gall. et Feuard. legitur Patri, sed contra omnium mss. et Graeci textus fidem.

Patris ("of the Father"). In the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent Patri ("to the Father") is read, but against the witness of all the manuscripts and of the Greek text.

(printed under page 235)

(6) ‹anchor: Maxime autem Nun› · call in col 458

Maxime autem Nun. Cod. Clarom., maxime autem et Nun. Vocem autem Nun in editt. Eras. et Gall. male omissam apposuit Feuard. ex Graeco, Rigaltius etiam addendam monuerat in cap. 10 Tertull.

Maxime autem Nun ("and most of all Nous"). The Clermont manuscript: maxime autem et Nun ("and most of all Nous too"). The word Nun, wrongly omitted in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, Feuardent supplied from the Greek; Rigault too had advised that it be added, on Tertullian ch. 10.

(printed under page 235)

(7) ‹anchor: Super haec› · call in col 458

Super haec. Ἐπὶ τούτοις, ut recte notat Grab. simpliciter significat post haec, sive postea, uti Billius in sua versione posuit. Tertullianus cap. 10 reddit, in haec. Petavius autem perperam sub τούτοις intellexit Aeones, et apud Epiphanium vertit: post illos omnes produxit, etc.

Super haec ("upon these things"). Ἐπὶ τούτοις, as Grabe rightly notes, simply means "after these things", or "afterwards", as Billius put it in his version. Tertullian, ch. 10, renders "to these ends". Petau wrongly understood the Aeons under τούτοις, and in Epiphanius translates "after all of them he produced", etc.

(printed under page 235)

(8) ‹anchor: Praemittit› · call in col 458

Praemittit. Gr. προβάλλεται, quod vertendum fuisset, emittit, non praemittit.

Praemittit ("sends forth before"). Greek προβάλλεται, which should have been rendered "emits", not "sends forth before".

(printed under page 235)

(9) ‹anchor: Sine conjuge masculo-femina› · call in col 458

Sine conjuge masculo-femina. In editt. Eras. et Gall. corrupte legitur sive pro sine. Id emendavit Feuard. consentientibus mss. Clarom. Pass. Arund. et Merc. 1. At facilius de hujusce commatis lectione, quam de sensu convenit inter editores. Billius et Fronto Duc. contendunt, in Graeco non ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον, in Accusativo legendum esse, sed ἀσυζύγῳ, ἀρρενοθήλει (pro ἀθηλύντῳ) in Ablativo: ut scilicet ἀσυζύγῳ, ἀρρενοθήλει, referatur non ad Ὅρον, sed ad εἰκόνι, quasi Ὅρος ad imaginem ἀσύζυγον, ἀρρενόθηλυν effictus esset. Et sic quidem legisse videtur interpres; vertit enim: in imagine sua, sine conjuge masculo-femina. Ita pariter Tertullianus cap. 10: In imagine femina-mare. Quos secutus Billius: in imagine sua conjugis experte, ac masculo-femina. Sed cum recta ratione pugnat, id imagini tribui, quod personis dumtaxat convenit. Quis enim ferat imaginem dici conjugis expertem, et masculo-feminam? Malim igitur cum editore Anglo diligentiam interpretum, quam Graeci textus sinceritatem incusare. Proinde lego, ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον. Sed ἀθήλυντον haud cum Grabio verterim, masculo-feminam, seu femina-marem; neque enim ea est vocis hujus significatio. Non femineum, non effeminatum significare, vel ipsa Lexica vulgata docent. Quid sit autem, Horon non femineum, non effeminatum esse, docebit Theodoretus: Τὸν Ὅρον προβάλλεται, οὐ μετὰ συζύγου θηλείας· Terminum, inquit, producit sine femina conjuge, id est, nulla cum femina conjugii vinculo copulatum. Exceptio erat, τῶν γὰρ Αἰώνων ἕκαστος τῷ θήλει συνέζευκται, nam aliorum Aeonum unusquisque cum femina conjunctus est; seu, ut loquitur Irenaeus, ἀρρενόθηλυς erat: id est, singuli eorum bini et bini, masculus cum femina, conjugii nexu copulati erant. Itaque Horon apud Irenaeum ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον esse, nihil aliud est, quam eumdem apud Theodoretum esse οὐ μετὰ συζύγου θηλείας, nullo conjugii nexu cum femina, ut caeteros Aeones, colligatum: adeo ut vox ἀθήλυντον sit prioris ἀσύζυγον paulo distinctior duntaxat explicatio, hicque sonet, feminae non illigatum. Et id sequentibus Irenaei verbis perfecte respondet. Dixerat Horon ad ipsam Patris imaginem, nullo conjugii nexu cum femina copulatum, effictum esse. Quod quidem statim explicat: Quia, inquit, Patrem aliquando quidem cum conjuge Sige copulant, modo vero supra maris, ac supra feminae conditionem extollunt Valentiniani. Et in hoc similem sibi Horon effecit, quod hic a conjugii legibus, quibus caeteri tenentur Aeones, liber sit, quemadmodum et ipse Pater ab iis liber interdum exhibetur.

Sine conjuge masculo-femina ("without consort, male-female"). In the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius sive ("or") is corruptly read for sine ("without"). Feuardent corrected it, with the Clermont, Passionei, Arundel and first Mercerus manuscripts agreeing. But the editors agree more easily on the reading of this clause than on its sense. Billius and Fronton du Duc contend that in the Greek one should read not ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον in the accusative, but ἀσυζύγῳ, ἀρρενοθήλει (for ἀθηλύντῳ) in the ablative: so that "without consort, male-female" refers not to Horos but to "image", as if Horos had been fashioned after an image without consort and male-female. And so indeed the translator seems to have read; for he renders "in his image, without consort, male-female". So too Tertullian, ch. 10: "in an image female-male". Following them, Billius: "in his image, without a consort and male-female". But it conflicts with right reason to attribute to an image what fits only persons. For who would bear an image being called "without a consort" and "male-female"? I would rather, therefore, with the English editor, fault the care of the translators than the soundness of the Greek text. Accordingly I read ἀσύζυγον, ἀθήλυντον. But I would not render ἀθήλυντον with Grabe as "male-female" or "female-male"; for that is not the meaning of this word. That it means "not feminine, not effeminate", even the common lexicons teach. What it is for Horos to be not feminine, not effeminate, Theodoret will teach: "He produces Horos, not with a female consort" — "He produces the Limit," he says, "without a female consort", that is, joined by the bond of marriage with no female. This was an exception, "for each of the Aeons is yoked to the female" — "for each of the other Aeons is joined with a female"; or, as Irenaeus puts it, was "male-female": that is, each of them, in pairs, male with female, was coupled by the bond of marriage. So for Horos to be "without consort, unfeminised" in Irenaeus is nothing other than for him, in Theodoret, to be "not with a female consort", bound to a female by no bond of marriage, as the other Aeons are: so that the word ἀθήλυντον is merely a somewhat more precise explanation of the preceding ἀσύζυγον, and here means "not bound to a female". And this answers perfectly to Irenaeus's following words. He had said that Horos was fashioned after the very image of the Father, coupled with a female by no bond of marriage. He explains this at once: "Because," he says, "the Valentinians sometimes couple the Father with his consort Sige, but at other times exalt him above the condition of male and above that of female." And in this he made Horos like himself: that Horos is free of the laws of marriage by which the other Aeons are held, just as the Father himself is at times shown as free of them.

(printed under page 235)

(10) ‹anchor: Cum conjuge Sige› · call in col 458

Cum conjuge Sige. Vertendum fuisset, cum conjugio, seu conjugatione Siges, juxta Graecum, μετὰ συζυγίας τῆς Σιγῆς. Et infra, τὸ ἀποκαταστῆναι τῇ συζυγίᾳ, reddi debuisset cum Tertull. cap. 10, restitutam conjugio, non conjugi; vel quemadmodum paulo post eadem omnino verba reddidit ipsemet interpres, redintegratam suae conjugationi. (continues)

Cum conjuge Sige ("with his consort Sige"). It should have been rendered "with the marriage", or "the conjugation, of Sige", according to the Greek "with the syzygy of Sige". And below, "to be restored to the syzygy" ought to have been rendered, with Tertullian ch. 10, "restored to the marriage", not "to the consort"; or, as the translator himself rendered the very same words a little later, "reintegrated into her conjugation". (continues)

(printed under page 235)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 458
  • marginal letters: A confusam; B juge; C unusquisque; D Pater
  • old-edition numerals: 10 after absconderet
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set; notes (1)–(3) are called in the Greek of col 457 (Q1a)
PG 7:459
Editors' notes and page, col. 459

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Masculo, et pro› · call in col 459

Masculo, et pro. Tres istae voces in editt. Eras. et Gall. necnon in mss. Arund. et Merc. 2 desunt. Priores duas restituit Feuard. ex vet. cod.; tertiam Grabius ex cod. Voss. et Graeco, ubi ὑπὲρ bis legitur. Grabio favet et cod. Clarom. habens, et pro masculo, et pro femina. At vero cum in Graeco praepositio ὑπὲρ Accusativum regat, verti debuisset non pro sed super; super masculum, et super feminam esse volunt, ut scilicet utriusque conditioni longe praecellat Propator.

Masculo, et pro ("male, and for"). These three words are wanting in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, and also in the Arundel and second Mercer manuscripts. Feuardent restored the first two from the old codex; Grabe the third from the Vossian codex and from the Greek, where ὑπέρ is read twice. The Clermont codex also favours Grabe, having et pro masculo, et pro femina. But since in the Greek the preposition ὑπέρ governs the accusative, it ought to have been rendered not pro but super: "they will have it that he is above male and above female", so that the Propator, that is, far surpasses the condition of both.

(printed under page 236)

(2) ‹anchor: Intentione› · call in col 459

Intentione. Gr. Ἐνθυμήσεως, quam vocem inferius concupiscentiam, alibi passim Enthymesin vertit interpres.

Intentione ("intention"). Greek Ἐνθυμήσεως, a word which the translator renders lower down concupiscentia, and elsewhere throughout Enthymesis.

(printed under page 236)

(3) ‹anchor: Cum appendice passione› · call in col 459

Cum appendice passione. Sic totidem verbis et Tertullianus. Mallem tamen Graeca σὺν τῷ ἐπιγινομένῳ πάθει uterque reddidisset, cum ea passione, quae supervenerat, aut in quam inciderat.

Cum appendice passione ("with the attached passion"). So too Tertullian, in as many words. Yet I would rather both had rendered the Greek "with the passion that came upon her" as "with the passion which had supervened", or "into which she had fallen".

(printed under page 236)

(4) ‹anchor: Infra Pleroma perseverasse› · call in col 459

Infra Pleroma perseverasse. Infra hic pro intra, quod mediae et infimae Latinitatis auctoribus non inusitatum.

Infra Pleroma perseverasse ("remained below the Pleroma"). Infra here stands for intra ("within"), which is not unusual in authors of middle and late Latinity.

(printed under page 236)

(5) ‹anchor: Crucifixam› · call in col 459

Crucifixam. Ἀποσταυρωθῆναι hic potius reddendum fuisset, inquit optime Grabius, quasi vallo cinctam, et a Pleromate disjunctam esse. Sic apud Thucydidem lib. IV, c. 69, ἀπεσταύρουν Scholiastes explicat, χαρακώματα ἐποίουν. In hunc sensum sequentia Clementis Alexand. verba lib. II, Strom. p. 407, A, interpretor: Ἑκάστη ἡδονή τε καὶ λύπη προσπασσαλοῖ τῷ σώματι ψυχὴν τοῦ γε μὴ ἀφορίζοντος, καὶ ἀποσταυροῦντος ἑαυτὸν τῶν παθῶν, unaquaeque voluptas, vel moestitia corpori clavo velut affigit animam ejus, qui ab animi commotionibus sese non separat, nec quasi interposito vallo disjungit. Neque enim alibi apud Irenaeum legitur Enthymesin cruci affixam fuisse.

Crucifixam ("crucified"). Ἀποσταυρωθῆναι, says Grabe very well, should rather have been rendered here "to be as it were girt with a palisade, and cut off from the Pleroma". So in Thucydides IV, ch. 69, the scholiast explains ἀπεσταύρουν ("they fenced off") as "they made palisades". In this sense I interpret the following words of Clement of Alexandria, Stromata II, p. 407 A: "Every pleasure and pain nails to the body the soul of him who does not separate himself and fence himself off from the passions" — "every pleasure or sorrow as it were fastens with a nail to the body the soul of him who does not separate himself from the commotions of the mind, nor cut himself off as by an interposed palisade." For nowhere else in Irenaeus is Enthymesis read to have been fixed to a cross.

(printed under page 236)

(6) ‹anchor: Extra eum› · call in col 459

Extra eum. Eum hic neutraliter pro id; quod barbaris scriptoribus haud insuetum.

Extra eum ("outside it"). Eum here stands as a neuter for id; which is not unusual in barbarous writers.

(printed under page 236)

(8) ‹anchor: Καρπιστήν› · call in col 460

Καρπιστήν. Id est, inquit Grabius, vindicem, sive assertorem libertatis. Ita redditur in veteri Glossario Graeco-Lat. Exemplum affert vir doctus ex Arriano lib. III De Epicteti disputationibus, cap. 26, p. 369, edit Cantabrig., quod quidem probat eam esse interdum vocis hujus significationem, sed non semper, et in hoc praesertim Irenaei loco. Ut enim apud Jurisperitos vindicatur libertas, sic et apud eosdem vindicatur servitus, l. 1, ff. De remiss., l. 14, ff. De op. no. nunt. Vindex ergo servitutis peraeque ac libertatis dici potest. Sed neutra significatio in Valentinianorum Καρπιστήν cadit. Quid enim huic cum libertate, vel servitute conveniat, non video. Censeam potius hic ἀπὸ καρπιστείας, a vindiciis, Carpisten dici. Vindicia vero correpta manu, seu καρπῷ (hinc καρπιστοῦ etymon) in re atque loco praesenti apud praetorem, ex XII Tabulis, fiebat, inquit Aulus Gell. lib. XX, cap. 9 vel 10. Inde et sententiae, seu assertiones, et adjudicationes rei controversae potiorem probanti auctoritatem a Judice decretae, dictae vindiciae, teste Ascensio in cit. A. Gellii caput. Quidni et Praetor, seu judex vindicias decernens appellari potuerit vindex; et illinc judicibus quibusvis, arbitris, seu moderatoribus aptari vindicis, seu Καρπιστοῦ nomen, quod vindicias interdum decernant? Καρπιστής igitur hic paulo latius accipitur, idemque sonat atque judex, arbiter, seu moderator. Eam in rem optime faciunt ea Arnobii lib. IV adv. Gent. verba, pag. 158 edit. Lugd. Batav. 1651: Quis quaesitor, quis arbiter cervicibus tantis erit, qui inter personas hujusmodi aut vindicias justas dare, aut sacramenta conetur pronuntiare non justa? Jam vero hanc Καρπιστοῦ acceptionem in Valentinianorum Horon exacte quadrare, satis patet. Horos enim velut politicam universi Pleromatos disciplinam tuebatur, omnia fulciebat, atque extra inenarrabilem magnitudinem custodiebat omnia, proprii muneris oblitos coercebat, a Pleromate digressos revocabat, huicque vindicabat, asserebatque, unumquemque Aeonem intra proprios fines continebat, syzygiamque deserentes restituebat. Uno verbo λυτρωτής, id est, redemptor erat, ὁριστής sive ὁροθέτης, finitor, constitutor juris, et arbiter conditionum: quae judicis, arbitri, et moderatoris partes sunt.

Καρπιστήν (Karpistes). That is, says Grabe, vindex, or asserter of liberty. So it is rendered in the old Graeco-Latin Glossary. The learned man brings an example from Arrian, book III On the Discourses of Epictetus, chapter 26, p. 369 of the Cambridge edition, which indeed proves that this is sometimes the meaning of the word, but not always, and especially not in this passage of Irenaeus. For as among the jurists liberty is claimed, so also among the same servitude is claimed, l. 1, ff. De remiss., l. 14, ff. De op. no. nunt. A vindex, therefore, may be spoken of for servitude equally as for liberty. But neither meaning fits the Καρπιστής of the Valentinians. For what agreement this one should have with liberty or servitude, I do not see. I should rather judge that he is here called Carpistes from καρπιστεία, from vindiciae. For the vindicia "was made with the hand laid on", or καρπῷ (hence the etymon of καρπιστής), "upon the thing and in the place, in the presence of the praetor, according to the Twelve Tables", says Aulus Gellius, book XX, chapter 9 or 10. Hence also the sentences, or assertions, and adjudications of a disputed thing, decreed by the Judge to the one proving the stronger title, were called vindiciae, as Ascensius witnesses on the cited chapter of A. Gellius. Why could not the Praetor too, or the judge decreeing vindiciae, have been called vindex; and thence the name of vindex, or Καρπιστής, be applied to any judges, arbiters, or moderators whatever, because they sometimes decree vindiciae? Καρπιστής, therefore, is here taken somewhat more broadly, and means the same as judge, arbiter, or moderator. To this purpose those words of Arnobius, book IV Against the Gentiles, p. 158 of the Leiden edition of 1651, serve excellently: "What inquisitor, what arbiter will there be for necks so great, who between persons of this kind would attempt either to give just vindiciae, or to pronounce oaths not just?" Now it is plain enough that this acceptation of Καρπιστής fits exactly the Horos of the Valentinians. For Horos guarded, as it were, the civil discipline of the whole Pleroma, propped up all things, and "kept all things outside the unspeakable greatness", restrained those forgetful of their proper office, recalled those who had strayed from the Pleroma, and claimed and asserted them for it, held each Aeon within its own bounds, and restored those deserting their syzygy. In a word he was λυτρωτής, that is, redeemer, ὁριστής or ὁροθέτης, boundary-setter, establisher of right, and arbiter of conditions: which are the parts of a judge, an arbiter, and a moderator.

(printed under page 236) <!-- note: Page-foot notes of page 236 (cols 459–460). Notes (1)–(6) are called in the Latin of col 459 and printed under it; (7)–(11) are called in the Greek of col 460. Note (8) is called in col 460 and begins at the foot of col 459; it is kept here whole because n460 has a gap in its middle (from "ἀπὸ καρπιστείας" to "Καρπιστής igitur"), which n460 should take from here; that middle stretch stands at the top of the right foot column, above the foot images, and was checked here only by its visible line-starts (Q4b, UNSURE). For n460 (not written here): its "(?) … vertit interpres." is the end of note (2) above; its notes (3)–(6) are called in col 459, not 460; in its note (5) the page prints mœstitia (moestitia), not maestitia. Q4b moved (1)–(2) from Editors' prose to Footnotes, added (3)–(6) from the page, and removed italic markup. Ligatures æ/œ set as ae/oe. -->

Page

  • running head: 459 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A pro masculo,; B (1) Masculo,; C (5) Crucifixam.; D est redemptor
  • old-edition numerals: 11 before autem hunc
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:460
καὶ ὑπὲρ θῆλυ εἶναι θέλουσι. Τὸν δὲ Ὅρον τοῦτον καὶ Σταυρὸν, καὶ Συλλυτρωτὴν, καὶ Καρπιστὴν, καὶ Ὁροθέτην, καὶ Μεταγωγέα καλοῦσι. Διὰ δὲ τοῦ Ὅρου τούτου φασὶ κεκαθάρθαι καὶ ἐστηρίχθαι τὴν Σοφίαν, καὶ ἀποκατασταθῆναι τῇ συζυγίᾳ. Χωρισθείσης γὰρ τῆς Ἐνθυμήσεως ἀπ' αὐτῆς, σὺν τῷ ἐπιγινομένῳ πάθει, αὐτὴν μὲν ἐντὸς Πληρώματος εἶναι· τὴν δὲ ἐνθύμησιν αὐτῆς, σὺν τῷ πάθει, ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὅρου ἀφορισθῆναι, καὶ ἀποστερηθῆναι,
and above female. And this Horos they also call Stauros, and Syllytrotes, and Carpistes, and Horothetes, and Metagogeus. And through this Horos they say that Sophia was purified and established, and restored to her syzygy. For when the Enthymesis had been separated from her, together with the passion that had supervened, she herself remained within the Pleroma; while her enthymesis, together with the passion, was separated off by Horos, and fenced off,
Editors' notes and page, col. 460

Footnotes

[GAP: the rendered foot images begin below the top of this page's footnote block. Above the crop lie the rest of note (10) of p. 235 and notes (1)–(2) of this page; only their last words, "vertit interpres.", are visible. The right column's opening lines (the middle of note (8)) are likewise above the crop. Re-render the page foot from higher up and set the missing text from the page.] (?) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 460 […] vertit interpres.

[…] the translator renders.

(printed under page 236)

(3) ‹anchor: Cum appendice passione› · call in col 460

Cum appendice passione. Sic totidem verbis et Tertullianus. Mallem tamen Graeca σὺν τῷ ἐπιγινομένῳ πάθει uterque reddidisset, cum ea passione, quae supervenerat, aut in quam inciderat.

Cum appendice passione ("with the attached passion"). So too Tertullian, in as many words. Yet I would rather both had rendered the Greek "with the passion that came upon her" as "with the passion which had supervened", or "into which she had fallen".

(printed under page 236)

(4) ‹anchor: Infra Pleroma perseverasse› · call in col 460

Infra Pleroma perseverasse. Infra hic pro intra, quod mediae et infimae Latinitatis auctoribus non inusitatum.

Infra Pleroma perseverasse ("remained below the Pleroma"). Infra here stands for intra ("within"), which is not unusual in authors of middle and late Latinity.

(printed under page 236)

(5) ‹anchor: Crucifixam› · call in col 460

Crucifixam. Ἀποσταυρωθῆναι hic potius reddendum fuisset, inquit optime Grabius, quasi vallo cinctam, et a Pleromate disjunctam esse. Sic apud Thucydidem lib. IV, c. 69, ἀπεσταύρουν Scholiastes explicat, χαρακώματα ἐποίουν. In hunc sensum sequentia Clementis Alexand. verba lib. II, Strom. p. 407, A, interpretor: Ἑκάστη ἡδονή τε καὶ λύπη προσπασσαλοῖ τῷ σώματι ψυχὴν τοῦ γε μὴ ἀφορίζοντος, καὶ ἀποσταυροῦντος ἑαυτὸν τῶν παθῶν, unaquaeque voluptas, vel maestitia corpori clavo velut affigit animam ejus, qui ab animi commotionibus sese non separat, nec quasi interposito vallo disjungit. Neque enim alibi apud Irenaeum legitur Enthymesin cruci affixam fuisse.

Crucifixam ("crucified"). Ἀποσταυρωθῆναι, says Grabe very well, should rather have been rendered here "to be as it were girt with a palisade, and cut off from the Pleroma". So in Thucydides IV, ch. 69, the scholiast explains ἀπεσταύρουν ("they fenced off") as "they made palisades". In this sense I interpret the following words of Clement of Alexandria, Stromata II, p. 407 A: "Every pleasure and pain nails to the body the soul of him who does not separate himself and fence himself off from the passions" — "every pleasure or sorrow as it were fastens with a nail to the body the soul of him who does not separate himself from the commotions of the mind, nor cut himself off as by an interposed palisade." For nowhere else in Irenaeus is Enthymesis read to have been fixed to a cross.

(printed under page 236)

(6) ‹anchor: Extra eum› · call in col 460

Extra eum. Eum hic neutraliter pro id; quod barbaris scriptoribus haud insuetum.

Extra eum ("outside it"). Eum here stands as a neuter for id; which is not unusual in barbarous writers.

(printed under page 236)

(7) ‹anchor: Καὶ Συλλυτρωτήν› · call in col 460

Καὶ Συλλυτρωτήν. In Graeco corrupte legitur συλλυτρωτήν, pro quo reponendum ex vet. interp. σταυρὸν καὶ λυτρωτήν. Porro λυτρωτής, id est redemptor vel liberator, dicebatur Horos, quia Sophiae in universam substantiam prope resolvendae ruinam stitit, ejusque motibus intempestivis limites constituit. Σταυρός vero, id est, vallum, non crux, quia Sophiae Enthymesin cum passione separatam, et quasi vallo cinctam a Pleromate disjunxit.

Καὶ Συλλυτρωτήν ("and co-redeemer"). In the Greek συλλυτρωτήν is corruptly read; in its place should be put back, from the old translator, σταυρὸν καὶ λυτρωτήν ("Stauros and Redeemer"). Horos was called λυτρωτής, that is, redeemer or liberator, because he halted the ruin of Sophia, who was all but dissolving into the whole substance, and set bounds to her untimely motions. And Σταυρός — that is, palisade, not cross — because he separated Sophia's Enthymesis together with her passion and cut it off from the Pleroma, as if girt with a palisade.

(printed under page 236)

(8) ‹anchor: Καρπιστήν› · call in col 460

Καρπιστήν. Id est, inquit Grabius, vindicem, sive assertorem libertatis. Ita redditur in veteri Glossario Graeco-Lat. Exemplum affert vir doctus ex Arriano lib. III De Epicteti disputationibus, cap. 26, p. 369, edit Cantabrig., quod quidem probat eam esse interdum vocis hujus significationem, sed non semper, et in hoc praesertim Irenaei loco. Ut enim apud Jurisperitos vindicatur libertas, sic et apud eosdem vindicatur servitus, l. 1, ff. De remiss., l. 14, ff. De op. no. nunt. Vindex ergo servitutis peraeque ac libertatis dici potest. Sed neutra significatio in Valentinianorum Καρπιστήν cadit. Quid enim huic cum libertate, vel servitute conveniat, non video. Censeam potius hic […] igitur hic paulo latius accipitur, idemque sonat atque judex, arbiter, seu moderator. Eam in rem optime faciunt ea Arnobii lib. IV adv. Gent. verba, pag. 158 edit. Lugd. Batav. 1651: Quis quaesitor, quis arbiter cervicibus tantis erit, qui inter personas hujusmodi aut vindicias justas dare, aut sacramenta conetur pronuntiare non justa? Jam vero hanc Καρπιστοῦ acceptionem in Valentinianorum Horon exacte quadrare, satis patet. Horos enim velut politicam universi Pleromatos disciplinam tuebatur, omnia fulciebat, atque extra inenarrabilem magnitudinem custodiebat omnia, proprii muneris oblitos coercebat, a Pleromate digressos revocabat, huicque vindicabat, asserebatque, unumquemque Aeonem intra proprios fines continebat, syzygiamque deserentes restituebat. Uno verbo λυτρωτής, id est, redemptor erat, ὁριστής sive ὁροθέτης, finitor, constitutor juris, et arbiter conditionum: quae judicis, arbitri, et moderatoris partes sunt.

Καρπιστήν (Karpistes, "emancipator"). That is, says Grabe, the vindicator or asserter of liberty. So it is rendered in the old Greek–Latin glossary. The learned man brings an example from Arrian, Discourses of Epictetus III, ch. 26, p. 369 of the Cambridge edition, which indeed proves that this is sometimes the meaning of the word, but not always, and especially not in this passage of Irenaeus. For as among the jurists liberty is claimed, so among the same servitude is claimed: Digest, De remissionibus, law 1, and De operis novi nuntiatione, law 14. One can therefore be called the vindicator of servitude just as much as of liberty. But neither meaning suits the Karpistes of the Valentinians; for what he would have to do with liberty or servitude I do not see. I would rather think here […] is therefore taken here somewhat more broadly, and means the same as judge, arbiter, or governor. To this point the words of Arnobius, Adversus gentes IV, p. 158 of the Leiden edition of 1651, serve excellently: "What examiner, what arbiter will there be for such great necks, who would try, between persons of this kind, either to grant just claims or to pronounce oaths not just?" And now it is plain enough that this sense of Karpistes fits the Horos of the Valentinians exactly. For Horos guarded, as it were, the civil order of the whole Pleroma, propped up all things, and "kept all things outside the unspeakable greatness"; he restrained those who forgot their own office, called back those who strayed from the Pleroma and claimed and asserted them for it, kept each Aeon within its own bounds, and restored those who deserted their syzygy. In a word, he was λυτρωτής, that is, redeemer; ὁριστής or ὁροθέτης, the definer, the establisher of right and the arbiter of conditions — which are the parts of a judge, an arbiter and a governor.

(printed under page 236)

(9) ‹anchor: Μεταγωγέα› · call in col 460

Μεταγωγέα. Circumductorem dixit Tertullianus, et Petavius in versione Epiphanii, Traductorem Cornarius. Ego potius cum Grabio redderem Deductorem. Sed omissa istius conjectura, ex qua Reductorem, non vero Deductorem dicendum esse consequens esset, vocis hujus significationem, ut et Καρπιστοῦ, a jurisconsultis repeterem. Nempe rem in judicium deducere, frequens apud eos loquendi modus. Inter personas autem quae rem in judicium deducere solent, l. IV ff. De except. rei jud. recensentur l. II, 57. Cod., procurator cui mandatum est, tutor, curator furiosi vel pupilli, actor municipum . . . . defensor. Illi ergo Deductores a deducendo recte dici possunt. Et hoc sensu Horon Deductorem a Valentinianis cognominatum fuisse conjicio; utpote tutorem junioris Aeonis, aetate nondum confirmata, suiipsius incontinentis, ut loquitur Tertullianus; aut, si velis, procuratorem, seu defensorem, qui partes ipsius tuebatur, causam agebat, impetum coercebat, conservationi ejus ac saluti invigilabat.

Μεταγωγέα (Metagogeus, "conveyor"). Tertullian called him "Circumductor" ("leader-round"), and Petau in his version of Epiphanius; Cornarius "Traductor" ("transferrer"). I would rather render, with Grabe, "Deductor" ("conductor"). But setting aside his conjecture, from which it would follow that "Reductor", not "Deductor", should be said, I would seek the meaning of this word, as of Karpistes, from the jurists. "To bring (deducere) a matter into court" is a frequent turn of speech among them. And among the persons who are wont to bring a matter into court are listed, in the Digest, De exceptione rei judicatae, law IV, and Code II, 57: "an agent who has been given a mandate, a guardian, a curator of a madman or a ward, the agent of townships … a defender". These, then, may rightly be called "Deductores", from deducere. And in this sense I conjecture that Horos was surnamed "Deductor" by the Valentinians: as being the guardian of the younger Aeon, whose age was not yet settled, "without self-control", as Tertullian puts it; or, if you like, her agent or defender, who protected her interests, pleaded her case, checked her impulse, and watched over her preservation and safety.

(printed under page 236)

(10) ‹anchor: Εἶναι› · call in col 460

Εἶναι. Legendum potius, inquit Grabius, μεῖναι, quia interpres habet perseverasse, et Tertull. remansisse.

Εἶναι ("to be"). Rather, says Grabe, read μεῖναι ("to remain"), because the translator has "persevered" and Tertullian "remained".

(printed under page 236)

(11) ‹anchor: Ἀποστερηθῆναι› · call in col 460

Ἀποστερηθῆναι. Legendum vult Billius ἀποσταυρωθῆναι. Ita siquidem legerunt vetus interpres, et Tertullianus, crucifixam vertentes, non (continues)

Ἀποστερηθῆναι ("to be deprived"). Billius would read ἀποσταυρωθῆναι ("to be fenced off"). For so the old translator and Tertullian read, rendering "crucified", not … (continues)

(printed under page 236)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 460
  • marginal letters: A καὶ ὑπὲρ; B ἀπὸ καρπιστείας,; C Jam vero; D et Καρπιστοῦ,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:461
καὶ ἐκτὸς αὐτοῦ γενομένην, εἶναι μὲν πνευματικὴν οὐσίαν, φυσικήν τινα Αἰῶνος ὁρμὴν τυγχάνουσαν, ἄμορφον δὲ καὶ ἀνείδεον διὰ τὸ μηδὲν καταλαβεῖν. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καρπὸν ἀσθενῆ καὶ θῆλυν αὐτὸν λέγουσι.
and having come to be outside it, is indeed a spiritual substance, being a certain natural impulse of an Aeon, yet formless and shapeless because it had comprehended nothing. And on this account they call it a weak and female fruit.
5. Μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἀφορισθῆναι ταύτην ἐκτὸς τοῦ Πληρώματος τῶν Αἰώνων, τήν τε μητέρα αὐτῆς ἀποκατασταθῆναι τῇ ἰδίᾳ συζυγίᾳ, τὸν Μονογενῆ πάλιν ἑτέραν προβαλέσθαι συζυγίαν, κατὰ προμήθειαν τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἵνα μὴ ὁμοίως ταύτῃ πάθῃ τις τῶν Αἰώνων, Χριστὸν καὶ Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, εἰς πῆξιν καὶ στηριγμὸν τοῦ Πληρώματος, ὑφ' ὧν καταρτισθῆναι τοὺς Αἰῶνας. Τὸν μὲν γὰρ Χριστὸν διδάξαι αὐτοὺς συζυγίας φύσιν, ἀγεννήτου κατάληψιν γινώσκοντας, ἱκανοὺς εἶναι, ἀναγορεῦσαί τε ἐν αὐτοῖς τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν, ὅτι τε ἀχώρητός ἐστι
5. And after this had been separated off outside the Pleroma of the Aeons, and its mother had been restored to her own syzygy, the Only-begotten again put forth another syzygy, according to the forethought of the Father, lest any of the Aeons should suffer in like manner as this one—Christ and the Holy Spirit, for the fixing and establishing of the Pleroma, by whom the Aeons were set in order. For Christ taught them the nature of syzygy, that knowing the comprehension of the Unbegotten they are sufficient, and He proclaimed among them the knowledge of the Father, both that He is uncontainable
Editors' notes and page, col. 461

Page

  • running head: 461 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A καὶ ἐκτὸς; B τὴν τοῦ; C præcedat,; D versio
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below text cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:462
Editors' notes and page, col. 462

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Χριστὸν διδάξαι› · call in col 462

Χριστὸν διδάξαι, etc. Obscurus omnino locus, quem elucidare dum plerique student interpretes, nebulas offundunt. At densiores nullus, quam Tertullianus: Christi erat inducere (vel, ut Pamelius legendum conjicit, docere) Aeonas naturam conjugiorum, et innati conjectationem, et idoneos efficere generandi in se agnitionem Patris; quae neque cum Graeco, neque cum Latino veteris interpretis textu consentiunt. Billius legit: Καὶ ἀγεννήτου κατάληψιν γινώσκοντας ἑαυτοῖς ἱκανοὺς εἶναι. Sed modicum inde lumen; nec plenius ex Gallasii, Cornarii et Petavii versionibus eruitur. Prope est ut credam, mendum huc irrepsisse (antiquum quidem, quo deceptus fuerit Latinus ipsemet interpres) et pro ἀγεννήτου, legendum esse γεννητοῦ, scilicet Μονογενοῦς. Haec enim opponere videtur Irenaeus, hinc γεννητοῦ κατάληψιν γινώσκειν, illinc τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν, ὅτι τε ἀχώρητός ἐστι καὶ ἀκατάληπτος. Priori contentos esse debere reliquos Aeonas docuit Christus, utpote sat eruditos, si Filii, seu Monogenis comprehensionem noverint; eam enim esse conjugationis naturam, ut Filius solus ab iis comprehendi valeat; at vero Patris comprehensionem mentis eorum captum superare; frustraque ab iis exquiri, utpote cujus ea duntaxat haberi possit notitia, nempe quod nec percipi, nec intelligi, nec denique cerni, aut audiri, nisi Monogenis beneficio, possit. Quae posteriora Irenaei verba, quod scilicet ἀκατάληπτος suapte natura cum sit Pater, οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε ἰδεῖν οὔτε ἀκοῦσαι αὐτὸν, ἢ διὰ μόνου τοῦ Μονογενοῦς, firmare videntur nostram conjecturam, scilicet γεννητοῦ κατάληψιν, utpote solam sibi attemperatam, γινώσκειν satis esse Aeonibus; ac proinde legendum γεννητοῦ. Si enim ἀγεννήτου legas, quis sensus? Aeonas comprehensionem Patris edoctos, sat eruditos esse? atqui Pater iis prorsus ἀκατάληπτος dicitur, nec etiam videre, aut audire fas est, nisi per Monogenem. Qui ergo κατάληψιν ejus edoceri potuerant? Vult Grabius hic per κατάληψις Filium ipsum intelligi, utpote in quo ingenitus Pater, in se incomprehensibilis, comprehendi queat. Ingeniose quidem excogitatum, sed vero paulo minus simile. Filium enim ἀγεννήτου κατάληψιν dici posse, haud abnuo; sed quidpiam vel praecedat, vel addatur, quod vocem κατάληψιν, id ex sese haud significantem eo trahat, necesse est. Hic autem nihil videas. In hoc tamen eruditi viri conjectura ad nostram accedit, quod in priori periodi parte, Filium intelligi velit ab Aeonibus comprehendi, non Patrem. Quare illi subscribat Lector, nostram deserat, si minus probanda videatur, per me licet: modo ἀγεννήτου κατάληψιν γινώσκοντας ad Filium quoquo modo referat.

"That Christ should teach," etc. A thoroughly obscure passage, over which most translators, while striving to clear it up, cast fogs. But none thicker than Tertullian: "It was Christ's part to bring in (or, as Pamelius conjectures should be read, to teach) the Aeons the nature of marriages, and the conjecture of the unbegotten, and to make them fit for generating in themselves the knowledge of the Father"; which agrees neither with the Greek nor with the Latin text of the old translator. Billius reads: "and that those who know the comprehension of the Unbegotten are sufficient for themselves". But little light comes from that; nor is more drawn from the versions of Gallasius, Cornarius and Petau. I am close to believing that a fault has crept in here (an ancient one, by which the Latin translator himself was deceived), and that for ἀγεννήτου ("of the Unbegotten") one should read γεννητοῦ ("of the Begotten"), namely of the Only-begotten. For Irenaeus seems to set these against each other: on one side, to know the comprehension of the Begotten; on the other, "the knowledge of the Father, that he is uncontainable and incomprehensible". Christ taught the remaining Aeons that they ought to be content with the former, as being learned enough if they knew the comprehension of the Son, or Only-begotten; that the nature of the conjugation was such that the Son alone could be comprehended by them; but that the comprehension of the Father surpassed the grasp of their minds and was sought by them in vain, since the only knowledge that can be had of him is this: that he can be neither perceived, nor understood, nor indeed seen or heard, except by the gift of the Only-begotten. These later words of Irenaeus — that since the Father is by his own nature incomprehensible, "it is not possible either to see him or to hear him, except through the Only-begotten alone" — seem to confirm our conjecture: namely, that for the Aeons it is enough to know the comprehension of the Begotten, as alone suited to them; and therefore γεννητοῦ should be read. For if you read ἀγεννήτου, what sense is there? That the Aeons, taught the comprehension of the Father, are learned enough? But the Father is said to be altogether incomprehensible to them, and it is not even lawful for them to see or hear him, except through the Only-begotten. How then could they have been taught the comprehension of him? Grabe would have the Son himself understood here by κατάληψις, as the one in whom the unbegotten Father, incomprehensible in himself, can be comprehended. Ingeniously thought out indeed, but a little less likely to be true. That the Son can be called "the comprehension of the Unbegotten" I do not deny; but something must either precede or be added to draw the word κατάληψις to that meaning, since it does not of itself mean it. Here, however, you see nothing of the kind. Yet in this the learned man's conjecture comes close to ours, that in the first part of the sentence he would have it understood that the Son, not the Father, is comprehended by the Aeons. So let the reader subscribe to his view and abandon ours, if ours seem less acceptable; I have no objection — provided he refers "knowing the comprehension of the Unbegotten" to the Son in some way or other.

(printed under page 237)

(2) ‹anchor: Quidem› · call in col 462

Quidem. Ita recte edit. Angl. ex Arund. codice, et Graeco μέν. Astipulatur et cod. Clarom. sed male caet. editt. habent quamdam.

Quidem ("indeed"). So rightly the English edition, from the Arundel manuscript and the Greek μέν. The Clermont manuscript also agrees; but the other editions wrongly have quamdam ("a certain").

(printed under page 237)

(3) ‹anchor: Ut naturalem quemdam› · call in col 462

Ut naturalem quemdam, etc. Sic ad verbum Tertull. et edit. Angl. ex codd. Arund. et Merc. 2. Reliqui minus bene, et naturalem.

Ut naturalem quemdam ("as a certain natural"), etc. So word for word Tertullian, and the English edition from the Arundel and second Mercerus manuscripts. The rest, less well, et naturalem ("and natural").

(printed under page 237)

(4) ‹anchor: Ejus invalidum› · call in col 462

Ejus invalidum. Ejus, scilicet Sophiae, seu Aeonis proxime memorati. Melius forte dixisset interpres, eum, juxta Graecum αὐτόν, scil. καρπόν: at maluit pronomen ad Aeonem, quam ad fructum referre; quod satis indifferens est.

Ejus invalidum ("its feeble [fruit]"). Ejus, that is, of Sophia, or of the Aeon just mentioned. The translator would perhaps better have said eum ("it"), after the Greek αὐτόν, namely the fruit; but he preferred to refer the pronoun to the Aeon rather than to the fruit, which makes little difference.

(printed under page 237)

(5) ‹anchor: Christum, et Spiritum sanctum› · call in col 462

Christum, et Spiritum sanctum. Hic mutila versio Latina. Neque enim ea reddidit interpres, quae praecedunt Christum et Spiritum sanctum, haec scilicet, ἵνα μὴ ὁμοίως ταύτῃ πάθῃ τις τῶν Αἰώνων· nec quae immediate sequuntur, εἰς πῆξιν καὶ στηριγμὸν τοῦ Πληρώματος. Haec omnia non male sic expressit Tertullianus cap. 11: Nus de Patris cura, atque prospectu, solidandis rebus, et Pleromati muniendo, jamque figendo (εἰς πῆξιν καὶ στηριγμὸν τοῦ Πληρώματος), ne qua ejusmodi rursus concussio incurreret, vel, ut alii legere malunt, inculeret (ἵνα μὴ ὁμοίως ταύτῃ πάθῃ τις τῶν Αἰώνων), novam excludit copulationem, Christum et Spiritum sanctum. Exactius ad Graeca verti posset: Ne cui Aeonum id accideret, quod Sophiae, ue Patris consilio, atque providentia, novum par, quo fixus ac fundatus deinceps maneret Pleromatis status, rursus emittit Monogenes.

Christum, et Spiritum sanctum ("Christ and the Holy Spirit"). Here the Latin version is mutilated. For the translator did not render what precedes "Christ and the Holy Spirit", namely "so that none of the Aeons might suffer as she did"; nor what immediately follows, "for the fixing and strengthening of the Pleroma". Tertullian expressed all this not badly, ch. 11: "Nous, by the Father's care and foresight, for making things solid and fortifying the Pleroma and now fixing it (for the fixing and strengthening of the Pleroma), lest any such shock should strike again" — or, as others prefer to read, "should be stamped in" (so that none of the Aeons might suffer as she did) — "hatches a new couple, Christ and the Holy Spirit." It could be rendered more exactly to the Greek: "So that the same thing that befell Sophia should not befall any of the Aeons, the Only-begotten, by the counsel and providence of the Father, emits again a new pair, by which the state of the Pleroma might thereafter remain fixed and founded." [ue as printed, for ut]

(printed under page 237)

(6) ‹anchor: Sive idoneos esse› · call in col 462

Sive idoneos esse. Ita recte Clarom. Voss. et Grab.; caeteri vitiose, sive illos idoneos esse.

Sive idoneos esse ("or that they are fit"). So rightly the Clermont and Vossius manuscripts and Grabe; the rest wrongly have sive illos idoneos esse ("or that they are fit").

(printed under page 237)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 462
  • marginal letters: A tam, esse quidem; B neque videre, neque audire; C praecedat, vel addatur; D versio Latina. Neque enim
  • old-edition numerals: 12 after incapabilis
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:463
Editors' notes and page, col. 463

Page

  • running head: 463 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A Monogenem. Et causam; B (1) Et causam quidem; C potius intelligi vult; D Generatio, quae patri suo
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version (Monogenem. Et causam ... and 6. Spiritus vero sanctus ...) left out; Greek lines between 5 and 6 are left part of full-width conclusion of 5 running across cols 463-464, cut off at right edge after μὲ; full-width BILLII INTERP after 6, not set
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
  • other: the full-width line at the foot of section 5 (τὸ καταληπτὸν αὐτοῦ ... ἐδημιούργησε.) is Greek and is set whole under 464; the Latin column's own lines are not set; the full-width band below is BILLII INTERPRETATIO, a Latin version (not set)
PG 7:464
καὶ ἀκατάληπτος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε ἰδεῖν, οὔτε ἀκοῦσαι αὐτὸν, ἢ διὰ μόνου τοῦ Μονογενοῦς γινώσκεται. Καὶ τὸ μὲν αἴτιον τῆς αἰωνίου διαμονῆς τοῖς λοιποῖς τὸ πρῶτον καταληπτὸν ὑπάρχειν τοῦ Πατρὸς, τῆς δὲ γενέσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ μορφώσεως, τὸ καταληπτὸν αὐτοῦ, ᾧ δὴ ἴσος ἐστί. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὁ ἄρτι προβληθεὶς Χριστὸς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐδημιούργησε.
and incomprehensible, and it is not possible either to see or to hear him, except that he is known through the Only-begotten alone. And the cause of the eternal continuance of the rest is the first comprehensible [aspect] of the Father, while [the cause] of his generation and formation is that which is comprehensible of him, to which indeed he is equal. And these things the Christ who had just been put forth wrought among them.
6. Τὸ δὲ ἓν Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐξισωθέντας αὐτοὺς πάντας εὐχαριστεῖν ἐδίδαξε, καὶ τὴν ἀληθινὴν ἀνάπαυσιν ἡγήσατο. Οὕτως τε μορφῇ καὶ γνώμῃ ἴσους κατασταθῆναι τοὺς Αἰῶνας λέγουσι, πάντας γενομένους Νόας, καὶ πάντας Λόγους, καὶ πάντας Ἀνθρώπους, καὶ πάντας Χριστοὺς, καὶ τὰς θηλείας ὁμοίως πάσας Ἀληθείας, καὶ πάσας Ζωὰς, καὶ Πνεύματα, καὶ Ἐκκλησίας. Στηριχθέντα δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὰ ὅλα, καὶ ἀναπαυσάμενα τελέως, μετὰ μεγάλης χαρᾶς φησιν ὑμνῆσαι τὸν Προπάτορα, πολλῆς
6. And the one Holy Spirit taught them all, made equal, to give thanks, and led them into true rest. And so, they say, the Aeons were established equal in form and in mind, all becoming Minds, and all Words, and all Men, and all Christs, and the females likewise all Truths, and all Lives, and Spirits, and Churches. And all things, having been made firm in this and come wholly to rest, with great joy, he says, hymned the Forefather, partaking of much
Editors' notes and page, col. 464

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Et causam quidem aeternae perseverationis… Filius est› · call in col 464

Et causam quidem aeternae perseverationis….. Filius est. Ex ea versione liquet interpretem legisse, ἀκατάληπτον τοῦ Πατρὸς, et ὁ δὴ Υἱός ἐστι, pro κατάληπτον τοῦ Πατρὸς, et ᾧ δὴ ἴσος ἐστί, quae hodiernus habet textus Graecus. Omittit etiam τὸ πρῶτον, et prius αὐτοῦ mutare videtur in αὐτῶν. Veteri interpreti pro more consentit Tertullianus: Docebantur, inquit, incomprehensibile quidem Patris causam esse perpetuitatis ipsorum; comprehensibile vero ejus, generationis illorum et formationis illorum, esse rationem… Filium autem constituunt apprehensibilem Patris. Consentiunt et recentiores, Billius, Fronto Duc. et Petavius; Cornarius vero, et Gallasius ex parte duntaxat; retinent enim ᾧ δὴ ἴσος ἐστί. Sed eorum omnium nullus scopum attingit. Et pro modo suo dum quisque vertit, aenigma proponit potius, quam solvit. Nec felicior Grabius (pace ipsius dixerim), ne unam quidem, ut ait, litteram in Graeco textu mutandam censet; sed dum τοῦ Πατρὸς, Patris nomine hic non Propatora ingenitum, sed Unigenitum potius intelligi vult, textui vim infert. Unigenitum quidem a Valentinianis vocari Patrem, et Principium omnium, notum est; sed voce τοῦ Πατρὸς, quae in proxime praecedenti periodo, et in sequentibus de solo Propatore intelligi potest, hic Unigenitum venire, nulla alia praemissa, aut addita voce, quae prioris illius significatum coerceat ad Filium, abhorret a verosimili. Itaque nisi Graeco textui medicam manum admoveas, incassum de sensu laboras; rectus occurret nullus. Lege ergo cum veteri interprete, et Tertulliano, ἀκατάληπτον ὑπάρχειν τοῦ Πατρός, id enim exigit cum sermonis contextus, tum ipsa Valentinianorum hypothesis, ad quae non satis attenderunt interpretes; et inde prima mali labes. Altera quod, τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ μορφώσεως vocibus, Unigenitum designari haud adverterunt, qui dicatur γένεσις, καὶ μόρφωσις τοῦ Πατρός. Γένεσις quidem, quod genitum est, productio, soboles, proles; quo sensu dicitur Prov. XXX, 11: Generatio, quae patri suo maledicit; et quae matri suae non benedicit, id est, proles, quae patri suo maledicit, etc.; μόρφωσις vero, id est, forma, species. Quibus positis, caeteris textus Graeci vocibus manentibus intactis, sponte fluit sensus, si praemissorum memineris. Paulo superius dixerat Irenaeus, incomprehensam Propatoris naturam temere scrutatum Aeonem paene periisse. Addit, ne cui aliorum Aeonum id accideret, quod imprudenti illi, Christum a Patre productum, qui doceret eos Unigeniti solius menti pervium esse Patrem, caeteris penitus incomprehensum. Tum (quod hujus consectarium videtur) longe meliorem esse Unigeniti, quam aliorum Aeonum conditionem; et caeteris quidem Aeonibus praecipuam aeternae perseverationis causam, qua scilicet dissolutionem, quae incauto Aeoni paene contigit, a se amoliantur, esse Patris incomprehensibile, si nimirum persuasum habentes, incomprehensum esse Patrem, ipsum temere scrutari non nitantur; prolis autem ejus, ac formae, Monogenis videlicet, perseverationis aeternae causam esse comprehensibile illius, cui utique aequalis est; nempe quod Patrem, cui aequalis est, comprehendat. Sic unius duntaxat α additione difficilem nodum facile, ni fallor, et apposite cum ad sermonis seriem, tum ad Valentinianorum hypothesim, solvimus.

"And the cause of eternal continuance … is the Son." From this version it is plain that the translator read "the incomprehensible of the Father" and "which is the Son", instead of "the comprehensible of the Father" and "to whom he is equal", which the present Greek text has. He also omits "first", and seems to change the first αὐτοῦ ("his") into αὐτῶν ("their"). Tertullian, as usual, agrees with the old translator: "They were taught," he says, "that what is incomprehensible in the Father is the cause of their perpetuity, but what is comprehensible in him is the ground of their generation and formation … And they make the Son what is apprehensible of the Father." The more recent translators agree too — Billius, Fronton du Duc and Petau; but Cornarius and Gallasius only in part, for they keep "to whom he is equal". Yet none of them all hits the mark; and while each translates in his own way, he sets a riddle rather than solving one. Nor is Grabe happier (be it said with his leave): he holds that not even one letter, as he says, of the Greek text is to be changed; but in wanting "the Father" here to be understood not as the unbegotten Forefather but rather as the Only-begotten, he does violence to the text. That the Only-begotten is called by the Valentinians Father and Beginning of all things is well known; but that the word "the Father", which in the sentence immediately preceding and in those following can be understood of the Forefather alone, should here stand for the Only-begotten, with no other word set before or added to restrict its earlier meaning to the Son, is improbable. So unless you apply a healing hand to the Greek text, you labour in vain over the sense; no right one will appear. Read, then, with the old translator and Tertullian, "that the Father is incomprehensible"; for both the context and the very system of the Valentinians require it — things the translators did not attend to closely enough, and hence the first source of the trouble. The second is that they did not notice that the words "his generation and formation" designate the Only-begotten, who is called the generation and formation of the Father. Γένεσις, that is, what is begotten: production, offspring, progeny; in which sense Proverbs 30:11 says, "A generation that curses its father and does not bless its mother", that is, offspring that curses its father, etc.; and μόρφωσις, that is, form, appearance. With these points set down, and the other words of the Greek text left untouched, the sense flows of itself, if you remember what went before. A little above, Irenaeus had said that the Aeon who rashly searched into the incomprehensible nature of the Forefather all but perished. He adds that, lest what befell that imprudent one should befall any of the other Aeons, Christ was produced by the Father, to teach them that the Father is accessible to the mind of the Only-begotten alone and wholly incomprehensible to the rest. Then (which seems to follow from this) that the condition of the Only-begotten is far better than that of the other Aeons: and that for the other Aeons the chief cause of eternal continuance — by which, that is, they ward off from themselves the dissolution that almost befell the incautious Aeon — is the incomprehensibility of the Father, if, namely, being persuaded that the Father is incomprehensible, they do not rashly try to search into him; whereas for his offspring and form, the Only-begotten, the cause of eternal continuance is the comprehensibility of him to whom he is indeed equal — namely, that he comprehends the Father, to whom he is equal. Thus by the addition of a single α we have untied a hard knot easily, unless I am mistaken, and aptly both to the run of the sentence and to the system of the Valentinians.

(printed under page 238)

(2) ‹anchor: Spiritus vero sanctus› · call in col 464

Spiritus vero sanctus. Addit textus Graecus, ἕν, unus, quod omisit interpres. Id etiam neque Tertullianus, neque Theodoretus legunt. Adjectum suspicatur Grabius, ut innueretur ratio, quare Spiritus sanctus Aeones omnes aequales reddiderit, ac unitatem Pleromati induxerit, quod nempe et ipse esset unus; vel ut insinuaretur, Christos quidem duos esse, superiorem alium, alium inferiorem, de quo mox; Spiritum vero sanctum, unum.

Spiritus vero sanctus ("but the Holy Spirit"). The Greek text adds ἕν, "one", which the translator omitted. Neither Tertullian nor Theodoret reads it. Grabe suspects it was added to hint at the reason why the Holy Spirit made all the Aeons equal and brought unity into the Pleroma — namely, that he himself was one; or to suggest that there are indeed two Christs, one higher and the other lower, of whom presently, but one Holy Spirit.

(printed under page 238)

(3) ‹anchor: Γινώσκεται› · call in col 464

Γινώσκεται. Hoc verbum expungi vult Billius. Satis quidem inutile: servari tamen potest. Et tunc vertendum erit: Neque videri, neque audiri potest, nisi quantum Monogenis beneficio, seu per Monogenem cognoscitur.

Γινώσκεται ("is known"). Billius would strike out this word. It is indeed rather useless; but it can be kept. And then it will have to be translated: "He can be neither seen nor heard, except in so far as he is known by the gift of the Only-begotten, or through the Only-begotten."

(printed under page 238)

(4) ‹anchor: Τὸ πρῶτον καταληπτόν… ᾧ δὴ ἴσος ἐστί› · call in col 464

Τὸ πρῶτον καταληπτόν, etc., ᾧ δὴ ἴσος ἐστί. De his disseruimus in not. 1 supra. Caeterum ἀκατάληπτον non legunt modo, sed et scribunt Gallasius et Feuard, non codicis alicujus, sed solius, ut puto, veteris interpretis auctoritate ducti.

"The first comprehensible," etc., "to whom he is equal." We discussed these words in note 1 above. Gallasius and Feuardent, moreover, not only read ἀκατάληπτον but write it, led not by the authority of any manuscript but, I think, by that of the old translator alone.

(printed under page 238)

(5) ‹anchor: Στηριχθέντα› · call in col 464

Στηριχθέντα. Vid. Tertull., cap. 12.

Στηριχθέντα ("having been established"). See Tertullian, ch. 12.

(printed under page 238)

Page

  • running head: 463 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 464 (this column shows ...PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 464)
  • marginal letters: A καὶ ἀκατάληπτος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε ἰδεῖν, οὔτε; B (footnotes) tactis, sponte fluit sensus; C (footnotes) ni fallor, et apposite cum ad sermonis seriem; D (footnotes) bunt Gallasius et Feuard.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: the last line of §5 is a full-width line across cols 463-464 (τὸ καταληπτὸν αὐτοῦ ... ἐδημιούρ-γησε.); the volunteers split it between the columns; it is set once here, joined, in its place, closing section 5; τὸ πρῶτον καταληπτὸν is set as printed (the editors' note proposes ἀκατάληπτον)
  • other: the column ends mid-word πολ-/λῆς; set whole here as πολλῆς from the first line of col. 465 (page 239), seen
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below §6, not set
  • other: graves before commas (αὐτὸν, Πατρὸς, Χριστοὺς, Ζωὰς) and ἡγήσατο set as printed (Q2a)
PG 7:465
εὐφρασίας μετασχόντα. Καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐποιίας ταύτης βουλῇ μιᾷ καὶ γνώμῃ τὸ πᾶν Πλήρωμα τῶν Αἰώνων, συνευδοκοῦντος τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τοῦ Πνεύματος, τοῦ δὲ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν συνεπισφραγιζομένου, ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν Αἰώνων, ὅπερ εἶχεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ κάλλιστον καὶ ἀνθηρότατον συνενεγκαμένους, καὶ ἐρανισαμένους, καὶ ταῦτα ἁρμοδίως πλέξαντας, καὶ ἐμμελῶς ἑνώσαντας, προβαλέσθαι προβλήματα εἰς τιμὴν, καὶ δόξαν τοῦ Βυθοῦ, τελειότατον κάλλος τε καὶ ἄστρον τοῦ Πληρώματος, τέλειον καρπὸν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν καὶ Σωτῆρα προσαγορευθῆναι, καὶ Χριστὸν, καὶ Λόγον πατρωνυμικῶς, καὶ [κατὰ] Πάντα, διὰ τὸ ἀπὸ πάντων εἶναι· δορυφόρους τε αὐτῶν εἰς τιμὴν τὴν αὐτῶν ὁμογενεῖς Ἀγγέλους συμπροβεβλῆσθαι.
gladness. And for this benefaction the whole Pleroma of the Aeons, with one will and mind, the Christ and the Spirit consenting and their Father setting his seal to it, each one of the Aeons bringing together and contributing whatever he had in himself most beautiful and most flowering, and fitly weaving these together and harmoniously uniting them, put forth emissions to the honour and glory of Bythos, a most perfect beauty and star of the Pleroma, a perfect fruit, Jesus, who was also named Saviour, and Christ, and Word after his father, and [according to] All, because he is from all; and that together with him bodyguards of theirs were put forth for their honour, Angels of the same kind.
CAPUT III.
CHAPTER III.
Quibus Scripturae sacrae locis uterentur haeretici ad asserenda commenta sua?
Which passages of sacred Scripture did the heretics use to assert their fictions?
1. Αὕτη μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἐντὸς Πληρώματος ὑπ' αὐτῶν λεγομένη πραγματεία, καὶ ἡ τοῦ πεπονθότος Αἰῶνος, καὶ μετὰ μικρὸν ἀπολωλότος, ὡς ἐν πολλῇ ὕλῃ, διὰ ζήτησιν τοῦ Πατρὸς συμφορὰ, καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ὅρου, καὶ Στύλου, καὶ Λυτρωτοῦ, καὶ Καρπιστοῦ
1. This, then, is the transaction within the Pleroma as told by them, and the misfortune of the Aeon who suffered and was within a little of perishing, as in much matter, through the search for the Father, and the [account] of Horos, and of the Pillar, and of the Redeemer, and of the Emancipator
Editors' notes and page, col. 465

Footnotes

(none) <!-- note: footnotes (1)-(7) are called in this column (Προβλήματα, προσαγορευθῆναι, κατὰ Πάντα, δορυφόρους τε αὐτῶν, ὁμογενεῖς ἀγγέλους, μετὰ, Στύλου); the page's footnotes (1)-(12) are set once under col 466 (Q2a pointer). -->

Page

  • running head: 465 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 466 (this column shows 465 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P)
  • marginal letters: A ταύτης βουλῇ μιᾷ καὶ γνώμῃ τὸ πᾶν Πλήρωμα τῶν; B 1. Αὕτη μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἐντὸς Πληρώματος ὑπ'; C (footnotes) (1) Προβλήματα.; D (footnotes) uterque habet, satellites ei
  • old-edition numerals: (none) in the Greek; bold 13 after problema in the Latin column (not set)
  • other: the column opens with -λῆς, the end of πολλῆς, set whole at the foot of col. 464; not set here
  • other: the full-width Greek line Πάντα (3), διὰ τὸ ἀπὸ πάντων εἶναι· δορυφόρους τε αὐτῶν (4) ... συμπροβεβλῆσθαι. runs across cols 465-466; this column's image shows it to αὐτῶν (4); the words after it (εἰς τιμὴν τὴν αὐτῶν ὁμογενεῖς Ἀγγέλους) stand in col 466's half and were not seen in Q2a (UNSURE: capital Ἀγγέλους vs the note's ἀγγέλους); the line is set once here, closing the first paragraph
  • other: the caption CAPUT III. and its italic sub-caption run across the page and are set once here; the sub-caption is seen here to haeretici, the rest stands in col 466's half
  • other: ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν Αἰώνων read Αἰώνων on the page (Q2a; the earlier UNSURE is settled)
  • other: graves before commas τιμὴν, Χριστὸν, συμφορὰ set as printed (Q2a)
  • other: the column ends mid-word Καρπι- (Καρπιστοῦ, facing Latin Carpistae); set whole here, and its English "Emancipator" is now set here (Q2a); the next Greek column's English must not repeat it
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below §1, not set
PG 7:466
Editors' notes and page, col. 466

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Προβλήματα› · call in col 466

Προβλήματα. Legendum esse cum veteri interprete πρόβλημα, non immerito censet Billius. Neque enim hic agitur nisi de Jesu. Confer, si lubet, Tertullianum cap. cit., ubi haec Valentinianorum figmenta salse deridet.

Προβλήματα ("emissions"). Billius not without reason holds that πρόβλημα ("an emission") should be read, with the old translator. For only Jesus is in question here. Compare, if you like, Tertullian in the chapter cited, where he wittily mocks these fictions of the Valentinians.

(printed under page 239)

(2) ‹anchor: Προσαγορευθῆναι› · call in col 466

Προσαγορευθῆναι. Vocatur etiam inferius Paracletus.

Προσαγορευθῆναι ("to be called"). Below he is also called the Paraclete.

(printed under page 239)

(3) ‹anchor: Καὶ κατὰ πάντα› · call in col 466

Καὶ κατὰ πάντα. Delendum esse κατά recte monet Billius; sensum enim turbat. Neque eam praepositionem legere vetus interpres, et Tertullianus. Quin Irenaeus ipse paulo post, Jesum, ex Valentinianorum mente, vocat τὸ πᾶν, omne. Et lib. II, cap. 20 de eodem: quem, inquit, et Omnia nuncupant. Ubique eamdem appellationis rationem affert, eo quod sit ex omnibus. Quae ratio vel sola probat expungendum esse κατά.

Καὶ κατὰ πάντα ("and in all respects"). Billius rightly advises that κατά be deleted, for it disturbs the sense. Neither the old translator nor Tertullian read that preposition. Indeed Irenaeus himself a little later, in the Valentinians' mind, calls Jesus τὸ πᾶν, "the All". And in Book II, ch. 20, of the same: "whom," he says, "they also name All Things." Everywhere he gives the same reason for the name: "because he is from all." This reason alone proves that κατά should be struck out.

(printed under page 239)

(4) ‹anchor: Δορυφόρους τε αὐτῶν› · call in col 466

Δορυφόρους τε αὐτῶν. Legendum esse αὐτῷ, non αὐτῶν, jure censent Billius, et Fronto Duc.; sic enim legerunt vetus interpres, et Tertullianus: uterque habet, satellites ei, non eis. Theodoretus quoque δορυφόρους αὐτοῦ scripsit.

Δορυφόρους τε αὐτῶν ("and their bodyguards"). Billius and Fronton du Duc rightly hold that αὐτῷ ("for him") should be read, not αὐτῶν ("their"); for so the old translator and Tertullian read: both have "attendants to him", not "to them". Theodoret too wrote "his bodyguards".

(printed under page 239)

(5) ‹anchor: Ὁμογενεῖς ἀγγέλους› · call in col 466

Ὁμογενεῖς ἀγγέλους. Ejusdem generis angelos: ambigue positum, inquit Tertullianus: vix scias enim an ejusdem inter se, an cum Salvatore generis essent. Athanasius orat. 2 cont. Arian., tom. I, nov. edit., p. 461, scribit Valentinum dixisse ἀγγέλους ὁμογενεῖς τῷ Χριστῷ. Et quidem ὁμογενεῖς τῷ Χριστῷ angelos facile concesserim, sed non ejusdem cum Christo generis. Satellites ejus erant, non proinde ejusdem generis cum illo Pleromatis sidere. Si enim Soteri consubstantivi, ait optime Tertullianus, quae erit eminentia ejus inter satellites? Congenitos ergo, seu potius coaevos, non ejusdem generis, vertere debuisset interpres. Irenaeus enim inferius vocat eosdem angelos, Soteris ἡλικιώτας, coaevos. Quo eodem nomine appellat eos Athanasius in prima ad Serapionem epistol. p. 659, tom. I, nov. edit.

Ὁμογενεῖς ἀγγέλους ("angels of the same kind"). "Angels of the same kind: put ambiguously," says Tertullian; for you could hardly tell whether they were of the same kind as one another or as the Saviour. Athanasius, Oration 2 against the Arians, vol. I of the new edition, p. 461, writes that Valentinus said "angels ὁμογενεῖς with Christ". I would readily grant angels ὁμογενεῖς ("born together") with Christ, but not of the same kind as Christ. They were his attendants, and not therefore of the same kind as that star of the Pleroma. "For if they are consubstantial with the Saviour," says Tertullian very well, "what will his pre-eminence be among his attendants?" The translator ought therefore to have rendered "born together", or rather "of the same age", not "of the same kind". For Irenaeus below calls these same angels the Saviour's ἡλικιῶται, "coevals". By the same name Athanasius calls them in his first letter to Serapion, p. 659, vol. I of the new edition.

(printed under page 239)

(6) ‹anchor: Μετά› · call in col 466

Μετά. Existimat Billius legendum κατά, vel παρά, non μετά.

Μετά ("with"). Billius thinks κατά or παρά should be read, not μετά.

(printed under page 239)

(7) ‹anchor: Στύλου› · call in col 466

Στύλου. Lege σταυροῦ, vertit enim interpres crucis, non styli, aut columnae. Et crucem jam vocavit Horon illum; nusquam vero columnam appellat.

Στύλου ("of the pillar"). Read σταυροῦ ("of the cross"), for the translator renders crucis ("of the cross"), not styli or columnae ("of the pillar"). And he has already called that Horos a cross; but nowhere does he call him a pillar.

(printed under page 239)

(8) ‹anchor: Et Spiritu› · call in col 466

Et Spiritu. Omisit interpres, quae sequuntur verba Graeca, τοῦ δὲ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν συνεπισφραγιζομένου, atque eorum Patre calculum suum adjiciente, uti bene reddidit Billius; quae omisit et Tertullianus.

Et Spiritu ("and the Spirit"). The translator omitted the Greek words that follow, "and their Father setting his seal with them", "and their Father adding his vote", as Billius rendered it well; Tertullian also omitted them.

(printed under page 239)

(9) ‹anchor: Et in honorem et gloriam› · call in col 466

Et in honorem et gloriam. Sic cod. Clarom. et Pass.; vetus codex, quem secutus est Feuard. habet quidem in, sed ante gloriam, non ante honorem. In caeteris cum mss. tum editt., ipsa etiam edit. Anglicana, omnino deficit haec particula

Et in honorem et gloriam ("and to the honour and glory"). So the Clermont and Passionei manuscripts. The old manuscript Feuardent followed has in indeed, but before gloriam, not before honorem. In the rest, both manuscripts and editions, even the English edition itself, this particle is missing altogether.

(printed under page 239)

(10) ‹anchor: Satellites quoque ei in honorem ipsorum› · call in col 466

Satellites quoque ei in honorem ipsorum. Codd. Pass. et Clarom. Satellites quoque et in honorem ipsorum; nec ita male.

Satellites quoque ei in honorem ipsorum ("attendants also for him, in their honour"). The Passionei and Clermont manuscripts: Satellites quoque et in honorem ipsorum ("attendants also, and in their honour"); and not so badly.

(printed under page 239)

(11) ‹anchor: Ipsorum› · call in col 466

Ipsorum. Vertere debuisset interpres, ab ipsis justa Graecum ὑπ' αὐτῶν.

Ipsorum ("of them"). The translator ought to have rendered "by them", according to the Greek ὑπ' αὐτῶν. [justa as printed, for juxta]

(printed under page 239)

(12) ‹anchor: Et quasi› · call in col 466

Et quasi. Expunge et; deest enim in Graeco, et sensum intercidit.

Et quasi ("and as it were"). Strike out et; for it is wanting in the Greek, and breaks the sense.

(printed under page 239)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 466
  • marginal letters: A sentiente Christo; B 1. Haec igitur est; C nus, quae erit eminentia; D et Pass.; vetus codex
  • old-edition numerals: 13 after problema,
  • other: facing Latin version (te, et sententia ... and 1. Haec igitur est ...) left out; Greek line after Latin of 6 is right part of full-width line across cols 465-466, cut off at left before τε αὐτῶν; full-width CAPUT III. and chapter summary ...entur haeretici ad asserenda commenta sua? cut off at left edge, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 1, not set
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
  • other: the full-width Greek line (Πάντα ... συμπροβεβλῆσθαι.) is set whole under 465; the full-width band below is BILLII INTERPRETATIO, a Latin version (not set)
PG 7:467
Editors' notes and page, col. 467

Page

  • running head: 467 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A tagogei, hexaonia compago; B Sed et nos ipsos denique; C (1) Hexaonia compago.; D (5) Ἐξ ἀγῶνος σύμπηξις.
  • old-edition numerals: 14 after dicunt,
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:468
καὶ Ὁροθέτου, καὶ Μεταγωγέως ἐξ ἀγῶνος σύμπηξις, καὶ ἡ τοῦ πρώτου Χριστοῦ, σὺν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, ἐκ μετανοίας ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν μεταγενεστέρα τῶν Αἰώνων γένεσις, καὶ ἡ τοῦ δευτέρου Χριστοῦ, ὃν καὶ Σωτῆρα λέγουσιν, ἐξ ἐράνου σύνθετος κατασκευή. Ταῦτα δὲ φανερῶς μὲν μὴ εἰρῆσθαι, διὰ τὸ μὴ πάντας χωρεῖν τὴν γνῶσιν, μυστηριωδῶς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος διὰ παραβολῶν μεμηνύσθαι τοῖς συνίειν δυναμένοις, οὕτως· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ τριάκοντα Αἰῶνας μεμηνύσθαι διὰ τῶν τριάκοντα ἐτῶν, ὡς προέφαμεν, ἐν οἷς οὐδὲν ἐν φανερῷ φάσκουσι πεποιηκέναι τὸν Σωτῆρα, καὶ διὰ τῆς παραβολῆς τῶν ἐργατῶν τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. Καὶ τὸν Παῦλον φανερώτατα λέγουσι τούσδε Αἰῶνας ὀνομάζειν πολλάκις, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν τάξιν αὐτῶν τετηρηκέναι, οὕτως εἰπόντα· Εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς τῶν αἰώνων τοῦ αἰῶνος. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τῆς εὐχαριστίας
and Horothetes, and Metagogeus, the compacting out of agony; and the later birth after the Aeons of the first Christ, with the Holy Spirit, by their Father out of repentance, and the composite fabrication out of a contribution of the second Christ, whom they also call Saviour. And these things, they say, were not spoken openly, because not all are capable of receiving the knowledge, but were indicated mystically by the Saviour through parables to those who are able to understand, thus: for the thirty Aeons were indicated through the thirty years, as we said before, during which they say the Saviour did nothing in public, and through the parable of the labourers of the vineyard. And Paul also, they say, most manifestly names these Aeons often, and furthermore has even preserved their order, having spoken thus: Unto all the generations of the ages of the age (Eph. 3:21). Nay, even we ourselves at the Eucharist
Editors' notes and page, col. 468

Footnotes

(⁴) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 468 Sup. cap. 1.

Above, ch. 1.

(printed under page 240) (⁵) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 468 Matth. XX, 2.

Matthew 20:2.

(printed under page 240) (⁶) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 468 Eph. III, 21.

Ephesians 3:21.

(printed under page 240)

(1) ‹anchor: Hexaeonia compago› · call in col 467

Hexaeonia compago. Ita fere Merc. alter, nisi quod una vox in duas dividatur, omissa littera h, ex Aeonia. Nec procul distat Claromont. in quo lex Aeona, haud dubie quin pro hexaeona vel sexaeona. In Voss. lex Aeonum, pro sex Aeonum. In caeteris corrupte, ex Aeone, ut in Arund. et Merc. 1; et Aeonum, ut in Ottobon. Pass. et editt. Eras. Gallas. et Feuard.; vel ex agonia, ut aliis pejus habet edit. Oxon. Vide notata ad textum Graecum.

Hexaeonia compago ("the six-Aeon structure"). So, nearly, the second Mercerus manuscript, except that the one word is split in two, with the letter h left out: ex Aeonia. Not far off is the Clermont, which has lex Aeona, no doubt for hexaeona or sexaeona. In the Vossius, lex Aeonum, for sex Aeonum. In the rest it is corrupt: ex Aeone, as in the Arundel and first Mercerus; et Aeonum, as in the Ottoboni and Passionei and the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent; or, worse than the others, ex agonia, as the Oxford edition has. See the notes on the Greek text.

(printed under page 240)

(2) ‹anchor: Postrema Aeonum genesis› · call in col 467

Postrema Aeonum genesis. Melius a Billio, quam a veteri interprete redditur, Aeonum ortu posterior nativitas. Et ipse interpres infra lib. II, cap. 19, n. 9, eadem repetens, habet: quem et posteriorem reliquis Aeonibus factum esse dicunt.

Postrema Aeonum genesis ("the last genesis of the Aeons"). Billius renders it better than the old translator: "a birth later than the origin of the Aeons". And the translator himself, repeating the same below, Book II, ch. 19, no. 9, has: "who, they say, was also made later than the remaining Aeons."

(printed under page 240)

(3) ‹anchor: Capiunt› · call in col 467

Capiunt. Sic Clar. cod. et Ottob. In caeteris minus bene, capiant,

Capiunt ("they grasp"). So the Clermont manuscript and the Ottoboni. In the rest, less well, capiant.

(printed under page 240)

(4) ‹anchor: Sic› · call in col 467

Sic. Haec particula in Graeco praecedens colon claudit. Sed perinde est ad sensum, modo comma praeponas particulae οὕτως: additur enim explicationis, non comparationis gratia.

Sic ("thus"). In the Greek this particle closes the preceding clause. But it comes to the same for the sense, provided you put a comma before the particle οὕτως; for it is added for explanation, not for comparison.

(printed under page 240)

(5) ‹anchor: Ἐξ ἀγῶνος σύμπηξις› · call in col 468

Ἐξ ἀγῶνος σύμπηξις. Difficilis locus, in cujus obscura suam quisque confert operam, sed inanem, ni fallor. Nec enim hic (quod alibi solet) sibi mutuo suppetias ferunt textus Graecus et Latinus, nec quidquam juvant codices cum editi, tum mss. Quot enim codices, tot variae lectiones. Alii una voce scribunt ἐξάγωνος, ut Petavius, Gallasius et Feuard.; alii divisis, ἐξ ἀγῶνος, ut Grabius. E codicibus Latinis, editt. Gallas. Eras. et Feuard. habent et Aeonum compago; edit. Anglic. ex agonia compago; Voss. lex Aeonum compago; Claromont. lex Aeona compago; Arund. et Merc. 1, ex Aeone compago; Merc. 2, ex Aeonia compago; quod posterius dubio procul scriptum putat Grabius pro ex agonia compago, id est, post agoniam compago; ut excudi curavit in versione Latina: unde et in Graeco consequenter legi vult ἐξ ἀγῶνος, divisim; ut sit sensus, Sophiam post agoniam ab Horo consolidatam fuisse, ne scilicet in universum resoluta difflueret. Sed praeterquam quod ἡ τοῦ Ὅρου ἐξ ἀγῶνος σύμπηξις, significaret potius, Horum ipsum post agoniam consolidatum fuisse, quam Sophiam ab eo consolidatam, scribendumque fuisset, ἡ διὰ τοῦ Ὅρου σύμπηξις, id vero minus simile videtur, hic Horo respectu Sophiae figendi, seu consolidandi virtutem ascribi, quae solis Christo, et Spiritui sancto, respectu Pleromatis paulo superius tribuitur. Horo quidem attribuitur στηρίζουσα δύναμις, sed συμπηγνῦσα nusquam. Mea vero haec est opinio, imo haud dubitem quin legendum sit, in Graeco quidem ἑξαιώνιος σύμπηξις, in Latino vero, hexaeonia compago; quod posterius excudi feci. Hanc lectionem satis aperte exprimunt plerique codd. Latini, quorum alii habent lex Aeonum, alii lex Aeona, alii ex Aeona, alii ex Aeonia compago, procul dubio pro sex aeonum, sexaeona, sexaeonia, vel hexaeona, vel hexaeonia compago; quod cum minus intelligerent scribae, depravarunt; sic tamen ut verae lectionis vestigia retinuerint. Porro Hori, Crucis, Redemptoris, Carpistae, Horothetae, et Metagogei hexaeonia compago ab Irenaeo dicitur, quia cum unus et idem Aeon sex nominibus gaudeat, quibus totidem proprietates respondent, sex Aeonum personam sustinet. Unde sex illorum nominum coagmentatio ingeniose ab Irenaeo vocatur hexaeonia compago, quasi sex Aeonum in unum et eumdem Aeonem confluxus. Sic nulla fere mutatione facta textum utrumque restituo.

Ἐξ ἀγῶνος σύμπηξις ("the consolidation after the struggle"). A difficult passage, on whose obscurities each brings his own effort — but a vain one, unless I am mistaken. For here the Greek and Latin texts do not (as they do elsewhere) come to each other's aid, nor do the manuscripts, printed or written, help at all: as many manuscripts, so many readings. Some write it as one word, ἐξάγωνος ("six-cornered"), as Petau, Gallasius and Feuardent; others as two, ἐξ ἀγῶνος ("from the struggle"), as Grabe. Of the Latin copies, the editions of Gallasius, Erasmus and Feuardent have et Aeonum compago; the English edition ex agonia compago; the Vossius lex Aeonum compago; the Clermont lex Aeona compago; the Arundel and first Mercerus ex Aeone compago; the second Mercerus ex Aeonia compago — which last Grabe thinks was without doubt written for ex agonia compago, that is, "the consolidation after the agony", as he had it printed in the Latin version; from which, consistently, he would also read in the Greek ἐξ ἀγῶνος as two words, so that the sense would be that Sophia was consolidated by Horos after her agony, so that she should not be wholly dissolved and flow away. But besides the fact that "the consolidation of Horos after the struggle" would rather mean that Horos himself was consolidated after the agony than that Sophia was consolidated by him — and it would have had to be written "the consolidation through Horos" — it seems unlikely that the power of fixing or consolidating, in respect of Sophia, should be ascribed here to Horos, when a little above it is attributed to Christ and the Holy Spirit alone, in respect of the Pleroma. To Horos is indeed attributed a "strengthening" power, but nowhere a "consolidating" one. My opinion, rather — indeed I would not doubt it — is that one should read in the Greek ἑξαιώνιος σύμπηξις, and in the Latin hexaeonia compago, which latter I have had printed. Most of the Latin manuscripts express this reading plainly enough: some have lex Aeonum, others lex Aeona, others ex Aeona, others ex Aeonia compago, beyond doubt for sex aeonum, sexaeona, sexaeonia, or hexaeona, or hexaeonia compago; which the scribes, not understanding it, corrupted, yet so that they kept traces of the true reading. Further, Irenaeus calls the "six-Aeon structure" that of Horos, Cross, Redeemer, Carpistes, Horothetes and Metagogeus, because, since one and the same Aeon enjoys six names, to which as many properties answer, he bears the person of six Aeons. Hence the joining of those six names is ingeniously called by Irenaeus "the six-Aeon structure", as it were the flowing together of six Aeons into one and the same Aeon. Thus, with almost no change made, I restore both texts.

(printed under page 240)

(6) ‹anchor: Τῶν αἰώνων τοῦ αἰῶνος› · call in col 468

Τῶν αἰώνων τοῦ αἰῶνος. Ordo verborum perperam inversus est. Lege ex Apostolo, cujus haec verba sunt Ephes., III, 21, τοῦ αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων. Sic enim legit interpres, et sic legendum esse satis monet ipsa Valentinianorum hypothesis, qui non tantum Aeonas ab Apostolo nominatos, sed etiam et ordinem ipsorum, primi scil. Aeonis singulariter et κατ' ἐξοχὴν dicti, et sequentium inferiorum, servatum esse effutiebant.

Τῶν αἰώνων τοῦ αἰῶνος ("of the ages of the age"). The order of the words has been wrongly inverted. Read, from the Apostle, whose words these are, Ephesians 3:21, "of the age of the ages". For so the translator read, and the very system of the Valentinians shows clearly enough that so it must be read: they babbled that not only were the Aeons named by the Apostle, but their order too was kept — namely, of the first Aeon, named in the singular and par excellence, and of the lower ones that follow.

(printed under page 240)

Page

  • running head: SCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 468
  • marginal letters: A στοῦ, καὶ Ὁροθέτου; B εἰπόντα· Εἰς πάσας; C difflueret. Sed praeterquam; D Crucis, Redemptoris, Carpistae
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: the tail στοῦ printed at the top of this column belongs to Καρπι-στοῦ, which stands whole at the end of the earlier Greek column (Q1a: tail not set here; the earlier column must carry Καρπιστοῦ whole); εὐχαρι-|στίας split at end of column, set whole here (Q1a); notes (1)–(4) are called in the Latin of col 467 (Q1a); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below B, not set
PG 7:469
λέγοντας, Εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ἐκείνους τοὺς Αἰῶνας σημαίνειν· καὶ ὅπου ἂν αἰὼν, ἢ αἰῶνες ὀνομάζονται, τὴν ἀναφορὰν εἰς ἐκείνους εἶναι θέλουσι.
saying, Unto the ages of the ages, signify those Aeons; and wherever age or ages are named, they will have the reference be to those.
2. Τὴν δὲ τῆς δωδεκάδος τῶν Αἰώνων προβολὴν μηνύεσθαι διὰ τοῦ δωδεκαετῆ ὄντα τὸν Κύριον διαλεχθῆναι τοῖς νομοδιδασκάλοις, καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐκλογῆς· δώδεκα γὰρ ἀπόστολοι· καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς δεκαοκτὼ Αἰῶνας φανεροῦσθαι διὰ τοῦ, μετὰ τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν, δεκαοκτὼ μησὶ λέγειν διατετριφέναι αὐτὸν σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν προηγουμένων τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ δύω γραμμάτων, τοῦ τε ἰῶτα καὶ τοῦ ἦτα, τοὺς δεκαοκτὼ Αἰῶνας εὐσήμως μηνύεσθαι. Καὶ τοὺς δέκα Αἰῶνάς ὡσαύτως διὰ τοῦ ἰῶτα γράμματος, ὃ προηγεῖται τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, σημαίνουσι λέγεσθαι. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι τὸν Σωτῆρα· Ἰῶτα ἓν, ἢ μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ, ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται.
2. And the putting forth of the Dodecad of the Aeons is indicated through the Lord's having conversed, when He was twelve years old, with the teachers of the law (Luke 2:42 ff.), and through the election of the apostles, for there were twelve apostles (Luke 6:13); and the remaining eighteen Aeons are manifested through His having spent, as they say, eighteen months with the disciples after the resurrection from the dead. Moreover, also through the first two letters of His name, both the iota and the eta, the eighteen Aeons are distinctly indicated. And the ten Aeons likewise they signify to be spoken of through the letter iota, which stands first in His name. And on this account the Saviour said: One iota or one tittle shall by no means pass away, until all things come to pass (Matt. 5:18).
3. Τὸ δὲ περὶ τὸν δωδέκατον Αἰῶνα γεγονὸς
3. And that which came to pass concerning the twelfth Aeon
Editors' notes and page, col. 469

Page

  • running head: 469 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A στίας (1) λέγοντας; B ὃ προηγεῖται τοῦ ὀνόματος; C (1) Ἐπὶ τῆς εὐχαριστίας.; D que inter sacra mysteria
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: στίας at start of column continues εὐχαρι- from col 468; sentence in 3 continues in col 472; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 3, not set
PG 7:470
Editors' notes and page, col. 470

Footnotes

(⁷) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 470 Luc. II, 42 seqq.

Luke 2:42 ff.

(printed under page 241) (⁸) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 470 Luc. VI, 13.

Luke 6:13.

(printed under page 241) (⁹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 470 Matth. V, 18.

Matthew 5:18.

(printed under page 241)

(1) ‹anchor: Ἐπὶ τῆς εὐχαριστίας› · call in col 470

Ἐπὶ τῆς εὐχαριστίας. Ταῖς εὐχαριστίαις legit interpres; sed minus bene. Hic enim sermo est, non de quibuscunque gratiarum actionibus, sed de ipsa sacra Eucharistia, seu de solemni illa gratiarum actione, quae in divinorum mysteriorum celebratione fiebat; ubi ex veterum Liturgiarum praescripto frequens audiebatur ea cum ἐκφωνήσεων, tum εὐχῶν clausula: εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ex quibus obiter concludes, antiquissimos esse plurimos, qui in iis, quae sub quorumdam apostolorum nomine circumferuntur, Liturgiis, ritus exstant, et Valentinianorum aevo vetustiores, ac proinde apostolis ipsis coaevos. In ea, quae Jacobi nomen prae se fert, quamque Basilius, et Chrysostomus, si Proclo fides, in compendium redegerunt, formula ex qua argumentum ducebant Valentiniani, non semel occurrit. Et bene se res habet, quod Grabius suis candidior fateatur, illos, qui in omnibus istis Liturgiis (Apostolicis) exprimuntur, quique jam olim ubique inter sacra mysteria usitati fuere, ritus, ex apostolica traditione fluxisse. Ecclesias enim ab apostolis institutas formam aliquam, et ritum offerendi sacrificium, cui tam arcta sit et praecipua cum religione connexio, non accepisse, quis sanus sibi persuadeat? Non quod tamen Liturgias omnes apostolicas iis, quorum nomine insigniuntur, adjudicare velim. Sufficiat Liturgiarum antiquiorum, si non scriptores, saltem primos auctores esse apostolos.

Ἐπὶ τῆς εὐχαριστίας ("at the Eucharist"). The translator read ταῖς εὐχαριστίαις ("in thanksgivings"), but less well. For the reference here is not to any thanksgivings whatever, but to the holy Eucharist itself, that is, to that solemn thanksgiving made in the celebration of the divine mysteries; where, by the prescription of the ancient liturgies, this close of both the exclamations and the prayers was often heard: "unto the ages of the ages". From this you may conclude in passing that very many of the rites found in the liturgies circulated under the names of certain apostles are most ancient, older than the age of the Valentinians, and therefore of the same age as the apostles themselves. In the liturgy that bears the name of James — which Basil and Chrysostom, if Proclus is to be believed, reduced to an abridgement — the formula from which the Valentinians drew their argument occurs more than once. And it is well that Grabe, more candid than his own party, admits that "the rites expressed in all those (Apostolic) liturgies, which were long ago in use everywhere among the sacred mysteries, flowed from apostolic tradition". For who in his right mind could persuade himself that the churches founded by the apostles did not receive some form and rite of offering the sacrifice, which has so close and so chief a connection with religion? Not that I would assign all the apostolic liturgies to those whose names they bear. Let it suffice that the apostles are, if not the writers, at least the first authors of the more ancient liturgies.

(printed under page 241)

(2) ‹anchor: Ὅπου ἄν› · call in col 470

Ὅπου ἄν. Particulam ἄν, quam habent cod. R. et omnes editi, nescio cur omiserunt Petavius et Grabius.

Ὅπου ἄν ("wherever"). The particle ἄν, which the Royal manuscript and all the printed editions have, Petau and Grabe omitted — I do not know why.

(printed under page 241)

(3) ‹anchor: Δεκαοκτὼ μησί› · call in col 470

Δεκαοκτὼ μησί. Idem antea commenti fuerant Gnostici, ut patet ex cap. 30 hujus libri, et ab iis acceperant Valentiniani. Utrosque confutat Lucas Act. I, asserens Christum per dies quadraginta apparuisse discipulis, quibus elapsis in coelum conscendit. Sed minoris apud eos haereticos ponderis erant Scripturae Novi Testamenti, quam spurium illud scriptum, quod veritatis Evangelium dicebant Valentiniani, Irenaeo teste lib. III, cap. 11, n. 8, ex quo commenta sua hauriebant.

Δεκαοκτὼ μησί ("for eighteen months"). The Gnostics had invented the same before, as is plain from ch. 30 of this book, and the Valentinians received it from them. Luke refutes both, Acts 1, affirming that Christ appeared to the disciples "for forty days", after which he ascended into heaven. But among those heretics the Scriptures of the New Testament weighed less than that spurious writing which the Valentinians called the Gospel of Truth, as Irenaeus attests, Book III, ch. 11, no. 8, from which they drew their inventions.

(printed under page 241)

(4) ‹anchor: Τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ› · call in col 470

Τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. Ἰησοῦ scilicet, cujus prima littera, Graecis est ι, X; secunda η, VIII.

Τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ("of his name"). Of Jesus, that is, whose first letter in Greek is iota, 10, and the second eta, 8.

(printed under page 241)

(5) ‹anchor: Εὐσήμως› · call in col 470

Εὐσήμως. Cod. R. ἐν σήμῳ.

Εὐσήμως ("clearly"). The Royal manuscript has ἐν σήμῳ.

(printed under page 241)

(6) ‹anchor: Σημαίνουσι λέγεσθαι› · call in col 470

Σημαίνουσι λέγεσθαι. Lege σημαίνεσθαι λέγουσι. Evidens enim scribae sphalma.

Σημαίνουσι λέγεσθαι ("they signify to be said"). Read σημαίνεσθαι λέγουσι ("they say is signified"). It is an evident slip of the scribe.

(printed under page 241)

(7) ‹anchor: Τὸ δὲ περὶ τὸν δωδέκατον αἰῶνα› · call in col 470

Τὸ δὲ περὶ τὸν δωδέκατον αἰῶνα, etc. Hic cum Graeca, tum Latina corrupta sunt. Sic utraque exprimuntur ut passio et caetera, quae Salvatoris propria sunt, de Juda enuntientur; quod quam absurdum sit, nemo non videt. Quidpiam igitur in utrisque deest; sed et in Graeco quidpiam superest. At uterque textus facile emendari potest ex iis, quae habet Irenaeus lib. II, c. 20, n. 1. Ibi enim ex integro et iisdem omnino verbis repetit quae cap. 3 lib. I, dixerat. Sic autem illic habet: Illam enim, quam erga (continues)

"And what concerns the twelfth Aeon," etc. Here both the Greek and the Latin are corrupt. Both are so expressed that the passion and the other things proper to the Saviour are stated of Judas; and no one fails to see how absurd that is. Something, then, is wanting in both; but in the Greek something is also superfluous. Yet both texts can easily be corrected from what Irenaeus has in Book II, ch. 20, no. 1. For there he repeats in full, and in exactly the same words, what he had said in Book I, ch. 3. He has it there thus: "For that which concerning …" (continues)

(printed under page 241)

(8) ‹anchor: Per praecedentes… manifestari› · call in col 470

Per praecedentes…. manifestari. Sic ex cod. Pass. et Clarom. reponimus. Prior quidem habet per, posterior vero, manifestari, ex quibus genuina lectio Graeco textui, et antecedentibus consentanea eruitur. In caeteris deest per, et legitur manifestare.

Per praecedentes … manifestari ("to be shown through the preceding"). So we restore it from the Passionei and Clermont manuscripts. The former has per, the latter manifestari; from them the genuine reading, consistent with the Greek text and with what precedes, is drawn out. In the rest per is wanting and manifestare is read.

(printed under page 241)

(9) ‹anchor: Litteram, quod praecedit› · call in col 470

Litteram, quod praecedit. Lege, litteram quae praecedit. Ad nominis Graeci, γράμματος, magis quam ad Latini genus attendit interpres.

Litteram, quod praecedit ("the letter, which [neuter] precedes"). Read litteram quae praecedit. The translator attended to the gender of the Greek noun, γράμματος, rather than of the Latin.

(printed under page 241)

(10) ‹anchor: Praeteribit› · call in col 470

Praeteribit. Sic codd. Voss. Pass. et Feuard. in marg. cum Vulgata nostra, et veteri Italica. Caeteri cum editt. tum mss., praeteriet.

Praeteribit ("shall pass away"). So the Vossius and Passionei manuscripts and Feuardent in the margin, with our Vulgate and the old Itala. The rest, both editions and manuscripts, have praeteriet.

(printed under page 241)

(11) ‹anchor: Hanc autem passionem› · call in col 470

Hanc autem passionem, etc. Depravatam hanc periodum in notis ad textum Graecum restituimus. Vide ibi observata. Si tamen Latina haec absolute retinere velis, lege saltem, vitandae amphibologiae causa: Et quoniam duodecimo mense passus est Salvator.

Hanc autem passionem ("but this passion"), etc. We have restored this corrupt sentence in the notes on the Greek text. See what is observed there. If, however, you want to keep this Latin as it stands, at least read, to avoid ambiguity: "And since the Saviour suffered in the twelfth month."

(printed under page 241)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 470
  • marginal letters: A los Aeonas significare; B nomine ejus, significari; C erant Scripturae Novi Testamenti; D quam erga
  • old-edition numerals: 15 before 3. Hanc autem
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:471
Editors' notes and page, col. 471

Page

  • running head: 471 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNEN
  • marginal letters: A cimum Aeonem facta est; B ritatis primae tetradis; C annis passa est mulier; D Feuard. editt : Hoc est
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:472
πάθος (ὑποσημαίνεσθαι λέγουσι) τῆς ἀποστασίας , διὰ Ἰούδαν, ὃς δωδέκατος ἦν τῶν ἀποστόλων, γενομένης προδοσίας δείκνυσθαι λέγουσι, καὶ ὅτι τῷ δωδεκάτῳ μηνὶ ἔπαθεν· ἐνιαυτῷ γὰρ ἑνὶ βούλονται αὐτὸν μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ κεκηρυχέναι. Ἔτι τε ἐπὶ τῆς αἱμοῤῥοούσης σαφέστατα τοῦτο δηλοῦσθαι· δώδεκα γὰρ ἔτη παθοῦσαν αὐτὴν ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος παρουσίας τεθεραπεῦσθαι , ἁψαμένην τοῦ κρασπέδου αὐτοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι τὸν Σωτῆρα· Τίς μου ἥψατο; διδάσκοντα τοὺς μαθητὰς τὸ γεγονὸς ἐν τοῖς Αἰῶσι μυστήριον, τὴν ἴασιν τοῦ πεπονθότος Αἰῶνος. Ἡ γὰρ παθοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη, ἐκείνη ἡ δύναμις, ἐκτεινομένης αὐτῆς , καὶ εἰς ἄπειρον ῥεούσης τῆς οὐσίας, ὡς λέγουσιν, εἰ μὴ ἔψαυσε τοῦ φορήματος αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι τῆς Ἀληθείας τῆς πρώτης τετράδος, ἥ τις διὰ τοῦ κρασπέδου μεμήνυται, ἀνελύθη ἂν εἰς
suffering (they say is hinted at) of the apostasy, is shown, they say, through the betrayal that came to pass by Judas, who was the twelfth of the apostles, and because He suffered in the twelfth month; for they will have it that He preached for one year after His baptism. And furthermore, in the case of the woman with an issue of blood this is most clearly manifested; for after she had suffered for twelve years she was healed by the advent of the Saviour, when she had touched the border of His garment, and on this account the Saviour said: Who touched Me? (Mark 5:31), teaching the disciples the mystery that had come to pass among the Aeons, the healing of the Aeon that had suffered. For she who suffered for twelve years, that power, while she was stretching herself out and her substance was flowing into infinity, as they say, had she not touched His garment, that is, the Truth of the first Tetrad, who is indicated through the border, would have been dissolved into
Editors' notes and page, col. 472

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Quod factum esset inter› · call in col 472

Quod factum esset inter. Ita Voss. Pass. et Feuard. in margine. Claromont., quod factum esset et inter, etc. Caeteri, quod factum est.

Quod factum esset inter ("which had happened among"). So the Vossius and Passionei manuscripts and Feuardent in the margin. The Clermont: quod factum esset et inter, etc. The rest: quod factum est.

(printed under page 242)

(2) ‹anchor: Hoc est, illius Filii, Veritatis primae tetradis› · call in col 472

Hoc est, illius Filii, Veritatis primae tetradis. Ita codd. Ottobon. et Merc. 2. In posterioribus Feuard. editt: Hoc est, illius Filii, qui est Veritas; in Oxon.: Illius Filii, hoc est, Veritatis; sed utrumque contra codd. omnium fidem. Nam praeter jam allegatos, Eras. Gall. et prior Feuard. edit. una cum Clarom. Pass. Arund. et Voss. habent: Hoc est, illius Filii, qui est Veritatis. At expunctis auctoritate Ottobon. et Merc. 2 codd. vocibus, qui est, quae sensum conturbant, sic explicandus videtur Irenaeus: Nisi tetigisset vestimentum, hoc est illius Filii vestimentum, Veritatem scilicet primae tetradis, etc. Vertere siquidem debuisset interpres Veritatem, non Veritatis; cum verbum tango accusativum regat apud Latinos, non genitivum, ut apud Graecos. Lege ergo Veritatem, hancque vocem per appositionem accipe, quasi explicationem vocis vestimentum. Neque enim passus Aeon vestimentum Veritatis tetigisse dicitur, sed Veritatem ipsam (quae vestimentum Filii dicebatur a Valentinianis), per fimbriam mystice significatam: quod id esset respectu primae tetradis, quod fimbria respectu vestimenti, infima pars scilicet. Vide quae ad Graeca hujus loci observavimus.

Hoc est, illius Filii, Veritatis primae tetradis ("that is, of that Son, of the Truth of the first Tetrad"). So the Ottoboni and second Mercerus manuscripts. In Feuardent's later editions: "that is, of that Son, who is Truth"; in the Oxford: "of that Son, that is, of Truth"; but both against the witness of all the manuscripts. For besides those already cited, Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent's first edition, together with the Clermont, Passionei, Arundel and Vossius manuscripts, have: "that is, of that Son, who is of Truth". But with the words qui est ("who is"), which confuse the sense, struck out on the authority of the Ottoboni and second Mercerus manuscripts, Irenaeus seems to be explained thus: "Had she not touched the garment, that is, the garment of that Son — namely the Truth of the first Tetrad," etc. For the translator ought to have rendered Veritatem, not Veritatis, since the verb tango governs the accusative in Latin, not the genitive as in Greek. Read, then, Veritatem, and take this word in apposition, as an explanation of the word "garment". For the suffering Aeon is not said to have touched the garment of Truth, but Truth itself (which the Valentinians called the garment of the Son), mystically signified by the hem: because it was, in relation to the first Tetrad, what the hem is in relation to the garment — its lowest part, that is. See what we observed on the Greek of this passage.

(printed under page 242)

(3) ‹anchor: Advenisse› · call in col 472

Advenisse. Suppl. dicunt, quod superius praemittitur.

Advenisse ("to have come"). Supply "they say", which is set earlier.

(printed under page 242)

(4) ‹anchor: Ὅτι τῷ δωδεκάτῳ μηνὶ ἔπαθεν· ἐνιαυτῷ γὰρ ἐνὶ βούλονται› · call in col 472

Ὅτι τῷ δωδεκάτῳ μηνὶ ἔπαθεν· ἐνιαυτῷ γὰρ ἐνὶ βούλονται, etc. In hoc errore versatos fuisse Valentinianos Scripturarum corruptores, et novorum Evangeliorum fabricatores, non adeo mirum; sed in eumdem impegisse clarissimos Patres, saltem Clement. Alexand. lib. I Strom., p. 340; Origen. lib. IV Periarch. c. 1, et Tertull. lib. adv. Jud. c. 18, qui Evangelia debita cum veneratione et legebant, et suscipiebant, nullus non miretur. Una est istorum sententia, Christum, anno XV imperii Tiberii, quo baptizatum fuisse scribit Lucas, passum esse, anno aetatis 30, ac proinde anno uno duntaxat post baptismum, et ante mortem suam, publicas apud Judaeos habuisse conciones: cum tamen Evangeliorum lectione vel levissima imbutus quisque facile deprehendat, tria ut minimum a baptismo ad mortem Christi intercessisse Paschata.

"That He suffered in the twelfth month; for they will have it that for one year," etc. That the Valentinians, corrupters of the Scriptures and fabricators of new Gospels, were caught in this error is not so surprising; but that the most illustrious Fathers fell into the same — at least Clement of Alexandria, Stromata I, p. 340; Origen, De principiis IV, ch. 1; and Tertullian, Adversus Judaeos ch. 18 — who read and received the Gospels with due reverence, everyone must wonder. Their common view is that Christ suffered in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius, in which Luke writes He was baptized, at thirty years of age, and so held public preaching among the Jews only for one year after His baptism and before His death: whereas anyone with even the slightest acquaintance with the reading of the Gospels easily finds that at least three Passovers passed between Christ's baptism and His death.

(printed under page 242)

(5) ‹anchor: Ἔτι τε› · call in col 472

Ἔτι τε. Cod. R. ἔτι τά.

Ἔτι τε ("and further"). The Royal manuscript has ἔτι τά.

(printed under page 242)

(6) ‹anchor: Ἐκείνη ἡ δύναμις› · call in col 472

Ἐκείνη ἡ δύναμις. Sophia scilicet, seu passus Aeon, qui ab eodem Irenaeo lib. II, cap. 18 et 23 ex Valentinianorum sententia, vocatur virtus extensa, duodecima virtus passa, id est, inquit, duodecimus Aeon. Hinc Billius, de sensu sollicitior quam de vocibus, δύναμιν hic reddidit Aeonem, quod, licet minus accuratum, re tamen idem est.

Ἐκείνη ἡ δύναμις ("that power"). Sophia, that is, or the suffering Aeon, who by the same Irenaeus, Book II, chs. 18 and 23, following the Valentinians' view, is called "the power stretched out", "the twelfth power that suffered, that is," he says, "the twelfth Aeon". Hence Billius, more concerned with the sense than with the words, rendered δύναμιν here as "Aeon", which, though less accurate, is the same in substance.

(printed under page 242)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἐκτεινομένης αὐτῆς› · call in col 472

Ἐκτεινομένης αὐτῆς. Cur αὐτῇ, non αὐτῆς, hic legi velit Billius, non novi. Genitivum enim casum postulat constructionis ordo.

Ἐκτεινομένης αὐτῆς ("she being stretched out"). Why Billius would have αὐτῇ read here, not αὐτῆς, I do not know. For the order of the construction requires the genitive.

(printed under page 242)

(8) ‹anchor: Εἰ μή› · call in col 472

Εἰ μή. Ante εἰ μή particulam copulativam καί, ex veteri interprete ponendam vult idem Billius. Sed non advertit vir doctus, veterem interpretem, addito verbo significatur, periodum Graecam in duas secuisse, quarum unam cum conclusisset ad quemadmodum dicunt, alteram ut inciperet et cum priori connecteret, necesse videbatur addere particulam, et; in Graeco vero cum ἐκείνη ἡ δύναμις per appositionem accipiatur, suspensusque maneat sensus ad ea usque verba, εἰς τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτῆς, hunc perperam interturbaret copula καί.

Εἰ μή ("had not"). The same Billius would set the copulative particle καί before εἰ μή, following the old translator. But the learned man did not notice that the old translator, by adding the verb significatur ("is signified"), cut the Greek sentence in two; having closed the first at "as they say", it seemed necessary to add the particle et in order to begin the second and join it to the first. But in the Greek, since "that power" is taken in apposition, and the sense remains suspended up to the words "into her substance", the copula καί would wrongly disturb it.

(printed under page 242)

(9) ‹anchor: Φορήματος αὐτοῦ› · call in col 472

Φορήματος αὐτοῦ. Si sana sint mss. Latina, legendum cum vet. interprete, φορήματος, τοῦτ' ἔστι, αὐτοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, vestimentum, hoc est, ipsius (continues)

Φορήματος αὐτοῦ ("of His garment"). If the Latin manuscripts are sound, we should read with the old translator "of the garment, that is, of the Son Himself": "the garment, that is, of the very …" (continues)

(printed under page 242)

Page

  • running head: OPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 472
  • marginal letters: A πάθος (ὑποσημαίνεσθαι; B (9), τουτέστι τῆς Ἀληθείας; C ἑνὶ βούλονται, etc.; D de vocibus, δύναμιν
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: sentence at start of column continues 3 from col 469; ἥ τις printed across line break without hyphen; sentence at end of column continues in col 473; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below B, not set
PG 7:473
τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτῆς· ἀλλὰ ἔστη καὶ ἐπαύσατο τοῦ πάθους· ἡ γὰρ ἐξελθοῦσα δύναμις τούτου (εἶναι δὲ ταύτης τὸν Ὅρον θέλουσιν ) ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτὴν, καὶ τὸ πάθος ἐχώρισεν ἀπ' αὐτῆς.
her substance; but she stood still and ceased from her suffering; for the power of this One that went forth (and they will have it that of this is the Limit) healed her, and separated the suffering from her.
4. Τὸ δὲ, Σωτῆρα τὸν ἐκ πάντων ὄντα τὸ πᾶν εἶναι, διὰ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ, Πᾶν ἄῤῥεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, δηλοῦσθαι λέγουσιν. Ὅς τὸ πᾶν ὢν , διήνοιξε τὴν μήτραν τῆς Ἐνθυμήσεως τοῦ πεπονθότος Αἰῶνος, καὶ ἐξορισθείσης ἐκτὸς τοῦ Πληρώματος, ἣν δὴ καὶ δευτέραν ὀγδοάδα καλοῦσι, περὶ ἧς μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν. Καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου δὲ φανερῶς διὰ τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι λέγουσι· Καὶ αὐτός ἐστι τὰ πάντα· καὶ πάλιν· Πάντα εἰς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὰ πάντα· καὶ πάλιν· Ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος·
4. And that the Saviour, who is from all, is the All, is manifested, they say, through the word: Every male that opens the womb (Exod. 13:2; Luke 2:23). Who, being the All, opened the womb of the Intention of the Aeon that suffered, and when it had been banished outside the Pleroma, which indeed they also call the second Ogdoad, concerning which we shall speak a little later. And by Paul also they say that on this account it was manifestly spoken: And He Himself is all things (Col. 3:11); and again: All things are unto Him, and from Him are all things (Rom. 11:36); and again: In Him dwells all the fullness of the Godhead (Col. 2:9);
Editors' notes and page, col. 473

Page

  • running head: 473 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτῆς; B Filii vestimentum; C deprecatorem apud Patrem; D rem faciunt, nec sententiam
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: sentence at start of column continues 3 from col 472; sentence at end of 4 continues in col 476; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 4, not set
PG 7:474
Editors' notes and page, col. 474

Footnotes

(¹¹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 474 Exod. XIII, 2, et Luc. II, 23.

Exodus 13:2, and Luke 2:23.

(printed under page 243) (¹²) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 474 Coloss. III, 11.

Colossians 3:11.

(printed under page 243) (¹³) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 474 Rom. XI, 36.

Romans 11:36.

(printed under page 243) (¹⁴) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 474 Coloss. II, 9.

Colossians 2:9.

(printed under page 243) (¹⁵) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 474 Ephes. I, 10.

Ephesians 1:10.

(printed under page 243)

(1) ‹anchor: Εἶναι καὶ ταύτης› · call in col 474

Εἶναι καὶ ταύτης. Lege cum veteri interp. et Billio ταύτην. Id enim exigit sensus.

Εἶναι καὶ ταύτης ("and to be of this"). Read ταύτην, with the old translator and Billius. For the sense requires it.

(printed under page 243)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἐχώρισεν› · call in col 474

Ἐχώρισεν. Sic Petavius et Grabius. At in cod. R. Basileensi Epiphanii, et caeteris Irenaei editionibus, ἐχώρησεν, repugnante veteri interprete, qui vertit, separavit, non abscessit.

Ἐχώρισεν ("separated"). So Petau and Grabe. But in the Royal manuscript, the Basel Epiphanius and the other editions of Irenaeus, ἐχώρησεν ("withdrew"), against the old translator, who renders "separated", not "withdrew".

(printed under page 243)

(3) ‹anchor: Τὸ δέ› · call in col 474

Τὸ δέ. Cod. Reg. τὸν δέ.

Τὸ δέ. The Royal manuscript has τὸν δέ.

(printed under page 243)

(4) ‹anchor: Διήνοιξε τὴν μήτραν τῆς Ἐνθυμήσεως› · call in col 474

Διήνοιξε τὴν μήτραν τῆς Ἐνθυμήσεως. Non quod ex ea prognatus sit, sed quia eam fecundavit, et per ipsam variam peperit prolem, ut inferius explicat Irenaeus.

"He opened the womb of Enthymesis." Not that he was born of her, but because he made her fruitful and through her brought forth varied offspring, as Irenaeus explains below.

(printed under page 243)

(5) ‹anchor: Καὶ ἐξορισθείσης… ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν› · call in col 474

Καὶ ἐξορισθείσης… ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν. Haec tametsi in veteri interpretatione exstent, delenda tamen vult Billius. Nec enim, inquit, quidquam ad rem faciunt, nec sententiam absolutam faciunt. Imo ad rem faciunt quam maxime. Breviter siquidem hic colligit Irenaeus, quae fusius paulo post enarraturum se promittit. Sententiam vero absolutam habebunt, si expungas copulam καί (hanc licet legerit vetus interpres), quae sensum turbat, perperamque suspendit, ut nimirum ἐξορισθείσης referatur ad Ἐνθυμήσεως, quae revera extra Pleroma separata fuerat. Quod addit idem Billius, falsum esse Valentinianos Enthymesin secundam Ogdoadem appellare, paulo longius abest a vero, ut recte ostendit clariss. Grab. Exciderat sane viro docto, matrem Achamoth, quae Enthymesis est, bis, ex Valentinianorum hypothesi infra cap. 5, Ogdoada nuncupari. Et expressius adhuc lib. II, cap. 14: Eam, quae est extra Pleroma, matris ipsorum enarrant dispositionem (seu affectionem, vel Enthymesin), secundam Ogdoadem vocantes eam. Secundam autem Ogdoadem vocabant, quia, ut aiunt cap. 5 cit., volens in honorem Aeonum omnia facere, imagines fecerat ipsorum, servans numerum primogenitae et primariae Pleromatis Ogdoadis.

"And when she had been banished … we shall tell later." Although these words stand in the old translation, Billius would have them deleted. "For," he says, "they contribute nothing to the matter, nor do they make a complete sentence." On the contrary, they contribute very much to the matter. For Irenaeus here briefly sums up what he promises to relate more fully a little later. And they will make a complete sentence if you strike out the copula καί (though the old translator read it), which disturbs the sense and wrongly suspends it, so that "banished" is referred to Enthymesis, who had in fact been separated outside the Pleroma. As for what the same Billius adds — that it is false that the Valentinians call Enthymesis the second Ogdoad — that is rather far from the truth, as the most distinguished Grabe rightly showed. It had surely slipped the learned man's mind that the mother Achamoth, who is Enthymesis, is twice called an Ogdoad, on the Valentinians' system, below in ch. 5. And more expressly still in Book II, ch. 14: "That which is outside the Pleroma they relate as the disposition of their mother" (or affection, or Enthymesis), "calling her the second Ogdoad." And they called her the second Ogdoad because, as they say in ch. 5 cited, "wishing to do all things in honour of the Aeons, she had made images of them, keeping the number of the first-begotten and primary Ogdoad of the Pleroma."

(printed under page 243)

(6) ‹anchor: Ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου› · call in col 474

Ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου. Scilicet Coloss. III, 2, ubi Apostolus scribit, τὰ πάντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσι Χριστός.

Ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου ("by Paul"). Namely Colossians 3:2 [as printed; the words are 3:11], where the Apostle writes, "Christ is all, and in all."

(printed under page 243)

(7) ‹anchor: Πάντα εἰς αὐτόν› · call in col 474

Πάντα εἰς αὐτόν, etc. Aliquantulum immutata Apostoli verba. Sic enim habet Rom. XI, 36: Ὅτι ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν τὰ πάντα.

Πάντα εἰς αὐτόν ("all things unto him"), etc. The Apostle's words are somewhat altered. For Romans 11:36 has: "For of him, and through him, and unto him are all things."

(printed under page 243)

(8) ‹anchor: Τῆς θεότητος› · call in col 474

Τῆς θεότητος. Vocem σωματικῶς, quae exstat in nostris codicibus, quamque legerunt Patres omnes Graeci, et e Latinis plerique, ideo forte omittunt Valentiniani, quia minus ad institutum faciebat. Ea enim duntaxat e Scripturis corradere hic mens erat, in quibus occurrerent voces, omnis, omne, omnia. Forte etiam in Irenaei codice deerat, ut et defuisse videtur in Cypriani, et Archelai codd.; uterque enim, ut observat Grab., hic in Disput. cum Manete, § 25, ille init. lib. De bono patient., citata D. Pauli verba legit, omisso adverbio σωματικῶς.

Τῆς θεότητος ("of the Godhead"). The word σωματικῶς ("bodily"), which stands in our manuscripts and which all the Greek Fathers and most of the Latin read, the Valentinians perhaps omit because it served their purpose less. For their intention here was to scrape together from the Scriptures only those passages in which the words "all", "every", "all things" occurred. Perhaps too it was missing from Irenaeus's copy, as it also seems to have been missing from those of Cyprian and Archelaus; for both, as Grabe observes — the latter here in the Disputation with Manes, § 25, the former at the beginning of De bono patientiae — read St Paul's words as cited, with the adverb σωματικῶς omitted.

(printed under page 243)

(9) ‹anchor: Quod autem Salvatorem› · call in col 474

Quod autem Salvatorem. Τό hic perperam vertit interpres quod. Lege, istud autem, Salvatorem, etc., vel post quod autem, subintellige, attinet.

Quod autem Salvatorem ("but that the Saviour"). The translator wrongly renders τό here as quod. Read istud autem, Salvatorem ("but this: that the Saviour"), etc.; or after quod autem understand attinet ("as regards").

(printed under page 243)

(10) ‹anchor: Et separata ea› · call in col 474

Et separata ea. Cod. Pass. et separat ea, caeteris omnibus reclamantibus tum editt. tum mss. in quibus (continues)

Et separata ea ("and she having been separated"). The Passionei manuscript has et separat ea ("and he separates them"), with all the others, both editions and manuscripts, protesting, in which … (continues)

(printed under page 243)

(11) ‹anchor: De qua› · call in col 474

De qua. Cod. Pass. de quo.

De qua ("from which", feminine). The Passionei manuscript has de quo (masculine).

(printed under page 243)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 474
  • marginal letters: A suam. Sed stetit; B vetus interpres), quae; C στός.; D rem, etc., vel post
  • old-edition numerals: 16 after stetit, et
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:475
Editors' notes and page, col. 475

Page

  • running head: 475 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A interpretantur dicta; B stasse, dicentem : Ventilabrum; C quibus legitur, et separata; D rom. Arund. et Merc. 2
  • old-edition numerals: 17 after in eo
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:476
καὶ τό, Ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι δὲ τὰ πάντα ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ διὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ , ἑρμηνεύουσιν εἰρῆσθαι , καὶ εἴ τινα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα.
and the saying, To sum up all things in the Christ through God (Eph. 1:10), they interpret as having been spoken, and whatever other such things there be.
5. Ἔπειτα περὶ τοῦ Ὅρου αὐτῶν, ὃν δὴ καὶ πλείοσιν ὀνόμασι καλοῦσι, δύο ἐνεργείας ἔχειν αὐτὸν ἀποφαινόμενοι, τὴν ἑδραστικὴν καὶ τὴν μεριστικήν· καὶ καθὸ μὲν ἑδράζει , καὶ στηρίζει , Σταυρὸν εἶναι, καθὸ δὲ μερίζει καὶ διορίζει , Ὅρον. Τὸν μὲν Σταυρὸν οὕτως λέγουσι μεμηνυκέναι τὰς ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ· καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν ἑδραστικὴν ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Ὅς οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ , καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ μοι, μαθητὴς ἐμὸς οὐ δύναται γενέσθαι· καὶ· Ἄρας τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀκολούθει μοι. Τὴν δὲ διοριστικὴν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Οὐκ ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν. Καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτὸ τοῦτο μεμηνυκέναι, εἰπόντα· Τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα, καὶ συνάξει τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ , τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ· καὶ διὰ τούτου τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ Ὁρου μεμηνυκέναι. Πτύον γὰρ ἐκεῖνον τὸν Σταυρὸν ἑρμηνεύουσιν εἶναι, ὃν δὴ
5. Next, concerning their Limit, whom indeed they also call by several names, declaring that he has two operations, the confirming and the dividing; and in so far as he confirms and establishes, he is Cross, while in so far as he divides and bounds, Limit. The Cross, then, they say has thus indicated his operations: and first indeed the confirming, in saying: Whosoever does not bear his cross, and follow Me, cannot become My disciple (Luke 14:27); and: Having taken up his cross, follow Me (Mark 10:21). And his bounding operation, in saying: I came not to cast peace, but a sword (Matt. 10:34). And John also they say has indicated this very thing, having said: The winnowing-fan is in His hand, and He will thoroughly cleanse the threshing-floor, and will gather the wheat into His garner, but the chaff He will burn up with unquenchable fire (Luke 3:17); and through this he has indicated the operation of the Limit. For that winnowing-fan they interpret to be the Cross, which indeed
Editors' notes and page, col. 476

Footnotes

(¹⁶) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 476 Luc. XIV, 27.

Luke 14:27.

(printed under page 244) (¹⁷) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 476 Marc. X, 21.

Mark 10:21.

(printed under page 244) (¹⁸) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 476 Matth. X, 34.

Matthew 10:34.

(printed under page 244) (¹⁹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 476 Luc. III, 17.

Luke 3:17.

(printed under page 244)

(1) ‹anchor: Sic interpretantur dicta› · call in col 476

Sic interpretantur dicta. Ita cod. Voss. et Clarom. In editt. autem Eras. Gall. et Feuard. perperam et post sic additum. Dictum autem, non dicta legendum vult Grabius; sed nihil necesse est, modo dicta referas ad praecedentia omnia citata testimonia, non tantum ad illud.

Sic interpretantur dicta ("thus they interpret the sayings"). So the Vossius and Clermont manuscripts. But in the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent et is wrongly added after sic. Grabe would read dictum ("the saying"), not dicta; but there is no need, provided you refer dicta to all the preceding testimonies cited, not only to the last one.

(printed under page 244)

(2) ‹anchor: Plurimis nominibus› · call in col 476

Plurimis nominibus. Edit. Anglic. pluribus.

Plurimis nominibus ("by very many names"). The English edition has pluribus ("by several").

(printed under page 244)

(3) ‹anchor: Secundum id vero, quod dividit› · call in col 476

Secundum id vero, quod dividit. Ita recte Clarom. Arund. et Merc. 2, sed perverso ordine in editt. Eras. Gall. et Feuard. secundum id quod vero dividit.

Secundum id vero, quod dividit ("but in so far as he divides"). So rightly the Clermont, Arundel and second Mercerus manuscripts; but in the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent in perverse order, secundum id quod vero dividit.

(printed under page 244)

(4) ‹anchor: Et iterum› · call in col 476

Et iterum. Feuard. et item. Sed in Graeco nihil est quod huic particulae respondeat.

Et iterum ("and again"). Feuardent has et item ("and likewise"). But in the Greek there is nothing to answer to this particle.

(printed under page 244)

(5) ‹anchor: Emundare› · call in col 476

Emundare. Sic omnes codd. Feuard. vero Frontonis Duc. monitis morem gerens scripsit emundabit, quia in Graeco habetur, διακαθαριεῖ, in futuro. Sed fatetur ipse Fronto, emundare ἑλληνιστικῶς acceptum, eumdem habere sensum.

Emundare ("to cleanse"). So all the manuscripts. Feuardent, however, following Fronton du Duc's advice, wrote emundabit ("he will cleanse"), because the Greek has διακαθαριεῖ, in the future. But Fronton himself admits that emundare, taken in the Greek manner, has the same sense.

(printed under page 244)

(6) ‹anchor: Per hoc› · call in col 476

Per hoc. Edita, per haec.

Per hoc ("by this"). The printed editions: per haec ("by these things").

(printed under page 244)

(7) ‹anchor: Διὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ› · call in col 476

Διὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Haec non leguntur in nostris Nov. Test. codicibus Graecis, nec in Vulgata.

Διὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ("through God"). These words are not read in our Greek manuscripts of the New Testament, nor in the Vulgate.

(printed under page 244)

(8) ‹anchor: Ἑρμηνεύουσιν› · call in col 476

Ἑρμηνεύουσιν. Praemittenda particula οὕτως, quam in suo exemplari legebat interpres Latinus.

Ἑρμηνεύουσιν ("they interpret"). The particle οὕτως ("thus") should be set before it; the Latin translator read it in his copy.

(printed under page 244)

(9) ‹anchor: Καθό› · call in col 476

Καθό. Sic cod. R. Editi male καθά, nam sequitur καθὸ δέ.

Καθό ("in so far as"). So the Royal manuscript. The printed editions wrongly have καθά; for καθὸ δέ follows.

(printed under page 244)

(10) ‹anchor: Σταυρόν› · call in col 476

Σταυρόν. Pro Σταυρόν, lege cum veteri interprete, Σωτῆρα. Id enim exigit sensus.

Σταυρόν ("the Cross"). For Σταυρόν read, with the old translator, Σωτῆρα ("the Saviour"). For the sense requires it.

(printed under page 244)

(11) ‹anchor: Ὃς οὐ βαστάζει› · call in col 476

Ὃς οὐ βαστάζει, etc. Verba sunt Luc. XIV, 27, excepto quod pro ἀκολουθεῖ μοι, codices nostri habeant, ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου. Exstitisse tamen in Irenaei codicibus ἀκολουθεῖ μοι, inde conjicio, quod in vetustis quibusdam mss. in Graeca Novi Testam. edit. Oxon. an. 1675 citatis etiamnum legatur, ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου, quod prope accedit ad Irenaei lectionem.

Ὃς οὐ βαστάζει ("whoever does not carry"), etc. The words are Luke 14:27, except that for "follows me" our manuscripts have "comes after me". Yet I conjecture that "follows me" stood in Irenaeus's manuscripts, because in certain old manuscripts cited in the Oxford Greek New Testament of 1675 "follows after me" is still read, which comes close to Irenaeus's reading.

(printed under page 244)

(12) ‹anchor: Ἄρας τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀκολούθει μοι› · call in col 476

Ἄρας τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀκολούθει μοι. Transpositus ordo verborum: nam Marci XI, 21, legitur, ἀκολούθει μοι, ἄρας τὸν σταυρόν. Quae, accentu loco moto decepti interpretes Epiphanii, male verterunt: Tollens crucem suam sequitur me: cum imperativum sonent ea verba, et cum Irenaei interprete reddenda fuissent, Tollens crucem, sequere me. Caeterum vox αὐτοῦ abest a codicibus nostris, nec eam legisse videtur Irenaei interpres. Forte in Epiphanii textum irrepsit, pro σοῦ, haec enim exstat in mss. quibusdam Novi Testam. exemplaribus. Illud etiam, ἄρας τὸν σταυρὸν, desideratur in Vulgata nostra, et in veteribus quibusdam codicibus non exstare testatur Erasmus.

"Taking up his cross, follow me." The order of the words is transposed: for in Mark 11:21 [as printed; the words are 10:21] is read "follow me, taking up the cross". The translators of Epiphanius, deceived by an accent moved from its place, rendered this wrongly, "Taking up his cross he follows me", whereas the words are imperative and should have been rendered, with Irenaeus's translator, "Taking up the cross, follow me." Further, the word αὐτοῦ ("his") is absent from our manuscripts, and Irenaeus's translator does not seem to have read it. Perhaps it crept into the text of Epiphanius for σοῦ ("your"), which stands in certain manuscript copies of the New Testament. The words "taking up the cross" are also wanting in our Vulgate, and Erasmus attests that they are not found in certain old manuscripts.

(printed under page 244)

(13) ‹anchor: Ἐκεῖνον› · call in col 476

Ἐκεῖνον. Ἐκεῖνο legit vetus interpres; et sic legere praestat, quam ἐκεῖνον referre ad σταυρόν.

Ἐκεῖνον ("that", masculine). The old translator read ἐκεῖνο (neuter); and it is better to read so than to refer ἐκεῖνον to σταυρόν.

(printed under page 244)

Page

  • running head: ISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS. 476
  • marginal letters: A καὶ τό, Ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι; B χαιραν. Καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην; C Nov. Test. codicibus; D verterunt : Tollens crucem
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: sentence at start of column continues 4 from col 473; sentence at end of 5 continues in col 477; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 5, not set
PG 7:477
καὶ ἀναλίσκειν τὰ ὑλικὰ πάντα, ὡς ἄχυρα πῦρ· καθαίρειν δὲ τοὺς σωζομένους , ὡς τὸ πτύον τὸν σῖτον. Παῦλον δὲ τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπιμιμνήσκεσθαι τούτου τοῦ σταυροῦ λέγουσιν, οὕτως· Ὁ λόγος γὰρ ὁ τοῦ Σταυροῦ τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις μωρία ἐστὶ, τοῖς δὲ σωζομένοις ἡμῖν δύναμις Θεοῦ. Καὶ πάλιν· Ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο ἐν μηδενὶ καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ , δι' οὗ ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ τῷ κόσμῳ.
also consumes all material things, as fire does chaff, but cleanses those who are being saved, as the winnowing-fan does the wheat. And Paul the apostle himself also, they say, makes mention of this cross, thus: For the word of the Cross is to those who are perishing foolishness, but to us who are being saved it is the power of God (1 Cor. 1:18). And again: But far be it from me to boast in anything, save in the cross of the Christ, through whom the world has been crucified to me, and I to the world (Gal. 6:14).
6. Τοιαῦτα μὲν οὖν περὶ Πληρώματος αὐτῶν, καὶ τοῦ πλάσματος πάντες λέγουσιν, ἐφαρμίζειν βιαζόμενοι τὰ καλῶς εἰρημένα, τοῖς κακῶς ἐπινενοημένοις ὑπ' αὐτῶν. Καὶ οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν , καὶ τῶν ἀποστολικῶν πειρῶνται τὰς ἀποδείξεις ποιεῖσθαι, παρατρέποντες τὰς ἑρμηνείας, καὶ ῥᾳδιουργοῦντες τὰς ἐξηγήσεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν, ἅτε πολλῶν παραβολῶν καὶ ἀλληγοριῶν εἰρημένων εἰς πολλὰ ἕλκειν δυναμένων τὸ ἀμφίβολον διὰ τῆς ἐξηγήσεως. Ἕτεροι δὲ δεινῶς τῷ πλάσματι αὐτῶν, καὶ δολίως ἐφαρμόζοντες, αἰχμαλωτίζουσιν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας τοὺς μὴ ἑδραίαν τὴν πίστιν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ διαφυλάσσοντας.
6. Such things, then, do they all say concerning their Pleroma and their fabrication, forcing what has been well spoken to fit what has been wickedly devised by them. And not only from the evangelical and the apostolic writings do they attempt to make their proofs, perverting the interpretations and tampering with the expositions, but also from the law and the prophets, inasmuch as many parables and allegories have been spoken that are able to draw what is ambiguous in many directions through the exposition. And others, cleverly and deceitfully adapting them to their fabrication, lead captive away from the truth those who do not guard a steadfast faith in one God the Father Almighty, and in one Lord Jesus Christ the Son of God.
CAPUT IV.
Chapter IV.
1. Τὰ δὲ ἐκτὸς ταῦ πληρώματος λεγόμενα ὑπ' αὐ-
1. And the things outside the Pleroma spoken of by th-
Editors' notes and page, col. 477

Page

  • running head: 477 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIM
  • marginal letters: A καὶ ἀναλίσκειν τὰ ὑλικὰ; B γοῦντες τὰς ἐξηγήσεις; C (1) Ἐν μηδενί.; D δυναμένων [leg. ἕλκεσθαι
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: sentence at start of column continues 5 from col 476; full-width chapter summary Qua ratione formatam ... below CAPUT IV. cut off at right edge, not set; αὐ- split at end of column (continues τῶν in col 480); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 1, not set
PG 7:478
Editors' notes and page, col. 478

Footnotes

(20) ‹anchor: virtus Dei› · call in col 478

I Cor. I, 18.

1 Corinthians 1:18.

(printed under page 245)

(21) ‹anchor: et ego mundo› · call in col 478

Gal. VI, 14.

Galatians 6:14.

(printed under page 245)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 477

Ἐν μηδενί. Haec in nostris Novi Testamenti exemplaribus, cum Graecis, tum vulgatis Latinis, non exstant.

"In nothing." These words are not found in our copies of the New Testament, either the Greek or the Latin Vulgate.

(printed under page 245)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 477

Τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Sic cod. Reg. cum veteri interprete; caeteri τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

"Of Christ." So the Royal manuscript, with the old translator; the others read "of Jesus."

(printed under page 245)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 477

Πάντες... ἐφορμίζειν. Lege cum veteri interprete, πάντων... ἐφαρμόζειν.

"All ... to bring into harbour." Read, with the old translator, "of all ... to fit."

(printed under page 245)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 477

Εἰς πολλὰ ἕλκειν δυναμένων. Auctoritate cod. Regii deleo καί, quod praepositioni εἰς praemittebatur. Tum legendum censeo, ἕλκεσθαι δυνάμενον, pro ἕλκειν δυναμένων. In omnibus siquidem cum editt. tum mss. legitur trahi; et in cod. Clarom. cujus lectionem Latinam sequor, habetur possit, in singulari.

"Able to draw in many directions." On the authority of the Royal manuscript I delete the καί that stood before the preposition εἰς. Then I think we should read ἕλκεσθαι δυνάμενον ("able to be drawn") for ἕλκειν δυναμένων. For in all copies, printed editions and manuscripts alike, "trahi" ("to be drawn") is read; and in the Clermont manuscript, whose Latin reading I follow, "possit" ("can") stands, in the singular.

(printed under page 245)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 477

Ἕτεροι δὲ δεινῶς. Voces ἕτεροι δὲ, delendas censet Billius, utpote redundantes, et a veteri interp. haudquaquam agnitas. At non frustra retineas, si modo punctum praecedens, in editis omnibus perperam interpositum deleas, haecque continenter et absque divisione legas: εἰς πολλὰ ἕλκειν δυναμένων [leg. ἕλκεσθαι δυνάμενον] τὸ ἀμφίβολον διὰ τῆς ἐξηγήσεως ἕτεροι δὲ δεινῶς τῷ πλάσματι αὐτῶν, καὶ δολίως ἐφαρμόζοντες, etc. Sententiae ambiguitatem (cui multiplex subesse potest sensus) per expositionem suam alii solerter et dolose figmento suo accommodantes, etc. Quod vero δεινῶς vertit interpres, propensius, ex Latini sermonis imperitia factum est. Cum enim δεινῶς aliquando Graecis sonet vehementer, fortiter, id ille ad animum traducens perperam reddidit propensius; vertere debuisset solerter.

"But others cleverly." Billius thinks the words ἕτεροι δέ ("but others") should be deleted as redundant and not recognized at all by the old translator. But you may keep them to good purpose, provided you delete the full stop wrongly put before them in all the printed editions, and read the words continuously without a break: "able to draw [read: able to be drawn] in many directions the ambiguity through the exposition, others cleverly and deceitfully fitting it to their fiction," etc. — that is, "others, by their exposition, cleverly and deceitfully fitting to their own fiction the ambiguity of the sentence (under which a manifold sense may lie)," etc. That the translator rendered δεινῶς by "propensius" ("more eagerly") came of his ignorance of Latin. For since δεινῶς sometimes means to the Greeks "vehemently, strongly," he transferred it to the mind and wrongly rendered it "propensius"; he should have translated "solerter" ("cleverly").

(printed under page 245)

(6) ‹anchor: Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ› · call in col 477

Τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Sic cod. Reg. In aliis deest τόν.

"The Son of God." So the Royal manuscript. In the others τόν ("the") is missing.

(printed under page 245)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 478

Iis autem, qui salvantur. Antiquam Italicam versionem secutus est interpres, quam eodem modo habuisse, ex Cypriani lib. III Testimoniorum adversus Judaeos, num. 69, et Ambrosiastri Comment. in hunc locum demonstrat Grabius. Graecus autem Pauli et Irenaei textus habet: Nobis autem, qui salvamur. Nec procul abest Vulgata: Iis autem qui salvi fiunt, id est nobis.

"But to those who are being saved." The translator followed the ancient Italic version, which Grabe shows read the same way, from Cyprian's Testimonies against the Jews, book III, no. 69, and from Ambrosiaster's commentary on this place. But the Greek text of Paul and of Irenaeus has: "But to us, who are being saved." Nor is the Vulgate far off: "But to those who are saved, that is, to us."

(printed under page 245)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 478

Talia igitur de Pleromate. Mss. Arund. Voss. Merc. 2 et Clarom., talia igitur tam de Pleromate. Mss. sequi maluit Grabius, nos editt. Eras. Gall. et Feuard. cum textu Graeco, in quibus particula tam hic omnino superflua non legitur.

"Such things, then, about the Pleroma." The Arundel, Voss, Mercer 2 and Clermont manuscripts read "such things, then, both about the Pleroma." Grabe preferred to follow the manuscripts; we follow the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, with the Greek text, in which the particle "tam" ("both"), wholly superfluous here, is not read.

(printed under page 245)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 478

Et in multa trahi possit ambiguum. Ita Clarom. cod. cujus lectionem, utpote clariorem, sequi maluimus. In aliis legitur: Et in multa trahi possunt, ambiguum.

"And the ambiguity can be drawn in many directions." So the Clermont manuscript, whose reading, as being clearer, we have preferred to follow. In the others is read: "And [they] can be drawn in many directions, the ambiguity."

(printed under page 245)

Page

  • running head: ES LIBER PRIMUS. 478
  • marginal letters: A vantur, sicut ventilabrum; B etiam ex lege et prophetis; C suo accommodantes, etc.; D Feuard. cum textu Graeco
  • old-edition numerals: 18 after adaptantes,
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; calls ²⁰ and ²¹ stand in this column's Latin after virtus Dei and et ego mundo (Q1a); notes (1)–(6) are called in the Greek of col 477 (Q1a)
PG 7:479
Editors' notes and page, col. 479

Footnotes

<!-- Latin column taken as 479 (left): the page top is not in the foot images, but pp. 248, 250-264 show the Latin on the left of even pages and on the right of odd ones. --> (printed under page 246)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

In umbrae vacuitatis locis defervisse. Sic mss. omnes, nisi quod Ottobon. Pass. Arund. Voss. et Merc. 2, vitio scribarum habeant deseruisse, vel deservisse, pro defervisse. Feuardentius ex veteri codice, Graeca littera, et R. P. Frontonis judicio restituisse se dicit: in umbrae et vacuitatis locis deferbuisse; sed incertum quid ex Graeco et Frontonis Ducaei conjectura, quid vero ex veteri cod. restituerit. In editt. Eras. et Gallas. vitiose omnino: in umbratae vanitatis locis deseruisse; nec multo melius in edit. Oxon. in umbrae et vanitatis locis deservisse. Nulli enim mss. codd. habent vanitatis; omnes etiam omittunt particulam et. Nostram vero lectionem genuinam esse, demonstratur ex ipso Irenaeo, qui infra lib. II, cap. 8, n. 3, scribit: Falsus autem apparuit, et qui est de umbra cenomatis, id est, vacui, ipsorum sermo. Umbram cenomatis seu vacui dicit, non umbram et cenoma, seu vacuum; minus adhuc umbram et vanitatem. Quod vero spectat ad verbum fervisse, non dubitat ipse Grabius quin ἐκβεβράσθαι ita verterit interpres, quamvis hunc sequi noluerit. Defervisse autem accepit ille in Latina lingua haud satis versatus interpres, non pro fervescere desiisse, ut accipiunt optimi quique auctores Latini; sed pro efferbuisse seu aestuasse. Cum enim non nesciret simplex βεβράσθαι significare fervisse, existimavit compositum ἐκβεβράσθαι verti posse defervisse; perperam ratus particulam ἐκ, ut in aliis bene multis compositis verbis, ita et hic vertendam esse de, et defervisse idem apud Latinos valere ac fervisse.

"Boiled out into the places of the shadow of emptiness." So all the manuscripts, except that the Ottoboni, Passionei, Arundel, Voss and Mercer 2, by scribal error, have "deseruisse" or "deservisse" ("deserted," "served") for "defervisse." Feuardent says that from an old manuscript, the Greek text and the judgement of the Reverend Father Fronton he restored: "boiled out into the places of shadow and of emptiness"; but it is uncertain what he restored from the Greek and the conjecture of Fronton du Duc, and what from the old manuscript. The editions of Erasmus and Gallasius are wholly corrupt: "deserted in the places of shadowy vanity"; nor is the Oxford edition much better: "served in the places of shadow and of vanity." For no manuscripts have "vanitatis"; all also omit the particle "et." That our reading is genuine is shown from Irenaeus himself, who writes below, book II, ch. 8, n. 3: "Their talk, too, has shown itself false, the one about the shadow of the cenoma, that is, of the void." He says "shadow of the cenoma," or of the void, not "shadow and cenoma," or void; still less "shadow and vanity." As to the verb "fervisse," Grabe himself does not doubt that the translator so rendered ἐκβεβράσθαι, although he would not follow him. The translator, not well versed in Latin, took "defervisse" not as "to have ceased boiling," as all the best Latin authors take it, but as "to have boiled over" or "seethed." For since he knew that the simple βεβράσθαι means "to have boiled," he thought the compound ἐκβεβράσθαι could be rendered "defervisse," wrongly supposing that the particle ἐκ should here too be rendered "de," as in a great many other compound verbs, and that "defervisse" meant the same in Latin as "fervisse."

(printed under page 246)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Recurrere. Vertere debuisset interpres, recurrisse.

"To run back." The translator should have rendered "to have run back."

(printed under page 246)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Passionem quae erga illam esset. Hellenismus interpreti familiaris. Id est, passionem propriam, seu quae illi accidisset.

"The passion which was towards her." A Hellenism familiar to the translator. That is, "her own passion," or "the passion which had befallen her."

(printed under page 246)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Qui est erga Christum. Id est, qui est cum Christo.

"Who is towards Christ." That is, "who is with Christ."

(printed under page 246)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Ἀχαμώθ. Nomen Tertulliano ininterpretabile. Feuardentius vero recte deducit a חכמה Hhochma, sapientia, cujus radix חכם Hhacham, sapiens fuit. Inde Sapientiae Enthymesis, sive cogitatio, Achamoth dicta.

"Achamoth." A name Tertullian found untranslatable. But Feuardent rightly derives it from חכמה, Hhochma, "wisdom," whose root is חכם, Hhacham, "he was wise." Hence Wisdom's Enthymesis, or thought, was called Achamoth.

(printed under page 246)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Τοῦ Πληρώματος. Τοῦ ἄνω Πληρώματος legisse videtur interpres.

"Of the Pleroma." The translator seems to have read "of the Pleroma above."

(printed under page 246)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Σκιαῖς καὶ σκηνώματος τόποις. Lege cum interprete, σκιᾶς, et cum eodem, ac Theodoreto, et Tertulliano, pro σκηνώματος, repone κενώματος. Scribit enim Theodoretus lib. I Haeret. Fab., cap. 7, pag. 199: Matrem Achamoth ἐν σκιᾷ τινι, καὶ κενώματι διάγειν, in umbra quadam, et inani degere; Tertullianus, explosam in vacuum, atque inane illud Epicuri. Quin et Irenaeus ipse paulo post, καταλελεῖφθαι μόνην ἐν τῷ σκότει, καὶ κενώματι. Vide et lib. II, cap. 8 et 14.

"In shadows and the places of the tabernacle." Read with the translator σκιᾶς ("of shadow"), and with him, and Theodoret, and Tertullian, put κενώματος ("of the void") in place of σκηνώματος. For Theodoret writes, Haereticarum fabularum book I, ch. 7, p. 199, that the Mother Achamoth "lives in a kind of shadow and void," "in umbra quadam, et inani degere"; Tertullian, "thrust out into the void, that famous empty space of Epicurus." Indeed Irenaeus himself a little later: "was left alone in the darkness and the void." See also book II, chs. 8 and 14.

(printed under page 246)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Τὸν Χριστόν. Lege cum interp. τὸν ἄνω Χριστόν.

"Christ." Read with the translator "the Christ above."

(printed under page 246)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Διὰ τοῦ Σταυροῦ. Theodoretus habet, διὰ τοῦ Ὅρου καὶ Σταυροῦ: Tertullianus vero, educitur per Horon; et Irenaeus lib. III, cap. 18: superextensus Horo, id est, fini. Quo concludas, τοῦ Σταυροῦ hic non Crucem significare, sed Hori epitheton esse.

"Through the Cross." Theodoret has "through Horos and Cross"; Tertullian, "he is led out through Horos"; and Irenaeus, book III, ch. 18: "stretched out over Horos, that is, the Limit." From which you may conclude that τοῦ Σταυροῦ here does not mean the Cross but is an epithet of Horos.

(printed under page 246)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Καταλιπεῖν. Adde αὐτήν cum veter. interp.

"To leave." Add αὐτήν ("her"), with the old translator.

(printed under page 246)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Αὐτὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Lege ex veteri interprete, αὐτῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

"Her ... of Christ." Read, from the old translator, "for her, by Christ."

(printed under page 246)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 479

Ἀοράτου. Lege cum interprete, ἀοράτως.

"Invisible." Read with the translator ἀοράτως ("invisibly").

(printed under page 246)

Page

  • running head: 479 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGD
  • marginal letters: A sunt talia : Enthymesin; B sancto. Quapropter et ipsam; C (1) In umbrae vacuitatis; D Grabius quin ἐκβεβράσθαι
  • old-edition numerals: 19 after Spiritus.
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:480
τῶν ἐστι τοιαῦτα· τὴν Ἐνθύμησιν τῆς ἄνω Σοφίας, ἣν καὶ Ἀχαμὼθ καλοῦσιν, ἀφορισθεῖσαν τοῦ Πληρώματος σὺν τῷ πάθει, λέγουσιν ἐν σκιαῖς καὶ σκηνώματος τόποις ἐκβεβράσθαι κατὰ ἀνάγκην. Ἔξω γὰρ φωτὸς ἐγένετο, καὶ Πληρώματος, ἄμορφος καὶ ἀνείδεος, ὥσπερ ἔκτρωμα, διὰ τὸ μηδὲν κατειληφέναι. Οἰκτείραντά τε αὐτὴν τὸν Χριστὸν, καὶ διὰ τοῦ Σταυροῦ ἐπεκταθέντα, τῇ ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει μορφῶσαι μόρφωσιν τὴν κατ' οὐσίαν μόνον, ἀλλ' οὐ τὴν κατὰ γνῶσιν· καὶ πράξαντα τοῦτο ἀναδραμεῖν, συστείλαντα αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ καταλιπεῖν, ὅπως αἰσθομένη τοῦ περὶ αὐτὴν πάθους, διὰ τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τοῦ Πληρώματος, ὀρεχθῇ τῶν διαφερόντων, ἔχουσά τινα ὀδμὴν ἀφθαρσίας, ἐγκαταλειφθεῖσαν αὐτὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Διὸ καὶ αὐτὴν τοῖς ἀμφοτέροις ὀνόμασι καλεῖσθαι, Σοφίαν τε πατρωνυμικῶς (ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ αὐτῆς Σοφία κληΐζεται) καὶ Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν Πνεύματος. Μορφωθεῖσάν τε αὐτὴν, καὶ ἔμφρονα γενηθεῖσαν, παραυτίκα δὲ κενωθεῖσαν ἀοράτου αὐτῇ συνόντος Λόγου, τουτέστι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπὶ ζήτησιν ὁρμῆσαι τοῦ καταλιπόντος αὐτὴν φωτὸς, καὶ μὴ δυνηθῆναι
em are such as follow: the Intention of the upper Wisdom, which they also call Achamoth, having been separated from the Pleroma together with her passion, they say was cast out of necessity in places of shadows and of a tabernacle. For she came to be outside the light and the Pleroma, formless and shapeless, like an abortion, because she had comprehended nothing. And the Christ, having pitied her, and having stretched himself out through the Cross, by his own power formed a formation according to substance only, and not that according to knowledge; and having done this he ran back up, drawing in his power, and left her behind, in order that, perceiving the passion concerning her through her severance from the Pleroma, she might yearn after better things, having a certain odour of incorruptibility left behind in her of the Christ and the Holy Spirit. Wherefore also she herself is called by both names, both Wisdom after her father's name (for her father is called Wisdom) and Holy Spirit, from the Spirit that is about the Christ. And having been formed and having become conscious, and straightway having been emptied of the Word that was invisibly present with her, that is, the Christ, she rushed forth in search of the light that had left her behind, and was not able
Editors' notes and page, col. 480

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 480
  • marginal letters: A τῶν ἐστι τοιαῦτα; B τοῖς ἀμφοτέροις ὀνόμασι; C interpreti familiaris.; D post, καταλελεῖφθαι
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: τῶν at start of column continues αὐ- from col 477; sentence at end of column continues in col 481; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 1, not set
PG 7:481
καταλαβεῖν αὐτὸ, διὰ τὸ κωλυθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὅρου. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸν Ὅρον κωλύοντα αὐτὴν τῆς εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ὁρμῆς εἰπεῖν Ἰαώ· ὅθεν τὸ Ἰαὼ ὄνομα γεγενῆσθαι φάσκουσι. Μὴ δυνηθεῖσαν δὲ διοδεῦσαι τὸν Ὅρον, διὰ τὸ συμπεπλέχθαι τῷ πάθει, καὶ μόνην ἀπολειφθεῖσαν ἔξω, παντὶ μέρει τοῦ πάθους ὑποπεσεῖν πολυμεροῦς καὶ πολυποικίλου ὑπάρχοντος , καὶ παθεῖν, λύπην μὲν ὅτι οὐ κατέλαβε, φόβον δὲ μὴ καθάπερ αὐτὴν τὸ φῶς, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ζῇν ἐπιλίπῃ, ἀπορίαν τε ἐπὶ τούτοις· ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ δὲ τὰ πάντα. Καὶ οὐ καθάπερ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτῆς ἡ πρώτη Σοφία καὶ Αἰὼν, ἑτεροίωσιν ἐν τοῖς πάθεσιν εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ ἐναντιότητα. Ἐπισυμβεβηκέναι δ' αὐτῇ καὶ ἑτέραν διάθεσιν, τὴν τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς ἐπὶ τὸν ζωοποιήσαντα.
to lay hold of it, because she was hindered by the Limit. And there, as the Limit hindered her from her onward rush, he said Iao; whence they assert that the name Iao came into being. And not having been able to pass through the Limit, because she was entangled with the passion, and having been left behind alone outside, she fell under every part of the passion, which was manifold and varied, and suffered grief indeed because she did not lay hold of it, and fear lest, just as the light had left her, so also life might fail her, and perplexity upon these things; and in ignorance were all of them. And not just as her mother, the first Wisdom and Aeon, did she have a change of state in the passions, but contrariety. And there supervened upon her another disposition also, that of conversion towards him who had quickened her.
2. Ταύτην σύστασιν καὶ οὐσίαν τῆς ὕλης γεγενῆσθαι λέγουσιν, ἐξ ἧς ὅδε ὁ κόσμος συνέστηκεν. Ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν τὴν γένεσιν εἰληφέναι,
2. This they say became the constitution and substance of the matter out of which this world was constituted. For from the conversion the whole soul of the world and of the Demiurge took its origin,
Editors' notes and page, col. 481

Page

  • running head: 481 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A καταλαβεῖν αὐτὸ; B affectionem; C (1) Ἰαώ. Ipsum Dei; D dictis) inabsconsam docent.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: sentence at start of column continues 1 from col 480; sentence at end of 2 continues in col 484; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 2, not set
PG 7:482
Editors' notes and page, col. 482

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Ἰαώ. Ipsum Dei nomen ineffabile tetragrammaton יהוה est, quod Graecos legisse Ἰαώ, res notior est quam ut argumentis indigeat.

"Iao." It is the ineffable four-letter name of God itself, יהוה; that the Greeks read it as Ἰαώ is too well known to need proof.

(printed under page 247)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ δὲ τὰ πάντα. Καὶ οὐ καθάπερ, etc. Sic lego, nec legendum censeo cum Billio, ἀγνοοῦσα δὲ τὰ πάντα, οὐ καθάπερ, etc.: quasi ita legerit vetus interpres. Virum eruditum deceperunt, ut scite observat Grabius, vitiosae Erasmi et Gallasii editiones, quas et imprudens secutus est Feuardentius, contra mss. codicum fidem. Habent enim, ignorans autem omnia, non quemadmodum mater ejus, etc. Verum haec, ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ δὲ τὰ πάντα, ad praecedentia referenda sunt, λύπην nimirum, φόβον et ἀπορίαν, ut sit sensus, varias illas, quarum aestu jactata est Enthymesis, passiones, omnes in ignorantia, seu cum ignorantia conjunctas fuisse. Id ipsemet Irenaeus paulo inferius sic explicat: Καὶ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τοῖς τρισὶ πάθεσιν ἐγκεκρύφθαι διδάσκουσι, et ignorantiam tribus passionibus (supra dictis) inabsconsam docent. Quare novam periodum ab his verbis incipias, Καὶ οὐ καθάπερ, etc.

"And all in ignorance. And not as," etc. So I read; nor do I think we should read with Billius "but being ignorant of all things, not as," etc., as if the old translator had read so. The learned man was misled, as Grabe aptly observes, by the faulty editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, which Feuardent also followed unawares against the testimony of the manuscripts. For they have "but ignorant of all things, not as her mother," etc. But these words, "and all in ignorance," must be referred to what precedes, namely grief, fear and perplexity, so that the sense is that those various passions, on whose surge the Enthymesis was tossed, were all in ignorance, or joined with ignorance. Irenaeus himself explains it so a little below: "and they teach that ignorance is hidden in the three passions" (those named above). Therefore begin a new sentence with the words "And not as," etc.

(printed under page 247)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Πᾶσαν. Καὶ πᾶσαν legi volunt Billius et Petavius, quasi vetus interpres ita legerit. At nulla editio, nullus etiam ms. codex hic particulam et ante omnem usquam exhibuit; sed nec exhibere debuit; πᾶσα siquidem ψυχή hic ad mundum et Demiurgum refertur, sensusque est, a conversione omnem mundi, et Demiurgi animam genesin accepisse. Sicque Tertullianus cap. 15, intellexit, expressitque: Ex hac (conversione) omnis anima hujus mundi dicitur constitisse, etiam ipsius Demiurgi. Caeterum quae hic paulo obscurius, quia brevius, de mundi constitutione, ex Valentinianorum hypothesi, tradit Irenaeus, fusiori stylo prosequetur inferius.

"All." Billius and Petavius want "and all" read, as if the old translator had read so. But no edition, and no manuscript either, has ever shown the particle "et" before "omnem" here; nor ought it to; for πᾶσα ψυχή ("every soul") here refers to the world and the Demiurge, and the sense is that from the conversion every soul of the world, and of the Demiurge, took its origin. So Tertullian understood and expressed it, ch. 15: "From this (conversion) every soul of this world is said to have come into being, even that of the Demiurge himself." For the rest, what Irenaeus delivers here somewhat obscurely, because briefly, on the constitution of the world according to the Valentinian hypothesis, he will pursue at greater length below.

(printed under page 247)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Et sic. Legendum puto, et hic; Graece siquidem, ἐνταῦθα, non οὕτως.

"And so." I think we should read "and here"; for the Greek is ἐνταῦθα ("here"), not οὕτως ("so").

(printed under page 247)

(5) ‹anchor: Iao› · call in col 482

Iao. Vetus Feuard. codex, Voss. et Pass. Ioath; Arund. et Clarom. Iaoth; editt. Eras. et Gall. Iaioth: sed vera lectio est, Iao, quam habet Graecus Irenaei textus, quamque secuti sunt Tertullianus et Theodoret., et post eos Feuard. et Grab.

"Iao." Feuardent's old manuscript, the Voss and the Passionei have "Ioath"; the Arundel and Clermont "Iaoth"; the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius "Iaioth"; but the true reading is "Iao," which the Greek text of Irenaeus has, and which Tertullian and Theodoret followed, and after them Feuardent and Grabe.

(printed under page 247)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Cum non posset. Et ab Erasmo (quem secuti sunt reliqui editores) solius connexionis gratia praefixum particulae cum expunximus, quia deest in omnibus mss. et in Graeco textu, et ab his verbis, cum non posset, novam periodum incepimus. Vellem tamen particulam adversativam inseruisset interpres, cum autem non posset, etc.

"Since she could not." We have struck out the "et" ("and") that Erasmus (whom the other editors followed) put before the particle "cum" merely for the sake of connection, because it is missing in all the manuscripts and in the Greek text, and we have begun a new sentence with the words "since she could not." I could wish, however, that the translator had inserted an adversative particle: "but since she could not," etc.

(printed under page 247)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Super haec. Al. super hoc.

"Besides these things." Other copies: "besides this."

(printed under page 247)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Ignorantia autem omnia. Et non. Ita Clarom. Ottob. Arund. Voss. et Merc. 2. Legendum tamen puto, In (vel cum) ignorantia autem omnia, juxta Graecum: ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ δὲ τὰ πάντα. Vide ibi observata. Caeterum in editt. Eras. Gall. et Feuard. male, ignorans autem omnia, non, etc.

"But all things ignorance. And not." So the Clermont, Ottoboni, Arundel, Voss and Mercer 2. Yet I think we should read "but all in (or with) ignorance," according to the Greek ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ δὲ τὰ πάντα. See what is observed there. In the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, wrongly, "but ignorant of all things, not," etc.

(printed under page 247)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Vivificavit. Subintellige ipsam, nempe Enthymesin, sive matrem Achamoth. Tertull. c. 14, a quo vivificata fuerat.

"He gave life." Understand "her," namely the Enthymesis, or the Mother Achamoth. Tertullian, ch. 14: "by whom she had been given life."

(printed under page 247)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Eam collectionem. Ea collectio, de qua hic Irenaeus, passionum, quibuscum conflictabatur Enthymesis, collectio est, tristitiae scilicet, timoris, consternationis, conversionis demum ad eum qui vivificavit ipsam, quas omnes substantiam fuisse materiae, seu a quibus materiae substantiam originem sumpsisse dicebant Valentiniani, ut mox explicatur. Ἐκ τῶν δὲ παθῶν, inquit Theodoretus, τόνδε συστῆναι κόσμον φασίν. Ex his affectionibus mundum hunc conditum dicunt.

"This collection." The collection of which Irenaeus speaks here is the collection of the passions with which the Enthymesis struggled: of grief, that is, of fear, of consternation, and finally of conversion to him who gave her life. All these, the Valentinians said, were the substance of matter, or the things from which the substance of matter took its origin, as is explained shortly. "From the passions," says Theodoret, "they say this world came to be." "From these affections they say this world was made."

(printed under page 247)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 482

Mundi et Demiurgi omnem animam. Graeca ad verbum secutus interpres, obscurior evasit. Haec tu sic legas et intelligas: omnem mundi et Demiur- (continues)

"All the soul of the world and of the Demiurge." By following the Greek word for word, the translator has become rather obscure. Read and understand it thus: "every [soul] of the world and of the Demiur- (continues)

(printed under page 247)

Page

  • running head: SES LIBER PRIMUS. 482
  • marginal letters: A sam ejus luminis; B affectionem conversionis; C dem, ἐνταῦθα, non οὕτως.; D ignorans autem omnia
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:483
Editors' notes and page, col. 483

Footnotes

(22) ‹anchor: not visible (Billius's version, §3)› · call in col 483

Matth. X, 8.

Matthew 10:8.

(printed under page 248)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 483

Et quidem enim. Non abs re putat Grabius veterem interpretem ex Graeco scripsisse, Et quid enim? juxta illud, Καὶ τί γάρ;

"And indeed for." Grabe thinks, not without reason, that the old translator wrote from the Greek "And what then?", answering to Καὶ τί γάρ;

(printed under page 248)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 483

Graviter. Graec. σοβαρῶς, arroganter, cum fastu.

"Gravely." Greek σοβαρῶς, "arrogantly, with disdain."

(printed under page 248)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 483

In manifesto. Al. manifesto; quidam, manifeste.

"In the open." Other copies: "manifesto"; some, "manifeste" ("openly").

(printed under page 248)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 483

Dicunt. Hoc verbum de suo addidit interpres; neque enim in Graeco legitur. Vertendum erat, haec sunt. Non enim jam haec sunt similia illis.

"They say." The translator added this word of his own; for it is not read in the Greek. It should have been rendered "these are": "For these are no longer like those."

(printed under page 248)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 483

Separata. Vocem ἀνακεχωρηκότα melius cum Gallasio vertisset interpres, abstrusa, vel abdita, ab hominum notitia semota. Hunc enim sensum interdum habet ea vox: hic certe habere debet. Apud Suidam ἀνακεχωρηκότα βιβλία dicuntur esse ἀντὶ ἀποκρύφων.

"Set apart." The translator would have done better, with Gallasius, to render the word ἀνακεχωρηκότα as "abstruse," or "hidden," "withdrawn from men's knowledge." For the word sometimes has this sense, and here it certainly must. In Suidas, "withdrawn books" are said to stand for "apocryphal."

(printed under page 248)

(6) ‹anchor: ex passione Aeonis› · call in col 483

Quae est ex passione Aeonis. Verbum est in editt. omnibus omissum addidimus ex cod. Clarom. Jam apertus est sensus, Enthymeseos, quae est ex passione Aeonis, id est quae ex passione Aeonis, Sophiae scilicet, nata est. Graeca tamen, τῆς Ἐνθυμήσεως τοῦ πεπονθότος Αἰῶνος, simplicius verti potuissent, Enthymeseos passi Aeonis. Sed idem est utrobique sensus. Hunc vero funditus evertit Gallasius dum vertit, ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων τῆς Ἐνθυμήσεως τοῦ πεπονθότος Αἰῶνος, a lacrymis Aeonis cogitatione perturbati; quae a Graecis et Irenaei mente procul aliena sunt.

"Which is from the passion of the Aeon." The word "est," omitted in all the editions, we have added from the Clermont manuscript. The sense is now plain: "of the Enthymesis, which is from the passion of the Aeon," that is, which was born of the passion of the Aeon, namely Sophia. The Greek, "of the Enthymesis of the Aeon who suffered," could however have been rendered more simply, "of the Enthymesis of the suffering Aeon." But the sense is the same either way. Gallasius overturns it entirely when he renders "from the tears of the Enthymesis of the Aeon who suffered" as "from the tears of the Aeon troubled in thought," which is far removed from the Greek and from Irenaeus's meaning.

(printed under page 248)

(7) ‹anchor: et inconstabilitate› · call in col 483

Inconstabilitate. Gr. ἀμηχανίας, anxietate, animi consternatione.

"Instability." Greek ἀμηχανίας, "anxiety, consternation of mind."

(printed under page 248)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 483

Μόνους ἐκείνους. In cod. Reg. deest ἐκείνους.

"Those alone." In the Royal manuscript ἐκείνους ("those") is missing.

(printed under page 248)

Page

  • running head: 483 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A titia, reliqua initium; B omnes velle in manifesto; C tioni eorum. Quoniam; D gi animam; nam et
  • old-edition numerals: 20 after pavore,
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:484
ἐκ δὲ τοῦ φόβου καὶ τῆς λύπης τὰ λοιπὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐσχηκέναι. Ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν δακρύων αὐτῆς γεγονέναι πᾶσαν ἔνυγρον ο⟨ὐ⟩σίαν· ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ γέλωτος τὴν φωτεινήν· ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως τὰ σωματικὰ τοῦ κόσμου στοιχεῖα. Ποτὲ μὲν γὰρ ἔκλαιε καὶ ἐλυπεῖτο, ὡς λέγουσι, διὰ τὸ καταλελεῖφθαι μόνην ἐν τῷ σκότει, καὶ τῷ κενώματι· ποτὲ δὲ, εἰς ἔννοιαν ἥκουσα τοῦ καταλιπόντος αὐτὴν φωτὸς, διεχεῖτο καὶ ἐγέλα· ποτὲ δ' αὖ πάλιν ἐφοβεῖτο· ἄλλοτε δὲ διηπόρει, καὶ ἐξίστατο.
while from the fear and the grief the rest took their beginning. For from her tears there came into being all moist substance; and from her laughter, the luminous; and from the grief and the consternation, the bodily elements of the world. For at one time she wept and grieved, as they say, because she had been left behind alone in the darkness and in the void; and at another time, coming to a thought of the light that had left her behind, she was cheered and laughed; and at another time again she feared; and at other times she was perplexed and was beside herself.
3. Καὶ τί γάρ; τραγῳδία πολλὴ λοιπὸν ἦν ἐνθάδε, καὶ φαντασία ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν, ἄλλως καὶ ἄλλως σοβαρῶς ἐκδιηγουμένου , ἐκ ποταποῦ πάθους, ἐκ ποίου στοιχείου ἡ οὐσία τὴν γένεσιν εἴληφεν· ἃ καὶ εἰκότως δοκοῦσί μοι μὴ ἅπαντας θέλειν ἐν φανερῷ διδάσκειν, ἀλλ' ἢ μόνους ἐκείνους τοὺς καὶ μεγάλους μισθοὺς ὑπὲρ τηλικούτων μυστηρίων τελεῖν δυναμένους. Οὐκέτι γὰρ ταῦτα ὅμοια ἐκείνοις, περὶ ὧν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν εἴρηκε· Δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε· ἀλλὰ ἀνακεχωρηκότα, καὶ τερατώδη, καὶ βαθέα μυστήρια μετὰ πολλοῦ καμάτου περιγινόμενα τοῖς φιλοψευδέσι. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἐκδαπανήσειε πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μάθῃ, ὅτι ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων τῆς Ἐνθυμήσεως τοῦ πεπονθότος Αἰῶνος, θάλασσαι, καὶ πηγαὶ, καὶ ποταμοὶ, καὶ πᾶσα ἔνυδρος οὐσία τὴν γένεσιν εἴληφεν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ γέλωτος αὐτῆς τὸ φῶς, καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως, καὶ τῆς ἀμηχανίας τὰ σωματικὰ τοῦ κόσμου στοιχεῖα;
3. And what indeed? There was much tragedy here henceforth, and pompous display of each one of them, setting forth in one way and another with arrogance from what sort of passion and from what element substance took its origin; which things also they reasonably seem to me not to wish to teach all men in public, save only those who are also able to pay great fees for such great mysteries. For no longer are these things like those concerning which our Lord has spoken: Freely you received, freely give (Matt. 10:8); but recondite, and portentous, and deep mysteries, acquired with much toil by lovers of falsehood. For who would not spend all his possessions in order that he might learn that from the tears of the Intention of the Aeon that suffered, seas, and springs, and rivers, and all watery substance took their origin, and from her laughter the light, and from her consternation and perplexity the bodily elements of the world?
4. Βούλομαι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς συνεισενεγκεῖν τι τῇ καρποφορίᾳ αὐτῶν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁρῶ τὰ μὲν γλυκέα
4. And I myself also wish to contribute something to their fruit-bearing. For since I see that some waters are sweet,
Editors' notes and page, col. 484

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 484
  • marginal letters: A ἐκ δὲ τοῦ φόβου; B διδάσκειν, ἀλλ' ἢ μόνους; C καρποφορίᾳ αὐτῶν.; D Suidam ἀνακεχωρηκότα
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: sentence at start of column continues 2 from col 481; ο⟨ὐ⟩σίαν has damaged type in line 3; sentence at end of 4 continues in col 485; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 4, not set
PG 7:485
ὕδατα ὄντα, οἷον πηγὰς, καὶ ποταμοὺς, καὶ ὄμβρους, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, τὰ δὲ ἐπὶ ταῖς θαλάσσαις ἁλμυρά· ἐπινοῶ μὴ πάντα ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων αὐτῆς προβεβλῆσθαι, διότι τὸ δάκρυον ἁλμυρὸν τῇ ποιότητι ὑπάρχει. Φανερὸν οὖν, ὅτι τὰ ἁλμυρὰ ὕδατα ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων. Εἰκὸς δὲ, αὐτὴν ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ πολλῇ καὶ ἀμηχανίᾳ γεγονυῖαν καὶ ἱδρωκέναι. Ἐντεῦθεν δὴ, κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν αὐτῶν, ὑπολαμβάνειν δεῖ, πηγὰς καὶ ποταμοὺς, καὶ εἴ τινα ἄλλα γλυκέα ὕδατα ὑπάρχει, τὴν γένεσιν μὴ ἐσχηκέναι ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων αὐτῆς. Ἀπίθανον γὰρ, μιᾶς ποιότητος οὔσης τῶν δακρύων, τὰ μὲν ἁλμυρὰ, τὰ δὲ γλυκέα ὕδατα ἐξ αὐτῶν προελθεῖν Τοῦτο δὲ πιθανώτερον, τὰ μὲν εἶναι ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἱδρώτων. Ἐπειδὴ καὶ θερμὰ καὶ δριμέα τινὰ ὕδατά ἐστιν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, νοεῖν ὀφείλεις, τί ποιήσασα, καὶ ἐκ ποίου μορίου προήκατο ταῦτα. Ἁρμόζουσι γὰρ τοιοῦτοι καρποὶ τῇ ὑποθέσει αὐτῶν.
such as springs, and rivers, and rains, and such like, while those in the seas are salt, I conceive that not all of them were put forth from her tears, because a tear is salt in quality. It is manifest, therefore, that the salt waters are these that are from the tears. And it is likely that she, having come to be in much agony and perplexity, also sweated. Hence indeed, according to their hypothesis, one must suppose that springs and rivers, and whatever other sweet waters there are, did not have their origin from her tears. For it is improbable, since the tears are of one quality, that both salt and sweet waters came forth from them. But this is more probable, that some are from the tears, and others from the sweats. And since there are also certain hot and acrid waters in the world, you ought to understand what she did, and from what part she emitted these. For such fruits befit their hypothesis.
5. Διοδεύσασαν οὖν πᾶν πάθος τὴν μητέρα αὐτῶν, καὶ μόγις ὑπερκύψασαν, ἐπὶ ἱκεσίαν τραπῆναι τοῦ καταλιπόντος αὐτὴν φωτὸς, τουτέστι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, λέγουσιν· ὃς ἀνελθὼν μὲν εἰς τὸ Πλήρωμα, αὐτὸς μὲν, εἰκὸς ὅτι ὤκνησεν ἐκ δευτέρου κατελθεῖν, τὸν Παράκλητον δὲ ἐξέπεμψεν αὐτὴν, τουτέστι τὸν Σωτῆρα, ἐνδόντος αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Πα-
5. When, therefore, their mother had passed through every passion, and had scarcely raised her head above them, she turned, they say, to supplication of the light that had left her behind, that is, the Christ; who, having gone up into the Pleroma, himself indeed probably shrank from coming down a second time, but sent forth to her the Paraclete, that is, the Saviour, while the Fa-
Editors' notes and page, col. 485

Page

  • running head: 485 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A ὕδατα ὄντα, οἷον πηγὰς; B ἐστιν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ; C (1) Τὴν γένεσιν μὴ; D ἱδρὼς τῆς ταλαιπώρου
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: sentence at start of column continues 4 from col 484; no stop printed after προελθεῖν; Πα- split at end of column (continues τρὸς in col 488); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 5, not set
PG 7:486
Editors' notes and page, col. 486

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 486

Τὴν γένεσιν μὴ ἐσχηκέναι ἀπὸ τῶν δακρύων αὐτῆς. In Basileensi Epiphanii edit. et Gall. ac Feuard. Irenaei editt. ut et in cod. Reg., deest δακρύων. Legitur duntaxat, ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῆς. Δακρύων vero addidit Petavius, ut puto, ex cod. Vat.; sed Graeca hoc loco mendosa esse monet Billius, legendumque censet, γένεσιν ἐσχηκέναι ἀπὸ τῶν ἱδρώτων αὐτῆς. Et quidem sic legisse veterem interpretem certum est. Sic etiam legisse videtur Nilus Asceta epist. 124 ad Carpionem Valentinianum, lib. I edit. Allat. Cum enim catholicorum quispiam a Carpione quaesiisset an aquae omnes, tam dulces quam salsae, a lacrymis Achamothae originem haberent, et hic responsionem cunctaretur; iisdem salibus, et tantum non iisdem verbis, quibus Valentinianos Irenaeus, vesanum hominem perfricat Nilus: Ἐχρῆν σε ἀπαντῆσαι λέγοντα, ὅτι τὰ μὲν πικρὰ τῆς ἀνυπάρκτου Ἀχαμωθ δάκρυα τὰς ἁλμυρὰς θαλάσσας ὑπέστησεν, ὡς ἐξ ὀδύνης καὶ δριμυγμοῦ ἱκανοῦ προχυθέντα· ὁ δὲ ἱδρὼς τῆς ταλαιπώρου γυναικὸς πηγὰς ἐξηρεύξατο, καὶ ποταμοὺς, καὶ φρέατα, λίμνας τε, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς γλυκέα. Ταῦτα πρὸς τὸν σὸν λῆρον γελοιωδῶς λέγομεν. Respondendum tibi erat, amaras Achamothae, quae revera nulla est, lacrymas salsa maria progenerasse, utpote quae ex dolore et magna acerbitate effusae essent; sed ex sudore misellae illius mulieris fontes, et fluvios, et puteos, et lacus, et reliquas dulces aquas prorupisse. Haec ad tuas ineptias non sine risu dicimus. Haec momenta persuadent cum Billio legendum esse, γένεσιν ἐσχηκέναι ἀπὸ τῶν ἱδρώτων αὐτῆς. Graeca quidem, ut nunc sunt, perfectum fundunt sensum, sed praesenti argumento non aeque conveniens, nec praecedentibus adeo cohaerens.

"Had not their origin from her tears." In the Basel edition of Epiphanius and in the editions of Irenaeus by Gallasius and Feuardent, as also in the Royal manuscript, δακρύων ("tears") is missing; only "from her [things]" is read. Petavius added δακρύων, I think from the Vatican manuscript; but Billius warns that the Greek is corrupt at this place, and thinks we should read "had their origin from her sweat." And it is certain that the old translator read so. Nilus the Ascetic too seems to have read so, letter 124 to Carpio the Valentinian, book I of Allacci's edition. For when one of the catholics had asked Carpio whether all waters, sweet as well as salt, had their origin from the tears of Achamoth, and he hesitated to answer, Nilus rubs the madman down with the same wit, and almost the same words, with which Irenaeus treats the Valentinians: "You ought to have met it by saying that the bitter tears of the non-existent Achamoth produced the salt seas, as having been poured out from pain and great smarting, while the sweat of the wretched woman gushed out springs and rivers and wells and lakes and the other sweet waters. This we say in mockery of your nonsense." (Then the Latin rendering of the same.) These considerations persuade us to read, with Billius, "had their origin from her sweat." The Greek as it now stands does yield a complete sense, but one less suited to the present argument and less coherent with what precedes.

(printed under page 249)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 486

Ἐπειδὴ καί. Lege cum Billio, ex veteri interp. ἐπεὶ δὲ καί.

"Since also." Read with Billius, from the old translator, "but since also."

(printed under page 249)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 486

Κατελθεῖν. Hinc recte colligit Billius emendandum esse Theodoretum, lib. I Haeret. Fab. c. 7, apud quem in omn. editt. legitur μετελθεῖν pro κατελθεῖν.

"To come down." From this Billius rightly infers that Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum book I, ch. 7, should be corrected, where all the editions read μετελθεῖν ("to go after") for κατελθεῖν.

(printed under page 249)

(4) ‹anchor: ἐξέπεμψεν αὐτήν› · call in col 486

Αὐτήν. Lege cum Billio, αὐτῇ, vel πρὸς αὐτήν.

"Her." Read with Billius αὐτῇ ("to her"), or πρὸς αὐτήν ("towards her").

(printed under page 249)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 486

Ut fontes. Sic recte edit. Oxon. ex mss. Arund. Voss. et Merc. 2, concinunt Clarom. et Pass.; sed male caeterae editt. et fontes.

"Such as springs." So, rightly, the Oxford edition from the Arundel, Voss and Mercer 2 manuscripts, with which the Clermont and Passionei agree; but the other editions wrongly have "and springs."

(printed under page 249)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 486

Et talia. Al. et alia.

"And such." Other copies: "and others."

(printed under page 249)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 486

In inconstantia. Quod hic vertit interpres, inconstantia, superius reddidit, inconstabilitate, Graec. ἀμηχανίας.

"In inconstancy." What the translator renders here "inconstantia" he rendered above "inconstabilitas," Greek ἀμηχανίας.

(printed under page 249)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 486

Debes. Sic codd. Clarom. Pass. Voss. ac textus Graecus cum edit. Oxon. et Feuardentio in marg. haud dubie ex veteri cod. Sed hic in textu, perinde ut Eras. et Gall. debemus. Verba haec ad eum dirigi, in cujus gratiam libros suos scripsit Irenaeus, nemo non videt.

"You must." So the Clermont, Passionei and Voss manuscripts and the Greek text, with the Oxford edition and Feuardent in his margin, doubtless from the old manuscript. But in his text Feuardent, like Erasmus and Gallasius, has "we must." Everyone sees that these words are addressed to the man for whose sake Irenaeus wrote his books.

(printed under page 249)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 486

Vix cum elata esset. Gr. μόγις ὑπερκύψασαν, aegre tandem emersa, ut melius vertit Petavius.

"When she had scarcely been lifted up." Greek μόγις ὑπερκύψασαν, "having at last emerged with difficulty," as Petavius better renders it.

(printed under page 249)

Page

  • running head: SES LIBER PRIMUS. 486
  • marginal letters: A quasdam aquas, ut fontes; B quaedam sunt aquae; C mus. Haec momenta; D Graec. ἀμηχανίας.
  • old-edition numerals: 21 after argumentationem
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:487
Editors' notes and page, col. 487

Footnotes

(23) ‹anchor: not visible (Billius's version)› · call in col 487

Coloss. I, 16.

Colossians 1:16.

(printed under page 250)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Patre. Ita cod. Clarom. et editt. Feuard. ac Oxon. In Eras. autem, Gall. et Ottobon. vitiose, Patris. Codices Anglicanos hic mendosos esse monet Grabius.

"By the Father." So the Clermont manuscript and the editions of Feuardent and Oxford. But in Erasmus, Gallasius and the Ottoboni, wrongly, "of the Father." Grabe notes that the English manuscripts are faulty here.

(printed under page 250)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Reveritam eum.... coopertionem. Ex Graeca lectione et R. P. Frontonis judicio reveritam eum pro eam, et coopertionem pro cooperationem substituit Feuardentius. Priorem emendationem confirmat cod. Pass., posteriorem Arund., utramque Voss. et Clarom.

"Having reverenced him ... a covering." From the Greek reading and the judgement of the Reverend Father Fronton, Feuardent substituted "reveritam eum" for "eam," and "coopertionem" ("covering") for "cooperationem" ("co-operation"). The Passionei manuscript confirms the first correction, the Arundel the second, and the Voss and Clermont both.

(printed under page 250)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Imposuisse. Editt. Eras. Gall. et Feuard. addunt ei. Sed hanc vocem delemus, quia deest in Claromont. Voss. et Merc. 2, necnon in Graeco textu, et Valentinianorum sensui repugnat. Scripsit Tertull. c. 16, Velamen sibi obduxit, melius quidem, si suffragarentur mss. Neque enim Jesus Achamothae, sed ipsa sibi Achamotha velamen imposuit. Saltem igitur sibi post imposuisse subintelligas.

"Put on." The editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent add "ei" ("on him"). But we delete this word, because it is missing in the Clermont, Voss and Mercer 2, and also in the Greek text, and it is contrary to the Valentinians' meaning. Tertullian wrote, ch. 16, "she drew a veil over herself," which would indeed be better if the manuscripts supported it. For it was not Jesus who put a veil on Achamoth, but Achamoth who put it on herself. At least, then, understand "sibi" ("on herself") after "imposuisse."

(printed under page 250)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Eum neglexisse. Sic omnes mss. cum editt. Eras. et Gall. At Graecam lectionem secutus Feuardentius pro eum substituit eas. Sed frustra: quidvis enim legerit interpres, sive αὐτόν, sive αὐτῶν, eas satis subintelligitur. Sensus igitur est: et non eum neglexisse eas, scilicet passiones.

"That he neglected." So all the manuscripts, with the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius. But Feuardent, following the Greek reading, substituted "eas" ("them") for "eum" ("he"). In vain: for whatever the translator read, αὐτόν or αὐτῶν, "eas" is sufficiently understood. The sense, then, is: "and that he did not neglect them," namely the passions.

(printed under page 250)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Prioris. Sic mss. Clarom. Arund. et Merc. 2 cum editt. Eras. Gall. Oxon. et textu Graeco; mirum autem quod scribit Feuard. loco prioris reposuisse se priores ex veteri cod. et Graeca lectione. Veterem quidem codicem habuisse priores, non negaverim; nam ita habet cod. Pass. At in Graeco distincte legitur τὰ τῆς προτέρας, non τὰ πρότερα. Vide notam 10 infra.

"Of the former." So the Clermont, Arundel and Mercer 2 manuscripts, with the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Oxford and the Greek text; and it is strange that Feuardent writes that in place of "prioris" he put back "priores" ("the former [passions]") from the old manuscript and the Greek reading. I would not deny that the old manuscript had "priores," for the Passionei manuscript has it. But in the Greek is read distinctly "those of the former [Sophia]," not "the former things." See note 10 below.

(printed under page 250)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Eo quod jam habilia et possibilia essent. Si Graecis minus haesisset interpres, et ad vocis Latinae passiones genus attendisset, scripsisset saltem, habiles et possibiles. Sed nec sic Graecorum sensum assecutus fuisset. Vertendum erat, eo quod in habitum jam cessissent, ac robur contraxissent.

"Because they were already habitual and possible." Had the translator clung less to the Greek and attended to the gender of the Latin word "passiones," he would at least have written "habiles et possibiles" (feminine). But even so he would not have caught the Greek sense. It should have been rendered: "because they had already passed into a settled state and gathered strength."

(printed under page 250)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

In incorporalem. Sic cum Grabio restituimus, codd. Arund. Clarom. et textum Graecum secuti. In caeteris editis perperam habetur in corporalem. Vid. not. 12 infra.

"Into incorporeal [matter]." So we have restored it with Grabe, following the Arundel and Clermont manuscripts and the Greek text. In the other printed copies it is wrongly "into corporeal." See note 12 below.

(printed under page 250)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Καὶ τῶν Αἰώνων δεόμενος. Lege cum Billio et Petavio, καὶ τῶν Αἰώνων δὲ ὁμοίως, sic enim vetus interpres: et Aeonibus autem similiter, scilicet virtutem omnem Jesu tradentibus. Haec autem verba, inquit optime Grabius, minus recte Tertullianus ita accepit, quasi Jesu Paracleto suprema potestas omnium, etiam Aeonum, non autem ab Aeonibus data fuerit; unde cap. 16 reddidit: Largito ei Patre universorum Aeonum summam potestatem, subjiciendis eis omnibus, ut in ipso, etc. Ubi tamen legi mallem, subjiciendis ei omnibus, etc.

"And asking the Aeons." Read with Billius and Petavius "and the Aeons too likewise," for so the old translator: "and the Aeons too likewise," namely handing over all power to Jesus. But Tertullian, as Grabe says very well, took these words less correctly, as though supreme power over all things, even over the Aeons, had been given to Jesus the Paraclete, rather than given by the Aeons; hence he rendered, ch. 16: "the Father granting him the supreme power over all the Aeons, all things to be subjected to them, so that in him," etc. Where, however, I would rather read "all things to be subjected to him," etc.

(printed under page 250)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Θεότητες. Hanc vocem Apostoli verbis addidere Valentiniani. Id satis significat Theodoretus, subjungens, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν, ut ipsi dicunt: quibus ostendit a solis istis haereticis sic lecta fuisse Pauli verba. Porro Θεοτήτων nomine intelligebant, tum Demiurgum ipsum, tum angelos et archangelos inferioris ogdoadis; quos cum ad imaginem superiorum Aeonum factos esse vellent, ut infra explicat Irenaeus, et veluti secundarios quosdam Aeonas, illis et deitatem affingebant.

"Deities." The Valentinians added this word to the Apostle's words. Theodoret indicates this clearly enough by adding "as they themselves say," showing that Paul's words were read so by these heretics alone. By the name "Deities" they understood both the Demiurge himself and the angels and archangels of the lower Ogdoad; since they held these to have been made after the image of the higher Aeons, as Irenaeus explains below, and as a kind of secondary Aeons, they ascribed deity to them as well.

(printed under page 250)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Τῆς προτέρας. Σοφίας scilicet matris ejus. Tertull. cap. 16: Ab omnibus injuriis passionis expumicat, non eadem negligentia in exterminium discretis, quae acciderat in casibus matris.

"Of the former." That is, of Sophia, her mother. Tertullian, ch. 16: "He scours her clean of all the injuries of passion, these not being separated for extermination with the same neglect as had befallen in the misfortunes of her mother."

(printed under page 250)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Χωρήσει τοῦ συγχέαι. Recte monet Billius, cum veteri interp. legendum esse, χωρὶς συγχέαι, separatim commiscuisse. Sic certe intellexit Tertull. cap. 16; Massaliter solidata defixit seorsum.

"By the advance of mixing." Billius rightly advises that we read, with the old translator, χωρὶς συγχέαι, "mixed them together separately." So certainly Tertullian understood it, ch. 16: "solidified into a mass, he fixed them apart."

(printed under page 250)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 487

Ἀσώματον τὴν ὕλην. Legendum vult Billius ἐνσώματον, ex veteri, inquit, interp. et Tertulliano. Hunc quidem ita legisse facile concesserim; scribit enim, in materiae corporalem paraturam. At non ita vetus interpres. Billium deceperunt edita, in quibus habetur, in corporalem materiam. Sed restituendum ex melioris notae codd. mss. in incor- (continues)

"Incorporeal matter." Billius wants ἐνσώματον ("corporeal") read, from the old translator, he says, and Tertullian. I would readily grant that Tertullian read so, for he writes "into the corporeal outfit of matter." But not so the old translator. Billius was misled by the printed copies, in which "into corporeal matter" is found. But it must be restored, from manuscripts of better repute, as "into incor- (continues)

(printed under page 250)

Page

  • running head: 487 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGD
  • marginal letters: A omnem Patre (1); B cuisse et coagulasse; C (1) Patre. Ita cod.; D dentius pro eum
  • old-edition numerals: 22 after universa
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:488
τρὸς, καὶ πᾶν ὑπ' ἐξουσίαν παραδόντος, καὶ τῶν Αἰώνων δεόμενος, ὅπως ἐν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα κτισθῇ, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, Θρόνοι, Θεότητες, Κυριότητες. Ἐκπέμπεται δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν, μετὰ τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν ἀγγέλων. Τὴν δὲ Ἀχαμὼθ, ἐντραπεῖσαν αὐτὸν, λέγουσι πρῶτον μὲν κάλυμμα ἐπιθέσθαι δι' αἰδῶ , μετέπειτα δὲ ἰδοῦσαν αὐτὸν σὺν ὅλῃ τῇ καρποφορίᾳ αὐτοῦ, προσδραμεῖν αὐτῷ, δύναμιν λαβοῦσαν ἐκ τῆς ἐπιφανείας αὐτοῦ. Κἀκεῖνον μορφῶσαι αὐτὴν μόρφωσιν τὴν κατὰ γνῶσιν, καὶ ἴασιν τῶν παθῶν ποιήσασθαι αὐτῆς, χωρίσαντα δ' αὐτὰ αὐτῆς, μὴ ἀμελήσαντα δὲ αὐτῶν. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὰ ἀφανισθῆναι, ὡς τὰ τῆς προτέρας, διὰ τὸ ἑκτικὰ ἤδη, καὶ δυνατὰ εἶναι· ἀλλ' ἀποκρίναντα χωρήσει τοῦ συγχέαι καὶ πῆξαι, καὶ ἐξ ἀσωμάτου πάθους εἰς ἀσώματον τὴν ὕλην μεταβαλεῖν αὐτά· εἶθ' οὕτως ἐπιτηδειότητα, καὶ φύσιν ἐμπεποιηκέναι αὐτοῖς, ὥστε εἰς συγκρίματα καὶ σώ-
ther imparted to him all power, and delivered everything under his authority, and making request of the Aeons, in order that in him all things might be created, the things visible and the things invisible, Thrones, Divinities, Dominions (Col. 1:16). And he is sent forth to her with the angels his peers. And Achamoth, having stood in awe of him, they say first indeed put a veil upon herself out of modesty, and afterwards, when she saw him with all his fruit-bearing, ran up to him, having received strength from his manifestation. And he formed her with the formation according to knowledge, and wrought a healing of her passions, separating them from her, yet not neglecting them. For it was not possible for them to be eradicated, like those of the former, because they were already habitual and strong; but having set them apart so as to mingle and solidify them, he also changed them from incorporeal passion into incorporeal matter; and then thus he wrought in them a fitness and a nature, so that into concretions and bo-
Editors' notes and page, col. 488

Page

  • running head: EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 488
  • marginal letters: A τρὸς, καὶ πᾶν ὑπ'; B ἀσωμάτου πάθους; C codd. Arund. Clarom.; D inferioris ogdoadis
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: τρὸς at start of column continues Πα- from col 485; σώ- split at end of column (continues ματα in col 489); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below B, not set
PG 7:489
ματα ἐλθεῖν, πρὸς τὸ γενέσθαι δύο οὐσίας, τὴν φαύλην τῶν παθῶν, τήν τε τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς ἐμπαθῆ· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δυνάμει τὸν Σωτῆρα δεδημιουργηκέναι φάσκουσι. Τήν τε Ἀχαμὼθ ἐκτὸς πάθους γενομένην, καὶ συλλαβοῦσαν τῇ χαρᾷ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ φώτων τὴν θεωρίαν, τουτέστι τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐγκισσήσασαν αὐτοὺς, κεκυηκέναι καρποὺς κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα διδάσκουσι, κύημα πνευματι-
dies they might come, to the end that two substances might come into being, the base one of the passions, and the passible one of the conversion; and on this account they assert that the Saviour potentially created. And when Achamoth had come to be outside passion, and had conceived through joy the contemplation of the lights in him, that is, of the angels that were with him, and had longed after them, they teach that she brought forth fruits according to the image, a spiritu-
Editors' notes and page, col. 489

Footnotes

<!-- IMAGE GAP: the rendered foot images begin below the top of the footnote block. The opening lines of the continuation of note (12) from p. 250, all of notes (4) and (5), and the opening of note (6) are cut off in both images. Re-render this page foot higher and complete before counting as done. --> (printed under page 251)

Editors' prose

(4) Congregationes. Graece Συγκρίματα, quae Billius melius vertit, concretiones.

(4) Congregationes [gatherings]. In the Greek, Συγκρίματα, which Billius renders better as concretiones [concretions].

(5) Passibilis. Sic ex Graeca lectione Feuardentius edidit, monita secutus Front. Ducaei. Mss. vero omnes, cum editt. Eras. et Gall. habent passibile. Feuardentii lectionem confirmat Tertull. scribens c. 17, de conversione passionali, id est passionibus obnoxia.

(5) Passibilis [passible]. So Feuardent printed it from the Greek reading, following the advice of Fronton du Duc. But all the manuscripts, together with the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, have passibile. Feuardent's reading is confirmed by Tertullian, who writes in ch. 17 de conversione passionali [of the passional conversion], that is, subject to the passions.

(6) Virtute Salvatorem fabricasse. Sic iterum ex Graeco restituit Feuardentius a Frontone monitus, pro virtutem, quod perperam exstat in editt. Eras. et Gall. et in omnibus mss. nostris. Neque enim virtutem Salvator, sed virtute, seu potentia sua fabricasse omnia dicebatur a Valentinianis.

(6) Virtute Salvatorem fabricasse [that the Saviour fashioned by power]. So again Feuardent, on Fronton's advice, restored it from the Greek, in place of virtutem, which stands wrongly in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and in all our manuscripts. For the Valentinians did not say that the Saviour fashioned a power, but that He fashioned all things by power, that is, by His own might.

<!-- note: The images show the page carrying cols 489/490 (margin letters A–D). Notes (4)–(6) stand in the right-hand note column under col 490, whose Latin text carries their calls; (6) is complete on this page, ending before (7). Note (12) does not appear on this page (the notes here run (1)–(10), (10) running over to the next page), so nothing of it is set. Not set, as not requested: the run-over note at the head of the left note column ("poralem materiam ..."), notes (1)–(3), notes (7)–(10), and the "Billii interpretatio" band (Billius's Latin version of the Greek, a translation, not editors' prose). Italics marked with asterisks; æ written ae. -->

Page

  • running head: 489 CONTRA HÆRESES LIB
  • marginal letters: A ματα ἐλθεῖν, πρὸς τὸ; B poralem materiam, ut; C αὐτὴ (ἡ ὕλη) μετ' ἄλλου; D αὑτὰν, καὶ ἀσχημάτιστον
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: ματα at start of column continues σώ- from col 488; φαύλην split across lines 1-2 without hyphen; πνευματι- split at end of column (continues κὸν in col 492); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 5, not set; Q5b: the join at 488/489 is not yet made (col 488 still ends σώ-, English bo-), so ματα and "dies" stay here until 488 is joined; notes (1)–(3), called in this column's Greek, are set in n490
PG 7:490
Editors' notes and page, col. 490

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

Τὴν φαύλην τῶν παθῶν, etc. Lego τὴν φαύλην ἐκ τῶν παθῶν, ut legisse videtur interpres, et eamdem particulam ex membro sequenti addo, τήν τε ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς, quamvis non legerit interpres. Sed saltem subintelligere debuit.

"The base [substance] of the passions," etc. I read "the base [substance] from the passions," as the translator seems to have read, and I add the same particle in the following clause, "and that from the conversion," although the translator did not read it. But at least he ought to have understood it.

(printed under page 251)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

Δεδημιουργηκέναι. Subintellige τὰ πάντα, vel similem vocem, inquit Grabius.

"To have fashioned." Understand "all things," or a similar word, says Grabe.

(printed under page 251)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

Τήν τε Ἀχαμώθ, etc. Ex Billio lege, τὴν δὲ Ἀχαμώθ, et linea seq. σὺν αὐτῷ pro ἐν αὐτῷ.

"And Achamoth," etc. Following Billius read "but Achamoth," and in the next line "with him" for "in him."

(printed under page 251)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

[not in the image]

[not in the image]

(printed under page 251)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

[not in the image]

[not in the image]

(printed under page 251)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

[… opening not in the image …] pro virtutem, quod perperam exstat in editt. Eras. et Gall. et in omnibus mss. nostris. Neque enim virtutem Salvator, sed virtute, seu potentia sua fabricasse omnia dicebatur a Valentinianis.

[… opening not in the image …] for "virtutem" ("power," as object), which stands wrongly in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and in all our manuscripts. For the Valentinians did not say that the Saviour fashioned power, but that he fashioned all things by his power, or might.

(printed under page 251)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

Concepisse de gratulatione. Sic recte Grabius edidit ex editt. Eras. et Gall. necnon ex mss. Arund. Voss. et Merc. 2, concinit et Clarom. In edit. vero Feuard. male inserta particula et ante de, quae sensum omnino turbat. Caeterum Graeca haud feliciter reddidit interpres, nec mirum, cum Billius ipse, vir Graece doctus, fateatur se diutius hic haesisse. Cum enim id primum existimaret, συλλαβεῖν hoc loco idem esse quod concipere, non videbat quaenam esset haec contemplationis angelorum conceptio; cum maxime Achamoth aliquanto inferius non contemplationem peperisse, sed κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνων θεωρίαν fetum edidisse scribatur. Accedebat quod si hic συλλαβεῖν idem esset quod concipere, conceptio congressum antecederet; id quod vel cogitare absurdum est. Sed demum deprehendit vir eruditus, hoc loco συλλαβεῖν τὴν θεωρίαν, nihil aliud significare, quam θεωρεῖν, videre, contemplari, visu assequi seu percipere; quod verissimum est. Quare interpreti vertendum erat: Hanc autem Achamoth a perturbatione liberam, prae gaudio (et non barbare, de gratulatione) lumina ea, quae cum ipso erant, hoc est angelos, quos ipse comites habebat, contemplatam, seu visu apprehendentem, etc.

"Conceived from rejoicing." So Grabe rightly printed it from the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and from the Arundel, Voss and Mercer 2 manuscripts, with which the Clermont also agrees. In Feuardent's edition the particle "et" is wrongly inserted before "de," which wholly confuses the sense. For the rest, the translator rendered the Greek none too happily; no wonder, since Billius himself, a man learned in Greek, admits that he was long stuck here. For as he first thought that συλλαβεῖν here was the same as "to conceive," he could not see what this conception of the contemplation of the angels might be, especially since a little below Achamoth is written to have given birth not to a contemplation but to offspring "according to the contemplation of the images." Besides, if συλλαβεῖν here were the same as "to conceive," the conception would come before the union, which is absurd even to think. But at last the learned man discovered that here συλλαβεῖν τὴν θεωρίαν means nothing other than θεωρεῖν: to see, to contemplate, to grasp or perceive by sight; and this is most true. So the translator should have rendered: "But this Achamoth, freed from perturbation, for joy (and not, barbarously, 'from rejoicing') having contemplated, or grasping by sight, those lights which were with him, that is, the angels whom he had as companions," etc.

(printed under page 251)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

Quae cum eo sunt. Sic partim ex Graeco, partim ex codd. Clarom. et Arund. restituimus, pro quaecunque sunt luminum, ut perperam exstat in omnibus aliis cum mss. tum editis. In Graeco siquidem legendum esse σὺν αὐτῷ, ex Billio diximus. In codd. vero Clarom. et Arund. habetur, quae cum sunt, voce eo procul dubio per incuriam scribae omissa. Quare hanc ex Graeco supplere non dubitavimus, id exigente sensu.

"Which are with him." So we have restored it, partly from the Greek, partly from the Clermont and Arundel manuscripts, in place of "whatever there are of lights," which stands wrongly in all the others, manuscript and printed alike. For we have said, following Billius, that in the Greek σὺν αὐτῷ ("with him") should be read. In the Clermont and Arundel manuscripts "quae cum sunt" is found, the word "eo" ("him") beyond doubt omitted through the scribe's carelessness. We have therefore not hesitated to supply it from the Greek, as the sense requires.

(printed under page 251)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

Luminum visionem. Mss. Clarom. et Pass. luminum visione.

"The sight of the lights." The Clermont and Passionei manuscripts: "by the sight of the lights."

(printed under page 251)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 490

Delectatam in conspectu eorum. Codd. Clarom. Pass. et Voss. pro conspectu habent conceptu. Sed prior lectio praeferenda videtur. Id enim sibi vult Irenaeus, Achamotham, libidinose aspicientem angelos, concepisse: ἐγκισσήσασαν αὐτούς, quod vertit interpres, delectatam in conspectu eorum; modeste quidem, quamvis non satis ἐνεργῶς, nam paulo major vis verbi ἐγκισσάω. Tertullianus cap. 17: Prae gaudio enim tanti ex infelicitate successus concale- (continues)

"Delighted at the sight of them." The Clermont, Passionei and Voss manuscripts have "conceptu" ("conception") for "conspectu" ("sight"). But the former reading seems preferable. For Irenaeus means that Achamoth conceived while gazing lustfully at the angels: "having conceived a craving for them," which the translator renders "delighted at the sight of them" — modestly, indeed, though not forcefully enough, for the verb ἐγκισσάω has a somewhat stronger force. Tertullian, ch. 17: "For for joy at so great a success out of misfortune, grow- (continues)

(printed under page 251)

Page

  • running head: HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 490
  • marginal letters: A gregationes (4) et corpora; B (4) Congregationes.; C reddidit interpres, nec; D (8) Quae cum eo sunt.
  • old-edition numerals: 23 after eorum,
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:491
Editors' notes and page, col. 491

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Secundum illius imaginem. Vel dele vocem illius, cui nihil prorsus in Graeco respondet; vel ejus loco scribe, illorum. Ad imaginem ipsam dixit Tertullianus.

"According to his image." Either delete the word "illius" ("his"), to which nothing at all answers in the Greek, or write "illorum" ("their") in its place. Tertullian said "after the image itself."

(printed under page 252)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Quoniam ejusdem substantiae ei erat. Fere enim paria et consubstantiva, in alterutrum valere societas naturae negavit, ait Tertull. c. 18.

"Since it was of the same substance with her." "For the fellowship of nature denied that things nearly equal and consubstantial could prevail over one another," says Tertullian, ch. 18.

(printed under page 252)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Et Salvatorem. Expunge has voces quae non exstant in Graeco.

"And the Saviour." Strike out these words, which are not found in the Greek.

(printed under page 252)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Quas dextras..... quas sinistras. Ita editt. Eras. Gall. et Oxon. cum mss. Clarom. Arund. Voss. et Merc. 2. Subintellige autem substantias, vel res; seu melius ex Graeco lege, quae dextra .... quae sinistra; et non cum Feuardentio vitiose omnino, quas dextra.... quas sinistra.

"Which [they call] right ..... which left." So the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Oxford, with the Clermont, Arundel, Voss and Mercer 2 manuscripts. Understand "substances" or "things"; or better, from the Greek, read "which [things] right .... which left"; and not, with Feuardent, quite wrongly, "quas dextra .... quas sinistra."

(printed under page 252)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Ea enim quae post eum sunt. Ex Graeco et Tertull. omnia enim quae post eum sunt.

"For the things which are after him." From the Greek and Tertullian: "for all the things which are after him."

(printed under page 252)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Et Apatorem. Hae voces desunt in Clarom. cod. Idem Apatoris cognomen non memorat Tertull. cap. 18.

"And Fatherless." These words are missing in the Clermont manuscript. Tertullian, ch. 18, likewise does not mention the surname "Fatherless."

(printed under page 252)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Patrem. Ita recte ex Voss. (cui consentit Clarom.) et Graeco posuit Grabius pro fratrem.

"Father." So Grabe rightly put it, from the Voss (with which the Clermont agrees) and the Greek, in place of "brother."

(printed under page 252)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Γεγονότων. Sic cod. Reg. et Basileensis Epiphanii editio, cum Gall. et Feuard. Irenaei editt. Unde mirum a Petavio et Grabio scriptum γεγονότως, quod longe pejus est quam γεγονότων. Neutrum quidem bonum est, sed legendum esset cum vet. interp. γεγονός· at donec suffragentur mss. codd., legere praestat γεγονότων.

"Of the things that came to be." So the Royal manuscript and the Basel edition of Epiphanius, with the editions of Irenaeus by Gallasius and Feuardent. Hence it is strange that Petavius and Grabe wrote γεγονότως, which is far worse than γεγονότων. Neither is good; we ought to read, with the old translator, γεγονός ("what came to be"); but until the manuscripts support it, it is better to read γεγονότων.

(printed under page 252)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Μὴ δεδυνῆσθαι αὐτῇ. Mallem cum Petavio, μὴ δεδυνῆσθαι αὐτήν.

"Not to have been able for her." I would prefer, with Petavius, "that she had not been able."

(printed under page 252)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Προβαλεῖν τε τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος μαθήματα. Ut scilicet, ait Grabius, haec formatio non esset tantum κατ' οὐσίαν, sed et κατὰ γνῶσιν, ut supra formatio matris Achamoth distinguebatur.

"And to put forth the teachings from the Saviour." So that, says Grabe, this formation should be not only according to substance but also according to knowledge, as above the formation of the mother Achamoth was distinguished.

(printed under page 252)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Δεξιὰ καλοῦσι... ἀριστερὰ καλοῦσι. Haec a Pythagoreis accepta, qui Plutarcho teste in lib. De Isi et Os. duplex rerum naturalium principium distinguebant; alterum bonum, quod dextrum et lucidum, alterum malum, quod sinistrum et tenebrosum vocabant. Cum enim animalis substantia ex conversionis motu ortum duxisset, hanc bonam et dextram putabant Valentiniani, utpote quae ex bono motu initium duceret; cum vero materia ex passione, id est ex anxietate, tristitia et metu orta esset, hanc malam et sinistram existimabant, quod conturbati, nec sui compotis animi motibus originem acceptam referret. Dextra siquidem pars felix et bene ominata, sinistra infelix et infausta a veteribus dicebatur. Quid tam dextro pede concipis, ut te conatus non poeniteat? Juvenal., sat. X.

"They call right ... they call left." This was taken from the Pythagoreans, who, as Plutarch testifies in the book On Isis and Osiris, distinguished a twofold principle of natural things: one good, which they called right and bright, the other evil, which they called left and dark. For since the animal substance had taken its origin from the movement of conversion, the Valentinians thought it good and "right," as beginning from a good movement; but since matter had arisen from passion, that is, from anxiety, grief and fear, they considered it evil and "left," because it owed its origin to the movements of a troubled mind not master of itself. For the right side was called lucky and of good omen by the ancients, the left unlucky and ill-starred. "What do you undertake on so right a foot that you do not repent of the attempt?" Juvenal, Satire X.

(printed under page 252)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Τὰ κατ' αὐτόν. Τὰ μετ' αὐτόν legi volunt Billius et Petavius; τὰ κάτω αὐτόν, Grabius. Quin vetus interpres et Tertullianus legerint, μετ' αὐτόν, dubitari non potest; scribit enim uterque, post illum.

"The things according to him." Billius and Petavius want "the things after him" read; Grabe, "the things below him." That the old translator and Tertullian read "after him" cannot be doubted; for both write "post illum."

(printed under page 252)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Μεμορφωκέναι. Hinc mendum irrepsisse putat Billius in ea Theodoreti verba edit. Sirmond. p. 200, πάντα γὰρ αὐτὸν τὰ ὁρώμενα ἰδιοποιῆσαί φασι, ac pro ἰδιοποιῆσαι legendum esse εἰδοποιῆσαι. At non repugnat vox ἰδιοποιῆσαι Valentinianorum hypothesi, qui paulo post apud Irenaeum dicunt, Demiurgum existimantem omnia se a semetipso in totum fabricasse, sibi finxisse se solum omnia esse; quod est πάντα ἰδιοποιῆσαι, omnia sibi vindicasse, seu omnium creationem sibi tribuisse.

"To have formed." Billius thinks a fault crept in from this into the words of Theodoret, Sirmond's edition p. 200, "for they say he appropriated all visible things," and that for ἰδιοποιῆσαι ("appropriated") we should read εἰδοποιῆσαι ("gave form to"). But the word ἰδιοποιῆσαι does not conflict with the Valentinian hypothesis; for a little later in Irenaeus they say that the Demiurge, thinking he had fashioned all things wholly of himself, imagined that he alone was all things; which is πάντα ἰδιοποιῆσαι, to have claimed all things for himself, or ascribed the creation of all things to himself.

(printed under page 252)

(14) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 491

Μητροπάτορα καὶ Ἀπάτορα. Μητροπάτορα· (continues)

"Mother-father and Fatherless." "Mother-father": (continues)

(printed under page 252)

Page

  • running head: 491 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A perisse fructus secundum; B rem (3), et regem omnium; C facta, simulque contemplatione; D quas dextra.... quas sinistra.
  • old-edition numerals: 24 after formasse
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:492
κὸν καθ' ὁμοίωσιν γεγονότων τῶν δορυφόρων τοῦ Σωτῆρος.
al offspring that had come into being after the likeness of the bodyguards of the Saviour.
CAPUT V.
Chapter V.
1. Τριῶν οὖν ἤδη τούτων ὑποκειμένων κατ' αὐτοὺς, τοῦ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ πάθους, ὃ ἦν ὕλη, τοῦ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς, ὃ ἦν τὸ ψυχικὸν, τοῦ δὲ ὃ ἀπεκύησε, τουτέστι τὸ πνευματικὸν, οὕτως ἐτράπη ἐπὶ τὴν μόρφωσιν αὐτῶν. Ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πνευματικὸν μὴ δεδυνῆσθαι αὐτῇ μορφῶσαι, ἐπειδὴ ὁμοούσιον ὑπῆρχεν αὐτῇ· τετράφθαι δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γενομένης ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς αὐτῆς ψυχικῆς οὐσίας, προβαλεῖν τε τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος μαθήματα, καὶ πρῶτον μεμορφωκέναι αὐτὴν ἐκ τῆς ψυχικῆς οὐσίας λέγουσι, τὸν Πατέρα καὶ βασιλέα πάντων, τῶν τε ὁμοουσίων αὐτῷ, τουτέστι τῶν ψυχικῶν, ἃ δὴ δεξιὰ καλοῦσι, καὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πάθους, καὶ τῆς ὕλης, ἃ δὴ ἀριστερὰ καλοῦσι. Πάντα γὰρ τὰ κατ' αὐτὸν φάσκουσι μεμορφωκέναι, λεληθότως κινούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς μητρός· ὅθεν καὶ Μητροπάτορα, καὶ Ἀπάτορα, καὶ Δημιουργὸν αὐτὸν, καὶ Πατέρα καλοῦσι· τῶν μὲν δεξιῶν πατέρα λέγον-
1. Since, therefore, these three things were already underlying according to them, the one from the passion, which was matter, the other from the conversion, which was the psychic, and the other which she brought forth, that is, the spiritual, she thus turned to the formation of them. But the spiritual indeed it was not possible for her to form, since it was consubstantial with her; so she turned to the formation of the psychic substance that had come into being from her conversion, and put forth the teachings from the Saviour, and first, they say, she formed out of the psychic substance the Father and king of all things, both of those that are consubstantial with him, that is, the psychic things, which indeed they call right-hand, and of those from the passion and the matter, which indeed they call left-hand. For all the things after him they assert that he formed, being secretly moved by his mother; whence also they call him Mother-father, and Fatherless, and Demiurge, and Father, call-
Editors' notes and page, col. 492

Page

  • running head: ISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 492
  • marginal letters: A κὸν καθ' ὁμοίωσιν; B τε ὁμοουσίων αὐτῷ; C (10) Προβαλεῖν τε; D te conatus non poeniteat?
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: κὸν at start of column continues πνευματι- from col 489; full-width chapter summary ...lle? Hic caeterorum ... below CAPUT V. cut off at left edge, not set; λέγον- split at end of column (continues τες in col 493); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 1, not set
PG 7:493
τες αὐτὸν, τουτέστι τῶν ψυχικῶν· τῶν δὲ ἀριστερῶν, τουτέστι τῶν ὑλικῶν, Δημιουργὸν, συμπάντων δὲ βασιλέα. Τὴν γὰρ Ἐνθύμησιν ταύτην βουληθεῖσαν εἰς τιμὴν τῶν Αἰώνων τὰ πάντα ποιῆσαι, εἰκόνας λέγουσι πεποιηκέναι αὐτῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν Σωτῆρα δι' αὐτῆς. Καὶ αὐτὴν μὲν ἐν εἰκόνι τοῦ ἀοράτου Πατρὸς τετηρηκέναι, μὴ γινωσκομένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ· τοῦτον δὲ τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν Αἰώνων τοὺς ὑπὸ τούτων γεγονότας ἀρχαγγέλους τε καὶ ἀγγέλους.
ing him father of the right-hand things, that is, of the psychic; and of the left-hand things, that is, of the material, Demiurge, and of all together king. For this Intention, having wished to make all things unto the honour of the Aeons, they say made images of them, or rather the Saviour did so through her. And she indeed kept herself in the image of the invisible Father, not being known by the Demiurge; and this one in that of the only-begotten son, and in that of the remaining Aeons the archangels and angels that came into being by these.
2. Πατέρα οὖν καὶ Θεὸν λέγουσιν αὐτὸν γεγονέναι τῶν ἐκτὸς τοῦ Πληρώματος , ποιητὴν ὄντα πάντων ψυχικῶν τε καὶ ὑλικῶν. Διακρίναντα γὰρ τὰς δύο οὐσίας συγκεχυμένας, καὶ ἐξ ἀσωμάτων σωματοποιήσαντα, δεδημιουργηκέναι τά τε οὐράνια, καὶ τὰ γήϊνα, καὶ γεγονέναι ὑλικῶν καὶ ψυχικῶν, δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν δημιουργὸν, κούφων καὶ βαρέων, ἀνωφερῶν καὶ κατωφερῶν. Ἑπτὰ γὰρ οὐρανοὺς κατεσκευακέναι, ὧν ἐπάνω τὸν Δημιουργὸν εἶναι λέγουσι· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Ἑβδομάδα καλοῦσιν αὐτὸν, τὴν δὲ μητέρα τὴν Ἀχαμὼθ, Ὀγδοάδα, ἀποσώζουσαν τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ἀρχεγόνου, καὶ πρώτης τοῦ Πληρώματος Ὀγδοάδος. Τοὺς δὲ ἑπτὰ οὐρανοὺς, οὐκ εἰναι νοητούς
2. They say, therefore, that he became Father and God of the things outside the Pleroma, being maker of all things psychic and material. For having separated the two confused substances, and having made corporeal things out of incorporeal, he created both the heavenly and the earthly things, and became demiurge of things material and psychic, right-hand and left-hand, light and heavy, tending upwards and tending downwards. For he constructed seven heavens, above which they say the Demiurge is; and on this account they call him Hebdomad, and his mother Achamoth, Ogdoad, preserving the number of the primordial and first Ogdoad of the Pleroma. And the seven heavens, they say, are not intelligible
Editors' notes and page, col. 493

Page

  • running head: 493 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A τες αὐτὸν, τουτέστι; B γεγονέναι ὑλικῶν; C sic rerum omnium; D Patris conservasse seipsam
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: τες at start of column continues λέγον- from col 492; sentence at end of 2 continues in col 496; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. below 2, not set
PG 7:494
Editors' notes and page, col. 494

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Ἐν εἰκόνι, etc. Hic εἰκόνα, et consequenter in textu Latino imaginem pro in imagine, legi vult Pamelius ad c. 19 Tert. adv. Val.; sed frustra. Modo in priori hoc commate subintelligas, ἑαυτήν, in Latino seipsam, in sequentibus vero, ἐν εἰκόνι τετηρηκέναι, in imagine conservasse, apertus est sensus: scilicet, Enthymesin in imagine invisibilis Patris conservasse seipsam incognitam a Demiurgo; Demiurgum autem conservasse in imagine unigeniti Filii, angelos vero et archangelos conservasse in imagine reliquorum Aeonum.

"In the image," etc. Here Pamelius, on ch. 19 of Tertullian Against the Valentinians, wants εἰκόνα ("the image," as object) read, and consequently in the Latin text "imaginem" for "in imagine"; but in vain. Provided that in this first clause you understand ἑαυτήν, in the Latin "seipsam" ("herself"), and in what follows "to have preserved in the image," the sense is plain: namely, that the Enthymesis preserved herself in the image of the invisible Father, unknown to the Demiurge; that she preserved the Demiurge in the image of the only-begotten Son; and the angels and archangels in the image of the remaining Aeons.

(printed under page 253)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Τούτων. Τούτου legit Billius ex veteri interprete, et Tertulliano.

"Of these." Billius reads "of this," from the old translator and Tertullian.

(printed under page 253)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Τοῦ ἀρχεγόνου. Lege cum interprete, τῆς ἀρχεγόνου.

"Of the first-begotten (masc.)." Read with the translator τῆς ἀρχεγόνου (feminine).

(printed under page 253)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Πρώτης. Sic cod. Reg. cum editt. Gall. et Feuard., et sic etiam legit interpres. In caeteris cum Epiphanii, tum Irenaei editt., vitiose πρὸ τῆς.

"First." So the Royal manuscript with the editions of Gallasius and Feuardent, and so too the translator read. In the other editions, of Epiphanius and of Irenaeus alike, wrongly, πρὸ τῆς ("before the").

(printed under page 253)

(5) ‹anchor: οὐκ εἶναι νοητούς› · call in col 494

Οὐκ εἶναι νοητούς. Lege, οὓς εἶναι νοερούς, sic enim legisse videtur interpres; nam vertit, quos intellectuales (non intelligibiles) esse dicunt. Et quidem vocem νοερούς, quae Billio prae νοητούς jure merito arridet, a Tertulliano lectam fuisse perspicuum est: Coelos autem, inquit cap. 20, noeros deputant, et interdum angelos eos faciunt. Hancque lectionem cum apud Irenaeum, tum apud Tertullianum exigit ipsa Valentinianorum hypothesis. Volebant enim coelos intellectuales esse, non eo sensu quod intelligentia tantum comprehenderentur, sed quod sensu et intelligentia praediti essent, utpote qui angeli essent, id est ab angelis regerentur. Hinc paradisum supra tertium coelum existentem, virtute archangelum quartum esse statuebant. Id commentum iterum acceperant a Platonicis, qui coelos anima intellectuali praeditos esse sentiebant. Legantur Plotinus Ennead. II, lib. II, et ea quae in prima Dissertatione nostra de haeresi Valentiniana diximus.

"That they are not intelligible." Read "which are intellectual," for so the translator seems to have read; for he renders "which they say are intellectual" (not "intelligible"). And it is evident that the word νοερούς ("intellectual"), which with full right pleases Billius more than νοητούς, was read by Tertullian: "The heavens," he says, ch. 20, "they account noeric, and sometimes make them angels." The Valentinian hypothesis itself requires this reading, both in Irenaeus and in Tertullian. For they held the heavens to be intellectual, not in the sense that they are grasped by the intellect only, but that they are endowed with sense and intellect, as being angels, that is, governed by angels. Hence they laid down that paradise, existing above the third heaven, was in power a fourth archangel. This invention too they had taken from the Platonists, who held the heavens to be endowed with an intellectual soul. Read Plotinus, Enneads II, book II, and what we have said in our first Dissertation on the Valentinian heresy.

(printed under page 253)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Imagines. Ita Feuard. ex Graeco et Tertulliano. Male autem editt. Eras. et Gall. nec non mss. omnes habent imaginem.

"Images." So Feuardent, from the Greek and Tertullian. But the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, and all the manuscripts too, wrongly have "image."

(printed under page 253)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Hunc autem unigeniti Filii. Scil. in imagine. Sic restituit Feuard. ex cod. vet. et lectione Graeca; delevit vero, hunc autem unigenitum. Codd. omnes mss. recte habent, hunc autem unigeniti; sed male Filium pro Filii.

"But him [in the image] of the only-begotten Son." That is, "in the image." So Feuardent restored it from the old manuscript and the Greek reading, deleting "but him the only-begotten." All the manuscripts rightly have "but him of the only-begotten," but wrongly "Son" (accusative) for "of the Son."

(printed under page 253)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Patrem itaque, etc. Lege ex Graeco, itaque Patrem eum et Deum dicunt factum esse eorum, etc.

"The Father therefore," etc. Read, from the Greek: "therefore they say he became Father and God of those," etc.

(printed under page 253)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Pleroma. In mss. omnibus ac editt. Eras. et Gall. male, Pleromata. Pleroma reposuit Feuardentius ex Graeco.

"Pleroma." In all the manuscripts and the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, wrongly, "Pleromata." Feuardent restored "Pleroma" from the Greek.

(printed under page 253)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 494

Fabricatorem esse, etc. Deleto esse, lege, utpote fabricatorem omnium psychicorum, etc.

"To be the maker," etc. Delete "esse" and read: "as being the maker of all the psychic," etc.

(printed under page 253)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 494
  • marginal letters: A quidem Patrem dicentes; B sunt coelestia et terrena; C intellectuales (non intelligibiles); D nes habent imaginem.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:495
Editors' notes and page, col. 495

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 495

Deo autem similem. Expunge particulam autem, hic repugnante Graeco insertam, ac cum Billio verte, atque item Demiurgum ipsum angelum Deo similem.

"But like God." Strike out the particle "autem" ("but"), inserted here against the Greek, and render with Billius: "and likewise the Demiurge himself an angel like God."

(printed under page 254)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 495

Virtute archangelum quartum. Sic ex Graeco restitui, id nimirum licere mihi arbitratus, quod non semel in praeced. pagina, improbante nemine, sibi sumpsit Feuardentius: cum maxime codices omnes cum editi, tum mss. depravati sint, nec secum invicem consentiant. Omnes quidem habent virtutem, sed manifesto scribarum errato, quorum primi oscitantes cum apice perperam notassent e (quod sphalmatis genus non raro occurrit in mss.), secuti alteri scripserunt virtutem, repugnante licet sensu, et textu Graeco, in quo habetur δυνάμει, non δύναμιν. In caeteris dissentiunt codd. In Feuard. edit. et in ms. Pass. legitur, virtutem archangelum quartum; in Eras. vero pejus, virtutem archangeli Nun, forte quia in cod. ms. quo usus est Erasmus, scriptum erat IVum, quod perperam legit Nun. In Gallas. virtutem archangeli IIII. In codd. Clarom. Voss. Arund. et Merc. 2 habetur duntaxat, virtutem archangelum, deest vero quartum. Caeterum haec longe aliter legisse videtur Tertullianus, apud quem transposita vox virtute, clariorem efficit sensum. Interdum, inquit cap. 20, angelos eos (coelos) faciunt, sicut et ipsum Demiurgum, sicut et paradisum, archangelum quartum, quoniam et hunc supra coelum tertium pangunt, ex cujus virtute sumpserit Adam diversatus illic, etc.

"In power a fourth archangel." So I have restored it from the Greek, judging this permissible for me because Feuardent took the same liberty more than once on the preceding page, with no one objecting: the more so since all the copies, printed and manuscript, are corrupt and do not agree with one another. All indeed have "virtutem" ("power," accusative), but by an evident scribal error: the first copyists carelessly marked the "e" with a stroke above (a kind of slip not seldom met in manuscripts), and the next wrote "virtutem," against both the sense and the Greek text, which has δυνάμει ("in power"), not δύναμιν. In other respects the copies disagree. In Feuardent's edition and the Passionei manuscript is read "virtutem archangelum quartum"; in Erasmus, worse, "virtutem archangeli Nun," perhaps because in the manuscript Erasmus used "IVum" was written, which he wrongly read as "Nun." In Gallasius, "virtutem archangeli IIII." In the Clermont, Voss, Arundel and Mercer 2 manuscripts there is only "virtutem archangelum," "quartum" being missing. Tertullian, however, seems to have read this quite differently; in him the word "virtute" is transposed, which makes the sense clearer. "Sometimes," he says, ch. 20, "they make them (the heavens) angels, as also the Demiurge himself, as also paradise, a fourth archangel, since they place this too above the third heaven, from whose power Adam took something while he sojourned there," etc.

(printed under page 254)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 495

In totum. Vel has voces de suo addidit interpres, vel quidpiam iis respondens in textu Graeco omissum est.

"Wholly." Either the translator added these words of his own, or something answering to them has been omitted in the Greek text.

(printed under page 254)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 495

Achamoth. Hic mutila versio. Lege ex Graeco, τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ προβαλλούσης, Achamoth producente.

"Achamoth." The translation is defective here. Read from the Greek, "Achamoth putting forth," "with Achamoth producing."

(printed under page 254)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 495

Semetipsum autem putasse. Ita ex Arund. et Voss. (consentientibus Clarom. et Pass.) juxta Graecum reposuit Grabius, pro et semetipsum putasse, ut in aliis editis legitur. Sed adde ex Graeco, semetipsum autem unum putasse.

"But that he thought himself." So Grabe restored it from the Arundel and Voss (the Clermont and Passionei agreeing), according to the Greek, for "and that he thought himself," as is read in the other printed copies. But add from the Greek: "but that he thought himself alone."

(printed under page 254)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 495

Opinationis. Sic restituo, juxta Graecum τῆς οἰήσεως. Neque enim, quod ait Billius, persuadere mihi possum, interpretem legisse ποιήσεως, quod verterit, operationis. Crediderim potius recte legentem eum scripsisse, opinationis; quod oscitantes scribae mutaverunt in operationis, tum ob utriusque vocis affinitatem, tum etiam quod statim sequatur operationis. Certe legendum esse opinationis, non dubitaverit quisquis attenderit ad ea quae praecedunt, semetipsum autem putasse omnia esse.

"Of the opinion." So I restore it, according to the Greek τῆς οἰήσεως. For I cannot persuade myself, as Billius says, that the translator read ποιήσεως ("making") because he rendered "operationis." I would rather believe that he read correctly and wrote "opinationis," which careless scribes changed to "operationis," both because of the likeness of the two words and because "operationis" follows immediately. That "opinationis" must certainly be read no one will doubt who attends to what precedes: "but that he thought himself to be all things."

(printed under page 254)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 495

Ἠγνοηκέναι αὐτῶν τὰς ἰδέας. Αὐτόν cum veteri interprete legendum esse monent Fronto Duc. et Petavius. Sed αὐτόν, vel αὐτῶν legas, parum interesse puto, cum idem sit utrobique sensus.

"To have been ignorant of their forms." Fronton du Duc and Petavius advise that αὐτόν ("he") should be read, with the old translator. But whether you read αὐτόν or αὐτῶν, I think it matters little, since the sense is the same either way.

(printed under page 254)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNE
  • marginal letters: A autem coelos; B tiam; C archangelum; D sequatur
  • old-edition numerals: 25 before et paradisum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:496
φασιν, ἀγγέλους δὲ αὐτοὺς ὑποτίθενται, καὶ τὸν Δημιουργὸν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν ἄγγελον Θεῷ ἐοικότα, ὡς καὶ τὸν παράδεισον ὑπὲρ τρίτον οὐρανὸν ὄντα, τέταρτον ἄγγελον λέγουσι δυνάμει ὑπάρχειν, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου τι εἰληφέναι τὸν Ἀδὰμ διατετριφότα ἐν αὐτῷ.
they say, and they suppose them to be angels, and that the Demiurge himself also is an angel like unto God, just as they also say that Paradise, being above the third heaven, is a fourth angel in power, and that Adam received something from it while he conversed in it.
3. Ταῦτα δὲ τὸν Δημιουργὸν φάσκουσιν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ μὲν ᾠῆσθαι κατασκευάζειν, πεποιηκέναι δ' αὐτὰ τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ προβαλλούσης· οὐρανὸν πεποιηκέναι, μὴ εἰδότα τὸν οὐρανόν· καὶ ἄνθρωπον πεπλακέναι, μὴ εἰδότα τὸν ἄνθρωπον· γῆν τε δεδειχέναι, μὴ ἐπιστάμενον τὴν γῆν· καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων οὕτω λέγουσιν ἠγνοηκέναι αὐτῶν τὰς ἰδέας ὧν ἐποίει, καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν μητέρα· αὐτὸν δὲ μόνον ᾠῆσθαι πάντα εἶναι. Αἰτίαν δ' αὐτῷ γεγονέναι τὴν μητέρα τῆς οἰήσεως ταύτης φάσκουσιν, τὴν οὕτω βουληθεῖσαν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν, κεφαλὴν μὲν καὶ ἀρχὴν τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας, κύριον δὲ τῆς ὅλης πραγματείας. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν μητέρα καὶ Ὀγδοάδα καλοῦσι, καὶ Σοφίαν, καὶ Γῆν, καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ, καὶ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, καὶ Κύριον ἀρσενικῶς. Ἔχειν δὲ τὸν τῆς μεσότητος τόπον αὐτὴν,
3. And these things they affirm that the Demiurge supposed that he framed of himself, whereas he made them while Achamoth put them forth: that he made heaven, not knowing heaven; and fashioned man, not knowing man; and brought earth to light, not understanding earth; and in all things they say that he was thus ignorant of the ideas of the things that he made, and of the Mother herself, and supposed that he alone was all things. And they affirm that his Mother became to him the cause of this supposition, because she wished thus to bring him forth, as head and beginning of her own substance, and lord of the whole work. And this Mother they also call Ogdoad, and Sophia, and Earth, and Jerusalem, and Holy Spirit, and Lord in the masculine. And that she holds the place of the midst,
Editors' notes and page, col. 496

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A φασιν, ἀγγέλους; B τίαν δ' αὐτῷ; C archangelum quartum; D sequatur operationis
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii interpretatio (Latin translation of the Greek) in middle of column not set; column ends mid-sentence at αὐτὴν,
PG 7:497
καὶ εἶναι ὑπεράνω μὲν τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ, ὑποκάτω δὲ, ἢ ἔξω τοῦ Πληρώματος μέχρι συντελείας.
and is above the Demiurge indeed, but below or outside the Pleroma until the consummation.
4. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὴν ὑλικὴν οὐσίαν ἐκ τριῶν παθῶν συστῆναι λέγουσι, φόβου τε καὶ λύπης, καὶ ἀπορίας, ἐκ μὲν τοῦ φόβου, καὶ τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς τὰ ψυχικὰ τὴν σύστασιν εἰληφέναι· ἐκ μὲν τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς τὸν Δημιουργὸν βούλονται τὴν γένεσιν ἐσχηκέναι, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ φόβου τὴν λοιπὴν πᾶσαν ψυχικὴν ὑπόστασιν, ὡς ψυχὰς ἀλόγων ζώων, καὶ θηρίων, καὶ ἀνθρώπων. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀτονώτερον αὐτὸν ὑπάρχοντα πρὸς τὸ γινώσκειν τίνα πνευματικὰ, αὐτὸν νενομικέναι μόνον εἶναι Θεὸν, καὶ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν εἰρηκέναι· Ἐγὼ Θεὸς, πλὴν ἐμοῦ οὐδείς. Ἐκ δὲ τῆς λύπης τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας διδάσκουσι γεγονέναι· ὅθεν τὸν διάβολον τὴν γένεσιν ἐσχηκέναι, ὃν καὶ Κοσμοκράτορα καλοῦσι, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν πνευματικὴν τῆς πονηρίας ὑπόστασιν. Ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν Δημιουργὸν υἱὸν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῶν λέγουσι, τὸν δὲ Κοσμοκράτορα κτίσμα τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ. Καὶ τὸν μὲν Κοσμοκράτορα γινώσκειν τὰ ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν, ὅτι πνεῦμά ἐστι τῆς πονηρίας· τὸν δὲ Δημιουργὸν ἀγνοεῖν, ἅτε ψυχικὸν ὑπάρχοντα. Οἰκεῖν δὲ τὴν μητέρα αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν ὑπερουράνιον τόπον, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ μεσότητι· τὸν Δημιουργὸν δὲ εἰς τὸν ὑπερουράνιον τόπον, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ ἑβδο-
4. Since, therefore, they say that the material substance consisted out of three passions, fear and grief and perplexity, from fear and from conversion the psychical things received their consistence: from conversion they will have it that the Demiurge had his origin, and from fear all the rest of the psychical substance, such as the souls of irrational animals, and of wild beasts, and of men. On this account, because he is too weak to know any spiritual things, he supposed that he alone was God, and said through the prophets: I am God, beside me there is none (Isa. 45:5–6; 46:9). And from grief they teach that the spiritual powers of wickedness came into being; whence the devil had his origin, whom they also call Cosmocrator, and the demons, and the angels, and every spiritual substance of wickedness. Yet they say that the Demiurge is a son of their Mother, whereas the Cosmocrator is a creature of the Demiurge. And that the Cosmocrator knows the things above him, because he is a spirit of wickedness; whereas the Demiurge is ignorant of them, inasmuch as he is psychical. And that their Mother dwells in the supercelestial place, that is, in the midst; and the Demiurge in the supercelestial place, that is, in the Hebdo-
Editors' notes and page, col. 497

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HAERESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A καὶ εἶναι; B κράτορα καλοῦσι; C (1) Ἐκ δὲ τῆς λύπης; D septem coelis
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii interpretatio (Latin translation of the Greek) in middle of column not set; word split at column end: ἑβδο-
PG 7:498
Editors' notes and page, col. 498

Footnotes

(24) ‹anchor: not visible (Billius's version, §4)› · call in col 498

Isai. XLV, 5, 6; et XLVI, 9.

Isaiah 45:5–6; and 46:9.

(printed under page 255)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Ἐκ δὲ τῆς λύπης. Sic recte in editt. Gall. Feuard. et Oxon. Male vero in Epiphanii editione Parisiensi et Basileensi legitur λοιπῆς, unde et vitiosa versio ibi nata.

"But from the grief." So rightly in the editions of Gallasius, Feuardent and Oxford. But in the Paris and Basel editions of Epiphanius λοιπῆς ("remaining") is wrongly read, from which a faulty translation arose there too.

(printed under page 255)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Υἱόν. Ψυχικὸν υἱόν legit interpres.

"Son." The translator read "psychic son."

(printed under page 255)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Ἅτε ψυχικὸν ὑπάρχοντα. Sic recte cod. Reg. et ita legerunt vetus interpres et Tertull. In omnibus editt. male ψυχικά.

"As being psychic." So rightly the Royal manuscript, and so the old translator and Tertullian read. In all the editions wrongly ψυχικά (neuter plural).

(printed under page 255)

(4) ‹anchor: εἰς τὸν ὑπερουράνιον τόπον› · call in col 498

Εἰς τὸν ὑπερουράνιον τόπον. Postremam vocem, quam legit interpres, ex cod. Reg. addidi. Sed quod spectat ὑπερουράνιον, censet Billius legendum esse ὑπουράνιον, ut opponatur τῷ ὑπερουρανίῳ, in quo mater Achamoth sedem habet. Ast recte observat Fronto Duc. ὑπουράνιον repugnare tum verbis immediate sequentibus, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ ἑβδομάδι, hoc est in hebdomade, qua voce septem coeli designantur: tum superius dictis, super septem coelos esse Demiurgum. Non stat ergo cum Valentinianorum hypothesi, Demiurgum, quem in septem coelis, vel super septem coelos habitare fin- (continues) <!-- The page prints "gebant" alone, right-aligned, below the last line of the left half: a catchword for the note's continuation on p. 256, which begins "gebant". -->

"Into the place above the heavens." The last word, which the translator read, I have added from the Royal manuscript. But as to ὑπερουράνιον ("above the heavens"), Billius thinks we should read ὑπουράνιον ("below the heavens"), in contrast to the "place above the heavens" in which the mother Achamoth has her seat. But Fronton du Duc rightly observes that ὑπουράνιον conflicts both with the words immediately following, "that is, in the Hebdomad," by which word the seven heavens are meant, and with what was said above, that the Demiurge is above the seven heavens. It is not consistent, then, with the Valentinian hypothesis for the Demiurge, whom they im- (continues)

(printed under page 255)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Usque ad finem. In consummatione enim dicebant, ipsorum matrem, relicto medietatis loco, Pleroma subituram, ut ait Irenaeus infra cap. 7, et lib. II, cap. 29.

"Until the end." For they said that at the consummation their mother would leave the place of the Midst and enter the Pleroma, as Irenaeus says below, ch. 7, and book II, ch. 29.

(printed under page 255)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Quoniam quidem. Vertendum erat, quoniam ergo.

"Since indeed." It should have been rendered "since therefore."

(printed under page 255)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Animalia. Adjective intellige, juxta Graecum ψυχικά.

"Animal." Understand it as an adjective, according to the Greek ψυχικά ("psychic").

(printed under page 255)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Substantiam mutorum animalium, et hominum. Nec accurata, nec integra versio est. Graeca sic reddenda erant: substantiam, ut animas brutorum animantium, et ferarum, et hominum.

"The substance of dumb animals, and of men." The translation is neither accurate nor complete. The Greek should have been rendered thus: "the substance, as the souls of brute animals, and of wild beasts, and of men."

(printed under page 255)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Superiorem eum existentem praescire. Graeca male legit interpres: non mirum si male reddiderit. Legit enim, ut observant Billius et Fronto Duc., ἀνώτερον αὐτὸν ὑπάρχοντα προγιγνώσκειν, cum tamen Epiphanii lectio sensui et hypothesi Valentinianorum magis conveniat. Nam paulo post scribit Irenaeus, Demiurgum ignorare quae sunt supra eum, cum sit animalis. Sic ergo Graeca Epiphanii cum Billio reddenda sunt: Ac propterea eum, quia imbecillior sit, quam ut quae spiritalia sunt cognoscere queat, se solum esse Deum existimasse. Sic accepit Tertullianus cap. 21: Adeo rerum non erat compos, de animali scilicet sensu, invalidus spiritalia accedere, ut se solum ratus concionaretur: Ego Deus et absque me non est.

"That he, being higher, foreknew." The translator misread the Greek; no wonder he rendered it badly. For he read, as Billius and Fronton du Duc observe, "that he, being higher, foreknew," whereas Epiphanius's reading suits the sense and the Valentinian hypothesis better. For a little later Irenaeus writes that the Demiurge is ignorant of what is above him, since he is psychic. So the Greek of Epiphanius should be rendered with Billius: "And therefore, because he is too weak to know the things that are spiritual, he thought that he alone was God." So Tertullian took it, ch. 21: "So little was he master of things, with his animal sense, too feeble to approach spiritual things, that, thinking himself alone, he declaimed: I am God, and beside me there is none."

(printed under page 255)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Et daemonia. Adde ex Graeco: et angelos, malos scilicet.

"And demons." Add from the Greek: "and angels," evil ones, that is.

(printed under page 255)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Creaturam Demiurgi. Ita legendum esse recte censuit Feuardentius, quia Graec. κτίσμα, et Tertullianus, opus Demiurgi, habent. In veteri vero cod. Feuard., in Clarom., Pass. et Ottobon., cum editt. Eras. et Gall. perperam exstat, creatorem.

"The creature of the Demiurge." Feuardent rightly judged that this should be read, because the Greek has κτίσμα ("creature") and Tertullian "the work of the Demiurge." But in Feuardent's old manuscript, in the Clermont, Passionei and Ottoboni, with the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, "creatorem" ("creator") stands wrongly.

(printed under page 255)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 498

Spiritalis malitia. Vertendum erat, spiritus nequitiae.

"Spiritual malice." It should have been rendered "spirit of wickedness."

(printed under page 255)

(13) ‹anchor: in coelestis locus› · call in col 498

Coelestis locus. Leg. ex Graeco, supercoelestis locus; id exigit Valentinianorum hypothesis.

"The heavenly place." Read from the Greek "the place above the heavens"; the Valentinian hypothesis requires it.

(printed under page 255)

Page

  • running head: ERESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A esse quidem; B et daemonia; C Nec accurata; D malos scilicet
  • old-edition numerals: 26 after propter
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:499
Editors' notes and page, col. 499

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Vesaniori. Graece ἀσημοτέρου, quam vocem melius reddidisset interpres, ignobiliori, passione scilicet, non stirpe, ut minus bene scripsit Billius. Hinc Fronto Duc. monet emendandum esse Tertullianum cap. 23, et pro, ex Sophiae utilissimis casibus, legendum vilissimis casibus.

"More insane." Greek ἀσημοτέρου, a word the translator would have rendered better as "more ignoble" — that is, in passion, not in descent, as Billius less well wrote. Hence Fronton du Duc advises that Tertullian, ch. 23, should be emended, and for "from Sophia's most useful misfortunes" read "most worthless misfortunes."

(printed under page 256)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Moestitiae fixionem. Sic ex Graeco et Tertulliano restituo, pro, materiae fixionem, quod perperam habent cum editt. omnes, tum mss. Tertullianus siquidem, cap. 23, recte scribit, si non et istum (aerem) Sophiae moestitia colasset. Existimat Billius ὕλης pro λύπης perperam legisse interpretem. Ego vero censeo interpretem recte et legisse et scripsisse; sed imperitos vel oscitantes scribas male legentes, moestitiae, propter similitudinem litterarum, perperam commutasse in materiae. Quare auctoritate cum textus Graeci, tum Tertulliani motus, evidens sphalma emendare non dubitavi.

"The fixing of grief." So I restore it, from the Greek and Tertullian, in place of "the fixing of matter," which all the editions and manuscripts alike wrongly have. For Tertullian, ch. 23, rightly writes: "if Sophia's grief had not strained this (air) as well." Billius thinks the translator wrongly read ὕλης ("of matter") for λύπης ("of grief"). But I hold that the translator both read and wrote correctly, and that unskilled or careless scribes, misreading "moestitiae" because of the likeness of the letters, wrongly changed it to "materiae." Moved therefore by the authority both of the Greek text and of Tertullian, I have not hesitated to correct an evident slip.

(printed under page 256)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Psychicum. Id est, animalem hominem. Duas enim hominis partes hic statuunt Valentiniani, alteram terrenam, quam ex effusibili et fluida materia condiderat Demiurgus; alteram animalem, quam insufflaverat. Hinc Tertullian. cap. 24: Figulat ita hominem Demiurgus et de afflatu suo animat.

"The psychic." That is, the animal man. For the Valentinians here posit two parts of man: one earthly, which the Demiurge had made from pourable and fluid matter; the other animal, which he had breathed in. Hence Tertullian, ch. 24: "So the Demiurge moulds man and animates him with his breath."

(printed under page 256)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Et hunc esse secundum imaginem, etc. Non attendit interpres ad articulum τόν, qui in Graeco legitur ante κατ' εἰκόνα. Vertendum igitur erat: et hunc esse eum, qui ad imaginem et similitudinem factus sit. Tum vitandae ambiguitatis causa legendum: hylicum quidem secundum imaginem esse..... psychicum vero secundum similitudinem.

"And that this one is according to the image," etc. The translator did not attend to the article τόν, which is read in the Greek before κατ' εἰκόνα. It should therefore have been rendered: "and that this is he who was made after the image and likeness." Then, to avoid ambiguity, read: "the hylic being according to the image ..... but the psychic according to the likeness."

(printed under page 256)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Παντοκράτορα. Lege cum veteri interprete et Tertull. Κοσμοκράτορα: Diabolum enim intelligit Irenaeus.

"Almighty." Read with the old translator and Tertullian "Cosmocrator" ("world-ruler"): for Irenaeus means the devil.

(printed under page 256)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Ἀμηχανίας. Ἀπορίας legit interpres.

"Of helplessness." The translator read "of perplexity."

(printed under page 256)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Τὴν μέν. Lege γῆν μέν cum veteri interp. et Tertull. Similitudine litterarum Γ et T deceptus imperitus scriba, posteriorem scripsit pro priori.

"The one." Read "the earth," with the old translator and Tertullian. Misled by the likeness of the letters Γ and T, an unskilled scribe wrote the latter for the former.

(printed under page 256)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Τοῦ φόβου τῶν δακρύων. Τῶν δακρύων deleri volunt Billius et Petavius. Existimat vero Grabius delendum potius τοῦ φόβου, quoniam, inquit, ex metu, non humida, sed animalis substantia ortum traxisse modo dicebatur; ex lacrymis autem Achamothae omnia humida profluxisse dictum est c. 4. At hic de metu sermo est, non quatenus passio est a tristitia, aporia, et conversione distincta; sed quatenus ipsius ἐκπλήξεως καὶ ἀμηχανίας, consternationis affectio est. Duae enim hic memorantur passionis hujus affectiones, φόβος scilicet et λύπη, quibuscum nihil commune habent τὰ δάκρυα. Quare cum Billio et Petavio, imo et cum vet. interp. omitto τῶν δακρύων, et cum iisdem lego τὴν τοῦ φόβου κίνησιν.

"Of the fear of the tears." Billius and Petavius want "of the tears" deleted. Grabe, however, thinks "of the fear" should rather be deleted, because, he says, it was just said that from fear not the moist but the animal substance took its rise, whereas it was said in ch. 4 that all moist things flowed from the tears of Achamoth. But here fear is spoken of not as a passion distinct from grief, perplexity and conversion, but as an affection of the consternation and helplessness itself. For two affections of this passion are mentioned here, fear and grief, with which the tears have nothing in common. Therefore, with Billius and Petavius, and indeed with the old translator, I omit "of the tears," and with them read "the movement of fear."

(printed under page 256)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Ἐκπεφυκέναι. Lege cum interp. ἐμπεφυκέναι. Hinc Tertullianus cap. 23: His omnibus elementis atque corporibus ignis inflabellatus est.

"To have grown out." Read with the translator ἐμπεφυκέναι ("to be implanted"). Hence Tertullian, ch. 23: "Into all these elements and bodies fire has been fanned."

(printed under page 256)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Ἀπὸ τοῦ κεχυμένου. Legit interpres, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ κεχυμένου. Rectum tamen absque conjunctione καί habere possunt Graeca sensum, si haec, ἀπὸ τοῦ κεχυμένου, etc., per appositionem accipiantur.

"From the poured-out." The translator read "and from the poured-out." Yet the Greek can have a correct sense without the conjunction καί, if the words "from the poured-out," etc., are taken in apposition.

(printed under page 256)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 499

Εἰς τοῦτον ἐμφυσῆσαι τὸν ψυχικόν. Addit Clemens ex Orientali Valentinianorum Didasc. (continues)

"Breathed into him the psychic [man]." Clement adds, from the Eastern Teaching of the Valentinians, (continues)

(printed under page 256)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNE
  • marginal letters: A cundum nos; B ginem quidem; C gebant, ὑπουράνιον; D lesti, et sic
  • old-edition numerals: 27 after inesse
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:500
μάδι· τὸν δὲ Παντοκράτορα ἐν τῷ καθ' ἡμᾶς κόσμῳ. Ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως καὶ τῆς ἀμηχανίας, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ ἀσημοτέρου, τὰ σωματικὰ, καθὼς προείπαμεν, τοῦ κόσμου στοιχεῖα γεγονέναι· τὴν μὲν κατὰ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως στάσιν, ὕδωρ δὲ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ φόβου (τῶν δακρύων) κίνησιν, ἀέρα τε κατὰ τὴν λύπης πῆξιν· τὸ δὲ πῦρ ἅπασιν αὐτοῖς ἐκπεφυκέναι θάνατον καὶ φθορὰν, ὡς καὶ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τοῖς τρισὶ πάθεσιν ἐγκεκρύφθαι διδάσκουσι.
mad; and the Pantocrator in this world of ours. And from consternation and perplexity, as from the more ignoble, they teach that the corporeal elements of the world, as we said before, came into being: earth according to the fixity of consternation, water according to the movement of fear (of tears), and air according to the concretion of grief; while fire grew out in them all as death and corruption, just as they teach that ignorance also lay hidden in the three passions.
5. Δημιουργήσαντα δὴ τὸν κόσμον, πεποιηκέναι καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν χοϊκόν· οὐκ ἀπὸ ταύτης δὲ τῆς ξηρᾶς γῆς, ἀλλ' ἀπὸ τῆς ἀοράτου οὐσίας, ἀπὸ τοῦ κεχυμένου καὶ ῥευστοῦ τῆς ὕλης λαβόντα· καὶ εἰς τοῦτον ἐμφυσῆσαι τὸν ψυχικὸν διορίζονται. Καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν γεγονότα· κατ' εἰκόνα μὲν τὸν ὑλικὸν ὑπάρχειν παραπλήσιον μὲν, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὁμοούσιον τῷ Θεῷ, καθ'
5. Having then framed the world, he also made the earthy man, not however from this dry earth, but taking from the invisible substance, from the diffused and fluid matter; and into this they define that he breathed the psychical man. And that this is he who was made after the image and likeness: that after the image indeed is the material man, very like indeed, yet not consubstantial with God, while after
Editors' notes and page, col. 500

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A μάδι· τὸν δὲ; B γεγονότα· κατ'; C condiderat Demiurgus; D bius delendum
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins with fragment μάδι from ἑβδομάδι; Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; ends mid-phrase with καθ'
PG 7:501
ὁμοίωσιν δὲ τὸν ψυχικόν· ὅθεν καὶ πνεῦμα ζωῆς τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτοῦ εἰρῆσθαι ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀποῤῥοίας οὖσαν. Ὕστερον δὲ περιτεθεῖσθαι λέγουσιν αὐτῷ τὸν δερμάτινον χιτῶνα· τοῦτο δὲ τὸ αἰσθητὸν σαρκίον εἶναι λέγουσι.
the likeness is the psychical; whence also his substance was called a spirit of life, being from a spiritual efflux. And afterwards they say that the coat of skin was put around him; and this they say is the perceptible flesh.
6. Τὸ δὲ κύημα τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ, ὃ κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν περὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα ἀγγέλων ἀπεκύησεν ὁμοούσιον ὑπάρχον τῇ μητρὶ, πνευματικὸν, καὶ αὐτὸν ἠγνοηκέναι τὸν Δημιουργὸν λέγουσι· καὶ λεληθότως κατατεθεῖσθαι εἰς αὐτὸν, μὴ εἰδότος αὐτοῦ, ἵνα, δι' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ψυχὴν σπαρὲν, καὶ εἰς τὸ ὑλικὸν τοῦτο σῶμα κυοφορηθὲν, ἐν τούτοις καὶ αὐξηθὲν, ἕτοιμον γένηται εἰς ὑποδοχὴν τοῦ τελείου. Ἔλαθεν οὖν, ὥς φασι, τὸν Δημιουργὸν ὁ συγκατασπαρεὶς τῷ ἐμφυσήματι αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τῆς Σοφίας πνευματικὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀῤῥήτῳ προνοίᾳ. Ὡς γὰρ τὴν μητέρα ἠγνοηκέναι, οὕτω καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῆς· ὃ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ Ἐκκλησίαν εἶναι λέγουσιν, ἀντίτυπον τῆς ἄνω Ἐκκλησίας. Καὶ τότε εἶναι τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀξιοῦσιν, ὥστε ἔχειν αὐτοὺς τὴν μὲν ψυχὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ, τὸ δὲ σῶμα ἀπὸ τοῦ χοὸς, καὶ τὸ σαρκικὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ὕλης,
6. But the offspring of the Mother herself, Achamoth, which she brought forth according to the contemplation of the angels around the Saviour, being consubstantial with the Mother, spiritual, they say that the Demiurge himself was also ignorant of; and that it was secretly deposited in him without his knowing it, in order that, being sown through him into the soul that came from him, and carried as in a womb in this material body, and having grown in these, it might become ready for the reception of the perfect. Thus, as they say, the spiritual man sown together with his inbreathing by Sophia through ineffable providence escaped the notice of the Demiurge. For just as he was ignorant of the Mother, so also of her seed; which very seed they also say is the Church, an antitype of the Church above. And this they deem to be the man within them, so that they have the soul indeed from the Demiurge, the body from the dust, and the fleshy part from matter,
Editors' notes and page, col. 501

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A ὁμοίωσιν δὲ; B ὑπὸ τῆς Σοφίας; C p. 797, col. 1; D sed spiritualis
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; column ends mid-sentence at ὕλης,
PG 7:502
Editors' notes and page, col. 502

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Ἐκ πνευματικῆς. Legisse videtur interpres, ἅτε ἐκ πνευματικῆς.

"From a spiritual." The translator seems to have read "as being from a spiritual."

(printed under page 257)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Μητρὸς αὐτῆς. Αὐτῶν legit vetus interpres.

"Her mother." The old translator read "their."

(printed under page 257)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Ὁ κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν περὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα ἀγγέλων, etc. Notat Grab. quod ex Clemente in Excerptis pag. 789 et 797, partus ille spiritalis Achamothae esset σπέρμα ἀρρενικόν, semen masculinum, ἀπόρροια τοῦ ἄρρενος καὶ ἀγγελικοῦ, utpote effluvium masculini et angelici generis; σπέρμα πνευματικὸν, τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀδήλως ἐναπαρὲν εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν, semen spiritale a Sophia animae Adami clanculum insitum, ἵνα ᾖ ἡ λογικὴ καὶ οὐρανία ψυχὴ μὴ κενὴ, ἀλλὰ μυελοῦ γέμουσα πνευματικοῦ, ut anima rationalis atque coelestis non esset vacua, sed spiritualis medullae plena. Confer loca si lubet.

"That which [she bore] according to the contemplation of the angels about the Saviour," etc. Grabe notes that according to Clement in the Excerpts, pp. 789 and 797, that spiritual offspring of Achamoth was "a male seed," "an emanation of the male and angelic," as being an outflow of the male and angelic kind; "a spiritual seed, sown unseen into the soul of Adam," a spiritual seed secretly planted by Sophia in Adam's soul, "so that the rational and heavenly soul might not be empty, but full of spiritual marrow." Compare the places if you like.

(printed under page 257)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Τελείου. Adde λόγου ex vet. interp. et Tertull.

"Perfect." Add λόγου ("word," "reason"), from the old translator and Tertullian.

(printed under page 257)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Πνευματικὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀῤῥήτῳ προνοίᾳ. Ex veteri interpr. lege, πνευματικὸς ἄνθρωπος ἀῤῥήτῳ δυνάμει καὶ προνοίᾳ.

"Spiritual of men by ineffable providence." From the old translator read: "the spiritual man by ineffable power and providence."

(printed under page 257)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Καὶ τότε εἶναι τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀξιοῦσιν. Sic post veterem interpretem cum Billio lege: καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἄνθρωπον ἀξιοῦσιν.

"And then they hold that the one in them is." Following the old translator, read with Billius: "and they hold that this is the man within them."

(printed under page 257)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Defluitione. Ita Grab. ex codd. Arund. et Merc. 2. Consentit Clarom. In Eras. et Gall. male, definitione. In Feuardentio autem ex vet. cod. satis bene, defluxione; licet prior vox interpretis esse videatur.

"Outflowing." So Grabe, from the Arundel and Mercer 2 manuscripts; the Clermont agrees. In Erasmus and Gallasius, wrongly, "definitione" ("definition"). In Feuardent, from the old manuscript, well enough, "defluxione"; although the former word seems to be the translator's.

(printed under page 257)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Dermatinam tunicam. Ita ex Graeco reposuit Feuardentius, pro adamantinam, quod perperam legitur non modo in editt. Eras. et Gall., sed et in omnibus mss. Recte vero Tertull. c. 24, reddidit, pelliceam tunicam.

"A tunic of skin." So Feuardent restored it from the Greek, in place of "adamantinam" ("of adamant"), which is wrongly read not only in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius but in all the manuscripts. Tertullian, ch. 24, rightly rendered it "a tunic of hide."

(printed under page 257)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Inspectionem. Sic codd. Clarom. Pass. Arund. et Merc. 2, editt. inspectationem.

"Inspection." So the Clermont, Passionei, Arundel and Mercer 2 manuscripts; the editions have "inspectationem."

(printed under page 257)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Matri suae spiritalem. Ita reposuit Feuard. a Frontone Duc. monitus. In editt. autem Eras. et Gall. et in mss. codd. Clarom. et Pass. perperam legitur, matris suae spiritalis. Codd. Arund. Voss. et Merc. 2 hic accuratos non esse monet Grabius.

"Spiritual like his mother." So Feuardent restored it, on Fronton du Duc's advice. But in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and in the Clermont and Passionei manuscripts "of his spiritual mother" is wrongly read. Grabe notes that the Arundel, Voss and Mercer 2 manuscripts are not accurate here.

(printed under page 257)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Perfectae rationis. Merc. 1, perfectionis, Tertull. pro ratione dixit sermonem; hunc secutus est Billius. Sed praeferenda videtur vet. interpretis lectio, quam habent codices omnes cum editt. tum mss.

"Of perfect reason." Mercer 1 has "of perfection"; Tertullian said "word" for "reason," and Billius followed him. But the old translator's reading seems preferable, which all the copies, printed and manuscript, have.

(printed under page 257)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Insufflationi ejus. Ita Clarom. Pass. et Arund. juxta Graecum τῷ ἐμφυσήματι αὐτοῦ. Merc. 2, insubflationi ejus. At editt. Eras. Gall. et Feuard. minus bene in subflatione ejus; Graecorum sensum obscurius hic reddidit interpres; clarius Billius: Ergo ineffabili, ut ipsi aiunt, virtute ac providentia factum est, ut spiritualis homo, insciente Demiurgo, una cum ipsius insufflatione a Sophia inspersus sit.

"With his inbreathing." So the Clermont, Passionei and Arundel, according to the Greek "with his inbreathing." Mercer 2 has "insubflationi ejus." But the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, less well, "in his breathing-under." The translator rendered the Greek sense rather obscurely here; Billius more clearly: "So it came about by an ineffable power and providence, as they say, that the spiritual man was sprinkled in by Sophia together with the Demiurge's own inbreathing, without his knowing."

(printed under page 257)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 502

Ecclesiae. Suae addit Voss., site Pass., forte pro sitae aut suae. Sed nihil ejusmodi habet Graecum.

"Of the Church." The Voss adds "suae" ("his"), the Passionei "site," perhaps for "sitae" or "suae." But the Greek has nothing of the kind.

(printed under page 257)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A similitudinem vero; B nis (11). Latuit; C definitione; D tum mss.
  • old-edition numerals: 28 after etiam
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:503
Editors' notes and page, col. 503

Footnotes

(25) ‹anchor: not visible (Billius's version, cap. VI §1)› · call in col 503

Matth. V, 13, 14.

Matthew 5:13–14.

(printed under page 258)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Et hunc esse in semetipsis... uti habeant. Pamelius in cap. 25 Tertull. legi vult: et hunc esse ex semetipsis... uti habeat; sed frustra, repugnat enim textus Graecus.

"And that this is in themselves ... so that they have." Pamelius, on ch. 25 of Tertullian, wants it read "and that this is from themselves ... so that he has"; but in vain, for the Greek text is against it.

(printed under page 258)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Carneum. Ita recte Grabius ex Voss. Merc. 2, et Graeco reposuit. Consentit Clarom. Caet. editt. male carnem.

"Fleshly." So Grabe rightly restored it from the Voss, Mercer 2 and the Greek. The Clermont agrees. The other editions wrongly have "carnem" ("flesh").

(printed under page 258)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Cum sint igitur tria. Sic restituit Feuard. ex veteri codice, uti conjicio, et textu Graeco; consentit Ottobon. In editt. Eras. et Gall. necnon mss. Clarom. Pass. Arund. et Merc. 2, male cum sint igitur tres.

"Since then there are three things." So Feuardent restored it, from the old manuscript, I suppose, and the Greek text; the Ottoboni agrees. In the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, and in the Clermont, Passionei, Arundel and Mercer 2 manuscripts, wrongly "tres" (masculine/feminine).

(printed under page 258)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Spirationem. Sic edit. Oxon. ex codd. Arund. et Merc. 2, consentiente Clarom.; caeteri cum editi tum mss. inspirationem. Prior lectio praeferenda videtur.

"Breath." So the Oxford edition, from the Arundel and Mercer 2 manuscripts, the Clermont agreeing; the others, printed and manuscript, have "inspiration." The former reading seems preferable.

(printed under page 258)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Illuc redigi quocunque, etc. In Feuard. edit. perperam exstat, illud; in caeteris recte illuc. Sed mallem haec cum Billio clarius vertisset interpres: eo abire, quocunque se inflexerit.

"To be brought back there, wherever," etc. In Feuardent's edition "illud" ("that") stands wrongly; in the others rightly "illuc" ("there"). But I would rather the translator had rendered this more clearly, with Billius: "to go off in whichever direction it has inclined."

(printed under page 258)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Sal. In Feuard. edit. salem; in Eras. et Gall. et ms. Arund. solem.

"Salt." In Feuardent's edition "salem"; in Erasmus and Gallasius and the Arundel manuscript "solem" ("sun").

(printed under page 258)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Animale. In Eras. Gall. et Feuard. editt. Animalem, id est Salvatorem. Sed priorem lectionem confirmat quod immediate sequitur, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτεξούσιόν ἐστιν, quia suae potestatis est, id est arbitrii libertate praeditum; neque enim hoc ad aliud quam τὸ ψυχικόν referri potest. Tertullianus quidem cap. 26, scripsit, animalem, sed phrasin paulo aliter construxit: in hoc et veterem animalem in mundo repraesentatum, in salutem scilicet animalis. Quae paulo obscuriorum veteris interpr. verborum sensum aperiunt, scilicet, Salvatorem ad hoc animale, utpote arbitrii libertate praeditum venisse, ut ipsi salutem afferret.

"The animal [element]." In the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent "the animal [one]" (masculine), that is, the Saviour. But the former reading is confirmed by what immediately follows, "since it also is its own master," that is, endowed with freedom of choice; for this can refer to nothing but the psychic. Tertullian, ch. 26, did write "animalem," but built the phrase a little differently: "for this purpose too the old animal [Christ] was set forth in the world, namely for the salvation of the animal." This opens the sense of the old translator's somewhat obscure words: that the Saviour came to this animal element, as endowed with freedom of choice, to bring it salvation.

(printed under page 258)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Primitias. Apud Tertull. c. 26, pro primitias legitur prospicientias. Sed monet Latinius, aut Petrus Ciaconius, legendum esse prosicias. Prosicia autem ex Glossario, ut observat Fronto Duc., idem quod ἀκροθίνια. Prositiae, αἱ τῶν θυμάτων ἀπαρχαί, quae significationes interpretis nostri primitiis respondent.

"First-fruits." In Tertullian, ch. 26, "prospicientias" is read for "primitias." But Latinius, or Pedro Chacón, advises that "prosicias" should be read. "Prosicia," according to the Glossary, as Fronton du Duc observes, is the same as ἀκροθίνια ("choice first-portions"); "prositiae," "the first-portions of sacrifices" — meanings that answer to our translator's "first-fruits."

(printed under page 258)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

A dispositione. Sic Graecam vocem οἰκονομία reddere amat interpres, ut passim videre est. Mallem tamen cum caeteris Latinis vertisset, dispensatio. Hic enim sermo est de iis quae Servator in terris gessit ad procurandam humani generis salutem, quorum caput ac principium est Incarnatio; quae Graecis una voce dicuntur οἰκονομία, Latinis dispensatio.

"From the disposition." So the translator likes to render the Greek word οἰκονομία, as may be seen everywhere. I would rather, however, that he had rendered it, with the other Latins, "dispensation." For the subject here is what the Saviour did on earth to procure the salvation of the human race, whose head and beginning is the Incarnation; things which the Greeks call by the one word οἰκονομία, the Latins "dispensatio."

(printed under page 258)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Ἐπιδείξασθαι. Lege cum vet. interp. ἐπιδέξασθαι, non ἐπιδείξασθαι.

"To display." Read with the old translator ἐπιδέξασθαι ("to receive"), not ἐπιδείξασθαι.

(printed under page 258)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Τῶν ψυχικῶν. Legit interpres τῷ ψυχικῷ. Sic etiam legit Tertull. cap. 26, indiguisse enim animalem etiam sensibilium disciplinarum.

"Of the psychic [things]." The translator read "for the psychic [man]." So too Tertullian read, ch. 26: "for the animal [man] needed sensible teachings also."

(printed under page 258)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 503

Δι' ὧν. Διό legi volunt Billius et Petavius. Sed cum δι' ὧν eamdem habeat significationem, retineri nihil vetat.

"Through which." Billius and Petavius want διό ("therefore") read. But since δι' ὧν has the same meaning, nothing forbids keeping it.

(printed under page 258)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A volunt, uti; B mundi. Opus; C (1) Et hunc; D eo abire
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width chapter heading CAPUT VI. and Latin summary cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:504
τὸν δὲ πνευματικὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τῆς μητρὸς τῆς Ἀχαμώθ
and the spiritual man from the Mother Achamoth.
1. Τριῶν οὖν ὄντων, τὸ μὲν ὑλικὸν, ὃ καὶ ἀριστερὸν καλοῦσι, κατὰ ἀνάγκην ἀπόλλυσθαι λέγουσιν, ἅτε μηδεμίαν ἐπιδείξασθαι πνοὴν ἀφθαρσίας δυνάμενον· τὸ δὲ ψυχικὸν, ὃ καὶ δεξιὸν προσαγορεύουσιν, ἅτε μέσον ὂν τοῦ τε πνευματικοῦ καὶ ὑλικοῦ, ἐκεῖσε χωρεῖν, ὅπου ἂν καὶ τὴν πρόσκλισιν ποιήσηται· τὸ δὲ πνευματικὸν ἐκπεπέμφθαι, ὅπως ἐνθάδε τῷ ψυχικῷ συζυγὲν μορφωθῇ, συμπαιδευθὲν αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἀναστροφῇ. Καὶ τοῦτ' εἶναι λέγουσι τὸ ἅλας, καὶ τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. Ἔδει γὰρ τῶν ψυχικῶν καὶ αἰσθητῶν παιδευμάτων. Δι' ὧν καὶ κόσμον κατεσκευάσθαι λέγουσι, καὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦτο παραγεγονέναι τὸ ψυχικὸν, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτεξούσιόν ἐστιν, ὅπως αὐτὸ σώσῃ. Ὧν γὰρ ἤμελλε σώζειν, τὰς ἀπαρχὰς αὐτῶν εἰληφέναι φάσκουσιν, ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ τὸ πνευματικὸν, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ ἐνδεδύσθαι τὸν ψυχικὸν Χριστὸν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς οἰκονομίας περιτεθεῖσθαι σῶμα ψυχικὴν ἔχον οὐσίαν, κατεσκευασμένον
1. There being then three things, the material indeed, which they also call left-hand, they say must of necessity perish, inasmuch as it can show forth no breath of incorruption; while the psychical, which they also style right-hand, inasmuch as it is midway between the spiritual and the material, goes thither whithersoever it shall make its inclination; and the spiritual has been sent forth in order that, being joined here to the psychical, it may be formed, being educated together with it in way of life. And this they say is the salt, and the light of the world (Matt. 5:13–14). For there was need of psychical and perceptible disciplines. Wherefore they also say that the world was framed, and that the Saviour came to this psychical element, since it is also possessed of free will, in order that He might save it. For of the things that He was about to save, they affirm that He took the firstfruits of them: from Achamoth He had the spiritual, from the Demiurge He put on the psychical Christ, and from the dispensation He had put around Him a body having a psychical substance, constructed
Editors' notes and page, col. 504

Footnotes

(10) ‹anchor: ἐπιδείξασθαι› · call in col 504

Ἐπιδείξασθαι. Lege cum vet. interp. ἐπιδέξασθαι, non ἐπιδείξασθαι.

Ἐπιδείξασθαι ("to show forth"). Read, with the old translator, ἐπιδέξασθαι ("to receive"), not ἐπιδείξασθαι.

(printed under page 258)

(11) ‹anchor: τῶν ψυχικῶν› · call in col 504

Τῶν ψυχικῶν. Legit interpres τῷ ψυχικῷ. Sic etiam legit Tertull. cap. 26, indiguisse enim animalem etiam sensibilium disciplinarum.

Τῶν ψυχικῶν ("of psychical"). The translator read τῷ ψυχικῷ ("the psychical [had need]"). So too Tertullian read, chapter 26: "for the animal had need also of perceptible disciplines."

(printed under page 258)

(12) ‹anchor: Δι' ὧν› · call in col 504

Δι' ὧν. Διό legi volunt Billius et Petavius. Sed cum δι' ὧν eamdem habeat significationem, retineri nihil vetat.

Δι' ὧν ("through which"). Billius and Petau would have Διό ("wherefore") read. But since δι' ὧν has the same meaning, nothing forbids keeping it.

(printed under page 258)

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A τὸν δὲ πνευματικὸν; B καὶ τὸ φῶς; C construxit; D νομία, Latinis
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: no period printed after Ἀχαμώθ; full-width chapter heading CAPUT VI. and Latin summary cut off at left edge not set; Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; word split at column end κατ-|εσκευασμένον set whole here (Q3a, from the head of col. 505); the tail at the top of 505 is not to be restored there
  • other: notes (1)–(9) at the page foot are called in the Latin column 503; the scripture note 28 (Matth. V, 13, 14.) is called in Billius's version, not set (Q3a)
PG 7:505
εσκευασμένον δὲ ἀῤῥήτῳ τέχνῃ, πρὸς τὸ καὶ ἀόρατον, καὶ ἀψηλάφητον, καὶ παθητὸν γεγενῆσθαι. Καὶ ὑλικὸν δὲ οὐδ' ὁτιοῦν εἰληφέναι λέγουσιν αὐτόν· μὴ γὰρ εἶναι τὴν ὕλην δεκτικὴν σωτηρίας. Τὴν δὲ συντέλειαν ἔσεσθαι, ὅταν μορφωθῇ καὶ τελειωθῇ γνώσει πᾶν τὸ πνευματικὸν, τουτέστιν οἱ πνευματικοὶ ἄνθρωποι, οἱ τὴν τελείαν γνῶσιν ἔχοντες περὶ Θεοῦ, καὶ τῆς Ἀχαμώθ. Μεμυημένους δὲ μυστήρια εἶναι τούτους ὑποτίθενται.
structed by ineffable art, so as to become invisible, and intangible, and capable of suffering. And they say that He took nothing material whatsoever; for matter is not capable of salvation. And that the consummation will take place when all the spiritual element has been formed and perfected by knowledge, that is, the spiritual men who have the perfect knowledge concerning God and Achamoth. And these they suppose to be initiated into mysteries.
2. Ἐπαιδεύθησαν γὰρ τὰ ψυχικὰ, οἱ ψυχικοὶ ἄνθρωποι, οἱ δι' ἔργων καὶ πίστεως ψιλῆς βεβαιούμενοι, καὶ μὴ τὴν τελείαν γνῶσιν ἔχοντες. Εἶναι δὲ τούτους ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἡμᾶς λέγουσι. Διὸ καὶ ἡμῖν μὲν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὴν ἀγαθὴν πρᾶξιν ἀποφαίνονται· ἄλλως γὰρ ἀδύνατον σωθῆναι, αὐτοὺς δὲ μὴ διὰ πράξεως, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ φύσει πνευματικοὺς εἶναι, πάντῃ τε καὶ πάντως σωθήσεσθαι δογματίζουσιν. Ὡς γὰρ τὸ χοϊκὸν ἀδύνατον σωτηρίας μετασχεῖν (οὐ γὰρ εἶναι λέγουσιν αὐτοὶ δεκτικὸν αὐτῆς), οὕτω πάλιν τὸ πνευματικὸν (θέλουσιν οἱ αὐτοὶ εἶναι), ἀδύνατον φθορὰν καταδέξασθαι, κἂν ὁποίαις συγ-
2. For the psychical men have been instructed in psychical things, being confirmed through works and bare faith, and not having perfect knowledge. And they say that these are we who are of the Church. Wherefore they declare that good conduct is necessary for us indeed, for otherwise it is impossible to be saved; whereas they themselves, not through conduct, but because they are spiritual by nature, they dogmatize will altogether and by all means be saved. For just as it is impossible for the earthy element to partake of salvation (for they themselves say that it is not capable of it), so again the spiritual element (which they themselves will have it that they are) cannot admit corruption, in whatever actions they may be in-
Editors' notes and page, col. 505

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HAERESES LIB
  • marginal letters: A εσκευασμένον δὲ; B μὴ διὰ πράξεως; C (1) Ἀόρατον καὶ; D paratum, ut
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins with fragment εσκευασμένον from κατεσκευασμένον; Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; word split at column end: συγ-
PG 7:506
Editors' notes and page, col. 506

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 506

Ἀόρατον καὶ ἀψηλάφητον καὶ παθητόν. Παθητόν quidem recte reposuit Petavius ex cod. Reg. et Epiphanii edit. Basileensi, pro ἀπάθητον, quod perperam exstat in Irenaei editt. Gall. et Feuard. Sed legendum etiam cum vet. interp. ut scite observant Billius et Petav. ὁρατὸν καὶ ψηλαφητόν. Sic enim inferius eadem repetens scribit Irenaeus cap. 9, n. 3, πρὸς τὸ ὁρατὸν γενέσθαι καὶ ψηλαφητόν. Sic legit et Tertullianus cap. 26, corpus Salvatoris ita constructum dicens, quo congressui, et conspectui, et contactui et defunctui (id est vel morti, vel functioni cuilibet, quam exercet homo) ingratis subjaceret. Sic pariter Theodoretus lib. I Haeret. fabul., c. 7, ubi Valentinianorum de Christo sententiam iisdem fere cum Irenaeo verbis describens ait: Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς οἰκονομίας περιθέσθαι σῶμα ψυχικὴν ἔχον οὐσίαν, ἀῤῥήτῳ δὲ σοφίᾳ πεποιημένον πρὸς τὸ ἁπτὸν καὶ ὁρατὸν γενέσθαι καὶ παθητόν. A dispensatione autem circumpositum ei corpus, animalem habens substantiam, et ineffabili sapientia paratum, ut et tangi et cerni et pati posset.

"Invisible and impalpable and passible." Petavius rightly restored παθητόν ("passible") from the Royal manuscript and the Basel edition of Epiphanius, in place of ἀπάθητον ("impassible"), which stands wrongly in the editions of Irenaeus by Gallasius and Feuardent. But we must also read, with the old translator, as Billius and Petavius aptly observe, "visible and palpable." For Irenaeus, repeating the same thing below, ch. 9, n. 3, writes "so as to become visible and palpable." So too Tertullian read, ch. 26, saying that the Saviour's body was so constructed that it would be subject, against its will, to meeting, to sight, to touch and to "defunctus" (that is, either death or any function a man performs). So likewise Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum book I, ch. 7, who, describing the Valentinians' opinion of Christ in almost the same words as Irenaeus, says: "From the dispensation a body was put around him, having a psychic substance, but made by ineffable wisdom so as to become tangible and visible and passible." (Then the Latin rendering of the same.)

(printed under page 259)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 506

Καὶ τῆς Ἀχαμώθ, etc. Sic Graeca haec ex vet. interp. emendanda esse censet Billius: Καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ μεμυημένους τὰ μυστήρια· ἑαυτοὺς δὲ εἶναι τούτους ὑποτίθενται· Grabius e contrario Latina ad normam Graeci textus corrigenda putat. Sed praeferenda Billii emendatio, utpote quae Valentinianorum haeresi magis accommodata sit. Isti enim spiritales sese jactabant, perfectos et semina electionis, ut paulo inferius scribit Irenaeus, ut qui a matre Achamoth spiritale semen participassent, καὶ ἰδιόκτητον ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀῤῥήτου καὶ ἀνονομάστου συζυγίας συγκατεληλυθυῖαν ἔχειν τὴν χάριν, seque gratiam ab ineffabili et omni nomine praestantiori conjugatione coelitus directam proprie possidere, qua scilicet a matre sua accepta, mysteriis ejus initiati fuerant. Hinc subditur: διὸ καὶ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου δεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀεὶ τὸ τῆς συζυγίας μελετᾶν μυστήριον: quapropter ex omni modo oportere eos semper syzygiae meditari mysterium, ut vertit vetus interpres.

"And of Achamoth," etc. Billius thinks this Greek should be emended from the old translator thus: "and initiated into the mysteries by Achamoth; and they suppose that they themselves are these." Grabe, on the contrary, thinks the Latin should be corrected to the standard of the Greek text. But Billius's emendation is preferable, as better suited to the Valentinian heresy. For these men boasted themselves spiritual, "perfect, and the seeds of election," as Irenaeus writes a little below, as having shared in the spiritual seed from the mother Achamoth, "and having grace as their own possession, come down from above from the unspeakable and unnameable syzygy" — that they properly possess grace sent down from heaven from the conjugation ineffable and higher than every name, having received which from their mother they had been initiated into her mysteries. Hence it is added: "therefore they must in every way always practise the mystery of the syzygy," as the old translator renders it.

(printed under page 259)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 506

Ἀγαθήν. Deest in cod. Reg.

"Good." Missing in the Royal manuscript.

(printed under page 259)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 506

Διὰ τὸ φύσει πνευματικοὺς εἶναι σωθήσεσθαι. Utpote qui spiritalem hominem, corruptionis expertem, a matre Achamoth procreatum in seipsis haberent, ut superius dictum est et mox subjicitur. Hinc, Augustino teste lib. De haeres., cap. 6, Gnosticorum omnium hoc erat perversissimum dogma, animarum substantiam, Dei esse naturam. Confer Clementem Alex. lib. II Strom., p. 363, et in Excerptis, p. 798, col. 1.

"That they will be saved because they are spiritual by nature." As having within themselves the spiritual man, free from corruption, begotten of the mother Achamoth, as was said above and is added shortly. Hence, as Augustine testifies, De haeresibus ch. 6, this was the most perverse dogma of all the Gnostics: that the substance of souls is the nature of God. Compare Clement of Alexandria, Stromata book II, p. 363, and the Excerpts, p. 798, col. 1.

(printed under page 259)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 506

Θέλουσιν οἱ αὐτοὶ εἶναι. Lege cum interprete, ὃ θέλουσιν αὐτοὶ εἶναι.

"They wish the same to be." Read with the translator: "which they wish themselves to be."

(printed under page 259)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 506

Ἀδύνατον φθορὰν καταδέξασθαι, κἂν ὁποίαις. Portentosum dogma, quod sceleribus omnibus viam sternebat. Ex eo principio sponte fluebat, ut recte observat Clem. Alexand., l. III Strom., p. 427, quod salutem non operibus ascriberent, sed soli γνώσει operibus destitutae, seu seminis electi privilegio, quae sibi innata esse jactabant; unde sequebatur, eos quidvis agerent, a salute nunquam excidere posse, πάντως γε σωθησομένων φύσει, utpote qui natura salvi futuri essent. Animas enim natura bonas, alias natura malas statuebant, ut inferius scribit Irenaeus; et immutabilem et irreformabilem naturae naturam pronuntiaverunt, inquit Tertull., c. 29. Adde quod principium illud quod Carpocratianis speciatim tribuit Epiphanius haer. 27, post Irenaeum infra c. 25, et Simonianis Irenaeus cap. 24, Gnosticorum omnium fuerit commune, actiones humanas ex se, naturaque sua bonas aut malas non esse, sed ex hominum opinione duntaxat. Ex quo duplici principio caetera quae hic et capp. 25 et seqq. refert Irenaeus, opinionum monstra manant. Sed vide Dissert. nostram 1.

"Cannot receive corruption, in whatever [deeds]." A monstrous dogma, which paved the way for every crime. From this principle it followed of itself, as Clement of Alexandria rightly observes, Stromata book III, p. 427, that they ascribed salvation not to works but to knowledge alone, without works, or to the privilege of the elect seed, which they boasted was inborn in them; from which it followed that, whatever they did, they could never fall from salvation, "as being by all means to be saved by nature," since they would be saved by nature. For they held some souls good by nature and others evil by nature, as Irenaeus writes below; "and they declared the nature of nature unchangeable and unreformable," says Tertullian, ch. 29. Add that the principle which Epiphanius, Heresy 27, following Irenaeus below, ch. 25, ascribes specially to the Carpocratians, and Irenaeus, ch. 24, to the Simonians, was common to all the Gnostics: that human actions are not good or bad of themselves and by their own nature, but only by men's opinion. From this twofold principle flow the monstrous opinions that Irenaeus relates here and in chs. 25 and following. But see our Dissertation 1.

(printed under page 259)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 506

Hoc est homines. Adde spirituales, ex Graeco πνευματικοί.

"That is, men." Add "spiritual," from the Greek πνευματικοί.

(printed under page 259)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 506

Esse autem hos semetip. Clarom. et Pass. esse autem hoc semetip.

"But that these are themselves." The Clermont and Passionei: "but that this is themselves."

(printed under page 259)

Page

  • running head: HAERESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A paratum vero; B dent; aliter; C interpres.; D privilegio
  • old-edition numerals: 29 after visibile,
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:507
Editors' notes and page, col. 507

Footnotes

(26) ‹anchor: not visible (Billius's version, §3)› · call in col 507

Gal. V, 21.

Galatians 5:21.

(printed under page 260)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 507

Pro voluptate in honore idolorum, etc. Sic auctoritate Graeci textus et clarissimi Cotelerii in notis ad lib. II Constit. apostol., cap. 61, judicio restitui, pro eo quod in omnibus codd. vitiose legitur: pro voluntate, etc. Haud dubitem enim, quin interpres scripserit voluptate; sed cum veteres non infrequenter scriberent volumptas, volumptate, etc., adeo ut interdum dubites utrum voluntas, voluntate, an voluptas, voluptate, legendum sit; qui secuti sunt, hanc vocem volumptate in Irenaei codd. nacti, imprudenter commutarunt in voluntate. In codd. Clarom. et Ottob. pro in honore idolorum, legitur, in honore eorum, fortasse pro in honore deorum; quae postrema lectio Frontoni Ducaeo magis arrideret. Monet vero laudatus Cotelerius post verbum, abstineant, addendum esse ab eo. Quod autem Graecas voces duas θηριομάχων καὶ μονομαχίας, bestiariorum et gladiatorum, unica voce muneris reddiderit interpres, Latinos auctores secutus est, quibus munus non raro significat spectaculum gladiatorium, aut bestiarum quibuscum homines depugnarent. Sic Sueton. in Caesare: Bestias quoque ad munus populi comparatas trucidaverant. Et ibid.: Edidit spectacula varii generis, munus gladiatorium, ludos etiam regionatim urbe tota. Hinc munerarii dicebantur, qui ejusmodi spectacula exhibebant. Addit denique Grabius interpretem vitioso codice usum, non legisse duas ultimas hujus periodi voces, ἐνίους αὐτῶν. Ut itaque lector rectum plenumque verborum Irenaei sensum percipiat, sequentem eorum dat versionem vir eruditus: ad omnia festiva gentilium oblectamenta, quae in honorem idolorum instituuntur, primi confluunt: adeo ut nonnulli eorum ne quidem abstineant ab eo quod Deo hominibusque maxime invisum est, spectaculo eorum qui cum bestiis pugnant, vel cum hominibus bello congressi eos caedunt.

"For pleasure, in honour of idols," etc. So I have restored it, on the authority of the Greek text and the judgement of the most distinguished Cotelier in his notes on book II of the Apostolic Constitutions, ch. 61, in place of what is wrongly read in all the copies: "pro voluntate" ("for will"), etc. For I would not doubt that the translator wrote "voluptate"; but since the ancients not infrequently wrote "volumptas," "volumptate," etc., so that one sometimes doubts whether "voluntas, voluntate" or "voluptas, voluptate" should be read, later copyists, coming upon the word "volumptate" in the manuscripts of Irenaeus, carelessly changed it to "voluntate." In the Clermont and Ottoboni manuscripts, for "in honour of idols" is read "in their honour," perhaps for "in honour of the gods"; this last reading would please Fronton du Duc more. The Cotelier just praised advises that after the verb "abstineant" ("abstain") "ab eo" ("from that") should be added. That the translator rendered the two Greek words θηριομάχων καὶ μονομαχίας, "of beast-fighters and of gladiators," by the single word "munus," he followed the Latin authors, for whom "munus" not seldom means a gladiatorial show, or one of beasts with which men fought. So Suetonius in the Caesar: "They had also slaughtered the beasts procured for the people's show." And in the same place: "He gave spectacles of various kinds, a gladiatorial show, and also games ward by ward through the whole city." Hence those who put on such spectacles were called "munerarii." Lastly Grabe adds that the translator used a faulty manuscript and did not read the last two words of this sentence, "some of them." So that the reader may grasp the right and full sense of Irenaeus's words, the learned man gives this translation of them: "they are the first to flock to all the festive entertainments of the heathen that are instituted in honour of idols, so that some of them do not even abstain from what is most hateful to God and men, the spectacle of those who fight with beasts, or who meet men in combat and kill them."

(printed under page 260)

(2) ‹anchor: ab iis suasae› · call in col 507

Ab iis suasae. Gr. ὑπ' ἐνίων αὐτῶν ἐξαπατηθεῖσαι, a quibusdam ipsorum circumventae.

"Persuaded by them." Greek: "deceived by some of them," "circumvented by certain of them."

(printed under page 260)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 507

Καὶ γὰρ εἰδωλόθυτα, etc. Id a Nicolaitis Gnosticorum omnium parentibus acceperant Valentiniani. Illi siquidem, August. teste lib. De haer., cap. 5, nec ab iis quae idolis immolantur, cibos suos separabant; et alios ritus gentilium superstitionum non aversabantur. Jam pridem S. Joannes Apocal. II, 14, 20, id crimen in iis haereticis reprehendit, ut observat Irenaeus infra cap. 27.

"For things sacrificed to idols too," etc. The Valentinians had taken this from the Nicolaitans, the parents of all the Gnostics. For these, as Augustine testifies, De haeresibus ch. 5, "did not separate their food from what is sacrificed to idols, and did not shun other rites of the heathen superstitions." Long before, St John, Apocalypse 2:14, 20, rebuked this crime in those heretics, as Irenaeus observes below, ch. 27.

(printed under page 260)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 507

Διαφόρως. Legendum cum interp. ἀδιαφόρως.

"Differently." Read with the translator ἀδιαφόρως ("indifferently").

(printed under page 260)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 507

Οἱ δὲ καὶ ταῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡδοναῖς, etc. Turpissima Gnosticorum flagitia fusius describit Epiphan., haer. 26. Si quis miretur in tot facinorum putido coeno altius immersos homines mente praeditos volutari potuisse, illius meminerit quod scribit Hieronymus in cap. IX Oseae: difficile haereticum inveniri qui diligat castitatem.

"And others to the pleasures of the flesh," etc. Epiphanius, Heresy 26, describes the foulest outrages of the Gnostics at greater length. If anyone wonders that men endowed with reason could wallow, sunk so deep, in the stinking mire of so many crimes, let him remember what Jerome writes on Hosea ch. 9: "it is hard to find a heretic who loves chastity."

(printed under page 260)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNI
  • marginal letters: A metipsos esse; B primi conveniunt; C (1) Pro voluptate; D gladiatorium, aut
  • old-edition numerals: 30 after operibus
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:508
καταγένωνται πράξεσιν. Ὃν γὰρ τρόπον χρυσὸς ἐν βορβόρῳ κατατεθεὶς οὐκ ἀποβάλλει τὴν καλλονὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν διαφυλάττει, τοῦ βορβόρου μηδὲν ἀδικῆσαι δυναμένου τὸν χρυσόν· οὕτω δὲ καὶ αὐτοὺς λέγουσι, κἂν ὁποίαις ὑλικαῖς πράξεσι καταγένωνται, μηδὲν αὐτοὺς παραβλάπτεσθαι, μηδὲ ἀποβάλλειν τὴν πνευματικὴν ὑπόστασιν.
volved. For even as gold deposited in mire does not lose its beauty, but preserves its own nature, since the mire is unable to do any harm to the gold; so also they say that they themselves, even if they are involved in any material actions whatsoever, suffer no hurt at all, nor do they lose their spiritual substance.
3. Διὸ δὴ καὶ τὰ ἀπειρημένα πάντα ἀδεῶς οἱ τελειότατοι πράττουσιν αὐτῶν, περὶ ὧν καὶ Γραφαὶ διαβεβαιοῦνται, τοὺς ποιοῦντας αὐτὰ βασιλείαν Θεοῦ μὴ κληρονομήσειν. Καὶ γὰρ εἰδωλόθυτα διαφόρως ἐσθίουσι, μηδὲ μολύνεσθαι ὑπ' αὐτῶν ἡγούμενοι· καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἑορτάσιμον τῶν ἐθνῶν τέρψιν, εἰς τιμὴν τῶν εἰδώλων γινομένην, πρῶτοι συνίασιν, ὡς μηδὲ τῆς παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις μεμισημένης τῆς τῶν θηριομάχων καὶ μονομαχίας ἀνδροφόνου θέας ἀπέχεσθαι ἐνίους αὐτῶν. Οἱ δὲ καὶ ταῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡδοναῖς κατακόρως δουλεύοντες τὰ σαρκικὰ τοῖς σαρκικοῖς καὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ τοῖς πνευματικοῖς ἀποδίδοσθαι λέγουσι. Καὶ οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν λάθρα τὰς διδασκομένας ὑπ' αὐτῶν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην γυναῖκας διαφθείρουσιν, ὡς πολλάκις ὑπ' ἐνίων αὐτῶν ἐξαπατηθεῖσαι, ἔπειτα ἐπιστρέψασαι γυναῖκες εἰς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, σὺν τῇ λοιπῇ πλάνῃ καὶ τοῦτο ἐξωμολογήσαντο· οἱ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸ φανερὸν ἀπερυθριάσαντες, ὧν ἂν ἐρασθῶσι γυναικῶν, ταύτας ἀπ' ἀνδρῶν ἀποσπάσαντες, ἰδίας γαμετὰς ἡγήσαντο. Ἄλλοι δὲ αὖ πάλιν σεμνῶς κατ' ἀρχὰς, ὡς μετὰ ἀδελφῶν
3. Wherefore indeed the most perfect among them fearlessly do all the forbidden things, concerning which the Scriptures affirm that they who do them shall not inherit the kingdom of God (Gal. 5:21). For they eat things offered to idols in various ways, thinking that they are not at all defiled by them; and to every festive pleasure of the Gentiles, held in honour of the idols, they are the first to assemble, so that some of them do not even abstain from that murderous spectacle of fighting with wild beasts and single combat, hated both by God and by men. And others, serving the pleasures of the flesh to satiety, say that carnal things are rendered to carnal things and spiritual things to spiritual things. And some of them secretly corrupt the women who are taught this doctrine by them, as oftentimes women who were deceived by some of them, and afterwards returned to the Church of God, have confessed this too along with the rest of their error; while others, shamelessly acting even in the open, have torn away from their husbands whatever women they have fallen in love with, and have made them their own wives. And others again, modestly at the beginning, as with sisters,
Editors' notes and page, col. 508

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A καταγένωνται πράξεσιν; B τῆς παρὰ Θεῷ; C voces, ἐνίους; D (5) Οἱ δὲ καὶ
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins with fragment καταγένωνται from συγκαταγένωνται; Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; column ends mid-sentence at ἀδελφῶν
PG 7:509
προσποιούμενοι συνοικεῖν, προϊόντος τοῦ χρόνου ἠλέγχθησαν, ἐγκύμονος τῆς ἀδελφῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ γενηθείσης.
pretending to dwell together, as time went on they were convicted when the sister became pregnant by the brother.
4. Καὶ ἄλλα δὲ πολλὰ μυσαρὰ καὶ ἄθεα πράσσοντες, ἡμῶν μὲν, διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ Θεοῦ φυλασσομένων καὶ μέχρις ἐννοίας καὶ λόγου ἁμαρτεῖν, κατατρέχουσιν, ὡς ἰδιωτῶν, καὶ μηδὲν ἐπισταμένων· ἑαυτοὺς δὲ ὑπερυψοῦσι, τελείους ἀποκαλοῦντες, καὶ σπέρματα ἐκλογῆς. Ἡμᾶς μὲν γὰρ ἐν χρήσει τὴν χάριν λαμβάνειν λέγουσι, διὸ καὶ ἀφαιρεθήσεσθαι αὐτῆς· αὐτοὺς δὲ ἰδιόκτητον ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀῤῥήτου καὶ ἀνονομάστου συζυγίας συγκατεληλυθυῖαν ἔχειν τὴν χάριν· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προστεθήσεσθαι αὐτοῖς. Διὸ καὶ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου δεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀεὶ τὸ τῆς συζυγίας μελετᾷν μυστήριον. Καὶ τοῦτο πείθουσι τοὺς ἀνοήτους, αὐταῖς λέξεσι λέγοντες οὕτως· Ὅς ἂν ἐν κόσμῳ γενόμενος γυναῖκα οὐκ ἐφίλησεν, ὥστε αὐτὴν κρατηθῆναι, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐξ ἀληθείας, καὶ οὐ χωρήσει εἰς ἀλήθειαν. Ὁ δὲ ἀπὸ κόσμου γενόμενος, κρατηθεὶς γυναικὶ, οὐ χωρήσει εἰς ἀλήθειαν, διὰ τὸ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ κρατηθῆναι γυναικός. Διὰ τοῦτο οὖν ἡμᾶς καλοὺς
4. And practising many other abominable and godless things, they rail at us—who through the fear of God guard ourselves against sinning even so far as thought and word—as unlearned and knowing nothing; whereas they exalt themselves above measure, styling themselves perfect and seeds of election. For they say that we receive grace on loan for use, wherefore also it will be taken away from us, whereas they themselves have grace as their own possession, having come down from above from the ineffable and unnameable syzygy, and on this account it will be added unto them. Wherefore also in every way they must always practise the mystery of the syzygy. And of this they persuade the senseless, speaking in these very words thus: Whosoever, being in the world, has not loved a woman so as to master her, is not of the truth, and shall not pass into the truth. But he who is from the world, having been mastered by a woman, shall not pass into the truth, because of having been mastered in lust of a woman. On this account, therefore, us whom they call good
Editors' notes and page, col. 509

Page

  • running head: 509 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 510
  • marginal letters: A procedente tempore; B sermonibus dicentes; C rem haberent; D sensus est
  • old-edition numerals: 31 before idiotas (in Latin)
  • other: facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:510
Editors' notes and page, col. 510

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Ἐν χρήσει. Opponitur, inquit Billius, τῇ κτήσει.

"In use." It is opposed, says Billius, to "possession."

(printed under page 261)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Ἀφαιρεθήσεσθαι... προστεθήσεσθαι αὐτοῖς. His verbis, inquit idem vir doctus, alludit ad illud Luc. XIX, 26: Omni habenti dabitur, et abundabit; ab eo autem qui non habet, et quod habet auferetur ab eo.

"Will be taken away ... will be added to them." In these words, says the same learned man, he alludes to Luke 19:26: "To everyone who has it will be given, and he will abound; but from him who has not, even what he has will be taken away from him."

(printed under page 261)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Ἐν κόσμῳ γενόμενος, et postea, ὁ δὲ ἀπὸ κόσμου γενόμενος. Haec verba, in mundo et de mundo, inquit idem, a Valentinianis petita esse videntur ex cap. XVII Joannis, ubi Christus discipulos suos, in mundo, sed non de mundo esse ait. Quae quidem verba impurissimi homines falso de se usurpabant.

"Having come to be in the world," and later, "but he who came to be from the world." These words, "in the world" and "of the world," says the same, seem to have been taken by the Valentinians from John ch. 17, where Christ says that his disciples are in the world but not of the world. Words which these most impure men falsely applied to themselves.

(printed under page 261)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Κρατηθεὶς γυναικὶ διὰ τὸ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ κρατηθῆναι, etc. Sic recte Gallas. et Feuard. ediderunt. Caeteri, repugnante tum vet. interp. tum ipso sensu, μὴ κρατηθεὶς γυναικὶ... διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ κρατηθῆναι, bis addendo particulam negativam μή, quae utrobique delenda erat. Nimirum sensus est, ut probe observat Billius, Valentinianos, licet libidinibus parerent, concupiscentia tamen minime vinci, nec quidquam ex venereo congressu spurcitiei contrahere, quo ipsis aditus ad veritatem intercluderetur; quod spiritales essent, et semina electionis, nec de mundo, quamvis in mundo degerent; reliquos autem, utpote animales, et spiritali semine destitutos, ac de mundo, inquinari, ac per concupiscentiam, a mulieribus, quibuscum rem haberent, victos, ac velut constrictos sic teneri, ut ad veritatem pervenire non possent: his proinde necessarium esse continentiae ac bonarum actionum studium, sibi autem minime, ut mox subjicitur.

"Mastered by a woman, because mastered in desire," etc. So Gallasius and Feuardent rightly printed it. The others, against both the old translator and the sense itself, have "not mastered by a woman ... because not mastered in desire," twice adding the negative particle μή, which should be deleted in both places. The sense, as Billius well observes, is that the Valentinians, though they obeyed their lusts, were in no way overcome by concupiscence, nor contracted from sexual union any defilement by which access to the truth would be shut against them, because they were spiritual and seeds of election, and not of the world, though they lived in the world; whereas the rest, as being psychic, without the spiritual seed, and of the world, were defiled, and, overcome through concupiscence by the women with whom they had to do, were held as if bound, so that they could not reach the truth: for these, therefore, the pursuit of continence and good works was necessary, but not at all for themselves, as is added shortly.

(printed under page 261)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Timemus. Graec. φυλασσομένων, cavemus.

"We fear." Greek φυλασσομένων, "we beware."

(printed under page 261)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Semetipsos autem proprie possidere, etc. Haec, ni fallor, melius verti sic potuissent: semetipsos autem velut suum habere proprium, coelitus ab ineffabili et omni nomine praestantiori devectam gratiam.

"But that they themselves properly possess," etc. Unless I am mistaken, this could better have been rendered: "but that they themselves have as their own property the grace brought down from heaven from the [conjugation] ineffable and higher than every name."

(printed under page 261)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Meditari. Graec. μελετᾶν, hic accipitur pro exercere; quae significatio Latinis haud infrequens est. Sic apud Plautum in Sticho, IV, 34: Simulque ad cursuram meditabor me ad ludos Olympiae. Et Cicero II, De divinat.: Multi etiam naturae vitium meditatione atque exercitatione sustulerunt. Plinius denique lib. XVII, c. 19, de ramo oleae loquens ait, omni tempore edomari meditatione curvandi.

"To meditate." The Greek μελετᾶν is taken here for "to practise"; a meaning not infrequent in Latin. So in Plautus, Stichus IV, 34: "And at the same time I will practise myself at running for the Olympic games." And Cicero, De divinatione II: "Many too have removed a defect of nature by practice and exercise." Finally Pliny, book XVII, ch. 19, speaking of an olive branch, says it is "tamed at all times by the practice of bending."

(printed under page 261)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Insensibilibus. Supp. hominibus. Sed vertendum erat, stolidis, vel rudioribus hominibus.

"To the insensible." Supply "men." But it should have been rendered "to dull," or "to rather unlearned, men."

(printed under page 261)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 510

Ut ei conjungatur. Tum, mistus mulieri, et mox in concupiscentia mistus est mulieri. Videtur interp. legisse, αὐτῇ κερασθῆναι, et κερασθείς, iterumque κερασθῆναι, non κρατηθῆναι, et κρατηθείς. Sed utrumvis legerit, sensum non male reddidit. Graeca tamen sic verti possent: ita ut ea potiatur; et, mulieris amore victus; ac denique, quoniam in concupiscentia mulieri succubuit.

"So as to be joined to her." Then "mixed with a woman," and shortly "he was mixed with a woman in concupiscence." The translator seems to have read "to be mixed with her," and "mixed," and again "to be mixed," not "to be mastered" and "mastered." But whichever he read, he rendered the sense not badly. The Greek, however, could be rendered thus: "so as to possess her"; and "overcome by love of a woman"; and finally "since he succumbed to a woman in concupiscence."

(printed under page 261)

Page

  • other: col 510 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 509 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:511
ψυχικοὺς ὀνομάζουσι, καὶ ἐκ κόσμου εἶναι λέγουσι, καὶ ἀναγκαίαν ἡμῖν τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, καὶ ἀγαθὴν πρᾶξιν, ἵνα δι' αὐτῆς ἔλθωμεν εἰς τὸν τῆς μεσότητος τόπον· αὐτοῖς δὲ πνευματικοῖς τε καὶ τελείοις καλουμένοις μηδαμῶς. Οὐ γὰρ πρᾶξις εἰς πλήρωμα εἰσάγει, ἀλλὰ τὸ σπέρμα τὸ ἐκεῖθεν νήπιον ἐκπεμπόμενον, ἐνθάδε τελειούμενον.
psychic ones, and say to be of the world, they say that continence and good action are necessary for us, so that through it we may come to the place of the midst, but for themselves, who are called spiritual and perfect, by no means. For action does not bring into the Pleroma, but the seed which is sent forth thence as an infant and is perfected here.
CAPUT VII.
Chapter VII.
Perfecto universo semine matrem Achamoth, cum spiritalibus hominibus, in Pleroma transituram; Demiurgum, cum animalibus, in medietatis locum; hominem vero choicum in corruptelam abiturum. Materia igne consumenda. Blasphemia in Christi veram ex B. Virgine Incarnationem. Divisio prophetiarum, et de earum origine. Supina Demiurgi ignoratio.
When the whole seed is perfected, the mother Achamoth, with the spiritual men, will pass over into the Pleroma; the Demiurge, with the psychic ones, into the place of the midst; while the choic man will depart into corruption. Matter is to be consumed by fire. Blasphemy against the true Incarnation of Christ from the Blessed Virgin. Division of the prophecies, and concerning their origin. The supine ignorance of the Demiurge.
1. Ὅταν δὲ πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα τελειωθῇ, τὴν μὲν Ἀχαμὼθ την μήτερα αὐτῶν μεταβῆναι τοῦ τῆς μεσότητος τόπου λέγουσι, καὶ ἐντὸς πληρώματος εἰσελθεῖν, καὶ ἀπολαβεῖν τὸν νυμφίον αὐτῆς τὸν Σωτῆρα, τὸν ἐκ πάντων γεγονότα, ἵνα συζυγία γένηται τοῦ Σωτῆρος καὶ τῆς Σοφίας τῆς Ἀχαμώθ· καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι νυμφίον καὶ νύμφην, νυμφῶνα δὲ τὸ πᾶν πλήρωμα· τοὺς δὲ πνευματικοὺς ἀποδυσαμένους τὰς ψυχὰς, καὶ πνεύματα νοερὰ γενομένους, ἀκρατήτως καὶ ἀοράτως ἐντὸς πληρώματος εἰσελθόντας, νύμφας ἀποδοθήσεσθαι τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σωτῆρα ἀγγέλοις. Τὸν δὲ Δημιουργὸν μεταβῆναι καὶ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν τῆς μητρὸς Σοφίας τόπον, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ μεσότητι· τάς
1. And when the whole seed has been perfected, they say that Achamoth their mother passes over from the place of the midst, and enters within the Pleroma, and receives her bridegroom the Saviour, who came into being from all, so that there may be a syzygy of the Saviour and of Sophia, who is Achamoth; and that this is the bridegroom and the bride, while the bridal chamber is the whole Pleroma; and that the spiritual ones, having put off their souls and become intellectual spirits, entering unrestrainedly and invisibly within the Pleroma, will be given as brides to the angels who are around the Saviour. And that the Demiurge himself also passes over into the place of his mother Sophia, that is, in the midst; and the
Editors' notes and page, col. 511

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 511

Et hoc esse sponsum et sponsam. De quibus in Scripturis, et speciatim Matth. XXV, 6, Exite obviam sponso. Quotiescunque enim in Scripturis sponsi et sponsae mentio occurrit, id statim ad Salvatorem et Sophiam trahebant nugaces isti.

"And that this is the bridegroom and the bride." Of whom the Scriptures speak, and specially Matthew 25:6, "Go out to meet the bridegroom." For whenever the bridegroom and bride are mentioned in the Scriptures, these triflers at once dragged it to the Saviour and Sophia.

(printed under page 262)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 511

Nymphonem. In Graeco νυμφῶνα, id est thalamum nuptialem, vel cubiculum nuptiale. Tertullianus cap. 31: Hic erit in Scripturis sponsus: et sponsalis Pleroma. Existimat Billius allusisse Valentinianos ad illud Matth. IX, 15: Μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, etc. Nunquid possunt filii thalami nuptialis (vulg. sponsi) jejunare?

"The nymphon." In the Greek νυμφῶνα, that is, the nuptial chamber, or bridal bedroom. Tertullian, ch. 31: "This will be the bridegroom in the Scriptures, and the Pleroma the bridal [chamber]." Billius thinks the Valentinians alluded to Matthew 9:15: "Can the sons of the bridal chamber mourn," etc.; "Can the children of the bridal chamber (Vulgate: of the bridegroom) fast?"

(printed under page 262)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 511

Exspoliatos animas. Animales scilicet a Demiurgo animali insufflatas, ut superius dictum est. Nihil enim animale intra Pleroma transibit, ut mox subjicitur. Confer Tertullian. cap. 32.

"Stripped of their souls." That is, of the animal souls breathed in by the animal Demiurge, as was said above. "For nothing animal will pass within the Pleroma," as is added shortly. Compare Tertullian, ch. 32.

(printed under page 262)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 511

Inapprehensibiliter. Id est, ita ut a superioribus potestatibus nec detineri, nec videri queant, ut inferius explicabitur.

"Ungraspably." That is, so that they can be neither held back nor seen by the higher powers, as will be explained below.

(printed under page 262)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 511

Ἡμᾶς καλοὺς ψυχικούς, etc. Haec ita emendanda esse censet Billius: ἡμῖν μὲν, οὓς ψυχικοὺς ὀνομάζουσι, καὶ ἐκ κόσμου εἶναι λέγουσιν, ἀναγκαίαν τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, etc. Sic quidem legisse videtur vetus interpres. Ast Grabius existimat nulla haec emendatione indigere, excepto uno verbo, καλούς, quod omittendum est; nisi forte, inquit, tanquam appositum ad ἡμᾶς accipere, et ita interpretari velis, quod Valentiniani non omnes promiscue catholicos, sed probos solum, psychicorum titulo dignati fuerint. Sed veterem interp. cum Billio sequi praestat.

"Us, good psychics," etc. Billius thinks this should be emended thus: "for us, whom they name psychics and say are of the world, continence is necessary," etc. So indeed the old translator seems to have read. But Grabe thinks it needs no emendation except for the one word καλούς ("good"), which should be omitted; unless, he says, you choose to take it as in apposition to ἡμᾶς and interpret it so: that the Valentinians did not honour all catholics indiscriminately with the title of psychics, but only the upright. But it is better to follow the old translator with Billius.

(printed under page 262)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 511

Ἐνθάδε. Sic cod. Reg. cum omnibus editt. tum Epiphanii, tum Irenaei, excepta Oxoniensi, in qua perperam legitur ἐκθάδε. Legisse tamen videtur interpres, ἔνθα δέ.

"Here." So the Royal manuscript, with all the editions of Epiphanius and of Irenaeus alike, except the Oxford, in which ἐκθάδε is wrongly read. The translator, however, seems to have read "but there."

(printed under page 262)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 511

Μεταβῆναι. Cod. Reg. μεταστῆναι. Epiphanii edit. Basileensis, μεταθῆναι.

"To pass over." The Royal manuscript has μεταστῆναι ("to be removed"); the Basel edition of Epiphanius, μεταθῆναι ("to be transferred").

(printed under page 262)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 511

Εἰσελθόντας, νύμφας. Cod. Reg. εἰσελθεῖν τὰς νύμφας.

"Having entered, brides." The Royal manuscript: "that the brides enter."

(printed under page 262)

(9) ‹anchor: μητρὸς Σοφίας› · call in col 511

Σοφίας. Inferioris scilicet σοφίας, quae ita vocatur πατρωνυμικῶς; a matre ejus Sophia, ut superius dictum est.

"Of Sophia." That is, of the lower Sophia, who is so called patronymically, from her mother Sophia, as was said above.

(printed under page 262)

Page

  • running head: 511 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 512
  • marginal letters: A ψυχικοὺς ὀνομάζουσι; B τοῦ Σωτῆρος; C ὀνομάζουσι, καὶ
  • old-edition numerals: 32 before CAPUT VII.
  • other: Greek in right column (512); editors' matter: CAPUT VII. Perfecto universo semine (chapter heading and summary); facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:512
Editors' notes and page, col. 512

Page

  • other: col 512 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 511 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:513
τε τῶν δικαίων ψυχὰς ἀναπαύσεσθαι καὶ αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ τῆς μεσότητος τόπῳ. Μηδὲν γὰρ ψυχικὸν ἐντὸς πληρώματος χωρεῖν. Τούτων δὲ γενομένων οὕτως, τὸ ἐμφωλεῦον τῷ κόσμῳ πῦρ ἐκλάμψαν καὶ ἐξαφθὲν, καὶ κατεργασάμενον πᾶσαν ὕλην, συναναλωθήσεσθαι αὐτῇ, καὶ εἰς τὸ μηκέτ' εἶναι χωρήσειν διδάσκουσι. Τὸν δὲ Δημιουργὸν μηδὲν τούτων ἐγνωκέναι ἀποφαίνονται πρὸ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος παρουσίας.
and that the souls of the righteous will also themselves be refreshed in the place of the midst. For nothing psychical enters within the Pleroma. And when these things have thus taken place, they teach that the fire lurking in the world, shining forth and being kindled, and consuming all matter, will be consumed together with it, and will pass into non-existence. And they declare that the Demiurge knew none of these things before the coming of the Saviour.
2. Εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ λέγοντες προβαλέσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ Χριστὸν υἱὸν ἴδιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχικόν· περὶ τούτου διὰ τῶν προφητῶν λελαληκέναι. Εἶναι δὲ τοῦτον τὸν διὰ Μαρίας διοδεύσαντα, καθάπερ ὕδωρ διὰ σωλῆνος ὁδεύει, καὶ εἰς τοῦτον ἐπὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος κατελθεῖν ἐκεῖνον, τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πληρώματος ἐκ πάντων Σωτῆρα ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς· γεγονέναι δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ σπέρμα πνευματικόν. Τὸν οὖν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἐκ τεσσάρων τούτων σύνθετον γεγονέναι φάσκουσιν, ἀποσώζοντα τὸν τύπον τῆς ἀρχεγόνου καὶ πρώτης τετρακτύος· ἔκ τε τοῦ πνευματικοῦ, ὃ ἦν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ψυχικοῦ, ὃ ἦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, ὃ ἦν κατεσκευασμένον ἀῤῥήτῳ τέχνῃ, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ Σωτῆρος, ὃ ἦν κατελθοῦσα εἰς αὐτὸν περιστερά. Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ἀπαθῆ διαμεμενηκέναι (οὐ γὰρ ἐνεδέχετο παθεῖν αὐτὸν, ἀκράτητον καὶ ἀόρατον ὑπάρχοντα)· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἦρθαι, προσαγομένου αὐτοῦ τῲ Πιλάτῳ, τὸ εἰς αὐτὸν
2. And there are some who say that he also put forth Christ as his own Son, yet psychical as well, and spoke concerning him through the prophets. And that this is he who passed through Mary, just as water passes through a pipe, and that upon him at his baptism there descended that Saviour from the Pleroma who is from all, in the form of a dove; and that there was in him also the spiritual seed from Achamoth. Accordingly they affirm that our Lord was compounded out of these four, preserving the type of the primordial and first Tetrad: out of the spiritual, which was from Achamoth; and out of the psychical, which was from the Demiurge; and out of the dispensation, which was constructed by ineffable art; and out of the Saviour, which was the dove that descended into him. And that this last remained impassible (for it was not possible for him to suffer, being incomprehensible and invisible); and that on this account, when he was brought to Pilate, there was taken away the
Editors' notes and page, col. 513

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PRI
  • marginal letters: A τε τῶν δικαίων; B τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ; C (1) Διὰ Μαρίας; D Feuardentius vero
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; column ends mid-sentence at αὐτὸν
PG 7:514
Editors' notes and page, col. 514

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 514

Διὰ Μαρίας διοδεύσαντα. Vetus hic error, cujus meminit Joannes apost. Epist. I, cap. IV, et quem in omnibus pene epistolis perstringit martyr Ignatius. Communis is fuit plerisque e veteribus haereticis, de quibus fuse disserit Petavius tom. IV Theolog. dogm., edit. Paris. 1650, lib. I, cap. 2 et 4. Legesis. Horum omnium, aut plerorumque saltem, fundamentum id erat, quod ex Valentinianis superius cap. 6 retulit Irenaeus, materiale corpus malum esse, et salutis incapax, ac propterea a Christo assumi non potuisse, qui ea tantum susceperit, quae salvaturus erat.

"Passed through Mary." An old error, which John the Apostle mentions in his first Epistle, ch. 4, and which the martyr Ignatius censures in almost all his letters. It was common to most of the ancient heretics, of whom Petavius treats at length in volume IV of his Theologica dogmata, Paris edition of 1650, book I, chs. 2 and 4. Read it. The foundation of all of them, or at least of most, was what Irenaeus reported from the Valentinians above, ch. 6: that the material body is evil and incapable of salvation, and therefore could not be assumed by Christ, who took up only what he was going to save.

(printed under page 263)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 514

Ὃ ἦν κατεσκευασμένον. Hic Grabius subintelligit σῶμα, ego indefinitum πρᾶγμα. Id enim refertur ad ἐκ τεσσάρων τούτων, scilicet πραγμάτων.

"Which had been constructed." Here Grabe understands σῶμα ("body"); I understand an indefinite πρᾶγμα ("thing"). For it refers to "from these four," namely things.

(printed under page 263)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 514

Ὃ ἦν κατελθοῦσα. In cod. Reg. deest ὃ ἦν.

"Which was, having come down." In the Royal manuscript ὃ ἦν ("which was") is missing.

(printed under page 263)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 514

Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ἀπαθῆ. Legit interpres, καὶ τοῦτον, scilicet Σωτῆρα.

"And this, impassible." The translator read "and him," namely the Saviour.

(printed under page 263)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 514

Refrigerare. Sic mss. omnes, Clarom. Arund. Voss. et Merc. 2, cum Eras. Gall. et Grabio. Feuardentius vero, refrigerari. At interpres refrigerare passive accepit, ut recte observat Grabius, ut patet ex iis quae paulo post sequuntur: Hominem animalem, si meliora elegerit, in loco medietatis refrigeraturum. Et illic quidem futurum pro Graeco praesenti posuit; hic vero contra, praesens pro futuro ἀναπαύσεσθαι.

"To be refreshed." So all the manuscripts, Clermont, Arundel, Voss and Mercer 2, with Erasmus, Gallasius and Grabe. Feuardent, however, has "refrigerari." But the translator took "refrigerare" in a passive sense, as Grabe rightly observes, as is clear from what follows shortly: "that the animal man, if he chooses the better things, will be refreshed in the place of the Midst." And there he put a future for the Greek present; here, on the contrary, a present for the future ἀναπαύσεσθαι ("will rest").

(printed under page 263)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 514

Et comprehendens. Ἐξαφθέν male reddidit interpres, comprehendens, quasi ex ἐξάπτομαι, attingo, attrecto, etc., descenderet: cum tamen ab ἐξάπτομαι, accendo, succendo vel succendor, veniat. Caetera quae sequuntur non felicius ab interprete reddita sunt. Quare haec tu cum Billio vertas: quae cum ad hunc modum contigerint, tum vero docent fore, ut ignis ille qui in mundo delitescit, effulgeat et accendatur, confectaque universa materia, simul quoque cum ea consumatur, atque in nihilum redigatur. Tertull. cap. 32: Tunc, credo, ignis ille erumpet, et universam substantiam depopulatus, ipse quoque decineratis omnibus, in nihilum finietur.

"And laying hold." The translator rendered ἐξαφθέν badly as "comprehendens" ("laying hold"), as though it came from ἐξάπτομαι in the sense "I touch, I handle," etc., whereas it comes from ἐξάπτομαι, "I kindle, I set alight," or "I am set alight." The rest that follows is rendered no more happily by the translator. So render this with Billius: "when these things have happened in this way, then, they teach, that fire which lies hidden in the world will blaze out and be kindled, and, having consumed all matter, will itself be consumed together with it and reduced to nothing." Tertullian, ch. 32: "Then, I suppose, that fire will break out and, having laid waste the whole substance, will itself too, all things reduced to ash, end in nothing."

(printed under page 263)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 514

Et Christum Filium suum, sed et animalem. Ita recte Clarom. cod. juxta Graec. ubi duplex καί legitur. Porro sed et animalem, id est ipsum animalem, utpote ab animali emissum.

"And Christ his Son, but also animal." So rightly the Clermont manuscript, according to the Greek, where καί is read twice. Further, "but also animal" means "himself animal," as having been put forth by the animal [Demiurge].

(printed under page 263)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 514

Primogenitae et primae quaternationis. Sic ex cod. Clarom. restituimus, pro quaternionis, quod in aliis omnibus cum editt. tum mss. legitur. Legendum esse quaternationis jam dudum conjecerat Fronto Duc.

"Of the first-born and first Quaternation." So we have restored it from the Clermont manuscript, in place of "quaternionis," which is read in all the others, printed and manuscript. Fronton du Duc had long since conjectured that "quaternationis" should be read.

(printed under page 263)

Page

  • running head: ES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A Justorum quoque; B et illud, quod; C praesenti posuit; D malem, utpote
  • old-edition numerals: 33 after per
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:515
Editors' notes and page, col. 515

Footnotes

(27) ‹anchor: not visible (Billius's version, §3)› · call in col 515

Vide sup. cap. 4.

See above, ch. 4.

(printed under page 264)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Cum traheretur. Feuardentium sequimur, qui sic, monente Frontone Duc., ex Graeco προσαγομένου emendavit. Emendationi suffragatur Ottob. cod. In caeteris cum editt. tum mss. perperam legitur, cum traderetur, male transformata a festinantibus scribis h in d. Hos tamen, errantes licet, sequi Grabio placuit; quamvis tamen in multis aliis locis Feuardentio, ex solo textu Graeco Latinum emendanti, adhaerere non dubitaverit.

"When he was dragged." We follow Feuardent, who on Fronton du Duc's advice emended it so from the Greek προσαγομένου ("being brought"). The Ottoboni manuscript supports the emendation. In the others, printed and manuscript, "when he was handed over" is wrongly read, the h having been badly changed to d by hurrying scribes. Grabe, however, chose to follow these, though they err; although in many other places he did not hesitate to side with Feuardent when he emended the Latin from the Greek text alone.

(printed under page 264)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Passus est autem. Graecam vocem λοιπόν praetermisit interpres. Vertendum erat cum Petavio: restat igitur, ut passus sit, etc.

"But he suffered." The translator passed over the Greek word λοιπόν ("it remains"). It should have been rendered with Petavius: "it remains, then, that he suffered," etc.

(printed under page 264)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Distribuebat eas. Ἔτασσεν melius reddidit Billius constituebat. Ms. codex a Frontone Duc. citatus, et Pass. pro eas habent eos, sicut et Graece αὐτούς.

"He distributed them." Billius rendered ἔτασσεν better as "he appointed." The manuscript cited by Fronton du Duc, and the Passionei, have "eos" (masculine) for "eas," as the Greek too has αὐτούς.

(printed under page 264)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

De hoc semine. Lege ab hoc semine. Vide infra notam 11.

"About this seed." Read "by this seed." See note 11 below.

(printed under page 264)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Cum altioris naturae esset. Melius forte legeretur, cum altioris naturae essent.

"Since it was of a higher nature." Perhaps it would better be read "since they were of a higher nature."

(printed under page 264)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Per hunc. Supp. Demiurgum multa de superioribus dicta esse dicunt, et per eas, quae a Demiurgo factae sunt animae, spiritales scilicet, et spiritali semine imbutae, ut mox explicatur. Haec tamen non ad Demiurgum, sed ad semen, de quo mentio proxime facta est, refert Cornarius; et minus bene. Ea vero sic exprimit Petavius, ut Graecorum sensum haudquaquam assequatur: Quin etiam de coelestibus multa disputasse matrem, deque animis, quos vel ille, vel qui ab illo oriundi sunt, produxerunt. Quae si quis cum Graecis contulerit, ab Irenaei sensu aliena esse deprehendet.

"Through him." Supply: "they say that through the Demiurge many things were spoken about the higher [beings], and through those souls which were made by the Demiurge" — spiritual ones, that is, and imbued with the spiritual seed, as is explained shortly. Cornarius, however, refers this not to the Demiurge but to the seed, mentioned just before; and less well. Petavius expresses it in a way that by no means catches the sense of the Greek: "Indeed the mother discoursed much about heavenly things, and about the souls which either he, or those sprung from him, produced." Anyone who compares this with the Greek will find it foreign to Irenaeus's meaning.

(printed under page 264)

(7) ‹anchor: aliquid quidem [per] Salvatorem› · call in col 515

Per Salvatorem. Particulam per, incuria scribarum omissam, auctoritate Graeci textus supplevi, hamulis tamen inclusam. Haud dubium enim quin ἀπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος verterit interpres vel per Salvatorem, vel a Salvatore.

"Through the Saviour." The particle "per" ("through"), omitted through the scribes' carelessness, I have supplied on the authority of the Greek text, but enclosed in brackets. For there is no doubt that the translator rendered ἀπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος either "per Salvatorem" or "a Salvatore."

(printed under page 264)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πνευματικόν. Lege cum vet. interpr. καὶ αὐτὸ, ἅτε πνευματικόν.

"And the spiritual itself." Read with the old translator: "and it, as being spiritual."

(printed under page 264)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Ἐπιδείξῃ αὐτοῦ. Lege ἐπιδείξῃ δι' αὐτοῦ.

"Display of him." Read "display through him."

(printed under page 264)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Ἔτασσεν αὐτούς. Αὐτάς cum vet. interpr. et Tertull. cap. 29, melius legeris.

"He appointed them (masc.)." You will do better to read αὐτάς (feminine), with the old translator and Tertullian, ch. 29.

(printed under page 264)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Ὑπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος τούτου. Legendum vult Petavius, ad marginem Epiphanii p. 192, ὑπέρ, non ὑπό, deceptus scilicet veteri interpretatione: multa de hoc semine dicta per prophetas exponunt; quam interpretationem secuti sunt Billius et Gallasius. Sed genuinam esse lectionem ὑπό, demonstrant quae mox subjicit Irenaeus: Dividunt prophetias, aliquid quidem a matre dictum (per prophetas) docentes, aliquid a semine, τὸ δέ τι ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος, aliquid autem ab ipso Demiurgo. Adeo ut certum sit, ex mente Valentinianorum, prophetas non de semine locutos fuisse; sed semen, spiritales scilicet animas iis infusas, per eos interdum vaticinia fudisse.

"By this seed." Petavius, in the margin of Epiphanius p. 192, wants ὑπέρ ("about") read, not ὑπό ("by"), misled of course by the old translation, "they set out many things said about this seed through the prophets"; a translation that Billius and Gallasius followed. But that ὑπό is the genuine reading is shown by what Irenaeus adds shortly: "They divide the prophecies, teaching that some part was spoken by the mother (through the prophets), some by the seed" — "and some from the seed" — "and some by the Demiurge himself." So it is certain that, in the Valentinians' mind, the prophets did not speak about the seed; rather the seed, that is, the spiritual souls infused into them, at times poured out prophecies through them.

(printed under page 264)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 515

Ὑπαρχούσας. Ὑπάρχοντος legi volunt Billius et Petavius, nec dissentit Fronto Duc. Hic tamen suspicatur scriptum ab Irenaeo fuisse, ἅτε ὑψηλοτέρας φύσεως ὑπαρχούσας, ut referatur ad animas spiritali semine imbutas, quae ideo in prophetas, et sacerdotes, et reges constituebantur, quod essent naturae sublimioris; et quae de dictis a semine adduntur, inserta fuisse per parenthesim. Quae quidem doctissimi viri conjectura aliis forsan certa ratio videbitur.

"Being (fem. pl.)." Billius and Petavius want ὑπάρχοντος (masc. sing.) read, and Fronton du Duc does not dissent. He suspects, however, that Irenaeus wrote "as being of a higher nature" (feminine plural), so that it refers to the souls imbued with the spiritual seed, which were therefore appointed prophets, priests and kings because they were of a more sublime nature; and that what is added about the sayings of the seed was inserted as a parenthesis. This conjecture of a most learned man will perhaps seem to others a sure reasoning.

(printed under page 264)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGD
  • marginal letters: A tur (1) ad Pilatum; B 34 distribuebat; C (1) Cum traheretur; D (6) Per hunc
  • old-edition numerals: 34 before distribuebat
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:516
κατατεθὲν πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ. Ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς μητρὸς σπέρμα πεπονθέναι λέγουσιν. Ἀπαθὲς γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸ, τὸ πνευματικὸν, καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ Δημιουργῷ. Ἔπαθε δὲ λοιπὸν, κατ' αὐτοὺς, ὁ ψυχικὸς Χριστὸς, καὶ ὁ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας κατεσκευασμένος μυστηριωδῶς, ἵν' ἐπιδείξῃ αὐτοῦ ἡ μήτηρ τὸν τύπον τοῦ ἄνω Χριστοῦ, ἐκείνου τοῦ ἐπεκταθέντος τῷ Σταυρῷ, καὶ μορφώσαντος τὴν Ἀχαμὼθ μόρφωσιν τὴν κατ' οὐσίαν· πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τύπους ἐκείνων εἶναι λέγουσι.
spirit of Christ that had been deposited in him. Nor even did the seed from the Mother suffer, they say. For it too is impassible, being spiritual, and invisible even to the Demiurge himself. There suffered then, according to them, the psychical Christ, and he who had been mysteriously constructed from the dispensation, in order that through him the Mother might exhibit the type of the Christ above, namely of him who was extended upon Stauros and formed Achamoth with a formation according to substance; for they say that all these things are types of those.
3. Τὰς δὲ ἐσχηκυίας τὸ σπέρμα τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ ψυχὰς ἀμείνους λέγουσι γεγονέναι τῶν λοιπῶν· διὸ καὶ πλεῖον τῶν ἄλλων ἠγαπῆσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ, μὴ εἰδότος τὴν αἰτίαν, ἀλλὰ παρ' αὐτοῦ λογιζομένου εἶναι τοιαύτας. Διὸ καὶ εἰς προφήτας, φασὶν, ἔτασσεν αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἱερεῖς, καὶ βασιλεῖς. Καὶ πολλὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος τούτου εἰρῆσθαι διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἐξηγοῦνται, ἅτε ὑψηλοτέρας φύσεως ὑπαρχούσας. Πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τὴν μητέρα περὶ τῶν ἀνωτέρω εἰρηκέναι λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τούτου, καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τούτου γενομένων ψυχῶν. Καὶ λοιπὸν τέμνουσι τὰς προφητείας, τὸ μέν τι ἀπὸ τῆς μητρὸς εἰρῆσθαι θέλοντες, τὸ δέ τι ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος, τὸ δέ τι ἀπὸ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὡσαύ-
3. And the souls that had the seed of Achamoth they say became better than the rest; wherefore also they were loved more than the others by the Demiurge, who did not know the cause, but reckoned that they were such of himself. Wherefore also he appointed them, they say, as prophets, and priests, and kings. And they explain that many things were spoken by this seed through the prophets, inasmuch as it was of a higher nature. And they say that the Mother also spoke many things concerning the things above, both through him and through the souls that were made by him. And then they divide the prophecies, maintaining that some portion was spoken from the Mother, some portion from the seed, and some portion from the Demiurge. And that Jesus like-
Editors' notes and page, col. 516

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A κατατεθὲν πνεῦμα; B μένου εἶναι; C barum omissam; D tum sit, ex
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; word split at column end: ὡσαύ-
PG 7:517
τως, τὸ μέν τι ἀπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος εἰρηκέναι, τὸ δέ τι ἀπὸ τῆς μητρὸς, τὸ δέ τι ἀπὸ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ, καθὼς ἐπιδείξομεν προϊόντος ἡμῖν τοῦ λόγου.
wise spoke some portion from the Saviour, some portion from the Mother, and some portion from the Demiurge, as we shall show as our discourse proceeds.
4. Τὸν δὲ Δημιουργὸν, ἅτε ἀγνοοῦντα τὰ ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν, κινεῖσθαι μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις, καταπεφρονηκέναι δὲ αὐτῶν, ἄλλοτε ἄλλην αἰτίαν νομίσαντα, ἢ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ προφητεῦον (ἔχον καὶ αὐτὸ ἰδίαν τινὰ κίνησιν), ἢ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἢ τὴν προσπλοκὴν τῶν χειρῶν· καὶ οὕτως ἀγνοοῦντα διατετελεκέναι ἄχρι τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου. Ἐλθόντος δὲ τοῦ Σωτῆρος, μαθεῖν αὐτὸν παρ' αὐτοῦ πάντα λέγουσι, καὶ ἄσμενον αὐτῷ προσχωρήσαντα, μετὰ πάσης τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ἑκατόνταρχον, λέγοντα τῷ Σωτῆρι· Καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ὑπὸ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω στρατιώτας καὶ δούλους, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν προστάξω, ποιοῦσι. Τελέσειν δὲ αὐτὸν τὴν κατὰ τὸν κόσμον οἰκονομίαν μέχρι τοῦ δέοντος καιροῦ, μάλιστα δὲ διὰ τὴν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐπιμέλειαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ ἑτοιμασθέντος αὐτῷ ἐπάθλου, ὅτι εἰς τὸν μητρὸς τόπον χωρήσει.
4. And that the Demiurge, inasmuch as he was ignorant of the things above him, was moved indeed at the things that were spoken, but despised them, supposing now one cause and now another, either the prophesying spirit (which itself also has a certain movement of its own), or man, or the intertwining of the worse elements; and that he thus continued ignorant until the coming of the Lord. But when the Saviour came, they say that he learned all things from Him, and gladly joined Him with all his power, and that he is the centurion in the Gospel, saying to the Saviour: For I also have soldiers and servants under my authority, and whatsoever I command, they do (Matt. 8:9; Luke 7:8). And that he will carry out the administration of the world until the fitting time, especially on account of the care of the Church, and also on account of the knowledge of the reward prepared for him, that he will pass into the Mother's place.
5. Ἀνθρώπων δὲ τρία γένη ὑφίστανται, πνευματικὸν, χοϊκὸν, ψυχικὸν, καθὼς ἐγένοντο Κάϊν, Ἄβελ, Σήθ· καὶ ἐκ τούτων τὰς τρεῖς φύσεις, οὐκέτι καθ'
5. And they posit three kinds of men, spiritual, earthy, psychical, just as Cain, Abel, Seth came into being; and from these the three natures, no longer in
Editors' notes and page, col. 517

Footnotes

(28) ‹anchor: (Billius's interpretation, under both columns)› · call in col 517-518

Matth. VIII, 9; Luc. VII, 8.

Matt. 8:9; Luke 7:8.

(printed under page 265)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A τως, τὸ μέν; B ἔχω (4) στρατιώτας; C (1) Χειρῶν.; D (not visible)
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins with fragment τως from ὡσαύτως; Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; ends mid-phrase at καθ'
PG 7:518
Editors' notes and page, col. 518

Footnotes

(1) · call in col 518

Χειρῶν. Leg. cum interpr. χειρόνων.

Χειρῶν: read, with the translator, χειρόνων [of the worse].

(printed under page 265)

(2) · call in col 518

Διατετελεκέναι. Legisse videtur interpr. διατετηρηκέναι, sed minus apposite ad auctoris sensum.

Διατετελεκέναι: the translator seems to have read διατετηρηκέναι, but this suits the author's sense less well.

(printed under page 265)

(3) · call in col 518

Προσχωρήσαντα. Commodius forte legeretur προσχωρῆσαι, inquit Fronto Duc.

Προσχωρήσαντα: it would perhaps be better read προσχωρῆσαι, says Fronton du Duc.

(printed under page 265)

(4) · call in col 518

Καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ὑπὸ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω, etc. Sensum duntaxat, non verba ipsa, sive Matthaei, sive Lucae, citavit Irenaeus.

"For I too have under my own authority," etc.: Irenaeus has quoted only the sense, not the very words, of either Matthew or Luke.

(printed under page 265)

(5) · call in col 518

Τὴν κατὰ τὸν κόσμον οἰκονομίαν. Legisse videtur interpres, τὴν κατ' αὐτὸν κόσμου οἰκοδομίαν, sed perperam.

Τὴν κατὰ τὸν κόσμον οἰκονομίαν [the dispensation in the world]: the translator seems to have read τὴν κατ' αὐτὸν κόσμου οἰκοδομίαν, but wrongly.

(printed under page 265)

(6) ‹anchor: Σὴθ· καὶ ἐκ τούτων› · call in col 518

Καὶ ἐκ τούτων. Lege cum vet. interp. ἵν' ἐπιδείξωσι καὶ ἐκ τούτων.

Καὶ ἐκ τούτων: read, with the old translator, ἵν' ἐπιδείξωσι καὶ ἐκ τούτων [so that they may show from these too].

(printed under page 265)

(7) · call in col 518

Quam Spiritus qui prophetat, etc. Haec ab interprete perperam omnino reddita, verte: sive (non quam, Graece ἢ) spiritum qui prophetat, qui et ipse proprium aliquem motum habeat, sive hominem, sive complexionem (non perplexionem, Graece προσπλοκὴν) pejorum.

"Than the Spirit who prophesies," etc.: this is quite wrongly rendered by the translator; translate: "either (not 'than'; Greek ἢ) the spirit who prophesies, which itself also has some motion of its own, or a man, or the combination (not 'entanglement'; Greek προσπλοκήν) of the worse."

(printed under page 265)

(8) · call in col 518

Ignorantem conservasse. In ed. Oxon. ignoranter conservasse, repugnantibus textu Graeco, mss. nostris, et omnibus aliis editt.; sed forte typographorum lapsus est. Caeterum interpres verbum διατετελεκέναι (si ita legerit, et non διατετηρηκέναι) male reddidit, conservasse; vertendum erat, perstitisse vel perseverasse.

"Ignorant, had kept on": the Oxford edition has "had ignorantly kept," against the Greek text, our manuscripts and all other editions; but perhaps it is a printers' slip. For the rest, the translator rendered the verb διατετελεκέναι (if he read that, and not διατετηρηκέναι) badly as "had kept"; it should have been translated "had persisted" or "had persevered."

(printed under page 265)

(9) · call in col 518

In gaudium ei cessisse. Gr. ἀσμένον αὐτῷ προσχωρήσαντα (forte προσχωρῆσαι), quod vertendum erat, libenti animo ad eum accessisse, vel saltem in gaudio ei accessisse.

"Had gone over to him into joy": Greek ἀσμένον αὐτῷ προσχωρήσαντα (perhaps προσχωρῆσαι), which should have been translated "had gone over to him gladly," or at least "had gone over to him in joy."

(printed under page 265)

(10) · call in col 518

Perfecturum autem eum, etc. Hic iterum culpanda interpretis diligentia. Verte ad literam: Perfecturum autem eum mundi administrationem, non creationem. Sed clarius totam hanc periodum reddidit Billius: eum autem in mundi administrandi munere, quandiu par erit, versaturum; idque praesertim, ut Ecclesiae commodis cura sua atque diligentia consulat, atque ob id etiam quod quidnam sibi praemii paratum sit, perspectum et exploratum habeat, hoc est ut ad matris regionem perveniat.

"And that he would complete," etc.: here again the translator's care is at fault. Translate literally: "and that he would complete the administration of the world," not "the creation." But Billius rendered this whole period more clearly: "that he would be occupied in the office of administering the world as long as is fitting; and this chiefly so that by his care and diligence he may look to the Church's interests, and also because he has seen and ascertained what reward is prepared for him, namely, that he should come to the mother's region."

(printed under page 265)

(11) ‹anchor: spiritale› · call in col 518

Spiritale... animale vero. Sic ex Graeco reposui pro spiritalem, quod in omn. cum editt. tum mss. irrepserat, manifesta scribarum incuria. Interpres enim eadem repetens inferius recte scripsit, animale, spiritale.

"Spiritual ... but the animal": so I have restored from the Greek, in place of "spiritalem," which had crept into all the editions and manuscripts alike through the plain carelessness of scribes. For the translator, repeating the same words further on, wrote correctly "animale, spiritale."

(printed under page 265)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A dixisse, aliquid; B quod jussero; C pographorum lapsus; D (not visible)
  • old-edition numerals: 35 before usque
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:519
Editors' notes and page, col. 519

Footnotes

(1) · call in col 519

Jam non secundum unumquemque. Nam, ut observat Grabius, supra cap. 5, tres has naturas, spiritalem, animalem et terrestrem, in Adamo et consequenter in singulis hominibus (quamvis non in eodem gradu) reperiri dixerant Valentiniani. Hinc Tertull. cap. 29: Triformem naturam primordio professi, et tamen inunitam in Adam, inde jam dividunt per singulares generum proprietates; nacti occasionem distinctionis ejusmodi ex posteritate ipsius Adae moralibus quoque differentiis tripartitae.

"No longer one by one": for, as Grabe observes, above in ch. 5 the Valentinians had said that these three natures, the spiritual, the animal and the earthly, are found in Adam and consequently in each man (though not in the same degree). Hence Tertullian, ch. 29: "Having professed a threefold nature at the beginning, and yet united in Adam, they then divide it by the particular properties of the kinds, taking the occasion for such a distinction from the posterity of Adam himself, divided into three by moral differences as well."

(printed under page 266)

(2) · call in col 519

Transire. Gr. χωρήσειν, transiturum.

"To pass over": Greek χωρήσειν, "will pass."

(printed under page 266)

(3) · call in col 519

Spiritalia vero. Sic mss. omnes, cum editt. Eras. Gall. et Oxon. juxta Graecum τὰ δὲ πνευματικά. Feuard. vero perperam, spiritalem. Caetera male reddidit interpres, quia male legit; omisit enim ἃ ἄν, et pro δικαίαις ψυχαῖς παιδευθέντα, legit διὸ καὶ ψυχαὶ παιδευθήσονται, ut alia taceam. Nec accuratae sunt recentiores Billii, Frontonis Duc. et Petavii versiones. Haec ego sic redderem: spiritalia vero, quae ex illo tempore usque nunc animabus justis inseminaverit Achamoth, hic erudita et enutrita, quod pusilla emissa fuerint, post deinde perfectione digna habita, sponsas redditum iri Salvatoris angelis docent.

"But the spiritual": so all the manuscripts, with the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Oxford, following the Greek τὰ δὲ πνευματικά. Feuardent wrongly has "spiritalem." The rest the translator rendered badly because he read badly: he left out ἃ ἄν, and for δικαίαις ψυχαῖς παιδευθέντα he read διὸ καὶ ψυχαὶ παιδευθήσονται, to say nothing of other things. Nor are the more recent versions of Billius, Fronton du Duc and Petau accurate. I would render it thus: "but the spiritual seeds, which from that time until now Achamoth has sown in just souls, having been taught and nourished here, because they were sent out small, and afterwards counted worthy of perfection, they teach will be given as brides to the Saviour's angels."

(printed under page 266)

(4) ‹anchor: abundantius› · call in col 519

Abundantius. Graece περὶ ὅλων, de rebus omnibus, universim. Id est, se prae caeteris mortalibus rerum omnium scientiam perceptam habere gloriantur, ut melius reddidit Billius.

"More abundantly": Greek περὶ ὅλων, "about all things, universally." That is, "they boast that they have grasped the knowledge of all things beyond the rest of mortals," as Billius rendered it better.

(printed under page 266)

(5) · call in col 519

Ἐν μεσότητι. Expunge ambas has voces parenthesi inclusas; frustra enim ab oscitante scriba repetitae sunt.

Ἐν μεσότητι [in the Middle]: strike out both these words enclosed in parentheses; for they were pointlessly repeated by a drowsy scribe.

(printed under page 266)

(6) · call in col 519

Τὰς ψυχικάς. Leg. cum interpr. τὰς ψυχάς.

Τὰς ψυχικάς [the animal ones]: read, with the translator, τὰς ψυχάς [the souls].

(printed under page 266)

(7) · call in col 519

Τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς ὑποθέσεως, etc. Notat Grabius integram hanc sectionem, exceptis ultimis verbis, καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐν τοῖς, etc., capitulo 8 tractatus De virtute insertam fuisse ab Ephraem Syro, haud expresso quidem Irenaei, sed sub indefinito Sancti cujusdam nomine, sequentem in modum: Καλῶς καὶ μεγάλως ἀπεφήνατό τις τῶν ἁγίων, οὕτω διδάξας, καί φησιν· Τοιαύτης, etc. Quoniam vero Graecus hujus libelli textus nondum lucem vidisse ait vir eruditus, varias lectiones observatione dignas excerpsit ex Bibliothecae Bodleianae cod. Laud., c. 97, quas adnotavit. Idem Ephraemi Tractatus exstat in cod. Bibliothecae Colbertinae optimae notae, inter varia alia Patrum opuscula, cum quo etiam Graeca Irenaei contulimus.

Τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς ὑποθέσεως [such being their system], etc.: Grabe notes that this whole section, except the last words, καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐν τοῖς, etc., was inserted by Ephrem the Syrian in chapter 8 of his treatise On Virtue, not indeed with Irenaeus named, but under the indefinite name of "a certain saint," as follows: "Finely and grandly did one of the saints declare, teaching thus, and he says: Such," etc. And since that learned man says the Greek text of this little book had not yet seen the light, he extracted from the Bodleian Library's Laud manuscript, c. 97, the variant readings worth noting, and recorded them. The same treatise of Ephrem exists in a manuscript of the Colbertine Library of excellent quality, among various other short works of the Fathers, and with it we too have collated the Greek of Irenaeus.

(printed under page 266)

(8) ‹anchor: σχοινία πλέκειν› · call in col 519

Ἐξ ἄμμου σχοινία πλέκειν. Ex arena funiculos nectere: vulgare proverbium est in eos dictum, qui id frustra conantur, quod nulla ratione possit effici. Quod Valentinianis apprime conveniebat, qui Scripturas obtorto, ut aiunt, collo in suum sensum adducere nitebantur.

"To plait ropes out of sand": a common proverb said of those who attempt in vain what can by no means be done. It fitted the Valentinians exactly, who strove to drag the Scriptures, by the scruff of the neck as they say, into their own sense.

(printed under page 266)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A turas, jam non; B 1. Cum sit; C (1) Jam non; D mabus justis
  • old-edition numerals: 36 before neque
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width chapter heading CAPUT VIII. and Latin summary cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:520
ἓν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ γένος. Καὶ τὸ μὲν χοϊκὸν εἰς φθορὰν χωρεῖν· καὶ τὸ ψυχικὸν, ἐὰν τὰ βελτίονα ἕληται, ἐν τῷ τῆς μεσότητος τόπῳ ἀναπαύεσθαι· ἐὰν δὲ τὰ χείρω, χωρήσειν καὶ αὐτὸ πρὸς τὰ ὅμοια. Τὰ δὲ πνευματικὰ, ἃ ἂν κατασπείρῃ ἡ Ἀχαμὼθ, ἔκτοτε ἕως τοῦ νῦν δικαίαις ψυχαῖς παιδευθέντα ἐνθάδε καὶ ἐκτραφέντα, διὰ τὸ νήπια ἐκπεπέμφθαι, ὕστερον τελειότητος ἀξιωθέντα, νύμφας ἀποδοθήσεσθαι τοῖς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἀγγέλοις δογματίζουσι, τῶν ψυχῶν αὐτῶν ἐν μεσότητι κατ' ἀνάγκην (ἐν μεσότητι), κατὰ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ ἀναπαυσαμένων εἰς τὸ παντελές. Καὶ αὐτὰς μὲν τὰς ψυχικὰς πάλιν ὑπομερίζοντες λέγουσιν, ἃς μὲν φύσει ἀγαθὰς, ἃς δὲ φύσει πονηράς. Καὶ τὰς μὲν ἀγαθὰς ταύτας εἶναι τὰς δεκτικὰς τοῦ σπέρματος γινομένας· τὰς δὲ φύσει πονηρὰς μηδέποτε ἂν ἐπιδέξασθαι ἐκεῖνο τὸ σπέρμα.
the individual, but according to race. And that the earthy indeed passes into corruption; and the psychical, if it chooses the better things, will rest in the place of the midst, whereas if it chooses the worse, it too will pass to things like itself. But the spiritual elements which Achamoth sows from that time until now, having been disciplined here in righteous souls and nourished up, because they were sent forth infantile, and afterwards deemed worthy of perfection, they dogmatize will be given as brides to the angels of the Saviour, while their souls of necessity rest for ever in the midst (in the midst) with the Demiurge. And subdividing the psychical souls themselves again, they say that some are good by nature, and some evil by nature. And that the good are these which become capable of receiving the seed, whereas those that are evil by nature could never receive that seed.
1. Τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς ὑποθέσεως αὐτῶν οὔσης, ἣν οὔτε προφῆται ἐκήρυξαν, οὔτε ὁ Κύριος ἐδίδαξεν, οὔτε ἀπόστολοι παρέδωκαν, ἣν περὶ τῶν ὅλων αὐχοῦσι πλεῖον τῶν ἄλλων ἐγνωκέναι, ἐξ ἀγράφων ἀναγινώσκοντες, καὶ τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, ἐξ ἄμμου σχοινία πλέκειν ἐπιτηδεύοντες, ἀξιοπίστως προσαρμόζειν
1. Such, then, being their hypothesis, which neither the prophets preached, nor the Lord taught, nor the apostles handed down, which they boast of knowing beyond others concerning the universe, reading it out of unwritten sources, and, as the saying goes, endeavouring to plait ropes out of sand, to adapt in a plausible manner
Editors' notes and page, col. 520

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A ἓν, ἀλλὰ; B 1. Τοιαύτης δὲ; C melius reddidit; D Irenaei contulimus
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width chapter heading CAPUT VIII. and Latin summary after σπέρμα. cut off at left edge, not set; Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; column ends mid-sentence at προσαρμόζειν
PG 7:521
πειρῶνται τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἤτοι παραβολὰς κυριακὰς, ἢ ῥήσεις προφητικὰς, ἢ λόγους ἀποστολικοὺς, ἵνα τὸ πλάσμα αὐτῶν μὴ ἀμάρτυρον εἶναι δοκῇ· τὴν μὲν τάξιν καὶ τὸν εἱρμὸν τῶν Γραφῶν ὑπερβαίνοντες, καὶ, ὅσον ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς, λύοντες τὰ μέλη τῆς ἀληθείας· μεταφέρουσι δὲ καὶ μεταπλάττουσι, καὶ ἄλλο ἐξ ἄλλου ποιοῦντες ἐξαπατῶσι πολλοὺς, τῇ τῶν ἐφαρμοζομένων κυριακῶν λογίων κακοσυνθέτῳ σοφίᾳ. Ὅνπερ τρόπον εἴ τις βασιλέως εἰκόνος καλῆς, κατεσκευασμένης ἐκ ψηφίδων ἐπισήμων ὑπὸ σοφοῦ τεχνίτου, λύσας τὴν ὑποκειμένην τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἰδέαν, μετενέγκῃ τὰς ψηφῖδας ἐκείνας, καὶ μεθαρμόσοι, καὶ ποιήσει μορφὴν κυνὸς, ἢ ἀλώπεκος, καὶ ταύτην φαύλως κατεσκευασμένην, ἔπειτα διορίζοιτο, καὶ λέγοι ταύτην εἶναι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκείνην εἰκόνα τὴν καλὴν, ἣν ὁ σοφὸς τεχνίτης κατεσκεύασε, δεικνὺς τὰς ψηφῖδας τὰς καλῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ τεχνίτου τοῦ πρώτου εἰς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως εἰκόνα συντεθείσας, κακῶς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑστέρου εἰς κυνὸς μορφὴν μετενεχθείσας, καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν ψηφίδων φαντασίας μεθοδεύοι τοὺς ἀπειροτέρους, τοὺς κατάληψιν βασιλικῆς μορφῆς οὐκ ἔχοντας, καὶ πείθοι, ὅτι αὕτη ἡ σαπρὰ τῆς ἀλώπεκος ἰδέα ἐκείνη ἐστὶν ἡ καλὴ τοῦ βασιλέως εἰκών· τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον καὶ οὗτοι γραῶν μύθους συγκαττύσαντες, ἔπειτα ῥήμα-
to the things they have said either parables of the Lord, or prophetic sayings, or apostolic words, so that their fiction may not seem to be without witness; passing over the order and the connection of the Scriptures, and, so far as in them lies, dismembering the limbs of the truth. And they transfer and refashion them, and making one thing out of another they deceive many by the ill-compounded cleverness of the dominical oracles that they adapt. Just as if someone, when a beautiful image of a king has been constructed out of precious stones by a skilful craftsman, should break up the underlying form of the man, and transfer those stones and rearrange them, and make the form of a dog or of a fox, and that a poorly constructed one, and should then positively affirm and declare that this is that beautiful image of the king which the skilful craftsman constructed, pointing to the stones which were admirably put together by the first craftsman into the image of the king, but badly transferred by the later one into the form of a dog, and through the dazzle of the stones should beguile the more inexperienced, who have no comprehension of the king's form, and persuade them that this rotten figure of a fox is that beautiful image of the king: in the very same way these men too, having patched together old wives' fables, and then
Editors' notes and page, col. 521

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A πειρῶνται τοῖς; B σιλέως ἐκείνην; C (1) Τὴν μὲν τάξιν; D (7) Μεθαρμόσοι
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; word split at column end: ῥήμα-
PG 7:522
Editors' notes and page, col. 522

Footnotes

(1) · call in col 522

Τὴν μὲν τάξιν. Ephraem Syrus legit λέξιν.

Τὴν μὲν τάξιν [the order]: Ephrem the Syrian reads λέξιν [the wording].

(printed under page 267)

(2) · call in col 522

Ἀληθείας. In cod. Ephraem Colbert. Ἐκκλησίας.

Ἀληθείας [of the truth]: in the Colbertine manuscript of Ephrem, Ἐκκλησίας [of the Church].

(printed under page 267)

(3) · call in col 522

Λογίων. Colbert. λόγων.

Λογίων [oracles]: the Colbertine has λόγων [words].

(printed under page 267)

(4) · call in col 522

Σοφίᾳ. In Ephraem Colbert. et Bodlei. φαντασίᾳ, nec procul distat vetus interpres, qui legisse videtur φαντάσματι, id est spectro: quod vocabulum, inquit Billius, optime quadrat in hos detortorum Scripturae locorum consarcinatores, qui non solidum quoddam utilis doctrinae corpus afferunt, sed velut spectrum inane confingunt.

Σοφίᾳ [by wisdom]: in Ephrem, Colbertine and Bodleian, φαντασίᾳ [by fancy]; nor is the old translator far off, who seems to have read φαντάσματι, that is, "by a phantom": a word, says Billius, that fits these patchers-together of twisted passages of Scripture perfectly, who bring forward no solid body of useful teaching but fashion a kind of empty phantom.

(printed under page 267)

(5) · call in col 522

Εἰκόνος καλῆς κατεσκευασμένης. Εἰκόνα καλὴν κατεσκευασμένην, addito adverbio ἐπιμελῶς, habet cod. Bodlei. Consentit Colbert., nisi quod pro καλῆς, habet καλῶς.

Εἰκόνος καλῆς κατεσκευασμένης [a fine image having been made]: the Bodleian manuscript has Εἰκόνα καλὴν κατεσκευασμένην, with the adverb ἐπιμελῶς [carefully] added. The Colbertine agrees, except that for καλῆς it has καλῶς.

(printed under page 267)

(6) · call in col 522

Μετενέγκῃ. Sic Petav. et Grabius. Basileensis vero Epiphanii editio, cum aliis Irenaei editt. et Ephraem Bodlei. μετενέγκει. God. Reg. et Colbert. μετενέγκοι.

Μετενέγκῃ [should transfer]: so Petau and Grabe. But the Basel edition of Epiphanius, with other editions of Irenaeus and the Bodleian Ephrem, has μετενέγκει; the Royal manuscript and the Colbertine, μετενέγκοι.

(printed under page 267)

(7) · call in col 522

Μεθαρμόσοι. Ephr., Bodlei. et Colbert. μεθαρμόσει.

Μεθαρμόσοι [should rearrange]: Ephrem, Bodleian and Colbertine, μεθαρμόσει.

(printed under page 267)

(8) · call in col 522

Καὶ ποιήσει. Ephr., Colbert. et Bodlei. καὶ ποιήσας.

Καὶ ποιήσει [and will make]: Ephrem, Colbertine and Bodleian, καὶ ποιήσας [and having made].

(printed under page 267)

(9) · call in col 522

Ταύτην φαύλως κατεσκευασμένην. Ephr., Colbert. et Bodlei. ταύτης φαύλως κατεσκευασμένης.

Ταύτην φαύλως κατεσκευασμένην [this, badly made]: Ephrem, Colbertine and Bodleian, the genitive ταύτης φαύλως κατεσκευασμένης.

(printed under page 267)

(10) · call in col 522

Συντεθείσας. Ephr. Bodl. συντελεσθείσας.

Συντεθείσας [put together]: Ephrem, Bodleian, συντελεσθείσας [completed].

(printed under page 267)

(11) · call in col 522

Ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑστέρου. Ephr., Bodl. et Colb. ὑπὸ τοῦ δευτέρου.

Ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑστέρου [by the later one]: Ephrem, Bodleian and Colbertine, ὑπὸ τοῦ δευτέρου [by the second].

(printed under page 267)

(12) · call in col 522

Fide digne. Sic Clarom., Pass. et Voss. et edit. Oxon. juxta Graecum ἀξιοπίστως. Caeter. editt. fide digna. Cod. Arund. fide dignas.

"Credibly": so the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts and the Oxford edition, following the Greek ἀξιοπίστως. The other editions, "fide digna"; the Arundel manuscript, "fide dignas."

(printed under page 267)

(13) · call in col 522

Supergredientes. Ita in Clarom. Pass. et margine Feuard. melius quam in caeteris, supergradientes.

"Overstepping": so in the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts and Feuardent's margin, better than "supergradientes" in the rest.

(printed under page 267)

(14) · call in col 522

Ex iis quae aptant, etc. Haec ita construe: phantasmati (pro phantasmate) male composito ex iis quae aptant ex Dominicis eloquiis, suae scilicet hypothesi.

"From the things they fit," etc.: construe it thus: "by a phantom (phantasmati for phantasmate) badly put together from what they fit out of the Lord's sayings," namely to their own system.

(printed under page 267)

(15) · call in col 522

Imaginem bonam fabricatam diligenter. Legendum juxta Graecum, imagine bona fabricata diligenter, in ablativo absoluto.

"A fine image carefully made": following the Greek, read "imagine bona fabricata diligenter," in the ablative absolute.

(printed under page 267)

(16) · call in col 522

In regis imaginem. Sic Grabius recte reposuit ex Voss. et Graec. εἰκόνα pro imagine ut reliqua exemplaria habent.

"Into the king's image": so Grabe rightly restored from the Voss manuscript and the Greek εἰκόνα, in place of "imagine," which the other copies have.

(printed under page 267)

(17) · call in col 522

Per gemmarum phantasiam. Melius vertisset interpres, per gemmarum speciem.

"By the fancy of the gems": the translator would have done better to render "by the look of the gems."

(printed under page 267)

(18) · call in col 522

Et suadeat. Male in Feuard. edit. suadet.

"And should persuade": wrongly "suadet" in Feuardent's edition.

(printed under page 267)

(19) ‹anchor: fabulas assuentes› · call in col 522

Fabulas assuentes. Sic recte Clarom. Juxta Graec. μύθους συγκαττύσαντες. In caeteris omnibus tum editt. tum mss. perperam, fabulas assumentes.

"Stitching fables together": so rightly the Clermont manuscript, following the Greek μύθους συγκαττύσαντες. In all the others, editions and manuscripts alike, wrongly "fabulas assumentes" [taking up fables].

(printed under page 267)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A digne (12) aptare; B illam imaginem; C (10) Συντεθείσας; D (17) Per gemmarum
  • old-edition numerals: 37 before fabulas
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:523
Editors' notes and page, col. 523

Footnotes

(9) · call in col 523

Luc. VIII, 41.

Luke 8:41.

(printed under page 268)

(10) · call in col 523

I Cor. XV, 8.

1 Cor. 15:8.

(printed under page 268)

(11) ‹anchor: propter angelos› · call in col 523

I Cor. XI, 10.

1 Cor. 11:10.

(printed under page 268)

(1) · call in col 523

Auferentes. Sic Feuard. in marg. cum edit. Oxon., Clarom., Pass., Arund. et Voss. juxta Graec. ἀποσπῶντες. Male vero caeterae editt. afferentes.

"Taking away": so Feuardent in the margin, with the Oxford edition and the Clermont, Passerat, Arundel and Voss manuscripts, following the Greek ἀποσπῶντες [tearing away]. The other editions wrongly have "afferentes" [bringing].

(printed under page 268)

(2) · call in col 523

Adaptare volunt. Ita ex Clarom. restituimus juxta Gr. ἐφαρμόζειν βούλονται, pro ut aptare volunt, quod perperam exstat in omnibus aliis cum editt. tum mss.

"They wish to adapt": so we have restored from the Clermont manuscript, following the Greek ἐφαρμόζειν βούλονται, in place of "ut aptare volunt," which stands wrongly in all the others, editions and manuscripts alike.

(printed under page 268)

(3) · call in col 523

Iis qui sunt intra Pleroma. Mallem, iis quae sunt intra Pleroma.

"To those (masc.) who are within the Pleroma": I would prefer "to the things which are within the Pleroma."

(printed under page 268)

(4) · call in col 523

De iis, qui extra Pleroma sunt ipsorum, ad suos insinuare conantur. Legendum ex Graec. iis, quae sunt extra Pleroma ipsorum, adaptare conantur. Pro ad suos, cod. Clarom. habet ad suas.

"Concerning those who are outside their Pleroma, they try to insinuate to their own": read from the Greek, "they try to adapt to the things which are outside their Pleroma." For "ad suos" the Clermont manuscript has "ad suas."

(printed under page 268)

(5) · call in col 523

Novissimum Aeonum. Clarom., Pass. et Ottob. novissimum Aeonem.

"The last of the Aeons": the Clermont, Passerat and Ottobonian manuscripts, "the last Aeon."

(printed under page 268)

(6) · call in col 523

Et per hunc finem. Exitum scilicet vitae Salvatoris. Vide sup. cap. 3.

"And through this end": that is, the close of the Saviour's life. See above, ch. 3.

(printed under page 268)

(7) · call in col 523

Quae est circa Aeonas dispositionis. Vertendum fuerat, quod est circa Aeonas negotii.

"Of the disposition concerning the Aeons": it should have been translated "of the business concerning the Aeons."

(printed under page 268)

(8) · call in col 523

Insistens. Gr. ἐπιστάς, accedens.

"Standing over": Greek ἐπιστάς, "coming up."

(printed under page 268)

(9) · call in col 523

Achamoth quam. Ita recte Clarom. et Arund. cum edit. Oxon. juxta Gr. ἥν, scilicet Achamotham; male vero caet. editt. habent quem.

"Achamoth, whom": so rightly the Clermont and Arundel manuscripts with the Oxford edition, following the Greek ἥν (feminine), namely Achamoth; the other editions wrongly have "quem" (masculine).

(printed under page 268)

(10) · call in col 523

Figuravit. Gr. ἐμόρφωσε, efformavit.

"Figured": Greek ἐμόρφωσε, "formed."

(printed under page 268)

(11) · call in col 523

In abortionis partu. Recte monet Fronto Duc. legendum esse, in abortionis parte; Gr. μοίρᾳ, sorte, id est, instar abortivi fetus. Vid. sup. cap. 4.

"In the birth of an abortion": Fronton du Duc rightly advises reading "in the part of an abortion"; Greek μοίρᾳ, "lot," that is, like an untimely fetus. See above, ch. 4.

(printed under page 268)

(12) · call in col 523

Novissime autem. Cod. Clarom. et editt. Eras. et Gall. novissimo autem.

"But last": the Clermont manuscript and the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, "novissimo autem."

(printed under page 268)

(13) ‹anchor: Et quoniam› · call in col 523

Et quoniam. Al. Quoniam et.

"And since": others, "Since also."

(printed under page 268)

(14) · call in col 523

Ἔπειτα ῥήματα, etc. In Ephr., Bodl. et Colb. legitur: διά τε ῥημάτων, καὶ λέξεων, καὶ παραβολῶν, etc.

Ἔπειτα ῥήματα [then sayings], etc.: in Ephrem, Bodleian and Colbertine, it reads: "through sayings, and words, and parables," etc.

(printed under page 268)

(15) · call in col 523

Μύθοις αὐτῶν. Ephr., Colb. et Bodl. μύθοις ἑαυτῶν.

Μύθοις αὐτῶν [to their fables]: Ephrem, Colbertine and Bodleian, μύθοις ἑαυτῶν [to their own fables].

(printed under page 268)

(16) · call in col 523

Ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πληρώματος. Lege cum interp. τοῖς ἐντὸς τοῦ πληρώματος.

Ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πληρώματος: read, with the translator, τοῖς ἐντὸς τοῦ πληρώματος [to the things within the Pleroma].

(printed under page 268)

(17) · call in col 523

Ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτόν. Lege cum interp. ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτῶν.

Ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτόν: read, with the translator, ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτῶν [their Christ].

(printed under page 268)

(18) · call in col 523

Ἐκτὸς οὔσης. Legendum vult Billius, ἐκτὸς οὔσῃ.

Ἐκτὸς οὔσης [being outside, genitive]: Billius would read ἐκτὸς οὔσῃ (dative).

(printed under page 268)

(19) · call in col 523

Ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορ. Lege cum interp. ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ πρὸς Κορ.

Ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορ. [in the letter to the Corinthians]: read, with the translator, ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ πρὸς Κορ. [in the First to the Corinthians].

(printed under page 268)

(20) · call in col 523

Δεῖ τὴν γυναῖκα κάλυμμα ἔχειν. In nostris codicibus I Cor. XI, 10, legitur, ὀφείλει ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς. At Irenaei codices habere potuisse κάλυμμα, inde conjicio, (continues)

"The woman must have a veil": in our manuscripts of 1 Cor. 11:10 it reads, "the woman ought to have authority on her head." But that Irenaeus's manuscripts could have had "veil," I infer from this, (continues)

(printed under page 268)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNI
  • marginal letters: A inde auferentes; B ejus, quod; C (1) Auferentes.; D (not visible)
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:524
τα, καὶ λέξεις, καὶ παραβολὰς ὅθεν καὶ πόθεν ἀποσπῶντες, ἐφαρμόζειν βούλονται τοῖς μύθοις αὐτῶν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ. Καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πληρώματος ἐφαρμόζουσιν, εἰρήκαμεν.
wrenching words, and phrases, and parables from here and from there, wish to adapt the oracles of God to their fables. And how many things they adapt to those within the Pleroma, we have already stated.
2. Ὅσα δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐκτὸς τοῦ Πληρώματος αὐτῶν προσοικειοῦν πειρῶνται ἐκ τῶν Γραφῶν, ἔστι τοιαῦτα. Τὴν Κύριον ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις τοῦ κόσμου χρόνοις διὰ τοῦτο ἐληλυθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ πάθος λέγουσιν, ἵν' ἐπιδείξῃ τὸ περὶ τὸν ἔσχατον τῶν αἰώνων γεγονὸς πάθος, καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ τέλους ἐμφήνῃ τὸ τέλος τῆς περὶ τοὺς αἰῶνας πραγματείας. Τὴν δὲ δωδεκαετῆ παρθένον ἐκείνην, τὴν τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου θυγατέρα, ἣν ἐπιστὰς ὁ Κύριος ἐκ νεκρῶν ἤγειρε, τύπον εἶναι διηγοῦνται τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ, ἣν ἐπεκταθεὶς ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτὸν ἐμόρφωσε, καὶ εἰς αἴσθησιν ἤγαγε τοῦ καταλιπόντος αὐτὴν φωτός. Ὅτι δὲ αὐτῇ ἐπέφανεν ὁ Σωτὴρ, ἐκτὸς οὔσης τοῦ πληρώματος, ἐν ἐκτρώματος μοίρᾳ, τὸν Παῦλον λέγουσιν εἰρηκέναι ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους· Ἔσχατον δὲ πάντων, ὡσπερεὶ τῷ ἐκτρώματι, ὤφθη κἀμοί. Τήν τε μετὰ τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν τοῦ Σωτῆρος παρουσίαν πρὸς τὴν Ἀχαμὼθ, ὁμοίως πεφανερωκέναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ Ἐπιστολῇ εἰπόντα· Δεῖ τὴν γυναῖκα κάλυμμα ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς, διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους. Καὶ ὅτι ἥκοντος τοῦ Σωτῆρος πρὸς αὐτὴν, δι' αἰδῶ κάλυμμα ἐπέθετο ἡ Ἀχαμὼθ, Μωσέα πεποιηκέναι φανερὸν, κάλυμμα θέμενον ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τὰ πάθη δὲ αὐτῆς, ἃ ἔπαθεν,
2. And how many things from the Scriptures they also try to appropriate to the things outside their Pleroma, are such as follow. They say that the Lord in the last times of the world came to His passion on this account, that He might exhibit the passion which befell the last of the Aeons, and through the end itself might manifest the end of the affair concerning the Aeons. And that maiden of twelve years, the daughter of the ruler of the synagogue (Luke 8:41–42), whom the Lord stood over and raised from the dead, they relate to be a type of Achamoth, whom their Christ by stretching himself out formed, and brought to perception of the light that had forsaken her. And that the Saviour appeared to her when she was outside the Pleroma in the state of an abortion, they say Paul declared in the Epistle to the Corinthians: And last of all, as unto one born out of due time, He appeared to me also (1 Cor. 15:8). And the coming of the Saviour with His peers to Achamoth, they say he similarly manifested in the same Epistle, when he said: The woman ought to have a veil upon her head, because of the angels (1 Cor. 11:10). And that when the Saviour came to her, Achamoth out of shame put a veil upon herself, Moses made plain by putting a veil upon his face (Exod. 34:33). And her passions also, which she suffered,
Editors' notes and page, col. 524

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A τα (14), καὶ; B λιπόντος αὐτὴν; C (11) In abortionis; D (not visible)
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins with fragment τα from ῥήματα; Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; column ends mid-sentence at ἔπαθεν,
PG 7:525
ἐπιδεσημειῶσθαι τὸν Κύριον φάσκουσιν ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ. Καὶ ἐν μὲν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με; μεμηνυκέναι αὐτὸν, ὅτι ἀπελείφθη ἀπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς ἡ Σοφία, καὶ ἐκωλύθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὅρου τῆς εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν ὁρμῆς· τὴν δὲ λύπην αὐτῆς, ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕως θανάτου· τὸν δὲ φόβον ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Πάτερ, εἰ δυνατὸν, παρελθέτω ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον· καὶ τὴν ἀπορίαν δὲ ὡσαύτως ἐν τῷ εἰρηκέναι· Καὶ τί εἴπω, οὐκ οἶδα.
they affirm that the Lord indicated upon the cross. And in saying, My God, why hast Thou forsaken me? (Matt. 27:46), He signified that Sophia was left behind by the light, and was hindered by Horos from her onward rush; and her grief, in saying, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death (Matt. 26:38); and her fear, in saying, Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me (Matt. 26:39); and her perplexity likewise, in having said, And what I shall say, I know not (cf. John 12:27).
3. Τρία δὲ γένη ἀνθρώπων οὕτως δεδειχέναι διδάσκουσιν αὐτόν· τὸ μὲν ὑλικὸν, ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν τῷ ἐρωτήσαντι· Ἀκολουθήσω σοι; Οὐκ ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλῖναι· τὸ δὲ ψυχικὸν ἐν τῷ εἰρηκέναι τῷ εἰπόντι, Ἀκολουθήσω σοι, ἐπίτρεψον δέ μοι πρῶτον ἀποτάξασθαι τοῖς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου· Οὐδεὶς ἐπ' ἄροτρον τὴν χεῖρα ἐπιβαλὼν, καὶ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω βλέπων, εὔθετός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν.
3. And they teach that He thus pointed out three kinds of men: the material indeed, in saying to him who asked, Shall I follow Thee? The Son of man has nowhere to lay His head (Matt. 8:19–20; Luke 9:57–58); and the psychical, in having said to him who said, I will follow Thee, but suffer me first to bid farewell to them that are in my house: No man, having put his hand to the plough, and looking back, is fit in the kingdom of the heavens (Luke 9:61–62).
Editors' notes and page, col. 525

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HAERESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A ἐπιδεσημειῶσθαι τὸν; B σαντι· Ἀκολουθήσω; C quod in quibusdam; D βασιλείαν τοῦ
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; word split at column end οὐ-|ρανῶν set whole here (Q10), so the tail ρανῶν at the head of col 527 (and its English "heavens.") is not to be restored there; footnotes (1)–(4) are called in this column's Greek (after Ὁ Θεός μου, θανάτου, οὐκ οἶδα, οἴκῳ μου) and are printed at the foot under this column; they are set once in n526 (labelled there "call in col 526"); the head of the left foot, "quod in quibusdam … symbolum subjectionis est velum.", continues a note from page 268
PG 7:526
Editors' notes and page, col. 526

Footnotes

(12) · call in col 526

Matth. XXVII, 46.

Matt. 27:46.

(printed under page 269)

(13) · call in col 526

Matth. XXVI, 38.

Matt. 26:38.

(printed under page 269)

(14) · call in col 526

Ibid. v, 39.

Ibid., v. 39.

(printed under page 269)

(15) · call in col 526

Joan. XII, 27.

John 12:27.

(printed under page 269)

(16) · call in col 526

Luc. IX, 57, 58.

Luke 9:57–58.

(17-18) · call in col 526 Ibid. v, 61, 62.

Ibid., vv. 61–62.

(printed under page 269)

(1) · call in col 526

Ὁ Θεός μου. Repetendum cum interp. et sacro Evang. textu, Matth. XXVII, 46: Ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί, etc.

Ὁ Θεός μου [My God]: repeat it, with the translator and the sacred text of the Gospel, Matt. 27:46: "My God, my God, why," etc.

(printed under page 269)

(2) · call in col 526

Ἕως θανάτου. Haec vel non legit, vel omisit Irenaei interpres.

Ἕως θανάτου [unto death]: Irenaeus's translator either did not read these words or left them out.

(printed under page 269)

(3) · call in col 526

Οὐκ οἶδα. Istae duae voces in hodierno S. Joannis textu non exstant. Forte a Valentinianis Scripturarum corruptoribus ad erroris confirmationem additae fuerant.

Οὐκ οἶδα [I do not know]: these two words are not found in the present text of St John. Perhaps they had been added by the Valentinians, corrupters of the Scriptures, to confirm their error.

(printed under page 269)

(4) · call in col 526

Ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου. Εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, nostra habent N. Test. exemplaria; sicut et mox, εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, pro, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ οὐρανῶν. Sed haec forsan ex memoria citabat Irenaeus.

Ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου [in my house]: our copies of the New Testament have εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου [to my house]; as also just after, "for the kingdom of God" instead of "in the kingdom of heaven." But Irenaeus was perhaps quoting these from memory.

(printed under page 269)

(5) · call in col 526

Velamen imposuit Achamoth. Hic deficit interpretatio Latina in omnibus tum editt. tum mss. Ex Graeco lege: Velamen imposuit Achamoth: Mosen id perspicuum fecisse, dum velamen imposuit in faciem suam. Nempe vocum istarum, velamen imposuit, repetitio, festinantibus scribis occasio fuit intermedias omittendi.

"Achamoth put on a veil": here the Latin version is defective in all editions and manuscripts alike. From the Greek read: "Achamoth put on a veil: Moses made this plain when he put a veil on his face." Clearly the repetition of the words "put on a veil" gave hurrying scribes the occasion to leave out what lay between.

(printed under page 269)

(6) · call in col 526

Significasse Dominum dicunt; in hoc quidem, etc. Haec perturbata sunt. Expunge primum haec verba, in hoc quidem quod derelicta est a lumine, quae male huc transtulit oscitans scriba. Tum lege ex Graeco: significasse Dominum dicunt in cruce. Et in hoc quidem, quod dicit: Deus meus, etc.

"They say the Lord signified; in this indeed," etc.: this is in disorder. First strike out the words "in this indeed, that she was forsaken by the light," which a drowsy scribe wrongly moved here. Then read from the Greek: "they say the Lord signified on the cross. And in this indeed, that he says: My God," etc.

(printed under page 269)

(7) · call in col 526

Taedium autem ejus. Melius vertisset interpres, tristitiam autem ejus, Achamothae scilicet.

"And her weariness": the translator would have done better to render "and her sorrow," that is, Achamoth's.

(printed under page 269)

(8) · call in col 526

Quam tristis. Scripsisse videtur interpres, quoniam; sed hanc vocem compendio scriptam male legentes scribae, reposuerunt quam.

"How sorrowful": the translator seems to have written "quoniam" [since]; but scribes, misreading this word written in abbreviation, put "quam."

(printed under page 269)

(9) · call in col 526

Calix. Iste, additum in editt. omnibus, delemus cum Grabio, quia deest in Clarom. Arund. Voss. et Merc. I, neque in Graeco Irenaei textu legitur τοῦτο.

"Cup": "iste" [this], added in all the editions, we delete with Grabe, because it is missing in the Clermont, Arundel, Voss and first Mercier manuscripts, nor is τοῦτο read in Irenaeus's Greek text.

(printed under page 269)

(10) · call in col 526

Et quid dicam nescio. Edit. Oxon. male, et quid faciam nescio.

"And what I shall say I do not know": the Oxford edition wrongly has "and what I shall do I do not know."

(printed under page 269)

(11) · call in col 526

In eo quod responderit dicenti. Vertendum erat: in eo quod responderit interroganti (Graec. τῷ ἐρωτήσαντι) sequar te? vel clarius: in eo quod interroganti; sequar te? responderit. Haec quidem, sequar te, interrogando non proferuntur, neque Luc. IX, 57, neque Matth. VIII, 19. Sed, ut observat Fronto Duc., perperam ista citare potuerunt haeretici, ex quorum myrotheciis proferuntur.

"In that he answered one who said": it should have been translated "in that he answered one who asked (Greek τῷ ἐρωτήσαντι), Shall I follow you?" or more clearly, "in that he answered one asking, Shall I follow you?" These words, "I will follow you," are not put as a question either in Luke 9:57 or in Matt. 8:19. But, as Fronton du Duc observes, the heretics, from whose perfume-boxes they are brought out, may have quoted them wrongly.

(printed under page 269)

(12) · call in col 526

Ire et renuntiare. Ire et, non est in Graec. sive Epiphan. sive S. Lucae textu; sed in hoc, ante, ἀποτάξασθαι, legitur πρῶτον, primum, quod omisit interpres. Caeterum Graeca hujus Evangelii loci perperam vertit Gallasius: permitte mihi ut prius constituam de iis, quae sunt domui meae. Melius vertuntur a vet. Evangelii et Irenaei interpret. renuntiare domesticis; vel iis, qui domi sunt. Nam, inquit Fronto Duc., altera lectio Vulgatae Luc. IX, 61, hinc confirmatur, et illo Tertulliani lib. iv contra Marc. c. 23: Prius suis valedicere parantem prohibet retro spectare. Si vel vulgata Lexica consuluisset Gallasius, didicisset, ἀποτάσσεσθαι, frequenter significare, dimittere, valere jubere, nuntium remittere, etc.

"To go and bid farewell": "to go and" is not in the Greek, either of Epiphanius or of St Luke's text; but in the latter, before ἀποτάξασθαι, πρῶτον, "first," is read, which the translator left out. Moreover Gallasius wrongly translated the Greek of this Gospel passage: "allow me first to settle the things that belong to my house." It is better rendered by the old translator of the Gospel and of Irenaeus, "to bid farewell to my household," or "to those who are at home." For, says Fronton du Duc, the other reading of the Vulgate at Luke 9:61 is confirmed by this, and by that place of Tertullian, Against Marcion IV, 23: "The one preparing first to say farewell to his own he forbids to look back." Had Gallasius consulted even the common lexicons, he would have learned that ἀποτάσσεσθαι often means "to dismiss, to bid farewell, to send word of parting," etc.

(printed under page 269)

Page

  • running head: ERESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A moth (5) in; B rit dicenti; C (7) Taedium autem; D (12) Ire et
  • old-edition numerals: 38 after dicunt
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:527
ρανῶν. Τοῦτον γὰρ λέγουσι τὸν μέσον εἶναι. Κἀκεῖνον δὲ ὡσαύτως τὸν τὰ πλεῖστα μέρη τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὁμολογήσαντα πεποιηκέναι, ἔπειτα μὴ θελήσαντα ἀκολουθῆσαι, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ πλούτου ἡττηθέντα, πρὸς τὸ μὴ τέλειον γενέσθαι, καὶ τοῦτον τοῦ ψυχικοῦ γένους γεγονέναι θέλουσι. Τὸ δὲ πνευματικὸν ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς· σὺ δὲ πορευθεὶς διάγγελλε τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ ἐπὶ Ζακχαίου τοῦ τελώνου εἰπών· Σπεύσας κατάβηθι, ὅτι σήμερον ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου δεῖ με μεῖναι. Τούτους γὰρ πνευματικοῦ γένους καταγγέλλουσι γεγονέναι. Καὶ τὴν τῆς ζύμης παραβολὴν, ἣν ἡ γυνὴ ἐγκεκρυφέναι λέγεται εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, τὰ τρία γένη δηλοῦν λέγουσι. Γυναῖκα μὲν γὰρ τὴν Σοφίαν λέγεσθαι διδάσκουσιν· ἀλεύρου σάτα τὰ τρία γένη τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πνευματικὸν, ψυχικὸν, χοϊκόν· ζύμην δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν Σωτῆρα εἰρῆσθαι διδάσκουσι. Καὶ τὸν Παῦλον διαῤῥήδην εἰρηκέναι χοϊκοὺς, ψυχικοὺς, πνευματικούς· ὅπου μὲν, Οἷος ὁ χοϊκὸς, τοιοῦτοι καὶ οἱ χοϊκοί· ὅπου δὲ, Ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος. ὅπου δὲ, Πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει πάντα. Τὸ δὲ, Ψυχικὸς οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος, ἐπὶ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ φασιν εἰρῆσθαι, ὃν, ψυχικὸν ὄντα, μὴ ἐγνωκέναι μήτε τὴν μητέρα πνευματικὴν οὖσαν, μήτε τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῆς, μήτε τοὺς ἐν τῷ πληρώματι Αἰῶνας. Ὅτι ἰδὼν ἤμελλε σώζειν ὁ Σωτὴρ, τούτων τὰς ἀπαρ-
heavens. For they say that this one is the middle one. And likewise that other one also, who confessed that he had performed most parts of righteousness, and afterwards was unwilling to follow, but was overcome by wealth so as not to become perfect, him also they will have to have been of the psychic race. And the spiritual race he indicated in saying: Leave the dead to bury their own dead, but you go and proclaim the kingdom of God; and in saying in the case of Zacchaeus the tax-collector: Make haste and come down, for today I must abide in your house. For these they declare to have been of the spiritual race. And the parable of the leaven which the woman is said to have hidden in three measures of meal, they say manifests the three races. For they teach that the woman is said to be Sophia; the measures of meal, the three races of men, spiritual, psychic, and choic; and the leaven they teach to be said of the Saviour himself. And that Paul expressly spoke of choic, psychic, and spiritual men: in one place, Such as is the choic one, such also are the choic ones; in another place, Now the psychic man receives not the things of the Spirit; and in another place, The spiritual man examines all things. And that the saying, The psychic man receives not the things of the Spirit, they say was spoken of the Demiurge, who, being psychic, knew neither his mother who was spiritual, nor her seed, nor the Aeons in the Pleroma. And that seeing those whom the Saviour was about to save, of these the first-
Editors' notes and page, col. 527

Footnotes

(19) · call in col 527

Luc. IX, 60.

Luke 9:60.

(printed under page 270)

(20) · call in col 527

Luc. XIX, 5.

Luke 19:5.

(printed under page 270)

(21) · call in col 527

I Cor. XV, 48.

1 Cor. 15:48.

(printed under page 270)

(22) · call in col 527

I Cor. II, 14.

1 Cor. 2:14.

(printed under page 270)

(23) · call in col 527

Ibid. v, 15.

Ibid., v. 15.

(printed under page 270)

(24) ‹anchor: et massa› · call in col 527

Rom. XI, 16.

Rom. 11:16.

(printed under page 270)

(1) · call in col 527

Noluisse sequi. Vertendum erat, nolentem sequi, ut Graecus textus, et constructio requirunt.

"That he had refused to follow": it should have been translated "refusing to follow," as the Greek text and the construction require.

(printed under page 270)

(2) · call in col 527

Spiritale vero. Scilicet, hominum genus. Sic editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. melius quam mss. codd. et editt. Oxon. spiritalem vero: in Graeco siquidem legitur, τὸ δὲ πνευματικόν, et paulo ante scripsit interpres, hylicum quidem, animale vero.

"But the spiritual": that is, the kind of men. So the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, better than the manuscripts and the Oxford edition, "spiritalem vero"; for in the Greek is read τὸ δὲ πνευματικόν, and a little before the translator wrote "the hylic indeed, but the animal."

(printed under page 270)

(3) · call in col 527

Oportet me manere. Post haec adde ex Graeco, hos namque spiritualis generis fuisse tradunt, τούτους γὰρ πνευματικοῦ γένους καταγγέλλουσι γεγονέναι.

"I must stay": after this add from the Greek, "for they relate that these were of the spiritual kind," τούτους γὰρ πνευματικοῦ γένους καταγγέλλουσι γεγονέναι.

(printed under page 270)

(4) · call in col 527

Et fermenti parabolam. In Eras. Gallas. et Feuard. male: et in fermenti parabola.

"And the parable of the leaven": in Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent wrongly, "and in the parable of the leaven."

(printed under page 270)

(5) · call in col 527

Animalis autem. Ex Graeco lege: istud vero: Animalis autem.

"But the animal man": from the Greek read, "and this: But the animal man."

(printed under page 270)

(6) ‹anchor: initia accepit› · call in col 527

Initia accepit. Melius ἀπαρχάς vertisset interpres primitias, ut et superius cap. 6 vertit, quam initia.

"Took the beginnings": the translator would better have rendered ἀπαρχάς as "first-fruits," as he also rendered it above in ch. 6, than as "beginnings."

(printed under page 270)

(7) · call in col 527

Τὸν μέσον εἶναι. Legisse videtur interpres τῶν μέσων; vel, ἐκ τῶν μέσων, sicuti paulo post scribitur, τοῦτον τοῦ ψυχικοῦ γένους γεγονέναι.

Τὸν μέσον εἶναι [that he was the middle one]: the translator seems to have read τῶν μέσων [of the middle ones], or ἐκ τῶν μέσων [from the middle ones], just as is written a little after, "that this man was of the animal kind."

(printed under page 270)

(8) · call in col 527

Ἀλεύρου σάτα. Lege cum interp. ἀλεύρου δὲ σάτα τρία, id enim non modo sensus exigit, sed et textus Graecus paulo ante ita sonat.

Ἀλεύρου σάτα [measures of meal]: read, with the translator, "and three measures of meal," for not only does the sense demand it, but the Greek text a little before also runs so.

(printed under page 270)

(9) · call in col 527

Τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. Τοῦ Θεοῦ addunt nostri Nov. Test. codices. Quod omissum est non solum hoc loco, sed et in Syriaca versione, ac Chrysost. in Comm. ad I Cor. XI. Clemens vero Alex. lib. I Strom., pag. 297, haec Apostol. verba refert, cum vocibus τοῦ Θεοῦ; at lib. v, pag. 557, eadem verba commemorans omittit τοῦ Θεοῦ. Hinc colligit Grabius has voces priori loco a recentiori forte scriba additas fuisse. Sed non satis firma videtur ea conjectura. Clemens enim lib. v Strom. Apostoli verba non ex professo, sed ex memoria citare videtur, tacito etiam Apostoli nomine, et solum quantum ad scopum conducebant, ut scilicet probaret a spiritualibus duntaxat apprehendi posse spiritalia.

Τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος [the things of the Spirit]: our New Testament manuscripts add τοῦ Θεοῦ [of God]. This is left out not only in this place but also in the Syriac version, and in Chrysostom's commentary on 1 Cor. 11. Clement of Alexandria, in Stromata I, p. 297, gives these words of the Apostle with τοῦ Θεοῦ; but in Book V, p. 557, quoting the same words, he leaves out τοῦ Θεοῦ. From this Grabe gathers that these words were perhaps added in the former place by a later scribe. But the conjecture does not seem firm enough. For in Stromata V Clement seems to quote the Apostle's words not formally but from memory, without even naming the Apostle, and only so far as they served his purpose, namely to prove that spiritual things can be grasped only by the spiritual.

(printed under page 270)

(10) ‹anchor: Ὅτι ἰδὼν› · call in col 527

Ὅτι ἰδών. Leg. ὅτι δ' ὧν

Ὅτι ἰδών [that seeing]: read ὅτι δ' ὧν [but that of those whom].

(printed under page 270)

Page

  • running head: 527 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 528
  • marginal letters: A ρανῶν. Τοῦτον; B ματικὸν, ψυχικὸν; C (8) Ἀλεύρου σάτα
  • old-edition numerals: 39 after vero (in Latin)
  • other: Greek in right column (528); word split at start of column: ρανῶν (from οὐ-); word split at end of column: ἀπαρ-; facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:528
Editors' notes and page, col. 528

Page

  • other: col 528 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 527 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:529
χὰς ἀνέλαβε, τὸν Παῦλον εἰρηκέναι· Καὶ ἦν ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα· ἀπαρχὴν μὲν τὸ πνευματικὸν εἰρῆσθαι διδάσκοντες, φύραμα δὲ ἡμᾶς, τουτέστι τὴν ψυχικὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἧς τὸ φύραμα ἀνειληφέναι λέγουσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ συνεσταλκέναι, ἐπειδὴ ἦν αὐτὸς ζύμη.
fruits he took up, Paul said: And if the first-fruits was holy, the lump also; teaching that the first-fruits was said of the spiritual, and the lump of us, that is, the psychic Church, the lump of which they say he took up and drew together in himself, since he himself was the leaven.
4. Καὶ ὅτι ἐπλανήθη ἡ Ἀχαμὼθ ἐκτὸς τοῦ πληρώματος, καὶ ἐμορφώθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἀνεζητήθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος, μηνύειν αὐτὸν λέγουσιν ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν, αὐτὸν ἐληλυθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ πεπλανημένον. Πρόβατον μὲν γὰρ πεπλανημένον τὴν μητέρα αὐτῶν ἐξηγοῦνται λέγεσθαι, ἐξ ἧς τὴν ὧδε θέλουσιν ἐσπάρθαι Ἐκκλησίαν· πλάνην δὲ τὴν ἐκτὸς πληρώματος ἐν τοῖς πάθεσι διατριβὴν, ἐξ ὧν γεγονέναι τὴν ὕλην ὑποτίθενται· τὴν δὲ γυναῖκα τὴν σαροῦσαν τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ εὑρίσκουσαν τὴν δραχμὴν, τὴν ἄνω Σοφίαν διηγοῦνται λέγεσθαι, ἥτις ἀπολέσασα τὴν ἐνθύμησιν αὐτῆς, ὕστερον, καθαρισθέντων πάντων διὰ τῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος παρουσίας, εὑρίσκει αὐτήν· διὸ καὶ ταύτην ἀποκαθίστασθαι, κατ' αὐτοὺς, ἐντὸς πληρώματος. Συμεῶνα τὸν εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας λαβόντα τὸν Χριστὸν, καὶ εὐχαριστήσαντα αὐτῷ, καὶ εἰπόντα· Νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου, Δέσποτα, κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ, τύπον εἶναι τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ λέγουσιν, ὡς ἐλθόντος τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἔμαθε τὴν μετάθεσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ηὐχαρίστησε τῷ Βυθῷ. Καὶ διὰ τῆς Ἄννης, τῆς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ κη-
4. And that Achamoth wandered outside the Pleroma, and was formed by Christ, and was sought out by the Saviour, they say he indicates in saying that he came unto that which was gone astray. For the sheep gone astray they explain to be said of their mother, from whom they will have it that the Church here was sown; and the wandering is her stay outside the Pleroma in the passions, from which they suppose matter to have come into being; and the woman who sweeps the house and finds the drachma, they relate to be said of the upper Sophia, who, having lost her enthymesis, afterwards, when all things have been cleansed through the coming of the Saviour, finds it; wherefore she also is restored, according to them, within the Pleroma. Simeon, who took Christ into his arms and gave thanks to Him, and said: Now lettest Thou Thy servant depart, O Sovereign Lord, according to Thy word in peace, they say is a type of the Demiurge, in that when the Saviour came he learned of his removal and gave thanks to Bythus. And through Anna, who in the Gospel is pro-
Editors' notes and page, col. 529

Page

  • running head: 529 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 530
  • marginal letters: A quod est spiritale; B mam, superiorem; C (4) Τοῖς πάθεσι
  • old-edition numerals: 40 before secundum (in Latin)
  • other: word split at start of column: χὰς (from ἀπαρ-); word split at end of column: κη-; facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:530
Editors' notes and page, col. 530

Footnotes

(25) · call in col 530

Luc. XV, 4.

Luke 15:4.

(printed under page 271)

(26) · call in col 530

Ibid. v. 8.

Ibid., v. 8.

(printed under page 271)

(27) ‹anchor: tuum in pace› · call in col 530

Luc. II, 28.

Luke 2:28.

(printed under page 271)

(28) ‹anchor: cum viro vixisse› · call in col 530

Ibid. v. 36.

Ibid., v. 36.

(printed under page 271)

(1) · call in col 530

Ἦν ἡ ἀπαρχή. Sic recte Petavius et Grab.; male vero in Basileensi Epiphanii editione legebatur, ἣν ἡ ἀπαρχή. Quod Graeci codicis mendum non deprehendens Gallasius, in apertissimo loco, ait Billius, tanquam in meridiana luce hallucinatus est; vertit enim: et erant primitiae sanctae. Caeterum vulgata N. Test. exemplaria habent usitatiorem particulam εἰ.

Ἦν ἡ ἀπαρχή [the first-fruit was]: so rightly Petau and Grabe; but the Basel edition of Epiphanius wrongly read ἣν ἡ ἀπαρχή. Not catching this fault in the Greek manuscript, Gallasius, in a perfectly plain place, says Billius, went astray as if in broad daylight; for he translated "and the first-fruits were holy." For the rest, the common copies of the New Testament have the more usual particle εἰ [if].

(printed under page 271)

(2) · call in col 530

Συνεσταλκέναι. Suspicatur Billius mendosum hoc loco fuisse codicem, quo usus est vetus interpres, qui erexisse vertit, quasi in Graeco esset, συναγεστηκέναι. Suspicarer ego potius cum Grabio mendosum esse nostrum codicem, genuinamque lectionem esse συνανεστηκέναι. Id suadere videtur ratio quae continuo subjicitur, ἐπειδὴ ἦν αὐτὸς ζύμη, quoniam erat ipse fermentum; fermenti enim proprium est, non contrahere, sed potius inflare et erigere.

Συνεσταλκέναι [to have drawn together]: Billius suspects that the manuscript used by the old translator was faulty here, since he rendered "had raised up," as if the Greek were συναγεστηκέναι. I would rather suspect, with Grabe, that our manuscript is faulty and that the genuine reading is συνανεστηκέναι [to have raised up with]. The reason added straight after seems to argue for it, ἐπειδὴ ἦν αὐτὸς ζύμη, "since he himself was leaven"; for it is the nature of leaven not to contract but rather to swell and raise.

(printed under page 271)

(3) · call in col 530

Πεπλανημένον. Adde cum vet. interp. πρόβατον. Quam vocem omisit imprudens scriba, quod ab eadem sequens periodus inciperet.

Πεπλανημένον [that had strayed]: add, with the old translator, πρόβατον [sheep]. A careless scribe left out this word because the following period began with the same word.

(printed under page 271)

(4) · call in col 530

Τοῖς πάθεσι. Legit interp. τοῖς πᾶσι πάθεσι.

Τοῖς πάθεσι [in the passions]: the translator read τοῖς πᾶσι πάθεσι [in all the passions].

(printed under page 271)

(5) · call in col 530

Αὐτῷ. Legit interp. τῷ Θεῷ. Nostri vero N. Test. codices habent: Καὶ εὐλόγησε τὸν Θεόν.

Αὐτῷ [to him]: the translator read τῷ Θεῷ [to God]. Our New Testament manuscripts have: "And he blessed God."

(printed under page 271)

(6) ‹anchor: ὡς ἐλθόντος› · call in col 530

Ὡς ἐλθόντος. Leg. ὃς ἐλθόντος.

Ὡς ἐλθόντος [as, when he came]: read ὃς ἐλθόντος [who, when he came].

(printed under page 271)

(7) · call in col 530

Cujus substantiam. Vertendum erat, cujus massam.

"Whose substance": it should have been translated "whose lump."

(printed under page 271)

(8) · call in col 530

Restituitur secundum eos intra Pleroma. Quia nimirum Enthymesis, seu Achamoth a medietatis loco in ipsum Pleroma transiens, matri suae, superiori Sophiae, a qua per Horon separata fuerat, denuo conjungitur. Vid. cap. 2 et 7.

"Is restored, according to them, within the Pleroma": because, of course, the Enthymesis, or Achamoth, passing from the place of the Middle into the Pleroma itself, is joined again to her mother, the higher Sophia, from whom she had been separated by Horos. See chs. 2 and 7.

(printed under page 271)

(9) · call in col 530

Symeon. Pro Symeonem.

"Symeon": for "Symeonem" (accusative).

(printed under page 271)

(10) · call in col 530

In manus suas. Graec. εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας, in ulnas suas.

"Into his hands": Greek εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας, "into his arms."

(printed under page 271)

(11) ‹anchor: Nunc remittis› · call in col 530

Remittis. Sic omnes mss. pro dimittis, ut est in editt. Eras. et Gall. ac Feuard. Bibliisque vulgatis.

"You release": so all the manuscripts, for "dimittis," as in the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent and in the common Bibles.

(printed under page 271)

(12) ‹anchor: Et per Annam› · call in col 530

Et per Annam, etc. Lege juxta Graecum: et per Annam illam, quae in Evangelio prophetissa dicitur, septemque annis, etc.

"And through Anna," etc.: read, following the Greek, "and through that Anna who in the Gospel is called a prophetess, and for seven years," etc.

(printed under page 271)

Page

  • other: col 530 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 529 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:531
Editors' notes and page, col. 531

Footnotes

(29) · call in col 531

Luc. VII, 35.

Luke 7:35.

(printed under page 272)

(30) · call in col 531

I Cor. II, 6.

1 Cor. 2:6.

(printed under page 272)

(31) · call in col 531

Ephes. V, 32.

Eph. 5:32.

(printed under page 272)

(1) · call in col 531

In uno ostendentem. Id est, inquit Grabius, unico conjugii mundani exemplo indigitantem conjugationes, ex quibus supremum consistit Pleroma.

"Showing in one": that is, says Grabe, pointing out by the single example of a worldly marriage the conjugal pairs of which the highest Pleroma consists.

(printed under page 272)

(2) · call in col 531

Et omnium generationem. Istae voces male huc translatae sunt. Caetera quae sequuntur, mutila sunt. Quare sic ex Graeco restitue: Adhuc autem Joannem discipulum Domini docent, primam Ogdoadem ipsis verbis significasse, ita dicentes: Joannes discipulus Domini omnium generationem exponere volens, juxta quam Pater omnia produxit, principium aliquod subjecit, etc.

"And the generation of all things": these words have been wrongly moved here. What follows is mutilated. So restore it thus from the Greek: "Further, they teach that John, the disciple of the Lord, indicated the first Ogdoad in so many words, saying thus: John the disciple of the Lord, wishing to set forth the generation of all things, by which the Father produced all things, laid down a certain beginning," etc.

(printed under page 272)

(3) ‹anchor: Domini vocat› · call in col 531

Quod etiam Nun vocat et Filium: et unigenitum Domini vocat. Cod. Clarom. quod etiam nunc vocat et Filium; et unigenitum Deum vocat. Quoad vocem nunc consentiunt Voss. et Merc. 2, quoad vocem Deum, Arund. Sed neque sic legendo Graecorum sensum exprimes, aut textus Latini defectibus medeberis. Lege ergo: Quod et Nun, et Filium unigenitum, et Deum vocavit. Quanquam vox Νοῦς neque in Graeco Irenaei textu, neque in hoc primo Evangelii Joannis capite occurrat.

"Which he also calls Nous and Son, and calls the Only-begotten of the Lord": the Clermont manuscript, "which he now also calls Son, and calls the Only-begotten God." As to the word "nunc," the Voss and second Mercier manuscripts agree; as to the word "Deum," the Arundel. But reading so you will neither express the sense of the Greek nor heal the defects of the Latin text. Read therefore: "Which he also called Nous, and only-begotten Son, and God." Though the word Νοῦς occurs neither in Irenaeus's Greek text nor in this first chapter of John's Gospel.

(printed under page 272)

(4) ‹anchor: Pater praemisit› · call in col 531

Praemisit. Ita Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Feuard. in marg. procul dubio ex vet. cod. At idem Feuard. in textu, cum Eras. et Gall. minus bene, dimisit. Mallem προέβαλε hic, ut alibi solet, vertisset interp., emisit.

"Sent forth beforehand": so the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts, and Feuardent in the margin, doubtless from an old manuscript. But the same Feuardent in his text, with Erasmus and Gallasius, less well, has "dimisit" [let go]. I would rather the translator had rendered προέβαλε here "emisit" [emitted], as he usually does elsewhere.

(printed under page 272)

(5) ‹anchor: Ab hoc› · call in col 531

Ab hoc. Sic Graeca secutus recte emendavit Feuard. pro adhuc, quod in omnibus cum editt. tum mss. codd. perperam legebatur.

"By this one": so Feuardent rightly corrected, following the Greek, in place of "adhuc" [further], which was wrongly read in all the editions and manuscripts alike.

(printed under page 272)

(6) · call in col 531

Καὶ διὰ τῆς Ἄννης ... κηρυσσομένης. Sic cod. Reg. cum Basileensi Epiphan. edit. et Gallas. ac Feuard. Irenaei editt. Petavius vero et Grabius perperam omiserunt τῆς Ἄννης.

"And through Anna ... proclaimed": so the Royal manuscript, with the Basel edition of Epiphanius and the editions of Irenaeus by Gallasius and Feuardent. Petau and Grabe wrongly omitted τῆς Ἄννης.

(printed under page 272)

(7) · call in col 531

Μὲν οὖσα. Lege cum interp. μένουσα unico vocabulo.

Μὲν οὖσα: read, with the translator, μένουσα [remaining], as a single word.

(printed under page 272)

(8) ‹anchor: τουτέστι› · call in col 531

Τουτέστι τοῦ Θεοῦ. Melius legas cum interp. τουτέστι τοῦ Υἱοῦ. Haec enim ad explicationem vocis ἀρχῆς subjiciuntur. Atqui mox dictum est, Filium, ex Valentinianorum hypothesi, esse principium illud, de quo loquitur Joannes ipso Evang. initio; quia in Filio Pater omnia seminali ratione procreavit; ab eo autem productum esse Verbum, a quo omnium Aeonum efformata sit essentia. Filius igitur et Verbum, sua quisque ratione, rerum omnium principium erant, a quo Joannem initium docendi fecisse volebant haeretici illi; ac proinde, ex eorum mente, legendum videtur, τουτέστι τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Λόγου.

"That is, from God": you would read better, with the translator, "that is, from the Son." For these words are added to explain the word ἀρχῆς [beginning]. But it was said just before that, on the Valentinians' system, the Son is that beginning of which John speaks at the very start of the Gospel, because in the Son the Father brought forth all things in the manner of seed; and that by him the Word was produced, by whom the substance of all the Aeons was formed. The Son and the Word therefore, each in his own way, were the beginning of all things, from which those heretics would have it that John began his teaching; and accordingly, by their meaning, it seems one should read "that is, from the Son and from the Word."

(printed under page 272)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A omne tempus; B sia 31.; C (1) In uno; D (not visible)
  • old-edition numerals: 41 before Verbum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:532
ρυσσομένης προφήτιδος, ἑπτὰ ἔτη μετὰ ἀνδρὸς ἐζηκυίας, τὸν δὲ λοιπὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον χήρας μενούσης, ἄχρις οὗ τὸν Σωτῆρα ἰδοῦσα ἐπέγνω αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐλάλει περὶ αὐτοῦ πᾶσι, φανερώτατα τὴν Ἀχαμὼθ μηνύεσθαι διορίζονται· ἥτις, πρὸς ὀλίγον ἰδοῦσα τὸν Σωτῆρα μετὰ τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν αὐτοῦ, τῷ λοιπῷ χρόνῳ παντὶ μὲν οὖσα ἐν τῇ μεσότητι προσεδέχετο αὐτὸν, πότε πάλιν ἐλεύσεται, καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει αὐτὴν τῇ αὐτῆς συζυγίᾳ. Καὶ τὸ ὄνομα δὲ αὐτῆς μεμηνύσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος, ἐν τῷ εἰρηκέναι· Καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς· καὶ ὑπὸ Παύλου δὲ οὕτως· Σοφίαν δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις. Καὶ τὰς συζυγίας δὲ, τὰς ἐντὸς πληρώματος, τὸν Παῦλον εἰρηκέναι φάσκουσιν ἐπὶ ἑνὸς δείξαντα. Περὶ γὰρ τῆς περὶ τὸν βίον συζυγίας γράφων, ἔφη· Τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν.
proclaimed prophetess (Luke 2:36–38), who had lived seven years with a husband, and all the rest of the time remained a widow, until seeing the Saviour she recognized Him, and spoke of Him to all, they define that Achamoth is most manifestly signified; who, having seen the Saviour for a little while with His peers, during all the rest of the time, being indeed in the midst, awaited Him, when He shall come again, and restore her to her consort. And that her name too was signified by the Saviour, in having said: And wisdom is justified of her children (Luke 7:35); and by Paul also thus: Howbeit we speak wisdom among the perfect (1 Cor. 2:6). And the conjugal couples also within the Pleroma they affirm that Paul declared, showing them in one instance; for in writing of the union that belongs to this life, he said: This mystery is great; but I speak in regard of Christ and the Church (Eph. 5:32).
5. Ἔτι τε Ἰωάννην, τὸν μαθητὴν τοῦ Κυρίου, διδάσκουσι τὴν πρώτην ὀγδοάδα μεμηνυκέναι αὐταῖς λέξεσι, λέγοντες οὕτως· Ἰωάννης ὁ μαθητὴς τοῦ Κυρίου, βουλόμενος εἰπεῖν τὴν τῶν ὅλων γένεσιν, καθ' ἣν τὰ πάντα προέβαλεν ὁ Πατὴρ, ἀρχήν τινα ὑποτίθεται, τὸ πρῶτον γεννηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὃν δὴ καὶ υἱὸν Μονογενῆ, καὶ Θεὸν κέκληκεν, ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα ὁ Πατὴρ προέβαλε σπερματικῶς. Ὑπὸ δὲ τούτου φησὶ τὸν Λόγον προβεβλῆσθαι, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν ὅλην τῶν Αἰώνων οὐσίαν, ἣν αὐτὸς ὕστερον ἐμόρφωσεν ὁ Λόγος. Ἐπεὶ οὖν περὶ πρώτης γενέσεως λέγει, καλῶς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς, τουτέστι τοῦ
5. And further they teach that John, the disciple of the Lord, signified the first Ogdoad in so many words, speaking thus: John, the disciple of the Lord, wishing to set forth the origin of all things, whereby the Father put forth all things, supposes a certain Beginning, the first thing begotten by God, whom he has also called Only-begotten Son and God, in whom the Father put forth all things seminally. And by him he says that the Word was put forth, and in him the whole substance of the Aeons, which the Word himself afterwards formed. Since, therefore, he speaks concerning the first origin, rightly from the Beginning, that is, from
Editors' notes and page, col. 532

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A ρυσσομένης (6) προφήτιδος; B ἔφη· Τὸ μυστήριον; C dimisit. Mallem; D principium erant
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins with fragment ρυσσομένης from κηρυσσομένης; Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; column ends mid-sentence at τοῦ
PG 7:533
Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Λόγου, τὴν διδασκαλίαν ποιεῖται. Λέγει δὲ οὕτως· Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος, καὶ ὁ Λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ Λόγος. Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεόν. Πρότερον διαστείλας τὰ τρία, Θεὸν, καὶ ἀρχὴν, καὶ Λόγον, πάλιν αὐτὰ ἑνοῖ, ἵνα καὶ τὴν προβολὴν ἑκατέρων αὐτῶν δείξῃ, τοῦ τε Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Λόγου, καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἅμα, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ἕνωσιν. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἡ ἀρχὴ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὁ Λόγος. Καλῶς οὖν εἶπεν· Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος· ἦν γὰρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ· καὶ ὁ Λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν· καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀρχή· καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ Λόγος, ἀκολούθως· τὸ γὰρ ἐκ Θεοῦ γεννηθὲν Θεός ἐστιν. Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεόν· ἔδειξε τὴν τῆς προβολῆς τάξιν. Πάντα δι' αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδ' ἓν· πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς μετ' αὐτὸν Αἰῶσι μορφῆς καὶ γενέσεως αἴτιος ὁ Λόγος ἐγένετο. Ἀλλὰ ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ, φησὶ, ζωή ἐστιν· ἐνθάδε καὶ συζυγίαν ἐμήνυσε· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὅλα ἔφη δι' αὐτοῦ γεγενῆσθαι, τὴν δὲ ζωὴν ἐν αὐτῷ. Αὕτη οὖν ἡ ἐν αὐτῷ γενομένη οἰκειοτέρα ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῷ τῶν δι' αὐτοῦ γενομένων· σύνεστι γὰρ αὐτῷ, καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ καρποφορεῖ. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐπιφέρει, Καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ἄν-
God and the Word. And he speaks thus: In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God (John 1:1–2). Having first distinguished the three, God, and Beginning, and Word, he again unites them, that he may show both the putting forth of each of the two, namely of the Son and of the Word, and at the same time their union with one another and with the Father. For in the Father and from the Father is the Beginning, and from the Beginning is the Word. Well, therefore, did he say: In the beginning was the Word, for he was in the Son; and the Word was with God, for the Beginning also was; and the Word was God, consequently, for that which is begotten of God is God. The same was in the beginning with God: this showed the order of the putting forth. All things were made through him, and without him was not anything made (John 1:3a); for to all the Aeons after him the Word became the cause of form and origin. But that which has been made in him, he says, is life (John 1:3b–4a): here he also indicated a conjugal couple; for all things, he said, were made through him, but life in him. This life, therefore, which was made in him is more closely akin in him than the things that were made through him; for it is with him, and bears fruit through him. For since he adds, And the life was the light of men (John 1:4b), by having mentioned Man
Editors' notes and page, col. 533

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HAERESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ; B χωρὶς αὐτοῦ; C ment. in; D ut auctor noster
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii interpretatio in middle of column not set; word split at column end: Ἄν- (to be joined whole here from the head of col 535; c535_a.md holds only its rail line, so the tail was not seen; Q10 UNSURE); footnotes (1)–(6) are called in this column's Greek (after Οὗτος, ἀρχῆς, οὐδ' ἕν, γεγενῆσθαι, ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν αὐτῷ) and printed at the foot under this column (1–5) and at the head of the right foot (5 cont., 6); they are set once in n534 (labelled there "call in col 534")
PG 7:534
Editors' notes and page, col. 534

Footnotes

(32) · call in col 534

Joan. I, 1, 2.

John 1:1–2.

(printed under page 273)

(33) · call in col 534

Ibid. v, 4.

Ibid., v. 4.

(printed under page 273)

(1) · call in col 534

Οὗτος. Sic recte codex Reg. cum omnibus Irenaei editt. Petavius vero Basileensem Epiphanii editionem perperam secutus scripsit, οὕτως, indeque Latine reddidit: sic erat in principio, etc. Sed mirum quod vir doctissimus hujus editionis mendum hic non deprehenderit, qui paulo post ea ipsa Joannis verba, prout in eadem recte describuntur, recte ipse scripsit: οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ, quamvis aliis intentus iterum verterit: sic erat in principio. Nusquam ita vertit vetus Irenaei interp.; nec ea Joannis verba, sed sensum duntaxat corrumpebant Valentiniani.

Οὗτος [this one]: so rightly the Royal manuscript with all the editions of Irenaeus. Petau, wrongly following the Basel edition of Epiphanius, wrote οὕτως [thus], and so rendered it in Latin "thus it was in the beginning," etc. But it is strange that so learned a man did not catch this edition's fault here, since a little later he himself rightly wrote those very words of John as they are rightly copied in the same edition, οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ, though, intent on other things, he again translated "thus it was in the beginning." Irenaeus's old translator never renders it so; and the Valentinians corrupted not John's words but only their sense.

(printed under page 273)

(2) · call in col 534

Καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς. Recte monent Billius et Petavius legendum esse cum interp. ἐν ἀρχῇ δὲ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς.

Καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς [and from the beginning]: Billius and Petau rightly advise reading, with the translator, "and in the beginning, and from the beginning."

(printed under page 273)

(3) · call in col 534

Οὐδ' ἕν. Ab his verbis hanc Joannis periodum claudebant non Valentiniani modo, sed et Macedoniani, quos refellit Chrysostomus homil. iv in Joan., pro suae quique haereseos scopo. Quin et catholici plures, sed catholico sensu, sic claudunt, ut auctor noster lib. I, cap. 22; lib. II, c. 1; lib. III, c. 8, etc.; Cyrillus Alexand. in Joan.; Augustinus Tract. 1 in Joan., et Latinorum interpretum plerique, Estio teste.

Οὐδ' ἕν [not one thing]: with these words not only the Valentinians but also the Macedonians, whom Chrysostom refutes in Homily 4 on John, closed this period of John, each for the aim of his own heresy. Indeed many Catholics too close it so, but in a Catholic sense: as our author, Book I, ch. 22; Book II, ch. 1; Book III, ch. 8, etc.; Cyril of Alexandria on John; Augustine, Tractate 1 on John; and most of the Latin interpreters, as Estius attests.

(printed under page 273)

(4) · call in col 534

Δι' αὐτοῦ γεγενῆσθαι. Sic recte cod. Reg. In omnibus tum Epiph. tum Iren. editt. perperam δι' ἑαυτοῦ. Nam paulo ante scriptum est, δι' αὐτοῦ, et ita habet Evangel. textus.

Δι' αὐτοῦ γεγενῆσθαι [to have come to be through him]: so rightly the Royal manuscript. In all the editions, of Epiphanius and of Irenaeus alike, wrongly δι' ἑαυτοῦ [through himself]. For a little before it is written δι' αὐτοῦ, and so the Gospel text has it.

(printed under page 273)

(5) · call in col 534

Τὴν δὲ ζωὴν ἐν αὐτῷ. Pravum hunc Valentinianorum sensum deridet Origenes, t. III. Comment. in Joan., pag. 71. Lege sis. Eumdem amplectebantur Macedoniani, ut Spiritum sanctum, quem vitam esse dicebant, in rebus creatis adnumerarent. Confutat Chrysost., loco cit.

Τὴν δὲ ζωὴν ἐν αὐτῷ [but the life in him]: Origen mocks this perverse sense of the Valentinians, Commentary on John, tome III, p. 71. Read it, if you please. The Macedonians embraced the same sense, so as to count among created things the Holy Spirit, whom they said was the life. Chrysostom refutes it in the place cited.

(printed under page 273)

(6) · call in col 534

Οἰκειοτέρα ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῷ. Dele particulam ἐν.

Οἰκειοτέρα ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῷ [is more closely akin in him]: delete the particle ἐν.

(printed under page 273)

(7) · call in col 534

Etenim principium. Ita vetus Feuard. cod., Clarom., Pass. et Voss. cum textu Graeco. Male vero apud Eras. et Gall. etenim in principio. Sed ab his verbis colon claudere debuisset Feuard. nec ea perperam istis adjungere, et Deus erat Verbum, a quibus altera incipit periodus. Sensus autem est: et Verbum erat apud Deum, etenim principium, supp. Deus est. Unde his verbis, etenim principium, subjiciunt rationem Valentiniani, cur Verbum esset apud Deum; quia nimirum Verbum erat apud principium, Filium videlicet; etenim principium Deus est. Ex eo enim quod Verbum esset in principio et ex principio, concludebant Verbum esse apud Deum, quia principium, id est Filius, Deus est.

"For indeed the beginning": so Feuardent's old manuscript and the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts, with the Greek text. But wrongly in Erasmus and Gallasius, "for indeed in the beginning." Feuardent, however, should have closed the clause with these words and not wrongly joined to them "and the Word was God," with which another period begins. The sense is: "and the Word was with God, for indeed the beginning" (supply "is God"). Hence with the words "for indeed the beginning" the Valentinians add the reason why the Word was with God: namely because the Word was with the beginning, that is, the Son; "for indeed the beginning is God." For from the Word's being in the beginning and from the beginning, they concluded that the Word was with God, because the beginning, that is the Son, is God.

(printed under page 273)

(8) · call in col 534

Proximior est, quam. Lege juxta Graecum: proximior (melius propinquior aut familiarior) est illi quam, etc.

"Is nearer than": read, following the Greek, "is nearer (better 'closer' or 'more akin') to him than," etc.

(printed under page 273)

(9) ‹anchor: hominem autem nunc› · call in col 534

Quoniam infert, etc., hominem autem nunc, etc. Melius ex Graeco legas: Quoniam infert, etc., nunc hominem dicens; et Ecclesiam eadem voce significavit. Porro hominem pro plurali, homines (ut in caeteris exemplaribus legitur), ex cod. Voss. et Graeco recte reposuit Grabius.

"Since he adds," etc., "but now the man," etc.: you would read better from the Greek, "Since he adds," etc., "now saying 'man'; and he signified the Church by the same word." Further, Grabe rightly restored "hominem" from the Voss manuscript and the Greek, in place of the plural "homines" (as is read in the other copies).

(printed under page 273)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A bum erat apud; B tionis causa; C ment. in Joan.; D apud Deum,
  • old-edition numerals: 42 before nomine
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:535
Editors' notes and page, col. 535

Footnotes

(34) · call in col 535

Ephes. V, 13.

Eph. 5:13.

(printed under page 274)

(35) · call in col 535

Joan. I, 14.

John 1:14.

(printed under page 274)

(1) · call in col 535

Quod est formatum et manifestatum. Fortasse scripsit interp. quod est formatum esse, et manifestatum, pro formati sunt et manifestati. Sic tu legas juxta Graecum.

"Which is formed and made manifest": perhaps the translator wrote "which is to have been formed and made manifest," for "they were formed and made manifest." Read it so, following the Greek.

(printed under page 274)

(2) · call in col 535

Quod manifestatur. Sic quidem Vulgatae Bibliorum versiones Latinae; sed, ut probe monet Grabius, cum φανερούμενον quasi participium verbi medii in significatione activa accepisse Valentinianos, immediate sequentia clare ostendant; interpres potius, quod manifestat, quam, quod manifestatur, reddere debuisset.

"That which is made manifest": so indeed the Latin versions of the Vulgate Bible; but, as Grabe rightly advises, since what immediately follows shows clearly that the Valentinians took φανερούμενον as a participle of the middle verb in an active sense, the translator ought rather to have rendered "that which makes manifest" than "that which is made manifest."

(printed under page 274)

(3) · call in col 535

Dicens intra Pleroma. Lege ex Graeco, dicit totius Pleromatis. Vide not. 10.

"Saying within the Pleroma": read from the Greek, "he says, of the whole Pleroma." See note 10.

(printed under page 274)

(4) · call in col 535

Qualis erat Unigeniti. Sic recte Clarom. cod. juxta Graec. οἵα ἦν ἡ τοῦ μονογενοῦς. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. quasi unigeniti; Oxon. ex cod. Voss. pejus, quasi erat unigeniti.

"Such as was the Only-begotten's": so rightly the Clermont manuscript, following the Greek οἵα ἦν ἡ τοῦ μονογενοῦς. Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, "as of the only-begotten"; the Oxford edition from the Voss manuscript, worse, "as was of the only-begotten."

(printed under page 274)

(5) · call in col 535

Plenum gratia. Codicem Arundel. sequimur, caeteris omnibus cum editt. tum mss. hic praeponendum. Illum quidem postposuit Grabius; quia vocem Graecam πλήρης ad δόξαν cum Billio et Petavio referre maluit, quam ad Λόγον; sed doctissimos alioqui viros Graecorum sensum hic assecutos non fuisse, in notis ad textum Graecum demonstravimus. Quare distinctionis causa, haec, cujus gloriam vidimus.... data est ei, parenthesi includimus.

"Full of grace": we follow the Arundel manuscript, to be preferred here to all the others, editions and manuscripts alike. Grabe set it aside, because with Billius and Petau he preferred to refer the Greek word πλήρης to δόξαν [glory] rather than to Λόγον [Word]; but in the notes to the Greek text we have shown that these otherwise most learned men did not grasp the sense of the Greek here. So, for clarity, we enclose these words, "whose glory we saw .... was given to him," in parentheses.

(printed under page 274)

(6) · call in col 535

Dicit autem sic, etc. usque ad, diligenter igitur. Billium, alioqui non indiligentem, in nova versione sua haec praetermisisse, cum Frontone Duc. miror. Sed paulo magis stupenda Gallasii hallucinatio; dum enim novis vocibus studet, iis repudiatis, quibus utitur Vulgata nostra, nec evangelico sensui, nec Grammaticae legibus consulit. Vertit enim; et Sermo factus est caro, et habitavit in nobis, et contemplati vidimus gloriam ut Unigeniti a Patre, plenum gratiae et veritatis. Sive enim plenum ad vocem sermo, sive ad gloriam referat, soloecismi culpa tenetur. Atqui si vel Erasmum consuluisset, ab eo didicisset vocem Graecam πλήρης referri ad Λόγος, non ad δόξαν; ac proinde vertendum erat: et Sermo factus est caro, et habitavit in nobis, etc., plenus gratiae et veritatis.

"And he speaks thus," etc., down to "carefully therefore": with Fronton du Duc I wonder that Billius, otherwise not careless, passed over these words in his new version. But Gallasius's blunder is rather more astonishing; for in his zeal for new words, rejecting those our Vulgate uses, he respects neither the Gospel's sense nor the laws of grammar. He translated: "and the Discourse was made flesh, and dwelt in us, and having beheld we saw the glory as of the Only-begotten from the Father, full (neuter) of grace and truth." Whether he refers "plenum" to the word "sermo" or to "gloriam," he is guilty of a solecism. Yet had he consulted even Erasmus, he would have learned from him that the Greek word πλήρης refers to Λόγος, not to δόξαν; and so it should have been translated: "and the Discourse was made flesh, and dwelt in us," etc., "full (masculine) of grace and truth."

(printed under page 274)

(7) ‹anchor: plenum gratia et veritate› · call in col 535

Plenum gratia et veritate. Sic ex Graeco emendamus, imo ex ipso Irenaei interp. qui lib. v, cap. 18, sic reddidit. In caeteris autem omnibus cum editt. tum mss. legitur, plena, sed manifesto scribarum lapsu. Si enim ea gratiae veritatisque plenitudo ad gloriam referretur, in Graeco scribendum fuisset πλήρη, et in Latino plenam. Vide not. 13.

"Full of grace and truth": so we correct from the Greek, indeed from Irenaeus's own translator, who rendered it so in Book V, ch. 18. In all the others, editions and manuscripts alike, "plena" is read, but by an obvious slip of the scribes. For if that fullness of grace and truth were referred to the glory, πλήρη would have had to be written in the Greek, and "plenam" in the Latin. See note 13.

(printed under page 274)

(8) · call in col 535

Ὁμωνύμως τῷ Ἀνθρώπῳ. Τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ deleri vult Billius; sed retineri nihil vetat.

Ὁμωνύμως τῷ Ἀνθρώπῳ [by the same name as the Man]: Billius would delete τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ; but nothing forbids keeping it.

(printed under page 274)

(9) · call in col 535

Εἰρῆσθαι. Melius legas cum interp. εἴρηται.

Εἰρῆσθαι [to have been said]: you would read better, with the translator, εἴρηται [it has been said].

(printed under page 274)

(10) · call in col 535

Παντὸς τοῦ πληρώματος. Vet. interpres non παντός, sed ἐντός legisse videtur. Vertit enim, intra. Sed prior lectio praeferenda. Salvatorem enim totius Pleromatis fructum esse jam non semel dixerunt Valentiniani.

Παντὸς τοῦ πληρώματος [of the whole Pleroma]: the old translator seems to have read not παντός but ἐντός; for he translated "within." But the former reading is to be preferred. For the Valentinians have said more than once that the Saviour is the fruit of the whole Pleroma.

(printed under page 274)

(11) · call in col 535

Ἁρμόσας. Μορφώσας legi mavult Billius, quia vertit interpres, formans. Sed ἁρμόσας eodem recidit.

Ἁρμόσας [having fitted]: Billius prefers to read μορφώσας [having formed], because the translator rendered "forming." But ἁρμόσας comes to the same thing.

(printed under page 274)

(12) · call in col 535

Ὑπ' αὐτῆς. Monet Grab. interpretem recte legisse, ὑπ' αὐτῶν, quia vertit, ab eis. Sed eadem ratione legisset interpres linea praeced. ὑπ' αὐτῶν, qui vertit etiam, ab eis. Non attendebat, puto, vir doctus, ab eis utrobique referri ad tenebras, et ὑπ' αὐτῆς ad τὴν σκοτίαν.

Ὑπ' αὐτῆς [by it, feminine singular]: Grabe advises that the translator rightly read ὑπ' αὐτῶν [by them], because he rendered "by them." But by the same reasoning the translator would have read ὑπ' αὐτῶν in the preceding line, where he also rendered "by them." The learned man did not notice, I think, that "by them" in both places refers to "tenebrae" [darkness, plural in Latin], and ὑπ' αὐτῆς to τὴν σκοτίαν.

(printed under page 274)

(13) ‹anchor: πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας› · call in col 535

Πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. Vel lege (continues)

Πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας [full of grace and truth]: either read (continues)

(printed under page 274)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNEN
  • marginal letters: A giae communionem; B omnia, quae; C bitavit in; D vocem Graecam
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:536
θρωπον εἰπὼν ἄρτι, καὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ὁμωνύμως τῷ Ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμήνυσεν, ὅπως διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς ὀνόματος δηλώσῃ τὴν τῆς συζυγίας κοινωνίαν. Ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ Λόγου καὶ τῆς Ζωῆς ἄνθρωπος γίνεται καὶ Ἐκκλησία. Φῶς δὲ εἶπε τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὴν Ζωὴν διὰ τὸ πεφωτίσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπ' αὐτῆς, ὅ δή ἐστι μεμορφῶσθαι καὶ πεφανερῶσθαι. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος λέγει· Πᾶν γὰρ τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν. Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐφανέρωσε καὶ ἐγέννησε τόν τε ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἡ Ζωὴ, φῶς εἰρῆσθαι αὐτῶν. Σαφῶς οὖν δεδήλωκεν ὁ Ἰωάννης διὰ τῶν λόγων τούτων τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τὴν τετράδα τὴν δευτέραν, Λόγον καὶ Ζωὴν, Ἄνθρωπον καὶ Ἐκκλησίαν. Ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὴν πρώτην ἐμήνυσε τετράδα. Διηγούμενος γὰρ περὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος, καὶ λέγων πάντα τὰ ἐκτὸς τοῦ πληρώματος δι' αὐτοῦ μεμορφῶσθαι, καρπὸν εἶναί φησιν αὐτὸν παντὸς τοῦ πληρώματος· καὶ γὰρ φῶς εἴρηκεν αὐτὸν τὸ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαινόμενον, καὶ μὴ καταληφθὲν ὑπ' αὐτῆς, ἐπειδὴ πάντα τὰ γενόμενα ἐκ τοῦ πάθους ἁρμόσας, ἠγνοήθη ὑπ' αὐτῆς· καὶ Υἱὸν δὲ, καὶ Ἀλήθειαν, καὶ Ζωὴν λέγει αὐτὸν, καὶ Λόγον σάρκα γενόμενον· οὗ τὴν δόξαν ἐθεασάμεθα, φησὶ, καὶ ἦν ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ, οἵα ἦν ἡ τοῦ Μονογενοῦς, ἡ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. Λέγει δὲ
having just mentioned Man, he also indicated the Church by the same name as Man, so that through the one name he might show the fellowship of the syzygy. For from the Word and the Life come into being man and the Church. Moreover, he called the Life the light of men because they have been enlightened by her, which means that they have been formed and made manifest. And this Paul also says: For everything that is made manifest is light. Since, therefore, the Life made manifest and begot both man and the Church, she is called their light. Clearly, then, John has declared through these words both the other matters and the second tetrad, Word and Life, Man and Church. Nay more, he also indicated the first tetrad. For in discoursing concerning the Saviour, and saying that all the things outside the Pleroma have been formed through Him, he says that He is the fruit of the whole Pleroma; for indeed he has called Him the light that shines in the darkness, and was not comprehended by it, since, having fitted together all the things that came into being out of the passion, He was unknown by it; and he also calls Him Son, and Truth, and Life, and the Word become flesh, Whose glory we beheld, says he, and His glory was such as was that of the Only-begotten, given to Him by the Father, full of grace and truth. And he says
Editors' notes and page, col. 536

Page

  • running head: OPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 536
  • marginal letters: A θρωπον εἰπὼν ἄρτι,; B ματος δι' αὐτοῦ; C bitavit in nobis,; D (10) Παντὸς τοῦ πληρώματος.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins mid-word θρωπον (from Ἄν-θρωπον); Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:537
οὕτως· Καὶ ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ Πατρὸς, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. Ἀκριβῶς οὖν καὶ τὴν πρώτην ἐμήνυσε τετράδα, Πατέρα εἰπὼν, καὶ Χάριν, καὶ τὸν Μονογενῆ, καὶ Ἀλήθειαν· οὕτως ὁ Ἰωάννης περὶ τῆς πρώτης καὶ μητρὸς τῶν ὅλων Αἰώνων ὀγδοάδος εἴρηκε. Πατέρα γὰρ εἴρηκε, καὶ Χάριν, καὶ Μονογενῆ, καὶ Ἀλήθειαν, καὶ Λόγον, καὶ Ζωὴν, καὶ Ἄνθρωπον, καὶ Ἐκκλησίαν.
thus: And the Word became flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory, glory as of an Only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth. Accurately, therefore, he indicated the first tetrad also, speaking of Father, and Charis, and the Only-begotten, and Aletheia; thus John has spoken concerning the first ogdoad, the mother of all the Aeons. For he has spoken of Father, and Charis, and Only-begotten, and Aletheia, and Logos, and Zoe, and Anthropos, and Ecclesia.
CAPUT IX.
Chapter IX.
Impugnantur impiae Haereticorum interpretationes.
The impious interpretations of the heretics are impugned.
Ὁρᾷς, ἀγαπητὲ, τὴν μέθοδον, ᾗ οἱ χρώμενοι φρεναπατοῦσιν ἑαυτοὺς, ἐπηρεάζοντες τὰς Γραφὰς, τὸ πλάσμα αὐτῶν ἐξ αὐτῶν συνιστάνειν πειρώμενοι. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς παρεθέμην αὐτῶν τὰς λέξεις, ἵνα ἐξ αὐτῶν κατανοήσῃς τὴν πανουργίαν τῆς μεθοδείας, καὶ τὴν πονηρίαν τῆς πλάνης. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ εἰ προέκειτο Ἰωάννῃ τὴν ἄνω ὀγδοάδα μηνύσειν, τὴν τάξιν ἂν τετηρήκει τῆς προβολῆς, καὶ τὴν πρώτην τετράδα σεβασμιωτάτην οὖσαν, καθὼς λέγουσιν, ἐν πρώτοις ἂν τεθείκει τοῖς ὀνόμασι, καὶ οὕτως ἐπεζεύχθη τὴν δευτέραν, ἵνα διὰ τῆς τάξεως τῶν ὀνομάτων ἡ τάξις δειχθῇ τῆς ὀγδοάδος· καὶ οὐκ ἂν μετὰ τοσοῦτον διάστημα, ὡς ἐκλελησμένος, ἔπειτα ἀναμνησθεὶς, ἐπ' ἐσχάτῳ πρώτης ἐμέμνητο τετράδος. Ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὰς συζυγίας σημᾶναι θέλων, καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας οὐκ ἂν παρέλιπεν ὄνομα· ἀλλ' ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν συζυγιῶν
You see, beloved, the method whereby those who use it deceive their own minds, abusing the Scriptures and attempting to establish their figment out of them. For on this account I myself also have set down their words, that from them you may perceive the craftiness of their contrivance and the wickedness of their error. For in the first place, if it had been John's purpose to indicate the upper ogdoad, he would have preserved the order of the projection, and would have placed the first tetrad, being most venerable, as they say, among the first names, and thus would have subjoined the second, so that through the order of the names the order of the ogdoad might be shown; and he would not after so great an interval, as though having forgotten and afterwards recollected, have made mention of the first tetrad at the last. And in the next place, wishing to signify the syzygies also, he would not have omitted the name of Ecclesia, but either in the case of the remaining syzygies also
Editors' notes and page, col. 537

Page

  • running head: 537 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 538
  • marginal letters: A nem, et Veritatem; B litiam inventionis; C cunque hic
  • old-edition numerals: 43 before Veritatem (in Latin)
  • other: editors' matter: CAPUT IX. Impugnantur impiae (chapter heading and summary); facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:538
Editors' notes and page, col. 538

Footnotes

(1) · call in col 538

Καὶ αὐτός. Lege αὐτάς, cum interprete.

Καὶ αὐτός [and he himself]: read αὐτάς [them], with the translator.

(printed under page 275)

(2) · call in col 538

Τὰς λέξεις. Aliquam aliam vocem cum copula καί hic legisse videtur interpres; vertit enim, astutias et dictiones.

Τὰς λέξεις [the expressions]: the translator seems to have read here some other word with the copula καί; for he translated "the cunning and the expressions."

(printed under page 275)

(3) · call in col 538

Ἐπεζεύχθη. Mallem ἐπέζευξε. Sed forte verbum ἐπιζεύγνυμαι in activa significatione accepit Irenaeus.

Ἐπεζεύχθη [was joined on]: I would prefer ἐπέζευξε [he joined on]. But perhaps Irenaeus took the verb ἐπιζεύγνυμαι in an active sense.

(printed under page 275)

(4) · call in col 538

Ptolemaeus quidem ita. Haec in Graeco desiderantur.

"Ptolemy indeed thus": these words are missing in the Greek.

(printed under page 275)

(5) · call in col 538

Constare. Gr. συνιστάνειν, quod vertendum erat, commendare seu approbare. Inde enim Scripturis calumniam struebant Valentiniani, quod fictiones suas ex eis approbare adniterentur.

"To establish": Greek συνιστάνειν, which should have been translated "to commend" or "to prove." For the Valentinians slandered the Scriptures in this, that they strove to prove their fictions from them.

(printed under page 275)

(6) ‹anchor: deinde commemoratus› · call in col 538

Deinde commemoratus. In Eras., Gall. et Ottob. de re commemoratus, forte pro dein recommemoratus; sic enim habet cod. Clarom.

"Then having remembered": in Erasmus, Gallasius and the Ottobonian manuscript, "de re commemoratus," perhaps for "dein recommemoratus" [then having recalled]; for so the Clermont manuscript has it.

(printed under page 275)

Page

  • other: col 538 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 537 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:539
Editors' notes and page, col. 539

Footnotes

(1) · call in col 539

Cum possent et illa. Legendum puto: cum possent et illae, scilicet feminae conjuges seu Aeones feminae.

"Since those (neuter) too could": I think one should read "since those (feminine) too could," namely the female consorts, or female Aeons.

(printed under page 276)

(2) · call in col 539

Non remisisset. Gr. οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν, non dimisisset.

"He would not have sent back": Greek οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν, "he would not have let go."

(printed under page 276)

(3) · call in col 539

Unum Deum exponente. Adde ex Gr. unum Deum omnipotentem.

"Setting forth one God": add from the Greek, "one God almighty."

(printed under page 276)

(4) · call in col 539

Secundum verisimile. Sic ex Graeco, ita exigente sensu, restituo, pro secundum verisimilem, ut habent omnes codd. manifesto scribarum lapsu: male scilicet apice notata litera e, quod frequens in mss. occurrit.

"Plausibly": so I restore from the Greek, as the sense demands, in place of "secundum verisimilem," which all the manuscripts have by an obvious slip of the scribes: the letter e, that is, wrongly marked with a stroke, which occurs often in manuscripts.

(printed under page 276)

(5) · call in col 539

Quem scilicet. Eras., Feuard. et Gall. perperam habent, quam.

"Whom, namely": Erasmus, Feuardent and Gallasius wrongly have "quam" (feminine).

(printed under page 276)

(6) ‹anchor: alterum Christum› · call in col 539

Alterum Christum. Duas voces, id est, post Christum in praeced. editt. insertas merito delevit Grab. quia in Graeco et mss. Clarom., Arundel. atque Vossio desunt, ac falsum gignunt sensum; sed forte, id est, in mss. Erasmi et Gallasii, ex interpretatione vocis Christum, supererat; scripseratque quispiam, id est unctum, ut ante scriptum est, Monogenis, id est Unigeniti.

"Another Christ": Grabe rightly deleted the two words "id est," inserted after "Christum" in the earlier editions, because they are missing in the Greek and in the Clermont, Arundel and Voss manuscripts, and they produce a false sense; but perhaps "id est" was left over in Erasmus's and Gallasius's manuscripts from a gloss on the word "Christum," someone having written "that is, anointed," as is written before, "of Monogenes, that is, of the Only-begotten."

(printed under page 276)

(7) ‹anchor: in suam argumentationem› · call in col 539

In suam argumentationem. Graecam vocem ὑπόθεσιν, argumentationem vertere amat interp.: mallem reddidisset, institutum, sententiam.

"Into their own argument": the translator likes to render the Greek word ὑπόθεσιν as "argumentatio"; I would rather he had rendered "scheme," "doctrine."

(printed under page 276)

(8) ‹anchor: Patrem dixit› · call in col 539

Dixit. Ita Clarom. et Voss. exacte juxta Graecum εἴρηκε. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. dixisset.

"He said": so the Clermont and Voss manuscripts, exactly following the Greek εἴρηκε. Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, "dixisset" [had said].

(printed under page 276)

(9) · call in col 539

Εἰ τῶν λοιπῶν τὰς συζύγους. Legendum cum interp. ἢ εἰ τῶν λοιπῶν. Sed frustra Billius et Fronto Duc. cum eodem legi volunt, τὰς συζυγίας; et sensus enim et contextus sermonis exigunt συζύγους.

Εἰ τῶν λοιπῶν τὰς συζύγους [if the consorts of the rest]: read, with the translator, "or if of the rest." But Billius and Fronton du Duc wish in vain, with the same translator, to read τὰς συζυγίας [the pairings]; for both the sense and the context require συζύγους [consorts].

(printed under page 276)

(10) · call in col 539

Υἱὸν Θεοῦ. Λόγον Θεοῦ legisse videtur interpres.

Υἱὸν Θεοῦ [Son of God]: the translator seems to have read Λόγον Θεοῦ [Word of God].

(printed under page 276)

(11) ‹anchor: καταχρησάμενοι› · call in col 539

Καταχρησάμενοι. Lege cum interp. καὶ καταχρησάμενοι.

Καταχρησάμενοι [misusing]: read, with the translator, "and misusing."

(printed under page 276)

(12) ‹anchor: μνείαν ποιεῖσθαι› · call in col 539

Μνείαν ποιεῖσθαι. Addenda cum interpr. particula negativa μὴ vel οὐ.

Μνείαν ποιεῖσθαι [to make mention]: the negative particle μή or οὐ must be added, with the translator.

(printed under page 276)

Page

  • running head: 539 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A nomen; sed aut; B tasse in nobis :; C (1) Cum possent et illa.
  • old-edition numerals: 44 after per
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:540
ἠρκέσθη τῇ τῶν ἀῤῥένων προσηγορίᾳ, ὁμοίως δυναμένων κἀκείνων συνυπακούεσθαι, ἵνα τὴν ἑνότητα διὰ πάντων ᾖ πεφυλακώς· εἰ τῶν λοιπῶν τὰς συζύγους κατέλεγε, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἂν μεμηνύκει σύζυγον, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν ἐκ μαντείας ἡμᾶς λαμβάνειν τοὔνομα αὐτῆς.
would have been content with the appellation of the males, since those females also could likewise be understood along with them, so that he might have preserved unity throughout all; or if he was enumerating the consorts of the rest, he would also have indicated the consort of Man, and would not have left us to take her name by divination.
2. Φανερὰ οὖν ἡ τῆς ἐξηγήσεως παραποίησις. Τοῦ γὰρ Ἰωάννου ἕνα Θεὸν παντοκράτορα, καὶ ἕνα μονογενῆ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν κηρύσσοντος, δι' οὗ τὰ πάντα γεγονέναι λέγει, τοῦτον Υἱὸν Θεοῦ, τοῦτον Μονογενῆ, τοῦτον πάντων ποιητὴν, τοῦτον φῶς ἀληθινὸν, φωτίζοντα πάντα ἄνθρωπον, τοῦτον κόσμου ποιητὴν, τοῦτον εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἐληλυθότα, τοῦτον αὐτὸν σάρκα γεγονότα, καὶ ἐσκηνωκότα ἐν ἡμῖν· οὗτοι παρατρέποντες κατὰ τὸ πιθανὸν τὴν ἐξήγησιν, ἄλλον μὲν τὸν Μονογενῆ θέλουσιν εἶναι κατὰ τὴν προβολὴν, ὃν δὴ καὶ Ἀρχὴν καλοῦσιν· ἄλλον δὲ τὸν Σωτῆρα γεγονέναι θέλουσι, καὶ ἄλλον τὸν Λόγον υἱὸν τοῦ Μονογενοῦς, καὶ ἄλλον τὸν Χριστὸν εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν τοῦ πληρώματος προβεβλημένον· καὶ ἓν ἕκαστον τῶν εἰρημένων ἄραντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας, καταχρησάμενοι τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν ὑπόθεσιν μετήνεγκαν, ὥστε, κατ' αὐτοὺς, ἐν τοῖς τοσούτοις τὸν Ἰωάννην τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μνείαν ποιεῖσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ Πατέρα εἴρηκε, καὶ Χάριν, καὶ Μονογενῆ, καὶ Ἀλήθειαν, καὶ Λόγον, καὶ Ζωὴν, καὶ Ἄνθρωπον, καὶ Ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ τὴν ἐκεί-
2. Manifest, therefore, is the falsification of their exposition. For whereas John proclaims one God Almighty, and one Only-begotten Christ Jesus, through Whom he says all things came into being, this One the Son of God, this One the Only-begotten, this One the Maker of all things, this One the true Light that enlightens every man, this One the Maker of the world, this One as having come unto His own, this very same One as having become flesh and having dwelt among us; these men, twisting the exposition speciously, will have it that the Only-begotten is one according to emission, whom indeed they also call Beginning; and that the Saviour came into being as another, and the Word, the son of the Only-begotten, as another, and Christ, emitted for the restoration of the Pleroma, as another; and taking away each one of the things that have been said from the truth, and misusing the names, they have transferred them to their own hypothesis, so that, according to them, in all these statements John makes mention of the Lord Jesus Christ. For if he has spoken of Father, and Grace, and Only-begotten, and Truth, and Word, and Life, and Man, and Church, according to their
Editors' notes and page, col. 540

Page

  • running head: ISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 540
  • marginal letters: A ἠρκέσθη τῇ τῶν; B τον αὐτὸν σάρκα; C interpretatione vocis Christum,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: ends mid-word ἐκεί- (continued in col. 541); Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:541
νων ὑπόθεσιν περὶ τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος εἴρηκεν, ἐν ᾗ οὐδέπω Ἰησοῦς, οὐδέπω Χριστὸς ὁ τοῦ Ἰωάννου διδάσκαλος. Ὅτι δὲ οὐ περὶ τῶν συζυγιῶν αὐτῶν ὁ Ἀπόστολος εἴρηκεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὃν καὶ Λόγον οἶδε τοῦ Θεοῦ, αὐτὸς πεποίηκε φανερόν. Ἀνακεφαλαιούμενος γὰρ περὶ τοῦ εἰρημένου αὐτῷ ἄνω ἐν ἀρχῇ Λόγου, ἐπεξηγεῖται· Καὶ ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν. Κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐκείνων ὑπόθεσιν, οὐχ ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, ὅς γε οὐδὲ ἦλθέ ποτε ἐκτὸς πληρώματος, ἀλλὰ ὁ τῆς οἰκονομίας, μεταγενέστερος τοῦ Λόγου, Σωτήρ.
hypothesis he has spoken concerning the first ogdoad, in which there was not yet Jesus, not yet Christ, the teacher of John. But that the Apostle has spoken not concerning their syzygies, but concerning our Lord Jesus Christ, Whom he also knows to be the Word of God, he himself has made manifest. For summing up concerning the Word spoken of by him above in the beginning, he explains further: And the Word became flesh, and dwelt among us. Yet according to their hypothesis, it was not the Word that became flesh, seeing that he never even came outside the Pleroma, but the Saviour of the dispensation, who was later in origin than the Word.
3. Μάθετε οὖν, ἀνόητοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ παθὼν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ὁ κατασκηνώσας ἐν ἡμῖν, οὗτος αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλος τις τῶν αἰώνων ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμῶν αὐτῶν σωτηρίας σὰρξ ἐγένετο, εἰκὸς ἦν περὶ ἄλλου εἰρηκέναι τὸν Ἀπόστολον· εἰ δὲ ὁ Λόγος ὁ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὁ καταβὰς, αὐτός ἐστι καὶ ὁ ἀναβὰς, ὁ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ μονογενὴς Υἱὸς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς εὐδοκίαν σαρκωθεὶς ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων, οὐ περὶ ἄλλου τινὸς, οὐδὲ περὶ ὀγδοάδος τὸν λόγον ἐμπεποίηται, ἀλλ' ἢ περὶ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Λόγος, κατ' αὐτοὺς, προηγουμένως σὰρξ γέγονε. Λέγουσι δὲ τὸν Σωτῆρα ἐνδύ-
3. Learn therefore, foolish men, that Jesus Who suffered for us, Who pitched His tent among us, this very same One is the Word of God. For if some other one of the Aeons had become flesh for our own salvation, it would have been reasonable that the Apostle had spoken concerning another; but if the Word of the Father Who came down is Himself also He Who went up, the only-begotten Son of the only God, made flesh for men according to the good pleasure of the Father, he has made his discourse not concerning anyone else, nor concerning an ogdoad, save concerning the Lord Jesus Christ. For according to them, the Word did not primarily become flesh at all. Rather, they say that the Saviour put on
Editors' notes and page, col. 541

Page

  • running head: 541 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A νων ὑπόθεσιν περὶ; B ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ὁ; C (1) Ὁ τῆς οἰκονομίας.; D προνοίᾳ, ex dispensatione
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins mid-word νων (from ἐκεί-νων in col. 540), ends mid-word ἐνδύ- (continued in col. 544); Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:542
Editors' notes and page, col. 542

Footnotes

(1) · call in col 542

Ὁ τῆς οἰκονομίας. Pro his legendum vult Billius cum interpr. ὁ ἐκ πάντων γεγονώς, quia fictitius ille Valentinianorum Servator ex omnibus Aeonibus ortum traxit. Grabius vero Epiphanii lectionem pro genuina habet, ratus hanc, utpote obscuriorem, liberiori explicationi occasionem dedisse. Sed is certe non est interpres noster, qui tantam sibi libertatem arroget. Quare utrumque textum, Graecum scilicet et Latinum, hic mutilum esse, alterumque ex altero emendandum esse ratus, et Epiphanii et interpretis lectionem amplector, legendumque censeo: ὁ ἐκ πάντων γεγονώς, καὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας, μεταγενέστερος τοῦ Λόγου, Σωτήρ. Cur autem Salvator dicatur, τῆς οἰκονομίας Σωτήρ, ratio in promptu est: quia scilicet humanae salutis procurandae causa (quae Graecis οἰκονομία est, ut supra diximus), animale corpus induit, ut paulo post subjicitur, quod quidem corpus ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας κατεσκευασμένον ἀρρήτῳ προνοίᾳ, ex dispensatione (id est salutis nostrae causa), constructum inenarrabili arte dicebant Valentiniani.

Ὁ τῆς οἰκονομίας [he of the dispensation]: for these words Billius would read, with the translator, ὁ ἐκ πάντων γεγονώς [he who came to be from all], because that fictitious Saviour of the Valentinians took his origin from all the Aeons. Grabe, however, holds Epiphanius's reading to be genuine, thinking that, being the more obscure, it gave occasion to a freer explanation. But our translator is certainly not one to take so much liberty. So, judging that both texts, the Greek and the Latin, are mutilated here and that each is to be corrected from the other, I embrace the reading both of Epiphanius and of the translator, and I think one should read: "he who came to be from all, and the Saviour of the dispensation, later than the Word." Why he is called Saviour "of the dispensation" is plain: because, for the sake of procuring human salvation (which in Greek is οἰκονομία, as we said above), he put on an animal body, as is added a little later; which body, "made from the dispensation by an ineffable providence," the Valentinians said was built "from the dispensation" (that is, for the sake of our salvation) "by an indescribable art."

(printed under page 277)

(2) · call in col 542

Ὁ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ. Legisse videtur interpres, ἀπὸ τοῦ, non ὁ τοῦ, sed utrumque eodem fere recidit.

Ὁ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ [he of the only God]: the translator seems to have read ἀπὸ τοῦ [from the], not ὁ τοῦ; but both come to nearly the same.

(printed under page 277)

(3) ‹anchor: τὸν λόγον ἐμπεποίηται› · call in col 542

Λόγον ἐμπεποίηται. Legendum vult Billius πεποίηται.

Λόγον ἐμπεποίηται [has made discourse]: Billius would read πεποίηται.

(printed under page 277)

(4) · call in col 542

De eo Verbo, quod ei in principio dictum est. Addendum ex Graeco: de eo Verbo, de quo supra in principio dictum est. Quod clarius vertit Billius: de eo Verbo, de quo supra in principio locutus fuerat. Quanquam tamen non immerito existimat Fronto Duc. Graecis alium subesse posse sensum (quem amplexus est Petavius), scilicet: recapitulans enim de eo Verbo, quod ab eo supra dictum est in principio fuisse. Hunc quidem sensum improbat Grabius, quia, inquit, in Graeco non est, ἐν ἀρχῇ εἶναι Λόγου. Nempe deest Verbum εἶναι, sed subintelligi nihil vetat.

"Concerning that Word which was said to him in the beginning": add from the Greek, "concerning that Word of which it was said above, in the beginning." Billius rendered this more clearly: "concerning that Word of which he had spoken above, in the beginning." Yet Fronton du Duc thinks, not without reason, that another sense may underlie the Greek (which Petau adopted), namely: "for summing up concerning that Word which he said above was in the beginning." Grabe rejects this sense because, he says, the Greek does not have "ἐν ἀρχῇ εἶναι Λόγου." True, the word εἶναι is missing, but nothing forbids understanding it.

(printed under page 277)

(5) · call in col 542

Inhabitavit in nobis. Sic codd. Clarom. et Pass., caeteri habitavit in nobis.

"Dwelt within us": so the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts; the others, "dwelt among us."

(printed under page 277)

(6) · call in col 542

Ex omnibus factus. Auctoritate cod. Clarom. deleo verbum, est, utpote superfluum.

"Made from all": on the authority of the Clermont manuscript I delete the word "est" as superfluous.

(printed under page 277)

(7) · call in col 542

Et sit posterior. Ita Claromont., Pass., Arund. et Voss. cum edit. Oxon. In caeteris vitiose, sic.

"And that he is later": so the Clermont, Passerat, Arundel and Voss manuscripts, with the Oxford edition. In the others, faultily, "sic."

(printed under page 277)

(8) · call in col 542

Salvator. Adde ex Gr. dispensationis Salvator. Lege Not. 1.

"Saviour": add from the Greek, "Saviour of the dispensation." Read note 1.

(printed under page 277)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 542
  • marginal letters: A et Alethian, et; B passus est pro; C fere recidit.; D (7) Et sit posterior.
  • old-edition numerals: 45 before 3. Discite
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:543
Editors' notes and page, col. 543

Footnotes

(1) · call in col 543

Ostenditur. Codex Voss. ostendatur.

"Is shown": the Voss manuscript, "ostendatur" [let it be shown].

(printed under page 278)

(2) · call in col 543

Christus Filius Dei. Lege juxta Graecum, et Christus, et Filius Dei.

"Christ the Son of God": read, following the Greek, "both Christ and Son of God."

(printed under page 278)

(3) · call in col 543

Falso nomine. Ψευδωνύμως male legit interpres pro ψευδῶς, falso.

"By a false name": the translator wrongly read ψευδωνύμως [under a false name] for ψευδῶς, "falsely."

(printed under page 278)

(4) · call in col 543

Infamant Scripturas. Melius vertisset interpres, depraedant Scripturas. Κατατρέχειν enim (quo verbo hic utitur Irenaeus) proprie est, hostiliter excurrere, excursiones facere; quod Valentinianis apprime convenit, qui in Scripturas excurrebant, ut quidpiam ex eis corraderent, quod ad hypothesim concinnandam faceret.

"They defame the Scriptures": the translator would better have rendered "they plunder the Scriptures." For κατατρέχειν (the verb Irenaeus uses here) properly means "to make a hostile sally, to make raids"; which fits the Valentinians exactly, who made raids on the Scriptures to scrape together from them something that would serve to patch up their system.

(printed under page 278)

(5) · call in col 543

Ex eo quod est secundum naturam, etc. Id est ex genuino sensu ad adulterinam traducunt, ut recte vertit Billius.

"From that which is according to nature," etc.: that is, "they transfer from the genuine sense to a counterfeit," as Billius rightly rendered it.

(printed under page 278)

(6) · call in col 543

Controversias... quaslibet. Vertendum erat, argumenta quaelibet.

"Any disputes whatever": it should have been translated "any plots whatever."

(printed under page 278)

(7) · call in col 543

Et Homericis versibus. Lege ex Graeco, ex Homericis versibus.

"And by Homeric verses": read from the Greek, "out of Homeric verses."

(printed under page 278)

(8) · call in col 543

Meditari. Gr. μελετᾷν, quod hic verterem, solerter concinnare.

"To practise": Greek μελετᾶν, which I would render here "to put together skilfully."

(printed under page 278)

(9) · call in col 543

Ex illa temporali declamata controversia. Billius longe melius: de illo recens elaborato argumento.

"From that temporal declaimed dispute": Billius far better: "from that newly worked-up plot."

(printed under page 278)

(10) ‹anchor: et multi abducuntur› · call in col 543

Abducuntur. Leg. abducantur. Scilicet per rite compactam versuum seriem eo abducantur, ut ambigant, num haec ita digesserit Homerus.

"Are led away": read "abducantur" (subjunctive). That is, by the duly fitted sequence of verses they are led so far as to doubt whether Homer did not arrange these lines so.

(printed under page 278)

(11) ‹anchor: commemorari› · call in col 543

Commemorari. Hoc verbum plerumque active accipit interpres pro meminisse.

"To be mentioned": the translator generally takes this verb actively, for "to remember."

(printed under page 278)

Page

  • running head: 543 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A aptatum inenarrabili providentia,; B posita colligentes, transferunt,; C Hæc ubi dicta dedit,; D (1) Ostenditur. Codex Voss.
  • old-edition numerals: 46 before fecerit.
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:544
σασθαι σῶμα ψυχικὸν, ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας κατεσκευασμένον ἀῤῥήτῳ προνοίᾳ, πρὸς τὸ ὁρατὸν γενέσθαι καὶ ψηλαφητόν. Σὰρξ δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἀρχαία ἐκ τοῦ χοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἡ γεγονυῖα πλάσις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν ἀληθῶς γεγονέναι τὸν Λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐμήνυσεν ὁ Ἰωάννης. Καὶ λέλυται αὐτῶν ἡ πρώτη καὶ ἀρχέγονος ὀγδοάς. Ἑνὸς γὰρ καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ δεικνυμένου Λόγου, καὶ Μονογενοῦς, καὶ Ζωῆς, καὶ Φωτὸς, καὶ Σωτῆρος, καὶ Χριστοῦ, καὶ Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τούτου αὐτοῦ σαρκωθέντος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, λέλυται ἡ τῆς ὀγδοάδος σκηνοπηγία. Ταύτης δὲ λελυμένης, διαπέπτωκεν αὐτῶν πᾶσα ἡ ὑπόθεσις, ἣν ψευδῶς ὀνειρώττοντες κατατρέχουσι τῶν Γραφῶν, ἰδίαν ὑπόθεσιν ἀναπλασάμενοι.
an animate body, fashioned out of the dispensation by an ineffable providence, so as to become visible and tangible. Yet flesh is that ancient formation made by God out of the dust according to Adam, which John declared that the Word of God truly became. And their first and primordial ogdoad has been dissolved. For since the Word, and Only-begotten, and Life, and Light, and Saviour, and Christ, and Son of God is shown to be one and the same, and this very same One was made flesh for us, the framework of their ogdoad has been dissolved. And since this has been dissolved, their whole hypothesis has collapsed, dreaming which falsely they assail the Scriptures, having moulded a hypothesis of their own.
4. Ἔπειτα λέξεις καὶ ὀνόματα σποράδην κείμενα συλλέγοντες, μεταφέρουσι, καθὼς προειρήκαμεν, ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν εἰς τὸ παρὰ φύσιν· ὅμοια ποιοῦντες τοῖς ὑποθέσεις τὰς τυχούσας αὐτοῖς προβαλλομένοις, ἔπειτα πειρωμένοις ἐκ τῶν Ὁμήρου ποιημάτων μελετᾷν αὐτὰς, ὥστε τοὺς ἀπειροτέρους δοκεῖν, ἐπ' ἐκείνης τῆς ἐξ ὑπογυίου μεμελετημένης ὑποθέσεως Ὅμηρον τὰ ἔπη πεποιηκέναι, καὶ πολλοὺς συναρπάζεσθαι διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐπῶν συνθέτου ἀκολουθίας, μὴ ἄρα ταῦθ' οὕτως Ὅμηρος εἴη πεποιηκώς. Ὡς ὁ τὸν Ἡρακλέα ὑπὸ Εὐρυσθέως ἐπὶ τὸν ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ κύνα πεμπόμενον διὰ τῶν Ὁμηρικῶν στίχων γράφων οὕτως (οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει παραδείγματος χάριν ἐπιμνησθῆναι καὶ τούτων, ὁμοίας καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς οὔσης ἐπιχειρήσεως τοῖς ἀμφοτέροις)·
4. Next, collecting expressions and names that lie scattered here and there, they transfer them, just as we have said before, from what is according to nature to what is contrary to nature, doing things like those who propose to themselves whatever themes happen to come their way, and then endeavour to compose declamations upon them out of the poems of Homer, so that the more inexperienced think that Homer made the verses upon that theme composed offhand, and many are carried away through the put-together sequence of the verses, wondering whether Homer might indeed have composed these things thus. As, for instance, he who writes through Homeric lines of Heracles being sent by Eurystheus after the hound in Hades thus (for nothing hinders our making mention of these also for the sake of an example, since the attempt by both is similar and the same):
Ὣς εἰπὼν, ἀπέπεμπε δόμων βαρέα στενάχοντα
Thus having spoken, he sent forth from the halls, groaning heavily,
Φῶθ' Ἡρακλῆα, μεγαλων ἐπίστορα ἔργων,
the hero Heracles, acquainted with great deeds,
Εὐρυσθεὺς, Σθενέλοιο πάϊς Περσηϊάδαο
Eurystheus, son of Sthenelus, of the line of Perseus,
Ἐξ Ἐρέβευς ἄξοντα κύνα στυγεροῦ ἀΐδαο
to bring up out of Erebus the hound of hateful Hades
Editors' notes and page, col. 544

Footnotes

(36) ‹anchor: βαρέα στενάχοντα› · call in col 544

Od. K, 76.

Odyssey 10.76.

(printed under page 278)

(37) ‹anchor: μεγάλων ἐπιίστορα ἔργων› · call in col 544

Od. Φ, 26.

Odyssey 21.26.

(printed under page 278)

(38) ‹anchor: Σθενέλοιο πάϊς Περσηϊάδαο› · call in col 544

Il. T, 123.

Iliad 19.123.

(printed under page 278)

(39) ‹anchor: στυγεροῦ Ἀΐδαο› · call in col 544

Il. Δ, 368.

Iliad 4.368 [as printed; the line is Iliad 8.368].

(printed under page 278)

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 544
  • marginal letters: A σασθαι σῶμα ψυχικὸν,; B συλλέγοντες, μεταφέρουσι, καθὼς; C οὔσης ἐπιχειρήσεως τοῖς; D cte vertit Billius.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins mid-word σασθαι (from ἐνδύ-σασθαι in col. 541); Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:545
Βῆ δ' ἴμεν, ὥστε λέων ὀρεσίτροφος ἀλκὶ πεποιθὼς,
Forth he strode to go, like a mountain-bred lion trusting in his strength,
Καρπαλίμως ἀνὰ ἄστυ. Φίλοι δ' ἅμα πάντες ἕποντο,
Swiftly through the city. And all his friends followed together,
Νύμφαι τ' ἠΐθεοί τε, πολύτλητοί τε γέροντες,
Both brides and unwed youths, and much-enduring elders,
Οἴκτρ' ὀλοφυρόμενοι, ὡσεὶ θάνατόνδε κιόντα.
Piteously lamenting, as though he were going unto death.
Ἑρμείας δ' ἀπέπεμπεν ἰδὲ γλαυκωπις Ἀθήνη·
And Hermes sent him forth, and bright-eyed Athena;
Ἤιδεε γὰρ κατὰ θυμὸν ἀδελφεὸν, ὡς ἐπονεῖτο.
For he knew in his heart his brother, how he laboured.
Τίς οὐκ ἂν τῶν ἀπανούργων συναρπαγείη ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπῶν τούτων, καὶ νομίσειεν οὕτως αὐτὰ Ὅμηρον ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς ὑποθέσεως πεποιηκέναι; Ὁ δ' ἔμπειρος τῆς Ὁμηρικῆς ὑποθέσεως ἐπιγνώσεται, εἰδὼς ὅτι τὸ μέν τι αὐτῶν ἐστι περὶ Ὀδυσσέως εἰρημένον, τὸ δὲ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἡρακλέος, τὸ δὲ περὶ Πριάμου, τὸ δὲ περὶ Μενελάου καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονος. Ἄρας δὲ αὐτὰ, καὶ ἓν ἕκαστον ἀποδοὺς τῇ ἰδίᾳ, ἐκποδὼν ποιήσει τὴν ὑπόθεσιν. Οὕτω δὲ καὶ ὁ τὸν κανόνα τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκλινῆ ἐν ἑαυτῷ κατέχων, ὃν διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἴληφε, τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῶν Γραφῶν ὀνόματα, καὶ τὰς λέξεις καὶ τὰς παραβολὰς ἐπιγνώσεται, τὴν δὲ βλάσφημον ὑπόθεσιν
Who among the guileless would not be carried away by these verses, and think that Homer had thus composed them upon this subject? Yet he who is acquainted with the Homeric subject will recognize them, knowing that one part of them is spoken concerning Odysseus, another concerning Heracles himself, another concerning Priam, and another concerning Menelaus and Agamemnon. And taking them up and restoring each one to its own place, he will put the subject out of the way. And thus also he who holds unswerving within himself the rule of truth which he has received through baptism will recognize the names from the Scriptures, and the expressions, and the parables, but the blasphemous subject
Editors' notes and page, col. 545

Footnotes

(40) · call in col 545

Od. Z, 130.

Odyssey 6.130.

(printed under page 279)

(41) · call in col 545

Il. Ω, 327.

Iliad 24.327.

(printed under page 279)

(42) · call in col 545

Od. Γ, 38.

Odyssey 3.38.

(printed under page 279)

(43) · call in col 545

Il. Ω, 328.

Iliad 24.328.

(printed under page 279)

(44) · call in col 545

Od. Λ, 625.

Odyssey 11.625.

(printed under page 279)

(45) · call in col 545

Il. B, 409.

Iliad 2.409.

(printed under page 279)

Page

  • running head: 545 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 546
  • marginal letters: A Vadit at ille; B autem tulerit; C brorum De sacramentis; D ipsis esset
  • old-edition numerals: 47 after baptismum (in Latin)
  • other: facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
  • other: the reading gave its source paragraphs and their English as runs; paired in order on receipt: check the pairing
PG 7:546
Editors' notes and page, col. 546

Footnotes

(1) · call in col 546

Ἀνὰ ἄστυ. Homerus habet κατὰ ἄστυ.

Ἀνὰ ἄστυ [through the city]: Homer has κατὰ ἄστυ.

(printed under page 279)

(2) · call in col 546

Ἅμα πάντες. Sic cod. Reg. cum Homero. In editt. perperam, ἀνὰ πάντες.

Ἅμα πάντες [all together]: so the Royal manuscript, with Homer. In the editions wrongly ἀνὰ πάντες.

(printed under page 279)

(3) · call in col 546

Οἴκτρ'. Homer. πόλλ'.

Οἴκτρ' [piteously]: Homer, πόλλ' [much].

(printed under page 279)

(4) · call in col 546

Θάνατόνδε. Sic omnes editt. cum Homero. In edit. Oxon. male θάνατόν τε.

Θάνατόνδε [to death]: so all the editions, with Homer. In the Oxford edition wrongly θάνατόν τε.

(printed under page 279)

(5) · call in col 546

Ἀπέπεμψεν. Homer. μ' ἔπεμψεν.

Ἀπέπεμψεν [sent away]: Homer, μ' ἔπεμψεν [sent me].

(printed under page 279)

(6) · call in col 546

Ἐπιγνώσεται. Adde cum interp. ἐπιγνώσεται μὲν τὰ ἔπη, τὴν δὲ ὑπόθεσιν οὐκ ἐπιγνώσεται.

Ἐπιγνώσεται [he will recognize]: add, with the translator, "he will recognize the verses, but he will not recognize the plot."

(printed under page 279)

(7) · call in col 546

Τῇ ἰδίᾳ. Adde vel βίβλῳ vel τάξει. Prius legisse videtur interpres. Posteriori mox utitur Irenaeus.

Τῇ ἰδίᾳ [to its own]: add either βίβλῳ [book] or τάξει [order]. The translator seems to have read the former; Irenaeus uses the latter shortly after.

(printed under page 279)

(8) · call in col 546

Τὴν ὑπόθεσιν. Adde cum interp. παροῦσαν.

Τὴν ὑπόθεσιν [the plot]: add, with the translator, παροῦσαν [present].

(printed under page 279)

(9) · call in col 546

Τὸν κανόνα τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκλινῆ, regulam veritatis immobilem, etc. Fidem catholicam intelligit, eam maxime, ut explicat ipse, cap. seq., quae est in unum Deum, Patrem omnipotentem... et in unum Jesum Christum Filium Dei, incarnatum pro nostra salute; et in Spiritum Sanctum, qui per prophetas praedicavit dispositiones Dei, et adventum, et eam quae est ex Virgine generationem, et passionem, etc. Hanc fidem per baptismum accepisse nos scribit Irenaeus, ut quam ante baptismum tam accurate edocebantur catechumeni, et quam in ipso baptismo in legis suae verba profitebantur, ut loquitur Tertull. lib. De Spectaculis. Interrogatus es (ait antiquus auctor librorum De sacramentis, inter opera Ambrosii, lib. II, cap. 62), Credis in Deum Patrem omnipotentem? Dixisti, Credo; et mersisti, hoc est, sepultus es. Iterum interrogatus, Credis in Dominum nostrum Jesum Christum, et in crucem ejus? Dixisti, Credo; et mersisti, etc. Tertio interrogatus es, Credis et in Spiritum sanctum? Dixisti, Credo, et tertio mersisti, etc. Ad hanc fidem in baptismo acceptam, solemniterque juratam omni aevo provocarunt quotquot fere adversus haereticos calamum strinxerunt sancti Patres, rati nihil efficacius esse ad refellendam profanorum dogmatum novitatem. Inter fidei naufragia, ait Hilarius lib. II ad Constant. Aug., § 7, tutissimum nobis est primam et solam evangelicam fidem confessam in baptismo, intellectamque retinere, nec demutare quod solum acceptum atque auditum habeo bene credere. Eo vero fidentius id argumenti genus adversus Valentinianos urgebat auctor noster, quo Symboli apostolici, quod baptizandi reddiderant, in omnibus capitibus impie ab ipsis esset temerata fides.

Τὸν κανόνα τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκλινῆ, "the unbending rule of truth," etc.: he means the Catholic faith, above all, as he himself explains in the next chapter, the faith "in one God, the Father almighty ... and in one Jesus Christ the Son of God, made flesh for our salvation; and in the Holy Spirit, who through the prophets proclaimed the dispensations of God, and the coming, and the birth from the Virgin, and the passion," etc. Irenaeus writes that we received this faith through baptism, being the faith in which catechumens were so carefully instructed before baptism and which in baptism itself they professed "in the words of its law," as Tertullian says in his book On the Shows. "You were asked," says the ancient author of the books On the Sacraments among the works of Ambrose (Book II, ch. 62 [as printed]), "Do you believe in God the Father almighty? You said, I believe; and you were dipped, that is, you were buried. Again you were asked, Do you believe in our Lord Jesus Christ and in his cross? You said, I believe; and you were dipped," etc. "A third time you were asked, Do you believe also in the Holy Spirit? You said, I believe; and a third time you were dipped," etc. To this faith, received in baptism and solemnly sworn, nearly all the holy Fathers of every age who drew the pen against heretics appealed, judging nothing more effective for refuting the novelty of profane doctrines. "Amid the shipwrecks of faith," says Hilary, To Constantius Augustus II, §7, "the safest thing for us is to keep the first and only Gospel faith, confessed and understood in baptism, and not to change what alone, once received and heard, I hold it good to believe." And our author pressed this kind of argument against the Valentinians all the more confidently because the faith of the Apostles' Creed, which those to be baptized had recited, had been impiously violated by them in every article.

(printed under page 279)

(10) · call in col 546

Est de Ulysse. Sic edit. Oxon. et Arund. ac Voss. consent. Clarom., Pass. et Graeco textu. In caeteris male, etiam pro est.

"Is about Ulysses": so the Oxford edition and the Arundel and Voss manuscripts, with the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts and the Greek text agreeing. In the others wrongly "etiam" [also] for "est."

(printed under page 279)

Page

  • other: col 546 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 545 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:547
Editors' notes and page, col. 547

Footnotes

<!-- Q6a: notes (1)–(4) completed from the column images (the openings had been parked under Editors' prose after the pass-2 crop missed the top lines); the end of (3) and the opening of (4), at the top of the right column, are as read by that later pass. -->

(1) · call in col 547

Insubstantivum. Gr. ἀνυπόστατον, id est, quod consistere nequeat, quod nihil habeat firmitatis. Hanc vocem eo sensu non infrequenter usurpant Graeci Patres, dum Verbum aeternum cum eo quod mente fingimus verbo conferentes, prius ἐνυπόστατον, subsistens, posterius ἀνυπόστατον dicunt.

Insubstantial. Greek ἀνυπόστατον, that is, what cannot subsist, what has no firmness. The Greek Fathers not infrequently use this word in that sense, when, comparing the eternal Word with the word we frame in the mind, they call the former ἐνυπόστατον, subsisting, and the latter ἀνυπόστατον.

(printed under page 280)

(2) · call in col 547

Redemptio. Graec. ἀπολύτρωσις : quam quidem vocem a barbaro interp. hic pessime redditam non miror. Sed quod Billius Graece doctissimus, interpretis versionem secutus sit, et in Gallasium, quod ab ea desciverit, flagitiosae oscitantiae culpam contulerit mirari satis nequeo. Gallasius, inquit, hic toto coelo errat, quod quid haec redemptio (Valentinianorum, de qua hujus libri caput 21 late disseritur) sibi velit, non intelligat. Sed neque alius quivis, puto, facile intelliget, quid haec Valentinianorum redemptio commune habeat cum hoc Irenaei loco. Billium haud satis attentum decepit vox ἀπολύτρωσις, quae plerumque quidem redemptionem seu liberationem significat; sed quod interdum idem sit atque ἀπόλυσις, dimissio, docent Hesychii et Phavorini Lexica. Irenaeus quippe, fusius enarratis Valentinianorum deliriis, subdit, peracta jam fabula, completaque scena, nihil superesse, nisi ἀπολύτρωσιν, dimissionem, id est, ut spectatores dimittantur, abire permittantur. Idipsum est quod Tertullianus explicatis pariter Valentinianorum commentis, si non iisdem verbis, saltem eodem sensu scripsit cap. 13: Quod superest, inquit, vos valete et plaudite. Hac nimirum solemni formula, Vos valete et plaudite, claudebantur veteres comoediae, ut videre est apud Plautum et Terentium. Eodem sensu Chrysost. homil. 5, De poenit., tom. VI, pag. 792, θεάτρου ἀπόλυσιν, theatri solutionem, seu dimissionem dixit. Οὐκ ἔστι μετὰ τὴν τοῦ θεάτρου ἀπόλυσιν στεφανωθῆναι, nemo post solutum theatrum potest coronari. Vertendum igitur erat interpreti, quoniam autem post hanc scenam superest dimissio. Eodem fere modo, nisi quod paulo liberius, vertit Petavius: postremo quia jam velut in scena, peracto fabulae exordio, dimittendi tempus est.

Redemption. Greek ἀπολύτρωσις: that this word is very badly rendered here by the barbarous translator I do not wonder. But that Billius, most learned in Greek, followed the translator's version, and charged Gallasius with the fault of shameful drowsiness for departing from it, I cannot wonder at enough. "Gallasius," he says, "here errs by the whole sky, in that he does not understand what this redemption means" (the Valentinians' redemption, discussed at length in chapter 21 of this book). But no one else either, I think, will easily see what this redemption of the Valentinians has in common with this passage of Irenaeus. Billius, not attentive enough, was deceived by the word ἀπολύτρωσις, which indeed generally means "redemption" or "liberation"; but the lexicons of Hesychius and Phavorinus teach that it is sometimes the same as ἀπόλυσις, "dismissal." For Irenaeus, having narrated the Valentinians' ravings at greater length, adds that, the play now being performed and the scene completed, nothing remains but ἀπολύτρωσιν, "dismissal," that is, that the spectators be dismissed and allowed to leave. This is just what Tertullian wrote, having likewise set out the Valentinians' fictions, if not in the same words, at least in the same sense, in ch. 13: "What remains," he says, "is: farewell, and applaud." With this solemn formula, of course, "Farewell, and applaud," the old comedies were closed, as can be seen in Plautus and Terence. In the same sense Chrysostom, Homily 5 On Repentance, vol. VI, p. 792, spoke of θεάτρου ἀπόλυσιν, "the breaking-up," or "dismissal," of the theatre: "No one can be crowned after the theatre has broken up." The translator, then, should have rendered: "but since after this scene there remains the dismissal." Petau renders it in almost the same way, only a little more freely: "lastly, since now, as on the stage, the opening of the play being performed, it is time for dismissal."

(printed under page 280)

(3) · call in col 547

Mimum, id est, fabulam seu commentum. Mimus enim et actorem et poema significat. Actores illi qui dicta et facta hominum ita imitabantur, ut actionem suam gravitate sententiarum, jocis interpositis, condirent, vocabantur μῖμοι, mimi; a Graecis propterea dicti et ἠθολόγοι. Sed et mimus interdum pro fabula ponitur, quae res obscoenas repraesentet. Aristot. lib. I, c. 1, Poet., ait Sophronem et Xenarchum μίμους scripsisse. Juvenal. satir. XIII: Mimum agit ille / Urbani qualem fugitivus scurra Catulli. Et Martial. lib. II, epigramm. VII, Componis belle mimos. Dehinc usurpatum nomen pro commento quolibet. Sic Sueton. in Othone, cap. 3: Id satis visum, ut poena acrior mimum omnem divulgaret. Posteriori hoc sensu mimum hic accipit Irenaeus.

"Mime," that is, a play or a fiction. For "mimus" means both the actor and the piece. Those actors who imitated men's words and deeds in such a way as to season their performance with weighty sayings and jokes thrown in were called μῖμοι, "mimes"; and so by the Greeks they were also called ἠθολόγοι [character-painters]. But "mimus" is also sometimes used for a play that presents obscene things. Aristotle, Poetics I, 1, says that Sophron and Xenarchus wrote μίμους. Juvenal, Satire XIII: "He plays a mime / such as the runaway buffoon of witty Catullus." And Martial, Book II, epigram VII: "You compose mimes prettily." From there the word came to be used for any fiction whatever. So Suetonius, Otho, ch. 3: "It seemed enough that a sharper penalty should make the whole farce public." It is in the latter sense that Irenaeus takes mimum here.

(printed under page 280)

(4) · call in col 547

Explicans. Vertere debuisset interpres, ut quis explicito eorum mimo. Porro explicare hic idem est atque absolvere, ad finem perducere. Quo sensu dixit Cicero lib. XIII, ep. 26, ad Sulpic., explicare atque expedire negotia; Plin. Junior epist. 154, explicare iter; Caesar lib. III De Bello civ., his explicitis rebus; et Martial. lib. XI, epigr. CVIII: explicitus liber. Hinc vulgata formula, Explicit liber, id est, absolutus est. Mimum igitur explicare, nihil aliud est quam fabulam absolvere, seu fabulae narrationem ad finem perducere. Id si advertisset Billius, non scripsisset, vocem explicans, qua usus est interpres, longe a significatione verbi περαιῶσαι recedere, atque adeo hunc aliud quidpiam in textu Graeco legisse. Recte siquidem hic et legit et vertit interpres, ut probe observat Grabius. Περαιόω enim non solum significat transmeo, trajicio; sed et termino, ad finem perduco: quam significationem, subdit vir clarissimus, non quidem ex Lexicis, attamen ex sanctorum Patrum scriptis, quae alioqui sedula manu versaverat, Billius discere potuisset. Sic Justinus martyr ad Tryph. pag. 228 edit. Sylburgii: Διὰ τῶν ἀνερωτήσεων τούτων καὶ περαιωθῆναι σὺν τάχει τὸν λόγον ἀγωνιοῦμαι. Per interrogationes ejusmodi, disputationem ad finem perducere conabor. Et Trypho ad Justin., pag. 236, Περαίωσον οὖν καὶ αὐτὸν ἡμῖν, etc. Et hunc itaque explicando absolve, etc., locum scilicet Isaiae in antecedentibus citatum. Apud Clementem Alexand. quoque aliquoties haec occurrit significatio, veluti lib. VI Stromatum, pag. 683: Ἥ τε γὰρ κοσμογένεια ἐν ἓξ περαιοῦται ἡμέραις. Mundi creatio sex absolvitur diebus. Et lib. I, pag. 295, τὴν ζήτησιν εἰς εὕρεσιν περαιοῖ, inquisitionem terminat inventione.

Explicans. The translator ought to have rendered it "that someone, their farce having been played out". Further, explicare here is the same as to complete, to bring to an end. In which sense Cicero said, book XIII, letter 26, to Sulpicius, "to unfold and dispatch business"; the younger Pliny, letter 154, "to accomplish a journey"; Caesar, book III of the Civil War, "these things being accomplished"; and Martial, Book XI, epigram CVIII: "the book unrolled to its end." Hence the common formula, "Explicit liber," that is, "it is finished." "To unfold the mime," then, is nothing else than to finish the play, or to bring the telling of the play to its end. Had Billius noticed this, he would not have written that the word "explicans" used by the translator departs far from the meaning of the verb περαιῶσαι, and that the translator therefore read something else in the Greek text. For the translator both read and rendered rightly here, as Grabe well observes. Περαιόω means not only "I cross over, I carry across," but also "I bring to an end, I complete": a meaning, the distinguished man adds, which Billius could have learned, if not from the lexicons, then from the writings of the holy Fathers, which he had otherwise handled diligently. So Justin Martyr to Trypho, p. 228 of Sylburg's edition: "Through these questions I shall strive to bring the discussion quickly to its end." And Trypho to Justin, p. 236: "Complete this one too for us," etc., "and so finish this one by explaining it," etc., meaning the passage of Isaiah cited before. In Clement of Alexandria too this meaning occurs several times, as in Stromata VI, p. 683: "For the making of the world is completed in six days." And Book I, p. 295: "he brings the inquiry to its end in discovery."

(printed under page 280)

(5) · call in col 547

Destructorem sermonem. Id est confutationem, seu argumenta quibus refellantur commenta Valentinianorum.

"A destroying discourse": that is, a refutation, or the arguments by which the Valentinians' fictions are refuted.

(printed under page 280)

(6) · call in col 547

Et ex ostensione. Gr. καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀποδείξεως, quae vertere debuisset interp. et ante demonstrationem seu argumentationem. Id est, vel ipsa Valentinianorum dissidia, haereticae doctrinae falsitatem, Catholicae vero sibi semper constantis veritatem perspicue demonstrant.

"And from the showing": Greek καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀποδείξεως, which the translator should have rendered "and before the demonstration," or "argument." That is, even the Valentinians' own disagreements plainly demonstrate the falsity of the heretical teaching and the truth of the Catholic teaching, which is always consistent with itself.

(printed under page 280)

(7) · call in col 547

Ὑπόθεσιν ταύτην. Ὑπόθεσιν αὐτῶν legisse videtur interp.

Ὑπόθεσιν ταύτην [this system]: the translator seems to have read ὑπόθεσιν αὐτῶν [their system].

(printed under page 280)

(8) · call in col 547

Σωματείῳ. Petavius legendum suspicatur σώματι; melius vero Grabius, σωματίῳ, hoc enim posterius legisse videtur interpres.

Σωματείῳ [to the body corporate]: Petau suspects one should read σώματι [body]; but Grabe better, σωματίῳ [little body], for the translator seems to have read this latter.

(printed under page 280)

(9) · call in col 547

Ἐπειδή. Leg. vel ἐπεὶ δή divisim, vel ἐπεὶ δέ.

Ἐπειδή [since]: read either ἐπεὶ δή, as two words, or ἐπεὶ δέ.

(printed under page 280)

(10) · call in col 547

Μῖμον αὐτόν. Lege αὐτῶν cum vet. interp.

Μῖμον αὐτόν: read αὐτῶν [their mime], with the old translator.

(printed under page 280)

(11) · call in col 547

Ἐπενεγκεῖν. Legendum ἐπενέγκῃ.

Ἐπενεγκεῖν [to bring against]: read ἐπενέγκῃ.

(printed under page 280)

(12) · call in col 547

Θυμοῦ. Lege cum interp. μύθου, id enim exigit sensus.

Θυμοῦ [of anger]: read, with the translator, μύθου [of the fable], for the sense demands it.

(printed under page 280)

Editors' prose

(none) <!-- note: no editors' prose in the column body (author's text and Billius' version only); notes (1)–(4) moved to the Footnotes above (Q6a). Italics of the print not marked. -->

Page

  • running head: 547 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNEN
  • marginal letters: A illorum argumentum non; B (1) Insubstantivum. Gr. ἀνυπόστατον,; C λυσις, dimissio, docent; D liberius, vertit Petavius :
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:548
ταύτην οὐκ ἐπιγνώσεται. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὰς ψηφῖδας γνωρίσει, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀλώπεκα ἀντὶ τῆς βασιλικῆς εἰκόνος οὐ παραδέξεται. Ἓν ἕκαστον δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀποδοὺς τῇ ἰδίᾳ τάξει, καὶ προσαρμόσας τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας σωματείῳ, γυμνώσει καὶ ἀνυπόστατον ἐπιδείξει τὸ πλάσμα αὐτῶν.
this [hypothesis]. For even though he will recognize the mosaic tesserae, yet he will not accept the fox instead of the royal image. And restoring each one of the things that have been said to its own order, and fitting it to the body of the truth, he will strip bare their figment and show it to be without substance.
5. Ἐπειδὴ τῇ σκηνῇ ταύτῃ λείπει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις, ἵνα τις τὸν μῖμον αὐτὸν περαιώσας, τὸν ἀνασκευάζοντα λόγον ἐπενεγκεῖν, καλῶς ἔχειν ὑπελάβομεν ἐπιδεῖξαι πρότερον, ἐν οἷς οἱ πατέρες αὐτοὶ τοῦδε τοῦ θυμοῦ διαφέρονται πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὡς ἐκ διαφόρων πνευμάτων τῆς πλάνης ὄντες. Καὶ ἐκ τούτου γὰρ ἀκριβῶς συνιδεῖν ἔσται, καὶ πρὸ τῆς
5. Since to this stage-play there is lacking the dismissal, so that someone, having brought the mime itself to an end, may bring forward the refuting argument, we have supposed it well to show first in what matters the very fathers of this wrath differ towards one another, as being from different spirits of error. For both from this it will be possible to perceive accurately, even before the
Editors' notes and page, col. 548

Page

  • running head: OPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 548
  • marginal letters: A ταύτην (7) οὐκ ἐπιγνώσεται.; B pœna acrior mimum; C vir clarissimus, non; D (6) Et ex ostensione.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: prints αὐτὸν (note 10: αὐτῶν), ἐπενεγκεῖν (note 11: ἐπενέγκῃ), θυμοῦ (note 12: μύθου); Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:549
ἀποδείξεως, βεβαίαν τὴν ὑπὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κηρυσσομένην ἀλήθειαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπὸ τούτων παραπεποιημένην ψευδηγορίαν.
— of demonstration, [showing] that the truth preached by the Church is firm, and that the lying tale counterfeited by these men [is not].
1. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ Ἐκκλησία, καίπερ καθ' ὅλης τῆς οἰκουμένης ἕως περάτων τῆς γῆς διεσπαρμένη, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν ἐκείνων μαθητῶν παραλαβοῦσα τὴν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν, Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, τὸν πεποιηκότα τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὰς θαλάσσας, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, πίστιν· καὶ εἰς ἕνα Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸν σαρκωθέντα ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας· καὶ εἰς Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, τὸ διὰ τῶν Προφητῶν κεκηρυχὸς τὰς οἰκονομίας, καὶ τὰς ἐλεύσεις, καὶ τὴν ἐκ Παρθένου γέννησιν, καὶ τὸ πάθος, καὶ τὴν ἔγερσιν ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ τὴν ἔνσαρκον εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἀνάληψιν τοῦ ἠγαπημένου Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸ ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἀναστῆσαι πᾶσαν σάρκα πάσης ἀνθρωπότητος, ἵνα Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, καὶ Θεῷ, καὶ Σωτῆρι, καὶ βασιλεῖ, κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἀοράτου, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ ἐπουρανίων, καὶ ἐπιγείων, καὶ καταχθονίων, καὶ πᾶσα
1. For the Church, although scattered throughout the whole inhabited world unto the ends of the earth, and having received from the Apostles and from the disciples of those [Apostles] the faith in one God, the Father Almighty, "Who made the heaven, and the earth, and the seas, and all the things that are in them" (Ps. 145:6; Acts 4:24; 14:15); and in one Christ Jesus, the Son of God, Who was made flesh for our salvation; and in the Holy Spirit, Who through the prophets proclaimed the dispensations, and the comings, and the birth from the Virgin, and the Passion, and the raising from the dead, and the ascension in the flesh into the heavens of the beloved Christ Jesus our Lord, and His coming from the heavens in the glory of the Father, "to recapitulate all things" (Eph. 1:10), and to raise up all flesh of all humanity, in order that to Christ Jesus our Lord, and God, and Saviour, and King, according to the good pleasure of the invisible Father, "every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and of things on earth, and of things under the earth, and every
PG 7:550
Editors' notes and page, col. 550

Footnotes

(46) · call in col 550

Edit. Feuard. cap. II.

Feuardent's edition: ch. 2.

(printed under page 281)

(47) · call in col 550

Psal. CXLV, 6; Act. IV, 24, et XIV, 14.

Ps. 145(146):6; Acts 4:24 and 14:14.

(printed under page 281)

(48) · call in col 550

Ephes. I, 10.

Eph. 1:10.

(printed under page 281)

(49) · call in col 550

Philipp. II, 10 seqq.

Phil. 2:10 ff.

(printed under page 281)

(50) ‹anchor: spiritalia quidem nequitiae› · call in col 550

Ephes. VI, 12.

Eph. 6:12.

(printed under page 281)

(1) · call in col 550

Τὴν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν... πίστιν. Symbolum apostolicum hic indigitat Irenaeus, cujus singulos pene articulos refert, ut ad eorum amussim haereticorum placita deinceps exigat. Idem Symbolum iisdem pene verbis, et in eumdem finem refert Tertull. lib. De praescript., cap. 13, et contra Prax., c. 2. Id symbolum bis ab Irenaeo referri, hoc scilicet loco, et lib. II, c. 1, sed diversis plane verbis, scribit vir clarissimus D. Elias Dupin Novae Biblioth., tom. I, p. 32 editionis Parisiensis an. 1686; sed, pace doctissimi viri, dixerim Irenaeum lib. II, cap. 1, Symboli aut articulorum ejus ne quidem verbotenus meminisse: adeo ut ex SS. episcopi testimonio concludi non possit Symbolum ab uno et eodem auctore, diversis omnino verbis interdum fuisse citatum. Nec minus falsum est quod hic ait Grabius, Symbolum ab Iren. lib. III, cap. 4, appellari veterem traditionem: agit enim eo loco Irenaeus, non de Symbolo, sed de verbo Dei non scripto, ab apostolis tradito, cujus auctoritatem commendat et in haereticos intorquet.

Τὴν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν ... πίστιν [the faith in one God ...]: here Irenaeus points to the Apostles' Creed, giving nearly all its articles one by one, so as then to test the heretics' tenets by their rule. Tertullian gives the same Creed in almost the same words and to the same end, in the Prescription, ch. 13, and Against Praxeas, ch. 2. The distinguished Mr Elias Dupin writes in his Nouvelle Bibliothèque, vol. I, p. 32 of the Paris edition of 1686, that this creed is given twice by Irenaeus, namely in this place and in Book II, ch. 1, but in quite different words; but, with all respect to that most learned man, I would say that in Book II, ch. 1, Irenaeus does not mention the Creed or its articles even in a word; so that it cannot be concluded from the holy bishop's testimony that the Creed was sometimes quoted by one and the same author in entirely different words. Nor is it less false, what Grabe says here, that the Creed is called "the ancient tradition" by Irenaeus in Book III, ch. 4: for in that place Irenaeus is dealing not with the Creed but with the unwritten word of God handed down by the apostles, whose authority he commends and turns against the heretics.

(printed under page 281)

(2) · call in col 550

Τὰς θαλάσσας. Τὴν θάλασσαν legisse videtur interpres, juxta psalm. CXIV, 6, et Act. apost. IV, 24.

Τὰς θαλάσσας [the seas]: the translator seems to have read τὴν θάλασσαν [the sea], following Psalm 114 [as printed], 6, and Acts of the Apostles 4:24.

(printed under page 281)

(3) · call in col 550

Οἰκονομίας. Οἰκονομίας Θεοῦ legisse videtur interpr., nisi Dei vocem explicationis gratia inseruerit.

Οἰκονομίας [dispensations]: the translator seems to have read "dispensations of God," unless he inserted the word "of God" by way of explanation.

(printed under page 281)

(4) · call in col 550

Τὰς ἐλεύσεις. Legere mallem cum interp. τὴν ἔλευσιν. Duplicem enim Christi adventum hic accurate distinguit Irenaeus, alterumque ab altero secernit. Prioris tum primum meminit, singulariter proinde; posterioris paulo post.

Τὰς ἐλεύσεις [the comings]: I would rather read, with the translator, τὴν ἔλευσιν [the coming]. For Irenaeus here carefully distinguishes Christ's twofold coming and separates the one from the other. He mentions the former first, and so in the singular; the latter a little after.

(printed under page 281)

(5) · call in col 550

Ecclesia enim per. Omisit interpr. particulam Graecam καίπερ, quam Billius vertit, tametsi. Verterem ego hoc in loco, utique: ecclesia enim utique per universum: et hunc enim sensum interdum habet ea particula.

"For the Church through": the translator left out the Greek particle καίπερ, which Billius rendered "although." In this place I would render it "certainly": "for the Church, certainly, throughout the whole world"; for that particle sometimes has this sense too.

(printed under page 281)

(6) · call in col 550

Seminata. Vertendum erat, disseminata, diffusa, juxta Graec. διεσπαρμένη.

"Sown": it should have been rendered "scattered, spread abroad," following the Greek διεσπαρμένη.

(printed under page 281)

(7) · call in col 550

Dispositiones Dei. Gr. τὰς οἰκονομίας, dispensationes, ea nimirum quae Deus fecit, humanae salutis procurandae causa.

"The dispositions of God": Greek τὰς οἰκονομίας, "the dispensations," namely the things God did to bring about human salvation.

(printed under page 281)

(8) · call in col 550

Curvet. Sic mss. cum edit. Oxon. In aliis, curvetur.

"Should bend": so the manuscripts, with the Oxford edition. In others, "curvetur" [should be bent].

(printed under page 281)

(9) ‹anchor: angelos transgressos› · call in col 550

Transgressos. In cod. Arund. transgressores.

"Who transgressed": in the Arundel manuscript, "transgressores" [transgressors].

(printed under page 281)

Page

  • other: col 550 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 549 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:551
Editors' notes and page, col. 551

Footnotes

(51) · call in col 551

Ed. Feu. cap. III.

Feuardent's edition: ch. 3.

(printed under page 282)

(1) · call in col 551

Et in dilectione ejus perseverantibus. Haec deficiunt in codd. Clarom. et Pass.

"And to those persevering in his love": these words are missing in the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts.

(printed under page 282)

(2) · call in col 551

Hanc praedicationem. Longior periodus, quae ab initio capitis coepta, hactenus continuatur.

"This preaching": a long period, begun at the start of the chapter, runs on to this point.

(printed under page 282)

(3) · call in col 551

Et quidem. Gr. Καίπερ, tametsi, vel utique: nec male, et quidem.

"And indeed": Greek καίπερ, "although," or "certainly"; and "and indeed" is not bad.

(printed under page 282) <!-- Q6a: notes (4)–(7) on the same page foot are called only in the Greek (the full-width lines and col 552) and are set under 552; see n552.md. -->

Page

  • running head: 551 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A impios, et injustos,; B unum possidens os.; C (1) Et in dilectione ejus perseverantibus.; D storum? sunt plane,
  • old-edition numerals: 49 after quibusdam autem
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; two full-width Greek lines after paragraph 1 (αὐτοῦ διαμεμενηκόσι ... περιποιήσῃ.) cut off at right edge, not set
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
  • other: the two full-width Greek lines (αὐτοῦ διαμεμενηκόσι ... περιποιήσῃ.) are set whole under 552; the full-width band below is BILLII INTERPRETATIO, a Latin version (not set); the Latin column carries the old-edition marker 51 (Ed. Feu. cap. III) and the bold numeral 49
PG 7:552
γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται αὐτῷ, καὶ κρίσιν δικαίαν ἐν τοῖς πᾶσι ποιήσηται, τὰ μὲν πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας, καὶ ἀγγέλους παραβεβηκότας, καὶ ἐν ἀποστασίᾳ γεγονότας, καὶ τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς, καὶ ἀδίκους, καὶ ἀνόμους, καὶ βλασφήμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς τὸ αἰώνιον πῦρ πέμψῃ· τοῖς δὲ δικαίοις, καὶ ὁσίοις, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τετηρηκόσι, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ αὐτοῦ διαμεμενηκόσι, τοῖς ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, τοῖς δὲ ἐκ μετανοίας, ζωὴν χαρισάμενος, ἀφθαρσίαν δωρήσηται, καὶ δόξαν αἰωνίαν περιποιήσῃ.
tongue should confess to Him, and that He should execute just judgement in all things, sending into the eternal fire the spiritual [forces] of wickedness, and the angels who transgressed and became apostate, and the impious, and unjust, and lawless, and blasphemous among men; but to the just and holy, and to those who have kept His commandments and have remained in His love, some from the beginning, others from repentance, granting life, He should bestow incorruption and invest them with eternal glory.
2. Τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα παρειληφυῖα, καὶ ταύτην τὴν πίστιν, ὡς προέφαμεν, ἡ Ἐκκλησία, καίπερ ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ διεσπαρμένη, ἐπιμελῶς φυλάσσει, ὡς ἕνα οἶκον οἰκοῦσα· καὶ ὁμοίως πιστεύει τούτοις, ὡς μίαν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσα καρδίαν, καὶ συμφώνως ταῦτα κηρύσσει, καὶ διδάσκει, καὶ παραδίδωσιν, ὡς ἓν στόμα κεκτημένη. Καὶ γὰρ αἱ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον διάλεκτοι ἀνόμοιοι, ἀλλ' ἡ δύναμις τῆς παραδόσεως μία καὶ ἡ αὐτή. Καὶ οὔτε αἱ ἐν Γερμανίαις ἱδρυμέναι Ἐκκλησίαι ἄλλως πεπιστεύκα-
2. Having received this preaching and this faith, as we said before, the Church, although scattered through the whole world, guards it carefully, as though dwelling in one house; and she believes these things alike, as though having one soul and the same heart, and in harmony she preaches them, and teaches, and hands them on, as though possessing one mouth. For the languages throughout the world are unlike, but the force of the tradition is one and the same. And neither have the Churches founded in the Germanies believed otherwise
Editors' notes and page, col. 552

Footnotes

<!-- Q6a: notes (4)–(7) moved here from n551.md: they are called only in the Greek set in this column (the full-width lines and paragraph 2). -->

(4) · call in col 552

Τοῖς ἀπ' ἀρχῆς. Lege cum interp. τοῖς μὲν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, scil. ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ αὐτοῦ διαμεμενηκόσι; ad haec enim refertur ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, non autem ad ζωὴν χαρισάμενος.

Τοῖς ἀπ' ἀρχῆς [to those from the beginning]: read, with the translator, τοῖς μὲν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, that is, "to those who have remained in His love from the beginning"; for ἀπ' ἀρχῆς refers to these words, not to ζωὴν χαρισάμενος [granting life].

(printed under page 282)

(5) · call in col 552

Ζωὴν χαρισάμενος. Nota, inquit Grabius, vitam aeternam justis ac poenitentibus ex gratia dari. Operam ludit vir doctus. Suis nempe persuasum vellet, a Catholicis negari vitam aeternam ex gratia dari, quod falsissimum est. Sic enim asserimus post ipsum Salvatorem Matth. V, 12, Luc. VI, 23 et 35, vitam aeternam velut mercedem bonorum operum meritis rependi, ut ipsa bona opera et merita gratiae Christi accepta referamus. Nullane igitur, ait August. epist. 194, al. 105, sunt merita justorum? sunt plane, quia justi sunt. Sed ut justi fierent, merita non fuerunt. Si justis hominibus merita sunt, quibus ex justitia debeatur merces; non igitur in singulis operibus peccant. Porro, prosequitur August.: Sicut merito peccati, tanquam stipendium, redditur mors; ita merito justitiae, tanquam stipendium, vita aeterna. At bonum omne meritum non in nobis facit nisi gratia: et cum Deus coronat merita nostra, nihil aliud coronat quam munera sua... Unde et ipsa vita aeterna, quae utique in fine sine fine habebitur, et ideo meritis praecedentibus redditur; tamen quia eadem merita quibus redditur, non a nobis parata sunt per nostram sufficientiam, sed in nobis facta sunt per gratiam, etiam ipsa gratia nuncupatur; non ob aliud, nisi quia gratis datur: nec ideo quia non meritis datur, sed quia data sunt et ipsa merita, quibus datur. Haec, quibus Catholicae sententiae summa continetur, si attente meditari voluisset Grabius, ab inutili nota temperasset.

Ζωὴν χαρισάμενος [granting life]: "Note," says Grabe, "that eternal life is given to the just and the penitent by grace." The learned man wastes his effort. He would, of course, have his own people believe that Catholics deny that eternal life is given by grace, which is utterly false. For we assert, after the Saviour Himself (Matt. 5:12; Luke 6:23 and 35), that eternal life is paid as a reward to the merits of good works, in such a way that we credit the good works and merits themselves to the grace of Christ. "Are there then no merits of the just?" says Augustine, letter 194 (formerly 105). "Certainly there are, because they are just. But that they might become just, there were no merits." If just men have merits to which a reward is owed in justice, then they do not sin in each of their works. Further, Augustine continues: "As death is paid as the wage for the merit of sin, so eternal life is paid as the wage for the merit of justice. But nothing makes any good merit in us except grace; and when God crowns our merits, He crowns nothing other than His own gifts ... Hence eternal life itself, which will surely be possessed at the end without end, is therefore paid to preceding merits; yet because the very merits to which it is paid were not prepared by us through our own sufficiency but were made in us through grace, it too is called grace, for no other reason than that it is given freely: not because it is not given to merits, but because the very merits to which it is given were themselves given." Had Grabe been willing to ponder these words carefully, in which the sum of the Catholic position is contained, he would have refrained from his useless note.

(printed under page 282)

(6) · call in col 552

Καὶ γάρ. Κἂν γάρ ab interprete lectum suspicatur Grab. quia vertit ille, nam etsi. Sed cum particulam, etsi, non addiderit, nisi majoris connexionis causa, nihil impedit quin legerit, καὶ γάρ.

Καὶ γάρ [for indeed]: Grabe suspects the translator read κἂν γάρ [for even if], because he rendered "nam etsi." But since he added the particle "etsi" only for the sake of a closer connection, nothing prevents his having read καὶ γάρ.

(printed under page 282)

(7) · call in col 552

Αἱ ἐν Γερμανίαις ἱδρυμέναι Ἐκκλησίαι, κ. τ. λ. Quae hic de fide jam apud varias Occidentis nationes disseminata asserit Irenaeus, liquido confirmat Tertullianus, qui paulo post scribebat. Libro siquidem adv. Jud. c. 7, inter gentes quae jam Christo crediderant, Evangelioque colla subdiderant, enumerat, Hispaniarum omnes terminos, et Galliarum diversas nationes, et Britannorum inaccessa Romanis loca, et Sarmatarum, et Dacorum, et Germanorum, et Scytharum, etc. Sed quis primus fidem apud eas Occidentis nationes invexerit, an Irenaei temporibus latius obtineret, an plures, easque numerosas haberent Ecclesias? si quod res est fateri velimus, satis incertum. Plures quidem tum Galliarum, tum Hispaniarum, tum Germaniarum Ecclesiae, se vel ab apostolis ipsis, vel ab eorum discipulis fundatas gloriantur: sed haec tot difficultatibus scatent, ut assensum sustinere tutius sit. Scribit Historiae nostrae scriptorum antiquissimus Sulpicius Severus, Sacr. Hist. lib. II, pag. 150, edit. Antuerp. ann. 1574: Sub Aurelio Antonini filio persecutione quinta agitata, tum primum intra Gallias martyria visa, serius trans Alpes religione Dei suscepta. Consentit et vetus auctor Actorum S. Saturnini episc. et martyr. apud Ruinart. nostrum, Act. martyr. sinc. et select., p. 110, § 2, scribens, sensim et gradatim in regionibus nostris (in Galliis scilicet) apostolorum praedicationem coruscasse; et ante Decii et Grati consulatum (i. e. ante an. 250) raras in aliquibus civitatibus ecclesias, paucorum Christianorum devotione consurrexisse; sed nihilominus crebra, miserabili errore gentilium, nidoribus fetidis in omnibus locis templa fumasse. Quorum auctorum testimonia omni ex- (continues)

Αἱ ἐν Γερμανίαις ἱδρυμέναι Ἐκκλησίαι [the Churches founded in the Germanies], etc.: what Irenaeus asserts here about the faith being already spread among various nations of the West, Tertullian, who wrote a little later, clearly confirms. For in Against the Jews, ch. 7, among the peoples who had already believed in Christ and bowed their necks to the Gospel, he lists "all the borders of the Spains, and the various nations of the Gauls, and the places of the Britons inaccessible to the Romans, and those of the Sarmatians, and the Dacians, and the Germans, and the Scythians," etc. But who first brought the faith to those nations of the West, whether it prevailed widely in Irenaeus's time, whether they had several and numerous Churches, is, if we are willing to admit the truth, quite uncertain. Many Churches indeed, of the Gauls, the Spains and the Germanies alike, boast that they were founded either by the apostles themselves or by their disciples; but these claims bristle with so many difficulties that it is safer to withhold assent. Sulpicius Severus, the most ancient of the writers of our history, writes, Sacred History II, p. 150 of the Antwerp edition of 1574: "Under Aurelius, the son of Antoninus, when the fifth persecution was raging, martyrdoms were then first seen within the Gauls, the religion of God having been taken up later beyond the Alps." The old author of the Acts of St Saturninus, bishop and martyr, agrees, in our Ruinart, Genuine and Select Acts of the Martyrs, p. 110, §2, writing that "little by little and by degrees the preaching of the apostles shone out in our regions" (that is, in the Gauls); "and before the consulship of Decius and Gratus" (that is, before the year 250) "a few churches arose in some cities through the devotion of a few Christians; but nonetheless temples, many of them, smoked everywhere with foul fumes through the wretched error of the pagans." The testimonies of these authors in every (continues)

(printed under page 282)

Page

  • running head: 551 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 552
  • marginal letters: A γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται αὐτῷ, καὶ κρίσιν δικαίαν; B τὸν κόσμον διάλεκτοι ἀνόμοιοι, ἀλλ' ἡ δύναμις τῆς; C (footnotes) (6) Καὶ γάρ. Κἂν γάρ ab interprete; D (footnotes) tum Galliarum, tum Hispaniarum
  • old-edition numerals: (none) in the Greek; in the Latin column superscript 51 before Hanc (Ed. Feu. cap. III) and bold 49 after autem (not set)
  • other: the two full-width Greek lines αὐτοῦ διαμεμενηκόσι ... περιποιήσῃ. are set once here in their place; γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται αὐτῷ is printed in italic (scriptural, Phil 2:11), no reference printed
  • other: the column ends mid-word πεπιστεύκα- (πεπιστεύκασιν); the next column's top was not seen, so only the visible part is set; English for the split word given as 'believed', to be checked when joined on receipt
  • other (Q2b): col 553 begins at ἢ ἄλλως, so the tail of πεπιστεύκα- is set in neither column; the word should stand whole here once the tail is read on the page of col 553 (not seen in this check). Col 553's English opens "otherwise, nor do they hand down otherwise", repeating the "otherwise" already rendered here; for 553's file, it should open "nor do they hand down otherwise". In paragraph 2, after παρειληφυῖα and after Ἐκκλησία, the low-resolution image shows a mark like a semicolon where commas are set; UNSURE, check on the high-resolution page
  • other (Q6a): the semicolon-like marks after παρειληφυῖα and Ἐκκλησία were seen again at this resolution; still UNSURE; the tail of πεπιστεύκα- still unseen (col 553 not in this check)
PG 7:553
ἢ ἄλλως παραδιδόασιν· οὔτε ἐν ταῖς Ἰβηρίαις, οὔτε ἐν Κελτοῖς, οὔτε κατὰ τὰς ἀνατολὰς, οὔτε ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, οὔτε ἐν Λιβύῃ, οὔτε αἱ κατὰ μέσα τοῦ κόσμου ἱδρυμέναι· ἀλλ' ὥσπερ ὁ ἥλιος, τὸ κτίσμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτός· οὕτω καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα τῆς ἀληθείας πανταχῇ φαίνει, καὶ φωτίζει πάντας ἀνθρώπους τοὺς βουλομένους εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. Καὶ οὔτε ὁ πάνυ δυνατὸς ἐν λόγῳ τῶν ἐν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις προεστώτων, ἕτερα τούτων ἐρεῖ (οὐδεὶς γὰρ ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον), οὔτε ὁ ἀσθενὴς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἐλαττώσει τὴν παράδοσιν. Μιᾶς γὰρ καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς πίστεως οὔσης, οὔτε ὁ πολὺ περὶ αὐτῆς δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν, ἐπλεόνασεν, οὔτε ὁ τὸ ὀλίγον, ἠλαττόνησε.
otherwise, nor do they hand down otherwise; nor those in the Iberias, nor those among the Celts, nor those throughout the East, nor those in Egypt, nor those in Libya, nor those founded in the middle parts of the world; but just as the sun, the creature of God, is one and the same in the whole world, so also the preaching of the truth shines everywhere, and enlightens all men who are willing to come to the knowledge of truth. And neither will he who is very powerful in discourse among those who preside in the Churches say other things than these (for no one is above the teacher), nor will he who is weak in discourse diminish the tradition. For the faith being one and the same, neither has he who is able to say much concerning it added to it, nor has he who can say little diminished it.
3. Τὸ δὲ πλεῖον, ἢ ἔλαττον κατὰ σύνεσιν εἰδέναι τινὰς, οὐκ ἐν τῷ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν αὐτὴν ἀλλάσσειν γίνεται, καὶ ἄλλον Θεὸν παρεπινοεῖν, παρὰ τὸν δημιουργὸν, καὶ ποιητὴν, καὶ τροφέα τοῦδε τοῦ παντός,
3. But that some know more or less according to understanding does not come about by their altering the subject-matter itself, and conceiving besides another God beside the Creator, and Maker, and Nourisher of this universe,
PG 7:554
Editors' notes and page, col. 554

Footnotes

(52) · call in col 554

Ed. Feu., cap. IV.

Feuardent's edition: ch. 4.

(printed under page 283)

(1) · call in col 554

Κατὰ μέσα τοῦ κόσμου. Ecclesiam Hierosolymitanam, aliasque in Palaestina constitutas hic intelligi, advertit unusquisque. Judaeam enim in medio mundi sitam esse censebant veteres Christiani.

Κατὰ μέσα τοῦ κόσμου [in the middle of the world]: anyone can see that the Church of Jerusalem and the others established in Palestine are meant here. For the early Christians held that Judaea lay in the middle of the world.

(printed under page 283)

(2) · call in col 554

Κατὰ σύνεσιν εἰδέναι τινάς. Legendum vellet Fronto Duc. κατὰ φρόνησιν εἰδέναι τινὰς τὴν σύνεσιν, quia vertit interpres: Secundum prudentiam nosse quosdam intelligentiam. Nam, subdit, intelligentiam nosse, phrasis est Scripturae, ut Isaiae LVI, 11, οὐκ εἰδότες σύνεσιν. Hieron. nescientes intelligentiam. Sed ut intelligentiam nosse, phrasis sit Scripturae, non sequitur Irenaei phrasim esse. Quare nihil immutandum in textu Graeco censerem. Suspicarer potius vocem Latinam, intelligentiam, e margine in textum irrepsisse. Nempe ad marginem codicis sui scripserat quis, intelligentiam, qua voce σύνεσιν melius reddi posse, quam prudentia, non immerito censebat. Imperitus alter scriba utramque textui inseruit.

Κατὰ σύνεσιν εἰδέναι τινάς [that some know by understanding]: Fronton du Duc would read κατὰ φρόνησιν εἰδέναι τινὰς τὴν σύνεσιν, because the translator rendered: "that some know understanding according to prudence." For, he adds, "to know understanding" is a phrase of Scripture, as Isaiah 56:11, οὐκ εἰδότες σύνεσιν, Jerome, "not knowing understanding." But granted that "to know understanding" is a phrase of Scripture, it does not follow that it is Irenaeus's phrase. So I would think nothing in the Greek text should be changed. I would rather suspect that the Latin word "intelligentiam" crept into the text from the margin. Someone, that is, had written "intelligentiam" in the margin of his manuscript, judging, not without reason, that σύνεσιν could be better rendered by that word than by "prudentia." Another, unskilled scribe put both into the text.

(printed under page 283)

(3) · call in col 554

Hiberis. Melius forte, Hiberiis, juxta Graec. Ἰβερίαις.

"Among the Iberians": perhaps better "Hiberiis" [in the Iberias], following the Greek Ἰβερίαις.

(printed under page 283)

(4) · call in col 554

In Oriente. Gr. κατὰ τὰς ἀνατολάς, in partibus vel regionibus Orientalibus. Neque enim hic Orientem stricte sumptum, cujus caput erat Antiochia, intelligit Irenaeus; sed totam eam plagam quae a Tigri fluvio usque ad Cyprum et Thracias versus occidentem, et a Ponto septentrionali usque ad Arabiam versus meridiem porrigitur. Sic enim Orientem veteres accipiebant. Videsis Ammian. lib. XIV, cap. 8.

"In the East": Greek κατὰ τὰς ἀνατολάς, "in the Eastern parts" or "regions." For Irenaeus does not mean here the East in the strict sense, whose capital was Antioch, but that whole tract which stretches westward from the river Tigris to Cyprus and the Thraces, and southward from the northern Pontus to Arabia. For so the ancients understood the East. See Ammianus XIV, 8.

(printed under page 283)

(5) · call in col 554

Lumen, praedicatio. Lumen vel de suo addidit interpres, comparationis elucidandae gratia (neque enim ea vox legitur in Graeco); vel, quod probabilius videtur, ea vox e margine in textum irrepsit. Scripserat quispiam ad oram codicis sui: Lumen, praedicatio veritatis, quod alter imprudens in textum transtulit.

"Light, the preaching": either the translator added "light" on his own, to make the comparison clearer (for the word is not read in the Greek); or, which seems more probable, the word crept into the text from the margin. Someone had written in the margin of his manuscript, "Light, the preaching of the truth," and another, careless, carried it into the text.

(printed under page 283)

(6) · call in col 554

Ampliat. Alludit Irenaeus ad illud quod de manna scriptum est, Exod. XVI, 18, et II Cor. VIII, 15. Nam verba Graeca τῶν Οʹ plane eadem sunt quae apud Epiphan., οὐκ ἐπλεόνασεν ὁ τὸ πολύ, καὶ ὁ τὸ ἔλαττον (vel ut habet Paulus, ὁ τὸ ὀλίγον), οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν.

"Enlarges": Irenaeus alludes to what is written of the manna, Exod. 16:18 and 2 Cor. 8:15. For the Greek words of the Seventy are plainly the same as those in Epiphanius: "he who had much had nothing over, and he who had less" (or, as Paul has it, "he who had little") "had no lack."

(printed under page 283)

(7) · call in col 554

Intelligentiam. Redundat ea vox. Vide notam 2.

"Understanding": the word is redundant. See note 2.

(printed under page 283)

Page

  • running head: SES LIBER PRIMUS. 554
  • marginal letters: A fundatæ Ecclesiæ aliter; B 3. Plus autem, aut; C gentiam nosse, phrasis; D Arabiam versus meridiem
  • old-edition numerals: 50 before alia, quam
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:555
ὡς μὴ ἀρκουμένους τούτους, ἢ ἄλλον Χριστὸν, ἢ ἄλλον Μονογενῆ· ἀλλὰ ἐν τῷ τὰ, ὅσα ἐν παραβολαῖς εἴρηται, προσεπεργάζεσθαι, καὶ οἰκειοῦν τῇ τῆς πίστεως ὑποθέσει, καὶ ἐν τῷ τήν τε πραγματείαν καὶ οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι γενομένην, ἐκδιηγεῖσθαι· καὶ ὅτι ἐμακροθύμησεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐπί τε τῇ τῶν παραβεβηκότων Ἀγγέλων ἀποστασίᾳ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ παρακοῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, σαφηνίζειν· καὶ διὰ τί τὰ μὲν πρόσκαιρα, τὰ δὲ αἰώνια, καὶ τὰ μὲν οὐράνια, τὰ δὲ ἐπίγεια εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς Θεὸς πεποίηκεν, ἀπαγγέλλειν· καὶ διὰ τί ἀόρατος ὢν, ἐφάνη τοῖς προφήταις ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐν μιᾷ ἰδέᾳ, ἀλλὰ ἄλλως ἄλλοις, συνιεῖν· καὶ διὰ τί Διαθῆκαι πλείους γεγόνασι τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι, μηνύειν, καὶ τίς ἑκάστης τῶν Διαθηκῶν ὁ χαρακτὴρ, διδάσκειν· καὶ διὰ τί συνέκλεισε πάντα εἰς ἀπείθειαν ὁ Θεὸς, ἵνα τοὺς πάντας ἐλεήσῃ, ἐξερευνᾷν· καὶ διὰ τί ὁ Λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἔπαθεν, εὐχαριστεῖν· καὶ διὰ τί ἐπ' ἐσχάτων τῶν καιρῶν ἡ παρουσία τοῦ
as though these were not satisfied, either another Christ or another Only-begotten; but in working out further all the things that have been spoken in parables and accommodating them to the subject of the faith, and in setting forth fully the dispensation and economy of God which has taken place for mankind; and in making clear that God was long-suffering both over the apostasy of the angels who transgressed and over the disobedience of men; and in declaring why one and the same God has made some things temporal and others eternal, and some heavenly and others earthly; and in understanding why God, though invisible, appeared to the prophets not in one form, but differently to different ones; and in indicating why several Covenants have been made for mankind, and teaching what is the character of each of the Covenants; and in searching out why God shut up all things unto disobedience, that He might have mercy upon all; and in giving thanks for why the Word of God became flesh and suffered; and why at the last of the times the coming of the
Editors' notes and page, col. 555

Footnotes

(53) · call in col 555

Rom. XI, 32.

Rom. 11:32.

(printed under page 284)

(1) · call in col 555

Nobis. Melius juxta Graec. legas, illis, quam nobis.

"To us": following the Greek you would better read "to them" than "to us."

(printed under page 284)

(2) · call in col 555

Sed in eo quod... exquirere, etc. Hellenismus est. Latine scribendum fuisset: sed in eo ut... exquirat et adjungat, sicut recte scripsit interpres, in eo ut... factam enarret: tum caetera omnia quae in infinitivo ponuntur, usque ad praeconare, in subjunctivo reponenda.

"But in this, that ... to search out," etc.: it is a Graecism. In Latin it should have been written "but in this, that ... he search out and add," just as the translator rightly wrote "in this, that ... he tell how it was done"; and then all the other verbs set in the infinitive, as far as "praeconare," should be put back into the subjunctive.

(printed under page 284)

(3) · call in col 555

Veritatis. Gr. πίστεως, fidei, non veritatis.

"Of the truth": Greek πίστεως, "of the faith," not "of the truth."

(printed under page 284)

(4) · call in col 555

Instrumentum. Gr. πραγματείαν, quod vertendum erat, molitionem, vel negotium, non instrumentum.

"Instrument": Greek πραγματείαν, which should have been rendered "undertaking" or "business," not "instrument."

(printed under page 284)

(5) · call in col 555

Magnanimus exstitit Deus. Gr. ἐμακροθύμησεν ὁ Θεός, i. e. diuturna lenitate, vel patientia tulit Deus, tum angelorum, qui ab eo recesserunt, defectionem, tum hominum inobedientiam.

"God was great-souled": Greek ἐμακροθύμησεν ὁ Θεός, that is, "God bore with long gentleness," or "with patience," both the falling-away of the angels who departed from him and the disobedience of men.

(printed under page 284)

(6) · call in col 555

Fecit. Ex Graeco adde, Deus.

"Made": add from the Greek, "God."

(printed under page 284)

(7) · call in col 555

Dei. Lege, Deus, ex Graeco Θεός.

"Of God": read "God" (nominative), from the Greek Θεός.

(printed under page 284)

(8) · call in col 555

Adesse. Perperam legit interp. συνεῖναι, cum tamen in Graeco, sit συνιεῖν, quod vertendum erat, intelligere, seu potius ut intelligat, cur scilicet aliter aliis apparuerit.

"To be present": the translator wrongly read συνεῖναι [to be with], whereas the Greek has συνιεῖν, which should have been rendered "to understand," or rather "that he understand," namely why he appeared to some in one way and to others in another.

(printed under page 284)

(9) · call in col 555

Verbum Dei. In cod. Clarom. omittitur Dei.

"The Word of God": in the Clermont manuscript "of God" is omitted.

(printed under page 284)

(10) · call in col 555

Et passus est. Scribendum erat, et passum est. Sed frequenter masculinum cum Verbo conjungit interpres, attendens scilicet ad Λόγον Graecorum, quod nomen masculini generis est. Id semel observasse sufficiat.

"And he suffered": it should have been written "et passum est" (neuter). But the translator often joins a masculine to "Verbum," looking, that is, to the Greeks' Λόγος, which is a masculine noun. Let it suffice to have noted this once.

(printed under page 284)

(11) · call in col 555

Gratias agere. Mallem vertisset interp. grata memoria recolere. Vide infra notam 15.

"To give thanks": I would rather the translator had rendered "to recall with grateful remembrance." See note 15 below.

(printed under page 284)

(12) · call in col 555

Ἀρκουμένους τούτους. Legendum vult Billius, ἀρκουμένους τούτῳ, vel certe ἀρκουμένου τούτου, tametsi hoc minus probet: ἀρκοῦντος enim, ait, potius dixisset, si significationem activam exprimere voluisset. Ἀρκουμένου τούτου edidit Gallas. et post eum Feuard., sed absque codicis ullius auctoritate. Merito censet Grab. ἀρκουμένους τούτους non incommode retineri posse, referendo scilicet τούτους ad τινάς, et subintelligendo τούτῳ.

Ἀρκουμένους τούτους [these being content]: Billius would read ἀρκουμένους τούτῳ [content with this], or at any rate ἀρκουμένου τούτου, though he approves this less: for, he says, he would rather have said ἀρκοῦντος had he wished to express an active sense. Gallasius printed ἀρκουμένου τούτου, and Feuardent after him, but without the authority of any manuscript. Grabe rightly judges that ἀρκουμένους τούτους can be kept without awkwardness, by referring τούτους to τινάς and understanding τούτῳ.

(printed under page 284)

(13) · call in col 555

Γενομένην. Sic recte cod. Reg. et ita legendum esse jam monuerat Billius, pro γινομένην, ut habent omnes editt.

Γενομένην [having come about]: so rightly the Royal manuscript, and Billius had already advised that it should be read so, in place of γινομένην [coming about], which all the editions have.

(printed under page 284)

(14) · call in col 555

Πάντα. Sic eadem Apostoli verba legit Irenaeus lib. III, c. 20, n. 2. Utrobique πάντα, omnia, non πάντας, ut habent vulgati nostri codd. In mss. etiam quibusdam N. Test. codd. habetur πάντα.

Πάντα [all things]: so Irenaeus reads the same words of the Apostle in Book III, ch. 20, n. 2. In both places πάντα, "all things," not πάντας [all men], as our common manuscripts have. In some manuscripts of the New Testament, too, πάντα is found.

(printed under page 284)

(15) · call in col 555

Εὐχαριστεῖν. Suspectum sibi esse eo loco hoc verbum ait Billius, quod parum aliis verbis, quae praecedunt, διδάσκειν, μηνύειν, ἐξερευνᾷν, ἀπαγγέλλειν, etc., respondeat. Opportunum tamen sensum haberi hic potest, si vertatur, uti recte vertit idem Billius, grato animo complectatur, vel recolat. Interdum enim εὐχαριστέω accipitur pro εὐλογέω, hoc vero pro celebro. Adde quod alludere potuit Irenaeus ad Eucharistiae sacrificium, quod passionis Christi memoriale a Patribus vocatur, utpote quo Domini mors, ut ait Apost. I Cor. XI, 26, annuntiatur, et grata memoria celebratur.

Εὐχαριστεῖν [to give thanks]: Billius says this verb is suspect to him in that place, because it corresponds poorly to the other verbs that precede, διδάσκειν, μηνύειν, ἐξερευνᾶν, ἀπαγγέλλειν [to teach, to disclose, to search out, to announce], etc. Yet a fitting sense can be had here if it is rendered, as the same Billius rightly rendered it, "embrace with a grateful heart," or "recall." For εὐχαριστέω is sometimes taken for εὐλογέω [to bless], and this for "to celebrate." Add that Irenaeus may have been alluding to the sacrifice of the Eucharist, which the Fathers call the memorial of Christ's passion, since by it the Lord's death, as the Apostle says in 1 Cor. 11:26, is proclaimed and celebrated with grateful remembrance.

(printed under page 284)

Page

  • running head: 555 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 556
  • marginal letters: A ὡς μὴ ἀρκουμένους; B συνέκλεισε πάντα; C memoria recolere; D λειν, etc., respondeat
  • old-edition numerals: 51 after passus (in Latin)
  • other: Greek in right column (556); facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:556
Editors' notes and page, col. 556

Page

  • other: col 556 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 555 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:557
Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ τέλει, ἐφάνη ἡ ἀρχή, ἀπαγγέλλειν· καὶ περὶ τοῦ τέλους, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων, ὅσα τε κεῖται ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, ἀναπτύσσειν· καὶ τί ὅτι τὰ ἀπεγνωσμένα ἔθνη, συγκληρονόμα, καὶ σύσσωμα, καὶ συμμέτοχα τῶν ἁγίων πεποίηκεν ὁ Θεὸς, μὴ σιωπᾶν· καὶ πῶς τὸ θνητὸν τοῦτο σαρκίον ἐνδύσεται ἀθανασίαν, καὶ τὸ φθαρτὸν ἀφθαρσίαν, διαγγέλλειν· πῶς τε ἐρεῖ, Ὁ οὐ λαὸς, λαός, καὶ ἡ οὐκ ἠγαπημένη, ἠγαπημένη, καὶ πῶς πλείονα τῆς ἐρήμου τὰ τέκνα, μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα, κηρύσσειν. Ἐπὶ τούτων γὰρ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁμοίων αὐτοῖς ἐπεβόησεν ὁ Ἀπόστολος· Ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας, καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ! ὡς ἀνεξερεύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ! Ἀλλὰ οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὑπὲρ τὸν κτίστην, καὶ δημιουργὸν, μητέρα τούτων καὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἐνθύμησιν Αἰῶνος πεπλανημένου παρεπινοεῖν, καὶ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἥκειν βλασφημίας· οὐδὲ τὸ ὑπὲρ ταύτην πάλιν Πλήρωμα, τὸν μὲν ἕνα, νῦν δὲ ἀνήριθμον φῦλον Αἰώνων ἐπιψεύδεσθαι, καθὼς λέγουσιν οὗτοι οἱ ἀληθῶς ἔρημοι θείας
Son of God, that is, in the end, appeared as the beginning; and by their unfolding concerning the end, and concerning the things to come, and whatsoever things lie in the Scriptures; and by their not keeping silence as to why God has made the nations that had been despaired of to be "fellow-heirs, and of the same body, and fellow-partakers with the saints"; and by their announcing how "this mortal flesh shall put on immortality, and the corruptible incorruption" (1 Cor. 15:54); and by their preaching how He will say, "The not-people, a people; and she who was not beloved, beloved" (Hos. 2:23; Rom. 9:25), and how "the children of the desolate are more than those of her that has the husband" (Isa. 54:1; Gal. 4:27). For upon these things, and upon the things like to them, the Apostle cried aloud: "O the depth of the riches, and of the wisdom, and of the knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgements, and untraceable His ways!" (Rom. 11:33). But [it does] not [come about] by their conceiving besides, above the Creator and Maker, the Thought of an erring Aeon as the mother of these and of him, and by their coming to so great a pitch of blasphemy; nor by their falsely feigning, again, the Pleroma above her, at one time one, now an innumerable tribe of Aeons, as these say who are truly teachers destitute of divine
PG 7:558
Editors' notes and page, col. 558

Footnotes

(54) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 558

I Cor. XV, 54.

1 Corinthians 15:54.

(printed under page 285)

(55) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 558

Ose. II, 23, et Rom. IX, 25.

Hosea 2:23, and Romans 9:25.

(printed under page 285)

(56) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 558

Isai. LIV, 1, et Gal. IV, 27.

Isaiah 54:1, and Galatians 4:27.

(printed under page 285)

(57) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 558

Rom. XI, 33.

Romans 11:33.

(printed under page 285)

(1) ‹anchor: Ἡ ἀρχή› · call in col 558

Ἡ ἀρχή. Legit interpres, καὶ οὐκ ἐν ἀρχῇ. Commode tamen legi potest, ἡ ἀρχή, principium, i. e. Dei Filius, quem ἀρχὴν et τέλος non semel dixit Joannes in Apocalypsi.

Ἡ ἀρχή ("the beginning"). The translator read καὶ οὐκ ἐν ἀρχῇ ("and not in the beginning"). It can, however, fittingly be read ἡ ἀρχή, the beginning, that is, the Son of God, whom John more than once called the ἀρχή and the τέλος in the Apocalypse.

(printed under page 285)

(2) ‹anchor: Τὰ ἀπεγνωσμένα ἔθνη› · call in col 558

Τὰ ἀπεγνωσμένα ἔθνη. Eas nimirum gentes, quas, ut ait D. Prosper Respons. ad object. VIII Gallorum, in praeteritis saeculis dimiserat Deus ingredi vias suas, quando Jacob elegit sibi Dominus, et non fecit taliter omni nationi, et judicia sua non manifestavit eis: quarum proinde gentium salus conclamata videbatur humanae prudentiae.

Τὰ ἀπεγνωσμένα ἔθνη ("the nations given up as lost"). That is, those nations which, as St Prosper says in his Answers to the eighth objection of the Gauls, God in past ages had let walk in their own ways, when the Lord chose Jacob for himself, and did not deal so with any other nation, and did not make his judgements known to them: nations whose salvation, accordingly, seemed to human prudence past hope.

(printed under page 285)

(3) ‹anchor: Τὸ θνητὸν τοῦτο σαρκίον› · call in col 558

Τὸ θνητὸν τοῦτο σαρκίον, etc. Apostoli verba I Cor. XV, 54, ex memoria refert Irenaeus: paulo enim aliter leguntur apud ipsum Apost.

Τὸ θνητὸν τοῦτο σαρκίον ("this mortal flesh"), etc. Irenaeus gives the Apostle's words of 1 Cor. 15:54 from memory, for in the Apostle himself they read a little differently.

(printed under page 285)

(4) ‹anchor: Πῶς τε ἐρεῖ› · call in col 558

Πῶς τε ἐρεῖ, ὁ οὐ λαός, etc. His prorsus affine est quod scribit D. Prosper loco sup. citato: Cur qui aliquando non populus, nunc autem populus Dei sit; et quorum aliquando non misertus est, nunc autem misereatur; et ubi dictum est: Non plebs mea vos; ibi vocentur filii Dei vivi: et quare quod quaerebat Israel, non sit consecutus, electio autem consecuta est, caeteri vero excaecati sunt: impossibile est comprehendere, et periculosae curiositatis est quaerere, etc.

Πῶς τε ἐρεῖ, ὁ οὐ λαός ("and how he says, that which was not a people"), etc. Closely akin to this is what St Prosper writes in the place cited above: "Why those who were once not a people are now the people of God; and why he now has mercy on those on whom he once had no mercy; and why, where it was said, You are not my people, there they are called sons of the living God; and why Israel did not obtain what it sought, but the election obtained it, and the rest were blinded: this is impossible to comprehend, and to inquire into it is a dangerous curiosity," etc.

(printed under page 285)

(5) ‹anchor: Μητέρα τούτων καὶ αὐτοῦ› · call in col 558

Μητέρα τούτων καὶ αὐτοῦ. Legit interpres, μητέρα τούτου καὶ αὐτῶν. Τούτου quidem et Billius lubens legit; insectatur enim Irenaeus eos qui Demiurgo, hoc est, summo illi rerum omnium opifici, matrem Enthymesin affingunt: sed αὐτῶν plane improbat; ad quid enim, inquit, referretur? Respondeo, ad Valentinianos, qui Achamoth matrem habere gloriabantur, quaeque ea ratione mater ipsorum, cap. 7 et alibi passim ab Irenaeo dicitur. Grabius Graecis nihil mutatis, τούτων de Valentinianis, αὐτοῦ de creatore accipit, sed minus bene: pronomen enim οὗτος demonstrativum cum sit, ad id quod immediate praecedit, non ad aliquid remotius referri debet. De Demiurgo autem, non de Valentinianis, proxime antea mentio facta. Quare cum vet. interp legere satius est, μητέρα τούτου καὶ αὐτῶν.

Μητέρα τούτων καὶ αὐτοῦ ("mother of these and of him"). The translator read μητέρα τούτου καὶ αὐτῶν ("mother of him and of them"). Billius too gladly reads τούτου, for Irenaeus is attacking those who fasten on the Demiurge, that is, on that supreme maker of all things, a mother, Enthymesis; but αὐτῶν he rejects outright: to what, he asks, would it refer? I answer: to the Valentinians, who boasted of having Achamoth as their mother, and who on that account is called their mother by Irenaeus in chapter 7 and often elsewhere. Grabe, changing nothing in the Greek, takes τούτων of the Valentinians and αὐτοῦ of the creator, but less well: since the pronoun οὗτος is a demonstrative, it must be referred to what immediately precedes, not to something more remote. And mention had just been made of the Demiurge, not of the Valentinians. It is better, therefore, to read with the old translator μητέρα τούτου καὶ αὐτῶν.

(printed under page 285)

(6) ‹anchor: Οὐδὲ τό› · call in col 558

Οὐδὲ τό. Billius legendum censet, οὐδὲ εἰς τό· Grabius vero, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ τό. Sed nulla additione facta, οὐδὲ τό retineri posse nihil vetat, subintelligendo ἐν τῷ, quod mox praecessit.

Οὐδὲ τό ("nor the"). Billius thinks it should read οὐδὲ εἰς τό; Grabe, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ τό. But nothing prevents keeping οὐδὲ τό with no addition, understanding ἐν τῷ, which came just before.

(printed under page 285)

(7) ‹anchor: Τὸν μὲν ἕνα, νῦν δέ› · call in col 558

Τὸν μὲν ἕνα, νῦν δέ, etc. Pro τὸν μὲν ἕνα, corrigit Billius ex vet. interp. νῦν μὲν τριάκοντα, νῦν δέ, etc. Melius vero Petavius, τότε μὲν τριάκοντα. Quod vero ἕνα, pro τριάκοντα, in textum irrepserit, id ex eo factum esse non imperite conjiciunt Fronto Duc. et Grabius, quod cum Irenaeus, vel priores ejus scribae, notam tricenarii numeri Λ cum lineola transversa, non ipsam vocem τριάκοντα reposuissent, qui eos secuti sunt, incaute Λ in Α, quae monadis nota est, transmutarunt, indeque ἕνα scriptum est: quod quidem eo facilius fieri potuit, quod Λ et Α, in mss. praesertim, maxime affines sint. Haec porro dum pro arbitrio distinguit Gallasius, in alienum omnino sensum detorquet. Sic scribit: Ὥστε τὸ ὑπὲρ ταύτην πάλιν Πλήρωμα, τὸν μὲν ἕνα, τὸν δὲ ἀνήριθμον φῦλον, etc. Quae sic vertit: Ut supra hanc rursum ementiaris Pleroma, hic quidem unum, ille vero infinitum genus Aeonum.

Τὸν μὲν ἕνα, νῦν δέ ("now one, but now"), etc. For τὸν μὲν ἕνα Billius corrects from the old translator to νῦν μὲν τριάκοντα, νῦν δέ ("now thirty, but now"), etc. Petau does better: τότε μὲν τριάκοντα ("at one time thirty"). That ἕνα crept into the text in place of τριάκοντα, Fronton du Duc and Grabe not unskilfully conjecture came about thus: Irenaeus, or his earlier copyists, had put the sign for the number thirty, Λ with a small cross-stroke, and not the word τριάκοντα itself; those who followed them carelessly changed Λ into Α, which is the sign for one, and so ἕνα came to be written. This could happen all the more easily because Λ and Α are very alike, especially in manuscripts. Gallasius, punctuating this at his own pleasure, twists it into an altogether foreign sense. He writes: Ὥστε τὸ ὑπὲρ ταύτην πάλιν Πλήρωμα, τὸν μὲν ἕνα, τὸν δὲ ἀνήριθμον φῦλον, etc., which he renders: "So that above her you again feign a Pleroma, this one indeed a single one, that other a countless race of Aeons."

(printed under page 285)

(8) ‹anchor: Et quemadmodum factus est› · call in col 558

Et quemadmodum factus est. Graeca hic paulo liberius vertit interpres. Haec, πῶς τε ἐρεῖ, reddenda erant, quomodo, seu, quo sensu dicit, scilicet Deus. Ἐρεῖ enim hic non verbum futuri temporis est, ut falso post Petavium existimavit Grabius, sed praesentis. Sic Matth. VII, 4, ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, etc., aut quomodo dicis fratri tuo, etc.

"And as he was made." Here the translator rendered the Greek somewhat freely. The words πῶς τε ἐρεῖ should have been rendered "how," or "in what sense he says," namely God. For ἐρεῖ here is not a verb of the future tense, as Grabe wrongly supposed after Petau, but of the present. So Matt. 7:4, ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, etc., "or how do you say to your brother," etc.

(printed under page 285)

(9) ‹anchor: Praeconare› · call in col 558

Praeconare. Ita melius quam praeconiare (ut est in editt.), mss. Clarom., Ottobon., Arund. et Merc. 2. Praeconare autem, vel praeconari, est praedicare, extollere, annuntiare. Sic Martianus Capella lib. XVII: Ingressuros etiam cunctos nominatim vocabat, fama praeconans. Et liber I Memorial. sanct.: Solvite divinis laudibus ora, summique Redemptoris beneficia extollentes, praeconate et dicite, etc. Et infra: Qui liber vestrorum actuum memoriam gloriosam praeconatur. Praeconari etiam dixit Honorius Augustodun., lib. III, cap. 1.

Praeconare ("proclaim"). So, better than praeconiare (as in the editions), the manuscripts of Clermont, the Ottoboni, Arundel and Mercier 2. Praeconare, or praeconari, means to preach, to extol, to announce. So Martianus Capella, book 17: "He called by name all who were about to enter, proclaiming them by report." And book 1 of the Memoriale sanctorum: "Open your mouths in divine praises, and, extolling the benefits of the supreme Redeemer, proclaim and say," etc. And below: "Which book proclaims the glorious memory of your deeds." Honorius of Autun also said praeconari, book 3, chapter 1.

(printed under page 285)

Page

  • running head: HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 558
  • marginal letters: A et quare in novissimis; B ejus. Sed non; C (6) Οὐδὲ τό. Billius; D τὸν μὲν ἕνα,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:559
Editors' notes and page, col. 559

Footnotes

<!-- Q6a: notes (1)–(5), called in the Latin of col 559, set here from the column and foot images; the old-edition note under the Billius band set too (its superscript numeral is small and read as 53 at this resolution; UNSURE: an earlier pass read 28). -->

(53) · call in col 559

Ed. Feu., cap. VI.

Feuardent's edition: ch. 6.

(printed under page 286)

(1) · call in col 559

Mentiri. Lege, ut mentireris, sicuti paulo superius, ut adinvenires, et pervenires.

Mentiri ("to lie"). Read ut mentireris ("that you should lie"), just as a little above, ut adinvenires, et pervenires ("that you should invent, and arrive").

(printed under page 286)

(2) · call in col 559

Sententia. Graec. συνέσεως, quod melius vertisset interpres, sapientia.

Sententia ("judgement"). Greek συνέσεως ("understanding"), which the translator would better have rendered sapientia ("wisdom").

(printed under page 286)

(3) · call in col 559

Horum. Ita pro eorum ex Clarom., Arund. et Voss. juxta Graec. τούτων reponere placuit. Horum autem refero ad magistros illos divina sapientia destitutos, quorum mentio proxime facta est, sub finem capitis praecedentis.

Horum ("of these"). So we have chosen to restore it, in place of eorum, from the Clermont, Arundel and Vossius manuscripts, following the Greek τούτων. And I refer horum to those teachers destitute of divine wisdom who were mentioned just before, at the end of the preceding chapter.

(printed under page 286)

(4) · call in col 559

Antiquas in suum characterem doctrinas transferens. Vertendum erat: ab ea quae dicitur Gnostica haeresis, principia in proprium scholae suae characterem transferens, seu aptans: i. e. in peculiaris sectae formam aptans, quibusdam scilicet additis. Quamvis enim Valentinus doctrinae suae principia a vetustioribus Gnosticis accepisset, plura tamen eorum haeresi addiderat, ut Dissert. cit. ostendimus.

"Transferring ancient doctrines into his own character." It should have been rendered: "from the heresy called Gnostic, transferring, or adapting, its principles into the proper character of his own school": that is, adapting them to the form of a peculiar sect, with certain things, of course, added. For although Valentinus had received the principles of his teaching from older Gnostics, he had nonetheless added a good deal to their heresy, as we have shown in the Dissertation cited.

(printed under page 286)

(5) · call in col 559

Definivit. Al. diffinivit. Sed adde ex Graeco, esse.

Definivit ("defined"). Others read diffinivit. But add, from the Greek, esse ("to be").

(printed under page 286)

Editors' prose

<!-- Q6a: note (6) below is a page-foot note called in the Greek of col 560 (πρῶτος (6)); it stays here only until it is filed under 560 (this check may not write n560). Italic markup and the æ ligatures removed (unit rule: no italic markup; ae/oe). --> (6) Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, etc. Locum hunc a Blondello et Dallaeo vexatum egregie ab eorum cavillationibus vindicarunt Pearsonius in Vindic. epist. S. Ignatii, part. II, cap. 3, 4, 5, 6 et 7.; Cotelerius in Observat. ad epist. Ignat. ad Magnes., et alii SS. martyris epistolarum vindices. Nempe has viri apostolici epistolas, ac in primis eam, quae est ad Magnesianos, juniorem Ignatio auctorem redolere ex eo contendebant Blondellus et Dallaeus, quod in his ejusdem verbis, αὐτοῦ λόγος ἀΐδιος, οὐκ ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών, aperte perstringatur haereticorum Sige. Atqui, inquiebant, Valentinus, Irenaeo teste lib. I, c. 5, num. 11, ex Gnosticorum haeresi primus fuit, qui ex veteribus doctrinis in suum characterem, seu formam translatis et aptatis, quod subjicit dogma tradiderit, ac proinde Σιγὴν memoraverit. Plura respondent, invictisque muniunt argumentis Ignatii defensores strenuissimi, ex quibus duo duntaxat, quae ad rem nostram faciunt, observabimus. 1° Falsissimum id esse, Valentinum primum omnium copulationem Bythi et Siges tradidisse; quin potius certissimum esse, ridiculum illud commentum a vetustioribus Gnosticis haustum fuisse, ut ipsi etiam demonstravimus Dissert. 1, art. 5, n. 22 et seqq. 2° Verba haec Irenaei, ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, perperam et dolose a Blondello et Dallaeo referri ad Gnosticam haeresim, quasi Irenaei mens esset, Valentinum ex illa Gnosticorum haeresi primum fuisse, qui ex veteribus doctrinis ad suum characterem, sive peculiarem sectae formam translatis et aptatis, quod subjicit dogma tradiderit. Alio quippe referuntur ea verba, ad priorem scilicet sententiam, non ad sequentem. Ἴδωμεν νῦν καὶ τὴν τούτων ἄστατον γνώμην, δύο που καὶ τριῶν ὄντων, πῶς περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν, οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἐναντία ἀποφαίνονται. Videamus nunc et horum (magistrorum scilicet illorum divina sapientia destitutorum, quorum sub finem capitis praeced. meminerat) inconstantem sententiam, cum sint duo vel tres, quemadmodum de eisdem non eadem dicunt, sed et nominibus et rebus contraria respondent: ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, qui enim primus est (ut satis fideliter reddidit vetus interpres) ex paucis scilicet illis duobus, vel tribus magistris divinae sapientiae exsortibus, Valentinus nimirum, a Gnostica haeresi antiquas in suum characterem doctrinas transferens sic definivit. Tum sequitur, Σεκοῦνδος δέ... ἄλλοι δέ. Quae perspicue demonstrant, haec, ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, referri, non ad Gnosticam haeresim, sed ad duos illos, vel tres, quorum inconstantem sententiam expositurus est Irenaeus.

(6) Ho men gar prōtos ("For the first"), etc. This passage, harassed by Blondel and Daillé, has been admirably vindicated from their cavils by Pearson in the Vindiciae epistolarum S. Ignatii, part II, chapters 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7; by Cotelier in his Observationes on the epistle of Ignatius to the Magnesians; and by other champions of the holy martyr's epistles. Blondel and Daillé, namely, contended that these epistles of the apostolic man, and above all the one to the Magnesians, savour of an author later than Ignatius, on the ground that in his words there, "His eternal Word, not proceeding from silence", the heretics' Sige is openly glanced at. "But," they said, "Valentinus, on the testimony of Irenaeus, book I, chapter 5, number 11, was the first of the Gnostic heresy to hand down the doctrine that he subjoins, having transferred and adapted it from older doctrines into his own character, or form, and so to have made mention of Sige." The most strenuous defenders of Ignatius make many replies and fortify them with unanswerable arguments, of which we shall note only two that bear on our matter. First, that it is utterly false that Valentinus was the first of all to hand down the coupling of Bythos and Sige; rather, it is most certain that that ridiculous fiction was drawn from older Gnostics, as we ourselves have also shown in Dissertation 1, article 5, number 22 and following. Second, that these words of Irenaeus, ho men gar prōtos, are wrongly and deceitfully referred by Blondel and Daillé to the Gnostic heresy, as though Irenaeus's meaning were that Valentinus was the first of that heresy of the Gnostics to hand down the doctrine that he subjoins, having transferred and adapted it from older doctrines to his own character, or the peculiar form of his sect. For those words are referred elsewhere, namely to the preceding sentence, not to the following one: "Let us see now also the unstable opinion of these men, there being some two or three of them, how they do not say the same things about the same matters, but declare things contrary both in substance and in names." Let us see now also the inconstant opinion of these (that is, of those teachers destitute of divine wisdom, whom he had mentioned at the end of the preceding chapter), since they are two or three, how they do not say the same things about the same matters, but answer contrary things both in names and in substance: ho men gar prōtos, for he who is the first (as the old translator rendered it faithfully enough), that is, of those few, those two or three teachers bereft of divine wisdom, namely Valentinus, transferring ancient doctrines from the Gnostic heresy into his own character, thus defined. Then follows, "But Secundus … but others". These things show plainly that the words ho men gar prōtos are referred not to the Gnostic heresy but to those two or three whose inconstant opinion Irenaeus is about to set out.

<!-- note: page-foot notes, not editors' column prose. The page is 559 | 560; its foot notes (1)–(9) run in two columns below the full-width old-edition line. Calls (1)–(5) stand in the Latin of col 559; (6)–(9) in the Greek of col 560, so (6)–(9) belong under 560. Gutter letters B, C, D omitted. -->

Page

  • running head: 559 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENS
  • marginal letters: A 1. Videamus nunc et; B (1) Mentiri. Lege , ut; C esse.; D quæ ad rem
  • old-edition numerals: 52 before CAPUT XI
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width chapter heading and summary (CAPUT XI ... dogmata.) between paragraphs cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:560
συνέσεως διδάσκαλοι, τῆς οὔσης Ἐκκλησίας πάσης μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν πίστιν ἐχούσης εἰς πάντα τὸν κόσμον, καθὼς προέφημεν.
understanding, whereas the whole Church that exists has one and the same faith throughout the whole world, just as we have said before.
1. Ἴδωμεν νῦν καὶ τὴν τούτων ἄστατον γνώμην, δύο που καὶ τριῶν ὄντων, πῶς περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἐναντία ἀποφαίνονται. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, ἀπὸ τῆς λεγομένης Γνωστικῆς αἱρέσεως τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰς ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου μεθαρμόσας Οὐαλεντῖνος, οὕτως ἐξηροφόρησεν, ὁρισάμενος
1. Let us now see also the unstable opinion of these men, when there are some two or three of them, how concerning the same things they do not say the same things, but in both realities and names set forth contrary views. For the first, Valentinus, having adapted the principles from the so-called Gnostic heresy to the peculiar character of his own school, set forth his teaching thus, defining
Editors' notes and page, col. 560

Footnotes

(2) ‹anchor: Sententia› · call in col 560

Sententia. Graec. συνέσεως, quod melius vertisset interpres, sapientia.

Sententia ("judgement"). Greek συνέσεως ("of understanding"), which the translator would better have rendered sapientia ("wisdom").

(printed under page 286)

(3) ‹anchor: Horum› · call in col 560

Horum. Ita pro eorum ex Clarom., Arund. et Voss. juxta Graec. τούτων reponere placuit. Horum autem refero ad magistros illos divina sapientia destitutos, quorum mentio proxime facta est, sub finem capitis praecedentis.

Horum ("of these"). We have chosen to restore this in place of eorum ("of them"), from the Clermont, Arundel and Voss manuscripts, following the Greek τούτων. I refer horum to those teachers destitute of divine wisdom who were mentioned just before, at the end of the preceding chapter.

(printed under page 286)

(4) ‹anchor: Antiquas in suum characterem doctrinas transferens› · call in col 560

Antiquas in suum characterem doctrinas transferens. Vertendum erat: ab ea quae dicitur Gnostica haeresis, principia in proprium scholae suae characterem transferens, seu aptans: i. e. in peculiaris sectae formam aptans, quibusdam scilicet additis. Quamvis enim Valentinus doctrinae suae principia a vetustioribus Gnosticis accepisset, plura tamen eorum haeresi addiderat, ut Dissert. cit. ostendimus.

"Transferring ancient doctrines into his own stamp." It should have been rendered: "transferring, or adapting, the first principles from the so-called Gnostic heresy into the proper stamp of his own school," that is, adapting them to the form of a sect of his own, with certain things added. For although Valentinus had received the first principles of his teaching from the older Gnostics, he had nonetheless added a good deal to their heresy, as we showed in the Dissertation cited.

(printed under page 286)

(5) ‹anchor: Definivit› · call in col 560

Definivit. Al. diffinivit. Sed adde ex Graeco, esse.

Definivit ("defined"). Others read diffinivit. But add esse ("to be") from the Greek.

(printed under page 286)

(6) ‹anchor: Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος› · call in col 560

Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, etc. Locum hunc a Blondello et Dallaeo vexatum egregie ab eorum cavillationibus vindicarunt Pearsonius in Vindic. epist. S. Ignatii, part. II, cap. 3, 4, 5, 6 et 7; Cotelerius in Observat. ad epist. Ignat. ad Magnes., et alii SS. martyris epistolarum vindices. Nempe has viri apostolici epistolas, ac in primis eam, quae est ad Magnesianos, juniorem Ignatio auctorem redolere ex eo contendebant Blondellus et Dallaeus, quod in his ejusdem verbis, αὐτοῦ λόγος ἀΐδιος, οὐκ ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών, aperte perstringatur haereticorum Sige. Atqui, inquiebant, Valentinus, Irenaeo teste lib. I, c. 5, num. 11, ex Gnosticorum haeresi primus fuit, qui ex veteribus doctrinis in suum characterem, seu formam translatis et aptatis, quod subjicit dogma tradiderit, ac proinde Σιγὴν memoraverit. Plura respondent, invictisque muniunt argumentis Ignatii defensores strenuissimi, ex quibus duo duntaxat, quae ad rem nostram faciunt, observabimus. 1° Falsissimum id esse, Valentinum primum omnium copulationem Bythi et Siges tradidisse; quin potius certissimum esse, ridiculum illud commentum a vetustioribus Gnosticis haustum fuisse, ut ipsi etiam demonstravimus Dissert. I, art. 5, n. 22 et seqq. 2° Verba haec Irenaei, ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, perperam et dolose a Blondello et Dallaeo referri ad Gnosticam haeresim, quasi Irenaei mens esset, Valentinum ex illa Gnosticorum haeresi primum fuisse, qui ex veteribus doctrinis ad suum characterem, sive peculiarem sectae formam translatis et aptatis, quod subjicit dogma tradiderit. Alio quippe referuntur ea verba, ad priorem scilicet sententiam, non ad sequentem. Ἴδωμεν νῦν καὶ τὴν τούτων ἄστατον γνώμην, δύο που καὶ τριῶν ὄντων, πῶς περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν, οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἐναντία ἀποφαίνονται. Videamus nunc et horum (magistrorum scilicet illorum divina sapientia destitutorum, quorum sub finem capitis praeced. meminerat) inconstantem sententiam, cum sint duo vel tres, quemadmodum de eisdem non eadem dicunt, sed et nominibus et rebus contraria respondent: ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, qui enim primus est (ut satis fideliter reddidit vetus interpres) ex paucis scilicet illis duobus, vel tribus magistris divinae sapientiae exsortibus, Valentinus nimirum, a Gnostica haeresi antiquas in suum characterem doctrinas transferens sic definivit. Tum sequitur, Σεκοῦνδος δέ... ἄλλοι δέ. Quae perspicue demonstrant, haec, ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, referri, non ad Gnosticam haeresim, sed ad duos illos, vel tres, quorum inconstantem sententiam expositurus est Irenaeus.

Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος ("for the first"), etc. This passage, harried by Blondel and Daillé, has been admirably vindicated from their quibbles by Pearson in his Vindiciae of the letters of St Ignatius, part 2, chapters 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7; by Cotelier in his Observations on Ignatius's letter to the Magnesians; and by other defenders of the holy martyr's letters. Blondel and Daillé contended that these letters of the apostolic man, and above all the one to the Magnesians, smack of an author later than Ignatius, on the ground that in these words of that letter, "his eternal Word, not proceeding from silence," the heretics' Sige (Silence) is plainly glanced at. But, they said, Valentinus, on the testimony of Irenaeus, book 1, chapter 5, number 11, was the first of the Gnostic heresy to hand on the doctrine he goes on to describe, from old teachings transferred and adapted into his own stamp or form, and so to have mentioned Σιγή. The very vigorous defenders of Ignatius make many replies and fortify them with unanswerable arguments; of these we shall note only two that bear on our matter. First, that it is quite false that Valentinus was the first of all to teach the coupling of Bythus and Sige; on the contrary, it is quite certain that this ridiculous fiction was drawn from the older Gnostics, as we ourselves have also shown in Dissertation 1, article 5, number 22 and following. Second, that these words of Irenaeus, ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, are wrongly and deceitfully referred by Blondel and Daillé to the Gnostic heresy, as if Irenaeus meant that Valentinus was the first of that Gnostic heresy to hand on the doctrine he describes, from old teachings transferred and adapted into his own stamp, that is, the peculiar form of his sect. For those words refer elsewhere, namely to the preceding sentence, not to the following one: "Let us now see also the unstable opinion of these men, though they are only some two or three, how they do not say the same things about the same matters, but declare contrary things in substance and in names." "Let us see now the inconstant opinion of these too" (that is, of those teachers destitute of divine wisdom whom he had mentioned at the end of the preceding chapter), "since they are two or three, how they do not say the same things about the same matters, but answer contrary things in names and in substance": ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος, "for he who is the first" (as the old translator rendered it faithfully enough), that is, of those few, those two or three teachers who have no share in divine wisdom, namely Valentinus, "transferring ancient doctrines from the Gnostic heresy into his own stamp, defined thus." Then follows, "Secundus, however ... others, however." These words show plainly that ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτος refers not to the Gnostic heresy but to those two or three whose inconstant opinion Irenaeus is about to set out.

(printed under page 286)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἀρχὰς εἰς ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου› · call in col 560

Ἀρχὰς εἰς ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου, etc. Legi vult Billius cum veteri interprete, ἀρχαίας διδασκαλίας. Sed nihil in Epiphanii verbis immutare necesse est. Sensus enim est, Valentinum haustis a Gnostica haeresi principiis, ea in proprium scholae suae, διδασκαλείου, characterem transtulisse; quod certum esse dixi nota praeced. Porro ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου, phrasim Irenaeo usitatam esse, probant ejus verba de Basilidianis infra cap. 24, n. 7: Illorum (astrologorum) theoremata accipientes, in suum characterem doctrinae transtulerunt. Et de Tatiano cap. 28: Ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου συνεστήσατο, proprium characterem doctrinae constituit. In quibus locis interpres perperam vertit διδασκαλείου, doctrinae: nam διδασκαλεῖον proprie schola est, non doctrina.

Ἀρχὰς εἰς ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου ("first principles into the proper stamp of a school"), etc. Billius would read, with the old translator, ἀρχαίας διδασκαλίας ("ancient teachings"). But there is no need to change anything in Epiphanius's words. For the sense is that Valentinus, having drawn his first principles from the Gnostic heresy, transferred them into the proper stamp of his own school, διδασκαλεῖον; which I said in the preceding note is certain. Moreover, that ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου is a phrase familiar to Irenaeus is proved by his words on the Basilidians below, chapter 24, number 7: "taking up their (the astrologers') theorems, they transferred them into their own stamp of doctrine." And on Tatian, chapter 28: Ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου συνεστήσατο, "he set up his own stamp of doctrine." In these places the translator wrongly renders διδασκαλείου as "of doctrine": for διδασκαλεῖον properly means a school, not a doctrine.

(printed under page 286)

(8) ‹anchor: Μεθαρμόσας› · call in col 560

Μεθαρμόσας. Sensus non est Valentinum principia, quae a Gnosticis acceperat, mutasse, multo minus in melius correxisse, aut emendasse, quasi nihil iis addidisset. Quamvis enim interdum ea sit significatio verbi, μεθαρμόζειν, hic tamen, ut et alibi saepe, transferre aut adaptare significat: quod pluribus probat Pearson. cit. cap. 6 sub finem.

Μεθαρμόσας ("having refitted"). The sense is not that Valentinus changed the first principles he had received from the Gnostics, much less that he corrected or emended them for the better, as though he had added nothing to them. For although that is sometimes the meaning of the verb μεθαρμόζειν, here, as often elsewhere, it means to transfer or adapt: as Pearson proves at length in the chapter cited, chapter 6, towards the end.

(printed under page 286)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἐξηροφόρησεν› · call in col 560

Ἐξηροφόρησεν. Quid hic scripserit Irenaeus, haud facile est divinare. Nam ἐξηροφόρησεν barbara vox est, quae utrum ab auctore nostro profecta sit, dubium est. Pro ea legunt Hammondus et Usserius, ἐξεφόρησεν. Isaacus Vossius, leviori mutatione, ἐληροφόρησεν. Cotelerio corrigendum videtur, ἐψηφοφόρησεν, quod sensu, inquit, non discrepat a se- (continues)

Ἐξηροφόρησεν. What Irenaeus wrote here is not easy to guess. For ἐξηροφόρησεν is a barbarous word, and whether it came from our author is doubtful. In its place Hammond and Ussher read ἐξεφόρησεν ("he brought out"). Isaac Voss, with a lighter change, reads ἐληροφόρησεν ("he babbled forth"). Cotelier thinks it should be corrected to ἐψηφοφόρησεν ("he voted, decreed"), which, he says, does not differ in sense from ... (continues)

(printed under page 286)

Page

  • running head: PI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 560
  • marginal letters: A 1. Ἴδωμεν νῦν καὶ; B verba, ad priorem; C ad Gnosticam hæresim,; D (8) Μεθαρμόσας. Sensus
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width chapter heading and summary (CAPUT XI ... dogmata.) between paragraphs cut off at left edge, not set; Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set; note (1) at the head of the page-foot notes lies above the foot crop and was not checked here (Q3a)
PG 7:561
εἶναι δυάδα ἀνονόμαστον, ἧς τὸ μέν τι καλεῖσθαι Ἄῤῥητον, τὸ δὲ Σιγήν. Ἔπειτα ἐκ ταύτης δυάδος δευτέραν δυάδα προβεβλῆσθαι, ἧς τὸ μέν τι Πατέρα ὀνομάζει, τὸ δὲ Ἀλήθειαν. Ἐκ δὲ τῆς τετράδος ταύτης καρποφορεῖσθαι Λόγον καὶ Ζωὴν, Ἄνθρωπον καὶ Ἐκκλησίαν· εἶναί τε ταύτην ὀγδοάδα πρώτην. Καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ Λόγου καὶ τῆς Ζωῆς δέκα δυνάμεις λέγει προβεβλῆσθαι, καθὼς προειρήκαμεν. Ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας δώδεκα, ὧν μίαν ἀποστᾶσαν καὶ ὑστερήσασαν, τὴν λοιπὴν πραγματείαν πεποιῆσθαι. Ὅρους τε δύο ὑπέθετο, ἕνα μὲν μεταξὺ τοῦ Βυθοῦ καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ Πληρώματος, διορίζοντα τοὺς γεννητοὺς Αἰῶνας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγεννήτου Πατρός· ἕτερον δὲ τὸν ἀφορίζοντα αὐτῷ τὴν μητέρα ἀπὸ τοῦ Πληρώματος. Καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ Πληρώματι Αἰώνων προβεβλῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς ἔξω γενομένης, κατὰ τὴν γνώμην τῶν κρειττόνων ἀποκεκυῆσθαι μετὰ σκιᾶς τινος. Καὶ τοῦτον μὲν, ἅτε ἄῤῥενα ὑπάρχοντα, ἀποκόψαντα ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ τὴν σκιὰν, ἀναδραμεῖν εἰς τὸ Πλήρωμα· τὴν δὲ μητέρα ὑπολειφθεῖσαν μετὰ τῆς σκιᾶς, κεκενωμένην τε τῆς πνευματικῆς ὑποστάσεως, ἕτερον υἱὸν προενέγκασθαι· καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν Δημιουργὸν, ὃν καὶ παντοκράτορα λέγει τῶν ὑπο-
that there is a nameless dyad, of which the one part is called Ineffable, and the other Silence. Next, from this dyad a second dyad was emitted, of which he names the one part Father, and the other Truth. And from this tetrad were borne as fruit Word and Life, Man and Church; and this is the first ogdoad. And from the Word and the Life he says ten powers were emitted, just as we have said before; and from Man and the Church twelve, one of which, having revolted and fallen short, brought about the rest of the dispensation. And he posited two Boundaries, one between Bythus and the rest of the Pleroma, separating the begotten Aeons from the unbegotten Father; and the other separating for him their mother from the Pleroma. And Christ also was not emitted from the Aeons within the Pleroma, but was brought forth with a certain shadow by the mother when she had come to be outside, according to the knowledge of the better things. And he, inasmuch as he was male, having cut off the shadow from himself, ran back up into the Pleroma; while the mother, left behind with the shadow and emptied of spiritual substance, brought forth another son; and this one is the Demiurge, whom he also calls almighty over the things sub-
Editors' notes and page, col. 561

Page

  • running head: 561 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A εἶναι δυάδα (1) ἀνονόμαστον,; B δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν; C quente, ὁρισάμενος, unde; D (1) Δυάδα. Τινά ex
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: ends mid-word ὑπο- (continued in col. 564); prints αὐτῷ (note 4: αὐτῶν); Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:562
Editors' notes and page, col. 562

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Δυάδα› · call in col 562

Δυάδα. Τινά ex veteri interprete addi vult Billius. Sed parum refert.

Δυάδα ("a dyad"). Billius would add τινά ("a certain") from the old translator. But it matters little.

(printed under page 287)

(2) ‹anchor: Ὃν μίαν› · call in col 562

Ὃν μίαν. Sophiam scilicet, quae intempestiva curiositate ducta, pene periit.

Ὃν μίαν ("of which one"). Sophia, that is, who, led by untimely curiosity, almost perished.

(printed under page 287)

(3) ‹anchor: Τὴν λοιπὴν πραγματείαν› · call in col 562

Τὴν λοιπὴν πραγματείαν. Eam nimirum, quae extra Pleroma est.

Τὴν λοιπὴν πραγματείαν ("the remaining business"). That, namely, which is outside the Pleroma.

(printed under page 287)

(4) ‹anchor: Αὐτῷ› · call in col 562

Αὐτῷ. Lege αὐτῶν cum vet. interprete.

Αὐτῷ ("to him"). Read αὐτῶν ("of them") with the old translator.

(printed under page 287)

(5) ‹anchor: Γνώμην› · call in col 562

Γνώμην. Μνήμην legit Billius cum veteri interprete, non γνώμην, ut sit sensus, eam in recordatione beati illius status, quo non sine magno dolore carebat, ejusmodi fetum edidisse. At γνώμην, notitiam, eumdem habet sensum: quare nihil mutandum censeo.

Γνώμην ("knowledge"). Billius reads μνήμην ("memory") with the old translator, not γνώμην, so that the sense is that she brought forth such an offspring in remembrance of that blessed state, the loss of which she felt with no small grief. But γνώμην, "knowledge," has the same sense: so I judge that nothing should be changed.

(printed under page 287)

(6) ‹anchor: Et Pleroma› · call in col 562

Et Pleroma. Adde ex Gr. et reliquum Pleroma.

"And the Pleroma." Add from the Greek: "and the rest of the Pleroma."

(printed under page 287)

(7) ‹anchor: Determinantem› · call in col 562

Determinantem. Legi mallem, disterminantem, quam determinantem.

Determinantem ("bounding"). I would rather read disterminantem ("dividing off") than determinantem.

(printed under page 287)

(8) ‹anchor: Sed matrem foris factam... enixam esse› · call in col 562

Sed matrem foris factam... enixam esse. (Supple eum.) Sic restituimus partim ex cod. Voss., partim ex aliis. Ille habet, matrem autem foris factam... enixam esse (quam lectionem corruptae editorum lectioni longe praeponendam, Grabium haud secutum fuisse miramur): expungimus vero particulam autem, utpote superfluam, nec in omnibus eodd. exstantem, retenta particula sed, quam habent omnes editt. cum nostris mss.

"But that the mother, having been put outside ... had brought forth." (Supply eum, "him.") We have restored it so, partly from the Voss manuscript, partly from others. That manuscript has matrem autem foris factam ... enixam esse (a reading far to be preferred to the corrupt reading of the editors; we are surprised Grabe did not follow it); but we strike out the particle autem as superfluous and not found in all the manuscripts, keeping the particle sed, which all the editions have along with our manuscripts.

(printed under page 287)

(9) ‹anchor: In Pleroma› · call in col 562

In Pleroma. Ita cum Grabio reponimus ex codd. Clarom. et Voss. pro ad Pleroma, ut est in aliis editt.

"Into the Pleroma." So we restore, with Grabe, from the Clermont and Voss manuscripts, in place of ad Pleroma ("to the Pleroma"), as it stands in the other editions.

(printed under page 287)

(10) ‹anchor: Sub umbra› · call in col 562

Sub umbra. Ex Graeco lege, cum umbra.

Sub umbra ("under a shadow"). From the Greek read cum umbra ("with a shadow").

(printed under page 287)

(11) ‹anchor: omnipotentem dicit eorum› · call in col 562

Omnipotentem eorum. Melius vertisset interpres, omnipotentem in ea, vel supremum Dominum eorum.

Omnipotentem eorum ("their almighty one"). The translator would better have rendered "almighty over them," or "their supreme Lord."

(printed under page 287)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 562
  • marginal letters: A nominabilem, cujus quidem; B mate, Æonibus emissum,; C (5) Γνώμην. Μνήμην legit; D (9) In Pleroma. Ita
  • old-edition numerals: 53 before discedentem
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:563
Editors' notes and page, col. 563

Page

  • running head: 563 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNE
  • marginal letters: A principem, similem iis; B 2. Secundus autem primam; C (1) Similem iis qui dicentur.; D tetradas dividens, in
  • old-edition numerals: 54 after sinistram, et
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:564
κειμένων. Συμπροβεβλῆσθαι δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ἄριστον ἄρχοντα ἐδογμάτισεν, ὁμοίως τοῖς ῥηθησομένοις ὑφ' ἡμῶν ψευδωνύμως Γνωστικοῖς. Καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ποτὲ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ συσταλέντος ἀπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῶν, συναναχυθέντος τοῖς ὅλοις, προβεβλῆσθαί φησι, τουτέστι τοῦ Θελητοῦ, ποτὲ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀναδραμόντος εἰς τὸ Πλήρωμα, τουτέστι τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ποτὲ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα δὲ τὸ ἅγιον ὑπὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας φησὶ προβεβλῆσθαι εἰς ἀνάκρισιν καὶ καρποφορίαν τῶν Αἰώνων, ἀοράτως εἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσιόν· δι' οὗ τοὺς Αἰῶνας καρποφορεῖν τὰ φυτὰ τῆς ἀληθείας.
ject. And he taught as dogma that there was also emitted along with him a best ruler, similarly to those who will be spoken of by us as falsely-called Gnostics. And Jesus, he says, was emitted sometimes from him who was contracted from their mother and mingled together with the wholes, that is, Theletus; and sometimes from him who ran back up into the Pleroma, that is, Christ; and sometimes from Man and the Church. And the Holy Spirit also, he says, was emitted by the Church for the examination and fruit-bearing of the Aeons, entering into them invisibly, through whom the Aeons bear as fruit the plants of the truth.
2. Σεκοῦνδος λέγει εἶναι τὴν πρώτην ὀγδοάδα τετράδα δεξιὰν καὶ τετράδα ἀριστερὰν, οὕτω παραδιδοὺς καλεῖσθαι, τὴν μὲν μίαν φῶς, τὴν δὲ ἄλλην σκότος· τὴν δὲ ἀποστᾶσάν τε καὶ ὑστερήσασαν δύναμιν μὴ εἶναι ἀπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα Αἰώνων, ἀλλὰ.....
2. Secundus says that the first ogdoad is a right-hand tetrad and a left-hand tetrad, teaching that they are called thus, the one light, and the other darkness; and that the power that revolted and fell short was not from the thirty Aeons, but.....
3. Ἄλλος . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Another . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editors' notes and page, col. 564

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Similem iis qui dicentur› · call in col 564

Similem iis qui dicentur. Vetus interpres legit ὅμοιον, non ὁμοίως, sed male, inquiunt Billius et Fronto Duc., ut sensus aperte docet. Itaque vertendum, similiter iis, vel eo modo, quo ii qui dicentur.

"Like those who will be spoken of." The old translator read ὅμοιον ("like," adjective), not ὁμοίως ("likewise"); but wrongly, say Billius and Fronton du Duc, as the sense plainly shows. So it should be rendered "in like manner to those," or "in the same way as those who will be spoken of."

(printed under page 288)

(2) ‹anchor: Folia veritatis› · call in col 564

Folia veritatis. Φύλλα legit interpres, non φυτά, sed perperam. Vertendum igitur: plantas, vel stirpes veritatis.

Folia veritatis ("leaves of truth"). The translator read φύλλα ("leaves"), not φυτά ("plants"), but wrongly. It should therefore be rendered "plants," or "shoots of truth."

(printed under page 288)

(3) ‹anchor: Tradidit› · call in col 564

Tradidit. In Eras., Gallas. et Feuard. tradit.

Tradidit ("handed on"). In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, tradit ("hands on").

(printed under page 288)

(4) ‹anchor: Et lumen et tenebras› · call in col 564

Et lumen et tenebras. Haec ab interprete paulo obscurius reddita clarius explicat textus Graecus: τετράδα δεξιὰν καὶ τετράδα ἀριστερὰν, τὴν μὲν μίαν φῶς, τὴν δὲ ἄλλην σκότος. Sensus ergo est, non lumen et tenebras aliud quiddam esse a tetrade dextra et tetrade sinistra; sed primam ogdoadem a Secundo divisam fuisse in duas tetradas, alteram scilicet dextram, alteram sinistram: priorem dictam fuisse lumen, posteriorem tenebras. Sic accepit Tertullianus cap. 38, scribens: Humanior jam Secundus, ut brevior, ogdoadem in duas tetradas dividens, in dextram et sinistram, in lumen et tenebras. Hinc explicandus Theodoretus lib. I Haeret. Fabul., c. 8: Διχῆ τὴν ὀγδοάδα διεῖλε, καὶ τὸ μὲν αὐτῆς ἐκάλεσε δεξιὸν, τὸ δὲ εὐώνυμον· καὶ προστέθεικε φῶς καὶ σκότος. Bipartito divisit ogdoadem, et unam illius partem dextram vocavit, alteram sinistram; adjecitque lumen et tenebras: i. e. quibus nomen adjecit luminis et tenebrarum.

"Both light and darkness." What the translator rendered rather obscurely the Greek text explains more clearly: "a right tetrad and a left tetrad, the one light, the other darkness." The sense, then, is not that light and darkness are something other than the right tetrad and the left tetrad, but that the first ogdoad was divided by Secundus into two tetrads, the one right, the other left, the former being called light, the latter darkness. So Tertullian took it, chapter 38, writing: "Secundus, now more human, as being briefer, dividing the ogdoad into two tetrads, into right and left, into light and darkness." From this Theodoret is to be explained, book 1 of the Haereticae fabulae, chapter 8: "He divided the ogdoad in two, and called one part of it right and the other left, and added light and darkness": that is, to which he added the names of light and darkness.

(printed under page 288)

(5) ‹anchor: Et discedentem› · call in col 564

Et discedentem. Sic recte Feuard. edidit juxta Graec. ἀποστᾶσαν, quod paulo superius reddidit interpres discedentem. Consentit cod. Clarom., nisi quod pro discedentem, scripsit incautus amanuensis descedentem. In Erasm., Gallas. caeterisque aliis mss. perperam habetur, descendentem. Melius apud Tertull. cap. 28, desultricem. Porro post autem, particulam et incuria scribarum omissam in omnibus cum editt. tum mss., addidimus tum ex Graeco, tum ex ipsomet interp. qui paulo ante, eadem, quae hic, verba Graeca reddidit, discedentem et destitutam.

"And departing." So Feuardent rightly printed, following the Greek ἀποστᾶσαν, which a little above the translator rendered discedentem. The Clermont manuscript agrees, except that for discedentem a careless copyist wrote descedentem. In Erasmus, Gallasius and all the other manuscripts it stands wrongly as descendentem ("descending"). Better, in Tertullian chapter 28, desultricem ("the deserter"). Further, after autem we have added the particle et, left out through the scribes' carelessness in all the editions and manuscripts alike, both from the Greek and from the translator himself, who a little earlier rendered the same Greek words as here by discedentem et destitutam ("departing and forsaken").

(printed under page 288)

(6) ‹anchor: Destitutam› · call in col 564

Destitutam. Deest in cod. Clarom.

Destitutam ("forsaken"). Missing in the Clermont manuscript.

(printed under page 288)

(7) ‹anchor: Alius vero quidam, qui et clarus est magister› · call in col 564

Alius vero quidam, qui et clarus est magister, etc. Recte conjicit sagacissimus Pearsonius a clariss. Dodwello Dissert. 4 in Iren., § 25, citatus, quae hic ab Epiphanio omissa sunt Graeca, sic ab Irenaeo scripta fuisse: Ἄλλος δέ τις, ὁ καὶ Ἐπιφανὴς διδάσκαλος αὐτῶν, ad hominis scilicet nomen alludente. Sed cum allusionem non intelligeret interpres, proprium nomen in appellativum male commutasse: ita ut jam ex interprete dignosci non possit, in quem conveniat ea haeresis ab auctore nostro hic descripta. Quo et errore lapsus Tertullianus veterem interp. secutus scripsit cap. 37, insignioris apud eos magistri. Epiphanem tamen hic intelligi, subdit Dodwellus, non modo inde colligitur, quod soleant veteres inter primarios Valentinianae sectae haeresiarchas Epiphanem recensere, proximumque Secundo, ut noster fecit Irenaeus, numerare, ut ex Epiphanio discimus; sed et quod quae claro illi, quem volunt, magistro tribuit Irenaeus, in Epiphanem apertissime quadrent.

"But another, who is also a distinguished teacher," etc. The most acute Pearson, cited by the most distinguished Dodwell in Dissertation 4 on Irenaeus, § 25, rightly conjectures that the Greek here omitted by Epiphanius was written by Irenaeus thus: Ἄλλος δέ τις, ὁ καὶ Ἐπιφανὴς διδάσκαλος αὐτῶν ("another, who is also their Epiphanes teacher"), Irenaeus alluding to the man's name; but that the translator, not understanding the allusion, wrongly changed the proper name into a common adjective, so that from the translator one can no longer tell to whom the heresy here described by our author belongs. Into the same error Tertullian fell, following the old translator, when he wrote in chapter 37 "of a more notable teacher among them." Yet that Epiphanes is meant here, Dodwell adds, is gathered not only from the fact that the ancients regularly list Epiphanes among the chief heresiarchs of the Valentinian sect, and number him next to Secundus, as our Irenaeus did, as we learn from Epiphanius; but also because what Irenaeus attributes to that "distinguished" teacher they mean fits Epiphanes most plainly.

(printed under page 288)

(8) ‹anchor: Ὑποκειμένων› · call in col 564

Ὑποκειμένων. Adde αὐτῷ ex vet. interprete.

Ὑποκειμένων ("of the things lying beneath"). Add αὐτῷ ("to him") from the old translator.

(printed under page 288)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἄριστον› · call in col 564

Ἄριστον. Lege ἀριστερόν cum vet. et confer cap. 31, ad quod remittit Irenaeus.

Ἄριστον ("best"). Read ἀριστερόν ("left") with the old translator, and compare chapter 31, to which Irenaeus refers.

(printed under page 288)

(10) ‹anchor: Προβεβλῆσθαί φησι› · call in col 564

Προβεβλῆσθαί φησι. Sic cod. Reg. cum Epiphanii editione Basileensi, et Irenaei editt. Gallasii et Feuard. Apud Petav. et Grab. male φασί pro φησί.

Προβεβλῆσθαί φησι ("he says was put forth"). So the Royal manuscript, with the Basel edition of Epiphanius and the editions of Irenaeus by Gallasius and Feuardent. In Petau and Grabe, wrongly, φασί ("they say") for φησί.

(printed under page 288)

(11) ‹anchor: Ὑπὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας› · call in col 564

Ὑπὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Recte mavult Billius cum vet. interp. legere ἀληθείας, quam Ἐκκλησίας, id enim magis quadrat ad id quod postea sequitur: ut veritatis plantas proferant.

Ὑπὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ("by the Church"). Billius rightly prefers to read, with the old translator, ἀληθείας ("of truth") rather than Ἐκκλησίας, for that fits better with what follows: "that they may bring forth plants of truth."

(printed under page 288)

(12) ‹anchor: Σεκοῦνδος› · call in col 564

Σεκοῦνδος. Graecus hujus periodi textus depromptus est ex Epiphanii Haer. XXXII, § 1, ubi quamvis Irenaeum non citet, hujus tamen verba ab eo referri patet ex collatione cum veteri interpret.

Σεκοῦνδος ("Secundus"). The Greek text of this sentence is drawn from Epiphanius, Heresy 32, § 1, where, although he does not cite Irenaeus, it is clear from comparison with the old translator that it is Irenaeus's words he is reporting.

(printed under page 288)

(13) ‹anchor: Ἀλλά› · call in col 564

Ἀλλά. Scripsisse videtur Irenaeus, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν, siquidem vertit interpres, sed a fructibus (continues)

Ἀλλά ("but"). Irenaeus seems to have written ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ("but from their fruits"), since the translator renders "but from the fruits ... (continues)

(printed under page 288)

(14) ‹anchor: Ἄλλος› · call in col 564

Ἄλλος. Epiphanem istum vocant Theodoretus, et Epiphanius, de quo in Dissert. I diximus.

Ἄλλος ("another"). Theodoret and Epiphanius call this man Epiphanes, of whom we spoke in Dissertation 1.

(printed under page 288)

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 564
  • marginal letters: A κειμένων (8). Συμπροβεβλῆσθαι; B 2. Σεκοῦνδος (12) λέγει; C (7) Alius vero quidam,; D nem apertissime quadrent.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins mid-word κειμένων (from ὑπο-κειμένων in col. 561); prints ἄριστον (note 9: ἀριστερὸν); lacuna dots after ἀλλὰ and 3. Ἄλλος as printed; Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:565
εἰς ὑψηλότερον καὶ γνωστικώτερον ἐπεκτεινόμενος, τὴν πρώτην τετράδα..... οὕτως· Ἔστι τις πρὸ πάντων Προαρχὴ, προανεννόητος, ἄῤῥητός τε καὶ ἀνονόμαστος, ἣν ἐγὼ μονότητα ἀριθμῶ. Ταύτῃ τῇ μονότητι συνυπάρχει δύναμις, ἣν καὶ αὐτὴν ὀνομάζω ἑνότητα. Αὕτη ἡ ἑνότης, ἥ τε μονότης, τὸ ἓν οὖσαι, προήκαντο, μὴ προέμεναι, ἀρχὴν ἐπὶ πάντων νοητὴν, ἀγέννητόν τε καὶ ἀόρατον, ἣν Ἀρχὴν ὁ λόγος μονάδα καλεῖ. Ταύτῃ τῇ μονάδι συνυπάρχει δύναμις ὁμοούσιος αὐτῇ, ἣν καὶ αὐτὴν ὀνομάζω τὸ ἕν. Αὗται αἱ δυνάμεις, ἥ τε μονότης καὶ ἑνότης, μονάς τε καὶ τὸ ἓν, προήκαντο τὰς λοιπὰς προβολὰς τῶν Αἰώνων.
stretching out towards what is more lofty and more gnostic, [explained] the first tetrad..... thus: There is a certain Fore-beginning before all things, fore-inconceivable, both ineffable and nameless, which I reckon as Singleness. Together with this Singleness there coexists a power, which very one I also name Oneness. This Oneness and the Singleness, being the One, put forth, without putting forth, an intelligible, unbegotten, and invisible beginning over all things, which Beginning the teaching calls Monad. Together with this Monad there coexists a power consubstantial with it, which very one I also name the One. These powers, both the Singleness and Oneness, and the Monad and the One, put forth the remaining emissions of the Aeons.
4. Ἰοῦ ἰοῦ! καὶ φεῦ φεῦ! Τὸ τραγικὸν γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπειπεῖν ἔστιν ἐπὶ τῇ τοιαύτῃ ὀνοματοποιίᾳ καὶ τῇ τοσαύτῃ τόλμῃ, ὡς ἀπερυθριάσας τῷ ψεύσματι αὐτοῦ ὄνομα τέθεικεν. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ λέγειν, « Ἔστι τις Προαρχὴ πρὸ πάντων, προανεννόητος, ἣν ἐγὼ μονάδα καλῶ· » καὶ πάλιν· « Ταύτῃ τῇ
4. Io io! and alas alas! For truly one may utter the tragic exclamation over such name-coining and so great audacity, how without blushing he has set a name to his falsehood. For in saying, "There is a certain Fore-beginning before all things, fore-inconceivable, which I call Monad;" and again: "Together with this
Editors' notes and page, col. 565

Page

  • running head: 565 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A εἰς ὑψηλότερον (1) καὶ; B ἀληθῶς ἐπειπεῖν ἔστιν (5); C τοὺς τριάκοντα Αἰῶνας,; D σμόν ἐστι, hæc super
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: lacuna dots after τετράδα as printed; Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:566
Editors' notes and page, col. 566

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Εἰς ὑψηλότερον› · call in col 566

Εἰς ὑψηλότερον. Graeca quae sequuntur, desumpta sunt ex Epiphan. Haer. XXXII, § 5.

Εἰς ὑψηλότερον ("to something loftier"). The Greek that follows is taken from Epiphanius, Heresy 32, § 5.

(printed under page 289)

(2) ‹anchor: Πρώτην τετράδα› · call in col 566

Πρώτην τετράδα. Adde ex interp. ἔφη.

Πρώτην τετράδα ("the first tetrad"). Add ἔφη ("he said") from the translator.

(printed under page 289)

(3) ‹anchor: Ἐπὶ πάντων› · call in col 566

Ἐπὶ πάντων. Praepositionem ἐπί delendam vult Billius, neque enim interpres, aut Tertullianus loco cit. eam legerunt.

Ἐπὶ πάντων ("over all"). Billius would delete the preposition ἐπί, for neither the translator nor Tertullian, in the place cited, read it.

(printed under page 289)

(4) ‹anchor: Ἰοῦ ἰοῦ! καὶ φεῦ φεῦ!› · call in col 566

Ἰοῦ ἰοῦ! καὶ φεῦ φεῦ! Exclamationes poetis Graecis, tragicis praesertim usitatae. Interdum admirationis, doloris interdum et indignationis signa sunt. Dolorem hic significant, ut et cap. 15, n. 4 hujus libri: Ταῦτα ὑπὲρ τὸ ἰοῦ καὶ τὸ φεῦ, καὶ ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν τραγικὴν ἐκφώνησιν (sic lego) καὶ σχετλιασμόν ἐστι, haec super iu, iu, et super pheu, et super universam tragicam exclamationem, et doloris vociferationem sunt, ut vertit interpres noster.

Ἰοῦ ἰοῦ! καὶ φεῦ φεῦ! ("Alas, alas! and woe, woe!"). Exclamations common in the Greek poets, especially the tragedians. Sometimes they are signs of wonder, sometimes of grief and indignation. Here they signify grief, as also in chapter 15, number 4 of this book: "These things are beyond ioú and pheû, and beyond every tragic outcry" (so I read) "and lament"; "these are beyond iu, iu, and beyond pheu, and beyond all tragic exclamation and cry of grief," as our translator renders it.

(printed under page 289)

(5) ‹anchor: Τὸ τραγικὸν γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπειπεῖν ἔστιν ἐπὶ τῇ› · call in col 566

Τὸ τραγικὸν γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπειπεῖν ἔστιν ἐπὶ τῇ. Sic habet Epiphanius. Cur vero Grabius ea verba omiserit, γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπειπεῖν ἔστιν, non video; cum Latinis satis exacte respondeant, excepta particula γάρ quam non reddidit interpres.

Τὸ τραγικὸν γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπειπεῖν ἔστιν ἐπὶ τῇ ("for one may truly add the tragic cry over the"). So Epiphanius has it. Why Grabe left out the words γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπειπεῖν ἔστιν I do not see, since they answer the Latin quite exactly, except for the particle γάρ, which the translator did not render.

(printed under page 289)

(6) ‹anchor: Ὄνομα› · call in col 566

Ὄνομα. Leg. ὀνόματα cum interp.

Ὄνομα ("name"). Read ὀνόματα ("names") with the translator.

(printed under page 289)

(7) ‹anchor: Μονάδα καλῶ› · call in col 566

Μονάδα καλῶ. Ex Irenaeo paulo superius, Tertulliano, et interprete ipso patet legendum esse, μονότητα, non μονάδα, et mox μονότητι, non μονάδι.

Μονάδα καλῶ ("I call monad"). From Irenaeus a little above, from Tertullian, and from the translator himself it is clear that one should read μονότητα ("solitude"), not μονάδα, and just after μονότητι, not μονάδι.

(printed under page 289)

(8) ‹anchor: Majus sublime... est quidem› · call in col 566

Majus sublime... est quidem. Forte legendum, magis sublime, Graec. ὑψηλότερον· et est quaedam, Gr. ἔστι τις. Tertullianus vero qui cap. 27 totum hunc locum ad verbum exscribit, omittit sive quidam sive quaedam.

"A greater sublime ... there is indeed." Perhaps read magis sublime ("more sublime"), Greek ὑψηλότερον; and est quaedam ("there is a certain"), Greek ἔστι τις. Tertullian, however, who in chapter 27 copies out this whole passage word for word, leaves out both quidam and quaedam.

(printed under page 289)

(9) ‹anchor: Ante omnes› · call in col 566

Ante omnes. Vertendum est cum Tertull. ante omnia.

Ante omnes ("before all," masculine). It should be rendered with Tertullian ante omnia ("before all things").

(printed under page 289)

(10) ‹anchor: Haec henotes et monotes› · call in col 566

Haec henotes et monotes. Sic Clarom. juxta Graec., in aliis deest haec.

"This henotes and monotes" ("unity and solitude"). So the Clermont manuscript, following the Greek; in the others haec ("this") is missing.

(printed under page 289)

(11) ‹anchor: Cum nihil emiserint› · call in col 566

Cum nihil emiserint. Sic Graeca μὴ προέμεναι, reddidit interpres noster; absurde omnino, ut quisque videt. Si enim henotes et monotes principium omnium emiserint, absurdum est dici nihil emisisse. Longe melius haec expressit Tertullianus: protulerunt, non proferentes, initium omnium. Sed quis istorum verborum sensus? Conjicio id discriminis inter principium omnium, seu monada, et caeteros Aeones ab Epiphane positum fuisse, vel quod illud sic proferretur, ut tamen ab auctore non separaretur; eo fere modo quo Tertullianus lib. contra Prax. c. 8, prolatum dicit Filium a Patre, sed non separatum: caeterorum vero Aeonum prolatio cum separatione fieret. Vel quod monas mera esset Proarches ἐνέργεια, seu δύναμις ἀνυπόστατος, ad eum modum, quo Verbum simplicem Patris ἐνέργειαν ἀνυπόστατον, hominum verbo similem statuebant Sabelliani: caeteri vero Aeones propriam hypostasim haberent. Favere videtur huic conjecturae, quod Epiphanes suam monada sic emissam esse vellet, ut tamen ingenita esset: quod enim hypostasim non habet, gigni proprie loquendo non potest. Eo sensu dicere potuit, monada sic prolatam fuisse, ut tamen non proferretur.

"Though they emitted nothing." So our translator rendered the Greek μὴ προέμεναι ("not emitting"), altogether absurdly, as anyone can see. For if henotes and monotes emitted the beginning of all things, it is absurd to say that they emitted nothing. Tertullian expressed this far better: "they put forth, not putting forth, the beginning of all things." But what is the sense of these words? I conjecture that Epiphanes set this difference between the beginning of all things, or the monad, and the other Aeons: either that it was put forth in such a way as not to be separated from its author, much as Tertullian, in his book Against Praxeas, chapter 8, says the Son was put forth from the Father but not separated, whereas the putting forth of the other Aeons took place with separation; or that the monad was a mere ἐνέργεια ("activity") of the Proarche, a δύναμις ἀνυπόστατος ("power without its own subsistence"), in the way the Sabellians held the Word to be a simple ἐνέργεια of the Father ἀνυπόστατος, like a human word, while the other Aeons had their own hypostasis. This conjecture seems to be supported by the fact that Epiphanes would have his monad so emitted as still to be unbegotten: for what has no hypostasis cannot, properly speaking, be begotten. In that sense he could say that the monad was put forth in such a way that it was nonetheless not put forth.

(printed under page 289)

(12) ‹anchor: Vere› · call in col 566

Vere. In editt. Eras., Gallas. et Feuard. vero.

Vere ("truly"). In the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, vero ("but").

(printed under page 289)

(13) ‹anchor: Factionem› · call in col 566

Factionem. Sic mss. Arund., Voss., Merc. 2 et Clarom. juxta Graec. ὀνοματοποιΐᾳ. Alii fictionem.

Factionem ("making"). So the Arundel, Voss, Mercier 2 and Clermont manuscripts, following the Greek ὀνοματοποιΐᾳ ("name-making"). Others read fictionem ("fiction").

(printed under page 289)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 566
  • marginal letters: A ster ipsorum, in; B re oportet super; C Gr. ἔστι τις. Tertullianus; D lium a Patre,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:567
μονάδι συνυπάρχει δύναμις, ἣν καὶ αὐτὴν ἑνότητα ὀνομάζω·» σαφέστατα, ὅτι τε πλάσμα αὐτοῦ ἐστι τὰ εἰρημένα, ὡμολόγηκε, καὶ ὅτι αὐτὸς ὀνόματα τέθεικε τῷ πλάσματι, ὑπὸ μηδενὸς πρότερον ἄλλου τεθειμένα. Καὶ σαφές ἐστιν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ταῦτα τετόλμηκεν ὀνοματοποιῆσαι· καὶ εἰ μὴ παρῆν τῷ βίῳ, οὐχ ἡ ἀλήθεια εἶχεν ὄνομα. Οὐδὲν οὖν κωλύει, καὶ ἄλλον τινὰ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποθέσεως οὕτως ὁρίσασθαι ὀνόματα. . . . . . . . . . . . .
monad there coexists a power, which itself also I name unity," he has most clearly confessed both that the things spoken are his own figment, and that he himself has given names to the figment which had been given by no one else before. And it is clear that he himself has dared to coin these names, and had he not been present in life, truth would not have had a name. Nothing therefore prevents someone else also upon the same subject from defining names thus: . . . . . . . . . . . .
Est quaedam Proarche, regalis, proanennoetos, proanhypostatos virtus, procylindomene. Cum illa autem est virtus, quam ego cucurbitam voco: cum hac cucurbita autem est virtus, quam et ipsam voco perinane. Haec cucurbita et perinane, cum sint unum, emiserunt, cum non emisissent, fructum, in omnibus visibilem, manducabilem, et dulcem, quem fructum sermo cucumerem vocat. Cum hoc cucumere est virtus ejusdem potestatis ei, quam et ipsam peponem voco. Hae virtutes, cucurbita, et perinane, et cucumis, et pepo, emiserunt reliquam multitudinem Valentini deliriosorum peponum. Si enim eum sermonem, qui de universis fit, transfigurari in primam quaternationem oportet, et quemadmodum vult aliquis, ipse ponere nomina; quis prohibet his nominibus, utique multo credibilioribus, et in usu positis, et ab omnibus cognitis?
There is a certain Proarche, a royal, pre-inconceivable, pre-insubstantial, pre-rolling power. And along with it is a power which I call a gourd; and along with this gourd is a power which itself also I call utter emptiness. This gourd and utter emptiness, since they are one, emitted—though they had not emitted—a fruit in all respects visible, edible, and sweet, which fruit language calls a cucumber. Along with this cucumber is a power of the same potency with it, which itself also I call a melon. These powers—the gourd, and utter emptiness, and the cucumber, and the melon—emitted the remaining multitude of the raving melons of Valentinus. For if that discourse which is made concerning the universe must be transfigured into the first tetrad, and if anyone may himself impose names just as he pleases, who forbids the use of these names, by all means much more credible, and in common use, and known by all?
5. Ἄλλοι δὲ πάλιν αὐτῶν τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἀρχέγονον ὀγδοάδα τούτοις τοῖς ὀνόμασι κεκαλήκασι· πρῶτον Προαρχὴν, ἔπειτα Ἀνεννόητον, τὴν δὲ τρίτην Ἄῤῥητον, καὶ τὴν τετάρτην Ἀόρατον. Καὶ ἐκ μὲν τῆς πρώτης Προαρχῆς προβεβλῆσθαι πρώτῳ καὶ πέμπτῳ Ἀρχὴν, ἐκ δὲ [τῆς ἀρχῆς] τῆς Ἀνεννοήτου δευτέρῳ καὶ ἕκτῳ τόπῳ Ἀκατάληπτον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀῤῥήτου τρίτῳ καὶ ἑβδόμῳ τόπῳ Ἀνονόμα-
5. And others again among them have called the first and primordial ogdoad by these names: first Proarche, next Anennoetos, the third Arrhetos, and the fourth Aoratos. And that from the first Proarche there was put forth in the first and fifth place Arche; from [the beginning] Anennoetos, in the second and sixth place Acataleptos; and from Arrhetos, in the third and seventh place Anonoma-
Editors' notes and page, col. 567

Footnotes

<!-- On this page the Latin stands in the left column (567), the Greek in the right (568). The band headed BILLII INTERPRETATIO is a running text, not a footnote, and is not set here. --> (printed under page 290)

(1) ‹anchor: Manifestum› · call in col 567

Manifestum. Addiderat Feuard. verbum est, quod sensum conturbat. Addunt et mss. Clarom. et Pass. Sed hoc merito omittunt editt. Eras., Gall., Oxon. et mss. omnes Anglic. Manifestum enim hic adverbialiter accipi debet, ut patet ex Graeco σαφέστατα, quod tamen melius vertisset interpres manifestissime.

Manifestum ("plain"). Feuardent had added the word est ("is"), which confuses the sense. The Clermont and Passerat manuscripts add it too. But the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Oxford and all the English manuscripts rightly omit it. For manifestum must be taken here as an adverb, as is clear from the Greek σαφέστατα ("most plainly"), which, however, the translator would better have rendered manifestissime.

(printed under page 290)

(2) ‹anchor: Quoniam› · call in col 567

Quoniam. Adde ex Graeco, et quoniam.

Quoniam ("since"). Add from the Greek: et quoniam ("and since").

(printed under page 290)

(3) ‹anchor: Posita sunt› · call in col 567

Posita sunt. Graec. antea posita sunt.

Posita sunt ("have been given"). Greek: "have been given before."

(printed under page 290)

(4) ‹anchor: Qui nisi haec auderet, hodie veritas› · call in col 567

Qui nisi haec auderet, hodie veritas, etc. Graeca sonant: Perspicuum est eum esse, qui primus nomina haec condere ausus fuerit: ac nisi ipse aliquando in mundo exstitisset, hodie veritas, etc., ex quibus patet legendum esse in vet. versione, auderet, ut habent omnes editt. cum codd. Clarom. et Pass., non audiret, ut perperam habent mss. Anglic.

"Who, had he not dared these things, truth today," etc. The Greek says: "It is plain that he is the one who first dared to coin these names; and had he not once appeared in the world, truth today," etc. From this it is clear that in the old version one should read auderet ("had dared"), as all the editions have, with the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts, not audiret ("had heard"), as the English manuscripts wrongly have.

(printed under page 290)

(5) ‹anchor: Utique multo credib.› · call in col 567

Utique multo credib. Sic mss. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. melius, ni fallor, quam, et multo, ut habent Eras., Gallas. et Feuard., vel, ut multo, prout ex Arund. et Merc. 2, reposuit Grabius.

"Surely much more credible." So the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts, better, unless I am mistaken, than et multo ("and much"), as Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent have, or ut multo ("as much"), as Grabe restored from the Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts.

(printed under page 290)

(6) ‹anchor: Ab omnibus› · call in col 567

Ab omnibus. Pass., Voss., et Feuard. in marg. ab hominibus.

Ab omnibus ("by all"). The Passerat and Voss manuscripts, and Feuardent in the margin: ab hominibus ("by men").

(printed under page 290)

(7) ‹anchor: Καὶ σαφές ἐστιν ... οὐχ ἡ ἀλήθεια› · call in col 567

Καὶ σαφές ἐστιν........ οὐχ ἡ ἀλήθεια, etc. Graeca haec Irenaei ab Epiphanio descripta, Grabio omittere placuit. Doctissimi viri consilium approbare non possumus. Quamvis enim a Latinis aliquantulum discrepent, non tamen adeo, ut resecari debeant.

Καὶ σαφές ἐστιν ... οὐχ ἡ ἀλήθεια ("And it is plain ... not the truth"), etc. Grabe chose to omit this Greek of Irenaeus, copied out by Epiphanius. We cannot approve that most learned man's decision. For although it differs a little from the Latin, it does not do so to the point that it should be cut out.

(printed under page 290)

(8) ‹anchor: Ὀνόματα› · call in col 567

Ὀνόματα. Quae sequuntur Irenaei verborum Graeca desiderantur. Summam duntaxat, sed non ipsa verba retulit Epiphanius hoc modo: Εἶτα λοιπὸν εἰς ταῦτα αὐτὸς ὁ μακάριος ἐπίσκοπος Εἰρηναῖος, ὥς γε προείπαμεν, γελοιώδη ῥήματα καὶ αὐτὸς προεῖπεν, ἑτερωνυμίαν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς ἀντάξια τῆς αὐτῶν ληρῳδίας χαριεντιζόμενος, πεπόνων γένη, καὶ σικύων, καὶ κολοκυνθῶν, ὡς ἐπὶ ὑποκειμένων τινῶν ἐπιπλασάμενος, ὡς τοῖς φιλολόγοις σαφὲς ἂν εἴη· ἀφ' ὧν προανέγνωσαν. Tum deinceps in haec idem beatus episcopus Irenaeus, ut diximus, alia quaedam ridicula nomina, ac per jocum a seipso composita facete subjicit, tanquam eorum nugis consentanea: cujusmodi sunt peponum, ac cucurbitarum, aut colocyntharum genera, quorum appellationes certis rebus attribuit; id quod litterarum periti homines, ex iis quae antea legerint, animadvertent.

Ὀνόματα ("names"). The Greek of the words of Irenaeus that follow is lacking. Epiphanius gave only the gist, not the words themselves, thus: "Then, further, on these things the blessed bishop Irenaeus himself, as we said before, himself also set out laughable terms, a nomenclature of his own, jesting as if in fit return for their nonsense, kinds of melons and cucumbers and gourds, fashioning them as if for certain underlying things, as would be plain to the studious from what they have read before." [Epiphanius's Latin rendering, as printed:] "Then next, on these matters, the same blessed bishop Irenaeus, as we said, wittily adds certain other ridiculous names, composed by himself in jest, as though in keeping with their trifles: such as the kinds of melons and of cucumbers or of colocynths, whose names he assigns to certain things; which men skilled in letters will notice from what they have read before."

(printed under page 290)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἄλλοι δὲ πάλιν› · call in col 567

Ἄλλοι δὲ πάλιν, etc. Graeca haec Irenaei, tacito tamen ipsius nomine, descripsit Epiphanius Haer. XXX, § 7.

Ἄλλοι δὲ πάλιν ("But others again"), etc. Epiphanius copied out this Greek of Irenaeus, though without giving his name, Heresy 30, § 7.

(printed under page 290)

(10) ‹anchor: Τὴν δὲ τρίτην› · call in col 567

Τὴν δὲ τρίτην. Supp. δύναμιν.

Τὴν δὲ τρίτην ("and the third"). Supply δύναμιν ("power").

(printed under page 290)

(11) ‹anchor: καὶ πέμπτῳ› · call in col 567

Καὶ πέμπτῳ. Adde τόπῳ ex vet. interp. et Tertull. cap. 35. Sed quae ratio dispensat, addit ibidem Tertull., ut singula binis locis, et quidem tam intercisis nascantur, malo ignorare quam discere. Quid enim recti habeant, quae tam perverse proferuntur? Si quis tamen sensus ejusmodi deliriis esse possit, is esse videtur, scilicet, primam omnium emissionem, seu eam emissionem, quae primo loco et ante caeteras omnes facta est, esse a Proarche, quae Archen protulit quintum ogdoadis locum tenentem: secundo loco, seu secundam emissionem ab Arche factam esse, a qua emissus est Acataleptos, sexto ogdoadis loco constitutus. Et sic de caeteris.

Καὶ πέμπτῳ ("and in the fifth"). Add τόπῳ ("place") from the old translator and Tertullian, chapter 35. "But by what reckoning it is arranged," Tertullian adds in the same place, "that each is born in two places, and those so far apart, I would rather not know than learn. For what rightness can there be in things put forth so perversely?" If, however, any sense can be found in such ravings, it seems to be this: that the first emission of all, that is, the emission made in the first place and before all the others, is from the Proarche, which put forth Arche, holding the fifth place of the ogdoad; that in the second place, the second emission was made by Arche, by whom Acataleptos was emitted, set in the sixth place of the ogdoad. And so with the rest.

(printed under page 290)

(12) ‹anchor: τῆς ἀρχῆς› · call in col 567

Τῆς ἀρχῆς. Delendae hae duae voces, quae sensum conturbant, quasque nec vetus interp. nec Tertullian. legerunt.

Τῆς ἀρχῆς ("of the Arche"). These two words should be deleted: they confuse the sense, and neither the old translator nor Tertullian read them.

(printed under page 290)

Page

  • running head: 567 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS. 568
  • marginal letters: A μονάδι συνυπάρχει; B 5. Ἄλλοι δὲ πάλιν; C αὐτὸς προεῖπεν; D ibidem Tertull.
  • old-edition numerals: 55 after quam (in Latin); 56 after Archen, (in Latin)
  • other: Greek in right column (568); Latin-only passage (Est quaedam Proarche... ab omnibus cognitis?, where Greek is omitted by Epiphanius) set; word split at end of column: Ἀνονόμα-; facing Old Latin version (where Greek is extant) and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:568
Editors' notes and page, col. 568

Page

  • other: col 568 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 567 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:569
στον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀοράτου Ἀγέννητον. Πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος. Ταύτας βούλονται τὰς δυνάμεις προϋπάρχειν τοῦ Βυθοῦ καὶ τῆς Σιγῆς, ἵνα τελείων τελειότεροι φανῶσιν ὄντες, καὶ Γνωστικῶν γνωστικώτεροι· πρὸς οὓς δικαίως ἄν τις ἐπιφωνήσειεν· Ὢ ληρολόγοι σοφισταί! Καὶ γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Βυθοῦ πολλαὶ καὶ διάφοροι γνῶμαι παρ' αὐτοῖς. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἄζυγον λέγουσι, μήτε ἄῤῥενα, μήτε θήλειαν, μήτε ὅλως ὄντα τι, ἄλλοι δὲ ἀῤῥενόθηλυν αὐτὸν λέγουσιν εἶναι, ἑρμαφροδίτου φύσιν αὐτῷ περιάπτοντες. Σιγὴν δὲ πάλιν ἄλλοι συνευνέτιν αὐτῷ προσάπτουσιν, ἵνα γένηται πρώτη συζυγία.
[from the Unname]able, and from the Invisible the Unbegotten. [This is] the Pleroma of the first ogdoad. They will have it that these powers pre-exist Bythus and Silence, so that they may appear to be more perfect than the perfect, and more gnostic than the Gnostics; to whom one might justly exclaim: O prating sophists! For indeed concerning Bythus himself there are many and different opinions among them. For some say that he is without a consort, neither male nor female, nor being anything at all; while others say that he is male-female, attaching to him the nature of a hermaphrodite. Others again attach Silence to him as a bedfellow, so that there may come to be a first syzygy.
1. Ὁ Πτολεμαῖος, καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἔτι εμπειρότερος ἡμῖν τοῦ ἑαυτῶν διδασκάλου..... δύο συζύγους τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ παρ' αὐτοῖς Βυθῷ καλουμένῳ, ἐπενόησέ τε καὶ ἐχαρίσατο. Ταύτας δὲ καὶ διάθε-
1. Ptolemaeus, and those with him, being for us even more experienced than their own teacher..... both devised and bestowed upon God, who among them is called Bythus, two consorts. And these he also called disposi-
Editors' notes and page, col. 569

Page

  • running head: 569 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A στον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς; B 1. Ὁ Πτολεμαῖος (6), καὶ; C (1) Ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀοράτου.; D in cæteris partibus,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins mid-word στον (from Ἀκατονόμα-στον in col. 568), ends mid-word διάθε- (continued in col. 572); full-width chapter heading and summary (CAPUT XII ... doctrina.) between paragraphs cut off at right edge, not set; lacuna dots after διδασκάλου as printed; Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:570
Editors' notes and page, col. 570

Footnotes

<!-- The Latin at the foot of this page runs across the full width; the notes are filed under col 570 by the page's layout (Latin on the outer column of odd pages, as on pp. 287 and 290). --> (*) ‹anchor: CAPUT XII› · call in col 570 Ed. Feu., cap. IV.

Feuardent's edition, chapter 4.

(printed under page 291)

(1) ‹anchor: Ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀοράτου› · call in col 570

Ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀοράτου. Adde ex vet. interp. et Tertull. τετάρτῳ καὶ ὀγδόῳ τόπῳ.

Ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀοράτου ("and from the Invisible"). Add from the old translator and Tertullian: τετάρτῳ καὶ ὀγδόῳ τόπῳ ("in the fourth and eighth place").

(printed under page 291)

(2) ‹anchor: Πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος› · call in col 570

Πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος. Lego cum vet. interp.: τοῦτο τὸ Πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος, et in his verbis novam constituo periodum. In aliis vero omnibus editt. haec praecedentem claudunt, et Πλήρωμα refertur ad ἀγέννητον, quasi ἀγέννητος diceretur complementum primae ogdoadis. Sed id Valentinianorum omnium hypothesi repugnat, qui Pleroma non de uno singulari Aeone dicebant, sed ex pluribus constituebant, ut patet ex cap. 1 hujus libri, in ogdoada scilicet, decada, et duodecada. Pleroma igitur primae ogdoadis nihil aliud est, in eorum mente, quam Pleroma, qua parte constat prima ogdoade, seu prima ogdoas Pleromatis. Et cum Irenaeus hic descriptis ordine et nominibus primae istius ogdoadis, subjungit, τοῦτο τὸ Πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος, sensus est: sic primam Pleromatis sui ogdoada constituunt: nam in caeteris partibus, cum reliquis Valentinianis isti consentiebant.

Πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος ("Pleroma of the first ogdoad"). I read with the old translator τοῦτο τὸ Πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος ("this is the Pleroma of the first ogdoad"), and begin a new sentence with these words. In all the other editions they close the preceding sentence, and Πλήρωμα is referred to ἀγέννητον, as though the unbegotten were called the fullness of the first ogdoad. But that is contrary to the system of all the Valentinians, who did not speak of the Pleroma as one single Aeon but made it up of several, as is clear from chapter 1 of this book, namely in an ogdoad, a decad and a duodecad. The Pleroma of the first ogdoad, then, in their mind, is nothing other than the Pleroma in the part of it made up of the first ogdoad, that is, the first ogdoad of the Pleroma. And when Irenaeus, having here described the order and names of that first ogdoad, adds τοῦτο τὸ Πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος, the sense is: thus they make up the first ogdoad of their Pleroma; for in the other parts these men agreed with the rest of the Valentinians.

(printed under page 291)

(3) ‹anchor: Ὦ ληρολόγοι σοφισταί› · call in col 570

Ὦ ληρολόγοι σοφισταί! Haec in Gnosticos, qui foedis libidinibus more belluarum seipsos conspurcabant, apprime conveniunt: πέπονες enim, per translationem, Graeci dicunt homines fractos, effeminatos, dissolutos et molles.

Ὦ ληρολόγοι σοφισταί! ("O babbling sophists!"). These words fit the Gnostics exactly, who defiled themselves with foul lusts after the manner of beasts: for by a figure the Greeks call πέπονες ("ripe melons") men who are broken, effeminate, dissolute and soft.

(printed under page 291)

(4) ‹anchor: Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἄζυγον λέγουσι› · call in col 570

Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἄζυγον λέγουσι. Confer Tertull. cap. 34.

Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἄζυγον λέγουσι ("for some call him unpaired"). Compare Tertullian, chapter 34.

(printed under page 291)

(5) ‹anchor: Φύσιν› · call in col 570

Φύσιν. Γένεσιν legit vetus interp., sed male.

Φύσιν ("nature"). The old translator read γένεσιν ("origin"), but wrongly.

(printed under page 291)

(6) ‹anchor: Ὁ Πτολεμαῖος› · call in col 570

Ὁ Πτολεμαῖος, etc. Graeca haec iterum Epiphanio debemus, Haer. XXXIII, § 1. Haec vero verba: οὗτος τοίνυν, etc., usque ad πρῶτον γάρ, quae resecare Grabio placuit, nos edi curavimus, tum ut Graecorum series habeatur, tum etiam quia licet Irenaei verbis quaedam addiderit Epiphanius, illa tamen cum vet. versione collata facile deprehenduntur. Ea duntaxat omisimus, quae minus cum Latina versione conveniunt. Nempe quod brevius scripsisse videtur Irenaeus, Οἱ δὲ περὶ Πτολεμαῖον ἐμπειρότεροι δύο συζύγους ἔχειν τὸν Βυθὸν λέγουσι, ἃς καὶ διαθέσεις καλοῦσιν, Ἔννοιάν τε καὶ Θέλησιν· haec paulo fusiori stylo prosecutus est Epiphanius. In hoc tamen lapsus esse videtur Constantiensis episcopus, quod Ptolemaeo et discipulis ejus eam sententiam ascribat, quam solis ejusdem Ptolemaei discipulis tribuunt Irenaeus et Tertull. Nam paulo aliud erat magistri systema, quod auctor noster fuse descripsit cap. 1 et seq.

Ὁ Πτολεμαῖος ("Ptolemy"), etc. For this Greek we are again indebted to Epiphanius, Heresy 33, § 1. The words οὗτος τοίνυν ("this man, then"), etc., up to πρῶτον γάρ ("for first"), which Grabe chose to cut out, we have had printed, both so that the sequence of the Greek may be kept and because, although Epiphanius added some things to Irenaeus's words, these are easily detected by comparison with the old version. We have omitted only what agrees less well with the Latin version. What Irenaeus seems to have written more briefly, "Those around Ptolemy, more experienced, say that Bythus has two consorts, whom they also call dispositions, Ennoia and Thelesis," Epiphanius set out in a somewhat fuller style. In this, however, the bishop of Constantia seems to have slipped: he ascribes to Ptolemy and his disciples an opinion that Irenaeus and Tertullian attribute to Ptolemy's disciples alone. For the master's system was somewhat different, as our author described at length in chapter 1 and following.

(printed under page 291)

(7) ‹anchor: Pleroma hoc primae ogdoadis› · call in col 570

Pleroma hoc primae ogdoadis. Has voces tum a praecedenti, tum etiam a sequenti periodo separamus; nempe in iis solis novam constituimus periodum. Praecedenti junxit Grab., sequenti caeteri; utrique minus bene.

"This is the Pleroma of the first ogdoad." We separate these words both from the preceding and from the following sentence; that is, we make a new sentence of them alone. Grabe joined them to the preceding, the others to the following; both less well.

(printed under page 291)

(8) ‹anchor: Perfectorum perfectiores, et Gnosticorum magis gnostici› · call in col 570

Perfectorum perfectiores, et Gnosticorum magis gnostici. Hellenismus est. Latine vertendum fuisset: Perfectis perfectiores, et Gnosticis veriores Gnostici.

"More perfect of the perfect, and more gnostic of the Gnostics." This is a Grecism. In Latin it should have been rendered: "more perfect than the perfect, and truer Gnostics than the Gnostics."

(printed under page 291)

(9) ‹anchor: Veri› · call in col 570

Veri. Ita hic, et paulo post, Clarom., Arund., Ottobon. et Merc. 1. Reliqui minus recte, viri.

Veri ("true"). So here, and a little later, the Clermont, Arundel, Ottoboni and Mercier 1 manuscripts. The rest, less correctly, viri ("men").

(printed under page 291)

(10) ‹anchor: Dicentes esse› · call in col 570

Dicentes esse. Sic editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. cum mss. Ottobon., Arund. et Merc. 2, melius quam mss. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et edit. Oxon., dicunt.

Dicentes esse ("saying that it is"). So the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, with the Ottoboni, Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts; better than the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts and the Oxford edition, dicunt ("they say").

(printed under page 291)

(11) ‹anchor: Genesim› · call in col 570

Genesim. Ex Gr. lege naturam.

Genesim ("origin"). From the Greek read naturam ("nature").

(printed under page 291)

(12) ‹anchor: Rursus› · call in col 570

Rursus. Hanc vocem cum Grabio addimus, ex codd. Clarom. et Voss. ac textu Graeco.

Rursus ("again"). We add this word, with Grabe, from the Clermont and Voss manuscripts and the Greek text.

(printed under page 291)

(13) ‹anchor: Hi vero qui sunt› · call in col 570

Hi vero qui sunt. His ad verbum Graeca non respondent. Sic ferunt: Ptolemaeus cum suis, sapientior iis, quos praeceptores habuit,...... Deo, quem illi Bythum appellant, conjuges duas a se inventas attribuit. Has et affectionem vocat, cogitationem videlicet et voluntatem. Eadem habet Tertull. cap. 35. Vid. not. 6.

"But these who are." The Greek does not answer these words word for word. It runs thus: "Ptolemy with his followers, wiser than those he had as teachers, ... assigned to God, whom they call Bythus, two consorts of his own devising. These he also calls affection, namely thought and will." Tertullian has the same, chapter 35. See note 6.

(printed under page 291)

(14) ‹anchor: Dispositiones› · call in col 570

Dispositiones. Mallem, affectiones.

Dispositiones ("dispositions"). I would prefer affectiones ("affections").

(printed under page 291)

Page

  • running head: ERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 570
  • marginal letters: A loco Agenneton. Pleroma; B 1. Hi vero qui sunt (13); C cum Latina versione; D Gnostici.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width chapter heading and summary (CAPUT XII ... doctrina.) between paragraphs cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:571
Editors' notes and page, col. 571

Footnotes

<!-- The Latin at the foot of this page runs across the full width; the notes are filed under col 571 by the page's layout (Latin on the outer column of even pages, as on p. 290). Verse lines are joined with " / ". --> (printed under page 292)

(1) ‹anchor: Quiddam emittere› · call in col 571

Quiddam emittere. Sic cod. Pass., alii, quid emittere.

Quiddam emittere ("to emit something"). So the Passerat manuscript; others, quid emittere.

(printed under page 292)

(2) ‹anchor: Non videntur tibi› · call in col 571

Non videntur tibi, etc. Graeca hujus periodi non retulit Epiphanius, sed sensum duntaxat; eadem cum Irenaeo ironia, sed paulo fusius et explicatius Ptolemaeum perstringens.

"Do they not seem to you," etc. Epiphanius did not report the Greek of this sentence, only its sense, glancing at Ptolemy with the same irony as Irenaeus, but a little more fully and explicitly.

(printed under page 292)

(3) ‹anchor: Homerici Jovis› · call in col 571

Homerici Jovis. Alludit Irenaeus ad hunc Homeri locum Il. II, v. 1 et seqq.: Ἄλλοι μέν ῥα θεοί τε καὶ ἀνέρες ἱπποκορυσταὶ / Εὗδον παννύχιοι· Δία δ' οὐκ ἔχε νήδυμος ὕπνος, / Ἀλλ' ὅγε μερμήριζε κατὰ φρένα, ὡς Ἀχιλῆα / Τιμήσῃ, ὀλέσῃ δὲ πολέας ἐπὶ νηυσὶν Ἀχαιῶν. Caeteri quidem tum dii, tum bellicosi homines / Tota nocte dormiebant; hanc vero Jupiter jucundi expertem somni ducebat, / Anxius nimirum animo secum volutabat, quo pacto Achilli / Decus afferret, plures vero perderet ad classem Achivorum. Plures, inquam, an Achivorum? an Trojanorum? ambiguum ex Eustathio. Priorem sensum secutus est Irenaeus.

"Of Homer's Jove." Irenaeus alludes to this passage of Homer, Iliad 2, line 1 and following: "Now the other gods and the horse-crested men / slept all night long; but sweet sleep did not hold Zeus, / but he pondered in his mind how he might honour / Achilles, and destroy many beside the ships of the Achaeans." [Latin rendering:] "The rest, both gods and warlike men, / slept all night; but Jupiter passed it without sweet sleep, / anxiously turning over in his mind how he might / bring honour to Achilles, and destroy many at the fleet of the Achaeans." "Many," I ask, "of the Achaeans? or of the Trojans?" It is ambiguous, from Eustathius. Irenaeus followed the former sense.

(printed under page 292)

(4) ‹anchor: Διάθεσιν› · call in col 571

Διάθεσιν. Sic cod. Reg. In editt. omnibus male διαθέσεσιν. Legisse tamen videtur interp. διαθέσεις, in plurali; quod mallem.

Διάθεσιν ("disposition"). So the Royal manuscript. In all the editions, wrongly, διαθέσεσιν. The translator, however, seems to have read διαθέσεις, in the plural; which I would prefer.

(printed under page 292)

(5) ‹anchor: Θέλημα› · call in col 571

Θέλημα. Has voces θέλημα et θέλησιν promiscue usurpat Epiphanius. Non mirum ergo, si pro θέλημα sic reddat interpres, Thelesin. Sed post eam vocem, θέλημα, haec addit Epiphanius, quae in veteri Irenaei interpretatione Latina non occurrunt: καὶ τὴν μὲν Ἔννοιαν ἀεὶ συνυπάρξασαν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐννοουμένην ἀεὶ τό τι προβάλλεσθαι, τὸ δὲ θέλημα ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπιγινόμενον. Et cogitatio quidem in illo nunquam non exstitit, semper cogitans aliquid producere: voluntas vero ipsi postmodum accessit. An vero ista Irenaei sint, an Epiphanii, nemo facile dixerit.

Θέλημα ("will"). Epiphanius uses the words θέλημα and θέλησις indiscriminately. No wonder, then, that the translator renders θέλημα as Thelesin. But after the word θέλημα Epiphanius adds the following, which do not occur in the old Latin translation of Irenaeus: "and Ennoia always coexisted in him, always thinking of putting forth something, while the will came upon him afterwards." [Latin rendering:] "And thought indeed was never not in him, always thinking to produce something: but will came to him afterwards." Whether these words are Irenaeus's or Epiphanius's no one could easily say.

(printed under page 292)

(6) ‹anchor: Φησίν› · call in col 571

Φησίν. Scripsit Irenaeus φασίν, vel ὥς φασιν, quia de Ptolemaei discipulis; Epiphanius vero φησίν, quia de Ptolemaeo ipso in singulari loquitur.

Φησίν ("he says"). Irenaeus wrote φασίν ("they say"), or ὥς φασιν ("as they say"), since he is speaking of Ptolemy's disciples; but Epiphanius wrote φησίν, since he speaks of Ptolemy himself, in the singular.

(printed under page 292)

(7) ‹anchor: Τῇ προβολῇ› · call in col 571

Τῇ προβολῇ. Lege cum interprete, ἡ προβολή.

Τῇ προβολῇ ("to the emission"). Read with the translator ἡ προβολή ("the emission").

(printed under page 292)

(8) ‹anchor: Τοῦ μὲν Θελήματος› · call in col 571

Τοῦ μὲν Θελήματος, etc. Haec perverso ordine apud Epiphanium scripta esse bene monet Grab. Sic itaque cum vet. interp. legendum est: Τοῦ μὲν Θελήματος τὸν Νοῦν, τῆς δὲ Ἐννοίας τὴν Ἀλήθειαν. Caeterum hoc loco Νοῦν eumdem esse atque Μονογενῆ, nihil necesse est moneamus.

Τοῦ μὲν Θελήματος ("of the Will"), etc. Grabe rightly points out that these words are written in Epiphanius in the wrong order. So, with the old translator, one should read: "Nous of the Will, and Aletheia of the Ennoia." For the rest, there is no need for us to point out that Nous here is the same as Monogenes.

(printed under page 292)

(9) ‹anchor: Διὰ τοῦτον› · call in col 571

Διὰ τοῦτον. Lege cum interp. διὰ τοῦτο, tum adde cum eodem, τοῦ ἐπιγινομένου θελήματος. Vertit enim, propter hoc adventitiae voluntatis.

Διὰ τοῦτον ("because of him"). Read with the translator διὰ τοῦτο ("for this reason"), then add with him τοῦ ἐπιγινομένου θελήματος ("of the supervening will"). For he renders: "for this reason, of the adventitious will."

(printed under page 292)

(10) ‹anchor: Τοῦ Θελήματος ... ὁ δὲ θῆλυς τοῦ Θελήματος› · call in col 571

Τοῦ Θελήματος..... ὁ δὲ θῆλυς τοῦ Θελήματος. Depravatum hunc locum ita cum doctissimo Grabio ex veteri interpretatione restitue: τοῦ ἐπιγινομένου Θελήματος ὁ μὲν ἄῤῥην εἰκὼν γέγονεν, ὁ δὲ θῆλυς τῆς ἀγεννήτου Ἐννοίας. Ac proinde expunge postremum illud, τοῦ θελήματος. Ita restituendum esse mox subdita demonstrat ratio: Quoniam voluntas velut virtus facta est Ennoeae. Demonstrat et Tertull. c. 33: Ad imaginem quidem cogitationis, feminam Veritatem: ad imaginem voluntatis, marem Monogenem. Tum hanc continuo rationem addit: voluntatis enim vis, utì quae effectum praestat cogitationi, maris obtinet censum. Masculum proinde semen ad imaginem voluntatis, femininum vero ad imaginem cogitationis factum est.

Τοῦ Θελήματος ... ὁ δὲ θῆλυς τοῦ Θελήματος ("of the Will ... and the female of the Will"). Restore this corrupt passage thus, with the most learned Grabe, from the old translation: "of the supervening Will the male became the image, and the female of the unbegotten Ennoia." And so strike out the last words, τοῦ θελήματος. That it must be restored so is shown by the reason given just after: "since the will became, as it were, the power of Ennoia." Tertullian shows it too, chapter 33: "after the image of thought, the female Truth; after the image of will, the male Monogenes." Then he at once adds this reason: "for the power of will, as that which gives effect to thought, holds the rank of the male." The male seed, accordingly, was made after the image of will, the female after the image of thought.

(printed under page 292)

(11) ‹anchor: Τὸ Θέλημα τοίνυν› · call in col 571

Τὸ Θέλημα τοίνυν. Delendum vult Grabius τοίνυν, et pro eo legendum, ὅτι τὸ θέλημα, sed frustra: haec enim Graeca periodus, prout nunc legitur, rectum efficit sensum, nec a versione Latina discrepat: nisi quod interpres, hujus connectendae gratia cum praecedenti, addidit particulam quoniam. Hic tamen praeterea pro δύναμις, legisse videtur, ὡς δύναμις, vel ὡσεὶ δύναμις.

Τὸ Θέλημα τοίνυν ("the Will, then"). Grabe would delete τοίνυν and read in its place ὅτι τὸ θέλημα ("since the will"), but needlessly: for this Greek sentence, as it now reads, makes good sense and does not differ from the Latin version, except that the translator, to connect it with the preceding, added the particle quoniam ("since"). Here, however, he also seems to have read, for δύναμις ("power"), ὡς δύναμις or ὡσεὶ δύναμις ("as a power").

(printed under page 292)

(12) ‹anchor: Ἐνενόει μὲν γάρ› · call in col 571

Ἐνενόει μὲν γάρ. Adde cum interprete ἀεί.

Ἐνενόει μὲν γάρ ("for it was thinking"). Add ἀεί ("always") with the translator.

(printed under page 292)

(13) ‹anchor: Ἐπιτετελεκέναι› · call in col 571

Ἐπιτετελεκέναι. Legendum vult Petavius, ἐπιτετέλεκε, mallem ἐπιτελεῖ, ut legit interpres.

Ἐπιτετελεκέναι ("to have accomplished"). Petau would read ἐπιτετέλεκε ("he has accomplished"); I would prefer ἐπιτελεῖ ("he accomplishes"), as the translator read.

(printed under page 292)

Page

  • running head: 571 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNE
  • marginal letters: A tere (1), sicut dicunt,; B 2. Non videntur tibi; C (1) Quiddam emittere.; D Achivorum.
  • old-edition numerals: 57 after affectibus et
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:572
σιν ἐκάλεσεν, Ἔννοιάν τε καὶ Θέλημα. Πρῶτον γὰρ ἐνενοήθη προβαλεῖν, φησὶν, εἶτα ἠθέλησε. Διὸ καὶ τῶν δύο διαθέσεων τούτων, ἢ καὶ δυνάμεων, τῆς Ἐννοίας καὶ τῆς Θελήσεως, ὥστε συγκραθεισῶν εἰς ἀλλήλας, τῇ προβολῇ τοῦ Μονογενοῦς καὶ τῆς Ἀληθείας κατὰ συζυγίαν ἐγένετο· οὕστινας τύπους καὶ εἰκόνας τῶν δύο διαθέσεων τοῦ Πατρὸς προελθεῖν, τῶν ἀοράτων ὁρατάς· τοῦ μὲν Θελήματος τὴν Ἀλήθειαν, τῆς δὲ Ἐννοίας τὸν Νοῦν, καὶ διὰ τούτου τοῦ Θελήματος, ὁ μὲν ἄῤῥην εἰκὼν τῆς ἀγεννήτου Ἐννοίας γέγονεν, ὁ δὲ θῆλυς τοῦ Θελήματος· τὸ Θέλημα τοίνυν δύναμις ἐγένετο τῆς Ἐννοίας. Ἐνενόει μὲν γὰρ ἡ Ἔννοια τὴν προβολήν· οὐ μέντοι προβαλεῖν αὐτὴ καθ' ἑαυτὴν ἠδύνατο ἃ ἐνενόει. Ὅτε δὲ ἡ τοῦ Θελήματος δύναμις ἐπεγένετο, τότε ὃ ἐνενόει, προέβαλε.
tion, both Thought and Will. For first he thought to emit, says he, and then he willed. Wherefore also, when these two dispositions, or powers, Thought and Volition, were as it were blended with one another, the emission of the Only-begotten and of Truth came to pass according to a syzygy; which came forth as types and images of the two dispositions of the Father, visible [images] of the invisible: Truth of Will, and Mind of Thought; and on account of this Will, the male became an image of the unbegotten Thought, and the female of Will; Will, therefore, became a power of Thought. For Thought was thinking of the emission; yet she was not able of herself alone to emit what she was thinking of. But when the power of Will supervened, then she emitted what she was thinking of.
2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ὃς ἅμα τῷ νοηθῆναι, καὶ ἐπιτετελεκέναι τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἠθέλησε, καὶ ἅμα τῷ θελῆσαι,
2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Who simultaneously with its being thought has also accomplished that very thing which He willed, and simultaneously with His willing,
Editors' notes and page, col. 572

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 572
  • marginal letters: A σιν (4) ἐκάλεσεν, Ἔννοιάν; B 2. . . .; C φασιν, quia de; D esse mox subdita
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: begins mid-word σιν (from διάθε-σιν in col. 569); prints τῇ προβολῇ (note 7: ἡ προβολή), διὰ τούτου (note 9: διὰ τοῦτο); lacuna dots at start of 2 as printed; Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:573
καὶ ἐννοεῖται τοῦθ' ὅπερ καὶ ἠθέλησε, τοῦτο ἐννοούμενος ὃ καὶ θέλει, καὶ τότε θέλων, ὅτε ἐννοεῖται, ὅλος ἔννοια ὤν, ὅλος θέλημα, ὅλος νοῦς, ὅλος φῶς, ὅλος ὀφθαλμὸς, ὅλος ἀκοὴ, ὅλος πηγὴ πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν.
and He also thinks that which He has willed, thinking that which He also wills, and willing at the very time when He thinks, being wholly thought, wholly will, wholly mind, wholly light, wholly eye, wholly hearing, wholly the fount of all good things.
3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . τὴν πρώτην ὀγδοάδα, οὐ καθ' ὑπόβασιν ἄλλον ὑπὸ ἄλλου Αἰῶνα προβεβλῆσθαι, ἀλλ' ὁμοῦ καὶ εἰσάπαξ τὴν τῶν ἓξ Αἰώνων προβολὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Προπάτορος καὶ Ἐννοίας αὐτοῦ τετέχθαι, ὡς αὐτὸς μαιωσάμενος διαβεβαιοῦται. Καὶ οὐκέτι ἐκ Λόγου καὶ Ζωῆς Ἄνθρωπον καὶ
3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [that] the first Ogdoad [was put forth], not by descent, one Aeon by another, but that the emission of the six Aeons was brought forth together and at once by the Forefather and his Thought, as he himself, having played the midwife, firmly asserts. And no longer from the Word and Life [do they derive] Man and
Editors' notes and page, col. 573

Footnotes

<!-- The page's foot notes (1)–(11) are filed under col 574 by the page's layout (Latin on the outer column of odd pages); notes (1)–(6) are called in this column's Greek. Copies of notes (1) and (6) formerly set here under Editors' prose duplicated n574 and were removed (Q2b). --> (printed under page 293; filed under col 574)

Page

  • running head: 573 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A καὶ ἐννοεῖται τοῦθ'; B (1) Τοῦτο ἐννοούμενος, ὃ καί.; C (4) Αἰῶνα προβεβλῆσθαι.; D cipuli, ac in primis
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: two full-width Latin lines after paragraph 1 (tunc volens ... bonorum.) cut off at right edge, not set; lacuna dots at start of 3 as printed; Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
  • running head: 573 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 574
  • marginal letters: A καὶ ἐννοεῖται τοῦθ' ὅπερ καὶ ἠθέλησε, τοῦτο ἐννοού-; B (footnotes) sii caeteris Valentinianis opponebantur; C (footnotes) Epiphanius, τὴν τῶν ἓξ Αἰώνων προβολήν; D (footnotes) cipuli, ac in primis Colorbasii
  • old-edition numerals: (none) in the Greek; bold 58 before unum in the Latin column (not set)
  • other: the row of dots after the numeral 3. is printed (lacuna before the Greek resumes) and is set as printed
  • other: the two full-width lines at the head of the page are LATIN, the close of the facing Latin version, printed across the page: "tunc volens cum cogitat : cum sit totus cogitatus, et totus sensus, et totus oculus, et totus auditus, et totus fons omnium bonorum." The Greek is not wanting there (ὅλος ἔννοια ... πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν is printed), so they are not set in layer 1 or translated
  • other: the full-width band below is BILLII INTERPRETATIO, a Latin version (not set)
  • other (Q2b, for n574, not written here): note (1) on the page reads "Τοῦτο ἐννοούμενος, ὃ καί. Legit interpres, τότε ἐννοούμενος, ὅτε, etc." (n574 has ὁ καί and "Lege […]"; English there should read "The translator read"); in note (2) the page appears to print "cap. 12 n. 3" where n574 has 13 (UNSURE at this resolution)
PG 7:574
Editors' notes and page, col. 574

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Τοῦτο ἐννοούμενος, ὃ καί› · call in col 574

Τοῦτο ἐννοούμενος, ὃ καί. Legit interpres, τότε ἐννοούμενος, ὅτε, etc.

Τοῦτο ἐννοούμενος, ὃ καί ("thinking this, which also"). The translator read τότε ἐννοούμενος, ὅτε ("thinking then, when"), etc.

(printed under page 293)

(2) ‹anchor: Ὅλος Θέλημα ... ὅλος φῶς› · call in col 574

Ὅλος Θέλημα,.... ὅλος φῶς. Has voces vel addidit Epiphanius, vel omisit interpres. Posteriores quidem exstant lib. II, cap. 12 n. 3, et 28, n. 5, ubi locum hunc fere repetit Irenaeus; sed non priores. At vicissim plura alia illic addit auctor noster, quae hic non leguntur. Caeterum ὅλος φῶς male omittuntur in edit. Oxon.

Ὅλος Θέλημα ... ὅλος φῶς ("wholly Will ... wholly light"). Either Epiphanius added these words or the translator left them out. The latter ones do occur in book 2, chapter 12, number 3, and chapter 28, number 5, where Irenaeus nearly repeats this passage; but not the former. On the other hand our author adds a good many other things there that are not read here. For the rest, the words ὅλος φῶς are wrongly omitted in the Oxford edition.

(printed under page 293)

(3) ‹anchor: Τὴν πρώτην ὀγδοάδα› · call in col 574

Τὴν πρώτην ὀγδοάδα. Haec ex Epiph. Haer. XXXV, § 1, excerpta sunt, ubi pro his Irenaei verbis, qui autem prudentiores illorum putantur esse, solum habet episcopus Constantiensis: λέγει γὰρ (ὁ Κολόρβασος) τὴν πρώτην ὀγδοάδα, etc.; unde discimus haec esse Colorbasi dogmata, quae tacito auctoris nomine perstringunt Irenaeus et Tertull. cap. 36. Eadem Colorbasiis attribuit Theodoret. lib. I Haer. fab., c. 12.

Τὴν πρώτην ὀγδοάδα ("the first ogdoad"). This is excerpted from Epiphanius, Heresy 35, § 1, where, for these words of Irenaeus, "but those of them who are thought wiser," the bishop of Constantia has only: "for he (Colorbasus) says that the first ogdoad," etc. From this we learn that these are the doctrines of Colorbasus, which Irenaeus and Tertullian, chapter 36, attack without naming their author. Theodoret attributes the same to the Colorbasians, book 1 of the Haereticae fabulae, chapter 12.

(printed under page 293)

(4) ‹anchor: Αἰῶνα προβεβλῆσθαι› · call in col 574

Αἰῶνα προβεβλῆσθαι. Haec perperam omisit editor Oxoniensis.

Αἰῶνα προβεβλῆσθαι ("that an Aeon was put forth"). The Oxford editor wrongly omitted these words.

(printed under page 293)

(5) ‹anchor: Τετέχθαι, ὡς αὐτὸς μαιωσάμενος διαβεβαιοῦται› · call in col 574

Τετέχθαι, ὡς αὐτὸς μαιωσάμενος διαβεβαιοῦται. Ex vet. interpretatione liquet Irenaeum scripsisse, ἐν τῷ τετέχθαι αὐτοὺς, αὐτοὶ μαιώσασθαι διαβεβαιοῦνται. Sed hanc metaphoram ironicam tantillum emollire Epiphanio visum fuit.

Τετέχθαι, ὡς αὐτὸς μαιωσάμενος διαβεβαιοῦται ("to have been born, as he himself, having acted as midwife, affirms"). From the old translation it is clear that Irenaeus wrote ἐν τῷ τετέχθαι αὐτοὺς, αὐτοὶ μαιώσασθαι διαβεβαιοῦνται ("they affirm that they themselves acted as midwives when these were born"). But Epiphanius thought fit to soften this ironical metaphor a little.

(printed under page 293)

(6) ‹anchor: Οὐκέτι ἐκ Λόγου καὶ Ζωῆς› · call in col 574

Οὐκέτι ἐκ Λόγου καὶ Ζωῆς, etc. Hic corrupta sunt Graeca. Sic ex veteri interprete restituenda censerem: Οὐκέτι ἐκ Λόγου καὶ Ζωῆς Ἄνθρωπον καὶ Ἐκκλησίαν, ὡς οἱ ἄλλοι, ἀλλ' ἐξ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ Ἐκκλησίας Λόγον καὶ Ζωήν φασι τετέχθαι αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ. Ἀλλὰ ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ τοῦτο λέγουσιν, etc. Superius enim ex Irenaeo observavimus, Gnosticos fuisse Valentinianorum parentes; ab illis hos tres syzygias aperte sumpsisse, sive furatos esse; neque id male tulisse Gnosticos: sed mali furti eos accusasse, quod syzygiam Hominis et Ecclesiae post illam Verbi et Vitae posuissent, quod absurdum existimabant. Unde post Valentinum multi ejus discipuli, ac in primis Colorbasii, a Gnosticis admoniti, magistri sui ordinem immutarunt, et Hominem et Ecclesiam ante Verbum et Vitam posuerunt. De ea autem, inquit Irenaeus lib. II, c. 13, n. 10, quae est ex his, secunda emissione Hominis et Ecclesiae, ipsi patres eorum falso cognominati Gnostici pugnant adversus invicem, sua propria vindicantes, et malos fures semetipsos convincentes, aptabile esse magis emissioni dicentes, uti verisimile, ex Homine Verbum, sed non ex Verbo Hominem emissum, et esse Hominem Verbo anteriorem. In hoc igitur Colorbasii caeteris Valentinianis opponebantur, quod hi, ut constat ex lib. I, c. 1, in posteriori tetrade ex Logo et Zoe emissam secundam conjugationem, Hominem scilicet et Ecclesiam, vellent: isti vero contra, inverso ordine, ex Anthropo et Ecclesia Logon et Zoen. Hinc paulo post subdit Irenaeus: Locutus est Anthropos Logon: hic est primogenitus Filius. Subsequitur autem Logon Zoe. Porro nihil necesse est moneam, Epiphanium, hic majoris explicationis causa, pauca quaedam Irenaei verbis addidisse, ut ὡς οἱ ἄλλοι, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ, etc.

Οὐκέτι ἐκ Λόγου καὶ Ζωῆς ("no longer from Logos and Zoe"), etc. Here the Greek is corrupt. I would restore it from the old translator thus: "He and his followers say that Anthropos and Ecclesia were born no longer from Logos and Zoe, as the others say, but Logos and Zoe from Anthropos and Ecclesia. But they say this in another way," etc. For we noted above from Irenaeus that the Gnostics were the parents of the Valentinians; that the latter openly took, or stole, these three syzygies from them; and that the Gnostics did not resent this, but accused them of a bad theft, because they had put the syzygy of Anthropos and Ecclesia after that of Logos and Zoe, which they thought absurd. Hence after Valentinus many of his disciples, and above all the Colorbasians, warned by the Gnostics, changed their master's order and put Anthropos and Ecclesia before Logos and Zoe. "But about that second emission from these," says Irenaeus, book 2, chapter 13, number 10, "of Anthropos and Ecclesia, their own fathers, the falsely named Gnostics, fight against one another, each claiming his own and convicting themselves of being bad thieves, saying that it is better suited to emission, as being probable, that Logos was emitted from Anthropos, but not Anthropos from Logos, and that Anthropos is prior to Logos." In this, then, the Colorbasians stood opposed to the other Valentinians: the latter, as is clear from book 1, chapter 1, would have the second pair, Anthropos and Ecclesia, emitted from Logos and Zoe in the latter tetrad; these, on the contrary, in reverse order, Logos and Zoe from Anthropos and Ecclesia. Hence a little later Irenaeus adds: "Anthropos spoke Logos: this is the firstborn Son. And Zoe follows Logos." Further, there is no need for me to point out that Epiphanius here, for the sake of fuller explanation, added a few things to Irenaeus's words, such as "as the others," "he and his followers," and "in another way," etc.

(printed under page 293)

(7) ‹anchor: Perdere› · call in col 574

Perdere. Codd. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. prodere. Sed vera lectio est perdere, ut ex Homero liquet.

Perdere ("to destroy"). The Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts read prodere ("to betray"). But the true reading is perdere, as is clear from Homer.

(printed under page 293)

(8) ‹anchor: Prudentiores illorum› · call in col 574

Prudentiores illorum. Graecismus, pro prudentiores illis.

Prudentiores illorum ("wiser of them"). A Grecism, for prudentiores illis ("wiser than they").

(printed under page 293)

(9) ‹anchor: Aeonum› · call in col 574

Aeonum. Scite monet Fronto Duc. legendum esse, sex Aeonum, quod quidem haud advertit Billius, dum vertit, omnes Aeonas. Sic enim Graece Epiphanius, τὴν τῶν ἓξ Αἰώνων προβολήν. Tertullianus quidem octojugem nominat: sed quia parentes numerat cum liberis. Addit vir eruditus multa hic esse ἀνακόλουθα, si ad Graecorum sententiam examinentur. Hanc longe accuratius sic exprimere potuisset interpres: Dicunt primam ogdoadem non gradatim ita productam esse, ut alius ex alio Aeon fluxerit: verum sex Aeonum emissionem simul et semel a Propatore, et cogitatione ejus factam esse non minus certo asseverant, quam si, dum ederentur, ipsi obstetricis munere functi fuissent. In hoc duntaxat ea versio, quam auctoris nostri menti consentaneam existimo, discrepat a textu Graeco, quod Epiphanius de Colorbaso in singulari, Irenaeus vero de Colorbasiis in plurali sermonem faciat.

Aeonum ("of the Aeons"). Fronton du Duc rightly points out that one should read sex Aeonum ("of six Aeons"), which Billius did not notice when he rendered "all the Aeons." For so Epiphanius has it in Greek: "the emission of the six Aeons." Tertullian, indeed, calls it eight-yoked, but because he counts the parents with the children. The learned man adds that there are many anacolutha here, if examined by the sense of the Greek. The translator could have expressed this far more accurately thus: "They say that the first ogdoad was not produced step by step, so that one Aeon flowed from another, but they assert, no less confidently than if they themselves had acted as midwives while they were being born, that the emission of the six Aeons was made all at once by the Propator and his thought." In this alone that version, which I judge agrees with our author's mind, differs from the Greek text: that Epiphanius speaks of Colorbasus in the singular, Irenaeus of the Colorbasians in the plural.

(printed under page 293)

(10) ‹anchor: Cum crearentur› · call in col 574

Cum crearentur. Feuardent. cumque crearentur.

Cum crearentur ("when they were created"). Feuardent: cumque crearentur ("and when they were created").

(printed under page 293)

(11) ‹anchor: Ipsi se obstetricasse affirmant› · call in col 574

Ipsi se obstetricasse affirmant. Diutius suspicatus sum, ex Graeco legendum esse, ipsi quasi obstetricassent, affirmant, cum maxime lib. II, cap. 28, n. 6, eadem phrasi utatur auctor noster: hunc, quasi ipsi obstetricaverint, enuntiant. Sed cum incidissem in lib. IV, cap. 33, n. 3, ubi Valentinianos deridendo iis exprobrat, quod Christi emissionem..., semetipsos obstetricatos esse affirmant; non dubitavi quin iisdem salibus, iisdem verbis Colorbaseos hic, quod caeteros Aeones spectat, defricuerit. Quare vera lectio est, quam modo exhibet textus Latinus, et ab Irenaei verbis nonnihil deflexit Epiphanius.

"They affirm that they themselves acted as midwives." For a long time I suspected that one should read from the Greek ipsi quasi obstetricassent, affirmant ("they affirm, as though they themselves had acted as midwives"), especially since in book 2, chapter 28, number 6, our author uses the same phrase: "they declare him, as though they themselves had acted as midwives." But when I came upon book 4, chapter 33, number 3, where, mocking the Valentinians, he reproaches them because "the emission of Christ ... they affirm that they themselves were midwives to," I no longer doubted that with the same wit and the same words he here rubbed down the Colorbasians in what concerns the other Aeons. The true reading, therefore, is the one the Latin text now gives, and Epiphanius departed somewhat from Irenaeus's words.

(printed under page 293)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 574
  • marginal letters: A rare Achillem, et; B sii cæteris Valentinianis; C Epiphanius, τὴν τῶν ἓξ; D obstetricassent, affirmant, cum
  • old-edition numerals: 58 before unum Æonum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; two full-width Latin lines after paragraph 1 (s , et totus ... et) cut off at left edge, not set
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
  • other: the facing Latin's closing lines printed across the page (tunc volens cum cogitat ... totus fons omnium bonorum.) are recorded in the notes of 573; the Greek carries that text
  • other (Q6b): note (2) set with "cap. 12" as the page prints it at this resolution (the passage is AH II.13.3; UNSURE whether the page misprints or the scan blurs 13)
PG 7:575
Editors' notes and page, col. 575

Footnotes

<!-- On this page the Latin stands in the left column (575), the Greek in the right (576). The band headed BILLII INTERPRETATIO is a running text, not a footnote, and is not set here. --> (*) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 575 Edit. Feuard., cap. VII.

Feuardent's edition, chapter 7.

(printed under page 294)

(1) ‹anchor: Quando cogitavit aliquid emittere› · call in col 575

Quando cogitavit aliquid emittere. Ita Clarom., Pass. et Voss. In Arund. et Merc. 2 deest cogitavit, ut et in edit. Erasmi, qui idcirco ad marginem notavit, forte addendum esse voluit, quod Gall. et Feuard. inde textui inseruerunt. Fert textus Graecus: quod cogitavit emittere Propator.

"When he thought to emit something." So the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts. In the Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts cogitavit ("he thought") is missing, as also in Erasmus's edition, who therefore noted in the margin that voluit ("he willed") should perhaps be added, which Gallasius and Feuardent then inserted into the text. The Greek text has: "what the Propator thought to emit."

(printed under page 294)

(2) ‹anchor: Hoc Alethia vocatum est› · call in col 575

Hoc Alethia vocatum est. Hinc emendandus videtur Tertulliani textus cap. 36, et pro, hic veritas appellata est, legendum, hoc veritas appellata est; uti antea scripsit, hoc Pater dictus est; et postea, hoc Homo pronuntiatus est.

"This was called Aletheia." From this it seems Tertullian's text, chapter 36, should be emended, and for "this one (hic) was called Truth" one should read "this (hoc) was called Truth"; as he wrote before, "this (hoc) was called Father," and afterwards, "this (hoc) was pronounced Man."

(printed under page 294)

(3) ‹anchor: Cum ergo voluit› · call in col 575

Cum ergo voluit. Sic codd. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. juxta Graecum, ὅτε οὖν. In caeteris, cum autem.

Cum ergo voluit ("when, therefore, he willed"). So the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts, following the Greek ὅτε οὖν. In the others, cum autem ("but when").

(printed under page 294)

(4) ‹anchor: Quos autem praecogitaverat, postquam emisit› · call in col 575

Quos autem praecogitaverat, postquam emisit. Vertendum erat: quos autem praecogitavit, cum emisit. Sic Tertullian. quos autem praecogitavit, cum protulit.

"But those whom he had thought of beforehand, after he emitted them." It should have been rendered: "but those whom he thought of beforehand, when he emitted them." So Tertullian: "but those whom he thought of beforehand, when he put them forth."

(printed under page 294)

(5) ‹anchor: Locutus est› · call in col 575

Locutus est. Deest in codd. Clarom. et Voss. Hinc Grabii animum subiit suspicio, vet. interpretem nullum in Graeco Irenaei textu verbum legisse. Sed, doctissimi viri pace, infirma omnino suspicio. Longe probabilius videtur, omissionem verbi hujus, quod cum apud Tertull. tum in caeteris omnibus Irenaei codd. tum mss. tum editis legitur, duorum scribarum oscitantiae ascribendam esse.

Locutus est ("spoke"). Missing in the Clermont and Voss manuscripts. Hence the suspicion entered Grabe's mind that the old translator read no verb in Irenaeus's Greek text. But, with all respect to that most learned man, the suspicion is quite weak. It seems far more probable that the omission of this verb, which is read in Tertullian and in all the other copies of Irenaeus, manuscript and printed alike, should be put down to the drowsiness of two scribes.

(printed under page 294)

(6) ‹anchor: Hic est primogenitus› · call in col 575

Hic est primogenitus. Codd. Clarom. et Voss. hoc est primogenitus. Sed in Graeco, οὗτος, non τοῦτο.

Hic est primogenitus ("this one is the firstborn"). The Clermont and Voss manuscripts: hoc est primogenitus ("this is the firstborn"). But the Greek has οὗτος ("this one"), not τοῦτο ("this").

(printed under page 294)

(7) ‹anchor: Pleroma bene sensit› · call in col 575

Pleroma bene sensit. Melius vertisset interpres, Pleromati placuit.

Pleroma bene sensit ("the Pleroma felt well"). The translator would better have rendered "it pleased the Pleroma."

(printed under page 294)

(8) ‹anchor: Et Zoen emissi› · call in col 575

Et Zoen emissi. Adde ex Graeco, productum illum fuisse dicunt.

"And emitted [from] ... and Zoe." Add from the Greek: "they say that he was produced."

(printed under page 294)

(9) ‹anchor: Postgenitum› · call in col 575

Postgenitum. Vertendum erat, nepotem.

Postgenitum ("later-born"). It should have been rendered nepotem ("grandson").

(printed under page 294)

(10) ‹anchor: Iis› · call in col 575

Iis. Ita reposuit Feuardentius monitus, ut ipse dicit, a Pamelio in Tertull. et Frontone Duc. In Erasmi autem et Gallas. editt. et in omnibus prorsus mss. legitur eorum. Unde conjicit Grabius, sic ipsum scripsisse interpretem ex Graeco τῶν, haud advertentem, Latinam constructionem ablativum postulare.

Iis ("those," ablative). So Feuardent restored it, prompted, as he himself says, by Pamelius on Tertullian and by Fronton du Duc. But in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and in absolutely all the manuscripts eorum ("of them") is read. From this Grabe conjectures that the translator himself wrote so, from the Greek τῶν, not noticing that the Latin construction requires the ablative.

(printed under page 294)

(11) ‹anchor: Ὃ προεβάλετο ἀλήθεια ἦν› · call in col 575

Ὃ προεβάλετο ἀλήθεια ἦν. Legendum vult Fronto Duc. ἃ προεβάλετο ἀληθῆ ἦν. Sic quidem legisse veterem interp. et Tertullianum c. 36, negari non potest. Legere tamen sufficiat, ὃ προεβάλετο ἀληθὲς ἦν, quamvis et vulgatam lectionem cum Petavio retinere nihil impediat.

Ὃ προεβάλετο ἀλήθεια ἦν ("what he put forth was truth"). Fronton du Duc would read ἃ προεβάλετο ἀληθῆ ἦν ("the things he put forth were true"). It cannot be denied that the old translator and Tertullian, chapter 36, read it so. It will be enough, however, to read ὃ προεβάλετο ἀληθὲς ἦν ("what he put forth was true"), although nothing prevents keeping the received reading with Petau.

(printed under page 294)

(12) ‹anchor: Αὐτόν› · call in col 575

Αὐτόν. Lege cum interp. ἑαυτόν. Interpreti consentit Tertullianus cap. cit. Cum voluit semetipsum probari, hoc Homo pronuntiatus est.

Αὐτόν ("him"). Read with the translator ἑαυτόν ("himself"). Tertullian agrees with the translator in the chapter cited: "When he willed himself to be shown, this was pronounced Man."

(printed under page 294)

(13) ‹anchor: Καὶ ὁ Ἄνθρωπος τὸν Λόγον› · call in col 575

Καὶ ὁ Ἄνθρωπος τὸν Λόγον. Adde ex interpr. ἐλάλησεν. Tertullian. Sonuit Homo Sermonem.

Καὶ ὁ Ἄνθρωπος τὸν Λόγον ("and Anthropos the Logos"). Add ἐλάλησεν ("spoke") from the translator. Tertullian: "Man sounded forth the Word."

(printed under page 294)

(14) ‹anchor: Ηὐδόκησεν› · call in col 575

Ηὐδόκησεν. Adde ex interprete et Theodoreto lib. I Haer. fab., c. 12: δι' αὐτοῦ δοξάσαι τὸν Πατέρα, quae verba omisit oscitans scriba.

Ηὐδόκησεν ("was pleased"). Add from the translator and from Theodoret, book 1 of the Haereticae fabulae, chapter 12: δι' αὐτοῦ δοξάσαι τὸν Πατέρα ("to glorify the Father through him"), words a drowsy scribe left out.

(printed under page 294)

(15) ‹anchor: Αὐτὸν λέγουσι› · call in col 575

Αὐτὸν λέγουσι. Adde iterum ex interp. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Λόγον καὶ Ζωὴν λέγεσθαι αὐτόν.

Αὐτὸν λέγουσι ("they say him"). Add again from the translator: καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Λόγον καὶ Ζωὴν λέγεσθαι αὐτόν ("and for this reason he is called Logos and Zoe").

(printed under page 294)

(16) ‹anchor: Ὀνόματα τά› · call in col 575

Ὀνόματα τά. Dele τά, ultima syllaba est nominis praecedentis scribae negligentia repetita.

Ὀνόματα τά ("the names the"). Delete τά: it is the last syllable of the preceding noun, repeated through the scribe's carelessness.

(printed under page 294)

(17) ‹anchor: Καὶ Ζωῆς› · call in col 575

Καὶ Ζωῆς. Pro Ζωῆς lege cum interpr. et Tertull. Ἐκκλησίας.

Καὶ Ζωῆς ("and of Zoe"). For Ζωῆς read Ἐκκλησίας ("of Ecclesia") with the translator and Tertullian.

(printed under page 294)

(18) ‹anchor: Ὁμολογεῖ› · call in col 575

Ὁμολογεῖ. Lege cum interpr. ἑαυτὸν ὁμολογεῖν.

Ὁμολογεῖ ("he confesses"). Read with the translator ἑαυτὸν ὁμολογεῖν ("to confess himself").

(printed under page 294)

(19) ‹anchor: qui ad stabilimentum Pleromatis emissi sunt› · call in col 575

Εἰς στήριγμα, etc. Legendum esse cum interprete, τῶν εἰς στήριγμα τοῦ Πληρώματος προβεβλημένων, bene monent Billius et Fronto Duc. Lectionem hanc confirmat Tertullian. c. 39 scribens: (continues)

Εἰς στήριγμα ("for the support"), etc. Billius and Fronton du Duc rightly point out that one should read with the translator τῶν εἰς στήριγμα τοῦ Πληρώματος προβεβλημένων ("of those put forth for the support of the Pleroma"). Tertullian confirms this reading, chapter 39, writing: (continues)

(printed under page 294)

Page

  • running head: 575 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A Logon et Zoen; B ficare Patrem. Alii; C (1) Quando cogitavit aliquid emittere.; D Hinc Grabii animum
  • old-edition numerals: 59 after Logo et
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:576
Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐξ Ἀνθρώπου, ὡς οἱ ἄλλοι, καὶ Ἐκκλησίας Λόγον καὶ Ζωήν φασι τετέχθαι, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλὰ ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ τοῦτο λέγουσιν. Ὅτι ὅπερ ἐνενοήθη προβαλεῖν ὁ Προπάτωρ, τοῦτο Πατὴρ ἐκλήθη. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὃ προεβάλετο ἀλήθεια ἦν, τοῦτο Ἀλήθεια ὠνομάσθη. Ὅτε οὖν ἠθέλησεν ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτὸν, τοῦτο Ἄνθρωπος ἐλέχθη. Οὓς δὲ προελογίσατο ὅτε προέβαλε, τοῦτο Ἐκκλησία ὠνομάσθη. Καὶ ὁ Ἄνθρωπος τὸν Λόγον· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πρωτότοκος υἱός. Ἐπακολουθεῖ δὲ τῷ Λόγῳ καὶ ἡ Ζωή· καὶ οὕτως πρώτη ὀγδοὰς συνετελέσθη.
Church were brought forth, and from Man, as the others say, and Church, Word and Life, he himself and his followers; but they say this in another way: That what the Forefather thought to emit, this was called Father. And since what he emitted was truth, this was named Truth. When, therefore, he willed to display himself, this was called Man. And those whom he fore-reckoned when he emitted, this was named Church. And Man [uttered] the Word; this is the firstborn son. And Life follows upon the Word; and thus the first ogdoad was completed.
4. Πολλὴ δὲ μάχη παρ' αὐτοῖς καὶ περὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐκ πάντων γεγονέναι λέγουσι· διὸ καὶ Εὐδοκητὸν καλεῖσθαι, ὅτι πᾶν τὸ Πλήρωμα ηὐδόκησεν· οἱ δὲ ἐκ μόνων τῶν δέκα Αἰώνων, τῶν ἀπὸ Λόγου καὶ Ζωῆς, προβεβλῆσθαι αὐτὸν λέγουσι, τὰ προγονικὰ ὀνόματα [τὰ] διασώζοντα. Οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῶν δεκαδύο Αἰώνων, τῶν ἐκ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ Ζωῆς γενομένων· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογεῖ, ὡσανεὶ ἀπόγονον Ἀνθρώπου. Οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, εἰς στήριγμα τοῦ Πληρώματος, γεγονέναι λέγουσιν αὐτόν· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Χριστὸν λέγεσθαι
4. And there is much strife among them concerning the Saviour as well. For some say that he came into being out of all; wherefore he is also called Well-pleasing, because the whole Pleroma was well pleased; while others say that he was emitted out of the ten Aeons alone, those from Word and Life, preserving the ancestral names. And others say that he came into being out of the twelve Aeons, those from Man and Life; and on this account he confesses himself Son of Man, as being a descendant of Man. And others say that he came into being by Christ and the Holy Spirit, established for the support of the Pleroma; and that on this account he is called Christ,
Editors' notes and page, col. 576

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 576
  • marginal letters: A Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐξ; B Αἰώνων, τῶν ἀπὸ; C (9) Postgenitum. Vertendum; D (14) Ηὐδόκησεν. Adde
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: prints αὐτὸν (note 12: ἑαυτόν), [τὰ] in brackets (note 16), Ζωῆς (note 17: Ἐκκλησίας), ὁμολογεῖ (note 18: ἑαυτὸν ὁμολογεῖν); Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:577
αὐτὸν, τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἀφ' οὗ προεβλήθη, διασώζοντα προσηγορίαν. Ἄλλοι δὲ, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τινὲς ἐξ αὐτῶν ῥαψῳδοὶ τὸν Προπάτορα τῶν ὅλων, καὶ Προαρχὴν, καὶ Προανεννόητον, Ἄνθρωπον λέγουσι καλεῖσθαι· καὶ τοῦτ' εἶναι τὸ μέγα καὶ ἀπόκρυφον μυστήριον, ὅτι ἡ ὑπὲρ τὰ ὅλα δύναμις καὶ ἐμπεριεκτικὴ τῶν πάντων Ἄνθρωπος καλεῖται· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου ἑαυτὸν λέγειν τὸν Σωτῆρα.
preserving the appellation of the Father from whom he was emitted. And others, certain rhapsodists, so to speak, among them, say that the Forefather of the wholes, and Fore-beginning, and Fore-inconceivable, is called Man; and that this is the great and hidden mystery, that the power which is above the wholes and encompasses all things is called Man; and that on this account the Saviour calls himself Son of Man.
1. Μάρκος δέ τις... ἀπὸ τούτων ὁρμώμενος, καὶ παρὰ τούτων τολμήσας .. γύναια καὶ ἄνδρας ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πεπλανημένα τε καὶ πεπλανημένους ἐπηγάγετο, ὑποληφθεὶς ὁ ἐλεεινὸς διορθωτὴς εἶναι τῶν προειρημένων ἀπατεώνων, μαγικῆς ὑπάρχων κυβείας ἐμπειρότατος, ἀπατήσας δὲ τοὺς προειρημένους πάντας καὶ τὰς προειρημένας, προσέχειν αὐτῷ, ὡς γνωστικωτάτῳ, καὶ δύναμιν τὴν μεγίστην ἀπὸ τῶν
1. But a certain Marcus... setting out from these men, and taking his boldness from them .. led after himself silly women and men led astray by him, the wretched man being supposed to be a corrector of the aforesaid impostors, being most experienced in magical sleight of hand; and having deceived all the aforesaid men and the aforesaid women to give heed to him as most gnostic, and as having the greatest power from the
Editors' notes and page, col. 577

Page

  • running head: 577 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A αὐτὸν, τὴν τοῦ; B 1. Μάρκος δέ τις (4)...; C Alii a Christo; D Anthropiani inde dicti
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width chapter heading and summary (CAPUT XIII ... artibus.) between paragraphs cut off at right edge, not set; lacuna dots in 1 as printed; Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:578
Editors' notes and page, col. 578

Footnotes

<!-- The band headed BILLII INTERPRETATIO is a running text, not a footnote, and is not set here. Notes filed under col 578 by the page's layout (Latin on the outer column of odd pages). --> (*) ‹anchor: CAPUT XIII› · call in col 578 Edit. Feuard., cap. VIII.

Feuardent's edition, chapter 8.

(19, p. 294) ‹anchor: qui ad stabilimentum Pleromatis emissi sunt› · call in col 575

(continued) Alii a Christo et Spiritu sancto, constabiliendae universitati provisis, confictum. Et revera superius cap. 11, ex Valentinianorum hypothesi docuit Irenaeus, non Salvatorem, sed Christum et Spiritum sanctum εἰς πῆξιν καὶ στηριγμὸν τοῦ Πληρώματος emissos fuisse. Sed jam a quinto saeculo eodem vitio, quo jam laborat Epiphanii textus, laborasse et Irenaei codices, ex eo patet, quod Theodoretus loco cit. eodem prorsus modo legit et scripsit, atque nunc apud Epiphanium legimus. Unde subit suspicio Epiphanium ipsum, mendosis usum codicibus, vitiose scripsisse.

(printed under page 295)

(1) ‹anchor: Τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς ... διασώζοντα προσηγορίαν› · call in col 578

Τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς.... διασώζοντα προσηγορίαν. Clarius Theodoretus: τῇ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτὸν προσηγορίᾳ καλεῖσθαι Χριστόν, Patris nomine Christum eum appellari.

Τὴν τοῦ Πατρὸς ... διασώζοντα προσηγορίαν ("preserving the title of the Father"). Theodoret more clearly: "that he is called Christ by the Father's title," "that he is named Christ by the Father's name."

(printed under page 295)

(2) ‹anchor: Ὡς εἰπεῖν ῥαψῳδοί› · call in col 578

Ὡς εἰπεῖν ῥαψῳδοί. Haec addidisse videtur Epiphanius; neque enim vel apud interpretem, vel apud Tertull. leguntur.

Ὡς εἰπεῖν ῥαψῳδοί ("rhapsodists, so to speak"). Epiphanius seems to have added these words; for they are read neither in the translator nor in Tertullian.

(printed under page 295)

(3) ‹anchor: Ἄνθρωπον› · call in col 578

Ἄνθρωπον. Fallor, inquit hic Grabius, an Anthropiani inde dicti sint, quorum solus, quod ego sciam, S. Cyprianus epist. 73 (edit. Oxon.) meminit, eos cum Patripassianis et Valentinianis conjungens. At doctissimo viro procul dubio exciderat, Lactantium sub finem lib. IV De vera sapientia, pag. 407 edit. Oxon. an. 1684, conceptis verbis meminisse Anthropianorum, quos Novatianis, Valentinianis et Marcionitis subnectit. Ex Cypriani vero verbis id unum colligi potest, Anthropianos fuisse haereticos, qui nec eumdem Patrem, nec eumdem Filium nobiscum confiterentur: ex Lactantio vero, eos Jesum Christum merum hominem esse sensisse: quae si Grabii conjecturam non firmant, saltem non infirmant

Ἄνθρωπον ("Man"). "Am I wrong," says Grabe here, "or were the Anthropians named from this? Of them, so far as I know, only St Cyprian makes mention, letter 73 (Oxford edition), joining them with the Patripassians and the Valentinians." But it had no doubt slipped that most learned man's mind that Lactantius, near the end of book 4 of On True Wisdom, page 407 of the Oxford edition of 1684, mentions the Anthropians in express words, attaching them to the Novatians, Valentinians and Marcionites. From Cyprian's words only this can be gathered: that the Anthropians were heretics who did not confess the same Father or the same Son as we; from Lactantius, that they held Jesus Christ to be a mere man. These facts, if they do not confirm Grabe's conjecture, at least do not weaken it.

(printed under page 295)

(4) ‹anchor: Μάρκος δέ τις› · call in col 578

Μάρκος δέ τις. Verba sunt Epiphanii Haer. XXXIV, § 1. Quamvis autem hic episcopus Constantiensis plura Irenaei verbis addiderit, illiusque textus paulo magis ab illo episcopi Lugdunensis discrepet; operae tamen pretium duximus Graeca haec (omissa in edit. Oxon.) e regione antiquae Irenaei versionis apponere, tum quod ab auctoris nostri sensu non recesserit, imo non pauca ejusdem verba retinuerit Epiphanius; tum quod ex Graecis illustrari interdum possint Latina.

Μάρκος δέ τις ("But a certain Marcus"). These are the words of Epiphanius, Heresy 34, § 1. Although the bishop of Constantia here added a good deal to Irenaeus's words, and his text differs a little more from that of the bishop of Lyons, we have nevertheless thought it worth while to set this Greek (omitted in the Oxford edition) opposite the ancient version of Irenaeus, both because Epiphanius did not depart from our author's sense, and indeed kept not a few of his words, and because the Latin can sometimes be illuminated from the Greek.

(printed under page 295)

(5) ‹anchor: Προσέχειν αὐτῷ› · call in col 578

Προσέχειν αὐτῷ. Desideratur hic aliquod verbum, forte ἐποίησε. Scribit enim Irenaei interpres, ad se converti fecit; sic enim legendum, non convertit.

Προσέχειν αὐτῷ ("to attend to him"). Some verb is wanting here, perhaps ἐποίησε ("he made"). For Irenaeus's translator writes "he made them turn to him"; for so one should read, not convertit ("he turned").

(printed under page 295)

(6) ‹anchor: Et ideo hoc› · call in col 578

Et ideo hoc. I. e. propter hoc. Mallem tamen deleri hoc, utpote superfluum.

Et ideo hoc ("and therefore this"). That is, "on this account." I would rather, however, that hoc be deleted as superfluous.

(printed under page 295)

(7) ‹anchor: Emendatorem› · call in col 578

Emendatorem. Clarom. commendatorem. Sed repugnat Graeca vox διορθωτής, qua utitur Epiphanius.

Emendatorem ("corrector"). The Clermont manuscript: commendatorem ("commender"). But the Greek word διορθωτής, which Epiphanius uses, is against it.

(printed under page 295)

(8) ‹anchor: Ad se converti› · call in col 578

Ad se converti. Sic restituimus, juxta Graecum προσέχειν, sicque restituendum esse dudum monuerat Fronto Duc. In omnibus quidem cum editt. tum mss. legitur, convertit: sed tam manifesto scribarum errato, ut mirum sit id a Feuardentio, vel Grabio emendatum non fuisse.

Ad se converti ("to be turned to him"). So we have restored it, following the Greek προσέχειν, and Fronton du Duc had long ago pointed out that it should be so restored. In all the editions and manuscripts alike convertit ("he turned") is read: but by so manifest a scribal error that it is surprising it was not corrected by Feuardent or Grabe.

(printed under page 295)

(9) ‹anchor: Et perfectissimum› · call in col 578

Et perfectissimum. Deest in codd. Clarom. et Voss. nec quidquam est in Graeco Epiphanii textu, quod huic respondeat.

Et perfectissimum ("and most perfect"). Missing in the Clermont and Voss manuscripts, and there is nothing in Epiphanius's Greek text that answers to it.

(printed under page 295)

(10) ‹anchor: Et ab inenarrabilibus locis› · call in col 578

Et ab inenarrabilibus locis. Ita recte Feuard. consent. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Graeco Epiphan. textu. In mss. autem Arund. et Merc. 2, aeque ac in editt. Eras. et Gall. tribus prioribus vocibus omissis, pro locis, perperam legitur logis.

"And from places that cannot be told." So Feuardent, rightly, with the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts and Epiphanius's Greek text agreeing. But in the Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts, as in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, the first three words are left out, and for locis ("places") logis is wrongly read.

(printed under page 295)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 578
  • marginal letters: A factum eum dicunt,; B Alius vero quidam; C (4) Μάρκος δέ τις.; D (8) Ad se converti.
  • old-edition numerals: 60 after perfectissimum (9)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width chapter heading and summary (CAPUT XIII ... artibus.) between paragraphs cut off at left edge, not set
PG 7:579
Editors' notes and page, col. 579

Footnotes

<!-- The Latin at the foot of this page runs across the full width; the notes are filed under col 579 by the page's layout (Latin on the outer column of even pages, as on pp. 290 and 294). Verse lines are joined with " / ". --> (*) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 579 Cap. IX.

Chapter 9.

(printed under page 296)

(1) ‹anchor: Anaxilai enim ludicra› · call in col 579

Anaxilai enim ludicra. Anaxilai exstitere plures. Nam praeter Anaxilaum, seu Anaxilam Messenium, Rheginorum tyrannum, cujus meminere Pausanias in Messen., Justinus lib. IV, et Macrob. Saturn. I, 2, fuit Anaxilaus historicus, cujus mentionem facit Dionysius Halicarn. initio Antiq. Rom. Alius fuit Anaxilaus comicus, cujus fabulas plurimas citat Athenaeus, qui Anaxilas dicitur Suidae et Etymologo. Alius denique fuit Anaxilaus medicus, quem laudat Plinius pluribus in locis. Hunc ipsum esse, de quo hic Epiphanius et Irenaeus, haud improbabile videbitur ei, qui utriusque verba contulerit cum iis, quae de illo refert Plinius lib. XXV, cap. 15. Lusit, inquit, et Anaxilaus eo (sulphure, de quo ibi sermo est) candens in calice novo, prunaque subdita circumferens, exardescentis repercussu pallorem dirum, velut defunctorum, offundente conviviis (conviviis hic dictum pro convivis). Ludendi siquidem verbum, quo Plinius utitur, optime convenit cum Irenaei ludicris, et Epiphanii παιγνίοις, apprimeque quadrat ad magorum praestigias. Nam ludorum et ludicrorum vox in hac arte propria est. Hinc Minutius Felix, de magis: Quidquid miraculi ludunt, per daemones faciunt. Deinde quemadmodum Anaxilaus, ut ex Plinii verbis liquet; sic et Marcus ejus imitator, poculo ad magicas imposturas utebatur: adeo ut alter cum altero maximam habeat affinitatem. Scripsisse autem videtur iste Anaxilaus de rebus naturalibus, vel, ut existimat Petavius, de arcanis quibusdam ac miris naturae operibus, ut ex Plinio colligere licet lib. XIX, c. 1; lib. XXVIII, c. 2; lib. XXX, c. 8.

"For the tricks of Anaxilaus." There were several men named Anaxilaus. Besides Anaxilaus or Anaxilas of Messene, tyrant of Rhegium, whom Pausanias mentions in the Messeniaca, Justin in book 4, and Macrobius, Saturnalia 1.2, there was Anaxilaus the historian, mentioned by Dionysius of Halicarnassus at the beginning of the Roman Antiquities. Another was Anaxilaus the comic poet, many of whose plays Athenaeus cites, and who is called Anaxilas by the Suda and the Etymologicum. Another, finally, was Anaxilaus the physician, whom Pliny praises in several places. That this is the man of whom Epiphanius and Irenaeus speak here will not seem improbable to anyone who compares the words of both with what Pliny relates of him in book 25, chapter 15: "Anaxilaus too," he says, "played a trick with it (sulphur, which is the subject there), heating it in a new cup and carrying it round with live coals beneath, so that by the reflection of its burning it cast a dreadful pallor, like that of the dead, over the guests" (conviviis here put for convivis). For the word "play," which Pliny uses, fits very well with Irenaeus's "tricks" (ludicra) and Epiphanius's παίγνια, and suits the conjurings of magicians exactly; for the words ludus and ludicrum are proper to this art. Hence Minucius Felix, of the magicians: "Whatever wonder they play at, they do through demons." Then, just as Anaxilaus, as is clear from Pliny's words, so also Marcus, his imitator, used a cup for his magical impostures: so that the one is very closely akin to the other. This Anaxilaus seems to have written on natural things, or, as Petau thinks, on certain secret and wonderful works of nature, as can be gathered from Pliny, book 19, chapter 1; book 28, chapter 2; book 30, chapter 8.

(printed under page 296)

(2) ‹anchor: Pro calice enim vino misto› · call in col 579

Pro calice enim vino misto, etc. Vertere debuisset interpres: Calicem enim vino mistum fingens se consecrare. Consecrare, inquam, non gratias agere (quomodo et paulo inferius εὐχαριστεῖν iterum redditur); hic enim non de gratiarum actione simpliciter, sed de ipso Eucharistiae sacrificio, a Marco utcunque adumbrato, agitur.

"For over a cup mixed with wine," etc. The translator should have rendered: "For pretending to consecrate a cup mixed with wine." "Consecrate," I say, not "give thanks" (as εὐχαριστεῖν is again rendered a little lower down); for here it is not a matter of thanksgiving simply, but of the very sacrifice of the Eucharist, which Marcus after a fashion counterfeited.

(printed under page 296)

(3) ‹anchor: Apparere facit› · call in col 579

Apparere facit. Poculum addidit Feuard.; nos expungimus, quia deest ea vox omnibus cum editis, tum manu exaratis codicibus, et in textu Graeco. Satis subintelligitur.

Apparere facit ("makes appear"). Feuardent added poculum ("the cup"); we strike it out, because that word is missing in all the copies, printed and handwritten alike, and in the Greek text. It is understood well enough.

(printed under page 296)

(4) ‹anchor: Concupiscere› · call in col 579

Concupiscere. Vertendum erat, concupiscant.

Concupiscere ("to desire"). It should have been rendered concupiscant ("that they may desire").

(printed under page 296)

(5) ‹anchor: Vocatur› · call in col 579

Vocatur. Pro invocatur. Sic Horat. lib. I, od. 2: Quem vocet divum populus ruentis / Imperi rebus?

Vocatur ("is called"). For invocatur ("is invoked"). So Horace, book 1, ode 2: "Which of the gods shall the people call on / for the affairs of the falling empire?"

(printed under page 296) <!-- Notes (6)–(9) on this page are called in the Greek, col 580, and are set once under n580 (Q7a). -->

Page

  • running head: 579 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A Antichristi. Anaxilai enim; B tia. Rursus mulieribus; C (1) Anaxilai enim ludicra.; D Irenæi ludicris, et
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; four full-width Greek lines after paragraph 1 (γεύων, εἰς ἔκπληξιν ... ἐπιτελεῖται.) cut off at right edge, not set
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
  • other: the full-width Greek lines (γεύων, εἰς ἔκπληξιν ... ἐπιτελεῖται.) are set whole under 580; the Latin column carries the old-edition marker before Pro calice (Cap. IX); the full-width band below is BILLII INTERPRETATIO, a Latin version (not set)
PG 7:580
ἀοράτων καὶ ἀκατονομάστων τόπων ἔχοντι, ὡς πρόδρομος ὢν ἀληθῶς τοῦ Ἀντιχρίστου ἀποδέδεικται. Τὰ γὰρ Ἀναξιλάου παίγνια τῇ τῶν λεγομένων μάγων πανουργίᾳ συμμίξας, δι' αὐτῶν φαντάζων τε καὶ μαγεύων, εἰς ἔκπληξιν τοὺς ὁρῶντάς τε καὶ πειθομένους αὐτῷ περιέβαλεν.... οἱ δὲ τὰ ἀπὸ περιεργίας ὁρῶντες, δοκοῦσι δυνάμεις τινὰς ἐν χερσὶν αὐτοῦ ἐπιτελεῖσθαι.... Τὸν γὰρ νοῦν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀπολέσαντες, οὐχ ὁρῶσι μὴ γινώσκοντες δοκιμάσαι, ὅτι ἀπὸ μαγείας ἡ σύστασις τοῦ παρ' αὐτοῦ παιγνίου, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἐπιτελεῖται.
invisible and unnameable places, as one having [it]; he has been shown to be truly a forerunner of the Antichrist. For, having mingled the tricks of Anaxilaus with the knavery of the so-called magi, by means of them producing illusions and working magic, he has thrown those who see him and trust him into amazement.... And those who look on the things that come from his curious arts think that certain powers are accomplished at his hands.... For having themselves also lost their mind, they do not see, not knowing how to test it, that the contrivance of his trickery is accomplished by magic, so to speak.
2. Ποτήρια οἴνῳ κεκραμένα προσποιούμενος εὐχαριστεῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ πλέον ἐκτείνων τὸν λόγον τῆς ἐπικλήσεως, πορφύρεα καὶ ἐρυθρὰ ἀναφαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ· ὡς δοκεῖν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπὲρ τὰ ὅλα Χάριν τὸ αἷμα τὸ ἑαυτῆς στάζειν ἐν τῷ ἐκείνῳ ποτηρίῳ διὰ τῆς ἐπικλήσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑπεριμείρεσθαι τοὺς παρόντας ἐξ ἐκείνου γεύσασθαι τοῦ πόματος, ἵνα καὶ εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐπομβρήσῃ ἡ διὰ τοῦ μάγου τούτου κληϊζομένη Χάρις. Πάλιν δὲ γυναιξὶν ἐπιδοὺς
2. Pretending to give thanks over cups mixed with wine, and drawing out the word of the invocation at greater length, he makes them appear purple and red, so that the Grace from those who are above all things seems to drip her own blood into that cup through his invocation, and those present long exceedingly to taste of that drink, so that on them too the Grace invoked through this magician may rain down. Again, handing to women
Editors' notes and page, col. 580

Footnotes

(6) ‹anchor: Ποτήρια› · call in col 580

Ποτήρια. Hic ex professo Irenaei verba exscribit Epiphanius, et ut ipse loquitur, πρὸς ἔπος, ad verbum, Haer. cit. § 2 et seqq. Videtur autem interpres legisse, ποτήριον οἴνῳ κεκραμένον, etc.

Ποτήρια ("cups"). Here Epiphanius deliberately copies out Irenaeus's words and, as he himself puts it, πρὸς ἔπος, word for word, Heresy cited, § 2 and following. The translator, however, seems to have read ποτήριον οἴνῳ κεκραμένον ("a cup mixed with wine"), etc.

(printed under page 296)

(7) ‹anchor: κεκραμένα› · call in col 580

Κεκραμένα. Vult Petavius distinctionem post hanc vocem apponendam esse, ut ποτήρια οἴνῳ κεκραμένα, non cum verbo εὐχαριστεῖν, sed cum sequenti ἀναφαίνεσθαι construantur. Sed malim ego illas voces cum εὐχαριστεῖν construi, quam cum ἀναφαίνεσθαι. Nam hic εὐχαριστεῖν significat consecrare, ut recte vertit Billius, non gratias agere. Vide Dissertationem nostram III, § 7, init., ubi fusius expendimus quae hic de Eucharistia tractat Irenaeus.

Κεκραμένα ("mixed"). Petau would put a stop after this word, so that ποτήρια οἴνῳ κεκραμένα is construed not with the verb εὐχαριστεῖν but with the following ἀναφαίνεσθαι. But I would rather construe those words with εὐχαριστεῖν than with ἀναφαίνεσθαι. For here εὐχαριστεῖν means to consecrate, as Billius rightly rendered it, not to give thanks. See our Dissertation III, § 7, at the beginning, where we weigh at greater length what Irenaeus treats here concerning the Eucharist.

(printed under page 296)

(8) ‹anchor: πορφύρεα καὶ ἐρυθρὰ ἀναφαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ› · call in col 580

Πορφύρεα καὶ ἐρυθρὰ ἀναφαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. Observat Feuardentius tria Marci praestigiarum exempla hic ab Irenaeo subnecti. Primum paulo clarius explicat Nicetas Choniates lib. IV Thesauri, cap. 6: Ille, ut divus Irenaeus auctor est, vitrea quaedam albi coloris pocula praeparabat: deinde carmine, nescio quo, usus, confestim eorum aliud in rubrum, aliud in purpureum, aliud denique in coeruleum convertebat. Postea confutans istas praestigias addit: Praesentium oculos fascinabat, efficiebatque ut ea, quae conspicerentur, contra se habere viderentur, quam eorum natura ferret. Nec enim pellucida vasorum vitreorum corpora in varios mutare colores potuisset, etc. Secundum autem erat, dum ex minore poculo, quod seductis mulierculis porrexerat, multo majus, quod ipse tenebat, adeo explebatur, ut etiam ex ipso supereffundi putarent. Postremum, quando deliria, quae palpitantes et stupentes effutiebant, vaticinia esse sibi persuadebant.

"He makes them appear purple and red." Feuardent observes that three examples of Marcus's conjuring tricks are joined together here by Irenaeus. The first is explained a little more clearly by Nicetas Choniates, book IV of the Thesaurus, chapter 6: "He, as the divine Irenaeus relates, used to prepare certain glass cups of white colour; then, using some spell or other, he would at once turn one of them to red, another to purple, another again to blue." Afterwards, refuting these tricks, he adds: "He bewitched the eyes of those present, and made the things seen appear otherwise than their nature allowed. For he could not have changed the transparent bodies of glass vessels into various colours," etc. The second was when, from a smaller cup which he had held out to the women he had led astray, the much larger one that he himself held was filled so full that they thought it was even overflowing. The last, when they persuaded themselves that the ravings they blurted out, trembling and stupefied, were prophecies.

(printed under page 296)

(9) ‹anchor: Χάριν› · call in col 580

Χάριν. Non improbabile censuerim cum Grabio, per τὴν Χάριν Marcum intellexisse conjugem (continues)

Χάριν ("Grace"). I would judge it not improbable, with Grabe, that by τὴν Χάριν Marcus understood the consort ... (continues)

(printed under page 296)

Page

  • running head: 579 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 580
  • marginal letters: A ἀοράτων καὶ ἀκατονομάστων τόπων ἔχοντι, ὡς πρό-; B του κληϊζομένη Χάρις. Πάλιν δὲ γυναιξὶν ἐπιδοὺς; C (footnotes) tis, tum manu exaratis codicibus; D (footnotes) expendimus quae hic de Eucharistia
  • old-edition numerals: (none) in the Greek; superscript marker before Pro calice in the Latin column (Cap. IX; not set)
  • other: the full-width Greek lines from μα-γεύων to ἐπιτελεῖται. are set once here, completing paragraph 1; the two four-point ellipses (....) are printed in the text and set as printed
  • other: Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) at foot not set; notes (1)–(5) at the page foot are called in the Latin column 579 (Q3a)
PG 7:581
ἐκπώματα κεκραμένα, αὐτὰς εὐχαριστεῖν ἐγκελεύεται, παρεστῶτος αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τούτου γενομένου, αὐτὸς ἄλλο ποτήριον πολλῷ μεῖζον ἐκείνου, οὗ ἡ ἐξηπατημένη εὐχαρίστησε, προσενεγκὼν, καὶ μετακενώσας ἀπὸ τοῦ μικροτέρου, τοῦ ὑπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς ηὐχαριστημένου, εἰς τὸ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ κεκοσμημένον, ἐπιλέγων ἅμα οὕτως· Ἡ πρὸ τῶν ὅλων, ἡ ἀνεννόητος καὶ ἄῤῥητος Χάρις πληρώσαι σου τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, καὶ πληθύναι ἐν σοὶ τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτῆς, ἐγκατασπείρουσα τὸν κόκκον τοῦ σινάπεως εἰς τὴν ἀγαθὴν γῆν. Καὶ τοιαῦτά τινα εἰπὼν, καὶ ἐξοιστρήσας τὴν ταλαίπωρον, θαυματοποιὸς ἀνεφάνη, τοῦ μεγάλου πληρωθέντος ἐκ τοῦ μικροῦ ποτηρίου, ὥστε καὶ ὑπερεκχεῖσθαι ἐξ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια ποιῶν, ἐξηπάτησε πολλοὺς, καὶ ἀπαγήοχεν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ.
mixed goblets, he bids them consecrate them while he stands by. And when this has been done, he himself, bringing forward another cup much larger than that which the deceived woman consecrated, and pouring over from the smaller one consecrated by the woman into the one prepared by himself, at the same time pronounces thus: May the Grace that is before the wholes, the inconceivable and ineffable Grace, fill your inner man, and multiply in you the knowledge of her, sowing the grain of mustard seed into the good soil. And having spoken some such words, and driven the wretched woman frantic, he appeared a wonder-worker, the large cup having been filled out of the small cup so as even to overflow from it. And by doing certain other things similar to these, he has deceived many, and has led them away after himself.
3. Εἰκὸς δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ δαίμονά τινα πάρεδρον ἔχειν, δι' οὗ αὐτός τε προφητεύειν δοκεῖ, καὶ ὅσας ἀξίας ἡγεῖται μετόχους τῆς Χάριτος αὐτοῦ, προφητεύειν ποιεῖ. Μάλιστα γὰρ περὶ γυναῖκας ἀσχολεῖται, καὶ τούτων τὰς εὐπαρύφους, καὶ περιπορφύρους, καὶ πλουσιωτάτας, ἃς πολλάκις ὑπάγεσθαι πειρώμενος, κολακεύων φησὶν αὐταῖς· Μεταδοῦναί σοι θέλω τῆς ἐμῆς Χάριτος, ἐπειδὴ ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων τὸν Ἄγγελόν σου διαπαντὸς βλέπει πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. Ὁ δὲ τόπος τοῦ μεγέθους
3. And it is likely that he also has a certain familiar demon, through whom both he himself seems to prophesy, and he makes as many women as he counts worthy to be partakers of his Grace to prophesy. For he busies himself especially with women, and of these the well-dressed, and purple-bordered, and wealthiest, whom frequently endeavouring to draw under his power, he flatters and says to them: I wish to impart to you of my Grace, since the Father of the wholes continually beholds your Angel before His face. Now the place of the greatness
Editors' notes and page, col. 581

Page

  • running head: 581 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A ἐκπώματα κεκραμένα, αὐτὰς; B καὶ ἀπαγήοχεν ὀπίσω; C σου διαπαντὸς; D tur ὀνειροπομποί· cum
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Billii Interpretatio (Latin version) and notes at foot not set
PG 7:582
Editors' notes and page, col. 582

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Προσενεγκών› · call in col 582

Προσενεγκών. Legendum vult Billius, προενεγκών, sed frustra.

Προσενεγκών ("having offered"). Billius would read προενεγκών ("having brought forward"), but needlessly.

(printed under page 297)

(2) ‹anchor: Κεκοσμημένον› · call in col 582

Κεκοσμημένον. Legunt Billius et Petav. cum interpr. κεκομισμένον. Post hoc verbum legisse videtur interpres, πολλῷ μεῖζον, nisi multo majorem vel ipse, vel scriba ex praecedentibus repetierit.

Κεκοσμημένον ("adorned"). Billius and Petau read, with the translator, κεκομισμένον ("brought"). After this word the translator seems to have read πολλῷ μεῖζον ("much larger"), unless he or a scribe repeated multo majorem from what went before.

(printed under page 297)

(3) ‹anchor: Δαίμονά τινα πάρεδρον› · call in col 582

Δαίμονά τινα πάρεδρον. Daemones paredri dicebantur, qui hominibus assistebant, et morbos atque infortunia ab illis avertere credebantur. Magos ejusmodi daemones habuisse assistentes sibi et obsequentes, quorum ope multa portenta ederent, scribit Tertullian. Apologet. c. 23. Cum illi spiritus ad tutelam duntaxat assistebant, dicebantur πάρεδροι· cum hominibus somnia injiciebant, vocabantur ὀνειροπομποί· cum eos ad terram elidebant, ut deinde tanquam ex morbo comitiali excitati, consulentibus futura praedicerent, appellabantur catabolici. Paredrorum et Oneiropomporum meminit Irenaeus hujus lib. cap. 23, n. 4, Paredrorum et Catabolicorum Tertull. lib. De an., c. 28.

Δαίμονά τινα πάρεδρον ("some familiar demon"). Demons were called paredri ("assessors") that attended on men and were believed to turn away diseases and misfortunes from them. Tertullian writes, Apology chapter 23, that magicians had such demons attending on them and obeying them, by whose help they worked many marvels. When those spirits attended only for protection they were called πάρεδροι; when they cast dreams on men they were called ὀνειροπομποί ("dream-senders"); when they dashed men to the ground, so that, roused afterwards as from epilepsy, they foretold the future to those who consulted them, they were called catabolici ("throwers-down"). Irenaeus mentions the paredri and oneiropompi in this book, chapter 23, number 4; Tertullian the paredri and catabolici, On the Soul, chapter 28.

(printed under page 297)

(4) ‹anchor: Ὁ δὲ τόπος τοῦ μεγέθους› · call in col 582

Τοῦ μεγέθους. Lege cum interpr. τοῦ μεγέθους σου. Hac voce μέγεθος designari Σιγὴν sive Χάριν conjicit Grabius: sed rem acu non tetigit vir eruditus. Μέγεθος Angelus est, de quo mox dixit Marcus, quod ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων τὸν Ἄγγελόν σου διαπαντὸς βλέπει πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, Pater omnium Angelum tuum semper videt ante faciem suam. Sic enim angelos paulo inferius describit hic haereticus: τὰ Μεγέθη διαπαντὸς βλέποντα τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός, Magnitudines semper videntes faciem Patris. Quod de angelis intelligi fatetur ipse Grabius, probatque ex eo epitheto, semper videntes faciem Patris, quod a Marco angelis expresse ascriptum ex Matth. XVIII, 10, legitur pagina 64, legitur et in verbis quae modo versamus. Horum igitur, locus autem tuae magnitudinis in nobis est, sensus est: locus angeli tui in nobis est. Effutiebat enim veterator, ut paulo post refert Irenaeus, se suosque, imagines angelorum, id est, spiritales homines esse, quos mater Achamoth ex inspectatione angelorum Salvatoris conceperat, iisque similes pepererat.

Τοῦ μεγέθους ("of the greatness"). Read with the translator τοῦ μεγέθους σου ("of your greatness"). Grabe conjectures that by this word μέγεθος Sige or Charis is meant; but the learned man did not hit the mark. The Μέγεθος is the Angel of whom Marcus said just before that "the Father of all beholds your Angel continually before his face," "the Father of all always sees your Angel before his face." For so this heretic describes the angels a little lower down: "the Greatnesses that continually behold the face of the Father," "the Magnitudes always seeing the face of the Father." Grabe himself admits that this is to be understood of angels, and proves it from the epithet "always seeing the face of the Father," which Marcus expressly ascribes to angels from Matt. 18:10, as is read on page 64, and is read also in the words we are now considering. The sense of the words "the place of your greatness is in us" is therefore: "the place of your angel is in us." For the old rogue blurted out, as Irenaeus reports a little later, that he and his followers were images of the angels, that is, spiritual men, whom the mother Achamoth had conceived from beholding the Saviour's angels and had borne like them.

(printed under page 297)

(5) ‹anchor: Eucharistiam facit› · call in col 582

Eucharistiam facit. Vertendum erat: Eucharistiam fecit.

Eucharistiam facit ("makes the Eucharist"). It should have been rendered: Eucharistiam fecit ("made the Eucharist").

(printed under page 297)

(6) ‹anchor: Et talia quaedam› · call in col 582

Et talia quaedam. Clarom. et alia quaedam.

"And some such things." The Clermont manuscript: "and some other things."

(printed under page 297)

(7) ‹anchor: Exterminavit multos› · call in col 582

Exterminavit multos. Id est, extra terminos abduxit, seduxit; Graec. ἐξηπάτησε.

Exterminavit multos ("he drove many out"). That is, led them beyond the bounds, led them astray; Greek ἐξηπάτησε ("he deceived").

(printed under page 297)

(8) ‹anchor: Et hoc› · call in col 582

Et hoc. Pro, et maxime.

Et hoc ("and this"). For "and especially."

(printed under page 297)

(9) ‹anchor: Honestae› · call in col 582

Honestae. Id est, eleganter cultae, praetextatae, opulentae. Nam ut observat Asconius Pedianus Ciceronis interpres, Honesti, pro divitibus; vetuste.

Honestae ("respectable women"). That is, elegantly dressed, of good family, wealthy. For, as Asconius Pedianus, the commentator on Cicero, observes: "honesti, for the rich; an old usage."

(printed under page 297)

(10) ‹anchor: quas saepe abducere› · call in col 582

Abducere. Sic recte Grab. ex cod. Arund. et Graeco reposuit, pro adducere, ut legitur in om. edit. et mss.

Abducere ("to lead away"). So Grabe rightly restored it from the Arundel manuscript and the Greek, in place of adducere ("to bring"), as is read in all the editions and manuscripts.

(printed under page 297)

Page

  • running head: SES LIBER PRIMUS. 582
  • marginal letters: A gratias agere; B 3. Datur autem; C σου διαπαντὸς; D (6) Et talia
  • old-edition numerals: 61 after Illa
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:583
Editors' notes and page, col. 583

Footnotes

<!-- On this page the Latin stands in the left column (583), the Greek in the right (584). The band headed BILLII INTERPRETATIO is a running text, not a footnote, and is not set here. --> (printed under page 298)

(1) ‹anchor: Quodcunque› · call in col 583

Quodcunque. Editt. quaecunque.

Quodcunque ("whatever"). The editions: quaecunque ("whatever things").

(printed under page 298)

(2) ‹anchor: Seducta› · call in col 583

Seducta. Gr. χαυνωθεῖσα, stulte de seipsa sentiens, vana, inflata.

Seducta ("led astray"). Greek χαυνωθεῖσα: thinking foolishly of herself, vain, puffed up.

(printed under page 298)

(3) ‹anchor: Concalefaciens animam› · call in col 583

Concalefaciens animam. Clarom. concalefaciens animum. Gr. διαθερμανθεῖσα τὴν ψυχήν, effervescens animo; quod melius.

Concalefaciens animam ("warming her soul"). The Clermont manuscript: concalefaciens animum ("warming her mind"). Greek διαθερμανθεῖσα τὴν ψυχήν, "seething in mind"; which is better.

(printed under page 298)

(4) ‹anchor: Suspicione› · call in col 583

Suspicione. Vertendum erat, exspectatione, vel spe.

Suspicione ("suspicion"). It should have been rendered "expectation," or "hope."

(printed under page 298)

(5) ‹anchor: Quod incipiat prophetare› · call in col 583

Quod incipiat prophetare. Vertendum erat, quod prophetatura sit, vaticinia edictura sit.

"That she is beginning to prophesy." It should have been rendered "that she is going to prophesy, is going to utter prophecies."

(printed under page 298)

(6) ‹anchor: Quaecunque evenerint omnia› · call in col 583

Quaecunque evenerint omnia. Gr. τὰ τυχόντα πάντα, quidquid temere occurrerit, quidquid in buccam venerit. In Merc. 2 codd. deest omnia.

"All whatever things have happened." Greek τὰ τυχόντα πάντα: whatever chances to occur to her, whatever comes into her mouth. In the Mercier 2 manuscript omnia ("all") is missing.

(printed under page 298)

(7) ‹anchor: Vacue› · call in col 583

Vacue. Melius, inaniter, et paulo post, inani aere, pro vacuo aere.

Vacue ("emptily"). Better inaniter ("vainly"), and a little later inani aere ("with vain air") for vacuo aere ("with empty air").

(printed under page 298)

(8) ‹anchor: Calefacta spiritu› · call in col 583

Calefacta spiritu. Adde ex Graec. inani.

Calefacta spiritu ("heated with a spirit"). Add from the Greek inani ("empty").

(printed under page 298)

(9) ‹anchor: Melior nobis› · call in col 583

Melior nobis. Sic ex Graeca lectione Feuardentius emendavit. In omnibus enim praecedentibus editt. et mss. codd. legitur, meliora nobis; forte pro, melior a nobis.

Melior nobis ("better than we"). So Feuardent emended from the Greek reading. For in all the earlier editions and manuscripts meliora nobis ("better things than we") is read; perhaps for melior a nobis.

(printed under page 298)

(10) ‹anchor: Exsequitur› · call in col 583

Exsequitur. Forte scripsit interpres, eloquitur, juxta Gr. ἔφη.

Exsequitur ("goes on"). Perhaps the translator wrote eloquitur ("speaks out"), following the Greek ἔφη ("said").

(printed under page 298)

(11) ‹anchor: Quod audax et inverecunda est anima› · call in col 583

Quod audax et inverecunda est anima. Sic iterum ex Graeco restituit Feuard. pro, eo quod audax et verecunda anima, ut habent Eras., Gall. et omnes mss. Mallem tamen, audax et impudens res est anima.

"That the soul is bold and shameless." So again Feuardent restored it from the Greek, in place of eo quod audax et verecunda anima ("because the soul is bold and modest"), as Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts have. I would prefer, however, "the soul is a bold and impudent thing."

(printed under page 298)

(12) ‹anchor: Quae vacuo aere› · call in col 583

Quae vacuo aere. Ita partim ex Graeco, partim ex codd. tum editis, tum manu exaratis emendo. In editt. siquidem Eras., Gall. et Feuard. ac codd. Clarom., Pass., Arund. et Merc. 2 legitur, quasi e vacuo, ubi quasi e manifesta scribarum incuria scriptum occurrit pro quae. Hoc enim pronomen scribi debuit, tum ut accurate reddatur ψυχὴ κενῷ ἀέρι θερμαινομένη, tum ut verbis legitimus subsit sensus; qui profecto nullus est si legatur, quasi e vacuo, vel, ut edidit Grabius, quasi vacuo aere excalefacta est. Caeterum per vacuum aerem intelligitur vanitas.

"Which, with empty air." I emend it so, partly from the Greek, partly from copies both printed and handwritten. For in the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent and in the Clermont, Passerat, Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts quasi e vacuo ("as if from empty") is read, where quasi e appears, written through the scribes' manifest carelessness, in place of quae. For this pronoun ought to have been written, both so that ψυχὴ κενῷ ἀέρι θερμαινομένη ("a soul heated with empty air") might be rendered accurately and so that the words might carry a proper sense; and they carry none at all if one reads quasi e vacuo or, as Grabe printed, quasi vacuo aere excalefacta est ("as if heated with empty air"). For the rest, by "empty air" vanity is meant.

(printed under page 298)

(13) ‹anchor: Δι' ἡμᾶς ἐγκαταστῆσαι› · call in col 583

Δι' ἡμᾶς ἐγκαταστῆσαι. Lege δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐν καταστῆσαι, vel καταστῆναι.

Δι' ἡμᾶς ἐγκαταστῆσαι ("to establish because of us"). Read δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἓν καταστῆσαι ("we must establish one"), or καταστῆναι ("become").

(printed under page 298)

(14) ‹anchor: Ἀποτολμᾷ λαλεῖν› · call in col 583

Ἀποτολμᾷ λαλεῖν. Legisse videtur interpres, ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λαλεῖ. Sed utrum legas, parum refert.

Ἀποτολμᾷ λαλεῖν ("dares to speak"). The translator seems to have read ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λαλεῖ ("dares and speaks"). But it makes little difference which you read.

(printed under page 298)

(15) ‹anchor: Κρείσσων ἡμῶν› · call in col 583

Κρείσσων ἡμῶν. Quis sit ille antiquus scriptor quem saepe laudat Irenaeus, hactenus deprehendi non potuit.

Κρείσσων ἡμῶν ("one better than we"). Who that ancient writer is whom Irenaeus often praises has not so far been discovered.

(printed under page 298)

(16) ‹anchor: Μεταλαμβάνει› · call in col 583

Μεταλαμβάνει. Suspicantur Billius et Petavius legendum esse, ὑπολαμβάνει.

Μεταλαμβάνει ("partakes"). Billius and Petau suspect one should read ὑπολαμβάνει ("supposes").

(printed under page 298)

Page

  • running head: 583 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A oportet nos; B nia, vacue; C (1) Quodcunque; D (10) Exsequitur
  • old-edition numerals: 62 after concalefaciens
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:584
ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστι· δι' ἡμᾶς ἐγκαταστῆσαι. Λάμβανε πρῶτον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, καὶ δι' ἐμοῦ τὴν Χάριν. Εὐτρέπισον σεαυτὴν, ὡς νύμφη ἐκδεχομένη τὸν νυμφίον ἑαυτῆς, ἵνα ἔσῃ ὃ ἐγὼ, καὶ ἐγὼ ὃ σύ. Καθίδρυσον ἐν τῷ νυμφῶνί σου τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ φωτός. Λαβὲ παρ' ἐμοῦ τὸν νυμφίον, καὶ χώρησον αὐτὸν, καὶ χωρήθητι ἐν αὐτῷ. Ἰδοὺ ἡ Χάρις κατῆλθεν ἐπὶ σέ· ἄνοιξον τὸ στόμα σου, καὶ προφήτευσον. Τῆς δὲ γυναικὸς ἀποκρινομένης, Οὐ προεφήτευσα πώποτε, καὶ οὐκ οἶδα προφητεύειν· ἐπικλήσεις τινὰς ποιούμενος ἐκ δευτέρου, εἰς κατάπληξιν τῆς ἀπατωμένης, φησὶν αὐτῇ· Ἄνοιξον τὸ στόμα σου, λάλησον ὅ τι δήποτε, καὶ προφητεύσεις. Ἡ δὲ, χαυνωθεῖσα, καὶ κεπφωθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν προειρημένων, διαθερμανθεῖσα τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὸ τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ μέλλειν αὐτὴν προφητεύειν, τῆς καρδίας πλέον τοῦ δέοντος παλλούσης, ἀποτολμᾷ λαλεῖν ληρώδη, καὶ τὰ τυχόντα πάντα κενῶς καὶ τολμηρῶς, ἅτε ὑπὸ κενοῦ τεθερμασμένη πνεύματος· (καθὼς ὁ κρείσσων ἡμῶν ἔφη περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ὅτι τολμηρὸν καὶ ἀναιδὲς ψυχὴ κενῷ ἀέρι θερμαινομένη·) καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου λοιπὸν προφήτιδα ἑαυτὴν μεταλαμβάνει, καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ Μάρκῳ, τῷ ἐπιδιδόντι τῆς ἰδίας Χάριτος αὐτῇ· καὶ ἀμεί-
is in us; because of us to establish it. Receive first from me, and through me, Grace. Prepare yourself, as a bride awaiting her bridegroom, that you may be what I am, and I what you are. Establish in your bridal chamber the seed of light. Receive from me the bridegroom, and contain him, and be contained in him. Behold, Grace has come down upon you; open your mouth, and prophesy. And when the woman answers, I have never prophesied, and I do not know how to prophesy; making certain invocations a second time, to the amazement of her who is being deceived, he says to her: Open your mouth, speak whatever it may be, and you shall prophesy. And she, puffed up and gulled by the things spoken beforehand, warmed in soul by the expectation that she is about to prophesy, her heart beating more than is fitting, ventures to speak nonsensical things, and whatever happens to come, all emptily and boldly, as being warmed by an empty spirit; (just as our superior said concerning such persons, that a bold and shameless thing is a soul warmed with empty air;) and from this henceforth she takes herself to be a prophetess, and gives thanks to Marcus, who imparts of his own Grace to her; and to re-
Editors' notes and page, col. 584

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 584
  • marginal letters: A ἐν ἡμῖν; B ὑπὸ τῆς προσδοκίας; C omnes mss.; D (15) Κρείσσων ἡμῶν
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word split at end of column (ἀμεί-); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off as LLII INTERPRETATIO.) and Latin translation below not set
PG 7:585
αὐτὸν πειρᾶται, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων δόσιν (ὅθεν καὶ χρημάτων πλῆθος πολὺ συνενήνοχεν), ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος κοινωνίαν, κατὰ πάντα ἑνοῦσθαι αὐτῷ προθυμουμένη, ἵνα σὺν αὐτῷ κατέλθῃ εἰς τὸ ἕν.
him she attempts, not only by the gift of her possessions (whence he has also gathered together a great quantity of money), but also by the fellowship of the body, being eager to be united with him in all things, that she may descend with him into the One.
4. Ἤδη δὲ τῶν προτέρων τινὲς γυναικῶν, τῶν ἐχουσῶν τὸν φόβον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἐξαπατηθεισῶν, ἃς ὁμοίως ταῖς λοιπαῖς ἐπετήδευσε παραπείθειν, κελεύων αὐταῖς προφητεύειν, καὶ καταφυσήσασαι, καὶ καταθεματίσασαι αὐτὸν, ἐχωρίσθησαν τοῦ τοιούτου θιάσου· ἀκριβῶς εἰδυῖαι, ὅτι προφητεύειν οὐχ ὑπὸ Μάρκου τοῦ μάγου ἐγγίνεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλ' οἷς ἂν ὁ Θεὸς ἄνωθεν ἐπιπέμψῃ τὴν χάριν αὐτοῦ, οὗτοι θεόσδοτον ἔχουσι τὴν προφητείαν, καὶ τότε λαλοῦσιν ἔνθα καὶ ὁπότε Θεὸς βούλεται, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὅτε Μάρκος κελεύει. Τὸ γὰρ κελεῦον τοῦ κελευομένου μεῖζόν τὲ καὶ κυριώτερον, ἐπεὶ τὸ μὲν προηγεῖται, τὸ δὲ ὑποτέτακται. Εἰ οὖν Μάρκος μὲν κελεύει, ἢ ἄλλος τις, ὡς εἰώθασιν ἐπὶ τοῖς δείπνοις τοῦ κλήρου οὗτοι πάντοτε παίζειν, καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἐγκελεύεσθαι τὸ προφητεύειν, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας ἑαυτοῖς μαντεύεσθαι, ἔσται ὁ κελεύων μείζων τε καὶ κυριώτερος τοῦ προφητικοῦ πνεύματος, ἄνθρωπος ὤν· ὅπερ ἀδύνατον. Ἀλλὰ τοιαῦτα κελευόμενα ὑπ' αὐτῶν πνεύματα, καὶ λαλοῦντα ὁπότε βούλονται αὐτοὶ, ἐπίσαθρα καὶ ἀδρανῆ ἐστι, τολμηρὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναιδῆ, ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐκπεμπόμενα πρὸς ἐξαπάτησιν καὶ ἀπώλειαν τῶν
4. But already some of the former women, those having the fear of God and not deceived, whom he set himself to win over like the rest, bidding them prophesy, blew on him and cursed him, and separated themselves from such a revel-band, knowing for certain that prophesying is not imparted to men by Marcus the magician, but those on whom God sends down His grace from above, these have prophecy given by God, and then speak where and when God wills, and not when Marcus bids. For that which commands is greater and of more authority than that which is commanded, since the one leads and the other is subject. If then Marcus commands, or someone else, as these men are always accustomed to play at their suppers in the drawing of lots, and to bid one another prophesy, and to divine for themselves according to their own desires, the one who commands, though he is a man, will be greater and of more authority than the prophetic spirit; which is impossible. But such spirits as are commanded by them, and speak whenever they themselves wish, are rotten and feeble, but bold and shameless, sent out by Satan for the deception and destruction of those
Editors' notes and page, col. 585

Footnotes

<!-- On this page the Greek stands in the left column (585), the Latin in the right (586). The band headed BILLII INTERPRETATIO, the signature line "PATROL. GR. VII." and the gathering number are not footnotes and are not set here. Verse lines are joined with " / ". --> (printed under page 299)

(1) ‹anchor: προτέρων› · call in col 585

Προτέρων. Leg. cum interprete πιστοτέρων.

Προτέρων ("former"). Read, with the translator, πιστοτέρων ("more faithful").

(printed under page 299)

(2) ‹anchor: ὑποτέτακται› · call in col 585

Ὑποτέτακται. In edit. Oxoniensi male προτέτακται.

Ὑποτέτακται ("is subject"). The Oxford edition wrongly has προτέτακται ("is set before").

(printed under page 299)

(3) ‹anchor: ἐπὶ τοῖς δείπνοις τοῦ κλήρου› · call in col 585

Ἐπὶ τοῖς δείπνοις τοῦ κλήρου. Alludit auctor ad veterem conviviorum agendorum morem. In his enim rex convivii unus aliquis sorte eligi solebat, qui modum bibendi poneret. Hinc Horat. Carm. lib. II, od. 7: . . . . Quem Venus arbitrum / Dicet bibendi. Et Carm. lib. I, od. 4: Nec regna vini sortiere talis. Hunc bibendi arbitrum Varro lib. XX Rerum human., Modimperatorem vocat; Laertius in Empedocle, et Plutarchus Sympos. I, cap. 4 συμποσίαρχον, vel συμποσιάρχαν; caeteri Regem convivii. Jaciebantur et sortes de loco, in quo quisque accumberet, et de ciborum partibus, quas quisque tolleret; sed hae minus faciunt ad Irenaei institutum.

"At the suppers of the lot." The author alludes to the old custom of holding banquets. For at them some one person used to be chosen by lot as king of the banquet, to set the measure of drinking. Hence Horace, Odes, book II, ode 7: ". . . . Whom will Venus / name master of the drinking?" And Odes, book I, ode 4: "Nor will you win by dice the lordship of the wine." This master of the drinking Varro, in book XX of the Res humanae, calls Modimperator; Laertius in his Empedocles, and Plutarch, Symposiaca I, chapter 4, call him συμποσίαρχος or συμποσιάρχης; the rest, king of the banquet. Lots were also cast for the place where each should recline, and for the portions of food each should take; but these bear less on Irenaeus's purpose.

(printed under page 299)

Page

  • running head: 585 CONTRA HAERES. LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A βεσθαι αὐτὸν; B ἀλλήλοις ἐγκελεύεσθαι; C (1) Προτέρων; D hæ minus faciunt
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word fragment at start of column (βεσθαι); line 3 runs across into col. 586 after κοινωνίαν, before μένη in line 4; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO (cut off at right) and Latin below not set
  • running head: 585 CONTRA HÆRES. LIBER PRIMUS. 586
  • marginal letters: A θεσθαι αὐτὸν πειρᾶται, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν τῶν; B ἀλλήλοις ἐγκελεύεσθαι τὸ προφητεύειν, καὶ πρὸς τὰς; C (footnotes) quam scientiam exsufflantes; D (footnotes) (10) Dominatius, et paulo post
  • old-edition numerals: (none) in the Greek; bold 63 before principatur in the Latin column (not set)
  • other: the column opens with the word-end -θεσθαι of a word split from the foot of col. 584; by the split-word rule it stands whole at the end of col. 584 and is not set here: CHECK that 584 carries the whole word
  • other: the full-width Greek line ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος κοινωνίαν, κατὰ πάντα ἑνοῦσθαι αὐτῷ προθυμου-μένη is set once here whole in reading order; the paragraph and its English are mended accordingly
  • other: προτέρων set as printed (the editors' note proposes πιστοτέρων); Ἀλλὰ τοιαῦτα (no article) as printed; page signature PATROL. GR. VII. 19 at the foot, not set
  • other: notes (4)–(11) at the page foot are called in the Latin column 586 (Q3a)
  • other (Q7a): misprint kept as printed: μεῖζόν τὲ καὶ κυριώτερον (accented enclitic τὲ; the later μείζων τε is unaccented)
  • other (Q7a): the split word at the 584/585 break is ἀμεί-βεσθαι (the head fragment reads -βεσθαι, not -θεσθαι); col. 584 still ends ἀμεί- and needs the whole word ἀμείβεσθαι joined there (neighbouring column, noted, not written)
PG 7:586
Editors' notes and page, col. 586

Footnotes

<!-- Notes (1)–(3) on this page are called in the Greek, col 585, and are set once under n585 (Q7a). -->

(4) ‹anchor: Habent› · call in col 586

Habent. Cod. Voss. habebant.

Habent ("they have"). The Voss manuscript: habebant ("they had").

(printed under page 299)

(5) ‹anchor: Seducibiles› · call in col 586

Seducibiles. Vertendum erat, seducta.

Seducibiles ("easily led astray"). It should have been rendered seducta ("led astray").

(printed under page 299)

(6) ‹anchor: Jubens eis› · call in col 586

Jubens eis. Al. jubens eas.

Jubens eis ("bidding them," dative). Others: jubens eas (accusative).

(printed under page 299)

(7) ‹anchor: Catathematizantes› · call in col 586

Catathematizantes. Sic codd. Clarom. et Voss., nec dubium quin ita scripserit interpres ex Gr. καταθεματίσασαι· siquidem infra cap. 16 habet, quam scientiam exsufflantes, et catathematizantes, etc.

Catathematizantes ("cursing"). So the Clermont and Voss manuscripts, and there is no doubt that the translator wrote so from the Greek καταθεματίσασαι ("having cursed"), since below, in chapter 16, he has "blowing upon which knowledge and cursing it," etc.

(printed under page 299)

(8) ‹anchor: Insano, qui se divinum spirare simulabat› · call in col 586

Insano, qui se divinum spirare simulabat. Sic unicam Graecam vocem θίασον reddit versio Latina. Sed vel quidpiam aliud legit interpres, vel male vertit. Neque enim θίασος insanum, qui se divinum, etc., significat; sed proprie choream et saltationem actam in honorem Bacchi, turbam Bacchicos choros agitantem; generaliter, coetum, societatem, sodalitium, etc. Vertendum proinde erat, legendo θιάσου, separaverunt se ab illo coetu. Probabile cum Grabio censuerim, interpretem legisse, non θιαπότου (quod suspicatur Billius), sed quoddam aliud derivatum a θειάζειν, sui compotem non esse, divinum afflatum sive spiritum alteri immittere.

"From the madman who pretended to breathe something divine." So the Latin version renders the single Greek word θίασον. But either the translator read something else or he rendered it badly. For θίασος does not mean "a madman who pretends to be divine," etc., but properly a dance and leaping performed in honour of Bacchus, a crowd stirring up Bacchic dances; and generally a gathering, a society, a fellowship, etc. It should therefore have been rendered, reading θιάσου, "they separated themselves from that company." I would judge it probable, with Grabe, that the translator read not θιαπότου (as Billius suspects) but some other word derived from θειάζειν, "not to be master of oneself, to breathe a divine inspiration or spirit into another."

(printed under page 299)

(9) ‹anchor: Quod enim jubet, eo› · call in col 586

Quod enim jubet, eo. Sic omnes editt. cum Graeco. At mss. cum nostri, tum Anglicani habent: qui enim jubet, ab eo.

"For what commands, than that." So all the editions, with the Greek. But the manuscripts, both ours and the English, have: "for he who commands, by him."

(printed under page 299)

(10) ‹anchor: Dominatius› · call in col 586

Dominatius, et paulo post, dominatior. Ita codd. Clarom., Arund. et Merc. 2, cum edit. Oxon. Sicque legendum esse, non dominantius, dominantior, patet ex lib. II, cap. 5, ubi in omnibus cum editt. tum mss. legitur dominatior et dominatiorem. Dominatius, id est auctoritate praestantius.

Dominatius ("more lordly"), and a little later dominatior. So the Clermont, Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts, with the Oxford edition. That one should read so, not dominantius, dominantior, is clear from book 2, chapter 5, where in all the editions and manuscripts alike dominatior and dominatiorem are read. Dominatius: that is, superior in authority.

(printed under page 299)

(11) ‹anchor: Hi homines› · call in col 586

Hi homines. Al. omnes.

Hi homines ("these men"). Others: omnes ("all").

(printed under page 299)

Page

  • running head: RES. LIBER PRIMUS. 586
  • marginal letters: A ris copulationem; B sicut solent; C quam scientiam; D (10) Dominatius
  • old-edition numerals: 63 after quidem
  • other: Greek line 3 run across from col. 585 (with word fragment ατος and hyphenated προθυμου-); rest of column is facing Latin version (ris copulationem ... impuden-) and full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO., not set
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
  • other: SPOT CHECK settled on the page: the Greek line κοινωνίαν, κατὰ πάντα ἑνοῦσθαι αὐτῷ προθυμου- is the right half of a full-width line belonging to the Greek text; it is set whole under 585; col. 586 itself holds only the Latin version and BILLII INTERPRETATIO (not set)
PG 7:587
Editors' notes and page, col. 587

Footnotes

<!-- On this page the Latin stands in the left column (587), the Greek in the right (588). The band headed BILLII INTERPRETATIO is a running text, not a footnote, and is not set here. --> (printed under page 300)

(1) ‹anchor: Adhuc etiam› · call in col 587

Adhuc etiam, etc. Ἔτι δέ male legit interpres, pro ὅτι δέ, quod autem. Unde et sequentes periodos aliter distinxit.

Adhuc etiam ("further also"), etc. The translator wrongly read ἔτι δέ ("and further") for ὅτι δέ, "but that." Hence he also divided the following sentences differently.

(printed under page 300)

(2) ‹anchor: Velut cupidine› · call in col 587

Velut cupidine. His in Graeco nihil respondet.

Velut cupidine ("as if with desire"). Nothing in the Greek answers to these words.

(printed under page 300)

(3) ‹anchor: Nostri› · call in col 587

Nostri. Hanc vocem recte addidit Grabius ex codd. Arund., Voss. et Merc. 2, juxta Graecum ἡμετέρων. Eamdem habet cod. Clarom.

Nostri ("of ours"). Grabe rightly added this word from the Arundel, Voss and Mercier 2 manuscripts, following the Greek ἡμετέρων. The Clermont manuscript has the same.

(printed under page 300)

(4) ‹anchor: Quidam circumobversati in iisdem› · call in col 587

Quidam circumobversati in iisdem. Sic codd. Clarom., Voss. et Merc. 2, cum edit. Oxon. In editt. Eras. et Feuard. quidem circumobversati. Gallasius pejus, quidem circumobservati. Porro illa verba sic interpretor: quidam in iisdem studiis, vel fraudibus circumeuntes, iisdem vestigiis inhaerentes, cum iisdem dolis insidias captantes. Vide not. 6.

"Some going about in the same." So the Clermont, Voss and Mercier 2 manuscripts, with the Oxford edition. In the editions of Erasmus and Feuardent, quidem circumobversati. Gallasius, worse, quidem circumobservati. I interpret these words thus: some going about in the same pursuits or frauds, following the same tracks, laying snares with the same tricks. See note 6.

(printed under page 300)

(5) ‹anchor: Ἐνίαις τῶν γυναικῶν› · call in col 587

Ἐνίαις τῶν γυναικῶν. Haec eadem ex Irenaeo refert Hieronymus ep. 53, al. 29, ad Theodoram, quae est epitaphium Lucinii Baetici.

Ἐνίαις τῶν γυναικῶν ("to some of the women"). Jerome reports these same things from Irenaeus in letter 53 (otherwise 29), to Theodora, which is the epitaph of Lucinius of Baetica.

(printed under page 300)

(6) ‹anchor: Τῶν ἡμετέρων› · call in col 587

Τῶν ἡμετέρων. Ex hac voce colligi posse putat Grabius, tam Irenaeum, quam istum, ad quem hos adversus haereses libros misit, Asiaticos fuisse. Sed levior videtur haec conjectura; τῶν ἡμετέρων significare diaconum catholicae communionis probabilius est.

Τῶν ἡμετέρων ("of ours"). Grabe thinks it can be gathered from this word that both Irenaeus and the man to whom he sent these books against the heresies were Asiatics. But the conjecture seems rather slight; it is more probable that τῶν ἡμετέρων denotes a deacon of the Catholic communion.

(printed under page 300)

(7) ‹anchor: Τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ› · call in col 587

Τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ. Nota, inquit idem Grabius, ministris sacrorum in Asia integrum tunc temporis fuisse cum mulieribus (scripsissem ego, cum uxoribus) habitare, iis saltem quas ante susceptos sacros ordines duxerant. Ecquis neget? Dissimulandus non erat quaestionis status. Neque enim in controversiam venit an ministris sacrorum post susceptos ordines integrum esset cum uxoribus habitare: sed utrum iisdem tota Asia fas esset uxoribus matrimonii jure uti. Prius quidem probat is Irenaei locus: non certe posterius.

Τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ ("his wife"). "Note," says the same Grabe, "that ministers of sacred things in Asia were at that time free to live with women" (I would have written "with wives"), "at least with those they had married before receiving holy orders." Who would deny it? But the state of the question should not have been glossed over. For the point in dispute is not whether ministers of sacred things were free, after receiving orders, to live with their wives, but whether throughout Asia they were permitted to use their wives by right of marriage. This passage of Irenaeus proves the former, but certainly not the latter.

(printed under page 300)

(8) ‹anchor: Ἐξομολογουμένη› · call in col 587

Ἐξομολογουμένη. Eam exhomologesin, de qua hic Irenaeus, fuse expendimus in Dissert. III, § 7, init.

Ἐξομολογουμένη ("making confession"). The exomologesis of which Irenaeus speaks here we have weighed at length in Dissertation 3, § 7, beginning.

(printed under page 300)

(9) ‹anchor: Περιπολίζοντες› · call in col 587

Περιπολίζοντες. Legendum censerem περιπολεύοντες, vel περιπολοῦντες· vertit enim interpres, circumobversati, id est, ni fallor, circumeuntes, circumvagati, vel potius circuitorum more explorantes, insidias captantes. At περιπολίζω (sicubi scriptum legatur) significat urbem circumaedificare, circumstruere, etc., quod significati genus nihil habet cum eo Irenaei loco commune.

Περιπολίζοντες. I would judge one should read περιπολεύοντες or περιπολοῦντες ("going the rounds"); for the translator renders circumobversati, that is, unless I am mistaken, "going about, wandering round," or rather "spying out after the manner of patrols, laying snares." But περιπολίζω (if it is found written anywhere) means to build round a city, to wall about, etc., a kind of meaning that has nothing in common with this passage of Irenaeus.

(printed under page 300)

(10) ‹anchor: τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν› · call in col 587

Ἀπολύτρωσιν. Per redemptionem, quam hic et paulo post memorat Irenaeus, intelligit non (continues)

Ἀπολύτρωσιν ("redemption"). By the "redemption" which Irenaeus mentions here and a little later he means not ... (continues)

(printed under page 300)

Page

  • running head: 587 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A tes, a Satana; B bore fratres; C (1) Adhuc etiam; D quem hos adversus
  • old-edition numerals: 64 after in iisdem
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:588
μὴ εὔτονον τὴν πίστιν, ἣν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς διὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρέλαβον, φυλασσόντων.
who do not keep firm the faith which from the beginning they received through the Church.
5. Ὅτι δὲ φίλτρα καὶ ἀγώγιμα, πρὸς τὸ καὶ τοῖς σώμασιν αὐτῶν ἐνυβρίζειν, ἐμποιεῖ οὗτος ὁ Μάρκος ἐνίαις τῶν γυναικῶν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάσαις, αὗται πολλάκις ἐπιστρέψασαι εἰς την Ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξωμολογήσαντο, καὶ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἠχρειῶσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐρωτικῶς πάνυ αὐτὸν πεφιληκέναι· ὥστε καὶ διάκονόν τινα, τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ τῶν ἡμετέρων, ὑποδεξάμενον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, περιπεσεῖν ταύτῃ τῇ συμφορᾷ, τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ εὐειδοῦς ὑπαρχούσης, καὶ τὴν γνώμην, καὶ τὸ σῶμα διαφθαρείσης ὑπὸ τοῦ μάγου τούτου, καὶ ἐξακολουθησάσης αὐτῷ πολλῷ τῷ χρόνῳ· ἔπειτα μετὰ πολλοῦ κόπου τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπιστρεψάντων, αὐτὴ τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ἐξομολογουμένη διετέλεσε, πενθοῦσα καὶ θρηνοῦσα ἐφ' ᾗ ἔπαθεν ὑπὸ τοῦ μάγου διαφθορᾷ.
5. And that this Marcus makes love-potions and charms, in order also to insult their bodies, for some of the women, even if not for all, these women themselves, having often returned to the Church of God, have confessed, both that they were defiled in body by him, and that they loved him very passionately; so that even a certain deacon of ours among those in Asia, having received him into his house, fell into this misfortune, his wife being comely, and being corrupted both in mind and in body by this magician, and having followed him for a long time; afterwards, when with much labour the brethren had converted her, she spent the whole time making confession, mourning and lamenting over the corruption which she had suffered from the magician.
6. Καὶ μαθηταὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ τινες περιπολίζοντες ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς, ἐξαπατῶντες γυναικάρια πολλὰ διέφθειραν, τελείους ἑαυτοὺς ἀναγορεύοντες, ὡς μηδενὸς δυναμένου ἐξισωθῆναι τῷ μεγέθει τῆς γνώσεως αὐτῶν, μηδ' ἂν Παῦλον, μηδ' ἂν Πέτρον εἴπῃς, μηδ' ἄλλον τινὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων· ἀλλὰ πλείω πάντων ἐγνωκέναι, καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἀῤῥήτου δυνάμεως μόνους καταπεπωκέναι. Εἶναί τε αὐτοὺς ἐν ὕψει ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν δύναμιν· διὸ καὶ ἐλευθέρως πάντα πράσσειν, μηδένα ἐν μηδενὶ φόβον ἔχοντας. Διὰ γὰρ τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν ἀκρατήτους καὶ ἀοράτους γίνε-
6. And certain disciples of his also, going about in the same practices, deceiving many silly women, corrupted them, proclaiming themselves perfect, as though no one were able to be equalled to the greatness of their knowledge, not even if you should name Paul, nor even Peter, nor any other of the apostles; but that they know more than all, and that they alone have drunk up the greatness of the knowledge of the ineffable power. And that they are in a height above every power; wherefore also they freely do all things, having no fear in anything. For through the redemption they become ungraspable and invisible to
Editors' notes and page, col. 588

Page

  • running head: SCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 588
  • marginal letters: A μὴ εὔτονον; B τῶν ἀδελφῶν; C (7) Τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ; D scriptum legatur
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word split at end of column (γίνε-); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off as LLII INTERPRETATIO.) and Latin below not set
PG 7:589
σθαι τῷ κριτῇ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπιλάβοιτο αὐτῶν, παραστάντες αὐτῷ μετὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως, τάδε εἴποιεν· Ὦ πάρεδρε Θεοῦ, καὶ μυστικῆς πρὸ αἰῶνος Σιγῆς, ἣν τὰ Μεγέθη διαπαντὸς βλέποντα τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρὸς, ὁδηγῷ σοι καὶ προσαγωγεῖ χρώμεθα, ἀνασπῶσιν ἄνω τὰς αὐτῶν μορφὰς, ἃς ἡ μεγαλότολμος ἐκείνη φαντασιασθεῖσα, διὰ τὸ ἀγαθὸν τοῦ Προπάτορος προεβάλετο ἡμᾶς τὰς εἰκόνας, τότε ἐνθύμιον τῶν ἄνω ὡς ἐνύπνιον ἔχουσα· ἰδοὺ ὁ κριτὴς ἐγγὺς, καὶ ὁ κῆρυξ με κελεύει ἀπολογεῖσθαι. Σὺ δὲ, ὡς ἐπισταμένη τὰ ἀμφοτέρων, τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν λόγον, ὡς ἕνα ὄντα, τῷ κριτῇ παράστη-
the judge. And even if he should lay hold of them, standing beside him with the redemption, they would say these things: O companion of God and of the mystic Silence before the age, through whom the Greatnesses that continually behold the face of the Father, using you as guide and introducer, draw upward their forms, which that boldly daring one having imagined, because of the goodness of the Forefather put forth us the images, having then the thought of the things above as a dream: behold, the judge is near, and the herald bids me make my defence. Do you, therefore, as knowing the affairs of both, present the account on behalf of us both, as being one, to the judge-
Editors' notes and page, col. 589

Page

  • running head: 589 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A σθαι τῷ κριτῇ; B certas duntaxat; C quomodocunque legas; D tum videlicet
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word fragments at start (σθαι) and end (παράστη-) of column; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO (cut off at right) and Latin below not set
PG 7:590
Editors' notes and page, col. 590

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Πρὸ αἰῶνος› · call in col 590

Πρὸ αἰῶνος. Cod. Reg. unica voce, προαιῶνος, nec male. Interpres vero legit πρὸ αἰώνων. Sed quomodocunque legas, parum refert, modo vocem αἰών, non fictitium Valentinianorum Aeonem, sed saeculum, interpreteris: ut sensus sit, Σιγὴν ante saecula exstitisse, ut recte vertit Petavius, (minus bene Billius, ante aeonas), quae revera initio cap. 1. una cum Bytho ante saecula, seu ἐν ἀπείροις αἰῶσι χρόνων, infinitis temporum saeculis, fuisse dicitur.

Πρὸ αἰῶνος ("before the age"). The Royal manuscript has it as a single word, προαιῶνος, not badly. The translator read πρὸ αἰώνων ("before the ages"). But however you read it, it matters little, provided you take the word αἰών not as the fictitious Aeon of the Valentinians but as an age: so that the sense is that Sige existed before the ages, as Petau rightly renders (Billius less well, "before the aeons"); and indeed at the beginning of chapter 1 she is said to have been, together with Bythus, before the ages, or ἐν ἀπείροις αἰῶσι χρόνων, "in infinite ages of time."

(printed under page 301)

(2) ‹anchor: Τὰ μεγέθη› · call in col 590

Τὰ μεγέθη. Id est Angelos. Vid. sup. num. 3 (col. 581, not. 4).

Τὰ μεγέθη ("the Greatnesses"). That is, the angels. See above, number 3 (col. 581, note 4).

(printed under page 301)

(3) ‹anchor: Χρώμεθα› · call in col 590

Χρώμεθα. Leg. cum interp. χρώμενα.

Χρώμεθα ("we use"). Read with the translator χρώμενα ("using").

(printed under page 301)

(4) ‹anchor: Ἀνασπῶσιν ἄνω τὰς αὐτῶν μορφάς› · call in col 590

Ἀνασπῶσιν ἄνω τὰς αὐτῶν μορφάς, etc. Μορφὰς, id est species, ideas, seu formas, (non vultus, ut perperam vertit Petavius), quas Achamoth μεγαλότολμος, ex audaciori Angelorum Salvatoris satellitium inspectatione ἐφαντασίασε, animo informavit, et ad quarum imaginem κεκύηκε καρπούς, κύημα πνευματικὸν καθ' ὁμοίωσιν γεγονὸς τῶν δορυφόρων τοῦ Σωτῆρος, ut habetur cap. 4, peperit fructus, partum videlicet spiritalem, ad similitudinem effectum satellitum Salvatoris. Id est, peperit spiritales homines: προεβάλετο ἡμᾶς αὐτῶν εἰκόνας, emisit nos Angelorum illorum mente conceptorum imagines, effutiebant Marcosii. Has igitur Angelorum imagines, spiritales nimirum homines, ad Angelorum imagines effictos, existimabant, Sophia duce ac sequestro, iisdemque Angelis opem ferentibus, sursum retrahi: ita ut Judicis conspectum, superiorumque Potestatum manus effugientes, a Sophia excepti, et in thalamum inducti, sponsis suis Angelis redderentur, ut explicatur paulo post et cap. 7, necnon cap. 21, sub finem.

Ἀνασπῶσιν ἄνω τὰς αὐτῶν μορφάς ("they draw their forms up on high"), etc. Μορφαί: that is, appearances, ideas, or forms (not "faces," as Petau wrongly rendered), which Achamoth, μεγαλότολμος ("greatly daring"), from a too bold gazing on the angels of the Saviour's retinue, ἐφαντασίασε, "formed in her mind," and after whose image κεκύηκε καρπούς, κύημα πνευματικὸν καθ' ὁμοίωσιν γεγονὸς τῶν δορυφόρων τοῦ Σωτῆρος, as it is put in chapter 4, "she bore fruits, namely a spiritual offspring made after the likeness of the Saviour's attendants." That is, she bore spiritual men: προεβάλετο ἡμᾶς αὐτῶν εἰκόνας, "she emitted us as images of those angels she had conceived in her mind," as the Marcosians babbled. These images of the angels, then, spiritual men fashioned after the angels' images, they thought were drawn back upward, with Sophia as guide and mediator and the same angels lending their help: so that, escaping the sight of the Judge and the hands of the higher Powers, they were received by Sophia, led into the bridal chamber, and given back to their bridegrooms the angels, as is explained a little later and in chapter 7, and also in chapter 21, towards the end.

(printed under page 301)

(5) ‹anchor: Φαντασιωθεῖσα› · call in col 590

Φαντασιωθεῖσα. Cod. Reg. φαντασθεῖσα.

Φαντασιωθεῖσα ("having imagined"). The Royal manuscript: φαντασθεῖσα.

(printed under page 301)

(6) ‹anchor: Τὰς εἰκόνας› · call in col 590

Τὰς εἰκόνας. Adde cum interprete, αὐτῶν.

Τὰς εἰκόνας ("the images"). Add αὐτῶν ("their") with the translator.

(printed under page 301)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν› · call in col 590

Ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν. Achamothae scilicet, quae μεγαλότολμος, audaci facinore, Angelos contuita, eorum species mente effinxerat, et nostrum, quorum solutior fuit vita. Amborum nimirum eadem erat ratio: ambo in thalamum Pleromatis inducendi.

Ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν ("of us both"). That is, of Achamoth, who, μεγαλότολμος, by a daring deed, having gazed on the angels, had shaped their appearances in her mind; and of us, whose life was the more dissolute. The case of both, of course, was the same: both were to be led into the bridal chamber of the Pleroma.

(printed under page 301)

(8) ‹anchor: Et incomprehensibiles› · call in col 590

Et incomprehensibiles. Ἀκρατήτους melius, quamvis non minus barbare, reddidisset interpres, inapprehensibiles, id est qui a judice teneri nequeant.

Et incomprehensibiles ("and incomprehensible"). The translator would have rendered ἀκρατήτους better, though no less barbarously, by inapprehensibiles ("unseizable"), that is, who cannot be held by the judge.

(printed under page 301)

(9) ‹anchor: O assessor Dei› · call in col 590

O assessor Dei. Felicius reddidit Billius, o quae Deo assides. Haec enim non ad judicem referri, sed ad Sophiam, quae ultimum inter 30 Aeones tenebat locum, et matris Achamothae mater a Valentinianis fingebatur, multo cum judicio observat Grabius, evidenterque demonstrat ex fine capitis 21, ubi, inter varias precationes, quibus animae e corpore discedentes, incomprehensibiles et invisibiles Principibus et Potestatibus fiant, haec ad eos, qui circa Demiurgum sunt, oratio refertur: Invoco incorruptibilem Sophiam, ἐπικαλοῦμαι τὴν ἄφθαρτον Σοφίαν, quae est in Patre, mater autem est matris vestrae, scilicet Achamoth, cujus ibidem sequitur descriptio. Tum iterum dicitur: Ego autem invoco ejus matrem, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπικαλοῦμαι αὐτῆς τὴν μητέρα.

"O assessor of God." Billius rendered it more happily: "O you who sit beside God." For Grabe observes with great judgement that these words refer not to the judge but to Sophia, who held the last place among the thirty Aeons and was imagined by the Valentinians to be the mother of the mother Achamoth; and he shows it clearly from the end of chapter 21, where, among the various prayers by which souls departing from the body become incomprehensible and invisible to the Principalities and Powers, this prayer to those around the Demiurge is reported: "I invoke the incorruptible Sophia," ἐπικαλοῦμαι τὴν ἄφθαρτον Σοφίαν, "who is in the Father, and is the mother of your mother," that is, of Achamoth, whose description follows in the same place. Then again it is said: "But I invoke her mother," ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπικαλοῦμαι αὐτῆς τὴν μητέρα.

(printed under page 301)

(10) ‹anchor: Pro aeonon› · call in col 590

Pro aeonon. Sic Graecisans interpres, pro ante aeonas. Sed vertendum erat, ante saecula. Vide notam 1.

Pro aeonon. So the translator, Graecizing, for "before the aeons." But it should have been rendered "before the ages." See note 1.

(printed under page 301)

(11) ‹anchor: Adductore› · call in col 590

Adductore. Vertit Billius, perductore: sed melius Petavius, conciliatore, seu potius conciliatrice.

Adductore ("by the one who leads to"). Billius rendered perductore ("guide"); but Petau better, conciliatore ("go-between"), or rather conciliatrice (feminine).

(printed under page 301)

(12) ‹anchor: Imagines illorum› · call in col 590

Imagines illorum. Lege imagines illarum, scilicet Magnitudinum. Ad genus siquidem vocis Graecae τὰ Μεγέθη attentus interpres, haud cogitavit vocem Latinam, Magnitudines, femininum exposcere.

Imagines illorum ("images of those," masculine/neuter). Read imagines illarum (feminine), namely of the Magnitudes. For the translator, attending to the gender of the Greek word τὰ Μεγέθη (neuter), did not reflect that the Latin word Magnitudines requires the feminine.

(printed under page 301)

(13) ‹anchor: Intentionem illorum, quae sunt sursum, quasi somnium habens› · call in col 590

Intentionem illorum, quae sunt sursum, quasi somnium habens. Id est superarum rerum, seu Angelorum ideam somnii cujusdam instar mente volvens.

"Having the intention of the things above as a dream." That is, turning over in her mind, like some dream, the idea of the things above, or of the angels.

(printed under page 301)

(14) ‹anchor: Tu autem, quasi quae scias› · call in col 590

Tu autem, quasi quae scias, etc. Totam hanc periodum pessime vertit interpres. Primo Graeca (continues)

"But you, as one who knows," etc. The translator rendered this whole sentence very badly. First, the Greek ... (continues)

(printed under page 301)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 590
  • marginal letters: A prehensibiles; B riorumque Potestatum; C a Valentinianis; D scilicet Magnitudinum
  • old-edition numerals: 65 after unam
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:591
Editors' notes and page, col. 591

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Regiones Rhodanenses› · call in col 591

Regiones Rhodanenses. Vide not. 7.

Regiones Rhodanenses ("the regions of the Rhône"). See note 7.

(printed under page 302)

(2) ‹anchor: Cauterizatas› · call in col 591

Cauterizatas. Al. cauteriatas.

Cauterizatas ("seared"). Others: cauteriatas.

(printed under page 302)

(3) ‹anchor: Reverentes› · call in col 591

Reverentes. Ita correxit Feuard. ex Graeco, αἱ δὲ δυσωπούμεναι, pro revertentes, quod habent editt. Eras. et Gall. cum omnibus mss.

Reverentes ("abashed"). So Feuardent corrected it from the Greek, αἱ δὲ δυσωπούμεναι ("but those who are put to shame"), in place of revertentes ("returning"), which the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius have, with all the manuscripts.

(printed under page 302)

(4) ‹anchor: Dubitant› · call in col 591

Dubitant, etc. Sic recte juxta Graec. codd. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Ottobon. cum edit. Oxon. Reliqua omnia exemplaria cum edita, tum mss. accurata non esse, aut prorsus vitiata asserit Grabius.

Dubitant ("they waver"), etc. So, rightly, following the Greek, the Clermont, Passerat, Voss and Ottoboni manuscripts, with the Oxford edition. Grabe asserts that all the other copies, printed and manuscript alike, are inaccurate or wholly corrupt.

(printed under page 302)

(5) ‹anchor: Proverbii› · call in col 591

Proverbii. Clarom. verbi; Voss. verbum.

Proverbii ("of the proverb"). The Clermont manuscript: verbi ("of the saying"); Voss: verbum ("the saying").

(printed under page 302)

(6) ‹anchor: Τὴν Ὁμηρικὴν Ἄϊδος κυνέην› · call in col 591

Τὴν Ὁμηρικὴν Ἄϊδος κυνέην. Orci galea, Ἄϊδος κυνῆ, proverbium ex Homeri Il. E, v. 845, desumptum, ubi Pallas cum Marte dimicans, orci galea, ne ab eo conspici posset, contexisse se dicitur: ... αὐτὰρ Ἀθήνη / Δῦν' Ἄϊδος κυνέην, μή μιν ἴδοι ὄβριμος Ἄρης. Plutoni siquidem, ut observat Erasmus in Adag., galea erat, quam qui gestaret, omnes videbat, ipse nemini conspicuus. Id autem ab Irenaeo huc adductum, ut vanas Gnosticorum fabulas derideret, ineptisque poetarum nugis prorsus similes esse demonstraret.

Τὴν Ὁμηρικὴν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ("the Homeric helmet of Hades"). The helmet of Orcus, Ἄϊδος κυνῆ: a proverb taken from Homer, Iliad 5, line 845, where Pallas, fighting with Mars, is said to have covered herself with the helmet of Orcus so that he could not see her: "... but Athena / put on the helmet of Hades, that mighty Ares might not see her." For Pluto, as Erasmus observes in the Adages, had a helmet whose wearer saw everyone while visible to no one. Irenaeus brought it in here to mock the empty fables of the Gnostics and to show that they are just like the silly trifles of the poets.

(printed under page 302)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς κλίμασι τῆς Ῥοδανουσίας› · call in col 591

Ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς κλίμασι τῆς Ῥοδανουσίας. Lugdunensem tractum intelligit. Lugdunum siquidem a veteribus Rhodanusiam dictum fuisse, perspicue, ni fallor, colligitur ex Sidonio Apollinari lib. I, epist. 5. Egresso, inquit, mihi Rhodanusiae nostrae moenibus, etc. Atqui Lugduni natus erat Sidonius: nec eo tempore, quo epistolam hanc scribebat, nondum episcopus Arvernensis, aliam urbem, praeter Lugdunum, Rhodanusiam suam appellare poterat. Ῥοδανουσίας cujusdam meminit Stephanus, quam πόλιν ἐν Μασσαλίᾳ, Massiliensium urbem esse dicit. Id de Rhoda (Gallice Roses) quam tenuere Massilienses, interpretantur quidam. Sed repugnat Marcianus Heracleota, scribens Rhodanusiam istam a Rhodano flumine allui: Οἱ Μασσαλίαν κτίσαντες ἔχον Φωκεῖς / Ἀγάθην, Ῥοδανουσίαν τε, Ῥοδανὸς ἣν μέγας / Ποταμὸς παραῤῥεῖ. Quin tamen affirmem Rhodanusiam hanc Lugdunum ipsum esse, plura deterrent. Viderint eruditi. Sed si alia a Lugduno sit, dicendum erit duas exstitisse super Rhodanum flumen ejusdem nominis urbes: urbem enim Lugdunum dictam fuisse Rhodanusiam negare non sinit Sidonii Apollinaris laudata auctoritas. Paulo iniquius ergo a Frontone Duc. et Grabio castigantur Cornarius et Gallasius, quod Graeca Irenaei verba reddiderint; in regionibus Rhodanusiae. Perinde est atque si vertissent, in regione Lugdunensi.

Ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς κλίμασι τῆς Ῥοδανουσίας ("in our regions of Rhodanusia"). He means the district of Lyons. For that Lyons was called Rhodanusia by the ancients is plainly gathered, unless I am mistaken, from Sidonius Apollinaris, book 1, letter 5: "When I had gone out," he says, "from the walls of our Rhodanusia," etc. Now Sidonius was born at Lyons, and at the time he was writing this letter, not yet bishop of the Arverni, he could call no other city than Lyons his Rhodanusia. Stephanus mentions a certain Ῥοδανουσία which he says is πόλιν ἐν Μασσαλίᾳ, "a city of the Massilians." Some interpret this of Rhoda (in French, Roses), which the Massilians held. But Marcian of Heraclea is against it, writing that this Rhodanusia is washed by the river Rhône: "The Phocaeans who founded Massilia held / Agathe, and Rhodanusia, past which the great / river Rhône flows." Yet several things deter me from affirming that this Rhodanusia is Lyons itself. Let the learned decide. But if it is other than Lyons, it will have to be said that there were two cities of the same name on the river Rhône: for the cited authority of Sidonius Apollinaris does not allow it to be denied that the city of Lyons was called Rhodanusia. Fronton du Duc and Grabe, then, are a little unfair in censuring Cornarius and Gallasius for rendering Irenaeus's Greek words "in the regions of Rhodanusia." It is just as if they had rendered "in the region of Lyons."

(printed under page 302)

(8) ‹anchor: Κεκαυτηριασμέναι τὴν συνείδησιν› · call in col 591

Κεκαυτηριασμέναι τὴν συνείδησιν. I. e. depravatam, perditam habentes conscientiam. Verba Apostoli sunt I Timoth. IV, 1, ubi alludit Paulus ad servos, qui, noxae convicti, candenti ferro inurebantur, inde στιγματίαι dicti. Et hinc κεκαυτηριασμένος translatum ad significandum perditum quemvis hominem, nefarium, infamem.

Κεκαυτηριασμέναι τὴν συνείδησιν ("seared in conscience"). That is, having a depraved, ruined conscience. These are the Apostle's words, 1 Tim. 4:1[–2], where Paul alludes to slaves who, convicted of an offence, were branded with a red-hot iron and hence called στιγματίαι ("branded ones"). And from this κεκαυτηριασμένος came by a figure to mean any ruined, wicked, infamous man.

(printed under page 302)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἑαυτὰς ἀπηλπικυῖαι› · call in col 591

Ἑαυτὰς ἀπηλπικυῖαι. Alludere videtur Irenaeus ad haec Apostoli verba Ephes. IV, 18, ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, alienati a vita Dei. Volunt Fronto Duc. et Grabius verbum χωρίζουσιν post ἑαυτάς addendum esse. Sic quidem legisse veterem interpretem non inficior. At cum Petavio censeam, phrasin, spreto hoc verbo, commodum, imo forte commodiorem habere sensum.

Ἑαυτὰς ἀπηλπικυῖαι ("having despaired of themselves"). Irenaeus seems to allude to these words of the Apostle, Eph. 4:18, ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, "alienated from the life of God." Fronton du Duc and Grabe would add the verb χωρίζουσιν ("they separate") after ἑαυτάς. I do not deny that the old translator read it so. But I would judge with Petau that the phrase, without this verb, has a suitable sense, perhaps indeed a more suitable one.

(printed under page 302)

(10) ‹anchor: Μήτε ἔξω, μήτε ἔσω› · call in col 591

Μήτε ἔξω, μήτε ἔσω. Proverbium de iis dictum, qui ancipitis ac incerti animi, haesitant quid potissimum eligant.

Μήτε ἔξω, μήτε ἔσω ("neither outside nor inside"). A proverb said of those who, being of a wavering and uncertain mind, hesitate over what to choose.

(printed under page 302)

Page

  • running head: 591 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENS
  • marginal letters: A audiens haec; B haec omisit; C (3) Reverentes; D ctum, ut vanas
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:592
σον. Ἡ δὲ μήτηρ ταχέως ἀκούσασα τούτων, τὴν Ὁμηρικὴν Ἄϊδος κυνέην αὐτοῖς περιέθηκε, πρὸς τὸ ἀοράτως ἐκφυγεῖν τὸν κριτήν· καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀνασπάσασα αὐτοὺς, εἰς τὸν νυμφῶνα εἰσήγαγε, καὶ ἀπέδωκε τοῖς ἑαυτῶν νυμφίοις.
Do you, therefore, present it. And the mother quickly hearing these things, put around them the Homeric helmet of Hades, in order that they might invisibly escape the judge; and immediately drawing them up, she brought them into the bridal chamber, and restored them to their own bridegrooms.
7. Τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγοντες καὶ πράττοντες, καὶ ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς κλίμασι τῆς Ῥοδανουσίας, πολλὰς ἐξηπατήκασι γυναῖκας, αἵτινες κεκαυτηριασμέναι τὴν συνείδησιν, αἱ μὲν καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἐξομολογοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δυσωπούμεναι τοῦτο, ἡσυχῇ δέ πως ἑαυτὰς ἀπηλπικυῖαι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔνιαι μὲν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἀπέστησαν, ἔνιαι δὲ ἐπαμφοτερίζουσι, καὶ τὸ τῆς παροιμίας πεπόνθασι, μήτε ἔξω, μήτε ἔσω οὖσαι, ταύτην ἔχουσαι τὴν ἐπικαρπίαν τοῦ σπέρματος τῶν τέκνων τῆς γνώσεως.
7. And speaking and doing such things, in the regions of the Rhone Valley among us also, they have deceived many women, who, having their conscience seared, some of them make confession even in public, while others, being ashamed of this, and quietly in some way despairing for themselves of the life of God, some have fallen away altogether, and some waver between both, and have suffered the state of the proverb, being neither outside nor inside, having this fruit of the seed of the children of knowledge.
Editors' notes and page, col. 592

Page

  • running head: PI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 592
  • marginal letters: A σον. Ἡ δὲ; B perspicue, ni; C nominis urbes; D veterem interpretem
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word fragment at start of column (σον); full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off as LII INTERPRETATIO.) and Latin below not set
PG 7:593
1. Οὕτως Μάρκος μήτραν καὶ ἐκδοχεῖον τῆς Κολορβάσου εἰσηγήσατο αὐτὸν μονώτατον γεγονέναι λέγων ἅτε μονογενὴς ὑπάρχων αὐτῷ, τὸ τοῦ ὑστερήματος κατατεθὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ὧδέ πως ἀπεκύησεν. Αὐτὴν τὴν πανυπερτάτην ἀπὸ τῶν ἀοράτων καὶ ἀκατονομάστων τούτων τετράδα κατελελυθέναι σχήματι γυναικείῳ πρὸς αὐτόν (ἐπειδὴ, φησὶ, τὸ ἄῤῥεν αὐτῆς ὁ κόσμος φέρειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο), καὶ μηνῦσαι αὐτὴ τί ἦν, καὶ τὴν τῶν πάντων γένεσιν, ἣν οὐδενὶ πώποτε, οὐδὲ θεῶν, οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπων ἀπεκάλυψε, τούτῳ μονωτάτῳ διηγήσασθαι, οὕτως εἰποῦσαν· Ὅτε τὸ πρῶτον ὁ Πατὴρ ὤδινεν, ὁ ἀνεννόητος καὶ ἀνούσιος, ὁ μήτε ἄῤῥεν, μήτε θῆλυ, ἠθέλησεν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἄῤῥητον γεννηθῆναι, καὶ τὸ
1. Thus Marcus, declaring that he himself alone had become the womb and receptacle of the Silence of Colorbasus, as being only-begotten to him, brought forth in some such way as this that of the defect which had been deposited in him. That the very supreme Tetrad herself from these invisible and unnameable places came down in a womanly form to him (since, he says, the world was not able to bear her male element), and that she herself made known what she was, and narrated to this man all alone the generation of all things, which she had never revealed to anyone, neither of gods nor of men, speaking thus: When first the Father was in travail, the inconceivable and unsubstantial one, who is neither male nor female, willed that his ineffable element should be begotten, and that the
Editors' notes and page, col. 593

Page

  • running head: 593 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A 1. Οὕτως Μάρκος; C arcanorum omnium; D inutilis emendatio
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width CAPUT XIV. and Latin argument at top of column (Marci hypothesis ... tradit.) cut off at right edge, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off at right) and Latin below not set
PG 7:594
Editors' notes and page, col. 594

Footnotes

<!-- The Latin at the foot of this page runs across the full width; the notes are filed under col 594 by the page's layout (Latin on the outer column of odd pages, as on pp. 297 and 299). --> (*) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 594 Cap. X.

Chapter 10.

(printed under page 303)

(1) ‹anchor: Οὕτως› · call in col 594

Οὕτως. Legit interpres οὗτος οὖν.

Οὕτως ("thus"). The translator read οὗτος οὖν ("this man, then").

(printed under page 303)

(2) ‹anchor: Τῆς Κολορβάσου εἰσηγήσατο αὐτόν› · call in col 594

Τῆς Κολορβάσου εἰσηγήσατο αὐτόν. Leg. cum interpr. ita postulante et sensu, τῆς Κολορβάσου Σιγῆς ἑαυτόν.

Τῆς Κολορβάσου εἰσηγήσατο αὐτόν ("of Colorbasus he introduced him"). Read with the translator, as the sense also requires, τῆς Κολορβάσου Σιγῆς ἑαυτόν ("himself ... of the Sige of Colorbasus").

(printed under page 303)

(3) ‹anchor: Ἅτε μονογενὴς ὑπάρχων αὐτῷ› · call in col 594

Ἅτε μονογενὴς ὑπάρχων αὐτῷ. Haec ad Colorbasum refert Grabius, quasi Marcus hujus unigenitus dicatur. Sed nullus veterum memoriae prodidit Marcum Colorbasi filium exstitisse: imo Colorbasum Marci discipulum ac sectatorem faciunt. Legendum igitur αὐτῇ pro αὐτῷ, ut haec ad Sigen referantur. Tuncque planus evadet sensus. Marcus arcanorum Siges conscius, se veluti μήτραν et promptuarium esse gloriabatur, in quo speciatim prae caeteris spiritale illud semen, perfectam scilicet agnitionem, qua gloriabantur omnes Gnostici, et secretiora quaeque mysteria recondiderat eadem Sige; utpote quae, ut mox subjungitur, rerum omnium ortum, quem nemini unquam nec deorum nec mortalium patefecerat, ipsi soli exposuerit. Cur autem magus ille socius et particeps arcanorum omnium Siges exstiterit, haec affertur ratio, ἅτε μονογενὴς ὑπάρχων αὐτῇ, quia velut unigenitus erat ei. Sic nempe Marcum diligebat Sige, quasi unicus ejus filius exstitisset, quem nihil celare posset.

Ἅτε μονογενὴς ὑπάρχων αὐτῷ ("inasmuch as he was only-begotten to him"). Grabe refers this to Colorbasus, as though Marcus were called his only-begotten. But none of the ancients has recorded that Marcus was the son of Colorbasus; indeed they make Colorbasus the disciple and follower of Marcus. One should therefore read αὐτῇ for αὐτῷ, so that the words refer to Sige. And then the sense becomes plain. Marcus, privy to the secrets of Sige, boasted that he was, as it were, the womb and storehouse in which that same Sige had laid up, especially and above the rest, that spiritual seed, namely the perfect knowledge in which all the Gnostics gloried, and all the more secret mysteries; since, as is added just after, she had disclosed to him alone the origin of all things, which she had never revealed to any of the gods or of mortals. And the reason given why that magician was the companion and sharer of all Sige's secrets is this: ἅτε μονογενὴς ὑπάρχων αὐτῇ, "because he was as it were her only-begotten." So, that is, Sige loved Marcus as though he had been her only son, from whom she could hide nothing.

(printed under page 303)

(4) ‹anchor: Τὸ τοῦ ὑστερήματος› · call in col 594

Τὸ τοῦ ὑστερήματος. Adde cum interp. σπέρμα. Nomina haec ὑστέρημα, πάθος, σφάλμα promiscue usurpat Irenaeus, ad significandum Achamotham, quae fetus est passionis Sophiae, quam ἀποστᾶσαν καὶ ὑστερήσασαν δύναμιν, discedentem et destitutam virtutem vocat. Defectionis ergo, seu, ut plerumque vertit interpres, Labis semen, spiritale illud semen est; perfecta scilicet reconditorum Pleromatis arcanorum et mysteriorum agnitio, de qua prae caeteris Valentinianis Marcus sese jactabat.

Τὸ τοῦ ὑστερήματος ("that of the Deficiency"). Add σπέρμα ("seed") with the translator. Irenaeus uses these names, ὑστέρημα, πάθος, σφάλμα ("deficiency, passion, fall"), indiscriminately to denote Achamoth, who is the offspring of Sophia's passion, and whom he calls ἀποστᾶσαν καὶ ὑστερήσασαν δύναμιν, "a power that departed and fell short." The seed of the Deficiency, then, or, as the translator mostly renders it, of the Fall, is that spiritual seed: namely, the perfect knowledge of the hidden secrets and mysteries of the Pleroma, of which Marcus boasted above the other Valentinians.

(printed under page 303)

(5) ‹anchor: Τούτων› · call in col 594

Τούτων. Ex vet. interp. lege τόπων.

Τούτων ("of these"). From the old translator read τόπων ("of places").

(printed under page 303)

(6) ‹anchor: Σχήματι γυναικείῳ› · call in col 594

Σχήματι γυναικείῳ. Epiphan. edit. Basil. γυναικείου. Cod. Reg. γυναικίου.

Σχήματι γυναικείῳ ("in a woman's form"). Epiphanius, Basel edition: γυναικείου. The Royal manuscript: γυναικίου.

(printed under page 303)

(7) ‹anchor: Αὐτῇ› · call in col 594

Αὐτῇ. Ἑαυτήν legit Billius cum veteri: at inutilis emendatio.

Αὐτῇ ("to her"). Billius reads ἑαυτήν ("herself") with the old translator: but the emendation is useless.

(printed under page 303)

(8) ‹anchor: Ὤδινεν› · call in col 594

Ὤδινεν. Addo quidem cum vet. interp. ὁ ἀπάτωρ· sed verbum ὤδινεν, licet omiserit interpres, retineo, invito licet Billio: nihil enim habet incommodi, modo addatur καί ante ἠθέλησεν.

Ὤδινεν ("was in travail"). I do add, with the old translator, ὁ ἀπάτωρ ("the Fatherless"); but the verb ὤδινεν, although the translator left it out, I keep, though against Billius's wish: for it causes no difficulty, provided καί is added before ἠθέλησεν ("willed").

(printed under page 303)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἀνούσιος› · call in col 594

Ἀνούσιος. Si Deum ἀνούσιον, i. e. substantiae expertem dixerint haeretici, substantiamque eo sensu supremo Numini abjudicarint, quod οὐσία, qualis a philosophis describitur, quidpiam accidentibus subjectum, certisque circumscriptum limitibus significet, erroris argui non possunt. Eadem enim ratione substantiae ideam a Deo removere quidam e Catholicis Patribus. Manifestum est, inquit Augustinus lib. VII De Trinit., c. 5, Deum abusive substantiam vocari. Essentiam potius illi tribui vult, quam substantiam: quia in Deo nullum est accidens. Idem post Augustinum docuit Anselmus in Monol. c. 35 et 76, et alii quidam. Lege, si vacat, Maximum Pseudo-Dionysii Scholiasten, ad cap. 1 et 5 libri De div. nom. Sed cum substantiae vocabulum ab omni ista faece facile absolvi possit, ideo alii Patres sincerum et expurgatum Deo attribuere non reformidant.

Ἀνούσιος ("without substance"). If the heretics called God ἀνούσιος, that is, without substance, and denied substance to the supreme Godhead in the sense that οὐσία, as described by the philosophers, signifies something subject to accidents and bounded by fixed limits, they cannot be charged with error. For in the same way some of the Catholic Fathers removed the idea of substance from God. "It is plain," says Augustine, On the Trinity, book 7, chapter 5, "that God is called substance by a misuse of the word." He would have essence attributed to him rather than substance, because in God there is no accident. Anselm taught the same after Augustine, Monologion chapters 35 and 76, and certain others. Read, if you have leisure, Maximus, the scholiast on Pseudo-Dionysius, on chapters 1 and 5 of the book On the Divine Names. But since the word substance can easily be cleared of all that dross, other Fathers do not shrink from attributing it, pure and purged, to God.

(printed under page 303)

(10) ‹anchor: Τὸ ἄῤῥητον γεννηθῆναι› · call in col 594

Τὸ ἄῤῥητον γεννηθῆναι. Lege cum interprete, τὸ ἄῤῥητον ῥητὸν γεννηθῆναι. Legisse tamen videtur interpres γενηθῆναι pro γεννηθῆναι.

Τὸ ἄῤῥητον γεννηθῆναι ("that the unspeakable be begotten"). Read with the translator τὸ ἄῤῥητον ῥητὸν γεννηθῆναι ("that the unspeakable be begotten speakable"). The translator, however, seems to have read γενηθῆναι ("become") for γεννηθῆναι ("be begotten").

(printed under page 303)

(11) ‹anchor: Hic igitur› · call in col 594

Hic igitur. Gr. οὕτως, sic, et forte melius.

Hic igitur ("this man, then"). Greek οὕτως, "thus," and perhaps better.

(printed under page 303)

(12) ‹anchor: Semel solum› · call in col 594

Semel solum. Lumen, quod in editt. Eras. et Gall. hic insertum exstat, merito delevit Feuard.; deest enim in Graeco et in mss. Ottobon. et Clarom. ac etiam, ut puto, in mss. Anglic. quamvis id expresse non asserat Grabius.

Semel solum ("once only"). Lumen ("light"), which stands inserted here in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, Feuardent rightly deleted; for it is missing in the Greek and in the Ottoboni and Clermont manuscripts, and also, I think, in the English manuscripts, although Grabe does not expressly say so.

(printed under page 303)

(13) ‹anchor: Quippe unigenitus› · call in col 594

Quippe unigenitus. Clarom. unitus, Pass. unctus, fortasse etiam pro unitus; nisi utrumque pro unicus: at pro quippe, melius verteretur, velut.

Quippe unigenitus ("being, indeed, only-begotten"). The Clermont manuscript: unitus ("united"); Passerat: unctus ("anointed"), perhaps also for unitus; unless both stand for unicus ("only"). But for quippe, velut ("as it were") would be a better rendering.

(printed under page 303)

(14) ‹anchor: Exsistens› · call in col 594

Exsistens. Adde ex Gr. ei, i. e. Sige. Vid. not. gr. 3.

Exsistens ("being"). Add from the Greek ei ("to her"), that is, to Sige. See Greek note 3.

(printed under page 303)

(15) ‹anchor: Defectus› · call in col 594

Defectus. Haec vox deest in omnibus codd. mss. et in editt. Eras. et Gall. Addidit vero Feuard. ex solius Graeci textus auctoritate. At ὑστέρημα, labem, saepius reddit vetus interpres, quam defectum.

Defectus ("of the Deficiency"). This word is missing in all the manuscripts and in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius. Feuardent added it on the authority of the Greek text alone. But the old translator renders ὑστέρημα more often by labes ("fall") than by defectus.

(printed under page 303)

(16) ‹anchor: Sic› · call in col 594

Sic. Pro hic (quod in omnibus mss. et editt. Eras. et Gall. legitur) ex Graeco reposuit Feuard.

Sic ("thus"). Feuardent restored this from the Greek in place of hic ("this man"), which is read in all the manuscripts and in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius.

(printed under page 303)

(17) ‹anchor: Illam, qua est ab summis› · call in col 594

Illam, qua est ab summis. Graeca: αὐτὴν τὴν πανυπερτάτην ἀπὸ τῶν ἀοράτων, vertenda erant: summam illam, quae est ab invisibilibus.

"Her, who is from the highest." The Greek αὐτὴν τὴν πανυπερτάτην ἀπὸ τῶν ἀοράτων should have been rendered: "that highest one, who is from the invisible places."

(printed under page 303)

(18) ‹anchor: Inexcogitabilis› · call in col 594

Inexcogitabilis. Ita mss. Clarom., Voss., Arund. Merc. 2 et editt. Oxon. melius quam Eras., Gall. et Feuard. incogitabilis: ἀνεννόητος enim supra num. 2, inexcogitabilis vertit interpres.

Inexcogitabilis ("beyond devising"). So the Clermont, Voss, Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts and the Oxford edition, better than Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, incogitabilis ("unthinkable"): for above, in number 2, the translator renders ἀνεννόητος as inexcogitabilis.

(printed under page 303)

Page

  • running head: ERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 594
  • marginal letters: A 1. Hic igitur; B expertem dixerint; C interpres γενηθῆναι; D (17) Illam, qua
  • old-edition numerals: 66 after exsistens
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width CAPUT XIV. and Latin argument at top cut off at left edge
PG 7:595
Editors' notes and page, col. 595

Footnotes

<!-- The foot images cut off the head of both note columns; the opening of note (1) and the close of note (9) (which runs over into the top of the right-hand note column) are completed from the column images (Q7a). Notes (1)–(8) are called in the Latin, col 595; notes (9)–(14) are called in the Greek, col 596, and are set once here (n596 carries none). Migne prints æ; set as ae. --> (printed under page 304)

(1) ‹anchor: Inenarrabile, narrabile› · call in col 595

Inenarrabile, narrabile. Sic ex Graeco restituimus, pro inenarrabilem, narrabilem, quae manifesta scribarum incuria irrepserunt in omnes mss. et inde in omnes editt. Frequens in antiquis mss. haec casuum commutatio.

Inenarrabile, narrabile ("the unutterable, utterable"). We have restored it so from the Greek, in place of inenarrabilem, narrabilem (accusatives), which through the scribes' manifest carelessness crept into all the manuscripts and from them into all the editions. This interchange of cases is frequent in old manuscripts.

(printed under page 304)

(2) ‹anchor: Quod invisibile sibi est, formari› · call in col 595

Quod invisibile sibi est, formari. Praeposterus verborum ordo. Lege, quod invisibile est, sibi formari, i. e. ad sui formam, seu similitudinem effingi, ut mox explicatur.

"That what is invisible to itself be formed." The order of the words is back to front. Read: "that what is invisible be formed to itself," that is, be fashioned after its own form or likeness, as is explained just after.

(printed under page 304)

(3) ‹anchor: Invisibilis› · call in col 595

Invisibilis. Genitivus singularis est, ut ex Graeco patet.

Invisibilis ("of the invisible"). It is a genitive singular, as is clear from the Greek.

(printed under page 304)

(4) ‹anchor: Locutus est verbum primum› · call in col 595

Locutus est verbum primum. Ita recte cod. Clarom. juxta Graecum. In aliis omnibus tum editt., tum mss. male repetita voce, verbum, perturbatur orationis sensus.

"He spoke the first word." So, rightly, the Clermont manuscript, following the Greek. In all the others, printed and manuscript, the word verbum is wrongly repeated and the sense of the sentence is thrown into confusion.

(printed under page 304)

(5) ‹anchor: Fuit ἀρχή› · call in col 595

Fuit ἀρχή. Auctoris sensum haud assecutus est interpres. Vertendum erat, fuit id initium, sermonis scilicet Patris. Neque enim vox ἀρχή fuit prima syllaba, quam protulit Pater: sed primus ille sonus, quem emisit, fuit principium caeterorum.

Fuit ἀρχή ("it was ἀρχή"). The translator did not grasp the author's meaning. It should have been rendered "it was the beginning," namely of the Father's utterance. For the word ἀρχή was not the first syllable the Father uttered; rather, the first sound he emitted was the beginning of the rest.

(printed under page 304)

(6) ‹anchor: Et syllaba ejus› · call in col 595

Et syllaba ejus. Sic iterum cod. Clarom. cum Graeco. In aliis om. perperam, syllabae.

Et syllaba ejus ("and its syllable"). So again the Clermont manuscript, with the Greek. In all the others, wrongly, syllabae.

(printed under page 304)

(7) ‹anchor: Et fuit haec› · call in col 595

Et fuit haec. Ex Graeco lege, et fuit et haec.

Et fuit haec ("and this was"). From the Greek read et fuit et haec ("and this too was").

(printed under page 304)

(8) ‹anchor: Quod ipsum super elementum est› · call in col 595

Quod ipsum super elementum est. Hic mendosi sunt codd. omnes cum editt., tum mss. In edit. Feuard. legitur, cujus elementum est. Grabius, cujus ipsum elementum est. Uterque ex Graeci textus auctoritate sic correxisse sibi videtur. At textum ipsum Graecum depravatum esse inferius ostendi not. 13. In edit. autem Eras. et Gall. ac mss. omnibus habetur, neque ipsum super elementum est. Ex quibus levi mutatione facta, restituendo scilicet, quod (utpote quod scriptum cum abbreviationis nota, et postremae voci formam propius colligatum, proclive fuit festinantibus scribis transmutare in neque), vera lectio eruitur, quod ipsum super elementum est, i. e. quod super ipsum est elementum, quod supra se est: uno verbo, illius elementi formam non videt quod superius est. Certe longe levior est haec nostra mutatio, et potiori ratione nixa, quam Feuardentiana et Grabiana. Boni ergo consulat lector, si hic eadem libertate (quamvis non prorsus tanta) usi fuerimus, qua illi; rationesque nostras legat cit. not.

"Which is the element above it." Here all the copies, printed and manuscript, are faulty. In Feuardent's edition one reads "of which it is the element"; Grabe, "of which it itself is the element." Each believes he has corrected it so on the authority of the Greek text. But that the Greek text itself is corrupt is shown below, note 13. In the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and in all the manuscripts one has "nor is it itself the element above." From these, by a slight change, namely by restoring quod (which, written with an abbreviation mark and joined closely to the last word, formam, hurried scribes could easily turn into neque), the true reading is recovered: "which is the element above it itself," that is, which is the element above it, which is above itself: in a word, it does not see the form of that element which is higher. Certainly this change of ours is far slighter, and rests on better reason, than Feuardent's and Grabe's. Let the reader therefore take it in good part if we have used here the same liberty as they (though not quite so much); and let him read our reasons in the note cited.

(printed under page 304)

(9) ‹anchor: Τὸ ἀόρατον› · call in col 596

Τὸ ἀόρατον. Addendum videtur αὐτῷ. Addit enim interpres in versione sua pronomen sibi, quamvis praepostero ordine collocet. Et mox sequitur, καὶ προήκατο λόγον ὅμοιον αὐτῷ, et protulit verbum simile sibi.

Τὸ ἀόρατον ("the invisible"). It seems αὐτῷ ("to him") should be added. For the translator adds in his version the pronoun sibi, though he places it in the wrong order. And just after follows καὶ προήκατο λόγον ὅμοιον αὐτῷ, et protulit verbum simile sibi, "and he put forth a Word like himself."

(printed under page 304)

(10) ‹anchor: Ἡ συλλαβὴ αὐτοῦ στοιχείων τεσσάρων› · call in col 596

Ἡ συλλαβὴ αὐτοῦ στοιχείων τεσσάρων. Allegorica hac syllabarum et litterarum farragine totum Pleroma, quod nominis instar hic exhibetur, ejusque tetradas, decada et duodecada, singulosque, quibus constat, Aeones hic designari, nemo non videt. Ita iis quae paulo simplicius explicabant caeteri Valentiniani, caliginem offundere satagebat Marcus, ut nugis pretium adderet obscuritas.

Ἡ συλλαβὴ αὐτοῦ στοιχείων τεσσάρων ("its syllable of four letters"). Everyone sees that by this allegorical hotchpotch of syllables and letters is meant the whole Pleroma, which is presented here as a name, with its tetrads, decad and duodecad, and the several Aeons of which it consists. Thus Marcus busied himself with casting a fog over what the other Valentinians set out a little more simply, so that obscurity might add value to his trifles.

(printed under page 304)

(11) ‹anchor: Καὶ αὐτὴ στοιχ. δεκ.› · call in col 596

Καὶ αὐτὴ στοιχ. δεκ. Hic, ut et paulo post in sequenti periodo, dele καί, quod in Latino non comparet.

Καὶ αὐτὴ στοιχ. δεκ. ("and it of ten letters"). Here, as also a little later in the following sentence, delete καί, which does not appear in the Latin.

(printed under page 304)

(12) ‹anchor: Συλλαβῶν δὲ τεσσάρων› · call in col 596

Συλλαβῶν δὲ τεσσάρων. Juxta quadripartitam Pleromatis divisionem in duas tetradas, decada et duodecada: quamvis interdum tripartite dividerent Valentiniani, in ogdoada ex duabus tetradibus conflatam, decada et duodecada.

Συλλαβῶν δὲ τεσσάρων ("and of four syllables"). Following the fourfold division of the Pleroma into two tetrads, a decad and a duodecad: though the Valentinians sometimes divided it in three, into an ogdoad made up of the two tetrads, a decad and a duodecad.

(printed under page 304)

(13) ‹anchor: Οὗπερ αὐτὸς στοιχεῖόν ἐστι› · call in col 596

Οὗπερ αὐτὸς στοιχεῖόν ἐστι. Corrupta lectio, quam sic ex codd. Latinis, ipsis licet depravatis, emendandam censeo: ὃ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ στοιχεῖόν ἐστι. Nempe oscitans quispiam scriba duas voces ὃ ὑπέρ in unam commiscuit; tum pro αὐτοῦ scripsit αὐτός, quae quam facile contingere possint, norunt qui in mss. codd. Graecorum lectione versati sunt, in quibus plures non satis ab invicem separatae voces, non raro confunduntur ab imperitis, et littera σ sic efformata c ab iisdem saepe accipitur pro υ. Quod vero ita, ut dixi, scripserit Irenaeus, praeter textum Latinum jam restitutum, demonstrat Marci hypothesis. Id enim volebat, unicuique elemento seu Aeoni ignotam esse superioris elementi, seu Aeonis formam: imo ne quidem vicini elementi enuntiationem scire: seu, ut Irenaei verbis utar, μηδὲν αὐτῶν εἶναι, ὃ τὴν ἐκείνου καθορᾷ μορφὴν, ὃ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ στοιχεῖόν ἐστι, nullum eorum esse, quod illius elementi formam videat, quod supra se est, vel quod superius est. Haec vero nostra emendatio mire confirmatur ex iis quae lib. II, cap. 16, n. 9, ex Valentinianorum sententia (a quibus in hac parte non dissidebant Marcosii), refert Irenaeus: Hoc autem, inquit, dicunt, quoniam emissi sunt unusquisque illorum (Aeonum) et illum tantum cognovisse qui se emisit, ignorans autem eum qui ante illum est. Cum igitur unusquisque Aeonum ignoret eum qui ante se est; dubitare jam non licet quin hic in Graeco legendum sit, ὃ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, et in Latino, quod ipsum super.

Οὗπερ αὐτὸς στοιχεῖόν ἐστι ("of which he himself is the element"). A corrupt reading, which I think should be emended thus from the Latin copies, corrupt though they are themselves: ὃ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ στοιχεῖόν ἐστι ("which is the element above it"). That is, some drowsy scribe ran the two words ὃ ὑπέρ together into one; then for αὐτοῦ he wrote αὐτός. How easily this can happen is known to those practised in reading Greek manuscripts, in which a number of words not well separated from one another are not seldom confused by the unskilled, and the letter σ, shaped thus, c, is often taken by them for υ. That Irenaeus wrote as I have said is shown, besides the Latin text now restored, by Marcus's system. For his doctrine was that to each element, or Aeon, the form of the higher element, or Aeon, is unknown; indeed, that it does not even know the utterance of the neighbouring element: or, to use Irenaeus's words, μηδὲν αὐτῶν εἶναι, ὃ τὴν ἐκείνου καθορᾷ μορφὴν, ὃ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ στοιχεῖόν ἐστι, "that none of them sees the form of that element which is above it," or "which is higher." This emendation of ours is wonderfully confirmed by what Irenaeus reports in book 2, chapter 16, number 9, from the opinion of the Valentinians (from whom the Marcosians did not differ on this point): "But this they say," he writes, "since each of them (the Aeons) was emitted and knew only the one who emitted him, but is ignorant of the one who is before that one." Since, then, each of the Aeons is ignorant of the one before him, it can no longer be doubted that here one should read in the Greek ὃ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, and in the Latin quod ipsum super.

(printed under page 304)

(14) ‹anchor: Γινώσκει› · call in col 596

Γινώσκει. Contextus sermonis exigit legi cum interp. γινώσκειν, in infinitivo. Αὐτόν autem quod (continues)

Γινώσκει ("knows"). The context requires that one read with the translator γινώσκειν, in the infinitive. But αὐτόν, which ... (continues)

(printed under page 304)

Page

  • running head: 595 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENS
  • marginal letters: A voluit suum; B eorum esse; C (4) Locutus est; D bus habetur
  • old-edition numerals: 67 after Unumquodque
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:596
ἀόρατον μορφωθῆναι, ἤνοιξε τὸ στόμα, καὶ προήκατο λόγον ὅμοιον αὐτῷ· ὃς παραστὰς ὑπέδειξεν αὐτῷ ὃ ἦν αὐτὸς, τοῦ ἀοράτου μορφὴ φανείς. Ἡ δὲ ἐκφώνησις τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐγένετο τοιαύτη. Ἐλάλησε λόγον τὸν πρῶτον τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, ἥτις ἦν ἀρχὴ, καὶ ἦν ἡ συλλαβὴ αὐτοῦ στοιχείων τεσσάρων. Ἐπισυνῆψε τὴν δευτέραν· καὶ ἦν καὶ αὐτὴ στοιχείων τεσσάρων· ἑξῆς ἐλάλησε τὴν τρίτην· καὶ ἦν καὶ αὐτὴ στοιχείων δέκα. Καὶ τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐλάλησε· καὶ ἦν καὶ αὐτὴ στοιχείων δεκαδύο. Ἐγένετο οὖν ἡ ἐκφώνησις τοῦ ὅλου ὀνόματος στοιχείων μὲν τριάκοντα, συλλαβῶν δὲ τεσσάρων. Ἕκαστον δὲ τῶν στοιχείων ἴδια γράμματα, καὶ ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα, καὶ ἰδίαν ἐκφώνησιν, καὶ σχήματα, καὶ εἰκόνας ἔχειν, καὶ μηδὲν αὐτῶν εἶναι, ὃ τὴν ἐκείνου καθορᾷ μορφὴν, οὗπερ αὐτὸς στοιχεῖόν ἐστιν· ἀλλὰ οὐδὲ γινώσκει αὐτὸν,
invisible [part] should be formed, he opened his mouth, and sent forth a Word like himself; who, standing beside him, showed him what he himself was, having appeared as the form of the invisible. And the utterance of the name took place in such a way as this. He spoke the first word of his name, which was a beginning, and its syllable was of four elements. He joined to it the second; and it also was of four elements; next he spoke the third; and it also was of ten elements. And he spoke the one after these; and it also was of twelve elements. The utterance of the whole name, therefore, came to be of thirty elements, and of four syllables. And each of the elements has its own letters, and its own character, and its own pronunciation, and shapes, and images, and there is none of them that beholds the form of that one of which it itself is an element; nor indeed does it know it,
Editors' notes and page, col. 596

Page

  • running head: PI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 596
  • marginal letters: A ἀόρατον μορφωθῆναι; B εἶναι, ὃ τὴν; C paret.; D seu Aeoni
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off as II INTERPRETATIO.) and Latin below not set
PG 7:597
οὐδὲ μὴν τὴν τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ ἕκαστον ἐκφώνησιν πολιορκεῖ, ἀλλὰ ὃ αὐτὸς ἐκφωνεῖ, ὡς τὸ πᾶν ἐκφωνοῦντα, τὸ ὅλον ἡγεῖσθαι ὀνομάζειν. Ἕκαστον γὰρ αὐτῶν, μέρος ὂν τοῦ ὅλου, τὸν ἴδιον ἦχον ὡς τὸ πᾶν ὀνομάζειν, καὶ μὴ παύσασθαι ἠχοῦντα, μέχρι ὅτου ἐπὶ τὸ ἔσχατον γράμμα τοῦ ἑκάστου στοιχείου μονογλωσσήσαντος καταστήσαι. Τότε δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀποκατάστασιν τῶν ὅλων ἔφη γενέσθαι, ὅταν τὰ πάντα κατελθόντα εἰς τὸ ἓν γράμμα, μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκφώνησιν ἠχήσῃ· ἧς ἐκφωνήσεως εἰκόνα, τὸ Ἀμὴν ὁμοῦ λεγόντων ἡμῶν, ὑπέθετο εἶναι. Τοὺς δὲ φθόγγους ὑπάρχειν, τοὺς μορφοῦντας τὸν ἀνούσιον καὶ ἀγέννητον Αἰῶνα· καὶ εἶναι τούτους μορφὰς, ἃς ὁ Κύριος Ἀγγέλους εἴρηκε, τὰς δὲ διηνεκῶς βλεπούσας τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός.
nor yet does each besiege the pronunciation of its neighbour, but what it itself pronounces, as pronouncing the whole, it supposes that it names the entirety. For each of them, being a part of the whole, names its own sound as the all, and does not cease sounding until it arrives at the last letter of each element uttering it singly. And then he said that the restoration of all things also takes place, when all things, having come down into the one letter, sound forth one and the same utterance; of which utterance he supposed the image to be the Amen when we say it together. And the sounds exist as those that form the unsubstantial and unbegotten Aeon; and these are the forms which the Lord has called Angels, which continually behold the face of the Father.
2. Τὰ δὲ ὀνόματα τῶν στοιχείων τὰ ῥητὰ καὶ κοινὰ, Αἰῶνας, καὶ λόγους, καὶ ῥίζας, καὶ σπέρματα, καὶ πληρώματα, καὶ καρποὺς ὠνόμασε. Τὰ δὲ καθ' ἕνα αὐτῶν καὶ ἑκάστου ἴδια ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς
2. And the expressible and common names of the elements he named Aeons, and words, and roots, and seeds, and fulnesses, and fruits. And the individual names of them and those proper to each are in the name of the
Editors' notes and page, col. 597

Page

  • running head: 597 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A οὐδὲ μὴν; B 2. Τὰ δὲ; C sequitur, ut; D hominibus jam
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO (cut off at right) and Latin below not set
PG 7:598
Editors' notes and page, col. 598

Footnotes

(64) ‹anchor: Dominus Angelos appellavit› · call in col 598

Matth. XVIII, 10.

Matthew 18:10.

(continued) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 598

sequitur, ut et paulo post αὐτός, refer non ad elementum, sed ad rem per elementum significatam, Aeonem scilicet: quamvis utrobique scriptum mallem αὐτό.

(continued) ... follows, as also αὐτός a little later, refer not to the letter but to the thing signified by the letter, namely the Aeon; although in both places I would prefer αὐτό to have been written.

(printed under page 305)

(1) ‹anchor: Πολιορκεῖ› · call in col 598

Πολιορκεῖ. Qui verbum istud huc quadrare possit, viderit Billius qui eam lectionem non prorsus improbat. Certe legendum cum interp. γινώσκειν, ᾔδειν, ἐπίστασθαι, vel quidpiam simile.

Πολιορκεῖ ("besieges"). How that word can fit here, let Billius see, who does not altogether reject this reading. Certainly one should read with the interpreter γινώσκειν, ᾔδειν, ἐπίστασθαι ("to know"), or something similar.

(printed under page 305)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἑκάστου... μονογλωσσήσαντος› · call in col 598

Ἑκάστου... μονογλωσσήσαντος. Legit interpres, ἐσχάτου... μονογλωσσήσαντα.

Ἑκάστου ... μονογλωσσήσαντος ("of each ... having sounded singly"). The interpreter read ἐσχάτου ... μονογλωσσήσαντα ("of the last ... having sounded singly").

(printed under page 305)

(3) ‹anchor: Καταστῆσαι› · call in col 598

Καταστῆσαι. Legendum vult Billius, καταθῆναι; Grabius, καταστῆναι; ego neutrum. Lego cum interprete, κατέλθωσι· hoc enim vertit, deveniant. Atqui linea sequenti κατελθόντα reddit devenientia: adeo ut dubitari non possit quin linea praecedenti legerit κατέλθωσι, pro quo imperitus amanuensis scripsit καταστῆσαι.

Καταστῆσαι ("to establish"). Billius would read καταθῆναι; Grabe, καταστῆναι; I, neither. I read with the interpreter κατέλθωσι ("they come down"), for that is what he translated, deveniant. And indeed in the following line he renders κατελθόντα by devenientia, so that there can be no doubt that in the preceding line he read κατέλθωσι, for which an unskilled copyist wrote καταστῆσαι.

(printed under page 305)

(4) ‹anchor: Τότε δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀποκατάστασιν› · call in col 598

Τότε δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀποκατάστασιν. Idipsum est quod supra cap. vii dicebant alii Valentiniani, consummationem tum futuram, cum spiritalibus hominibus jam perfectis, hi cum Achamoth matre sua in Pleroma migrabunt, ut conjugium exsistat tum Salvatoris et Achamoth, tum Angelorum Salvatoris et spiritalium animarum.

Τότε δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀποκατάστασιν ("and then also the restoration"). This is the very thing that other Valentinians said above, chapter 7: that the consummation will come when, the spiritual men now being perfected, they will pass with their mother Achamoth into the Pleroma, so that there may be a marriage both of the Saviour and Achamoth, and of the Saviour's Angels and the spiritual souls.

(printed under page 305)

(5) ‹anchor: Cognoscere eum› · call in col 598

Cognoscere eum. Et mox, quod ipse. Mallem scripsisset interpres, cognoscere illud, et, quod ipsum, elementum scilicet. Sed haec ad Aeonem per elementum significatum referre maluit.

Cognoscere eum ("to know him"). And soon after, quod ipse ("which he himself"). I would rather the interpreter had written cognoscere illud and quod ipsum, meaning the letter; but he preferred to refer these to the Aeon signified by the letter.

(printed under page 305)

(6) ‹anchor: Proximi ejus› · call in col 598

Proximi ejus. Vertendum fuisset, proximi sui.

Proximi ejus ("of its neighbour"). It should have been translated proximi sui ("of its own neighbour").

(printed under page 305)

(7) ‹anchor: Ita omne quod enuntiat› · call in col 598

Ita omne quod enuntiat, illud quod est totum nominet. Sic quidem codd. omnes tum exarati, tum editi. Sed hic vel mutila versio est, vel pessima. Scribendum erat: velut si omne enuntiasset, arbitrari totum nominare.

Ita omne quod enuntiat, illud quod est totum nominet ("so that all that it utters, it may name that which is the whole"). So indeed all the codices, both written and printed. But here the translation is either mutilated or very bad. It should have been written: "as if it had uttered the whole, to think it names the whole."

(printed under page 305)

(8) ‹anchor: Unumquodque› · call in col 598

Unumquodque. Sic ex Graeco restitui, pro unumquemque, quod in codd. omnibus exstat; neque enim persuadere mihi possum, adeo sui oblitum esse interpretem, ut unumquemque scripserit, qui mox neutro genere utitur, et paulo ante bis scripsit unumquodque. Scribarum igitur culpa est, qui unumquodque scriptum cum abbreviationis nota commutarunt in unumquemque.

Unumquodque ("each one", neuter). So I have restored it from the Greek, in place of unumquemque (masculine), which stands in all the codices; for I cannot persuade myself that the interpreter so forgot himself as to write unumquemque, when he uses the neuter just after and wrote unumquodque twice a little before. The fault is therefore the scribes', who changed unumquodque, written with an abbreviation mark, into unumquemque.

(printed under page 305)

(9) ‹anchor: Suum sonum› · call in col 598

Suum sonum. Cod. Pass. unum sonum.

Suum sonum ("its own sound"). The Passionei codex has unum sonum ("one sound").

(printed under page 305)

(10) ‹anchor: Nominare› · call in col 598

Nominare. Ita recte pro nomen, quod exstat in Eras. et Gall. editt. reposuit Feuard. ex Graeco ὀνομάζειν, licet nullus cod. ms. ejus emendationi suffragetur. Clarom. habet NON, sic litteris majusculis scriptum, cum puncto addito in fine; quod quid sibi velit, nescire me fateor.

Nominare ("to name"). So Feuardent rightly restored it from the Greek ὀνομάζειν, in place of nomen ("name"), which stands in the Erasmus and Gallasius editions, although no manuscript codex supports his correction. The Clermont codex has NON, written thus in capital letters with a point added at the end; what it means I confess I do not know.

(printed under page 305)

(11) ‹anchor: Futuram, quando› · call in col 598

Futuram, quando. Sic Clarom. et Pass., caeteri cum.

Futuram, quando ("would come, when"). So the Clermont and Passionei codices; the others have cum.

(printed under page 305)

(12) ‹anchor: Sonant› · call in col 598

Sonant. Sic Clarom., al. sonent: mallem sonuerint.

Sonant ("they sound"). So the Clermont codex; others have sonent; I would prefer sonuerint.

(printed under page 305)

(13) ‹anchor: Tradidit› · call in col 598

Tradidit. Feuardentius addit esse; addunt et Clarom. et Pass., sed frustra, quippe jam praecessit.

Tradidit ("he handed down"). Feuardent adds esse; so do the Clermont and Passionei codices, but needlessly, since it has already come before.

(printed under page 305)

(14) ‹anchor: Qui formant› · call in col 598

Qui formant. Melius, qui adumbrant, referunt.

Qui formant ("who form"). Better: qui adumbrant, referunt ("who outline, represent").

(printed under page 305)

(15) ‹anchor: Hos› · call in col 598

Hos. Sic reposuit Grabius ex edit. Eras. et mss. Arund., Voss. et Merc. 2, juxta Graecum τούτους, pro has, ut habent Clarom., Gall. et Feuard.

Hos ("these", masculine). So Grabe restored it from the Erasmus edition and the Arundel, Vossius and Mercier 2 manuscripts, following the Greek τούτους, in place of has (feminine), as the Clermont codex, Gallasius and Feuardent have.

(printed under page 305)

Page

  • running head: ERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 598
  • marginal letters: A eum, sed; B 2. Nomina autem; C nominet. Sic; D (11) Futuram, quando
  • old-edition numerals: 68 after plenitudines,
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:599
Editors' notes and page, col. 599

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Contineri et intelligi ait› · call in col 599

Contineri et intelligi ait. Graec. contenta intelligi ait.

Contineri et intelligi ait ("he says are contained and understood"). The Greek: "he says are understood as contained".

(printed under page 306)

(2) ‹anchor: Ante haec› · call in col 599

Ante haec. Mallem, supra haec, seu superiora, Demiurgum scilicet, coelestesque res creatas.

Ante haec ("before these"). I would prefer supra haec ("above these"), or superiora ("the higher things"), namely the Demiurge and the heavenly things created.

(printed under page 306)

(3) ‹anchor: Unamquamque ex his triginta litteris› · call in col 599

Unamquamque ex his triginta litteris in semetipsa. Sic ex Graeca lectione Feuardentius emendavit, monitus a Frontone Duc. Emendationi consentit cod. Voss. In caeteris mss. et editt. Eras. et Gall. perperam: et unaquaeque ex his triginta litteris in semetipso.

Unamquamque ex his triginta litteris in semetipsa ("each of these thirty letters in itself"). So Feuardent corrected it from the Greek reading, on the advice of Fronton du Duc. The Vossius codex agrees with the correction. The other manuscripts and the Erasmus and Gallasius editions wrongly have: et unaquaeque ex his triginta litteris in semetipso.

(printed under page 306)

(4) ‹anchor: Aliis alias› · call in col 599

Aliis alias. Graec. semper aliis alias.

Aliis alias ("others to others"). The Greek: "always others to others".

(printed under page 306)

(5) ‹anchor: Ὡς στοιχείου τὸ ὕστερον γράμμα› · call in col 599

Ὡς στοιχείου τὸ ὕστερον γράμμα. Lege cum interp. ὧν στοιχείων τὸ τοῦ ἐσχάτου στοιχείου ὕστατον γράμμα. Sic ex parte cod. Reg. Habet enim, ὡς στοιχείων τοῦ στοιχείου τὸ ὕστερον γράμμα.

Ὡς στοιχείου τὸ ὕστερον γράμμα ("as the later letter of the element"). Read with the interpreter ὧν στοιχείων τὸ τοῦ ἐσχάτου στοιχείου ὕστατον γράμμα ("of which elements the last letter of the last element"). So, in part, the Royal codex, for it has ὡς στοιχείων τοῦ στοιχείου τὸ ὕστερον γράμμα.

(printed under page 306)

(6) ‹anchor: Οὗ ἦχος ἐξελθών› · call in col 599

Οὗ ἦχος ἐξελθών. His et sequentibus aenigmatis designari Sophiae casum, Achamothae fabulam, rerum omnium tum coelestium tum sublunarium ortum caeterasque ejusmodi nugas, advertit quisque. Confer, si lubet, cap. 1, 2, 4 et seqq.

Οὗ ἦχος ἐξελθών ("whose sound, going forth"). Anyone can see that by these and the following riddles are meant the fall of Sophia, the fable of Achamoth, the origin of all things both heavenly and sublunary, and the rest of such trifles. Compare, if you please, chapters 1, 2, 4 and following.

(printed under page 306)

(7) ‹anchor: Καὶ τῶν› · call in col 599

Καὶ τῶν. Leg. καὶ τά.

Καὶ τῶν. Read καὶ τά.

(printed under page 306)

(8) ‹anchor: Τὸ ἦχος τῷ ἤχει› · call in col 599

Τὸ ἦχος τῷ ἤχει οὗ ὁ ἦχος ἦν, etc. Corruptum hunc locum sic ex veteri versione emendo. Expunctis superfluis quatuor prioribus vocibus, sequentes sic lego: οὗ ὁ ἦχος ἦν συνεπακολουθῶν τῷ ἤχῳ κάτω, ὑπὸ τῆς, etc.

Τὸ ἦχος τῷ ἤχει οὗ ὁ ἦχος ἦν, etc. I correct this corrupt place from the old version thus: striking out the first four words as superfluous, I read the following so: οὗ ὁ ἦχος ἦν συνεπακολουθῶν τῷ ἤχῳ κάτω, ὑπὸ τῆς, etc. ("whose sound was following the sound below, by the ...").

(printed under page 306)

(9) ‹anchor: Λέγειν› · call in col 599

Λέγειν. Leg. λέγει.

Λέγειν ("to say"). Read λέγει ("he says").

(printed under page 306)

(10) ‹anchor: Ὃ γραμμάτων› · call in col 599

Ὃ γραμμάτων. Dele ὅ, quod non legit interpres.

Ὃ γραμμάτων. Delete ὅ, which the interpreter did not read.

(printed under page 306)

(11) ‹anchor: Δι' οὗ› · call in col 599

Δι' οὗ. Lege cum interp. δι' ὧν.

Δι' οὗ ("through which", singular). Read with the interpreter δι' ὧν ("through which", plural).

(printed under page 306)

(12) ‹anchor: Αὐτὸ δέ› · call in col 599

Αὐτὸ δέ. Lege cum Petavio in margine Epiphanii, et veteri interp. αὐτό τε.

Αὐτὸ δέ. Read, with Petau in the margin of Epiphanius and with the old interpreter, αὐτό τε.

(printed under page 306)

Page

  • running head: 599 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A Ecclesiae contineri; B per alias; C vocat, unicuique; D (1) Contineri et
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:600
Ἐκκλησίας ἐμπεριεχόμενα νοεῖσθαι ἔφη. Ὡς στοιχείου τὸ ὕστερον γράμμα φωνὴν προήκατο τὴν αὐτοῦ· οὗ ἦχος ἐξελθὼν, κατ' εἰκόνα τῶν στοιχείων στοιχεῖα ἴδια ἐγέννησεν· ἐξ ὧν τά τε ἐνταῦθα κατακεκοσμῆσθαί φησι, καὶ τῶν πρὸ τούτων γεγενῆσθαι. Τὸ μέν τοι γράμμα αὐτὸ (τὸ ἦχος τῷ ἤχει), οὗ ὁ ἦχος ἦν συνεπακολουθῶν τῷ ἤχει, καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ τῆς συλλαβῆς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀνειλῆφθαι ἄνω λέγειν, εἰς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ ὅλου· μεμενηκέναι δὲ εἰς τὰ κάτω τὸν ἦχον, ὥσπερ ἔξω ῥιφέντα. Τὸ δὲ στοιχεῖον αὐτὸ, ἀφ' οὗ τὸ γράμμα σὺν τῇ ἐκφωνήσει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ συγκατῆλθε κάτω, ὃ γραμμάτων εἶναί φησι τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἕκαστον τῶν τριάκοντα γραμμάτων ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχειν ἕτερα γράμματα, δι' οὗ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ γράμματος ὀνομάζεται. Καὶ αὖ πάλιν τὰ ἕτερα δι' ἄλλων ὀνομάζεσθαι γραμμάτων, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δι' ἄλλων, ὡς εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκπίπτειν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν γραμμάτων. Οὕτω δ' ἂν σαφέστερον μάθοις τὸ λεγόμενον. Τὸ δέλτα στοιχεῖον γράμματα ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχει πέντε, αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ δ, καὶ τὸ ε, καὶ τὸ λ, καὶ τὸ τ, καὶ τὸ α· καὶ ταῦτα πάλιν τὰ γράμματα δι' ἄλλων γράφεται γραμμάτων, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δι' ἄλλων. Εἰ οὖν ἡ πᾶσα ὑπόστασις τοῦ δέλτα εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκπίπτει, ἀεὶ ἄλλων ἄλλα γράμματα γεννώντων καὶ διαδεχομένων ἄλληλα, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐκείνου τοῦ στοιχείου μεῖζον εἶναι τὸ πέλαγος τῶν γραμμάτων; Καὶ εἰ τὸ ἓν γράμμα οὕτως ἄπειρον, ὅρα ὅλου τοῦ ὀνόματος τὸν βυθὸν τῶν γραμμάτων, ἐξ ὧν τὸν Προπάτορα ἡ Μάρκου Σιγὴ συνεστάναι ἐδογμάτισε. Διὸ καὶ τὸν
Church understood as being contained, he said. Of which element the last letter sent forth its voice; whose sound, going out, begot its own elements after the image of the elements; from which he says both that the things here have been adorned, and that those before these have come into being. Yet the letter itself (the sound to the sound), whose sound was following closely upon the sound, he says was taken up above by its own syllable, for the completion of the whole; while the sound remained among the things below, as though cast outside. And the element itself, from which the letter together with its own pronunciation came down below, he says is of thirty letters, and that each one of the thirty letters has in itself other letters, through which the name of the letter is named. And again the others are named through other letters, and the others through others, so that the multitude of the letters runs out into infinity. And thus you might learn more clearly what is said. The element delta has in itself five letters, namely δ, and ε, and λ, and τ, and α; and these letters again are written through other letters, and the others through others. If therefore the whole substance of the delta runs out into infinity, others always begetting other letters and succeeding one another, by how much more is the ocean of the letters of that element greater? And if the one letter is thus infinite, behold the abyss of the letters of the whole name, out of which the Silence of Marcus taught that the Forefather consists. Wherefore also the
Editors' notes and page, col. 600

Page

  • running head: SCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 600
  • marginal letters: A Ἐκκλησίας ἐμπεριεχόμενα; B ὀνομάζεσθαι γραμμάτων; C Μάρκου Σιγὴ; D gmatis designari
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off as ILLII INTERPRETATIO.) and Latin below not set
PG 7:601
Πατέρα ἐπιστάμενον τὸ ἀχώρητον αὐτοῦ, δεδωκέναι τοῖς στοιχείοις, ἃ καὶ Αἰῶνας καλεῖ, ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν τὴν ἰδίαν ἐκφώνησιν ἐκβοᾷν, διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ἕνα τὸ ὅλον ἐκφωνεῖν.
Father, knowing his own incomprehensibility, granted to the elements, which he also calls Aeons, that each one of them should cry out its own pronunciation, because one alone is not able to pronounce the whole.
3. Ταῦτα δὲ σαφηνίσασαν αὐτῷ τὴν τετρακτὺν εἰπεῖν· Θέαν δή σοι καὶ αὐτὴν ἐπιδεῖξαι τὴν Ἀλήθειαν. Κατήγαγον γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐκ τῶν ὕπερθεν δομάτων, ἵν' ἐσίδῃς αὐτὴν γυμνὴν, καὶ καταμάθοις τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκούσῃς αὐτῆς λαλούσης, καὶ θαυμάσῃς τὸ φρόνημα αὐτῆς. Ὅρα οὖν κεφαλὴν ἄνω, τὸ Α καὶ τὸ Ω, τράχηλον δὲ Β καὶ Ψ, ὤμους ἅμα χερσὶ Γ καὶ Χ, στήθη Δ καὶ Φ, διάφραγμα Ε καὶ Υ, νῶτον Ζ καὶ Τ, κοιλίαν Η καὶ Σ, μηροὺς Θ καὶ Ρ, γόνατα Ι καὶ Π, κνήμας Κ καὶ Ο, σφυρὰ Λ καὶ Ξ, πόδας Μ καὶ Ν. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σῶμα τῆς, κατὰ τὸν μάγον, Ἀληθείας, τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ στοιχείου, οὗτος ὁ χαρακτὴρ τοῦ γράμματος. Καὶ καλεῖ τὸ στοιχεῖον τοῦτο Ἄνθρωπον· εἶναί τε πηγὴν φησὶν αὐτὸ παντὸς λόγου, καὶ ἀρχὴν πάσης φωνῆς, καὶ παντὸς ἀῤῥήτου ῥῆσιν, καὶ τῆς σιωπωμένης Σιγῆς στόμα. Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς. Σὺ δὲ μετάρσιον ἐγείρας διανοίας νόημα, τὸν αὐτὸν γεννήτορα καὶ πατροδότορα λόγον ἀπὸ στομάτων Ἀληθείας ἄκουε.
3. And having explained these things to him, the Tetractys said: I wish to show you Truth herself also as a spectacle. For I have brought her down from the mansions above, that you may behold her naked, and may learn well her beauty; and also that you may hear her speaking, and may marvel at her wisdom. Behold, then, her head above, Α and Ω; her neck, Β and Ψ; her shoulders together with her hands, Γ and Χ; her breasts, Δ and Φ; her diaphragm, Ε and Υ; her back, Ζ and Τ; her belly, Η and Σ; her thighs, Θ and Ρ; her knees, Ι and Π; her shins, Κ and Ο; her ankles, Λ and Ξ; her feet, Μ and Ν. This is the body of Truth, according to the magician, this is the figure of the element, this is the character of the letter. And he calls this element Man; and he says that it is the fountain of every word, and the beginning of every voice, and the utterance of everything ineffable, and the mouth of the silent Silence. And this indeed is her body. But do you, lifting on high the thought of your understanding, hear from the mouth of Truth the self-begotten and father-giving Word.
4. Ταῦτα δὲ ταύτης εἰπούσης, προσβλέψασαν αὐτῷ τὴν Ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἀνοίξασαν τὸ στόμα λαλῆσαι λόγον· τὸν δὲ λόγον ὄνομα γενέσθαι, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα γενέσθαι τοῦτο, ὃ γινώσκομεν καὶ λαλοῦμεν, Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν· ὃ καὶ ὀνομάσασαν αὐτὴν παρ' αὐτῇ καὶ σιωπήν. Προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ Μάρκου πλεῖόν τι
4. And when she had said these things, Truth looked at him, and opening her mouth spoke a word; and the word became a name, and the name became this which we know and speak, Christ Jesus; having named which, she at once also held her peace. And as Marcus was expecting that she would say something more,
Editors' notes and page, col. 601

Page

  • running head: 601 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A Πατέρα ἐπιστάμενον; B τὸν μάγον; C σιωπήν. Προσδοκῶντος; D (1) Θέαν
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off at right) and Latin below not set
PG 7:602
Editors' notes and page, col. 602

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Θέαν› · call in col 602

Θέαν. Leg. θέλω cum vet.

Θέαν ("sight"). Read θέλω ("I wish") with the old version.

(printed under page 307)

(2) ‹anchor: Τὸν αὐτὸν γεννήτορα καὶ πατροδότορα› · call in col 602

Τὸν αὐτὸν γεννήτορα καὶ πατροδότορα. Leg. cum interp. τὸν αὐτογεννήτορα καὶ πατροδότορα. At in Basileensi Epiphanii edit. et cod. Reg. legitur πατρόδορα.

Τὸν αὐτὸν γεννήτορα καὶ πατροδότορα ("the same begetter and father-giver"). Read with the interpreter τὸν αὐτογεννήτορα καὶ πατροδότορα ("the self-begetter and father-giver"). But in the Basel edition of Epiphanius and in the Royal codex πατρόδορα is read.

(printed under page 307)

(3) ‹anchor: λόγον ἀπὸ στομάτων› · call in col 602

Ἀπὸ στομάτων. Leg. ἀπὸ στόματος.

Ἀπὸ στομάτων ("from the mouths"). Read ἀπὸ στόματος ("from the mouth").

(printed under page 307)

(4) ‹anchor: καὶ ἀνοίξασαν› · call in col 602

Καὶ ἀνοίξασαν. In edit. Oxon. male deest καί.

Καὶ ἀνοίξασαν ("and having opened"). In the Oxford edition καί is wrongly missing.

(printed under page 307)

(5) ‹anchor: παρ' αὐτῇ καὶ σιωπήν› · call in col 602

Παρ' αὐτῇ καὶ σιωπήν. Leg. cum interp. παραυτίκα σιωπᾶν, vel σιωπῆσαι.

Παρ' αὐτῇ καὶ σιωπήν ("beside her, and silence"). Read with the interpreter παραυτίκα σιωπᾶν, or σιωπῆσαι ("at once to be silent").

(printed under page 307)

(6) ‹anchor: Unum› · call in col 602

Unum. Contendit Grabius legendum esse unus, quia in Graeco exstat ἕνα, scilicet Αἰῶνα. Sed pace doctissimi viri dixerim, haud peccasse hic interpretem sive contra sensum, sive contra grammaticae leges; unum enim refert, non ad Aeona, sed ad elementum. Quod prorsus indifferens est: hoc enim signum, ille res significata.

Unum ("one", neuter). Grabe contends that unus should be read, because the Greek has ἕνα, that is, Αἰῶνα. But by the leave of that most learned man I would say that the interpreter has not erred here either against the sense or against the laws of grammar; for he refers unum not to the Aeon but to the letter. Which is altogether indifferent: for the one is the sign, the other the thing signified.

(printed under page 307)

(7) ‹anchor: Dixisse› · call in col 602

Dixisse. Sic ex Graeco reposuit Feuard. pro dedisse, quod perperam exstat in omnibus mss. et editt. Eras. et Gall.

Dixisse ("to have said"). So Feuardent restored it from the Greek in place of dedisse ("to have given"), which wrongly stands in all the manuscripts and in the Erasmus and Gallasius editions.

(printed under page 307)

(8) ‹anchor: In caput› · call in col 602

In caput. Ita Clarom. cod. melius quam caeteri tum editi, tum exarati, in quibus deest in. Ex Graeco tamen vertendum erat: vide igitur caput ejus sursum A et Ω.

In caput ("on the head"). So the Clermont codex, better than the others both printed and written, in which in is missing. From the Greek, however, it should have been translated: "see, then, her head above, A and Ω."

(printed under page 307)

(9) ‹anchor: Γ et X› · call in col 602

Γ et X. Sic Clarom. et omn. editt., except. Feuard., ubi male Π et X.

Γ and X. So the Clermont codex and all the editions except Feuardent's, where wrongly Π and X.

(printed under page 307)

(10) ‹anchor: Cinctum› · call in col 602

Cinctum. Vertendum erat diaphragma, seu septum transversum. Sic medici membranam vocant, quae cor a jecore et liene separat.

Cinctum ("girdle"). It should have been translated diaphragma, or "transverse partition": so physicians call the membrane that separates the heart from the liver and spleen.

(printed under page 307)

(11) ‹anchor: Ventrem Z et T› · call in col 602

Ventrem Z et T. Sic Clarom., Arund. et Merc. 2, cum editt. Eras. et Oxon.; at in Gall. et Feuard. perperam X et T. Sed ut Latina Graecis responderent, vertendum erat: Dorsum Z et T, ventrem H et Σ, femora Θ et P, malleolos Λ et Ξ, pedes, etc.

Ventrem Z et T ("the belly Z and T"). So the Clermont, Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts, with the Erasmus and Oxford editions; but in Gallasius and Feuardent wrongly X and T. But for the Latin to answer to the Greek it should have been translated: "the back Z and T, the belly H and Σ, the thighs Θ and P, the ankles Λ and Ξ, the feet", etc.

(printed under page 307)

(12) ‹anchor: locutam esse› · call in col 602

Locutam esse. Sic ex Graeco restituimus, pro locuta est, quod manifesto scribarum errato legitur in omnibus tum editt., tum mss.

Locutam esse ("had spoken", infinitive). So we have restored it from the Greek in place of locuta est ("she spoke"), which by an evident error of the scribes is read in all the editions and manuscripts.

(printed under page 307)

Page

  • running head: SES LIBER PRIMUS 602
  • marginal letters: A mare, eo; B M et N.; C tacuit. Cum; D editt. Eras.
  • old-edition numerals: 69 after 3.
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:603
Editors' notes and page, col. 603

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Olim est nomen› · call in col 603

Olim est nomen. Vertendum est, antiquum est nomen.

Olim est nomen ("it is a name of old"). It should be translated antiquum est nomen ("it is an ancient name").

(printed under page 308)

(2) ‹anchor: Insigne nomen› · call in col 603

Insigne nomen. I. e. notandum nomen. Nomina enim sex constantia litteris mysticum quid habere contendebant illi haeretici: quod ἐπίσημον βαῦ, notam senarii numeri, cui plurimum tribuebant, in se continerent.

Insigne nomen ("a notable name"), that is, a name to be marked. For those heretics maintained that names consisting of six letters had something mystical about them, because they contained in themselves the episemon vau, the sign of the number six, to which they attributed very much.

(printed under page 308)

(3) ‹anchor: Has igitur› · call in col 603

Has igitur. Sic emendavit Feuard. pro haec igitur, quod vitiose occurrit in editt. Eras., Gall. et mss. omnibus. Sed forte culpa ipsius interpretis est, qui Graecum ταῦτα vertit haec, non advertens substantivum Latinum quod sequitur, feminini esse generis.

Has igitur ("these, then", feminine). So Feuardent corrected it in place of haec igitur, which wrongly occurs in the Erasmus and Gallasius editions and in all the manuscripts. But perhaps the fault is the interpreter's own, who translated the Greek ταῦτα by haec, not noticing that the Latin noun that follows is of the feminine gender.

(printed under page 308)

(4) ‹anchor: Apud nos› · call in col 603

Apud nos. Ex Graeco legendum, apud vos.

Apud nos ("with us"). From the Greek, read apud vos ("with you").

(printed under page 308)

(5) ‹anchor: Earum, quae› · call in col 603

Earum, quae. Scilicet virtutum. Ita ex Graeco reposui pro eorum, quod scribarum oscitantia irrepsit in omnes cum editt. tum manuscriptos.

Earum, quae ("of those which", feminine), that is, of the powers. So I have restored it from the Greek in place of eorum, which crept by the scribes' carelessness into all, both printed and manuscript.

(printed under page 308)

(6) ‹anchor: Ineloquibiles› · call in col 603

Ineloquibiles. Eras., Gall., Clarom. et Pass. inloquibiles.

Ineloquibiles ("unutterable"). Erasmus, Gallasius, and the Clermont and Passionei codices have inloquibiles.

(printed under page 308)

(7) ‹anchor: formam eis› · call in col 603

Eis. Sic recte Feuard. et Grab. juxta Graec. αὐτοῖς, vitiose vero Eras., Gall. cum mss. pluribus, ejus.

Eis ("to them"). So rightly Feuardent and Grabe, following the Greek αὐτοῖς; but wrongly Erasmus and Gallasius, with most manuscripts, ejus ("of it").

(printed under page 308)

(8) ‹anchor: Ex minori autem computatione› · call in col 603

Computatione. Gallasius male vertit sermone. Hic enim λόγος non sermonem, sed rationem, vel computationem significat, ut probe notat Fronto Duc.

Computatione ("reckoning"). Gallasius wrongly translated sermone ("word"). For here λόγος means not "word" but "account" or "reckoning", as Fronton du Duc rightly notes.

(printed under page 308)

(9) ‹anchor: Στομάτων› · call in col 603

Στομάτων. Leg. στόματος.

Στομάτων ("mouths"). Read στόματος ("mouth").

(printed under page 308)

(10) ‹anchor: Δοκεῖς› · call in col 603

Δοκεῖς. Sic cod. Reg. In editt. omn. δοκοῖς.

Δοκεῖς ("you think"). So the Royal codex. In all the editions δοκοῖς.

(printed under page 308)

(11) ‹anchor: Ἐξ ὧν› · call in col 603

Ἐξ ὧν. Leg. ἐξ ἔχον, vel ἐξ ὂν γραμμάτων.

Ἐξ ὧν ("from which"). Read ἓξ ἔχον, or ἓξ ὂν γραμμάτων ("having six", or "being of six letters").

(printed under page 308)

(12) ‹anchor: Συγγενῶν› · call in col 603

Συγγενῶν. Adde cum interp. αὐτοῦ, vel αὐτῷ. Sunt autem angeli Salvatori coaetanei, de quibus supra c. 2 et 4.

Συγγενῶν ("of kindred"). Add with the interpreter αὐτοῦ or αὐτῷ ("his", "to him"). These are the angels coeval with the Saviour, of whom above, chapters 2 and 4.

(printed under page 308)

(13) ‹anchor: Αὐτῶν› · call in col 603

Αὐτῶν. Leg. αὐτῷ.

Αὐτῶν ("of them"). Read αὐτῷ ("to him").

(printed under page 308)

(14) ‹anchor: Ὑπὲρ αὐτήν› · call in col 603

Ὑπὲρ αὐτήν. Leg. ὑπένερθεν.

Ὑπὲρ αὐτήν ("above her"). Read ὑπένερθεν ("beneath").

(printed under page 308)

(15) ‹anchor: λόγου› · call in col 603

Ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ὑστερήσαντος λόγου. Malo, inquit Billius, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὑστερήσαντος λόγου, cum veteri. (continues)

Ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ὑστερήσαντος λόγου ("since of the deficient reckoning"). "I prefer," says Billius, "ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὑστερήσαντος λόγου ('but from the deficient reckoning'), with the old version." (continues)

(printed under page 308)

Page

  • running head: 603 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGD
  • marginal letters: A eam dicturam; B nent universum; C tione, qui; D (1) Olim est
  • old-edition numerals: 70 after qui sunt
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:604
μέλλειν αὐτὴν λέγειν, πάλιν ἡ τετρακτὺς παρελθοῦσα εἰς τὸ μέσον, φησίν· Ὡς εὐκαταφρόνητον ἡγήσω τὸν λόγον, ὃν ἀπὸ στομάτων τῆς Ἀληθείας ἤκουσας. Οὐ τοῦθ' ὅπερ οἶδας καὶ δοκεῖς, παλαιόν ἐστιν ὄνομα. Φωνὴν γὰρ μόνον ἔχεις αὐτοῦ, τὴν δὲ δύναμιν ἀγνοεῖς. Ἰησοῦς μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἐπίσημον ὄνομα, ἓξ ὢν γράμματα, ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν τῆς κλήσεως γινωσκόμενον. Τὸ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς Αἰῶσι τοῦ Πληρώματος πολυμερὲς τυγχάνον ἄλλης ἐστὶ μορφῆς καὶ ἑτέρου τύπου, γινωσκόμενον ὑπ' ἐκείνων τῶν συγγενῶν, ὧν τὰ μεγέθη παρ' αὐτῶν ἐστι διαπαντός.
again the Tetractys, coming forward into the midst, says: How contemptible did you deem the word which you heard from the mouth of Truth! This which you know and think you have is not an ancient name. For you have only its sound, while its power you do not know. For Jesus indeed is a notable name, being of six letters, known by all who belong to the calling. But that which is among the Aeons of the Pleroma, being manifold, is of another form and of another type, known by those kinsmen of his, whose greatnesses are with him continually.
5. Ταῦτ' οὖν τὰ παρ' ὑμῖν εἰκοσιτέσσαρα γράμματα ἀποῤῥοίας ὑπάρχειν γίνωσκε τῶν τριῶν δυνάμεων εἰκονικὰς, τῶν περιεχουσῶν τὸν ὅλον τῶν ἄνω στοιχείων τὸν ἀριθμόν. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄφωνα γράμματα ἐννέα νόμισον εἶναι τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τῆς Ἀληθείας, διὰ τὸ ἀφώνους αὐτοὺς εἶναι, τουτέστιν ἀῤῥήτους καὶ ἀνεκλαλήτους· τὰ δὲ ἡμίφωνα ὀκτὼ, ὄντα τοῦ Λόγου καὶ τῆς Ζωῆς, διὰ τὸ μέσα ὥσπερ ὑπάρχειν τῶν τε ἀφώνων καὶ τῶν φωνηέντων· καὶ ἀναδέχεσθαι τῶν μὲν ὕπερθεν τὴν ἀπόῤῥοιαν, τῶν δ' ὑπὲρ αὐτὴν τὴν ἀναφοράν· τὰ δὲ φωνήεντα, καὶ αὐτὰ ἑπτὰ ὄντα, τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας· ἐπεὶ διὰ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου φωνὴ προελθοῦσα, ἐμόρφωσε τὰ ὅλα. Ὁ γὰρ ἦχος τῆς φωνῆς μορφήν αὐτοῖς περιεποίησεν. Ἔστιν ὁ μὲν Λόγος ἔχων καὶ ἡ Ζωὴ τὰ ὀκτὼ, ὁ δὲ Ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἡ Ἐκκλησία τὰ ἑπτὰ, ὁ δὲ Πατὴρ καὶ ἡ Ἀλήθεια τὰ ἐννέα. Ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ὑστερήσαντος λόγου ὁ ἀφεδρασθεὶς ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ κατῆλθε,
5. Know therefore that these twenty-four letters among you are image-bearing emanations of the three powers that contain the whole number of the elements above. For suppose the nine mute letters to belong to the Father and Truth, because they are voiceless, that is, ineffable and unutterable; and the semivowels, being eight, to belong to the Word and Life, because they exist as it were midway between both the mutes and the vowels, and receive from the things above the emanation, and from the things below the upward reference; and the vowels, themselves also being seven, to belong to Man and the Church; since a voice going forth through Man formed all things. For the sound of the voice invested them with form. Thus the Word and Life have the eight, and Man and the Church the seven, and the Father and Truth the nine. But since from the deficient ratio he who was seated in the Father came down,
Editors' notes and page, col. 604

Page

  • running head: EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS. 604
  • marginal letters: A μέλλειν αὐτὴν; B στοιχείων τὸν; C λόγου ὁ; D inloquibiles
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off at left) and Latin below not set
PG 7:605
πεμφθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸν, ἀφ' οὗ ἐχωρίσθη ἐπὶ διορθώσει τῶν πραχθέντων, ἵνα ἡ τῶν Πληρωμάτων ἑνότης ἰσότητα ἔχουσα, καρποφορῇ μίαν ἐν πᾶσι τὴν ἐκ πάντων δύναμιν. Καὶ οὕτως ὁ τῶν ἑπτὰ τὴν τῶν ὀκτὼ ἐκομίσατο δύναμιν· καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ τόποι ὅμοιοι τοῖς ἀριθμοῖς, ὀγδοάδες ὄντες· οἵτινες, τρεῖς ἐφ' ἑαυτοὺς ἐλθόντες, τὸν τῶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων ἀνέδειξαν ἀριθμόν. Τὰ μέν τοι τρία στοιχεῖα (ἀφίησιν αὐτὸς τῶν τριῶν ἐν συζυγίᾳ δυνάμεων ὑπάρχειν, ἃ ἐστιν ἕξ, ἀφ' ὧν ἀπεῤῥύη τὰ εἰκοσιτέσσαρα στοιχεῖα) τετραπλασιασθέντα τῷ τῆς ἀῤῥήτου τετράδος λόγῳ, τὸν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἀριθμὸν ποιεῖ, ἅπερ φησὶ τοῦ ἀνονομάστου ὑπάρχειν. Φορεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτὰ ὑπὸ τῶν τριῶν δυνάμεων εἰς ὁμοιότητα τοῦ ἀοράτου, ὧν στοιχείων εἰκόνες εἰκόνων τὰ παρ' ἡμῖν διπλᾶ γράμματα ὑπάρχειν, ἃ συναριθμούμενα τοῖς εἰκοσιτέσσαρσι στοιχείοις, δυνάμει τῶν κατὰ ἀναλογίαν, τῶν τριάκοντα ποιεῖ ἀριθμόν.
having been sent to him from whom he was separated for the correction of the things that had been done, in order that the unity of the Pleromas, having equality, might bear fruit in all as one power out of all. And thus he of the seven received the power of the eight; and the places became like the numbers, being ogdoads; which, coming three times upon themselves, exhibited the number of the twenty-four. Yet the three elements (which he himself says belong to the three powers in syzygy, which are six, from which flowed the twenty-four elements), being quadrupled by the ratio of the ineffable Tetrad, make the same number with them; and these he says belong to the Unnameable. And they are borne by the three powers into the likeness of the invisible, of which elements the double letters among us are images of images; which, being numbered together with the twenty-four elements, by the power of analogy make the number of thirty.
6. Τούτου τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας ταύτης καρπόν φησιν ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος πεφηνέναι, ἐκεῖνον τὸν μετὰ τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας τέταρτον ἀναβάντα εἰς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ γενόμενον ἕκτον, τὸν κρατηθέντα,
6. Of this computation and of this dispensation the fruit, he says, has appeared in the likeness of an image, even he who after the six days ascended into the mountain as a fourth, and became sixth, who was held fast,
Editors' notes and page, col. 605

Page

  • running head: 605 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A πεμφθεὶς ἐπὶ; B ὑπάρχειν, ἃ; C Neque enim; D terp. δυνάμει
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO (cut off at right) and Latin below not set
PG 7:606
Editors' notes and page, col. 606

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Οἱ τόποι› · call in col 606

Οἱ τόποι. Τρεῖς adde ex vet. interp.

Οἱ τόποι ("the places"). Add τρεῖς ("three") from the old interpreter.

(printed under page 309)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἀφίησιν› · call in col 606

Ἀφίησιν. Leg. cum interp. ἅ φησιν.

Ἀφίησιν ("he lets go"). Read with the interpreter ἅ φησιν ("which, he says").

(printed under page 309)

(3) ‹anchor: Εἰκόνες εἰκόνων› · call in col 606

Εἰκόνες εἰκόνων. Postremam hanc vocem hamulis incluserunt Petavius et Grabius, veluti superfluam. Sed praeterquam quod eam legit interpres, existimo duplices litteras recte dici potuisse imagines imaginum, quia imagines erant conjugatorum elementorum, quae et ipsa conjugatos Aeones exprimebant.

Εἰκόνες εἰκόνων ("images of images"). Petau and Grabe enclosed this last word in brackets as superfluous. But besides the fact that the interpreter read it, I think the double letters could rightly be called images of images, because they were images of the paired letters, which themselves represented the paired Aeons.

(printed under page 309)

(4) ‹anchor: Δυνάμει τῶν κατὰ ἀναλογίαν› · call in col 606

Δυνάμει τῶν κατὰ ἀναλογίαν. Leg. cum interp. δυνάμει τῇ κατ' ἀναλογίαν.

Δυνάμει τῶν κατὰ ἀναλογίαν. Read with the interpreter δυνάμει τῇ κατ' ἀναλογίαν ("by the power of proportion").

(printed under page 309)

(5) ‹anchor: Τῆς οἰκονομίας ταύτης καρπόν› · call in col 606

Τῆς οἰκονομίας ταύτης καρπόν. Jesus est, quem Pleromatis τέλειον καρπόν sup. cap. 2 vocabant Valentiniani.

Τῆς οἰκονομίας ταύτης καρπόν ("the fruit of this dispensation"). It is Jesus, whom the Valentinians called, above, chapter 2, the perfect fruit of the Pleroma.

(printed under page 309)

(6) ‹anchor: Πεφηνέναι› · call in col 606

Πεφηνέναι. Sic recte cod. Reg.; at omnia edita male πεφυκέναι.

Πεφηνέναι ("to have appeared"). So rightly the Royal codex; but all the printed editions wrongly have πεφυκέναι ("to have been born").

(printed under page 309)

(7) ‹anchor: εἰς τὸ ὄρος› · call in col 606

Ἐκεῖνον τὸν μετὰ τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας, etc. Alludit ad Christi transfigurationem ex Matth. XVII et Marc. IX. Cum Christus post sex dies ascendisset in montem, assumptis secum Petro, Joanne et Jacobo, factus est proinde quartus; tum advenientibus Moyse et Elia, factus est sextus. Quod autem addit Marcus haeresiarcha, qui descendit et detentus est in hebdomade; id intelligo de Jesu in hunc mundum descensu, ejusdemque in eo mora. Cum enim hic mundus septem virtutibus constet, ad imitationem hebdomadis virtutis conditus, ut sub istius capitis finem dicitur, palam est hebdomada a Marco vocari. Eadem igitur hebdomas est de qua et hic et illic. sicque Jesus in hebdomade habitans, hacque superior, insignis octonatio est: quemadmodum Achamoth, septem coelis a Demiurgo conditis superior, ogdoas dicitur cap. 5.

Ἐκεῖνον τὸν μετὰ τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας ("him who after six days"), etc. He alludes to the transfiguration of Christ from Matthew 17 and Mark 9. When Christ after six days had gone up the mountain, taking with him Peter, John and James, he became accordingly the fourth; then, when Moses and Elijah came, he became the sixth. As for what Mark the heresiarch adds, "who came down and was held fast in the hebdomad", I understand it of the descent of Jesus into this world and his stay in it. For since this world consists of seven powers, founded in imitation of the power of the hebdomad, as is said towards the end of this chapter, it is plain that Mark calls it the hebdomad. It is the same hebdomad, then, that is spoken of both here and there; and so Jesus, dwelling in the hebdomad and superior to it, is the "notable ogdoad", just as Achamoth, superior to the seven heavens founded by the Demiurge, is called the ogdoad in chapter 5.

(printed under page 309)

(8) ‹anchor: Qui est numeri VII eorum qui sunt octo› · call in col 606

Qui est numeri vii eorum qui sunt octo accepit virtutem. Clarius Billius: septenarius numerus octonarii vim accepit. Vide not. 15 (supra, col. 604.)

Qui est numeri VII eorum qui sunt octo accepit virtutem ("that which is of the number seven received the power of those which are eight"). More clearly Billius: "the number seven received the force of the number eight." See note 15 (above, col. 604).

(printed under page 309)

(9) ‹anchor: Quae ter in se venientia› · call in col 606

Quae ter in se venientia. Ex Graeco vertendum erat: quae tria in se venientia, seu ducta.

Quae ter in se venientia ("which, coming three times into themselves"). From the Greek it should have been translated: quae tria in se venientia, or ducta ("which three, multiplied into themselves").

(printed under page 309)

(10) ‹anchor: Quadripertita› · call in col 606

Quadripertita. Melius quadruplicata, scilicet elementa.

Quadripertita ("divided in four"). Better quadruplicata ("multiplied by four"), namely the letters.

(printed under page 309)

(11) ‹anchor: Eumdem numerum› · call in col 606

Eumdem numerum. Adde ex Graeco, cum illis, nimirum tribus locis.

Eumdem numerum ("the same number"). Add from the Greek cum illis ("with them"), namely with the three places.

(printed under page 309)

(12) ‹anchor: Innominabilis› · call in col 606

Innominabilis. Sic emendavit Feuard. pro innumerabilis. Consensit cod. Voss. At Clarom., Ottobon et Arund. habent inenarrabilis.

Innominabilis ("unnameable"). So Feuardent corrected it in place of innumerabilis ("innumerable"). The Vossius codex agreed. But the Clermont, Ottoboni and Arundel codices have inenarrabilis ("indescribable").

(printed under page 309)

(13) ‹anchor: Indui› · call in col 606

Indui. Graec. φορεῖσθαι, ferri, portari.

Indui ("to be clothed"). The Greek: φορεῖσθαι, "to be borne, carried".

(printed under page 309)

(14) ‹anchor: Ea a trib.› · call in col 606

Ea a trib. Sic ex Graeco corrigimus, ita exigente syntaxi, pro eas, quod manifestum scribarum sphalma est; nam de elementis hic sermo est.

Ea a trib[us] ("these, by the three"). So we correct it from the Greek, as the syntax requires, in place of eas (feminine), which is an evident slip of the scribes; for the subject here is the letters.

(printed under page 309)

(15) ‹anchor: Annumerantes› · call in col 606

Annumerantes. Cod. Clarom. innumerantes; Arundel. annumeratis, forte pro annumeraris: sic enim legendum merito censet Fronto Duc.

Annumerantes ("counting in"). The Clermont codex has innumerantes; the Arundel, annumeratis, perhaps for annumeraris: for so Fronton du Duc rightly thinks it should be read.

(printed under page 309)

(16) ‹anchor: Illum, qui› · call in col 606

Illum, qui. Et ante illum, codd. Clarom., Arund. et Graeci textus auctoritate cum Grabio expungimus.

Illum, qui ("him who"). On the authority of the Clermont and Arundel codices and of the Greek text we strike out, with Grabe, the et before illum.

(printed under page 309)

(17) ‹anchor: est sextus› · call in col 606

Sextus. Ita pro numero vi reposuit idem Grabius ex Voss. et Graeco.

Sextus ("sixth"). So the same Grabe restored it, in place of the numeral VI, from the Vossius codex and the Greek.

(printed under page 309)

Page

  • running head: ERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 606
  • marginal letters: A emissus illuc; B est invisibilis; C mundum descensu; D innumerabilis
  • old-edition numerals: 71 after viginti
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:607
Editors' notes and page, col. 607

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Coena pura› · call in col 607

Coena pura. Sic vocem παρασκευή reddidit interpres; nec male. Nam Parasceven, inquit August. tract. 120 in Joan., Coenam puram Judaei Latine usitatius apud nos vocant. Et, id est sexta feria. Glossarium: Coena pura, προσάββατον. Ejusdem nominis meminerunt Tertull. lib. v adv. Marcion. c. 4, et Beda in cap. ix Joan. Ideo vero, ut observat Feuard., Judaei sextam diem, seu Parasceven, qua Dominus cruci affixus est, appellabant coenam puram, quod juxta legis praescriptum puros vestimentis, cibis, corporibus et animis esse deceret, qui Sabbatum sequens celebraturi essent.

Coena pura ("pure supper"). So the interpreter rendered the word παρασκευή, and not badly. For "the Parasceve," says Augustine, tractate 120 on John, "the Jews among us more commonly call in Latin the pure supper." And, that is, the sixth day of the week. A glossary: "Coena pura, προσάββατον (the day before the Sabbath)." Tertullian, book 5 against Marcion, chapter 4, and Bede on chapter 9 of John mention the same name. The Jews, as Feuardent observes, called the sixth day, or Parasceve, on which the Lord was fastened to the cross, the "pure supper" because, according to the precept of the Law, those who were to keep the following Sabbath ought to be pure in clothing, food, body and soul.

(printed under page 310)

(2) ‹anchor: Novissimum hominem› · call in col 607

Novissimum hominem. Vide not. 11.

Novissimum hominem ("the last man"). See note 11.

(printed under page 310)

(3) ‹anchor: Perfectum enim sensum› · call in col 607

Perfectum enim sensum. Clarior Billii versio: Perfectum enim Nun, cum senarium numerum procreandi ac regenerandi facultate praeditum esse perspectum haberet, regenerationem eam, quae per eum, qui insignis apparuit, in hunc numerum contigit, filiis lucis declarasse.

Perfectum enim sensum ("for the perfect Mind"). Billius's version is clearer: "For the perfect Nous, knowing well that the number six is endowed with the power of procreating and regenerating, declared to the sons of light the regeneration which came about, into this number, through him who appeared as the notable one."

(printed under page 310)

(4) ‹anchor: Eam generationem› · call in col 607

Eam generationem. E Graeco legendum, eam regenerationem.

Eam generationem ("that generation"). From the Greek, read eam regenerationem ("that regeneration").

(printed under page 310)

(5) ‹anchor: Explicuit› · call in col 607

Explicuit. I. e. absolvit, complevit.

Explicuit, that is, "finished, completed".

(printed under page 310)

(6) ‹anchor: Diacono› · call in col 607

Diacono. I. e. administra.

Diacono ("deacon"), that is, "ministering" (feminine).

(printed under page 310)

(7) ‹anchor: A se cogitatae cogitationis› · call in col 607

A se cogitatae cogitationis. Melius Billius, voluntarii consilii. At in codd. Clarom. et Pass. legitur, ab se cogitatae manifestationis cogitetur fructus.

A se cogitatae cogitationis ("of the thought thought by itself"). Billius better: voluntarii consilii ("of the voluntary counsel"). But in the Clermont and Passionei codices is read: ab se cogitatae manifestationis cogitetur fructus ("the fruit of the self-conceived manifestation may be thought").

(printed under page 310)

(8) ‹anchor: Ἐφανέρωσεν› · call in col 607

Ἐφανέρωσεν. Leg. cum interp. ὃν ἐφανέρωσεν.

Ἐφανέρωσεν ("manifested"). Read with the interpreter ὃν ἐφανέρωσεν ("whom he manifested").

(printed under page 310)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἥτις ἐστὶν Ω καὶ Α› · call in col 607

Ἥτις ἐστὶν Ω καὶ Α. Salvatorem, qui seipsum Apoc. I vocat α et ω, in Jesum, tum cum ad baptismum venit, sub specie columbae descendisse fingebant illi haeretici.

Ἥτις ἐστὶν Ω καὶ Α ("which is Omega and Alpha"). Those heretics imagined that the Saviour, who in Revelation 1 calls himself Alpha and Omega, descended upon Jesus, when he came to baptism, in the form of a dove.

(printed under page 310)

(10) ‹anchor: Ὁ γὰρ ἀρ. αὐτῆς› · call in col 607

Ὁ γὰρ ἀρ. αὐτῆς, μία καὶ ὀκτ. Nam ex π quae est 80, et ε quae est 5, ex ρ 100, ι 10, σ 200, τ 300, ε 5, ρ 100, α 1, invicem additis exsurgunt 801.

Ὁ γὰρ ἀρ[ιθμὸς] αὐτῆς, μία καὶ ὀκτ[ακόσια] ("for its number is eight hundred and one"). For from π, which is 80, and ε, which is 5, from ρ 100, ι 10, σ 200, τ 300, ε 5, ρ 100, α 1, added together, comes 801.

(printed under page 310)

(11) ‹anchor: Καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν› · call in col 607

Καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν. Pro καί legit Billius κατά, ob verbum πεφηνέναι, quod in activa significatione nunquam in ullo auctore legisse se meminit. Contendit vero Fronto Duc. verbum istud medium activa interdum significatione gaudere. Sed quod exemplum profert ex Philone Judaeo, apud quem legitur, τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀπέφηνε, non est ad rem. Nam ἀπέφηνε aoristus est activus, non praeteritum medium, de quo solo disputat Billius. Ut ut sit, melius forte et ad auctoris mentem aptius verba haec, τὸν ἔσχατον ἄνθρωπον εἰς ἀναγέννησιν τοῦ πρώτου, per appositionem acceperis, addita nimirum explicandae oeconomiae gratia, ut sit sensus: nostrae salutis oeconomiam, novissimum scilicet hominem, ad primi hominis regenerationem mortem obeuntem, in sexta die apparuisse. Christi siquidem passionem a Graecis dictam fuisse οἰκονομίαν, tam notum est, ut argumenta referre superfluum videretur. Sic immutandae vulgatae lectionis, quam veteris interp. firmat auctoritas, nulla necessitas erit, et verbo πεφηνέναι sua constabit passiva significatio.

Καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν ("and the dispensation"). For καί Billius reads κατά, because of the verb πεφηνέναι, which he does not remember ever having read in any author in an active sense. Fronton du Duc, however, contends that this middle verb sometimes has an active sense. But the example he brings from Philo the Jew, in whom is read τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἀπέφηνε, is not to the point; for ἀπέφηνε is an active aorist, not the middle perfect, about which alone Billius is arguing. However that may be, you would perhaps do better, and more in keeping with the author's mind, to take the words τὸν ἔσχατον ἄνθρωπον εἰς ἀναγέννησιν τοῦ πρώτου ("the last man, for the regeneration of the first") in apposition, added, that is, to explain the dispensation, so that the sense is: "that the dispensation of our salvation, namely the last man undergoing death for the regeneration of the first man, appeared on the sixth day." For that the passion of Christ was called οἰκονομία by the Greeks is so well known that to bring arguments would seem superfluous. Thus there will be no need to change the received reading, which the authority of the old interpreter confirms, and the verb πεφηνέναι will keep its passive sense.

(printed under page 310)

(12) ‹anchor: Καὶ τὴν ἕκτην› · call in col 607

Καὶ τὴν ἕκτην. Dele καί cum veteri interp.

Καὶ τὴν ἕκτην ("and the sixth"). Delete καί, with the old interpreter.

(printed under page 310)

(13) ‹anchor: Εἰς αὐτὸν ἀριθμόν› · call in col 607

Εἰς αὐτὸν ἀριθμόν. Sic recte cod. Reg. Editt. omnes perperam, εἰς αὐτὸν δι' αὐτοῦ.

Εἰς αὐτὸν ἀριθμόν ("into that number"). So rightly the Royal codex. All the editions wrongly have εἰς αὐτὸν δι' αὐτοῦ.

(printed under page 310)

(14) ‹anchor: Διπλᾶ γράμματα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐπίσημον› · call in col 607

Διπλᾶ γράμματα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐπίσημον. Senarium scilicet, cujus nota Graecis est ἐπίσημον ς. Tres autem illae duplices litterae sunt vulgatae ζ, ξ, ψ, quae revera senario aequipollent. Vult Grabius tria esse ἐπίσημα, βαῦ, σαμπῖ, et κόππα, quod qua ratione explicare possit vir doctus et huic loco aptare, non video.

Διπλᾶ γράμματα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐπίσημον ("the double letters [have] the notable number"), namely six, whose sign among the Greeks is the episemon ς. Those three double letters are the common ζ, ξ, ψ, which in fact are equivalent to six. Grabe would have them be the three episemons, vau, sampi and koppa; how the learned man could explain that and fit it to this place I do not see.

(printed under page 310)

(15) ‹anchor: Τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμῶν μεγέθει› · call in col 607

Τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμῶν μεγέθει. Ἀληθείᾳ videlicet, Nu seu Monogenis conjuge, quae, ut cap. sequenti dicitur, septem litteris constat.

Τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμῶν μεγέθει ("by the greatness of the seven numbers"), namely by Truth, the consort of Nous or the Only-begotten, which, as is said in the next chapter, consists of seven letters.

(printed under page 310)

Page

  • running head: 607 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A made, cum; B numerum insignem; C interpres; nec; D (4) Eam generationem
  • old-edition numerals: 72 after scientem
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:608
καὶ καταβάντα ἐν τῇ ἑβδομάδι, ἐπίσημον ὀγδοάδα ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ ἔχοντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν ἅπαντα τῶν στοιχείων ἀριθμὸν, ἐφανέρωσεν, ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ἡ τῆς περιστερᾶς κάθοδος, ἥτις ἐστὶν Ω καὶ Α. Ὁ γὰρ ἀριθμὸς αὐτῆς μία καὶ ὀκτακόσιαι. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Μωϋσέα ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν εἰρηκέναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι· καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶ παρασκευὴ, τὸν ἔσχατον ἄνθρωπον εἰς ἀναγέννησιν τοῦ πρώτου ἀνθρώπου πεφηνέναι, ἧς οἰκονομίας ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος καὶ τὴν ἕκτην ὥραν, ἐν ᾗ προσηλώθη τῷ ξύλῳ. Τὸν γὰρ τέλειον νοῦν, ἐπιστάμενον τὸν τῶν ἓξ ἀριθμὸν, δύναμιν ποιήσεως καὶ ἀναγεννήσεως ἔχοντα, φανερῶσαι τοῖς υἱοῖς τοῦ φωτὸς τὴν δι' αὐτοῦ φανέντος ἐπισήμου εἰς αὐτὸν ἀριθμὸν γενομένην ἀναγέννησιν. Ἔνθεν καὶ τὰ διπλᾶ γράμματα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐπίσημον ἔχειν φησίν. Ὁ γὰρ ἐπίσημος ἀριθμὸς, συγκραθεὶς τοῖς εἰκοσιτέσσαρσι στοιχείοις, τὸ τριακονταγράμματον ὄνομα ἀπετέλεσε.
and descended in the Hebdomad, being an illustrious Ogdoad, and having in himself the entire number of the elements, whom the descent of the dove manifested when he came to baptism, which is Ω and Α. For its number is eight hundred and one. And for this reason Moses said that man was made on the sixth of the days; and in the dispensation also on the sixth of the days, which is the preparation, the last man appeared for the regeneration of the first man; of which dispensation the beginning and end was the sixth hour, in which he was nailed to the wood. For the perfect Mind, knowing the number of six as having the power of creation and regeneration, manifested to the sons of light the regeneration wrought into that number through him who appeared as Episemon. Hence he says that the double letters also contain the Episemon number. For the Episemon number, mingled with the twenty-four elements, completed the name of thirty letters.
7. Κέχρηται δὲ διακόνῳ τῷ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμῶν μεγέθει, ὥς φησιν ἡ Μάρκου Σιγὴ, ἵνα τῆς αὐτοβουλήτου βουλῆς φανερωθῇ ὁ καρπός. Τὸν μέν τοι
7. And it has used as minister the greatness of the seven numbers, as the Silence of Marcus says, in order that the fruit of its self-willed counsel may be manifested. Yet
Editors' notes and page, col. 608

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 608
  • marginal letters: A καὶ καταβάντα; B ἀναγέννησιν. Ἔνθεν; C (11) Καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν; D interp. firmat
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off at left) and Latin below not set
PG 7:609
ἐπίσημον τοῦτον ἀριθμὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, φησὶ, τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπισήμου μορφωθέντα, νόησον τὸν ὥσπερ μερισθέντα, ἢ διχοτομηθέντα, καὶ ἔξω μείναντα, ὃς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμει τε καὶ φρονήσει, διὰ τῆς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ προβολῆς τοῦτον τὸν τῶν ἑπτὰ δυνάμεων, κατὰ μίμησιν τῆς ἑβδομάδος δυνάμεως, ἐψύχωσε κόσμον, καὶ ψυχὴν ἔθετο εἶναι τοῦ ὁρωμένου παντός. Κέχρηται μὲν οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς οὗτος τῷδε τῷ ἔργῳ, ὡς αὐθαιρέτως ὑπ' αὐτοῦ γενομένῳ· τάδε διακονεῖ, μιμήματα ὄντα τῶν ἀμιμήτων, τὴν ἐνθύμησιν τῆς μητρός. Καὶ ὁ μὲν πρῶτος οὐρανὸς φθέγγεται τὸ Α, ὁ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτον τὸ Ε, ὁ δὲ τρίτος Η, τέταρτος δὲ καὶ μέσος τῶν ἑπτὰ, τὴν τοῦ Ι δύναμιν ἐκφωνεῖ, ὁ δὲ πέμπτος τὸ Ο, ἕκτος δὲ τὸ Υ, ἕβδομος καὶ τέταρτος ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ Ω στοιχεῖον ἐκβοᾷ, καθὼς ἡ Μάρκου Σιγὴ, ἡ πολλὰ μὲν φλυαροῦσα, μηδὲν δὲ ἀληθὲς λέγουσα, διαβεβαιοῦται. Αἵτινες δυνάμεις ὁμοῦ, φησὶ, πᾶσαι εἰς ἀλλήλας συμπλακεῖσαι ἠχοῦσι καὶ δοξάζουσιν ἐκεῖνον, ὑφ' οὗ προεβλήθησαν. Ἡ δὲ δόξα τῆς ἠχῆς ἀναπέμπεται εἰς τὸν Προπάτορα. Ταύτης μέν τοι τῆς δοξολογίας τὸν ἦχον εἰς τὴν γῆν φερόμενόν φησι πλάστην γενέσθαι, καὶ γεννήτορα τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.
understand for the present, she says, this Episemon number, which was formed after the Episemon, as being as it were divided or cut in two, and having remained outside; who by his own power and wisdom, through the emission from himself, animated this world of the seven powers, in imitation of the power of the Hebdomad, and established it to be the soul of the visible universe. This one himself therefore also uses this work as having come into being spontaneously by him; but the other things minister, being imitations of things inimitable, to the enthemesis of the mother. And the first heaven utters Α, and the one after this Ε, and the third Η, and the fourth and middle of the seven pronounces the power of Ι, and the fifth Ο, and the sixth Υ, and the seventh and fourth from the middle cries out the element Ω, just as the Silence of Marcus, who babbles many things indeed, but says nothing true, affirms. Which powers, she says, all intertwined together with one another sound forth and glorify him by whom they were put forth. And the glory of the sound is sent up to the Forefather. Moreover, the sound of this doxology, being borne down to the earth, she says became the framer and begetter of the things upon the earth.
8. Τὴν δὲ ἀπόδειξιν φέρει ἀπὸ τῶν ἄρτι γεννωμένων βρεφῶν, ὧν ἠχὴ, ἅμα τῷ ἐκ μήτρας προελθεῖν,
8. And the proof he brings from newborn infants, whose cry, as soon as they have come forth from the womb,
Editors' notes and page, col. 609

Page

  • running head: 609 CONTRA HAERESES LIBE
  • marginal letters: A ἐπίσημον τοῦτον; B μέρους τὸ Ω; C (1) Ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπισήμου; D duum foret
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO (cut off at right) and Latin below not set
PG 7:610
Editors' notes and page, col. 610

Footnotes

(65) ‹anchor: 8.› · call in col 610

Cap. XI.

Chapter 11.

(printed under page 311)

(1) ‹anchor: Ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπισήμου› · call in col 610

Ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπισήμου. Lege cum vet. ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπισήμου.

Ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπισήμου ("upon the notable one"). Read with the old version ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπισήμου ("from the notable one").

(printed under page 311)

(2) ‹anchor: Τῶν ἑπτὰ δυνάμεων... κόσμον› · call in col 610

Τῶν ἑπτὰ δυνάμεων... κόσμον. Per septem virtutes intelligi septem coelos (qui et angeli dicebantur), a Demiurgo conditos, quibus mundum constare docebant Valentiniani, perspicuum est ex iis quae mox sequuntur.

Τῶν ἑπτὰ δυνάμεων ... κόσμον ("of the seven powers ... the world"). That by the seven powers are meant the seven heavens (which were also called angels), founded by the Demiurge, of which the Valentinians taught the world consists, is clear from what follows shortly.

(printed under page 311)

(3) ‹anchor: Κατὰ μίμησιν› · call in col 610

Κατὰ μίμησιν. Sic cod. Reg. cum om. editt. Male vero edit. Oxon. καὶ μίμησιν.

Κατὰ μίμησιν ("in imitation"). So the Royal codex with all the editions; but the Oxford edition wrongly has καὶ μίμησιν.

(printed under page 311)

(4) ‹anchor: Τῆς ἑβδομάδος δυνάμεως› · call in col 610

Τῆς ἑβδομάδος δυνάμεως. Hebdomas illa virtutis, ad cujus imitationem mundo huic vita data, forte est hebdomas illa superior virtutum, seu septem virtutes Monogenis administrae, de quibus supra (col. 608, not. 15). Quemadmodum enim per septem has virtutes Pleromati velut initium, tutamen et fulcimentum praebet Nus: sic per septem coelos huic mundo vitam impertit Demiurgus, seu per Demiurgum Enthymesis hic designata. Hanc conjecturam nostram argumentis petitis a capite ii, cum hoc capite et seqq. collato, munire haud arduum foret, nisi in nugis immorari pigeret. Haec conferat cui per otium licuerit.

Τῆς ἑβδομάδος δυνάμεως ("of the power of the hebdomad"). That hebdomad of power, in imitation of which life was given to this world, is perhaps that higher hebdomad of powers, or the seven powers ministering to the Only-begotten, of which above (col. 608, note 15). For as by these seven powers Nous provides the Pleroma with a kind of beginning, safeguard and support, so by the seven heavens the Demiurge imparts life to this world, or the Enthymesis here designated imparts it through the Demiurge. It would not be hard to fortify this conjecture of ours with arguments drawn from chapter 2 compared with this chapter and those following, were it not irksome to dwell on trifles. Let whoever has leisure compare them.

(printed under page 311)

(5) ‹anchor: Καὶ αὐτός› · call in col 610

Καὶ αὐτός. In edit. Oxon. deest καί

Καὶ αὐτός ("and he"). In the Oxford edition καί is missing.

(printed under page 311)

(6) ‹anchor: Τάδε› · call in col 610

Τάδε. Ἄλλα adde ex vet.

Τάδε ("these"). Add ἄλλα ("others") from the old version.

(printed under page 311)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἀπὸ μέρους› · call in col 610

Ἀπὸ μέρους. Leg. cum vet. ἀπὸ μέσου.

Ἀπὸ μέρους ("from a part"). Read with the old version ἀπὸ μέσου ("from the middle").

(printed under page 311)

(8) ‹anchor: ὧν ἠχή› · call in col 610

Ὧν ἠχή. Vetus interp. legit ὧν ἡ ψυχή, sicque legendum esse demonstrant quae mox sequuntur: οὕτως καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν τοῖς βρέφεσι κλαίουσα, etc. Hinc vocem ἡ ψυχή in Graeco Irenaei textu restituerunt Gallasius et Feuard. Attamen cum vox ἠχή legatur in omnibus aliis editt. et in cod. Reg. nec incommodum sensum habeat, hanc immutari nihil necesse est.

Ὧν ἠχή ("whose sound"). The old interpreter read ὧν ἡ ψυχή ("whose soul"), and that this is the reading is shown by what follows shortly: οὕτως καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν τοῖς βρέφεσι κλαίουσα ("so also the soul, crying in infants"), etc. Hence Gallasius and Feuardent restored the word ἡ ψυχή in the Greek text of Irenaeus. Yet since the word ἠχή is read in all the other editions and in the Royal codex, and gives no unsuitable sense, there is no need at all to change it.

(printed under page 311)

(9) ‹anchor: Intelligi› · call in col 610

Intelligi. Ex Graeco leg. intellige. Siges enim ad Marcum verba sunt.

Intelligi ("to be understood"). From the Greek read intellige ("understand"); for these are Sige's words to Mark.

(printed under page 311)

(10) ‹anchor: Qui est septem› · call in col 610

Qui est septem. Ita Clarom. cum editt. Eras. et Gall. In Feuard. autem et Oxon. omissum est.

Qui est septem ("which is seven"). So the Clermont codex with the Erasmus and Gallasius editions. In Feuardent and the Oxford edition est is omitted.

(printed under page 311)

(11) ‹anchor: Hic hoc opere› · call in col 610

Hic hoc opere. In edit. Oxon. desideratur hoc.

Hic hoc opere ("here, by this work"). In the Oxford edition hoc is missing.

(printed under page 311)

(12) ‹anchor: Inimitabilium› · call in col 610

Inimitabilium. Ita recte Clarom. cod. juxta Graec. ἀμιμήτων. Alii om. cum editt. tum mss. perperam imitabilium.

Inimitabilium ("of the inimitable"). So rightly the Clermont codex, following the Greek ἀμιμήτων. All the others, both editions and manuscripts, wrongly have imitabilium.

(printed under page 311)

(13) ‹anchor: Enthymesin› · call in col 610

Enthymesin. Scribendum erat, enthymesi. Sed Graecam constructionem servavit interpres.

Enthymesin (accusative). It should have been written enthymesi (dative); but the interpreter kept the Greek construction.

(printed under page 311)

(14) ‹anchor: Numeri VII› · call in col 610

Numeri vii. Clarius verti potuisset, septem coelorum vel ex septem.

Numeri VII ("of the number seven"). It could have been translated more clearly "of the seven heavens", or "out of the seven".

(printed under page 311)

(15) ‹anchor: Iotae virtutem› · call in col 610

Iotae virtutem. Sic ex codd. Clarom. et Merc. 2 tollendae ambiguitatis causa reposuimus. Nam in omnibus editt. Iota virtutem.

Iotae virtutem ("the force of Iota"). So we have restored it from the Clermont and Mercier 2 codices, to remove the ambiguity. For in all the editions: Iota virtutem.

(printed under page 311)

(16) ‹anchor: Loquens› · call in col 610

Loquens. In Feuard. et Oxon. loquitur.

Loquens ("speaking"). In Feuardent and the Oxford edition, loquitur ("speaks").

(printed under page 311)

(17) ‹anchor: Ostensionem autem affert› · call in col 610

Affert. Idem addit cod. Pass.

Affert ("brings"). The Passionei codex adds idem ("the same").

(printed under page 311)

(18) ‹anchor: qui nunc nascuntur› · call in col 610

Ab iis qui nascuntur. Melius, a recens editis.

Ab iis qui nascuntur ("from those who are born"). Better: a recens editis ("from the newly born").

(printed under page 311)

Page

  • running head: HAERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 610
  • marginal letters: A ctus. Et; B Ω elementum; C que legendum; D caelorum vel
  • old-edition numerals: 73 after exsequitur,
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:611
Editors' notes and page, col. 611

Footnotes

(66) ‹anchor: Ex ore infantium et lactentium› · call in col 611

Psal. VIII, 3.

Psalm 8:3.

(printed under page 312)

(67) ‹anchor: Coeli enarrant gloriam Dei› · call in col 611

Ps. XVIII, 1, juxta LXX.

Psalm 18 [19]:1, according to the Septuagint.

(printed under page 312)

(1) ‹anchor: Accipit› · call in col 611

Accipit. Al. accepit.

Accipit ("receives"). Others: accepit ("received").

(printed under page 312)

(2) ‹anchor: quae ab iis› · call in col 611

Ab iis. Graec., ab eo.

Ab iis ("by them"). The Greek: "by him".

(printed under page 312)

(3) ‹anchor: Ἑπτὰ ... δυνάμεις δοξάζουσι τὸν Λόγον› · call in col 611

Ἑπτὰ ... δυνάμεις δοξάζουσι τὸν Λόγον. Alludit ad illud psal. xviii, 1, mox laudandum, Coeli enarrant gloriam Dei.

Ἑπτὰ ... δυνάμεις δοξάζουσι τὸν Λόγον ("seven powers glorify the Word"). He alludes to the verse of Psalm 18:1, to be quoted shortly: "The heavens declare the glory of God."

(printed under page 312)

(4) ‹anchor: Οἱ οὐρανοὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν› · call in col 611

Οἱ οὐρανοὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Dele τῶν οὐρανῶν.

Οἱ οὐρανοὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν ("the heavens of the heavens"). Delete τῶν οὐρανῶν.

(printed under page 312)

(5) ‹anchor: Εἰς διυλισμόν› · call in col 611

Εἰς διυλισμόν. Διυλισμός proprie percolatio, expurgatio, a vet. et recentioribus Irenaei interpretibus transfertur ad animi recreationem, seu relevationem post afflictiones. Sed genuinum loci istius sensum dabit Clemens Alexandrinus lib. i Paedag. pag. 96, ubi de Gnosticis agens scribit: Οὐκ ἄτοπον δὲ καὶ τοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκείνων συγχρήσασθαι ῥήμασιν, οἳ διυλισμὸν μὲν τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν μνήμην τῶν κρειττόνων εἶναι φασίν. Διυλισμὸν δὲ νοοῦσι τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπομνήσεως τῶν ἀμεινόνων, τῶν χειρόνων χωρισμόν. Ἕπεται δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τῷ ὑπομνησθέντι τῶν βελτιόνων ἡ μετάνοια ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἥττοσιν, etc. Neque vero absurdum fuerit illorum quoque ipsorum verbis uti, qui meliorum recordationem, percolationem esse dicunt spiritus. Percolationem autem intelligunt, quae ex meliorum fit recordatione, eorum quae pejora sunt separationem. Eum itaque qui meliora revocavit in memoriam, necessario sequitur poenitentia propter deteriora, etc. Anima igitur in doloribus et calamitatibus constituta, ut percoletur dicit Ω, in signum laudationis: quia per dolores monetur recordari illius animae, quae sursum est, et a deterioribus separari. Haecque poenitentis animae percolatio est.

Εἰς διυλισμόν ("for straining"). Διυλισμός, properly "straining, purging", is taken by the old and the more recent interpreters of Irenaeus to mean the refreshment of the mind, or its relief after afflictions. But the true sense of this place will be given by Clement of Alexandria, Paedagogus book 1, page 96, where, dealing with the Gnostics, he writes: [the Greek, then Clement in Latin:] "Nor would it be absurd to use the very words of those who say that the remembrance of better things is a straining of the spirit. By straining they mean the separation of the worse which comes from the remembrance of the better. And he who has called the better things to mind is necessarily followed by repentance for the worse," etc. The soul, then, set in pains and calamities, says Ω, in order to be strained, as a sign of praise: because through pains it is reminded to remember that soul which is above, and to be separated from the worse. And this is the straining of the repentant soul.

(printed under page 312)

(6) ‹anchor: Αἰνέσεως› · call in col 611

Αἰνέσεως. Ἀνέσεως legi volebat Petavius, indeque vertit relaxationis. Sed re accuratius pensata, agnovit in notis, vocem αἰνέσεως retinendam esse, et in versione, pro relaxationis, substituendum laudationis.

Αἰνέσεως ("of praise"). Petau wanted ἀνέσεως ("of relief") to be read, and so translated relaxationis. But having weighed the matter more carefully, he acknowledged in his notes that the word αἰνέσεως must be kept, and that in the version laudationis ("of praise") must be substituted for relaxationis.

(printed under page 312)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἡ ἄνω ψυχή› · call in col 611

Ἡ ἄνω ψυχή. Demiurgus scilicet super coelos residens, animarum omnium συγγενής, vel ut cap. 5 dicitur, psychicorum sibi ὁμοουσίων (utpote et ipse animalis) auctor; qui et choico homine formato, in hunc insufflavit psychicum, quique animas diligit.

Ἡ ἄνω ψυχή ("the soul above"): that is, the Demiurge, seated above the heavens, akin to all souls, or, as is said in chapter 5, author of the psychics consubstantial with himself (since he too is psychic); who also, when the earthly man had been formed, breathed the psychic man into him, and who loves souls.

(printed under page 312)

(8) ‹anchor: Αὔξοντος› · call in col 611

Αὔξοντος. Αὔξω hic in significatione passiva accipitur pro augeor, cresco, ut recte accepit interpres.

Αὔξοντος ("growing"). Αὔξω is taken here in a passive sense for "I am increased, I grow", as the interpreter rightly understood it.

(printed under page 312)

(9) ‹anchor: Σώματος δωδεκαμελοῦς› · call in col 611

Σώματος δωδεκαμελοῦς. Adde ex vet. ἑκάστου μέλους.

Σώματος δωδεκαμελοῦς ("of the twelve-membered body"). Add from the old version ἑκάστου μέλους ("of each member").

(printed under page 312)

(10) ‹anchor: Ἣν προσομιλήσασα› · call in col 611

Ἣν προσομιλήσασα. Sic leg. ex vet.: ἣν προσωμίλησε μὴ προσομιλήσασα.

Ἣν προσομιλήσασα ("which, having spoken"). Read thus from the old version: ἣν προσωμίλησε μὴ προσομιλήσασα ("which she spoke, not having spoken").

(printed under page 312)

(11) ‹anchor: Ἐπιλύσεως› · call in col 611

Ἐπιλύσεως. Ἀναλύσεως legi volunt Billius et Petavius, quia vertit interpres, resolutione. At cum eadem sit significatio vocis ἐπιλύσεως, hanc retineri nihil obstat.

Ἐπιλύσεως ("of the solution"). Billius and Petau want ἀναλύσεως to be read, because the interpreter translated resolutione. But since the word ἐπιλύσεως has the same meaning, nothing prevents its being kept.

(printed under page 312)

(12) ‹anchor: Τετρακτὺς αὐτῷ› · call in col 611

Τετρακτὺς αὐτῷ. Legit interpres τετρακτὺς αὐτῶν.

Τετρακτὺς αὐτῷ ("the tetrad to him"). The interpreter read τετρακτὺς αὐτῶν ("their tetrad").

(printed under page 312)

Page

  • running head: 611 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A mul ut; B pore, quod; C (1) Accipit.; D qui meliorum
  • old-edition numerals: 74 after eorum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:612
ἐπιβοᾷ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν στοιχείων τούτων τὸν ἦχον· Καθὼς οὖν αἱ ἑπτὰ, φησὶ, δυνάμεις δοξάζουσι τὸν Λόγον, οὕτως καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν τοῖς βρέφεσι κλαίουσα καὶ θρηνοῦσα Μάρκον δοξάζει αὐτόν. Διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τὸν Δαβὶδ εἰρηκέναι· Ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἶνον. Καὶ πάλιν· Οἱ οὐρανοὶ (τῶν οὐρανῶν) διηγοῦνται δόξαν Θεοῦ. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔν τε πόνοις καὶ ταλαιπωρίαις ψυχὴ γενομένη, εἰς διυλισμὸν αὐτῆς, ἐπιφωνεῖ τὸ Ω εἰς σημεῖον αἰνέσεως· ἵνα γνωρίσασα ἡ ἄνω ψυχὴ τὸ συγγενὲς αὐτῆς, βοηθὸν αὐτῇ καταπέμψῃ.
cries out over the sound of each one of these elements. Just as therefore the seven powers, he says, glorify the Word, so also the soul in infants, weeping and lamenting Marcus, glorifies him. And for this reason David also said: Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings you have perfected praise. And again: The heavens (of the heavens) declare the glory of God. And for this reason, when a soul comes to be in pains and distresses, for its straining clear, it calls out Ω as a sign of praise; in order that the soul above, recognizing its kinship, may send down a helper to it.
9. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τοῦ παντὸς ὀνόματος, τριάκοντα ὄντος γραμμάτων τούτου, καὶ τοῦ Βυθοῦ, τοῦ αὔξοντος ἐκ τῶν τούτου γραμμάτων, ἔτι τε τῆς Ἀληθείας σώματος δωδεκαμελοῦς, ἐκ δύο γραμμάτων συνεστῶτος, καὶ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτῆς, ἣν προσομιλήσασα, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐπιλύσεως τοῦ μὴ λαληθέντος ὀνόματος, καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ψυχῆς καὶ ἀνθρώπου, καθὰ ἔχουσι τὴν κατ' εἰκόνα οἰκονομίαν, οὕτως ἐλήρησεν. Ἑξῆς δὲ ὡς ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων ἰσάριθμον δύναμιν ἐπέδειξεν ἡ τετρακτὺς αὐτῷ, ἀπαγγελοῦμεν· ἵνα μηδὲν λάθῃ σε τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ λεγομένων ἐληλυθότων, ἀγαπητὲ, καθὼς πολλάκις ἀπῄτησας παρ' ἡμῶν.
9. And concerning the whole name, which is of thirty letters, and the Bythus, which increases out of its letters, and moreover the twelve-membered body of Truth, consisting of two letters each, and her voice which she spoke without speaking, and concerning the unfolding of the name that was not spoken, and concerning the soul of the world and of man, according as they have the dispensation after the image, thus has he raved. Next we shall relate how the Tetractys showed him an equal-numbered power from the names; so that nothing may escape you, beloved, of the things said by him that have come down to us, just as you have often requested of us.
Editors' notes and page, col. 612

Page

  • running head: ISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 612
  • marginal letters: A ἐπιβοᾷ ἑνὸς; B θείας σώματος; C laudationis: quia; D (11) Ἐπιλύσεως
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. (cut off at left) and Latin below not set
PG 7:613
1. Οὕτως οὖν ἀπαγγέλλει ἡ πάνσοφος αὐτῷ Σιγὴ τὴν γένεσιν τῶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων στοιχείων. Τῇ μονότητι συνυπάρχειν ἑνότητι, ἐξ ὧν δύο προβολαὶ, καθ' ἃ προείρηται· μονάς τε καὶ τὸ ἓν ἐπὶ δύο οὖσαι, τέσσαρα ἐγένοντο· δὶς γὰρ δύο, τέσσαρες. Καὶ πάλιν, αἱ δύο καὶ τέσσαρες εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συντεθεῖσαι, τὸν τῶν ἓξ ἐφανέρωσαν ἀριθμόν. Οὗτοι δὲ οἱ ἓξ τετραπλασιασθέντες, τὰς εἴκοσι τέσσαρας ἀπεκύησαν μορφάς. Καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς πρώτης τετράδος ὀνόματα ἅγια ἁγίων νοούμενα, καὶ μὴ δυνάμενα λεχθῆναι, γινώσκεσθαι ὑπὸ μόνου τοῦ Υἱοῦ, ἃ ὁ Πατὴρ οἶδε τίνα ἐστί. Τὰ δὲ σεμνὰ, καὶ μετὰ πίστεως ὀνομαζόμενα παρ' αὐτῷ ἐστι ταῦτα· Ἄῤῥητος καὶ Σιγὴ, Πατήρ τε καὶ Ἀλήθεια. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς τετράδος ὁ σύμπας ἀριθμός ἐστι στοιχείων εἰκοσιτεσσάρων. Ὁ γὰρ Ἄῤῥητος ὄνομα, γράμματα ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἑπτὰ, ἡ δὲ Σιγὴ πέντε, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, καὶ ἡ Ἀλήθεια ἑπτά· ἃ συντεθέντα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, τὰ δὶς πέντε, καὶ δὶς ἑπτὰ, τὸν τῶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων ἀριθμὸν ἀνεπλήρωσαν. Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἡ δευτέρα τετρὰς, Λόγος καὶ Ζωὴ, Ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἐκκλησία, τὸν αὐτὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν στοιχείων ἀνέδειξαν. Καὶ τὸ τοῦ Σωτῆρος δὲ ῥητὸν ὄνομα (ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα) γραμμάτων ὑπάρχει ἕξ· τὸν δ' ἄῤῥητον αὐτοῦ γραμμάτων εἰκοσιτεσσάρων. Υἱὸς Χριστὸς, γραμμάτων δώδεκα· τὸ δὲ ἐν
1. Thus, therefore, the all-wise Silence announces to him the generation of the twenty-four elements. With solitariness there coexists unity, from which came two emissions, according as has been said before: monad and the one, amounting to two, became four; for twice two are four. And again, the two and four compounded together manifested the number of six. And these six, being quadrupled, brought forth the twenty-four forms. And the names of the first Tetrad, being understood as holy of holies, and not able to be spoken, are known by the Son alone, while the Father knows what they are. But the venerable names, and those named with faith by him, are these: Arrhetos and Sige, Pater and Aletheia. And the entire number of this Tetrad is of twenty-four elements. For the name Arrhetos has in itself seven letters, and Sige five, and Pater five, and Aletheia seven; which compounded together, the twice five and twice seven, completed the number of twenty-four. And in like manner also the second Tetrad, Logos and Zoe, Anthropos and Ecclesia, exhibited the same number of elements. And the expressible name of the Saviour, Jesus, is of six letters; while his ineffable name is of twenty-four letters. Son Christ is of twelve letters; and that which is in
Editors' notes and page, col. 613

Page

  • running head: 613 CONTRA HAERESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A 1. Οὕτως οὖν; B γὰρ Ἄῤῥητος; C (1) Αὐτῷ; D (7) Υἱὸς Χριστὸς
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width CAPUT XV. and Latin argument at top of column (Pergit Sige ... Irenaeus.) cut off at right edge, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO. CAPUT XV. (cut off at right) and Latin below not set
PG 7:614
Editors' notes and page, col. 614

Footnotes

(68) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 614

Cap. XII.

Chapter 12.

(printed under page 313)

(69) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 614

Sup. cap. XI.

Above, chapter 11.

(printed under page 313)

(1) ‹anchor: Αὐτῷ› · call in col 614

Αὐτῷ. Interpres legit αὐτῶν. In editt. autem Gall. et Feuard. habetur αὐτοῦ.

Αὐτῷ ("to him"). The interpreter read αὐτῶν ("of them"). In the Gallasius and Feuardent editions, however, αὐτοῦ is found.

(printed under page 313)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἑνότητι› · call in col 614

Ἑνότητι. Leg. ἑνότητα.

Ἑνότητι (dative). Read ἑνότητα (accusative).

(printed under page 313)

(3) ‹anchor: Ἡ δὲ Σιγὴ πέντε› · call in col 614

Ἡ δὲ Σιγὴ πέντε. Ex vet. interp. legendum hic σειγή· sive Marci aetate quidam ita scriberent, sive a male feriato hominis capite addita fuerit littera ε, ut quinque litteris constare posset vox. Id si attendissent Fronto Duc. et Feuard. in hoc aenigmate solvendo, qui Σιγή quinque litteris constare possit, non adeo laborassent.

Ἡ δὲ Σιγὴ πέντε ("and Sige, five"). From the old interpreter, read σειγή here: whether some in Mark's day wrote it so, or the letter ε was added by the man's idle head so that the word could consist of five letters. Had Fronton du Duc and Feuardent noticed this, they would not have toiled so hard in solving the riddle of how Σιγή could consist of five letters.

(printed under page 313)

(4) ‹anchor: Καὶ ὁ Πατήρ› · call in col 614

Καὶ ὁ Πατήρ. Adde πέντε ex vet.

Καὶ ὁ Πατήρ ("and the Father"). Add πέντε ("five") from the old version.

(printed under page 313)

(5) ‹anchor: ὄνομα (ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα)› · call in col 614

Ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα. Pro ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα, lege cum interp. Ἰησοῦς. Nimirum, ut optime notat Petavius, compendiose scripserat Irenaeus ιη pro Ἰησοῦς· librarii numerum esse rati, locum depravarunt.

Ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα ("eighteen"). For ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα read with the interpreter Ἰησοῦς. As Petau notes very well, Irenaeus had written ιη in abbreviation for Ἰησοῦς; the copyists, thinking it a numeral, corrupted the place.

(printed under page 313)

(6) ‹anchor: τὸν δ' ἄρρητον αὐτοῦ› · call in col 614

Τὸν δὲ ἄρρητον αὐτοῦ. Pro τόν lege τό. Quid sit autem illud Jesu, quod 24, et mox Christi nomen, quod 30 litterarum esse ait Marcus, explicet qui possit; qui vero non possit, leve dispendium existimet.

Τὸν δὲ ἄρρητον αὐτοῦ ("but his unutterable"). For τόν read τό. As for what that name of Jesus is which Mark says has 24 letters, and soon after the name of Christ with 30, let him explain it who can; and let him who cannot think it a slight loss.

(printed under page 313)

(7) ‹anchor: γραμμάτων δώδεκα› · call in col 614

Υἱὸς Χριστὸς γραμμάτων δώδεκα. Legit vetus interp. Υἱὸς καὶ Χριστὸς γραμμάτων δώδεκα. At Billius omissa voce Υἱός legendum vult, καὶ Χριστὸς γραμμάτων ἑπτά, vitiosam veteris versionis lectionem, et Christus litterarum vii, male secutus. Nam paulo post iterum scribitur, λέγεται δέ, φησί, καὶ Υἱὸς Χριστός, τουτέστιν ἡ δωδεκάς, etc., quae sat accurate reddidit interpres. At, inquis, qui vox Χριστὸς litterarum octo dici potest? Respondet Petavius, Marcum, quemadmodum pro σιγή scripsit σειγή, sic pro Χριστὸς scripsisse Χρειστός. Quae doctissimi viri conjectura ex eo firmari potest, quod Graecos quosdam sic interdum scripsisse patet ex acrostichide relata in Oratione Constantini Magni ad sanctorum coetum, cap. 18, in qua legitur, Ἰησοῦς Χρειστός. Forte etiam cum Marcus videret a Latinis litteram Graecam χ in duas, ch, resolvi, eam veluti duplicem accepit; cum maxime aspirata sit, densioremque sonum habeat.

Υἱὸς Χριστὸς γραμμάτων δώδεκα ("Son Christ, of twelve letters"). The old interpreter read Υἱὸς καὶ Χριστὸς γραμμάτων δώδεκα ("Son and Christ, of twelve letters"). But Billius, omitting the word Υἱός, would read καὶ Χριστὸς γραμμάτων ἑπτά ("and Christ, of seven letters"), wrongly following a faulty reading of the old version, et Christus litterarum VII. For a little later it is written again, "he is also called, he says, Son Christ, that is, the dodecad," etc., which the interpreter rendered accurately enough. "But," you say, "how can the word Χριστός be said to have eight letters?" Petau answers that Mark, just as he wrote σειγή for σιγή, so wrote Χρειστός for Χριστός. This conjecture of that most learned man can be confirmed by the fact that some Greeks sometimes wrote so, as is clear from the acrostic reported in the Oration of Constantine the Great to the assembly of the saints, chapter 18, in which Ἰησοῦς Χρειστός is read. Perhaps too Mark, seeing that the Latins resolved the Greek letter χ into two, ch, took it as double, since it is strongly aspirated and has a thicker sound.

(printed under page 313)

(8) ‹anchor: Sic autem› · call in col 614

Sic autem. Graec. sic ergo.

Sic autem ("but so"). The Greek: "so therefore".

(printed under page 313)

(9) ‹anchor: Quae duplicatae› · call in col 614

Quae duplicatae. Vertendum erat, quae cum ad duo accesserint.

Quae duplicatae ("which, doubled"). It should have been translated: "which, when they had been added to the two".

(printed under page 313)

(10) ‹anchor: Hi autem sex› · call in col 614

Hi autem sex. In edit. Feuard. male omissa vox sex, quae exstat in omnibus aliis cum editt. tum mss. et textu Graeco.

Hi autem sex ("and these six"). In Feuardent's edition the word sex is wrongly omitted, which stands in all the others, both editions and manuscripts, and in the Greek text.

(printed under page 313)

(11) ‹anchor: Et quidem ... sancta sanctorum intelliguntur› · call in col 614

Et quidem ... sancta sanctorum intelliguntur. Melius vertisset interpres: Ac primae quidem quaternationis nomina sancta sanctorum, quae intelligentia sola percipi, non verbis explicari possunt.

Et quidem ... sancta sanctorum intelliguntur ("and indeed ... are understood as holy of holies"). The interpreter would have translated better: "And the names of the first tetrad are holy of holies, which can be grasped by the understanding alone, not set out in words."

(printed under page 313)

(12) ‹anchor: Σειγὴ quinque› · call in col 614

Σειγὴ quinque. Ita codd. Clarom., Pass., Arund. et Merc. 2, cum editt. Eras. et Oxon. In Gall. vero et Feuard. male Σιγή· ratio enim numeri quinarii exigit scribi Σειγή.

Σειγή, five. So the Clermont, Passionei, Arundel and Mercier 2 codices, with the Erasmus and Oxford editions. But in Gallasius and Feuardent wrongly Σιγή; for the reckoning of the number five requires Σειγή to be written.

(printed under page 313)

(13) ‹anchor: Bis quinque› · call in col 614

Bis quinque. Codd. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Merc. 2, bis quini. In Eras. bis quinae.

Bis quinque ("twice five"). The Clermont, Passionei, Vossius and Mercier 2 codices have bis quini; Erasmus, bis quinae.

(printed under page 313)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 614
  • marginal letters: A 1. Sic autem; B nationis universus; C At, inquis; D Melius vertisset
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width CAPUT XV. and Latin argument at top cut off at left edge
PG 7:615
Editors' notes and page, col. 615

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Υἱὸς et Χριστὸς litterarum XII› · call in col 615

Υἱὸς et Χριστὸς litterarum xii. Sic probe restituit Grabius ex cod. Voss. consentiente Graeco. Consentit et Clarom. In aliis omnibus editt. omissa voce Υἱός perperam habetur, et Χριστὸς litterarum vii, numero xii in vii mutato, quod facile fieri potuit. Ad marginem Eras. et Gall. scriptum est, al. xii, sed id male refertur ad triginta, quod mox sequitur: huc enim spectat.

"Son and Christ, of twelve letters." So Grabe rightly restored it from the Vossius codex, with the Greek agreeing; the Clermont codex agrees too. In all the other editions the word Υἱός is omitted, and they wrongly have "and Christ, of seven letters", the number XII having been changed into VII, which could easily happen. In the margin of Erasmus and Gallasius is written "others XII", but this is wrongly referred to "thirty", which follows shortly; for it belongs here.

(printed under page 314)

(2) ‹anchor: Primae quaternationis› · call in col 615

Primae quaternationis. Scribendum erat, prima quaternatione. Sed genitivum pro ablativo reddidit incautus interpres, haud attendens, τῆς πρώτης τετράδος, regi per praepositionem ἀπό.

Primae quaternationis ("of the first tetrad"). It should have been written prima quaternatione (ablative). But the careless interpreter rendered a genitive for an ablative, not noticing that τῆς πρώτης τετράδος is governed by the preposition ἀπό.

(printed under page 314)

(3) ‹anchor: In filiae locum› · call in col 615

In filiae locum. Vertendum erat, in filiae modum. Sed pro τρόπῳ male legisse videtur interpres τόπῳ.

In filiae locum ("into the place of a daughter"). It should have been translated in filiae modum ("in the manner of a daughter"). But the interpreter seems wrongly to have read τόπῳ ("place") for τρόπῳ ("manner").

(printed under page 314)

(4) ‹anchor: Progressa est› · call in col 615

Progressa est. Sic recte Grabius ex cod. Voss. Consentit Clarom. Caetera exemplaria perperam, processa est.

Progressa est ("went forth"). So rightly Grabe from the Vossius codex; the Clermont agrees. The other copies wrongly have processa est.

(printed under page 314)

(5) ‹anchor: Factum est XVIII› · call in col 615

Factum est xviii. Sic omnino cod. Clarom. cum edit. Oxon. Consentiunt ex parte Voss. et Arund. Prior habet, est; alter, xviii; ex quibus vitiosam lectionem, factum decimo octavo, emendavit Grabius, apposita distinctionis nota ante decas, ut ab hac voce nova periodus inciperet. Caeterum ex Graeco, pro xviii, legendum esset decas et ogdoas.

Factum est XVIII ("eighteen came to be"). So exactly the Clermont codex, with the Oxford edition. The Vossius and Arundel agree in part: the former has est, the latter XVIII; from which Grabe corrected the faulty reading factum decimo octavo, putting a stop before decas so that a new sentence would begin with that word. But from the Greek, for XVIII one should read decas et ogdoas ("the decad and the ogdoad").

(printed under page 314)

(6) ‹anchor: Decuplam› · call in col 615

Decuplam. Exemplaria omnia, decuplum, perspicuo librariorum sphalmate.

Decuplam ("tenfold", feminine). All the copies have decuplum, by an evident slip of the copyists.

(printed under page 314)

(7) ‹anchor: Octuagies decies› · call in col 615

Octuagies decies. Gr. Octoginta in decem ducens.

Octuagies decies ("eighty times ten"). The Greek: "multiplying eighty by ten".

(printed under page 314)

(8) ‹anchor: Octuaginta et DCCC› · call in col 615

Octuaginta et dccc. Sic recte Feuard. emendavit ex vet. cod. Consent. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Graeca lect. In editt. Eras. et Gall. et mss. Arund. et Merc. 2, corrupte legitur octuaginta dat. Nimirum incauti scribae dccc commutarunt in dat; quod facile fieri potuit.

Octuaginta et DCCC ("eighty and eight hundred"). So Feuardent rightly corrected it from an old codex; the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius codices and the Greek reading agree. In the Erasmus and Gallasius editions and the Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts octuaginta dat is corruptly read: careless scribes, that is, changed DCCC into dat, which could easily happen.

(printed under page 314)

(9) ‹anchor: DCCC sunt LXXXVIII› · call in col 615

dccc sunt lxxxviii. Ita mss. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et edit. Oxon. juxta Graecum. In caeteris exemplaribus perperam, dat summam lxxxviii.

DCCC sunt LXXXVIII ("are 888"). So the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius manuscripts and the Oxford edition, following the Greek. In the other copies wrongly: dat summam LXXXVIII ("gives the sum 88").

(printed under page 314)

(10) ‹anchor: Habes› · call in col 615

Habes. Sic codd. Pass. et Arund. In reliquis perperam habens.

Habes ("you have"). So the Passionei and Arundel codices. In the rest wrongly habens ("having").

(printed under page 314)

(11) ‹anchor: Τοῦτον ἔχοντος τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ὀρνέου› · call in col 615

Τοῦτον ἔχοντος τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ὀρνέου. Quo pacto vox περιστερά, quae columbam significat, numero his litteris α et ω respondeat, non videre se fatetur Billius. Sed id facile vidisset vir doctus, si singulas, quibus constat περιστερά, litteras, ut totidem notas numericas accepisset. Vid. sup. pag. 607, not. 10.

Τοῦτον ἔχοντος τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ὀρνέου ("the bird having this number"). Billius confesses he does not see how the word περιστερά, which means "dove", answers in number to these letters α and ω. But the learned man would easily have seen it had he taken the single letters of which περιστερά consists as so many numerical signs. See above, page 607, note 10.

(printed under page 314)

(12) ‹anchor: Η καὶ Π, καὶ Ω› · call in col 615

Η καὶ Π, καὶ Ω. Nam η est 8, π 80, et ω 800, quae simul collecta, efficiunt 888. Frustra ergo Billius vitiosa editt. Eras. et Gall. lectione deceptus expungi vult ω; nec enim alias constaret numerus.

Η and Π and Ω. For η is 8, π 80 and ω 800, which added together make 888. In vain, then, does Billius, deceived by the faulty reading of the Erasmus and Gallasius editions, want ω struck out; for otherwise the number would not come right.

(printed under page 314)

(13) ‹anchor: Ὅ ἐστι δεκαοκτώ› · call in col 615

Ὅ ἐστι δεκαοκτώ. Lege cum interp. ὅ ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς. Si enim singulas nominis Ἰησοῦς litteras arithmetice accipias, summa dabit 888, ut mox subjungitur.

Ὅ ἐστι δεκαοκτώ ("which is eighteen"). Read with the interpreter ὅ ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ("which is Jesus"). For if you take the single letters of the name Ἰησοῦς arithmetically, the sum will give 888, as is added shortly.

(printed under page 314)

(14) ‹anchor: Ἰησοῦ ὄνομα› · call in col 615

Ἰησοῦ ὄνομα. Leg. Ἰησοῦς ὄνομα.

Ἰησοῦ ὄνομα ("the name of Jesus"). Read Ἰησοῦς ὄνομα ("the name Jesus").

(printed under page 314)

(15) ‹anchor: Ω ἐστιν ὀγδοηκονταοκτώ› · call in col 615

Ω ἐστιν ὀγδοηκονταοκτώ. Mallem cum Grabio καί post ἔστιν inseri. Sollicita ejusmodi numerorum investigatione delectati sunt non modo Marcosii, sed et e Catholicis quidam. Auctor carminum sub nomine Sibyllae Cumanae lib. i: Ὀκτὼ γὰρ μονάδας, τόσσας δεκάδας ἐπὶ τούτοις, Ἠδ' ἑκατοντάδας ὀκτὼ, ἀπιστοκόροις ἀνθρώποις Οὔνομα δηλώσει. Namque octo monades, totidem decades super ista, Atque hecatontadas octo infidis significabit Humanis nomen. Et Beda in cap. ii Lucae: Cujus sacrosancti nominis (Jesu) non tantum etymologia, sed et ipse quem litteris comprehendit numerus, perpetuae nostrae salutis mysteria redolet. Sex quippe litteris apud Graecos scribitur Ἰησοῦς, videlicet ι, et η, et σ, et ο, et υ, et σ, quarum numeri sunt x, et viii, et cc, et lxx, et cccc, et cc, qui fiunt simul dccclxxxviii. Qui profecto numerus, quia figura resurrectionis adgaudeat, satis est supra tractatum. His, puto, non adeo delectabitur, cui sapiet palatus.

Ω ἐστιν ὀγδοηκονταοκτώ ("Ω is eighty-eight"). I would prefer, with Grabe, καί to be inserted after ἔστιν. Not only the Marcosians but some Catholics too took delight in anxious investigation of numbers of this kind. The author of the poems under the name of the Cumaean Sibyl, book 1: [Greek, then in Latin:] "For eight units, as many tens upon them, and eight hundreds, the name will show to unbelieving men." And Bede on Luke 2: "Of this most sacred name (Jesus) not only the etymology but also the very number which it contains in its letters breathes the mysteries of our everlasting salvation. For Ἰησοῦς is written among the Greeks with six letters, namely ι, η, σ, ο, υ and σ, whose numbers are 10, 8, 200, 70, 400 and 200, which together make 888. That this number rejoices in the figure of the resurrection has been sufficiently treated above." In these, I think, whoever has taste will not take much delight.

(printed under page 314)

(16) ‹anchor: Ἔχει› · call in col 615

Ἔχει. Leg. ἔχεις.

Ἔχει ("he has"). Read ἔχεις ("you have").

(printed under page 314)

Page

  • running head: 615 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNEN
  • marginal letters: A Υἱός et Χριστός; B lxxxviii; C (1) Υἱὸς et Χριστὸς; D cum edit. Oxon.
  • old-edition numerals: 75 after tuor.
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:616
Χριστῷ ἄῤῥητον, γραμμάτων τριάκοντα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτό φησιν αὐτὸν Α καὶ Ω, ἵνα τὴν περιστερὰν μηνύσῃ, τοῦτον ἔχοντος τὸν ἀριθμὸν τούτου τοῦ ὀρνέου.
Christ is ineffable, is of thirty letters. And on account of this He says that He is Alpha and Omega, so that He may indicate the dove, since this bird has this number.
2. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ταύτην ἔχει, φησὶ, τὴν ἄῤῥητον γένεσιν. Ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς μητρὸς τῶν ὅλων, τῆς πρώτης τετράδος, ἐν θυγατρὸς τρόπῳ προῆλθεν ἡ δευτέρα τετρὰς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὀγδοὰς, ἐξ ἧς προῆλθε δεκάς. Οὕτως ἐγένετο δεκὰς καὶ ὀγδοάς. Ἡ οὖν δεκὰς ἐπισυνελθοῦσα τῇ ὀγδοάδι, καὶ δεκαπλασίονα αὐτὴν ποιήσασα, τὸν τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα προεβίβασεν ἀριθμόν· καὶ τὰ ὀγδοήκοντα πάλιν δεκαπλασιάσασα, τὸν τῶν ὀκτακοσίων ἀριθμὸν ἐγέννησεν· ὥστε εἶναι τὸν ἅπαντα τῶν γραμμάτων ἀριθμὸν ἀπὸ ὀγδοάδος εἰς δεκάδα προελθόντα, Η καὶ Π καὶ Ω, ὅ ἐστι δεκαοκτώ. Τὸ γὰρ Ἰησοῦ ὄνομα, κατὰ τὸν ἐν τοῖς γράμμασιν ἀριθμὸν, Ω ἐστὶν ὀγδοηκονταοκτώ. Ἔχει
2. And Jesus, he says, has this ineffable genesis. For from the mother of all things, the first tetrad, in the manner of a daughter came forth the second tetrad, and there came to be an ogdoad, from which came forth a decad. Thus there came to be a decad and an ogdoad. The decad, then, having joined with the ogdoad, and having made it tenfold, advanced the number of eighty; and having again multiplied the eighty tenfold, it begot the number of eight hundred; so that the whole number of the letters proceeding from the ogdoad into the decad is Eta and Pi and Omega, which is eighteen. For the name of Jesus, according to the number in the letters, is Omega eighty-eight. He has
Editors' notes and page, col. 616

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 616
  • marginal letters: A Χριστῷ ἄῤῥητον,; B σιν ἀριθμὸν,; C (10) Habes.; D (15) Ω ἐστὶν
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below B left out
PG 7:617
σαφῶς καὶ τὴν ὑπερουράνιον τοῦ η καὶ τοῦ σ κατ' αὐτοὺς γένεσιν. Διὸ καὶ τὸν ἀλφάβητον τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχειν μονάδας ὀκτὼ, καὶ δεκάδας ὀκτὼ, καὶ ἑκατοντάδας ὀκτὼ, τὴν τῶν ὀκτακοσίων ὀγδοηκονταοκτὼ ψῆφον (ἔπειτα) δεικνύοντα, τουτέστι τὸ ε ι η τὸν ἐκ πάντων συνεστῶτα τῶν ἀριθμῶν. Καὶ διὰ τοῦ Ἄλφα καὶ Ω ὀνομάζεσθαι αὐτὸν, τὴν ἐκ πάντων γένεσιν σημαίνοντα. Καὶ πάλιν οὕτως· Τῆς πρώτης τετράδος κατὰ πρόσβασιν ἀριθμοῦ εἰς αὑτὴν συντιθεμένης, ὁ τῶν δέκα ἀνεφάνη ἀριθμός. Μία γὰρ καὶ δύο καὶ τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρες ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ συντεθεῖσαι, δέκα γίνονται· καὶ τοῦτ' εἶναι θέλουσι τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς, φησὶ, γραμμάτων ὀκτὼ ὢν, τὴν πρώτην ὀγδοάδα σημαίνει, ἥτις τῷ δέκα συμπλακεῖσα, τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπεκύησε. Λέγεται δὲ, φησὶ, καὶ Υἱὸς Χριστὸς, τουτέστιν ἡ δωδεκάς. Τὸ γὰρ Υἱὸς ὄνομα γραμμάτων ἐστὶ τεσσάρων, τὸ δὲ Χριστὸς ὀκτώ· ἅτινα συντεθέντα, τὸ τῆς δωδεκάδος ἐπέδειξαν μέγεθος. Πρὶν μὲν οὖν, φησὶ, τούτου τοῦ ὀνόματος τὸ ἐπίσημον
clearly also the supercelestial genesis of eta and of sigma according to them. Wherefore also the alphabet of the Greeks has eight units, and eight tens, and eight hundreds, showing (then) the reckoning of eight hundred and eighty-eight, that is, epsilon iota eta, Him Who is constituted out of all the numbers. And through the Alpha and Omega He is named, signifying the genesis out of all. And again thus: When the first tetrad according to the progression of number is compounded with itself, the number of ten appeared. For one and two and three and four compounded together become ten; and this they wish to be Jesus. Moreover Christ also, he says, being of eight letters, signifies the first ogdoad, which having been interwoven with the ten, brought forth Jesus. And He is also called, he says, Son Christ, that is, the dodecad. For the name Son is of four letters, and Christ of eight; which when compounded, exhibited the magnitude of the dodecad. Before, therefore, he says, the episemon of this name
Editors' notes and page, col. 617

Page

  • running head: 617 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A σαφῶς καὶ τὴν; B Ἰησοῦν ἀπεκύησε.; C (1) Ὑπερουράνιον.; D flatus erat.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below B left out
PG 7:618
Editors' notes and page, col. 618

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Ὑπερουράνιον› · call in col 618

Ὑπερουράνιον. Legit interpres ὑπερουρανίου. Sed mallem ὑπερουράνιον. Porro Jesu γένεσις dicitur ὑπερουράνιος, quia in ipso Pleromate, coelis omnibus superiori, conspirantibus simul Aeonibus facta est.

Ὑπερουράνιον ("supercelestial"). The interpreter read ὑπερουρανίου. But I would prefer ὑπερουράνιον. The birth of Jesus is called supercelestial because it took place in the Pleroma itself, which is above all the heavens, with the Aeons conspiring together.

(printed under page 315)

(2) ‹anchor: Τοῦ η καὶ τοῦ σ› · call in col 618

Τοῦ η καὶ τοῦ σ. Pro his lege ex vet. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

Τοῦ η καὶ τοῦ σ ("of the η and of the σ"). For these read, from the old version, τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ("of Jesus").

(printed under page 315)

(3) ‹anchor: Τὸν ἀλφάβητον τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχειν μονάδας ὀκτώ› · call in col 618

Τὸν ἀλφάβητον τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχειν μονάδας ὀκτώ, etc. Haec sigillatim ostendit Fronto Duc. Ab α usque ad ι exclusive, sunt monades octo, nam senarii nota adsciscitur ς: ab ι usque ad ρ sunt decades octo, nonam enim exprimit nota alia ϟ: a ρ usque ad ω hecatontades octo, nonam haec postrema refert, ϡ; millenarium vero ͵α subscripta virgula.

Τὸν ἀλφάβητον τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχειν μονάδας ὀκτώ ("that the alphabet of the Greeks has eight units"), etc. Fronton du Duc shows this item by item. From α up to ι exclusive there are eight units, for the sign of six, ς, is added; from ι up to ρ there are eight tens, for another sign, ϟ, expresses the ninth; from ρ to ω, eight hundreds, the ninth being represented by this last sign, ϡ; and the thousand by α with a stroke written beneath.

(printed under page 315)

(4) ‹anchor: Ἔπειτα› · call in col 618

Ἔπειτα. Dele hanc vocem, ex vet.

Ἔπειτα ("then"). Delete this word, following the old version.

(printed under page 315)

(5) ‹anchor: Τὸ ε ι η› · call in col 618

Τὸ ε ι η. Pro his lege, τὸν Ἰησοῦν.

Τὸ ε ι η. For these read τὸν Ἰησοῦν ("Jesus").

(printed under page 315)

(6) ‹anchor: Τὸν ἐκ πάντων συνεστῶτα τῶν ἀριθμῶν› · call in col 618

Τὸν ἐκ πάντων συνεστῶτα τῶν ἀριθμῶν. Quia videlicet ex omnium Aeonum collatione conflatus erat.

Τὸν ἐκ πάντων συνεστῶτα τῶν ἀριθμῶν ("him who is composed of all the numbers"): because, that is, he had been formed from the contributions of all the Aeons.

(printed under page 315)

(7) ‹anchor: Διὰ τοῦ› · call in col 618

Διὰ τοῦ. Leg. διὰ τοῦτο.

Διὰ τοῦ. Read διὰ τοῦτο ("for this reason").

(printed under page 315)

(8) ‹anchor: Γένεσιν› · call in col 618

Γένεσιν. Αὐτοῦ addit interpres.

Γένεσιν ("birth"). The interpreter adds αὐτοῦ ("his").

(printed under page 315)

(9) ‹anchor: Πρόσβασιν› · call in col 618

Πρόσβασιν. Cur Billius et Grabius legi velint, πρόβασιν, non video; cum et πρόσβασις aeque verti possit, progressio.

Πρόσβασιν ("approach"). Why Billius and Grabe want πρόβασιν to be read I do not see, since πρόσβασις can equally be translated progressio ("advance").

(printed under page 315)

(10) ‹anchor: Δέκα γίνονται› · call in col 618

Δέκα γίνονται. Adde ex interpr. ὅτι ἐστὶν ι.

Δέκα γίνονται ("they make ten"). Add from the interpreter ὅτι ἐστὶν ι ("which is ι").

(printed under page 315)

(11) ‹anchor: Τούτου τοῦ ὀνόματος τὸ ἐπίσημον› · call in col 618

Τούτου τοῦ ὀνόματος τὸ ἐπίσημον. Nominis Χριστὸς ἐπίσημον est ς, quo Ἰησοῦς sex constans litteris designatur, ut mox additur.

Τούτου τοῦ ὀνόματος τὸ ἐπίσημον ("the episemon of this name"). The episemon of the name Χριστός is ς, by which Ἰησοῦς, consisting of six letters, is designated, as is added shortly.

(printed under page 315)

(12) ‹anchor: Et A B› · call in col 618

Et A B. Pro A B, scribendum erat, Alphabetum, ex Graeco Ἀλφάβητον.

Et A B ("and A B"). For A B one should have written Alphabetum, from the Greek Ἀλφάβητον.

(printed under page 315)

(13) ‹anchor: DCCC› · call in col 618

dccc. Sic codd. Clarom. et Pass. cum editt. Feuard. et Oxon. ac textu Graeco. In editt. Eras. et Gall. eodem recurrente errato, dat: quod quidem mendum ex solo textu Graeco, nullo suffragante ms. correxerunt Feuard. et Grabius.

DCCC (800). So the Clermont and Passionei codices, with the Feuardent and Oxford editions and the Greek text. In the Erasmus and Gallasius editions the same error recurs, dat; which fault Feuardent and Grabe corrected from the Greek text alone, with no manuscript supporting them.

(printed under page 315)

(14) ‹anchor: Ostendentia› · call in col 618

Ostendentia. Vertendum erat ostendens. Nam δεικνύοντα refertur ad τὸν Ἀλφάβητον.

Ostendentia ("showing", neuter plural). It should have been translated ostendens (singular); for δεικνύοντα refers to τὸν Ἀλφάβητον.

(printed under page 315)

(15) ‹anchor: Significent› · call in col 618

Significent. Sic Clarom., Pass. et Voss. melius quam alii significet; id enim refertur ad α et ω, neque repugnat textus Graecus.

Significent ("they signify"). So the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius codices, better than the others' significet ("it signifies"); for it refers to α and ω, and the Greek text does not object.

(printed under page 315)

(16) ‹anchor: Progressionem› · call in col 618

Progressionem. Sic in Clarom., Pass. et Voss. melius quam in editt. omnibus processionem.

Progressionem ("progression"). So in the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius codices, better than processionem in all the editions.

(printed under page 315)

(17) ‹anchor: Primae quaternationis... compositae› · call in col 618

Primae quaternationis... compositae. Ἑλληνίζει interp. Genitivos absolutos Graecorum Latine reddit per genitivos; quod barbarum. Vertendum erat, prima quaternatione composita. In Eras. et Gall. pro quaternationis, habetur quaternationi. In Arund. et Merc. 2, quaternioni.

Primae quaternationis ... compositae ("the first tetrad ... being composed", genitive). The interpreter writes Greek: he renders the Greeks' genitive absolutes into Latin with genitives, which is barbarous. It should have been translated prima quaternatione composita (ablative absolute). In Erasmus and Gallasius, for quaternationis there is quaternationi; in the Arundel and Mercier 2, quaternioni.

(printed under page 315)

(18) ‹anchor: A enim et B et Γ et Δ› · call in col 618

A enim et B et Γ et Δ. Sic Clarom. cod. excepto quod Γ Graecum Latino more scribitur G. In omnibus autem aliis cum editt. tum mss. littera Γ perperam commutata in ς, sensus evertitur: neque enim ex α et β et ς et δ in unum compositis, decem fient, sed xiii. Sed in editt. Eras. et Gall. pro et ς, quod habent Feuard. et Grab., pejus legitur, ut ς, nec melius in Feuard. et α pro et δ. At pravis his lectionibus occurrisset interpres, si Graeca secutus notis abstinuisset, scripsissetque, unum, et duo, et tria, et quatuor.

A enim et B et Γ et Δ ("for A and B and Γ and Δ"). So the Clermont codex, except that the Greek Γ is written in the Latin way, G. But in all the others, editions and manuscripts alike, the letter Γ has been wrongly changed into ς, and the sense is overturned: for α, β, ς and δ put together will not make ten but thirteen. And in the Erasmus and Gallasius editions, for et ς, which Feuardent and Grabe have, there is the worse reading ut ς; nor is et α for et δ in Feuardent any better. The interpreter would have forestalled these bad readings if, following the Greek, he had refrained from the signs and written "one, and two, and three, and four".

(printed under page 315)

(19) ‹anchor: In semetipsa› · call in col 618

In semetipsa. Codicis Arundel. lectionem sequimur. Caeteri omnes seu editi, seu manu exarati, minus bene, in semetipso.

In semetipsa ("in itself", feminine). We follow the reading of the Arundel codex. All the others, whether printed or handwritten, less well have in semetipso.

(printed under page 315)

(20) ‹anchor: X fiunt› · call in col 618

X fiunt. Al. X faciunt.

X fiunt ("ten result"). Others: X faciunt ("they make ten").

(printed under page 315)

(21) ‹anchor: Cum Iota› · call in col 618

Cum Iota. Hic Iota arithmetice accipias, juxta Graec. δέκα.

Cum Iota ("with Iota"). Here take Iota arithmetically, according to the Greek δέκα ("ten").

(printed under page 315)

(22) ‹anchor: Applicita› · call in col 618

Applicita. Editt. applicata.

Applicita ("applied"). The editions: applicata.

(printed under page 315)

(23) ‹anchor: DCCCLXXXVIII numerum generavit› · call in col 618

dccclxxxviii numerum generavit. Verba Graeca (si genuina sunt) non reddidit interpres; quamvis a sensu non deflexerit. In Graeco siquidem, τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπεκύησε, Jesum peperit. Sed cum Ἰησοῦς sit 888, si nimirum litterae velut notae numerorum accipiantur; has sic accipiens interpres vertit dccclxxxviii.

DCCCLXXXVIII numerum generavit ("produced the number 888"). The interpreter did not render the Greek words (if they are genuine), though he did not depart from the sense. For in the Greek it is τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπεκύησε, "brought forth Jesus". But since Ἰησοῦς is 888, if the letters are taken as signs of numbers, the interpreter, so taking them, translated DCCCLXXXVIII.

(printed under page 315)

(24) ‹anchor: Filiis› · call in col 618

Filiis. Ita recte Clarom. cod. juxta Graecum, τοῖς υἱοῖς. In caeteris omnibus corrupte, filius.

Filiis ("to the sons"). So rightly the Clermont codex, following the Greek τοῖς υἱοῖς. In all the others, corruptly, filius ("son").

(printed under page 315)

Page

  • running head: ERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 618
  • marginal letters: A Jesu secundum; B hoc est, duodecas:; C lius quam alii; D At pravis his
  • old-edition numerals: 76 after rum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:619
Editors' notes and page, col. 619

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Quod secundum carnem› · call in col 619

Quod secundum carnem. Hic delevimus est, quod manifesta scribarum oscitantia bis repetitum fuit.

Quod secundum carnem ("which according to the flesh"). Here we have deleted est, which by evident carelessness of the scribes had been repeated twice.

(printed under page 316)

(2) ‹anchor: Ducatore› · call in col 619

Ducatore. I. e. duce. Gloss. vet. ducator, ἀγός, προηγούμενος· ducatores, ἀγοί, ἡγεμόνες. Eadem voce utitur Tertull. adv. Jud. c. 13. Iterum occurrit apud auctorem nostrum lib. ii, cap. 18, n. 7.

Ducatore, that is, "leader". An old glossary: ducator, ἀγός, προηγούμενος; ducatores, ἀγοί, ἡγεμόνες. Tertullian uses the same word, Against the Jews, chapter 13. It occurs again in our author, book 2, chapter 18, number 7.

(printed under page 316)

(3) ‹anchor: Dictum› · call in col 619

Dictum. Vertendum est, electum esse; hancque lectionem confirmant mox sequentia: ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων διελθόντα διὰ μήτρας ἐξελέξατο, quem Pater omnium transeuntem per vulvam elegit. Sed pro ἐκλεχθῆναι male legit interpres, λεχθῆναι.

Dictum ("said"). It should be translated electum esse ("to have been chosen"); and this reading is confirmed by what follows shortly: ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων διελθόντα διὰ μήτρας ἐξελέξατο, "whom the Father of all chose as he passed through the womb". But for ἐκλεχθῆναι the interpreter wrongly read λεχθῆναι.

(printed under page 316)

(4) ‹anchor: Generatur› · call in col 619

Generatur. Ita Graeci textus auctoritate, ut videtur, Feuardentius a Frontone Duc. monitus posuit. Nam in Eras., Gall. et mss. omnibus legitur, generatus.

Generatur ("is begotten"). So Feuardent, advised by Fronton du Duc, set it, on the authority, it seems, of the Greek text. For in Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts is read generatus ("begotten").

(printed under page 316)

(5) ‹anchor: Ὁδοῦ γεννηθέντος› · call in col 619

Ὁδοῦ γεννηθέντος. Melius legas cum interp. ὁδηγοῦ γεννηθέντος.

Ὁδοῦ γεννηθέντος ("of the way, having been born"). You would do better to read with the interpreter ὁδηγοῦ γεννηθέντος ("a guide having been born").

(printed under page 316)

(6) ‹anchor: Τῆς ἄνω δυνάμεως› · call in col 619

Τῆς ἄνω δυνάμεως. Christi videlicet, qui mox dicitur virtus in Jesum delapsa; vel superioris Ἀνθρώπου, cujus in Jesum descensuri idem Jesus ἐξομοίωσιν καὶ μόρφωσιν paulo post dicitur expressisse.

Τῆς ἄνω δυνάμεως ("of the power above"): that is, of Christ, who is shortly called the power that came down upon Jesus; or of the higher Man, whose likeness and form, as he was to descend into Jesus, the same Jesus is said a little later to have expressed.

(printed under page 316)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἐγενεσιούργησαν τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς φανέντα Ἰησοῦν› · call in col 619

Ἐγενεσιούργησαν τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς φανέντα Ἰησοῦν. Hic obiter monet Grabius, Latinam versionem Nicetae in Thesauro orthod. fid. pag. 266 edit. posterioris: Virtutes praeterea, quae ab iis emanaverant, ab eo Jesu generatas esse, qui visus esset in terra, corrigendam esse hoc modo: Virtutes praeterea, etc., generasse Jesum, qui visus esset in terra. Atque hanc correctionem, inquit vir clarissimus, bene admittunt Graeca mss. cod. 22. Roe in Bibliot. Bodle. ἀπὸ τούτων δὲ δυνάμεις ἀποῤῥυείσας γενεσιουργῆσαι τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς φανέντα Ἰησοῦν.

Ἐγενεσιούργησαν τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς φανέντα Ἰησοῦν ("they generated the Jesus who appeared on earth"). Here Grabe notes in passing that the Latin version of Nicetas in the Thesaurus of the Orthodox Faith, page 266 of the later edition, "and that the powers which had emanated from them were generated by that Jesus who appeared on earth", should be corrected thus: "and that the powers, etc., generated Jesus, who appeared on earth." And this correction, says that most distinguished man, is well borne out by the Greek manuscripts, Roe codex 22 in the Bodleian Library: "and that powers flowing from these generated the Jesus who appeared on earth."

(printed under page 316)

(8) ‹anchor: Υἱοῦ› · call in col 619

Υἱοῦ. Lege Ὑψίστου cum vet. et ipso sacro textu Luc. I, 35, in quem digitum intendunt haeretici.

Υἱοῦ ("of the Son"). Read Ὑψίστου ("of the Most High"), with the old version and the sacred text itself, Luke 1:35, at which the heretics point their finger.

(printed under page 316)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἐπέδειξεν› · call in col 619

Ἐπέδειξεν. Cod. Reg. ἔδειξεν.

Ἐπέδειξεν ("displayed"). The Royal codex: ἔδειξεν ("showed").

(printed under page 316)

(10) ‹anchor: τὸν ἀναδραμόντα ἄνω› · call in col 619

Τὸν ἀναδραμόντα ἄνω. Salvatorem, quem in Jesum sub columbae specie descendisse clarius affirmant Valentiniani sup. cap. 7.

Τὸν ἀναδραμόντα ἄνω ("him who ran back up above"): the Saviour, who the Valentinians more clearly declare, above, chapter 7, descended upon Jesus in the form of a dove.

(printed under page 316)

Page

  • running head: 619 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A fuerunt homines; B Ecclesia, Logos; C (1) Quod secundum
  • old-edition numerals: 77 before 3. A quaternatione
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:620
φανῆναι, τουτέστι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, τοῖς υἱοῖς, ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ πολλῇ ὑπῆρχον οἱ ἄνθρωποι καὶ πλάνῃ. Ὅτε δὲ ἐφανερώθη τὸ ἑξαγράμματον ὄνομα, ὃς σάρκα περιεβάλλετο, ἵνα εἰς τὴν αἴσθησιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατέλθῃ, ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ αὐτὰ τὰ ἓξ καὶ τὰ εἰκοσιτέσσαρα· τότε γνόντες αὐτὸν ἐπαύσαντο τῆς ἀγνοίας, ἐκ θανάτου δὲ εἰς ζωὴν ἀνῆλθον, τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῖς ὁδοῦ γεννηθέντος πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα τῆς ἀληθείας. Τεθεληκέναι γὰρ τὸν Πατέρα τῶν ὅλων λῦσαι τὴν ἄγνοιαν, καὶ καθελεῖν τὸν θάνατον. Ἀγνοίας δὲ λύσις, ἡ ἐπίγνωσις αὐτοῦ ἐγίνετο. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλεχθῆναι τὸν, κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, κατ' εἰκόνα τῆς ἄνω δυνάμεως οἰκονομηθέντα ἄνθρωπον.
appeared, that is, Jesus, to the sons, men were in great ignorance and error. But when the six-lettered name was manifested, Who clothed Himself with flesh, that He might come down into the perception of man, having in Himself those very six and the twenty-four; then having come to know Him they ceased from ignorance, and rose up from death into life, the name having been born to them as a way towards the Father of truth. For the Father of all things willed to dissolve ignorance, and to destroy death. And the dissolution of ignorance was the knowledge of Him. And on account of this the man dispensed according to His will, after the image of the power above, was chosen.
3. Ἀπὸ τετράδος γὰρ προῆλθον οἱ Αἰῶνες. Ἦν δὲ ἐν τῇ τετράδι Ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἐκκλησία, Λόγος καὶ Ζωή. Ἀπὸ τούτων οὖν δυνάμεις, φησὶν, ἀποῤῥυεῖσαι, ἐγενεσιούργησαν τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς φανέντα Ἰησοῦν. Καὶ τοῦ μὲν Λόγου ἀναπεπληρωκέναι τὸν τόπον τὸν ἄγγελον Γαβριὴλ, τῆς δὲ Ζωῆς τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, τοῦ δὲ Ἀνθρώπου τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ υἱοῦ· τὸν δὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τόπον ἡ παρθένος ἐπέδειξεν. Οὕτως τε ὁ κατ' οἰκονομίαν διὰ τῆς Μαρίας γενεσιουργεῖται παρ' αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος, ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων διελθόντα διὰ μήτρας ἐξελέξατο διὰ Λόγου εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν αὐτοῦ. Ἐλθόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, κατελθεῖν εἰς αὐτὸν ὡς περιστερὰν τὸν ἀναδραμόντα ἄνω καὶ πληρώσαντα τὸν δωδέκατον ἀρι-
3. For from the tetrad came forth the Aeons. And there were in the tetrad Man and Church, Word and Life. From these, then, powers, he says, having flowed forth, generated Jesus Who appeared upon earth. And the angel Gabriel filled up the place of the Word, and the Holy Spirit that of Life, and the power of the son that of Man; and the virgin exhibited the place of the Church. And thus the man according to dispensation is generated among them through Mary, whom the Father of all things, as he passed through the womb, chose through the Word unto the knowledge of Himself. And when he came to the water, there came down into him as a dove He Who ran back above and filled up the twelfth num-
Editors' notes and page, col. 620

Page

  • running head: SCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 620
  • marginal letters: A φανῆναι, τουτέστι; B καὶ Ζωή.; C θρώπου, cujus
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word split at column break: ἀρι-|θμόν; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:621
θμόν· ἐν ᾧ ὑπάρχει τὸ σπέρμα τούτων τῶν συσπαρέντων αὐτῷ καὶ συγκαταβάντων καὶ συναναβάντων. Αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν δύναμιν κατελθοῦσαν σπέρμα φησὶν εἶναι τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, τήν τε διὰ τούτων γινωσκομένην ἀνονόμαστον δύναμιν τῆς Σιγῆς, καὶ τοὺς ἅπαντας Αἰῶνας. Καὶ τοῦτ' εἶναι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τὸ ὁμολογῆσαν ἑαυτὸν Υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου, καὶ φανερώσαντα τὸν Πατέρα, κατελθὸν μὲν εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἡνῶσθαι δ' αὐτῷ. Καὶ καθεῖλε μὲν τὸν θάνατον, φησὶν, ὁ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας Σωτὴρ, ἐγνώρισε δὲ τὸν Πατέρα Χριστόν. Εἶναι οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὄνομα μὲν τοῦ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἀνθρώπου λέγει, τεθεῖσθαι δὲ εἰς ἐξομοίωσιν καὶ μόρφωσιν τοῦ μέλλοντος εἰς αὐτὸν κατέρχεσθαι Ἀνθρώπου. Τὸν χωρήσαντα αὐτὸν, ἐσχηκέναι (δὲ) αὐτόν τε τὸν Ἄνθρωπον, αὐτόν τε τὸν Λόγον καὶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ τὸν Ἄῤῥητον, καὶ τὴν Σιγὴν, καὶ τὴν Ἀλήθειαν, καὶ Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ Ζωήν.
ber; in whom exists the seed of these who were sown together with him and came down together and rose up together. And this power itself which came down he says is the seed of the Father, having in itself both the Father and the Son, and the unnameable power of Silence known through them, and all the Aeons. And this is the Spirit that spoke through Jesus, that confessed Himself Son of man, and manifested the Father, having come down into Jesus, and been united with him. And the Saviour from the dispensation, he says, destroyed death, and made known Christ the Father. He says, therefore, that Jesus is the name of the man from the dispensation, and that it has been set for the assimilation and formation of the Man Who was about to come down into him. And he who received Him possessed (moreover) both the Man Himself, and the Word Himself, and the Father, and the Ineffable, and Silence, and Truth, and Church, and Life.
4. Ταῦτα δὴ ὑπὲρ τὸ Ἰού! καὶ τὸ Φεῦ! καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ πᾶσαν τραγικὴν φώνησιν καὶ σχετλιασμόν ἐστι.
4. These things indeed are beyond "Alas!" and "Woe!" and beyond every tragic utterance and lamentation.
Editors' notes and page, col. 621

Page

  • running head: 621 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A θμόν· ἐν ᾧ; B αὐτόν τε τὸν; C (1) Ἐν ᾧ ὑπάρχει,; D ut sup. cap. 12
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word split from previous column: ἀρι-|θμόν; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:622
Editors' notes and page, col. 622

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Ἐν ᾧ ὑπάρχει› · call in col 622

Ἐν ᾧ ὑπάρχει, etc. In Jesu nimirum, in quo fuisse et illud quod est ab Achamoth semen spiritale, cap. mox citato dicunt Valentiniani. Porro semen istud hic dicitur σπέρμα τούτων συσπαρέντων αὐτῷ, id est, semen ab Angelis Salvatori coaetaneis et cum eo prolatis, individuisque ejus comitibus in Achamoth infusum. Haec ergo partim de Jesu, partim de Salvatore explicanda; quae nisi accurate distinguas, sensum non assequeris.

Ἐν ᾧ ὑπάρχει ("in whom there is"), etc.: in Jesus, that is, in whom, the Valentinians say in the chapter just cited, there was also that spiritual seed which is from Achamoth. That seed is here called "the seed of those sown together with him", that is, the seed poured into Achamoth by the Angels coeval with the Saviour, put forth with him, and his inseparable companions. These things, then, are to be explained partly of Jesus and partly of the Saviour; unless you distinguish them carefully you will not reach the sense.

(printed under page 317)

(2) ‹anchor: Σπέρμα φησὶν εἶναι τοῦ Πατρός› · call in col 622

Σπέρμα φησὶν εἶναι τοῦ Πατρός. Non una erat Gnosticorum de columba in Jesum delapsa sententia. Alii enim, teste Clemente in Excerptis ex Didascalia Valentinianorum pag. 792, col. 1, Spiritum Sanctum dicebant; Basilidiani ministrum, τὸν διάκονον· Valentini sectatores τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἐνθυμήσεως τοῦ Πατρός, Spiritum intentionis Patris. Marcus vero semen dicebat esse Patris, quia a Patre per Aeones omnes emissus erat Salvator.

Σπέρμα φησὶν εἶναι τοῦ Πατρός ("he says it is the seed of the Father"). The Gnostics did not hold a single opinion about the dove that came down upon Jesus. Some, as Clement witnesses in the Excerpts from the Teaching of the Valentinians, page 792, column 1, called it the Holy Spirit; the Basilideans, the minister, τὸν διάκονον; the followers of Valentinus, the Spirit of the Father's Enthymesis (intention). Mark, however, said it was the seed of the Father, because the Saviour had been sent forth by the Father through all the Aeons.

(printed under page 317)

(3) ‹anchor: Διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ› · call in col 622

Διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Adde στόματος ex vet.

Διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ("through Jesus"). Add στόματος ("mouth") from the old version.

(printed under page 317)

(4) ‹anchor: Τὸ ὁμολογῆσαι ἑαυτὸν Υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου› · call in col 622

Τὸ ὁμολογῆσαι ἑαυτὸν Υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου. Quia, ut sup. cap. 12 dicitur, veluti nepos erat Anthropi; utpote qui ortum duodecim illis, qui ab Anthropo et Ecclesia geniti sunt, Aeonibus praesertim acceptum referret.

Τὸ ὁμολογῆσαι ἑαυτὸν Υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου ("his confessing himself Son of man"): because, as is said above in chapter 12, he was as it were the grandson of Anthropos, since he owed his origin chiefly to those twelve Aeons who were begotten by Anthropos and Ecclesia.

(printed under page 317)

(5) ‹anchor: Φανερώσαντα› · call in col 622

Φανερώσαντα. Ex vet. lege φανερῶσαν.

Φανερώσαντα ("having manifested", masculine). From the old version read φανερῶσαν (neuter).

(printed under page 317)

(6) ‹anchor: Ἐγνώρισε δὲ τὸν Πατέρα Χριστόν› · call in col 622

Ἐγνώρισε δὲ τὸν Πατέρα Χριστόν. Legendum monet Grabius Χριστός, non Χριστόν, hancque lectionem confirmat ex lib. iii, cap. 16, n. 1: Qui autem a Valentino sunt, Jesum quidem, qui sit ex dispositione (dicunt), ipsum esse qui per Mariam transierit, in quem illum de superiori Salvatorem descendisse, quem et Christum dici... participasse autem cum eo, qui esset ex dispositione, de sua virtute et suo nomine; ut mors per hunc evacuaretur, cognosceretur autem Pater per eum Salvatorem quidem, qui desuper descendisset. At cum ex ipso eodem loco constet Gnosticorum quorumdam fuisse hanc sententiam, esse quidem filium Jesum, Patrem vero Christum, et Christi Patrem Deum, probabilius videtur eamdem et Marci fuisse, ac proinde legendum, ἐγνώρισε δὲ τὸν Πατέρα Χριστόν, non Χριστός.

Ἐγνώρισε δὲ τὸν Πατέρα Χριστόν ("and he made known the Father, Christ"). Grabe advises reading Χριστός, not Χριστόν, and confirms this reading from book 3, chapter 16, number 1: "Those who are from Valentinus (say) that Jesus, who is of the dispensation, is the one who passed through Mary, upon whom that Saviour from above descended, who is also called Christ ... and that he shared with him who was of the dispensation his own power and his own name, so that death might be abolished through him, and the Father be known through that Saviour who had come down from above." But since it is clear from that same place that some Gnostics held this opinion, that Jesus is the son, Christ the Father, and God the Father of Christ, it seems more probable that this was Mark's opinion too, and that accordingly one should read ἐγνώρισε δὲ τὸν Πατέρα Χριστόν, not Χριστός.

(printed under page 317)

(7) ‹anchor: Τοῦ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἀνθρώπου› · call in col 622

Τοῦ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἀνθρώπου. Ad distinctionem superioris Anthropi, qui in Jesum per nepotem Christum descendit, dictum est.

Τοῦ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἀνθρώπου ("of the man of the dispensation"). Said to distinguish him from the higher Anthropos, who descended into Jesus through his grandson Christ.

(printed under page 317)

(8) ‹anchor: Τὸν χωρήσαντα αὐτόν, ἐσχηκέναι δέ› · call in col 622

Τὸν χωρήσαντα αὐτόν, ἐσχηκέναι δέ, etc. Pro τόν legi ὅν, ac deleri δέ, auctoritate vet. interpretis vult Billius. Ego vero nova periodo ab his verbis coepta legendum censeo, τὸν δὲ χωρήσαντα αὐτὸν ἐσχηκέναι αὐτόν, etc. Quod autem vetus interpres scripsit, quem, nec particulam δέ reddidit, ideo fecit quia duas periodos in unam commiscuit. Caeterum haec de Jesu, qui Anthropon in se suscepit.

Τὸν χωρήσαντα αὐτόν, ἐσχηκέναι δέ ("him who contained him, and to have had"), etc. Billius wants ὅν read for τόν and δέ deleted, on the authority of the old interpreter. I, however, think one should read, beginning a new sentence with these words, τὸν δὲ χωρήσαντα αὐτὸν ἐσχηκέναι αὐτόν ("and that he who contained him had him"), etc. That the old interpreter wrote quem and did not render the particle δέ was because he ran two sentences into one. These words, moreover, are about Jesus, who received Anthropos into himself.

(printed under page 317)

(9) ‹anchor: Ὑπὲρ τό› · call in col 622

Ὑπὲρ τό. Pro τό lege τήν.

Ὑπὲρ τό. For τό read τήν.

(printed under page 317)

(10) ‹anchor: Φώνησιν› · call in col 622

Φώνησιν. Malim cum Billio, ἐκφώνησιν.

Φώνησιν ("utterance"). I would prefer, with Billius, ἐκφώνησιν ("exclamation").

(printed under page 317)

(11) ‹anchor: Descendens quidem in Jesum, unitus est› · call in col 622

Descendens quidem in Jesum, unitus est. Melius vertisset interpres: quique descendens in Jesum, unitus est ei.

Descendens quidem in Jesum, unitus est ("descending into Jesus, he was united"). The interpreter would have translated better: "and who, descending into Jesus, was united to him."

(printed under page 317)

(12) ‹anchor: Agnovit autem Patrem Christum› · call in col 622

Agnovit autem Patrem Christum. Ex Graeco legendum est: Notum autem fecit Patrem Christum. Vide not. 6.

Agnovit autem Patrem Christum ("and he recognized the Father, Christ"). From the Greek one must read: "and he made known the Father, Christ." See note 6.

(printed under page 317)

(13) ‹anchor: Jesum esse ergo nomen› · call in col 622

Jesum esse ergo nomen. Male in edit. Oxon. vox Jesum, pejus in caeteris omnibus vox esse, claudit praecedentem periodum: inde enim pervertitur omnino sensus. Pertinet utraque ad sequentem. Sed et in hac eamdem vocem Jesum, scribarum oscitantia post ergo perperam repetitam, Graeci textus auctoritate expungimus.

Jesum esse ergo nomen ("that Jesus, then, is the name"). In the Oxford edition the word Jesum wrongly closes the preceding sentence, and in all the others, worse, the word esse; for thereby the sense is wholly perverted. Both belong to the following sentence. And in this sentence we strike out, on the authority of the Greek text, the same word Jesum, wrongly repeated after ergo by the carelessness of the scribes.

(printed under page 317)

(14) ‹anchor: Qui incipit in eum descendere› · call in col 622

Qui incipit in eum descendere. Hellenismus est, pro qui descensurus in eum erat.

Qui incipit in eum descendere ("who begins to descend into him"). It is a Hellenism, for "who was about to descend into him".

(printed under page 317)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 622
  • marginal letters: A in quo inerat; B et ipsum Hominem,; C Salvatorem quidem,; D (10) Φώνησιν.
  • old-edition numerals: 78 after in
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:623
Editors' notes and page, col. 623

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Poeta› · call in col 623

Poeta. Vertendum erat, artifex.

Poeta ("maker"). It should have been translated artifex ("craftsman").

(printed under page 318)

(2) ‹anchor: Viderit› · call in col 623

Viderit. Editt. videat.

Viderit. The editions: videat.

(printed under page 318)

(3) ‹anchor: Alphabeti› · call in col 623

Alphabeti. Codd. Clarom. et Pass. alphabetae.

Alphabeti ("of the alphabet"). The Clermont and Passionei codices: alphabetae.

(printed under page 318)

(4) ‹anchor: Nuper, sicut quod est ab initio› · call in col 623

Nuper, sicut quod est ab initio. Sic malae interpunctionis vitio depravatum locum restituimus, periodum novam ab his vocibus incipientes. At male legens interpres, ὥσπερ τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, vel quid simile, male et vertit, sicut quod est ab initio; quod nullum habet sensum. Scribendum erat, si ad initium ratio habeatur. Vide not. 10.

Nuper, sicut quod est ab initio ("lately, as that which is from the beginning"). We have restored this place, corrupted by faulty punctuation, by beginning a new sentence with these words. But the interpreter, misreading ὥσπερ τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς or something similar, also mistranslated, "as that which is from the beginning", which makes no sense. It should have been written: "if account is taken of the beginning." See note 10.

(printed under page 318)

(5) ‹anchor: Heri et ante› · call in col 623

Heri et ante. Verte, heri et nudius tertius. In Eras., Gall. et mss. omnibus legitur, et heri et ante. Sed prius et merito delevit Feuardentius; neque enim exstat in Graeco.

Heri et ante ("yesterday and before"). Translate "yesterday and the day before". In Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts is read et heri et ante. But Feuardent rightly deleted the first et, for it is not in the Greek.

(printed under page 318)

(6) ‹anchor: A Cadmo se› · call in col 623

A Cadmo se. Sic ex Graeco recte correxit Feuard. Nam in Eras., Gall. et mss. omnibus, exceptis Ottobon. et Voss., pro his corrupte legitur, ab aestimatione. Quae prava lectio Scaligero et Bocharto locis inf. cit. suspicionem injecit, veterem interpretem pro ἀπὸ Κάδμου, legisse ἀπ' εἰκάσμου.

A Cadmo se ("[that] they from Cadmus"). So Feuardent rightly corrected it from the Greek. For in Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts except the Ottoboni and Vossius, ab aestimatione ("from estimation") is corruptly read for these words. This bad reading led Scaliger and Bochart, in the places cited below, to suspect that the old interpreter read ἀπ' εἰκάσμου for ἀπὸ Κάδμου.

(printed under page 318)

(7) ‹anchor: Adspiratas› · call in col 623

Adspiratas. Sic om. editt. cum cod. Pass. et Graeco. Clarom. vero Ottobon. et quatuor Anglicani, adspirationem.

Adspiratas ("aspirated"). So all the editions, with the Passionei codex and the Greek. But the Clermont, the Ottoboni and the four English codices have adspirationem.

(printed under page 318)

(8) ‹anchor: Cadmos, et ii qui› · call in col 623

Cadmos, et ii qui. Cadmos nominativus casus est, juxta Graecorum morem in os desinens: idque scribas omnes fefellit, qui arbitrati accusativum esse, imprudenter scripserunt, et eos qui, ut in mss. omnibus legitur: quod erratum emendavit Feuardentius a Frontone monitus.

Cadmos, et ii qui ("Cadmus, and those who"). Cadmos is the nominative case, ending in -os in the Greek manner; and this deceived all the scribes, who, thinking it an accusative, carelessly wrote et eos qui, as is read in all the manuscripts. Feuardent, advised by Fronton, corrected the error.

(printed under page 318)

(9) ‹anchor: Addiderunt› · call in col 623

Addiderunt. In Eras., Gall. et mss. omnibus, post addiderunt, sequuntur tres voces: temporis quam Palamedes, vel Palamedis: quas expunxit Feuard. a Frontone monitus. Desunt quidem in Graeco hodierno. Sed mutilum esse suspicor scripsisseque Irenaeum: μεταγενέστερον δὲ τοῦ Παλαμήδου, καὶ τῶν τὰ λοιπά, etc., quod verterit interpres: posterius autem temporis, quam Palamedes, et hi qui reliqua, etc. Id suadere videtur contextus.

Addiderunt ("added"). In Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts three words follow after addiderunt: temporis quam Palamedes, or Palamedis ("of time than Palamedes"), which Feuardent, advised by Fronton, struck out. They are indeed missing in the present Greek. But I suspect it is mutilated and that Irenaeus wrote: μεταγενέστερον δὲ τοῦ Παλαμήδου, καὶ τῶν τὰ λοιπά ("later than Palamedes and those who [added] the rest"), etc., which the interpreter would have translated: "later in time than Palamedes, and those who [added] the rest", etc. The context seems to recommend this.

(printed under page 318)

(10) ‹anchor: Νεωστὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς› · call in col 623

Νεωστὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς. Locum hunc, quia male hactenus interpunctus fuit, male et ab omnibus Irenaei interpretibus acceptum esse, recte observat Josephus Scaliger in Animadvers. ad Eusebii Chronic. p. 112. Nempe κατεστιγμένην νεωστὶ πρὸς τὸ ..... χθὲς καὶ πρώην, uno et eodem tenore legentes, caliginem nulli mortalium perviam Irenaei verbis offundunt. Hanc facile discuties, si cum Scaligero post κατεστιγμένην apposita distinctionis nota, ab his verbis, νεωστὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, novam periodum incipias, quae desinet in ποτὲ δὲ τὰ διπλᾶ. Sensus videlicet erit: Nuper, si ad prima rerum initia rationem habeas, et, ut communi proverbio dicitur, heri et nudius tertius, Graeci se confitentur a Cadmo primum litteras sedecim accepisse. Nempe illud, πρὸς τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, quod adeo torsit interpretes, addidit Irenaeus ut vocis νεωστί hyperbolen emolliret: ne quis existimaret, paucis abhinc annis litteras sedecim Graecos accepisse; quae pluribus ante saeculis adinventae quidem fuerant, recens tamen inventae dici poterant, si ad ipsa rerum initia ratio haberetur. Qui quidem sensus perspicuus est, et optime cohaeret cum sequentibus.

Νεωστὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς ("lately, relative to the beginning"). Joseph Scaliger rightly observes, in his Animadversions on the Chronicle of Eusebius, page 112, that because this place has hitherto been badly punctuated, it has also been badly understood by all the interpreters of Irenaeus. Reading κατεστιγμένην νεωστὶ πρὸς τὸ ..... χθὲς καὶ πρώην in one and the same run, they cast over Irenaeus's words a darkness no mortal can see through. You will easily dispel it if, with Scaliger, you put a stop after κατεστιγμένην and begin a new sentence with the words νεωστὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, which will end at ποτὲ δὲ τὰ διπλᾶ. The sense will then be: "Lately, if you reckon from the first beginnings of things, and, as the common proverb says, yesterday and the day before, the Greeks confess that they first received sixteen letters from Cadmus." That phrase πρὸς τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, which so tormented the interpreters, Irenaeus added to soften the hyperbole of the word νεωστί, lest anyone think the Greeks had received the sixteen letters only a few years before; letters which, though invented many centuries earlier, could still be called recently invented if reckoned from the very beginnings of things. This sense is clear and fits very well with what follows.

(printed under page 318)

(11) ‹anchor: Ἀπὸ Κάδμου› · call in col 623

Ἀπὸ Κάδμου. Lege sis Eusebium de Praepar. evangel. lib. x, cap. 5, ac Marium Victorinum, et ex recentioribus Josephum Scaligerum in Animadvers. citat. pag. 103 et seqq. ac Bochartum in parte altera Geographiae, Chanaan inscripta, lib. i, cap. 20.

Ἀπὸ Κάδμου ("from Cadmus"). Read, if you please, Eusebius, Preparation for the Gospel, book 10, chapter 5, and Marius Victorinus; and among the moderns Joseph Scaliger in the Animadversions cited, page 103 and following, and Bochart in the second part of his Geography, entitled Chanaan, book 1, chapter 20.

(printed under page 318)

(12) ‹anchor: Τὰ μακρά› · call in col 623

Τὰ μακρά. Cod. Reg. et Basileensis Epiphanii edit. τὰ μικρά.

Τὰ μακρά ("the long [letters]"). The Royal codex and the Basel edition of Epiphanius: τὰ μικρά ("the short").

(printed under page 318)

(13) ‹anchor: Πρὸ τοῦ οὖν› · call in col 623

Πρὸ τοῦ οὖν. Post οὖν addi vult Billius παρ'.

Πρὸ τοῦ οὖν ("before, then"). Billius wants παρ' added after οὖν.

(printed under page 318)

(14) ‹anchor: Μόνον εἴδωλον› · call in col 623

Μόνον εἴδωλον. Legit interpres, μόνος εἰς εἴδωλον.

Μόνον εἴδωλον ("only an idol"). The interpreter read μόνος εἰς εἴδωλον ("alone, into an idol").

(printed under page 318)

Page

  • running head: 623 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUN
  • marginal letters: A ferationem sunt.; B solus in idolum; C (1) Poeta.; D Bocharto locis
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:624
Τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν μισήσειε τῶν τηλικούτων ψευσμάτων κακοσύνθετον ποιητὴν, τὴν μὲν ἀλήθειαν ὁρῶν εἴδωλον ὑπὸ Μάρκου γεγονυῖαν· καὶ τοῦτο τοῖς τοῦ ἀλφαβήτου γράμμασι κατεστιγμένην, νεωστὶ, πρὸς τὸ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, χθὲς καὶ πρώην, Ἕλληνες ὁμολογοῦσιν ἀπὸ Κάδμου πρῶτον ἓξ καὶ δέκα παρειληφέναι, εἶτα μετέπειτα προβαινόντων τῶν χρόνων αὐτοὶ ἐξευρηκέναι ποτὲ μὲν τὰ δασέα, ποτὲ δὲ τὰ διπλᾶ· ἔσχατον δὲ πάντων Παλαμήδην φασὶ τὰ μακρὰ τούτοις προστεθεικέναι. Πρὸ τοῦ οὖν Ἕλλησι ταῦτα γενέσθαι, οὐκ ἦν ἀλήθεια; Τὸ γὰρ σῶμα αὐτῆς κατὰ σὲ, Μάρκε, μεταγενέστερον μὲν Κάδμου, καὶ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ· μεταγενέστερον δὲ τῶν τὰ λοιπὰ προστεθεικότων στοιχεῖα· μεταγενέστερον δὲ καὶ σαυτοῦ. Σὺ γὰρ μόνον εἴδωλον κατήγαγες τὴν ὑπὸ σοῦ λεγομένην ἀλήθειαν.
For who would not hate the ill-compounded poet of such great falsehoods, seeing truth made an idol by Marcus, and that too branded with the letters of the alphabet; whereas recently, in comparison with what is from the beginning—as the saying goes, yesterday and the day before—the Greeks confess that they first received sixteen from Cadmus, and then afterwards as times advanced they themselves invented at one time the aspirates, and at another time the double letters; and last of all they say that Palamedes added the long letters to these? Before these things came to be among the Greeks, then, was there no truth? For its body, according to you, Marcus, is later than Cadmus, and those before him; and later than those who added the remaining elements; and later even than yourself. For you alone brought down as an idol what is called by you truth.
5. Τίς δ' ἀνέξεταί σου τὴν τοσαῦτα φλυαροῦσαν
5. And who will endure your babbling of so many things
Editors' notes and page, col. 624

Page

  • running head: SCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 624
  • marginal letters: A Τίς γὰρ οὐκ; B ἤγαγες τὴν ὑπὸ; C interpres : posterius; D torsit interpretes,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:625
Σιγὴν, ἣ τὸν ἀνονόμαστον ὀνομάζει, καὶ τὸν ἄῤῥητον ἐξηγεῖται, καὶ τὸν ἀνεξιχνίαστον ἐξιστορεῖ, καὶ ἠνοιχέναι τὸ στόμα φησὶν αὐτὸ, ὃν ἀσώματον καὶ ἀνείδεον λέγεις, καὶ προενέγκασθαι Λόγον, ὡς ἕν τι τῶν συνθέτων ζώων· τόν τε Λόγον αὐτοῦ ὅμοιον ὄντα τῷ προβαλόντι, καὶ μορφὴν τοῦ ἀοράτου γεγονότα, στοιχείων μὲν εἶναι τριάκοντα, συλλαβῶν δὲ τεσσάρων; Ἔσται οὖν κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα τοῦ Λόγου ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν πάντων, ὡς σὺ φὴς, στοιχείων μὲν τριάκοντα, συλλαβῶν δὲ τεσσάρων. Ἢ πάλιν τίς ἀνέξεταί σου εἰς σχήματα καὶ ἀριθμοὺς, ποτὲ μὲν τριάκοντα, ποτὲ δὲ εἰκοσιτέσσαρα, ποτὲ δὲ ἓξ μόνον, συγκλείοντος τὸν τῶν πάντων κτιστὴν καὶ δημιουργὸν καὶ ποιητὴν Λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ· κατακερματίζοντος αὐτὸν εἰς συλλαβὰς μὲν τέσσαρας, στοιχεῖα δὲ τριάκοντα· καὶ τὸν πάντων Κύριον, τὸν ἐστερεωκότα τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, εἰς ωπηʹ κατάγοντος ἀριθμὸν, ὁμοίως τῷ ἀλφαβήτῳ αὐτὸν γεγονότα· πάντα χωροῦντα Πατέρα, ἀχώρητον δὲ ὑπάρχοντα, εἰς τετράδα, καὶ ὀγδοάδα, καὶ δεκάδα, καὶ δωδεκάδα ὑπομερίζοντος, καὶ διὰ τῶν τοιούτων πολυπλασιασμῶν τὸ ἄῤῥητον καὶ ἀνεννόητον, ὡς σὺ φὴς, τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκδιηγουμένου; Καὶ ὃν ἀσώματον καὶ ἀνούσιον ὀνομάζεις, τὴν τούτου οὐσίαν καὶ τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἐκ πολλῶν γραμμάτων, ἑτέρων ἐξ ἑτέρων γεννωμένων, κατασκευάζεις, αὐτὸς Δαίδαλος ψευδὴς καὶ τέκτων κακὸς γενόμενος τῆς προπανυπερτάτου δυνάμεως· καὶ ἣν ἀμέριστον φῇς εἶναι, εἰς ἀφώνους καὶ φωνήεντας καὶ ἡμιφώνους φθόγγους ὑπομερίζων· τὸ ἄφωνον αὐτῶν τῷ τῶν πάντων Πατρὶ, καὶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ ἐννοίᾳ
Silence, who names the unnameable, and expounds the ineffable, and searches out the unsearchable, and says that He opened His mouth itself, Whom you call bodiless and formless, and brought forth a Word, as some one of the compound animals; and that His Word, being like Him Who emitted Him, and having become the form of the invisible, is of thirty elements, and of four syllables? The Father of all things, therefore, will be, according to the likeness of the Word, as you say, of thirty elements, and of four syllables. Or again, who will endure your shutting up into figures and numbers—sometimes thirty, sometimes twenty-four, and sometimes six only—the Creator and Demiurge and Maker of all things, the Word of God; chopping Him into four syllables and thirty elements; and bringing down the Lord of all things, Who established the heavens, to the number 888, as though He had become like the alphabet; and subdividing the Father Who contains all things, yet is uncontained, into a tetrad, and an ogdoad, and a decad, and a dodecad, and through such multiplications setting forth the ineffable and inconceivable nature, as you say, of the Father? And of Him Whom you name bodiless and unsubstantial, you fashion the substance and the subsistence out of many letters, some begotten from others, yourself becoming a false Daedalus and an evil artificer of the supremely highest power; and subdividing into mute and vowel and semivowel sounds that power which you say is indivisible; falsely attributing their muteness to the Father of all things, and to the thought of the Son
Editors' notes and page, col. 625

Page

  • running head: 625 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A Σιγὴν, ἣ τὸν; B κοντα · καὶ τὸν; C (1) Φησὶν αὐτὸ, ὃν.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:626
Editors' notes and page, col. 626

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Φησὶν αὐτό, ὄν› · call in col 626

Φησὶν αὐτό, ὄν. Leg. cum interp. φησὶν αὐτὸν ὄν.

Φησὶν αὐτό, ὄν ("he says it, being"). Read with the interpreter φησὶν αὐτὸν ὄν ("he says him, being").

(printed under page 319)

(2) ‹anchor: Κατακερματίζοντος› · call in col 626

Κατακερματίζοντος. Legit interpres, καὶ κατακερματίζοντος.

Κατακερματίζοντος ("chopping up"). The interpreter read καὶ κατακερματίζοντος ("and chopping up").

(printed under page 319)

(3) ‹anchor: Ὁμοίως... πάντα› · call in col 626

Ὁμοίως... πάντα. Billius legi vult, ὁμοίως τῷ ἀλφαβήτῳ, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν γεγονότα πάντα. Petavius, in marg. Epiphanii pag. 145: Ὁμοίως τῷ ἀλφαβήτῳ γεγονότα· καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν πάντα. Ego leviori mutatione facta lubens legerem: Ὁμοίως τῷ ἀλφαβήτῳ αὐτὸν γεγονότα· καὶ τὸν πάντα, quasi ipse alphabeto similis factus esset: et eum qui omnia, etc. Interpres tamen legisse non videtur γεγονότα.

Ὁμοίως ... πάντα ("likewise ... all"). Billius would read ὁμοίως τῷ ἀλφαβήτῳ, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν γεγονότα πάντα. Petau, in the margin of Epiphanius, page 145: Ὁμοίως τῷ ἀλφαβήτῳ γεγονότα· καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν πάντα. I, making a slighter change, would gladly read: Ὁμοίως τῷ ἀλφαβήτῳ αὐτὸν γεγονότα· καὶ τὸν πάντα, as though "he himself had become like the alphabet; and him who [holds] all," etc. The interpreter, however, does not seem to have read γεγονότα.

(printed under page 319)

(4) ‹anchor: αὐτὸς Δαίδαλος ψευδής› · call in col 626

Αὐτὸς Δαίδαλος ψευδής. Ut pote qui Daedalo similis, errorum labyrinthum construxerit, multiplici et intricata viarum perplexitate irremeabilem.

Αὐτὸς Δαίδαλος ψευδής ("himself a false Daedalus"): since, like Daedalus, he built a labyrinth of errors, from which, by the manifold and tangled confusion of its paths, there is no way back.

(printed under page 319)

(5) ‹anchor: καὶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ› · call in col 626

Καὶ τῇ τοῦ υἱοῦ. Leg. cum interp. καὶ τῇ τούτου.

Καὶ τῇ τοῦ υἱοῦ ("and to the [Ennoia] of the Son"). Read with the interpreter καὶ τῇ τούτου ("and to his").

(printed under page 319)

(6) ‹anchor: Verbosata› · call in col 626

Verbosata. Sic mss. omnes et Eras. et Gall., excepto quod hi male divisa hac voce, scripserunt, verbo sata. Eam vero Feuardentius non melius intelligens, quam Eras. et Gallasius, propria auctoritate perperam commutavit in verbosa. Hunc secutus est Grabius. Atqui tamen verbosari, pro garrire, verbum est non infrequens apud mediae Latinitatis auctores. Sic in Augustini sermonum appendice, serm. 265 de Temp.: In ecclesia stantes, nolite verbosari. Et Augustinus ipse lib. iii oper. imperf. contra Jul. n. 46: Inaniter verbosaris. Melius ergo Graeca haec, τοσαῦτα φλυαροῦσαν, reddidit interpres noster, tantum verbosata est, quam Feuard. tantum verbosa est.

Verbosata ("prattled"). So all the manuscripts and Erasmus and Gallasius, except that these wrongly divided the word and wrote verbo sata. Feuardent, understanding it no better than Erasmus and Gallasius, wrongly changed it on his own authority into verbosa ("wordy"); Grabe followed him. Yet verbosari, for "to chatter", is a word not uncommon among authors of medieval Latinity. So in the appendix of Augustine's sermons, sermon 265 de Tempore: "Standing in church, do not chatter." And Augustine himself, Unfinished Work against Julian, book 3, number 46: "You chatter emptily." Our interpreter, therefore, rendered these Greek words, τοσαῦτα φλυαροῦσαν ("babbling so much"), better with tantum verbosata est than Feuardent with tantum verbosa est.

(printed under page 319)

(7) ‹anchor: Aeonem› · call in col 626

Aeonem. Deest in Graeco.

Aeonem ("the Aeon"). It is missing in the Greek.

(printed under page 319)

(8) ‹anchor: Investigabilis› · call in col 626

Investigabilis. Pro ininvestigabilis, vox interpreti nostro usitata. Eodem sensu Rom. XI, 33: Investigabiles viae ejus.

Investigabilis, for "uninvestigable", a word customary with our interpreter. In the same sense Romans 11:33: "His ways are unsearchable" (investigabiles).

(printed under page 319)

(9) ‹anchor: Simile› · call in col 626

Simile. Sic pro similem emendavit Feuard. consent. Clarom. et Pass. Sed dele verbum esse, quod sequitur, quodque sensum conturbat.

Simile ("like", neuter). So Feuardent corrected it in place of similem, with the Clermont and Passionei codices agreeing. But delete the word esse that follows, which confuses the sense.

(printed under page 319)

(10) ‹anchor: Et octonationem› · call in col 626

Et octonationem. Adde ex Graeco, et decadem.

Et octonationem ("and the ogdoad"). Add from the Greek et decadem ("and the decad").

(printed under page 319)

(11) ‹anchor: hujus materiam› · call in col 626

Materiam. Gr. οὐσίαν, naturam.

Materiam ("matter"). The Greek: οὐσίαν, "nature".

(printed under page 319)

(12) ‹anchor: et quam› · call in col 626

Quam. Sic recte Grabius ex Graeco, et Arund. ac Merc. 2, pro quem. Concinunt Clarom. et Ottobon.

Quam ("which", feminine). So rightly Grabe from the Greek and the Arundel and Mercier 2 codices, in place of quem. The Clermont and Ottoboni agree.

(printed under page 319)

(13) ‹anchor: dicis substantiam› · call in col 626

Substantiam. Deest in Graeco.

Substantiam ("substance"). It is missing in the Greek.

(printed under page 319)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 626
  • marginal letters: A verbosata est; B Verbum Dei,; C verbum est
  • old-edition numerals: 79 before verbosata
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:627
ἐπιψευδόμενος, εἰς τὴν ἀνωτάτω βλασφημίαν καὶ μεγίστην ἀσέβειαν ἐμβέβληκας ἅπαντας τούς σοι πειθομένους.
falsely attributing it, you have cast into the highest blasphemy and greatest impiety all who are persuaded by you.
6. Διὸ καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἁρμοζόντως τῇ τοιαύτῃ σου τόλμῃ ὁ θεῖος πρεσβύτης καὶ κῆρυξ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐμμέτρως ἐπιβεβόηκέ σοι, εἰπὼν οὕτως·
6. Wherefore also justly and fittingly against such audacity of yours has the divine elder and herald of the truth cried out against you in metre, speaking thus:
Εἰδωλοποιὲ Μάρκε καὶ τερατοσκόπε,
Idol-maker Marcus and observer of portents,
Ἀστρολογικῆς ἔμπειρε καὶ μαγικῆς τέχνης,
Skilled in astrological and magic art,
Δι' ὧν κρατύνεις τῆς πλάνης τὰ διδάγματα,
Whereby you strengthen the teachings of error,
Σημεῖα δεικνὺς τοῖς ὑπὸ σοῦ πλανωμένοις,
Showing signs to those led astray by you,
Ἀποστατικῆς δυνάμεως ἐγχειρήματα,
Undertakings of an apostate power,
Ἃ σὺ χορηγεῖς ὡς πατὴρ Σατανᾶ, εἰ
Which you supply as father Satan, if
Δι' ἀγγελικῆς δυνάμεως (ἐγχειρήματα) Ἀζαζὴλ ποιεῖν,
Through the angelic power (undertakings) Azazel to perform,
Ἔχων σε πρόδρομον ἀντιθέου πανουργίας.
Having you as forerunner of godless villainy.
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὁ θεοφιλὴς πρεσβύτης. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς μυσταγωγίας αὐτῶν μακρὰ ὄντα πειρασόμεθα βραχέως διεξελθεῖν, καὶ τὰ πολλῷ χρόνῳ κεκρυμμένα εἰς φανερὸν ἀγαγεῖν. Οὕτω γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο εὐέλεγκτα πᾶσι.
And these things says the God-loving elder. We, however, shall endeavour to go through briefly the rest of their initiation, though it is long, and to bring to light the things hidden for a long time. For thus they will become easily refutable by all.
CAPUT XVI.
Chapter XVI.
Insulsa parabolarum de ove, drachmaque perdita, a Marcosiis conficta explicatio. Admonitio auctoris de stupenda illorum vesania.
Foolish explanation of the parables of the lost sheep and lost drachma, devised by the Marcosians. Admonition of the author concerning their stupendous madness.
1. Τὴν οὖν γένεσιν τῶν Αἰώνων αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν πλάνην τοῦ προβάτου καὶ ἀνεύρεσιν ἑνώσαντες ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, μυστικώτερον ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἀπαγγέλλειν οὗτοι, οἱ εἰς ἀριθμοὺς τὰ πάντα κατάγοντες, ἐκ μονάδος καὶ δυάδος φάσκοντες τὰ ὅλα συνεστηκέναι· καὶ ἀπὸ μονάδος
1. Uniting therefore into one the generation of their Aeons and the wandering and finding of the sheep, these men attempt to declare them in a more mystical way, reducing all things to numbers, alleging that the universe consists out of monad and dyad; and reckoning from the monad
Editors' notes and page, col. 627

Footnotes

(70) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 627

Cap. 13.

Chapter 13.

(printed under page 320)

(1) ‹anchor: Mentiens› · call in col 627

Mentiens. Melius Billius et Petavius, falso attribuens.

Mentiens ("lying"). Better Billius and Petau: falso attribuens ("falsely attributing").

(printed under page 320)

(2) ‹anchor: Praeco veritatis› · call in col 627

Praeco veritatis. Versibus, ex Graeco ἐμμέτρως, addidit Feuardentius a Frontone Duc. monitus. Sed cum ea vox in nullo prorsus occurrat ms. Latino, nec in editt. Eras. et Gall. neque admodum necessaria sit, hanc expunxi.

Praeco veritatis ("herald of truth"). Feuardent, advised by Fronton du Duc, added versibus ("in verse") from the Greek ἐμμέτρως. But since that word occurs in no Latin manuscript at all, nor in the Erasmus and Gallasius editions, and is not very necessary, I have struck it out.

(printed under page 320)

(3) ‹anchor: Portentorum inspector› · call in col 627

Portentorum inspector. Vertit Billius, portentorum observator; sed minus bene Petavius, prodigiorum artifex.

Portentorum inspector ("inspector of portents"). Billius translated portentorum observator ("observer of portents"); but Petau, less well, prodigiorum artifex ("worker of prodigies").

(printed under page 320)

(4) ‹anchor: Generationem itaque Aeonum› · call in col 627

Aeonum. Adde ex Graeco, suorum, vel ipsorum quos videlicet haeretici confinxerant.

Aeonum ("of the Aeons"). Add from the Greek suorum or ipsorum ("their own"), namely those the heretics had invented.

(printed under page 320)

(5) ‹anchor: errorem ovis, et adinventionem› · call in col 627

Errorem et adinventionem. Gr. τὴν πλάνην, καὶ ἀνεύρεσιν, quae perperam omnino vertit Gallasius, imposturam et commentum.

Errorem et adinventionem ("the straying and the finding"). The Greek: τὴν πλάνην καὶ ἀνεύρεσιν, which Gallasius quite wrongly translated "imposture and fiction".

(printed under page 320)

(6) ‹anchor: Ἐμμέτρως› · call in col 627

Ἐμμέτρως. In edit. Gall. male ἔμμετρος, pro ἐμμέτρως, metrice, carmine. Hinc ἐμμέτρως λέγειν· et Plutarchi dialogo titulus, περὶ τοῦ μὴ χρᾶν ἔμμετρα τὴν Πυθίαν. Recte vero scribit Irenaeus seniorem hunc, de quo loquitur, ἐμμέτρως ἐπιβεβοηκέναι, carmine invectum esse in Marcum. Sequuntur enim octo senarii iambici versus, non omnino mali, inquit Fronto; et excepto sexto, cui sextus pes deest, integri.

Ἐμμέτρως ("in metre"). In the Gallasius edition wrongly ἔμμετρος for ἐμμέτρως, "metrically, in verse". Hence ἐμμέτρως λέγειν ("to speak in verse"), and the title of Plutarch's dialogue, "On the Pythia's no longer giving oracles in verse." Irenaeus rightly writes that this elder of whom he speaks "cried out in metre", that is, inveighed against Mark in verse. For eight iambic senarii follow, "not at all bad", says Fronton, and complete except the sixth, which lacks its sixth foot.

(printed under page 320)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἃ σὺ χορηγεῖς› · call in col 627

Ἃ σὺ χορηγεῖς. Leg. cum interp. ἅ σοι χορηγεῖ. Sicque scripserunt Gallasius et Billius, licet absque ullius ms. cod. auctoritate.

Ἃ σὺ χορηγεῖς ("which you supply"). Read with the interpreter ἅ σοι χορηγεῖ ("which he supplies to you"). And so Gallasius and Billius wrote, though without the authority of any manuscript codex.

(printed under page 320)

(8) ‹anchor: Ὡς πατὴρ Σατανᾶ, εἰ› · call in col 627

Ὡς πατὴρ Σατανᾶ, εἰ. Legendum volunt Scaliger et Petav. σὸς πατὴρ Σατὰν ἀεί, quamvis interpres vocem ἀεί haud agnoscat.

Ὡς πατὴρ Σατανᾶ, εἰ. Scaliger and Petau would read σὸς πατὴρ Σατὰν ἀεί ("your father Satan ever"), although the interpreter does not recognize the word ἀεί.

(printed under page 320)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἐγχειρήματα› · call in col 627

Ἐγχειρήματα. Dele hanc vocem, quae perperam huc irrepsit.

Ἐγχειρήματα ("undertakings"). Delete this word, which has wrongly crept in here.

(printed under page 320)

(10) ‹anchor: Ἀζαζήλ› · call in col 627

Ἀζαζήλ. Angelus malus est, cujus mentio fit, ait Grabius, in paraphrasi Chaldaica Jonathani (continues)

Ἀζαζήλ (Azazel). He is an evil angel who is mentioned, says Grabe, in the Chaldee paraphrase of Jonathan (continues)

(printed under page 320)

Page

  • running head: 627 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 628
  • marginal letters: A ἐπιψευδόμενος, εἰς; B Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν; C et Plutarchi
  • old-edition numerals: 80 before mentiens (in Latin)
  • other: Greek in right column (628); editors' matter: CAPUT XVI. Insulsa parabolarum (chapter heading and summary); facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
  • other: the reading gave its source paragraphs and their English as runs; paired in order on receipt: check the pairing
PG 7:628
Editors' notes and page, col. 628

Page

  • other: col 628 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 627 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:629
ἕως τῶν τεσσάρων ἀριθμοῦντες οὕτω γεννῶσι τὴν δεκάδα. Μία γὰρ καὶ δύο καὶ τρεῖς, καὶ τέσσαρες, συντεθεῖσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, τὸν τῶν δέκα Αἰώνων ἀπεκύησαν ἀριθμόν. Πάλιν δ' αὖ ἡ δυὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς προελθοῦσα ἕως τοῦ ἐπισήμου, οἷον δύο καὶ τέσσαρες καὶ ἓξ, τὴν δωδεκάδα ἀπέδειξε. Καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ τῆς δυάδος ὁμοίως ἀριθμούντων ἡμῶν ἕως τῶν δέκα, ἡ λ ἀνεδείχθη, ἐν ᾗ ὀκτὼ καὶ δέκα καὶ δώδεκα. Τὴν οὖν δωδεκάδα διὰ τὸν ἐπίσημον συνεσχηκέναι, διὰ τὸ συνεπακολουθήσασαν αὐτῇ τὸ ἐπίσημον, πάθος λέγουσι. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο περὶ τὸν δωδέκατον ἀριθμὸν τοῦ σφάλματος γενομένου, τὸ πρόβατον ἀποσκιρτῆσαν πεπλανῆσθαι, ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἀπὸ δωδεκάδος γεγενῆσθαι φάσκουσι. Τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δωδεκάδος ἀπόστασιν μίαν δύναμιν ἀπολωλέναι μαντεύονται· καὶ ταύτην εἶναι τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν ἀπολέσασαν τὴν δραχμὴν καὶ ἅψασαν λύχνον καὶ εὑροῦσαν αὐτήν. Οὕτως οὖν καὶ (ἐπὶ) τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς τοὺς καταλειφθέντας, ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς δραχμῆς τοὺς ἐννέα, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ προβάτου τοὺς ἕνδεκα ἐπιπλεκομένους ἀλλήλοις, τὸν τῶν ἐνενηκονταεννέα τίκτειν ἀριθμὸν, ἐπεὶ ἐννάκις τὰ ἕνδεκα ἐνενηκονταεννέα γίνετα- ἔχειν τὸν ἀριθμόν.
counting up to four, they thus beget the decad. For one and two and three and four, compounded together, brought forth the number of the ten Aeons. And again, the dyad having come forth from it up to the episemon, such as two and four and six, exhibited the dodecad. And again, when we similarly count from the dyad up to ten, the thirty was manifested, in which are eight and ten and twelve. The dodecad, therefore, because it held together the episemon, because the episemon closely followed it, they call passion. And on account of this, when the error occurred about the twelfth number, the sheep skipped away and went astray, since they assert that the defection took place from the dodecad. In the same way also they divine that one power having defected from the dodecad perished; and that this is the woman who lost the drachma and lit a lamp and found it. Thus, therefore, the numbers also that were left behind—in the case of the drachma the nine, and in the case of the sheep the eleven—when interwoven with one another, beget the number of ninety-nine, since nine times eleven becomes ninety-nine—has the number.
Editors' notes and page, col. 629

Page

  • running head: 629 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A ἕως τῶν τεσσάρων; B λωλέναι μαντεύονται·; C decade; D διὰ τε συνεπακολουθῆσαι
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: penultimate line of Greek runs across into col 630 (νταεννέα γίνεται. Διὸ καὶ τὸ ἀμὴν τοῦτον λέγουσιν) before final line (ἔχειν τὸν ἀριθμόν.) returns to col 629; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:630
νταεννέα γίνεται. Διὸ καὶ τὸ ἀμὴν τοῦτον λέγουσιν
becomes ninety-nine. Wherefore they also say that the Amen
Editors' notes and page, col. 630

Footnotes

(71) ‹anchor: quae cum drachmam amisisset› · call in col 630

Luc. XV, 8.

Luke 15:8.

(continued) ‹anchor: Ἀζαζήλ (note 10 of page 320)› · call in col 627

vulgo ascripta ad Genes. vi, 5. In libro Enochi decimus ordine inter xx angelos lapsos numeratur. De hoc plura somniarunt Rabbini. Lege sis Agrippam lib. ii De occult. philos.; Reuchlinum lib. iii De Arte cabalistica, et Moynii Notas ad Barnabae Epistolam pag. 648 et seqq.

(continued) commonly ascribed, on Genesis 6:5. In the Book of Enoch he is counted tenth in order among the twenty fallen angels. The Rabbis dreamed up more about him. Read, if you please, Agrippa, Occult Philosophy, book 2; Reuchlin, On the Cabalistic Art, book 3; and Moyne's Notes on the Epistle of Barnabas, page 648 and following.

(printed under page 321)

(1) ‹anchor: Ἕως τοῦ ἐπισήμου› · call in col 630

Ἕως τοῦ ἐπισήμου. Scilicet ς, quod senarii numeri nota est.

Ἕως τοῦ ἐπισήμου ("up to the episemon"): that is, ς, which is the sign of the number six.

(printed under page 321)

(2) ‹anchor: Ἀπὸ τῆς δυάδος... ἕως τῶν δέκα› · call in col 630

Ἀπὸ τῆς δυάδος... ἕως τῶν δέκα. Duo enim, et quatuor, et sex, et octo, et decem, triginta efficiunt.

Ἀπὸ τῆς δυάδος ... ἕως τῶν δέκα ("from the dyad ... up to ten"). For two and four and six and eight and ten make thirty.

(printed under page 321)

(3) ‹anchor: Διὰ τὸν ἐπίσημον› · call in col 630

Διὰ τὸν ἐπίσημον, etc. Haec ex veteri versione ita emendanda existimant Billius et Petav. Διὰ τὸ τὸν ἐπίσημον ἐσχηκέναι συνακολουθήσαντα αὐτῇ, διὰ τὸν ἐπίσημον. Sed hanc emendationem minus probat Grabius. Utrovis enim modo, ait, ταυτολογίας crimen vix effugit Irenaeus, nec satis clare, quomodo senarium contineat duodecas, explicat. Mallet itaque vir doctissimus, leviori mutatione facta, legere: Διὰ τὸν ἐπίσημον συνεσχηκέναι, διά τε συνεπακολουθῆσαι δὶς αὐτῇ τὸν ἐπίσημον. Sed qui duodenarius numerus ἐπίσημον bis habeat comitem, non satis video. A prima enim numerali nota α' usque ad ιβ' numeranti mihi, semel duntaxat occurrit ς'. Quare Billii lectionem praetulerim, nec ob id Irenaeum ταυτολογίας reum egerim. Aliud enim esse puto, in duodenario numero ἐπίσημον contineri; aliud duodenarium numerum propter ἐπίσημον vocari πάθος. Sed quae, inquis, istius appellationis ratio? Haec in mentem venit: a duodenario numero abstracto semel episemo, qui quidem in litterarum ordinem et numerum non venit, supersunt undecim litterae duntaxat. Hinc in duodecade πάθος, seu, quod alibi dicunt haeretici, ὑστέρημα, defectus unius litterae: figura defectus, seu passionis quae, abscedente uno Aeone, postremae Aeonum duodecadi contigit.

Διὰ τὸν ἐπίσημον ("because of the episemon"), etc. Billius and Petau think this should be corrected from the old version thus: Διὰ τὸ τὸν ἐπίσημον ἐσχηκέναι συνακολουθήσαντα αὐτῇ, διὰ τὸν ἐπίσημον ("because it has had the episemon following it, because of the episemon"). But Grabe does not much approve this correction. Either way, he says, Irenaeus hardly escapes the charge of tautology, nor does he explain clearly enough how the dodecad contains the six. That most learned man would therefore prefer, with a slighter change, to read: Διὰ τὸν ἐπίσημον συνεσχηκέναι, διά τε συνεπακολουθῆσαι δὶς αὐτῇ τὸν ἐπίσημον ("because it has held the episemon together, and because the episemon followed it twice"). But how the number twelve has the episemon twice as companion I do not well see; for counting from the first numeral sign α' up to ιβ', I meet ς' once only. I would therefore prefer Billius's reading, and would not on that account accuse Irenaeus of tautology. For I think it one thing for the episemon to be contained in the number twelve, and another for the number twelve to be called "passion" because of the episemon. "But what," you say, "is the reason for that name?" This occurs to me: when the episemon, which does not come into the order and count of the letters, is once taken from the number twelve, only eleven letters remain. Hence in the dodecad there is "passion", or, as the heretics say elsewhere, "deficiency", the lack of one letter: a figure of the deficiency, or passion, which befell the last dodecad of the Aeons when one Aeon departed.

(printed under page 321)

(4) ‹anchor: Ἀπόστασιν μίαν δύναμιν› · call in col 630

Ἀπόστασιν μίαν δύναμιν. Leg. ἀποστᾶσαν, non ἀπόστασιν.

Ἀπόστασιν μίαν δύναμιν ("a departure, one power"). Read ἀποστᾶσαν ("having departed"), not ἀπόστασιν.

(printed under page 321)

(5) ‹anchor: Καὶ ἐπὶ τούς› · call in col 630

Καὶ ἐπὶ τούς. Dele ἐπί.

Καὶ ἐπὶ τούς. Delete ἐπί.

(printed under page 321)

(6) ‹anchor: Ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς δραχμῆς ἐννέα› · call in col 630

Ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς δραχμῆς ἐννέα. Mulier enim Luc. XV, 8, dicitur habuisse drachmas decem, quarum una perdita, supersunt novem.

Ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς δραχμῆς ἐννέα ("in the case of the drachma, nine"). For the woman in Luke 15:8 is said to have had ten drachmas; when one of them was lost, nine remained.

(printed under page 321)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ προβάτου τοὺς ἕνδεκα› · call in col 630

Ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ προβάτου τοὺς ἕνδεκα. Haec non de ipsis ovibus centum, de quibus in Evangelio, sed de Aeonum duodecade, per oves significata, intelligenda sunt. Uno siquidem Aeone aberrante, per ovem luxuriatam figurato, supersunt undecim.

Ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ προβάτου τοὺς ἕνδεκα ("and in the case of the sheep, the eleven"). This is to be understood not of the hundred sheep themselves, of which the Gospel speaks, but of the dodecad of the Aeons, signified by the sheep. For when one Aeon strayed, figured by the sheep that went astray, eleven remain.

(printed under page 321)

(8) ‹anchor: Τὸ ἀμήν› · call in col 630

Τὸ ἀμήν. α' 1, μ' 40, η 8, ν' 50; simul addita, 99.

Τὸ ἀμήν ("the Amen"): α 1, μ 40, η 8, ν 50; added together, 99.

(printed under page 321)

(9) ‹anchor: Unum enim, et duo› · call in col 630

Unum enim, et duo, etc. Vel ex Graeco scribe, una enim et duae et tres et quatuor in unum compositae; vel, si malis, lege, unum enim et duo et tria et quatuor in unum composita.

Unum enim, et duo ("for one, and two"), etc. Either write, following the Greek, "for one and two and three and four (feminine) put together into one"; or, if you prefer, read "for one and two and three and four (neuter) put together into one".

(printed under page 321)

(10) ‹anchor: Ab ea› · call in col 630

Ab ea. Melius, a se.

Ab ea ("from it"). Better a se ("from itself").

(printed under page 321)

(11) ‹anchor: Eo quod episemon› · call in col 630

Eo quod episemon. Vide not. 3.

Eo quod episemon ("because the episemon"). See note 3.

(printed under page 321)

(12) ‹anchor: XII numerum› · call in col 630

xii numerum. Sic Clarom. cod. melius quam editt. om. duodecim numerum. Si enim numerus ex integro scribatur, ponendum est, duodecimum numerum.

XII numerum ("the number XII"). So the Clermont codex, better than all the editions' duodecim numerum. For if the number is written out in full, duodecimum numerum must be put.

(printed under page 321)

(13) ‹anchor: Qui› · call in col 630

Qui. Al. quae.

Qui ("who", masculine). Others: quae (feminine).

(printed under page 321)

(14) ‹anchor: Undecim› · call in col 630

Undecim. Sic Feuardentius monitu Frontonis Duc. et Graeci textus auctoritate correxit. Nam in editt. Eras. et Gall. ac mss. omnibus legitur undecies novem; quod oscitantia scribarum ex sequenti commate huc perperam translatum est.

Undecim ("eleven"). So Feuardent corrected it, at Fronton du Duc's advice and on the authority of the Greek text. For in the Erasmus and Gallasius editions and all the manuscripts undecies novem ("eleven times nine") is read, which the carelessness of the scribes wrongly carried over here from the following clause.

(printed under page 321)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 630
  • marginal letters: A tes, sic generant; B drachmam, et accenderit; C decade πάθος,; D sitæ; vel, si
  • old-edition numerals: 81 before Unum enim
  • other: facing Latin version in A-B and Billius's Latin translation below not set; Greek line overflowing from col 629 across col 630 set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:631
Editors' notes and page, col. 631

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Ab alpha beta› · call in col 631

Ab alpha beta. Sic Clarom. Caeteri omnes, conjunctim alphabeta. Sed melius omisisset interpres, beta; adhuc melius, si Graeca secutus scripsisset, a prima littera.

Ab alpha beta ("from alpha beta"). So the Clermont codex. All the others have it joined, alphabeta. But the interpreter would have done better to omit beta; better still if, following the Greek, he had written a prima littera ("from the first letter").

(printed under page 322)

(2) ‹anchor: Perfiniens› · call in col 631

Perfiniens. Pro perficiens ex Arund. et Voss. restituit Grabius. Consent. Clarom.

Perfiniens ("bringing to an end"). Grabe restored it from the Arundel and Vossius codices in place of perficiens ("completing"). The Clermont agrees.

(printed under page 322)

(3) ‹anchor: Litteram› · call in col 631

Litteram. Loco litterae Grabius reposuit litteram, Graeci textus et cod. Voss. auctoritate. Suffragatur et Pass.

Litteram ("the letter", accusative). In place of litterae Grabe restored litteram, on the authority of the Greek text and the Vossius codex. The Passionei supports it too.

(printed under page 322)

(4) ‹anchor: Fecit› · call in col 631

Fecit. Arund. facit. Sed post hoc verbum adde ex Graeco: ter enim triginta, nonaginta sunt; quae male omisit interpres.

Fecit ("made"). The Arundel: facit ("makes"). But after this verb add from the Greek: "for three times thirty is ninety", which the interpreter wrongly omitted.

(printed under page 322)

(5) ‹anchor: Reliquit sursum XI› · call in col 631

Reliquit sursum xi, consequenter dicunt. Graeca sic vertissem: reliquit superiores undecim, consentaneum dicunt.

Reliquit sursum XI, consequenter dicunt ("left eleven above, they say consequently"). I would have translated the Greek thus: "left the eleven above, they say it is fitting."

(printed under page 322)

(6) ‹anchor: XC et IX facit numerum› · call in col 631

Compositus... facit numerum. Sic Feuard. solius Frontonis Ducaei judicio, Graecique textus auctoritate reposuit, pro compositum... faciunt, uti corrupte legitur in Eras., Gall. et mss. omnibus.

Compositus ... facit numerum ("composed ... makes the number"). So Feuardent restored it, on the judgement of Fronton du Duc alone and the authority of the Greek text, in place of compositum ... faciunt, as is corruptly read in Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts.

(printed under page 322)

(7) ‹anchor: Ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου ὀγδόου κείμενον τόπου› · call in col 631

Ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου ὀγδόου κείμενον τόπου. Legi vult Grabius: Ἀπὸ τοῦ α' ὀγδόου κείμενον τόπ. Sed expungere vocem πρώτου, huicque substituere α' nihil necesse est. Legere sufficiat: Ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου (στοιχείου scilicet) ὀγδόῳ κείμενον τόπῳ.

Ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου ὀγδόου κείμενον τόπου ("lying in the eighth place from the first"). Grabe would read Ἀπὸ τοῦ α' ὀγδόου κείμενον τόπ[ου]. But there is no need to strike out the word πρώτου and put α' in its place. It is enough to read: Ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου (that is, στοιχείου, "letter") ὀγδόῳ κείμενον τόπῳ ("lying in the eighth place from the first letter").

(printed under page 322)

(8) ‹anchor: Τοῦ θ› · call in col 631

Τοῦ θ. Lege cum interp. τοῦ ε.

Τοῦ θ ("of θ"). Read with the interpreter τοῦ ε ("of ε").

(printed under page 322)

(9) ‹anchor: Ἐκ τριάκοντα› · call in col 631

Ἐκ τριάκοντα. Leg. ἐκ τριῶν, ogdoade scilicet, decade, et duodecade. Sed in Petavii edit. pro ἐκ, perperam legitur ἐν.

Ἐκ τριάκοντα ("from thirty"). Read ἐκ τριῶν ("from three"), namely the ogdoad, decad and dodecad. But in Petau's edition ἐν is wrongly read for ἐκ.

(printed under page 322)

(10) ‹anchor: Τρεῖς αὐτὸς γενόμενος... τρὶς γὰρ τριάκοντα› · call in col 631

Τρεῖς αὐτὸς γενόμενος... τρὶς γὰρ τριάκοντα. Sic ex veteri interp. corrigas cum Frontone Duc.: τρὶς αὐτὸς γενόμενος... τρὶς γὰρ τριάκοντα.

Τρεῖς αὐτὸς γενόμενος ... τρὶς γὰρ τριάκοντα ("itself becoming three ... for thrice thirty"). Correct it thus from the old interpreter, with Fronton du Duc: τρὶς αὐτὸς γενόμενος ("itself taken thrice") ... τρὶς γὰρ τριάκοντα.

(printed under page 322)

(11) ‹anchor: Τῶν ἐννέα› · call in col 631

Τῶν ἐννέα. Leg. τῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα.

Τῶν ἐννέα ("of the nine"). Read τῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ("of the ninety-nine").

(printed under page 322)

(12) ‹anchor: κατάλληλον λέγουσι› · call in col 631

Τοὺς ἄνω ἕνδεκα, κατάλληλον λέγουσι. Legit Billius, cum vet. Ἄνω τοὺς ἕνδεκα, καταλλήλως λέγουσι. Sed cum Graecorum, prout nunc sunt, sanus sit sensus, haud immutanda vellem; mallemque Latina Graecis, quam Graeca Latinis aptari.

Τοὺς ἄνω ἕνδεκα, κατάλληλον λέγουσι ("the eleven above, they say it is fitting"). Billius reads, with the old version, Ἄνω τοὺς ἕνδεκα, καταλλήλως λέγουσι ("[left] the eleven above, they say fittingly"). But since the Greek, as it now stands, gives a sound sense, I would not want it changed; and I would rather fit the Latin to the Greek than the Greek to the Latin.

(printed under page 322)

(13) ‹anchor: τῷ σχήματι τοῦ λόγου› · call in col 631

Τῷ σχήματι τοῦ λόγου. Ἐν τῷ σχήματι legi vult Billius, sed frustra, si vox κατάλληλον retineatur. At recte monet vir eruditus, loco λόγου substituendam esse litteram λ, in quam solam quadrant quaecunque hic dicuntur; nihil autem in λόγου.

Τῷ σχήματι τοῦ λόγου ("in the figure of the Logos"). Billius wants ἐν τῷ σχήματι read, but in vain, if the word κατάλληλον is kept. But the learned man rightly advises that the letter λ should be put in place of λόγου, for everything said here fits it alone, and nothing fits λόγου.

(printed under page 322)

(14) ‹anchor: κεῖται τὸ λ› · call in col 631

Κεῖται τὸ λ. Legisse videtur interpres κεῖσθαι τὸ λ.

Κεῖται τὸ λ ("λ lies"). The interpreter seems to have read κεῖσθαι τὸ λ ("that λ lies").

(printed under page 322)

Page

  • running head: 631 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNE
  • marginal letters: A 2. Non pigritabor; B Quoniam igitur; C (1) Ab alpha beta.
  • old-edition numerals: 82 after piens
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:632
2. Οὐκ ὀκνήσω δέ σοι καὶ ἄλλως ἐξηγουμένων αὐτῶν ἀπαγγεῖλαι, ἵνα πανταχόθεν κατανοήσῃς τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῶν. Τὸ γὰρ στοιχεῖον τὸ η σὺν μὲν τῷ ἐπισήμῳ ὀγδοάδα εἶναι θέλουσιν, ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου ὀγδόου κείμενον τόπου· εἶτα πάλιν ἄνευ τοῦ ἐπισήμου ψηφίζοντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν τῶν στοιχείων, καὶ ἐπισυνθέντες μέχρι τοῦ η, τὴν τριακοντάδα ἐπιδεικνύουσιν. Ἀρξάμενος γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλφα καὶ τελευτῶν εἰς τὸ η, τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν στοιχείων, ὑπεξαιρούμενος δὲ τὸ ἐπίσημον, καὶ ἐπισυντιθεὶς τὴν ἐπαύξησιν τῶν γραμμάτων, εὑρήσει τὸν τῶν τριάκοντα ἀριθμόν. Μέχρι γὰρ τοῦ θ στοιχείου πεντεκαίδεκα γίνονται· ἔπειτα προστεθεὶς αὐτοῖς ὁ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμὸς, β καὶ κ ἀπετέλεσε· προσελθὸν τούτοις τὸ η, ὅ ἐστιν ὀκτὼ, τὴν θαυμασιωτάτην τριακοντάδα ἀνεπλήρωσε. Καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδεικνύουσι τὴν ὀγδοάδα μητέρα τῶν τριάκοντα Αἰώνων. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐκ τριάκοντα δυνάμεων ἥνωται ὁ τῶν λ ἀριθμὸς, τρεῖς αὐτὸς γενόμενος, τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐποίησε (τρὶς γὰρ τριάκοντα, ἐνενήκοντα). Καὶ αὐτὴ δὲ ἡ τριὰς ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς συντεθεῖσα, ἐννέα ἐγέννησεν. Οὕτως δὲ ἡ ὀγδοὰς τὸν τῶν ἐννέα παρ' αὐτοῖς ἀπεκύησεν ἀριθμόν. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ὁ δωδέκατος Αἰὼν ἀποστὰς κατέλειψε τοὺς ἄνω ἕνδεκα, κατάλληλον λέγουσι τὸν τύπον τῶν γραμμάτων τῷ σχήματι τοῦ λόγου κεῖσθαι (ἑνδέκατον γὰρ τῶν γραμμάτων κεῖται τὸ λ, ὅ ἐστιν ἀριθμὸς τῶν λʹ), καὶ κατ' εἰκόνα κεῖσθαι τῆς ἄνω οἰκονομίας· ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλφα, χωρὶς τοῦ ἐπισήμου, αὐτῶν τῶν
2. Nor will I hesitate to relate to you their explaining of these things in another way also, so that from every side you may perceive their fruit. For the element eta together with the episemon they wish to be the ogdoad, since it is set in the eighth place from the first; then again, reckoning without the episemon the number of the elements themselves, and compounding them up to eta, they exhibit the triacontad. For one who begins from alpha and ends at eta, by the number of the elements, subtracting the episemon, and compounding the increment of the letters, will find the number of thirty. For up to the element theta they become fifteen; then when the number of seven is added to them, it completed twenty-two; and when eta, which is eight, was added to these, it filled up the most wonderful triacontad. And hence they prove the ogdoad to be mother of the thirty Aeons. Since, therefore, out of thirty powers the number of thirty is united, having itself become three, it made ninety (for three times thirty is ninety). And this triad itself also, when compounded with itself, begot nine. And thus the ogdoad among them brought forth the number of nine. And since the twelfth Aeon having defected left behind the eleven above, they say that the type of the letters is set correspondingly to the figure of the word (for lambda is set eleventh of the letters, which is the number of thirty), and is set after the image of the dispensation above; since from alpha, apart from the episemon, the number of the very
Editors' notes and page, col. 632

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 632
  • marginal letters: A 2. Οὐκ ὀκνήσω; B Καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδεικνύουσι; C του (στοιχείου scilicet)
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:633
γραμμάτων ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἕως τοῦ λ συντιθέμενος κατὰ τὴν παραύξησιν τῶν γραμμάτων σὺν αὐτῷ τῷ λ τὸν τῶν ἐνενηκονταεννέα ποιεῖται ἀριθμόν. Ὅτι δὲ τὸ λ ἑνδέκατον ὂν τῇ τάξει ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου αὐτοῦ κατῆλθε ζήτησιν, ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸν δωδέκατον ἀριθμὸν, καὶ εὑρὸν αὐτὸν ἐπληρώθη, φανερὸν εἶναι ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σχήματος τοῦ στοιχείου. Τὸ γὰρ λ, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου αὐτῷ ζήτησιν παραγινόμενον καὶ εὑρὸν καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἁρπάσαν αὐτὸν, τὴν τοῦ δωδεκάτου ἀνεπλήρωσε χώραν, τοῦ Μ στοιχείου ἐκ δύο Λ συγκειμένου. Διὸ καὶ φεύγειν αὐτοῦ διὰ τῆς γνώσεως τὴν τῶν Ϟθ χώραν, τουτέστι τὸ ὑστέρημα, τύπον ἀριστερᾶς χειρός· μεταδιώκειν δὲ τὸ ἓν, ὃ πρ δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ χεῖρα μετέστησε.
letters compounded up to lambda according to the increment of the letters together with lambda itself makes the number of ninety-nine. And that lambda, being eleventh in order, came down in search of the one like itself, so that it might fill up the twelfth number, and having found it was filled up, is manifest from the very shape of the element. For lambda, arriving as it were in search of the one like itself, and finding it and snatching it to itself, filled up the place of the twelfth, the element Mu being composed of two Lambdas. Wherefore they also through knowledge flee the place of the ninety-nine, that is, the defect, a type of the left hand, and pursue the one, which added transferred his right hand.
3. Σὺ μὲν ταῦτα διερχόμενος, ἀγαπητὲ, εὖ οἶδα, ὅτι γελάσεις πολλὰ τὴν τοιαύτην αὐτῶν οἰησίσοφον μωρίαν. Ἄξιοι δὲ πένθους οἱ τηλικαύτην θεοσέβειαν καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἀληθείας ἀῤῥήτου δυνάμεως καὶ τὰς τοσαύτας οἰκονομίας τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ ἄλφα καὶ τοῦ βῆτα καὶ δι' ἀριθμῶν, οὕτως ψυχρῶς καὶ βεβιασμένως διασύροντες. Ὅσοι δὲ ἀφίστανται τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τούτοις τοῖς γραώδεσι μύθοις πείθονται, ἀληθῶς αὐτοκατάκριτοι Οὓς ὁ Παῦλος ἐγκελεύεται ἡμῖν μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραιτεῖσθαι. Ἰωάννης δὲ, ὁ τοῦ Κυρίου μαθητὴς, ἐπέτεινε τὴν καταδίκην αὐτῶν, μηδὲ χαίρειν αὐτοῖς ὑφ' ἡμῶν λέγεσθαι βουληθείς. Ὁ γὰρ λέγων αὐτοῖς, φησὶ, χαίρειν, κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτῶν τοῖς πονηροῖς. Καὶ εἰκότως· οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ χαίρειν τοῖς ἀσεβέσι, λέγει Κύριος. Ἀσεβεῖς δὲ ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν
3. As you go through these things, beloved, I know well that you will laugh much at such conceitedly wise folly of theirs. Yet worthy of mourning are those who through alpha and beta and through numbers thus frigidly and forcedly tear to pieces so great a godliness and the magnitude of the truly ineffable power and the so great dispensations of God. But as many as withdraw from the Church and are persuaded by these old wives' fables are truly self-condemned; whom Paul commands us after a first and second admonition to shun. And John, the disciple of the Lord, intensified their condemnation, willing that not even a greeting should be spoken to them by us: For he who says to them, he says, Greeting, shares in their wicked works. And reasonably: For there is no greeting to the ungodly, says the Lord. And ungodly beyond all ungodliness
Editors' notes and page, col. 633

Page

  • running head: 633 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A γραμμάτων ὁ ἀριθμὸς; B γελάσεις πολλὰ τὴν; C (1) Φεύγειν αὐτοῦ.; D (4) Καὶ εἰκότως.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: line 13 runs across into col 634 (δὲ τὸ ἓν, ὃ προστεθὲν τοῖς ἐνενηκονταεννέα, εἰς τὴν) before line 14 (δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ χεῖρα μετέστησε.) returns to col 633; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:634
δὲ τὸ ἓν, ὃ προστεθὲν τοῖς ἐνενηκονταεννέα, εἰς τὴν
and the one, which when added to the ninety-nine, into the
Editors' notes and page, col. 634

Footnotes

(72) ‹anchor: secundam correptionem devitare› · call in col 634

Tit. III, 10.

Titus 3:10.

(printed under page 323)

(73) ‹anchor: operibus ipsorum nequissimis› · call in col 634

II Joan. 11.

2 John 11.

(printed under page 323)

(74) ‹anchor: dicit Dominus› · call in col 634

Isa. xlviii, 22.

Isaiah 48:22.

(printed under page 323)

(1) ‹anchor: Φεύγειν αὐτοῦ› · call in col 634

Φεύγειν αὐτοῦ. Leg. φεύγειν αὐτούς.

Φεύγειν αὐτοῦ. Read φεύγειν αὐτούς ("that they flee").

(printed under page 323)

(2) ‹anchor: Τύπον ἀριστερᾶς... χεῖρα μετέστησε› · call in col 634

Τύπον ἀριστερᾶς... εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ (lege αὐτοὺς cum vet.) χεῖρα μετέστησε. His lucem afferunt quae Cassianus Collat. xxiv, cap. 26, ait: Centenarius numerus de sinistra transfertur in dexteram: et licet eamdem in supputatione digitorum figuram tenere videatur, nimium tamen quantitatis magnitudine supercrescit. Veteres siquidem utebantur manuum digitis ut numerarent; et laeva indicabant omnes numeros infra centenarium, digitis varie conformatis: dextera vero numeros supra centenarium. Hinc illud Juvenalis de Nestore, sat. x: ...Atque suos jam dextera computat annos: id est, vixit jam amplius centum annis. Et Sidonius Apollinaris lib. ix, epist. 9, ad Faustum, in fine: Quandoquidem tuos annos jam dextera numeraverit: i. e. jam centesimum annum attigisti, vel superasti.

Τύπον ἀριστερᾶς ... εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ (read αὐτούς with the old version) χεῖρα μετέστησε ("the type of the left [hand] ... transferred him [them] to the right hand"). Light is thrown on these words by what Cassian says, Conferences 24, chapter 26: "The number one hundred is transferred from the left hand to the right; and though it seems to keep the same figure in counting on the fingers, yet it grows far beyond in greatness of quantity." For the ancients used the fingers of their hands to count, and with the left they indicated all numbers below a hundred, by shaping the fingers in various ways, and with the right the numbers above a hundred. Hence Juvenal's line about Nestor, satire 10: "... and now counts his years on his right hand", that is, he had now lived more than a hundred years. And Sidonius Apollinaris, book 9, letter 9, to Faustus, at the end: "since your right hand has now counted your years", that is, you have now reached or passed your hundredth year.

(printed under page 323)

(3) ‹anchor: Ἀληθείας› · call in col 634

Ἀληθείας. Leg. cum vet. ἀληθῶς.

Ἀληθείας ("of truth"). Read with the old version ἀληθῶς ("truly").

(printed under page 323)

(4) ‹anchor: Καὶ εἰκότως› · call in col 634

Καὶ εἰκότως. Et merito, scilicet eis Ave dicere prohibuit.

Καὶ εἰκότως ("and rightly"). "And with reason", that is, he forbade us to say "Hail" to them.

(printed under page 323)

(5) ‹anchor: Οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ χαίρειν› · call in col 634

Οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ χαίρειν. Hunc Isaiae locum sic accipere videtur Irenaeus, quasi sensus esset, salutem impiis non esse dicendam. Alludit scilicet ad vulgatam illam Graecorum initio epistolarum formulam, χαίρειν, et dum salutem sibi precabantur, χαῖρε. At plerique aliter prophetae verba interpretantur, nimirum nulla pace, animique tranquillitate frui impios, sed continuam eos manere mentis agitationem.

Οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ χαίρειν ("for there is no rejoicing"). Irenaeus seems to take this place of Isaiah as though the sense were that greeting is not to be given to the ungodly. He alludes, that is, to the common formula of the Greeks at the beginning of letters, χαίρειν, and, when they wished one another well, χαῖρε. But most interpret the prophet's words otherwise: that the ungodly enjoy no peace or tranquillity of mind, but continual agitation of mind awaits them.

(printed under page 323)

(6) ‹anchor: Quae est› · call in col 634

Quae est. Quae iterum addidit Feuard. ex Graeco.

Quae est ("which is"). Feuardent added quae a second time, from the Greek.

(printed under page 323)

(7) ‹anchor: Similis sui› · call in col 634

Similis sui. Hic rursus Graeca secutus est Feuard. a Frontone monitus. Nam in Eras., Gall. et mss. omnibus, pro sui legitur eorum.

Similis sui ("like itself"). Here again Feuardent, advised by Fronton, followed the Greek. For in Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts eorum ("of them") is read for sui.

(printed under page 323)

(8) ‹anchor: Duodecimum› · call in col 634

Duodecimum. Al. duodecimi.

Duodecimum ("twelfth"). Others: duodecimi.

(printed under page 323)

(9) ‹anchor: Pertransiens› · call in col 634

Pertransiens. I. e. legens, legendo percurrens.

Pertransiens ("passing through"), that is, reading, running through by reading.

(printed under page 323)

(10) ‹anchor: Vi extortos› · call in col 634

Vi extortos. Feuard. sic vi extortos; Eras. ac Gall. sic extortos. Sed Graeca sonant: tam frigide et violenter.

Vi extortos ("wrested by force"). Feuardent: sic vi extortos; Erasmus and Gallasius: sic extortos. But the Greek means "so frigidly and violently".

(printed under page 323)

(11) ‹anchor: Non enim est gaudere impiis› · call in col 634

Non est gaudere impiis. Sic cum Irenaeo vertit et Augustinus lib. xiv De civit. Dei, cap. 8. Vulgata vero nostra habet: non est pax impiis.

Non est gaudere impiis ("there is no rejoicing for the ungodly"). So Augustine too, with Irenaeus, translates it, City of God, book 14, chapter 8. Our Vulgate, however, has: "there is no peace for the ungodly."

(printed under page 323)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 634
  • marginal letters: A est undecimo loco; B 3. Tu quidem hæc; C accipere videtur; D (11) Non est gaudere
  • old-edition numerals: 83 before typum
  • other: facing Latin version in A-B and Billius's Latin translation below not set; Greek line overflowing from col 633 across col 634 set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:635
Editors' notes and page, col. 635

Footnotes

(75) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 635

Matth. XII, 43.

Matthew 12:43.

(printed under page 324)

(1) ‹anchor: Digne› · call in col 635

Digne. Gr. ὄντως, vere.

Digne ("worthily"). The Greek: ὄντως, "truly".

(printed under page 324)

(2) ‹anchor: Porro› · call in col 635

Porro. Ut Graecis πόῤῥω, sic et Latinis porro pro procul dicitur. Hac voce eo sensu utuntur Virgilius, Terentius et Livius.

Porro. As πόῤῥω among the Greeks, so porro among the Latins is used for "far off". Virgil, Terence and Livy use the word in that sense.

(printed under page 324)

(3) ‹anchor: Ab ogdoadis nequissimis spiritibus› · call in col 635

Ab ogdoadis nequissimis spiritibus. Sic Clarom., spiritibus nimirum, juxta Graec. πνευμάτων, pro spiritalibus, ut habent editt. omnes. Sed vertere debuisset interpres: ab ogdoade nequissimorum spirituum; ut paulo post scribit: ogdoadem ignorantiae nequissimorum spirituum.

Ab ogdoadis nequissimis spiritibus ("by the most wicked spirits of the ogdoad"). So the Clermont codex: spiritibus, that is, following the Greek πνευμάτων, in place of spiritalibus, as all the editions have. But the interpreter ought to have translated "by the ogdoad of the most wicked spirits", as he writes a little later: "the ogdoad of ignorance of the most wicked spirits".

(printed under page 324)

(4) ‹anchor: Aut plus rident› · call in col 635

Aut plus rident. Graec. ᾗ (non ἢ) πλέον γελῶσι, quod vertendum erat: quanto plus rident.

Aut plus rident ("or laugh more"). The Greek: ᾗ (not ἢ) πλέον γελῶσι, which should have been translated "the more they laugh".

(printed under page 324)

(5) ‹anchor: Super tonum sagittantes› · call in col 635

Super tonum sagittantes. Barbara versio, pro dum arcu immodice contento jaculantur.

Super tonum sagittantes ("shooting beyond the stretch"). A barbarous rendering, for "while they shoot with the bow drawn beyond measure".

(printed under page 324)

(6) ‹anchor: Infatuans illorum sententiam› · call in col 635

Infatuans illorum sententiam. Melius Petavius, inflatis vana persuasione eorum animis.

Infatuans illorum sententiam ("making their opinion foolish"). Better Petau: "their minds being puffed up with an empty persuasion".

(printed under page 324)

(7) ‹anchor: In exclusionem compositam› · call in col 635

In exclusionem compositam. Vertendum erat: in excussionem componens. Vide not. 13.

In exclusionem compositam ("composed for exclusion"). It should have been translated in excussionem componens ("disposing it for a violent shaking"). See note 13.

(printed under page 324)

(8) ‹anchor: Ignorantiae› · call in col 635

Ignorantiae. Scribe, insipientiae: ἀγνοίας enim pro ἀνοίας hic, ut et paulo superius, male legit interpres. Vide not. 11.

Ignorantiae ("of ignorance"). Write insipientiae ("of folly"); for here, as also a little above, the interpreter wrongly read ἀγνοίας for ἀνοίας. See note 11.

(printed under page 324)

(9) ‹anchor: Προβολὴν τρίτου ὑστερήματος› · call in col 635

Προβολὴν τρίτου ὑστερήματος. Passionis scilicet matris Achamoth, quae ipsa ὑστέρημα est, seu passio ex Sophiae passione orta.

Προβολὴν τρίτου ὑστερήματος ("an emission of a third deficiency"): that is, of the passion of the mother Achamoth, who is herself a deficiency, or a passion arising from the passion of Sophia.

(printed under page 324)

(10) ‹anchor: Ὑπέρτονα τοξεύοντες› · call in col 635

Ὑπέρτονα τοξεύοντες. Ὑπέρτονα, vel, ut legisse videtur interpres noster, ὑπέρτονον τοξεύειν, de iis communi proverbio dicitur, qui propriae sortis obliti, majora conantur quam pro sua facultate. Metaphora sumitur a sagittariis, qui plus aequo nervum intendentes, arcum frangunt.

Ὑπέρτονα τοξεύοντες ("shooting overstrained"). "To shoot overstrained", or, as our interpreter seems to have read, ὑπέρτονον τοξεύειν, is said by a common proverb of those who, forgetting their own lot, attempt greater things than their ability allows. The metaphor is taken from archers who, drawing the string more than is right, break the bow.

(printed under page 324)

(11) ‹anchor: Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀγνοίας› · call in col 635

Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀγνοίας. Sic quidem legit interpres. Sed malim cum Frontone Duc. pro ἀγνοίας legere ἀνοίας, insipientiae. Magis enim cohaerere videtur haec lectio cum antecedentibus et consequentibus. Mox dixit Irenaeus, Marcosios quo magis sapere putantur, tanto magis non sapere. Tum rationem afferens, statim subjungit: ἐξελθὸν γὰρ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα τῆς ἀνοίας, etc. Quasi diceret, ideo minus illos sapere, quia mentem eorum pervasit spiritus insipientiae. Quod paulo post confirmans subdit, τὴν ὀγδοάδα τῆς ἀνοίας τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων, pravorum insipientiae spirituum ogdoada in eos immissam esse.

Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀγνοίας ("spirit of ignorance"). So indeed the interpreter read. But I would prefer, with Fronton du Duc, to read ἀνοίας, "of folly", for ἀγνοίας; for this reading seems to cohere better with what comes before and after. Irenaeus has just said that the Marcosians, the wiser they are thought, the less wise they are. Then, giving the reason, he immediately adds: "for the unclean spirit of folly, having gone out," etc.; as if to say that they are less wise because the spirit of folly has pervaded their minds. Confirming this a little later he adds that "the ogdoad of folly of the wicked spirits", the ogdoad of the depraved spirits of folly, has been sent into them.

(printed under page 324)

(12) ‹anchor: Ἐπιτήδειον› · call in col 635

Ἐπιτήδειον. Adverbialiter accipio, sicque accepisse videtur interpres, nisi legerit ἐπιτηδείως.

Ἐπιτήδειον ("suitable"). I take it adverbially, and so the interpreter seems to have taken it, unless he read ἐπιτηδείως ("suitably").

(printed under page 324)

(13) ‹anchor: Ὑπερέκκρουσιν› · call in col 635

Ὑπερέκκρουσιν. Ὑπέκκρουσιν legere malunt Billius et Petavius, et ita vertunt, ut idem significet quod παράκρουσιν, fraudem. Ego vero vocem ὑπερέκκρουσιν praeferrem, interpretarerque, vehementem agitationem: quae quidem significatio mihi videtur apprime convenire iis qui, a daemone impulsi, enervant semetipsos, dum arcu velut acrius intento sagittas emittentes, nihil non moliuntur, ut possint quae sunt super Deum adinvenire.

Ὑπερέκκρουσιν. Billius and Petau prefer to read ὑπέκκρουσιν, and translate it so that it means the same as παράκρουσιν, "fraud". I, however, would prefer the word ὑπερέκκρουσιν and interpret it "violent agitation": a meaning which seems to me to suit exactly those who, driven by a demon, exhaust themselves while, shooting arrows as from a bow drawn too hard, they attempt everything to be able to discover what lies above God.

(printed under page 324)

(14) ‹anchor: τῆς ἀνοίας› · call in col 635

Τῆς ἀνοίας. Legendum cum interp. volunt Billius et Petavius, τῆς ἀγνοίας, sed frustra. Vide not. 11.

Τῆς ἀνοίας ("of folly"). Billius and Petau want τῆς ἀγνοίας ("of ignorance") read, with the interpreter, but in vain. See note 11.

(printed under page 324)

Page

  • running head: 635 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A sunt, qui factorem; B super tonum; C (1) Digne.; D Ignorantiæ.
  • old-edition numerals: 84 before super tonum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:636
οὗτοι, οἱ τὸν ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, μόνον Θεὸν παντοκράτορα, ὑπὲρ ὃν ἄλλος Θεὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ἐξ ὑστερήματος, καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐξ ἄλλου ὑστερήματος γεγονότος, προβεβλῆσθαι λέγοντες· ὥστε κατ' αὐτοὺς εἶναι αὐτὸν προβολὴν τρίτου ὑστερήματος. Ἣν γνώμην ὄντως καταφυσήσαντας καὶ καταθεματίσαντας, δέον πόῤῥω που μακρὰν φυγεῖν ἀπ' αὐτῶν· καὶ ᾗ πλέον διισχυρίζονται καὶ χαίρουσιν ἐπὶ τοῖς παρευρήμασιν αὐτῶν, ταύτῃ μᾶλλον εἰδέναι πλέον αὐτοὺς ἐνεργεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῆς ὀγδοάδος τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων. Καθάπερ οἱ εἰς φρενίτιδα διάθεσιν ἐμπεσόντες, ᾗ πλέον γελῶσι καὶ ἰσχύειν δοκοῦσιν καὶ ὡς ὑγιαίνοντες πάντα πράττουσιν, ἔνια δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ ὑγιαίνειν, ταύτῃ μᾶλλον κακῶς ἔχουσιν· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οὗτοι, ᾗ μᾶλλον ὑπερφρονεῖν δοκοῦσι καὶ ἐκνευρίζουσιν ἑαυτοὺς, ὑπέρτονα τοξεύοντες, ταύτῃ μᾶλλον οὐ σωφρονοῦσιν. Ἐξελθὸν γὰρ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα τῆς ἀγνοίας, ἔπειτα σχολάζοντας αὐτοὺς οὐ Θεῷ, ἀλλὰ κοσμικαῖς ζητήσεσιν εὑρὸν, προσπαραλαβὸν ἕτερα πνεύματα ἑπτὰ πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ χαυνῶσαν αὐτῶν τὴν γνώμην, ὡς δυναμένων τὰ ὑπὲρ τὸν Θεὸν ἐννοεῖν, καὶ ἐπιτήδειον εἰς ὑπερέκκρουσιν κατασκευάσαν, τὴν ὀγδοάδα τῆς ἀνοίας τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐνεθήκωσε.
are these, who say that the Maker of heaven and earth, the only God Almighty, above Whom there is no other God, was emitted out of a defect, which itself came to be out of another defect; so that according to them He is the emission of a third defect. Which opinion we ought truly to blow away and anathematize, and flee far away from them; and the more they insist and rejoice in their inventions, the more we should know that they are the more actuated by the ogdoad of evil spirits. Just as those who have fallen into a frantic condition, the more they laugh and seem to be strong and do all things as though in health—and some things even beyond being in health—the worse they are; so also these men, the more they seem to be high-minded and unstring themselves, shooting beyond the bow's stretch, the more they lack sound mind. For the unclean spirit of ignorance having gone out, and then having found them at leisure not for God, but for worldly inquiries, having taken along seven other spirits more wicked than itself, and having puffed up their mind, as though they were able to conceive things above God, and having prepared it as fit for over-excitement, implanted in them the ogdoad of the folly of evil spirits.
Editors' notes and page, col. 636

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 636
  • marginal letters: A οὗτοι, οἱ τὸν; B καὶ ἐκνευρίζουσιν ἑαυτοὺς,; C vum intendentes, arcum; D ficet quod παράκρουσιν,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:637
1. Βούλομαι δέ σοι καὶ ὡς αὐτὴν τὴν κτίσιν κατ' εἰκόνα τῶν ἀοράτων ὑπὸ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ, ὡς ἀγνοοῦντος αὐτοῦ, κατεσκευάσθαι διὰ τῆς Μητρὸς λέγουσι, διηγήσασθαι. Πρῶτον μὲν τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖά φασι, πῦρ, ὕδωρ, γῆν, ἀέρα, εἰκόνα προβεβλῆσθαι τῆς ἄνω πρώτης τετράδος· τάς τε ἐνεργείας αὐτῶν συναριθμουμένας, οἷον θερμόν τε καὶ ψυχρὸν, ξηρόν τε καὶ ὑγρὸν, ἀκριβῶς ἐξεικονίζειν τὴν ὀγδοάδα. Ἑξῆς δέκα δυνάμεις οὕτως καταριθμοῦσιν· ἑπτὰ μὲν σωματικὰ κυκλοειδῆ, ἃ καὶ οὐρανοὺς καλοῦσιν· ἔπειτα τὸν περιεκτικὸν αὐτῶν κύκλον, ὃν καὶ ὄγδοον οὐρανὸν ὀνομάζουσι· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἥλιόν τε καὶ σελήνην. Ταῦτα δέκα ὄντα τὸν ἀριθμὸν, εἰκόνας λέγουσιν εἶναι τῆς ἀοράτου δεκάδος, τῆς ἀπὸ Λόγου καὶ Ζωῆς προελθούσης. Τὴν δὲ δωδεκάδα μηνύεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ τοῦ καλουμένου κύκλου. Τὰ γὰρ δώδεκα ζώδια φανερώτατα τὴν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας θυγατέρα δωδεκάδα σκιαγραφεῖν λέγουσι. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀντεπεζεύχθη, φασὶ, τὴν τῶν ὅλων φορὰν ὠκυτάτην ὑπάρχουσαν, οὗπερ ὁ χρόνος ὁ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ κύτει βαρύνων, καὶ ἀντιταλαντεύων τὴν ἐκείνων ὠκύτητα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ βραδυτῆτι, ὥστε αὐτὸν ἐν τριάκοντα ἔτεσι τὴν περίοδον ἀπὸ
1. I wish also to relate to you how they say that the creation itself was fashioned after the image of the invisible things by the Demiurge, while he was ignorant, through the Mother. First, indeed, they say that the four elements—fire, water, earth, air—were emitted as an image of the first tetrad above; and that their operations when numbered together with them, such as hot and cold, dry and wet, accurately portray the ogdoad. Next they reckon ten powers thus: seven spherical bodies, which they also call heavens; then the circle encompassing them, which they also name the eighth heaven; and in addition to these, sun and moon. These, being ten in number, they say are images of the invisible decad which came forth from Word and Life. And that the dodecad is indicated through the circle called the zodiac; for the twelve signs, they say, most manifestly shadow forth the dodecad, the daughter of Man and of Church. And since, they say, it was yoked in opposition to the motion of all things, which is most swift, Cronus, weighing down at the very vault itself, and counterbalancing their swiftness by his own slowness, so that in thirty years he makes his circuit from
Editors' notes and page, col. 637

Page

  • running head: 637 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A 1. Βούλομαι δέ σοι; B διὰ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ; C (1) Σωματικά.; D (5) Conditionem.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width lines CAPUT XVII., Qui res creatas..., BILLII INTERPRETATIO., and CAPUT XVII. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:638
Editors' notes and page, col. 638

Footnotes

(71) ‹anchor: CAPUT XVII› · call in col 638

Cap. 14.

Chapter 14.

(printed under page 325)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Σωματικά. Malim cum Billio et Petavio legere σώματα, quam cum Grabio σωματικά.

Σωματικά ("bodily things"). I would rather read σώματα ("bodies") with Billius and Petavius than σωματικά with Grabe.

(printed under page 325)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Τὴν τῶν ὅλων φοράν. Legit Petavius in not. ad Epiphan. πρὸς τὴν ὅλων φοράν.

Τὴν τῶν ὅλων φοράν ("the motion of the universe"). Petavius, in his notes on Epiphanius, reads πρὸς τὴν ὅλων φοράν.

(printed under page 325)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Οὗπερ ὁ χρόνος. Corruptus est, inquit Billius, hic locus. Vetus interpres habet, quod superpositum est coelum, quasi in Graeco legerit οὐρανός. Legendum est autem, ὁ ὑπερῶν, vel ὑπερκείμενος χρόνος. De Saturno enim Irenaeum loqui perspicuum est.

Οὗπερ ὁ χρόνος. This passage is corrupt, says Billius. The old translator has "which is the heaven set above," as though he had read οὐρανός in the Greek. But one should read ὁ ὑπερῶν or ὑπερκείμενος χρόνος ("Chronos, who is above / set above"). For it is plain that Irenaeus is speaking of Saturn.

(printed under page 325)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ κύτει βαρύνων, etc. Hinc patet solidos ab iis haereticis fingi coelos, duplicique motu circumactos inferiores planetarum orbes: altero ab ortu in occasum, secundum planum aequatoris; altero ab occasu in ortum, lento et obliquo, secundum zodiacum. Vetus error. Sed de tota hac decem coelorum hypothesi, eorumque conversione et situ, viderint astronomi.

Πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ κύτει βαρύνων ("weighing down upon the vault itself"), etc. From this it is clear that these heretics imagined the heavens as solid, and the lower orbs of the planets as carried round by a twofold motion: one from east to west, along the plane of the equator; the other from west to east, slow and oblique, along the zodiac. An old error. But as to this whole hypothesis of ten heavens, their revolution and position, let the astronomers see to it.

(printed under page 325)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Conditionem. Sic κτίσιν, quae Latine loquentibus creatio est, seu res creatae, reddere amat barbarus interpres, conditionem.

Conditionem. So the barbarous translator likes to render κτίσις, which for those who speak Latin is "creatio" or "created things": "conditio."

(printed under page 325)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Diligenter imaginare. Pro, accurate exprimere.

Diligenter imaginare ("to image diligently"). For "to express accurately."

(printed under page 325)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Ex qua. Perperam legens interpres ἐξ ἧς, pro ἑξῆς, perperam et vertit, ex qua: quasi decem illae virtutes ex ogdoade ortum ducerent; quod falsum. Lege ergo, deinde, tum.

Ex qua ("from which"). The translator, wrongly reading ἐξ ἧς for ἑξῆς, also wrongly rendered "from which," as if those ten Powers took their origin from the Ogdoad, which is false. Read therefore "next," "then."

(printed under page 325)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Corpora. Sic mss. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Arund. cum editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. In Merc. 2 codd. legitur, corporea: quam quidem lectionem, quia Graeco hodierno consentanea est, Grabio sequi placuit. Sed satius videtur Graeca minus bona ex Latinis sanis emendare, quam Latina bona ex Graecis corruptis depravare.

Corpora ("bodies"). So the manuscripts of Clermont, Passerat, Voss and Arundel, with the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent. In the second Mercier manuscript one reads "corporea" ("bodily"): Grabe chose to follow this reading because it agrees with the present Greek. But it seems better to emend the less good Greek from the sound Latin than to corrupt the good Latin from the corrupt Greek.

(printed under page 325)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Circumlata. Ita mss. Clarom., Arund. et Merc. 2, cum edit. Oxon. Caeterae editt. perperam, circumdata. Circumlata autem scribit interpres, pro rotunda, orbicularis figurae. Nam hujus lib. cap. 25, circumlationem ponit pro circulo: quod lectionem nostram confirmat, legique circulata, ut suadet Fronto Duc., haud necesse esse probat.

Circumlata ("carried round"). So the manuscripts of Clermont, Arundel and the second Mercier, with the Oxford edition. The other editions wrongly have "circumdata" ("surrounded"). The translator writes "circumlata" for "round, of circular shape." For in chapter 25 of this book he puts "circumlatio" for "circle"; which confirms our reading and proves it unnecessary to read "circulata," as Fronton du Duc advises.

(printed under page 325)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 638

Quasi per quamdam umbram pinxisse. Melius adumbrare, vel imaginem exprimere, dixisset interpres.

Quasi per quamdam umbram pinxisse ("to have painted as through a kind of shadow"). The translator would better have said "to sketch" or "to express the image."

(printed under page 325)

(11) ‹anchor: quod superpositum est coelum› · call in col 638

Et e contrario superjunctum… quod superpositum est coelum, etc. Admodum intricata versio, nec accurata. Graeca sic ego redderem: Et quoniam, inquiunt, velocissimae universitatis conversioni (non oneri, ut male vertit interpres) desuper oppositus est caeteris orbibus sublimior Saturnus (non coelum, ut male legens vertit noster), qui propria mole gravans, illorum velocitatem tarditate sua moderatur, ita ut, etc.

Et e contrario superjunctum… quod superpositum est coelum, etc. A very tangled rendering, and not accurate. I would render the Greek thus: "And since, they say, Saturn, higher than the other orbs, is set over against the revolution of the most swift universe from above" (not "burden," as the translator wrongly rendered) "(not 'heaven,' as our translator rendered through misreading), who, weighing down with his own mass, moderates their swiftness by his slowness, so that," etc.

(printed under page 325)

(12) ‹anchor: qui ad ipsam› · call in col 638

Qui ad ipsam. Pass., Voss. et Feuard. in margine, quia ipsam, sed minus recte. Caeterum interpres ad Graecam vocem, magis quam ad Latinam attendens scripsit qui pro quod, sphalmate haud ipsi infrequenti.

Qui ad ipsam. Passerat, Voss and Feuardent in the margin have "quia ipsam," but less correctly. Moreover the translator, attending to the Greek word rather than to the Latin, wrote "qui" for "quod," a slip not infrequent with him.

(printed under page 325)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 638
  • marginal letters: A 1. Volo autem; B progressa sit.; C Merc. 2 codd.; D sioni (non oneri,
  • old-edition numerals: 85 before Logo et Zoe
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width lines CAPUT XVII., Qui res creatas..., BILLII INTERPRETATIO., and CAPUT XVII. not set
PG 7:639
Editors' notes and page, col. 639

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 639

Circumcontinet. Sic in editt. Eras. et Gall. melius quam in Oxon. et codd. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Merc. 2, circumtinet: quia lib. II, cap. 2, ex codicum omnium tum editorum, tum mss. consensu scribitur, circumcontinere, et circumcontineri.

Circumcontinet ("encloses round about"). So in the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, better than in the Oxford edition and the manuscripts of Clermont, Passerat, Voss and the second Mercier, "circumtinet": because in Book II, chapter 2, by the agreement of all the copies, printed and manuscript alike, "circumcontinere" and "circumcontineri" are written.

(printed under page 326)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 639

Apocatastasin. Id est, conversionem, qua scilicet ad idem zodiaci signum et punctum revolvitur, unde primum discesserat.

Apocatastasin ("restoration"). That is, the revolution by which it turns back to the same sign and point of the zodiac from which it first set out.

(printed under page 326)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 639

Circummensurationem. Al. circumcommensurationem.

Circummensurationem ("measuring round"). Others read "circumcommensurationem."

(printed under page 326)

Page

  • running head: 639 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A ratur illorum; B nem esse partium; C (1) Circumcontinet.; D cumamplectitur, ne
  • old-edition numerals: 86 after in duodecim
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:640
σημείου ἐπὶ σημεῖον ποιεῖσθαι, εἰκόνα λέγουσιν αὐτὸν τοῦ Ὅρου, τοῦ τὴν τριακοντώνυμον μητέρα αὐτῶν περιέχοντος. Τὴν σελήνην τε πάλιν ἑαυτῆς οὐρανὸν ἐμπεριεχομένην τριάκοντα ἡμέραις, διὰ τῶν ἡμερῶν τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν τριάκοντα Αἰώνων ἐκτυποῦν. Καὶ τὸν ἥλιον δὲ ἐν δεκαδύο μησὶ περιεχόμενον καὶ τερματίζοντα τὴν κυκλικὴν αὐτοῦ ἀποκατάστασιν, διὰ τῶν δώδεκα μηνῶν τὴν δωδεκάτην φανερὰν ποιεῖν. Τὰς δὲ ἡμέρας, δεκαδύο ὡρῶν τὸ μέτρον ἐχούσας, τύπον τῆς φαεινῆς δωδεκάδος εἶναι. Ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὴν ὥραν φασὶ, τὸ δωδέκατον τῆς ἡμέρας, ἐκ τριάκοντα μοιρῶν κεκοσμῆσθαι διὰ τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς τριακοντάδος. Καὶ αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ κύκλου τὴν περίμετρον εἶναι μοιρῶν τριακοσίων ἑξήκοντα (ἕκαστον γὰρ ζώδιον μοίρας ἔχει τριάκοντα). Οὕτως δὲ καὶ διὰ τοῦ κύκλου τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς συναφείας τῶν δώδεκα πρὸς τὰ τριάκοντα τετηρῆσθαι λέγουσιν. Ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὴν γῆν εἰς δώδεκα κλίματα διῃρῆσθαι φάσκοντες, καὶ καθ' ἕκαστον κλίμα δύναμιν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν κατὰ κάθετον ὑποδεχομένην, ἐοικότα τίκτουσαν τέκνα τῇ καταπεμπούσῃ τὴν ὐπόῤῥοιαν δύναμιν,
point to point, they say that he is an image of Horus, who encompasses their thirty-named mother. And again, that the moon, traversing her own heaven in thirty days, through the days models the number of the thirty Aeons. And that the sun also, being contained in twelve months and terminating his cyclical return, through the twelve months makes manifest the dodecad. And that the days, having the measure of twelve hours, are a type of the shining dodecad. Moreover they also say that the hour, the twelfth part of the day, has been adorned out of thirty degrees on account of the image of the triacontad. And that the circumference of the zodiacal circle itself is of three hundred and sixty degrees (for each sign has thirty degrees). And thus also through the circle they say that the image of the conjunction of the twelve with the thirty has been preserved. Furthermore, asserting also that the earth has been divided into twelve zones, and in each zone receives perpendicularly a power from the heavens, bringing forth children like the power that sends down the efflux,
Editors' notes and page, col. 640

Footnotes

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Ἀπὸ σημείου ἐπὶ σημεῖον. I. e. secundum duodecim zodiaci signa: Vel, ita ut ad idem zodiaci punctum redeat, a quo discesserat.

Ἀπὸ σημείου ἐπὶ σημεῖον ("from sign to sign"). That is, through the twelve signs of the zodiac; or, so that it returns to the same point of the zodiac from which it had set out.

(printed under page 326)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Τριακοντώνυμον μητέρα αὐτῶν. Sophiam, puto, intelligit, Gnosticorum aviam, quia ex ea nata Achamoth. Τριακοντώνυμος vero dicitur, quia et nomine et ordine trigesima erat in Pleromate. Sicque accepisse videtur interpres vertens, trigesimam nominis. Hanc revera Horos veluti vallo circumplectitur, ne juvenili ardore iterum prorumpens, dispereat.

Τριακοντώνυμον μητέρα αὐτῶν ("their thirty-named mother"). He means, I think, Sophia, the grandmother of the Gnostics, since Achamoth was born of her. She is called "thirty-named" because in both name and rank she was thirtieth in the Pleroma. And so the translator seems to have taken it, rendering "thirtieth of name." Horos in truth encircles her as with a rampart, lest, breaking out again in youthful ardour, she perish.

(printed under page 326)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Ἐμπερισχομένην. Leg. cum interp. ἐμπεριερχομένην, vel, ut mavult Petavius, ἐκπεριερχομένην, uti et paulo post, περιερχόμενον, pro περιεχόμενον. Utrobique enim vertit ille, circumeuntem.

Ἐμπερισχομένην ("enclosed within"). Read with the translator ἐμπεριερχομένην, or, as Petavius prefers, ἐκπεριερχομένην ("going round"), as also a little later περιερχόμενον for περιεχόμενον. For in both places he rendered "going round."

(printed under page 326)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Ἐκτυποῦν. Sic Petavius. Reg. vero cod. et editt. Basil., Gall. et Feuard. ἐκτυποῦσι, pro quo Billius legi volebat ἐκτυπῶσαι. Sed melior est Petavii lectio.

Ἐκτυποῦν ("to express in figure"). So Petavius. But the Royal manuscript and the Basel, Gallasius and Feuardent editions have ἐκτυποῦσι, for which Billius wished to read ἐκτυπῶσαι. But Petavius's reading is better.

(printed under page 326)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Δωδεκάτην. Legi mallem cum Grabio δωδεκάδα.

Δωδεκάτην ("twelfth"). I would rather read δωδεκάδα ("dodecad") with Grabe.

(printed under page 326)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Τὰς δὲ ἡμέρας δεκαδύο ὡρῶν. Recte observat Petavius horam apud Epiphanium duas æquinoctiales continere. Quod evidentius indicat id quod statim subjungitur, τὴν ὥραν, τὸ δωδέκατον τῆς ἡμέρας, ἐκ τριάκοντα μοιρῶν κεκοσμῆσθαι, horam, quæ diei duodecima pars est, ex triginta partibus constare. Sol enim diebus singulis circulum describit, qui in XII partes tricenarias divisus, gradibus constat CCCLX ac proinde singulis horis, æquinoctialis XV gradus; duabus horis, sive XII diei parte, XXX gradus conficit.

Τὰς δὲ ἡμέρας δεκαδύο ὡρῶν ("the days of twelve hours"). Petavius rightly observes that the hour in Epiphanius contains two equinoctial hours. This is shown more clearly by what is added at once, τὴν ὥραν, τὸ δωδέκατον τῆς ἡμέρας, ἐκ τριάκοντα μοιρῶν κεκοσμῆσθαι, "the hour, which is the twelfth part of the day, consists of thirty parts." For the sun describes each day a circle which, divided into twelve parts of thirty, consists of 360 degrees, and so in each equinoctial hour it completes 15 degrees; in two hours, or the twelfth part of the day, 30 degrees.

(printed under page 326)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Φαεινῆς. Leg. cum interp. οὐ φαεινῆς, invisibilis et occultæ.

Φαεινῆς ("shining"). Read with the translator οὐ φαεινῆς ("not shining"), "invisible and hidden."

(printed under page 326)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Ἔχει. Ἔχειν legit vetus interpres.

Ἔχει ("has"). The old translator read ἔχειν ("to have").

(printed under page 326)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Δύναμιν. Leg. ex vet. ἑκάστην δύναμιν.

Δύναμιν ("power"). Read, from the old [translator], ἑκάστην δύναμιν ("each power").

(printed under page 326)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Ὑποδεχομένην… τίκτουσαν. Hæc ad τὴν γῆν referenda.

Ὑποδεχομένην… τίκτουσαν ("receiving… bearing"). These are to be referred to τὴν γῆν ("the earth").

(printed under page 326)

(14) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Ἐοικότα. Legit interpres, καὶ ἐοικότα.

Ἐοικότα ("resembling"). The translator read καὶ ἐοικότα ("and resembling").

(printed under page 326)

(15) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 640 (Greek only)

Δύναμιν. Leg. δυνάμει.

Δύναμιν. Read δυνάμει ("by power").

(printed under page 326)

Page

  • running head: ISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 640
  • marginal letters: A σημείου ἐπὶ σημεῖον; B ἔχει τριάκοντα).; C (7) Ἐκτυποῦν.; D (11) Ἔχει.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:641
τύπον εἶναι τῆς δωδεκάδος καὶ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς σαφέστατον διαβεβαιοῦνται.
they strongly affirm that it is a most clear type of the dodecad and its children.
2. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις θελήσαντά φασι τὸν Δημιουργὸν τῆς ἄνω ὀγδοάδος τὸ ἀπέραντον καὶ αἰώνιον καὶ ἀόριστον καὶ ἄχρονον μιμήσασθαι, καὶ μὴ δυνηθέντα τὸ μόνιμον αὐτῆς καὶ ἀΐδιον ἐκτυπῶσαι, διὰ τὸ καρπὸν εἶναι ὑστερήματος, εἰς χρόνους καὶ καιροὺς, ἀριθμούς τε πολυετεῖς τὸ αἰώνιον αὐτῆς κατατεθεῖσθαι, οἰόμενον ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῶν χρόνων μιμήσασθαι αὐτῆς τὸ ἀπέραντον. Ἐνταῦθά τε λέγουσιν, ἐκφυγούσης αὐτὸν τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐπηκολουθηκέναι τὸ ψεῦδος· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κατάλυσιν, πληρωθέντων τῶν χρόνων, λαβεῖν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον.
2. In addition to these things, they say that the Demiurge wished to imitate the boundless and eternal and indefinite and timeless nature of the ogdoad above, and since he was unable to model its permanence and perpetuity, because he was the fruit of a defect, he deposited its eternity into times and seasons, and numbers of many years, thinking in the multitude of times to imitate its boundlessness. And here they say that when truth escaped him, falsehood followed closely; and that on account of this his work receives dissolution when the times are fulfilled.
1. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς κτίσεως τοιαῦτα λέγοντες, καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐπιγεννᾷ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν, καθὼς δύναται, καινότερον. Τέλειος γὰρ οὐδεὶς, ὁ μὴ μεγάλα ψεύσματα παρ' αὐτοῖς καρποφορήσας. Ἐκ δὲ τῶν προφητικῶν ὅσα μεταμορφάζουσιν, ἀναγκαῖον μηνύσαντα τὸν ἔλεγχον αὐτοῖς ἐπάγειν. Ὁ γὰρ Μωϋσῆς, φασὶν, ἀρχόμενος τῆς κατὰ τὴν κτίσιν πραγματείας, εὐθὺς ἐν ἀρχῇ τὴν μητέρα τῶν ὅλων ἐπέδειξεν, εἰπών· Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Τέσσαρα οὖν ταῦτα ὀνομάσας, Θεὸν καὶ ἀρχὴν, οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν, τὴν τετρακτὺν αὐτῶν, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσι, διετύπωσε. Καὶ τὸν ἀόρατον δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀπόκρυφον αὐτῆς μηνύοντα εἰπεῖν· ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος. Τὴν δευτέραν τετράδα, γέννημα πρώτης τετράδος, οὕτως αὐτὸν
1. And while they say such things concerning the creation, each one of them every day generates something newer, according as he is able. For no one is perfect who has not borne the fruit of great falsehoods among them. And of the prophetic writings, as many things as they transform, it is necessary to point them out and bring refutation against them. For Moses, they say, beginning the treatise concerning the creation, immediately in the beginning pointed out the mother of all things, saying: In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth. Having, then, named these four—God and beginning, heaven and earth—he modelled their tetractys, as they themselves say. And indicating also its invisible and hidden nature, he said: And the earth was invisible and unformed. And the second tetrad, the offspring of the first tetrad, thus he
Editors' notes and page, col. 641

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 641 (Greek only)

Καινότερον. Adde τι ex vet.

Καινότερον ("newer"). Add τι ("something") from the old [translator].

(printed under page 327)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 641 (Greek only)

Μεταμορφάζουσι. Sic cod. Reg., Petav. et Grab. Alii omnes editi, μεταμορφόζουσι; nullus vero μεταμορφόζοντες, ut haud satis attentus asserit Grabius. Commutare vero μεταμορφάζουσι in μεταμορφόζουσι haud necesse videtur. Si quid immutandum esset, legendum foret, uti legisse videtur interp., μεταμορφάζοντες μεθαρμόζουσι.

Μεταμορφάζουσι ("they transform"). So the Royal manuscript, Petavius and Grabe. All the other printed editions have μεταμορφόζουσι; none, however, has μεταμορφόζοντες, as Grabe, not attentive enough, asserts. It does not seem necessary to change μεταμορφάζουσι into μεταμορφόζουσι. If anything were to be changed, one should read, as the translator seems to have read, μεταμορφάζοντες μεθαρμόζουσι ("transforming, they adapt").

(printed under page 327)

(3) ‹anchor: μηνύσαντα› · call in col 641 (Greek only)

Μηνύσαντα. Legit interpres, μηνύσαντας.

Μηνύσαντα ("having shown," neuter). The translator read μηνύσαντας (masculine plural).

(printed under page 327)

(4) ‹anchor: Καὶ τὸν ἀόρατον› · call in col 641 (Greek only)

Τὸν ἀόρατον δὲ, καὶ τὸν ἀπόκρυφον. Utrobique repone τό pro τόν.

Τὸν ἀόρατον δὲ, καὶ τὸν ἀπόκρυφον ("the invisible and the hidden"). In both places put τό for τόν.

(printed under page 327)

(5) ‹anchor: Τὴν δευτέραν› · call in col 641 (Greek only)

Τὴν δευτέραν. Leg. τὴν δὲ δευτέραν.

Τὴν δευτέραν ("the second"). Read τὴν δὲ δευτέραν ("and the second").

(printed under page 327)

Ancient version (Latin)

CAPUT XVIII. Quae Mosis loca in suam hypothesim detorquerent haeretici. <!-- note: Full-width block on PG 7 cols 641-642 (p327). It sits between the end of ch. XVII §2 (both columns) and the start of ch. XVIII §1 (Greek col. 641 at marginal letter B, Latin col. 642). Heading set on its own line; footnote call 77 after the heading left out. The second line is the editors' Latin chapter summary (editors' matter), printed in italics; ligatures æ spelled ae. Billius's version (the later full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO block, which has its own CAPUT XVIII heading) not set. Block does not continue to the next page. UNSURE: (none) -->

Page

  • running head: 641 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A τύπον εἶναι τῆς; B 1. Καὶ περὶ μὲν; C (1) Καινότερον.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width lines CAPUT XVIII., Quæ Mosis loca..., BILLII INTERPRETATIO., and CAPUT XVIII. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:642
Editors' notes and page, col. 642

Footnotes

(⁷⁷) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 642 Cap. 15.

Chapter 15.

(printed under page 327) (⁷⁸) ‹anchor: cœlum et terram› · call in col 642 Gen. I, 1.

Genesis 1:1.

(printed under page 327) (⁷⁹) ‹anchor: invisibilis et incomposita› · call in col 642 Ibid. 2.

Ibid., verse 2.

(printed under page 327)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 642

Secundum demissionem. Melius Billius et Petavius κατὰ κάθετον verterunt, ad perpendiculum.

Secundum demissionem ("according to the letting-down"). Billius and Petavius rendered κατὰ κάθετον better, "perpendicularly."

(printed under page 327)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 642

Demiserit distillationem. Influxum mallem, quam distillationem.

Demiserit distillationem ("let down a dripping"). I would prefer "influx" to "dripping."

(printed under page 327)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 642

Deformare. Pro exprimere.

Deformare ("to shape"). For "to express."

(printed under page 327)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 642

Deposuisse. Mallem, reposuisse.

Deposuisse ("to have laid down"). I would prefer "reposuisse" ("to have laid up").

(printed under page 327)

(10) ‹anchor: manifestantes arguitionem› · call in col 642

Arguitionem. Pro confutationem. Sic Feuard. suffragantur Clarom. et Pass. In Arundel. argumentationem. In Eras. et Gall. argutionem.

Arguitionem ("proof"). For "refutation." So Feuardent; the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts support it. The Arundel has "argumentationem"; Erasmus and Gallasius "argutionem."

(printed under page 327)

(11) ‹anchor: Quatuor hæc› · call in col 642

Quatuor hæc. Græc. quatuor igitur hæc.

Quatuor hæc ("these four"). The Greek: "these four, therefore."

(printed under page 327)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 642
  • marginal letters: A sionem suscipientem,; B 1. Et de conditione; C (6) Secundum demissionem.
  • old-edition numerals: 87 before quemadmodum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width lines CAPUT XVIII., Quæ Mosis loca..., BILLII INTERPRETATIO., and CAPUT XVIII. not set
PG 7:643
Editors' notes and page, col. 643

Footnotes

(⁸⁰) ‹anchor: de quo prædiximus› · call in col 643 Sup. cap. 14.

Above, chapter 14.

(printed under page 328)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 643

Decadis commemorantem. Græcismus est. pro decada commemorantem, vel melius, decadis mentionem facientem.

Decadis commemorantem ("recalling of the decad"). It is a Graecism, for "recalling the decad," or better, "making mention of the decad."

(printed under page 328)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 643

Formatam. Pro adumbratam.

Formatam ("formed"). For "foreshadowed."

(printed under page 328)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 643

Apud eos. Ex Græco lege, apud eum, Moysen videlicet.

Apud eos ("among them"). From the Greek read "apud eum" ("with him"), that is, Moses.

(printed under page 328)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 643

Locus. Ita Eras., Gall. et mss. omnes. Feuard. vero citra necessitatem et ms. codicis auctoritatem scripsit, loco.

Locus ("place"). So Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts. Feuardent, without necessity and without the authority of any manuscript, wrote "loco."

(printed under page 328)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 643

Ex qua. Ita Feuardentius emendavit ex Græco. Nam in Eras., Gall. et mss. omnibus, ex quo.

Ex qua ("from which," feminine). So Feuardent corrected from the Greek. For in Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts it is "ex quo."

(printed under page 328)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 643

Quæ vocantur. Sic recte Clarom. juxta Græcum. Cætera omnia exemplaria male, quæ vocatur.

Quæ vocantur ("which are called"). So the Clermont manuscript, rightly, in agreement with the Greek. All the other copies wrongly have "quæ vocatur" ("which is called").

(printed under page 328)

Page

  • running head: 643 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A quaternationem, progeniem; B dem per Moysen; C dividatur, duodecadem.; D (1) Decadis commemorantem.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:644
εἰρηκέναι θέλουσιν, ἄβυσσον ὀνομάζοντα καὶ σκότος, ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον τῷ ὕδατι πνεῦμα. Μεθ' ἣν τῆς δεκάδος μνημονεύοντα, φῶς λέγειν καὶ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα, στερέωμά τε καὶ ἑσπέραν καὶ ὃ καλεῖται πρωΐ, ξηράν τε καὶ θάλασσαν, ἔτι τε βοτάνην καὶ δεκάτῳ τόπῳ ξύλον· οὕτω δὲ διὰ τῶν δέκα ὀνομάτων τοὺς δέκα Αἰῶνας μεμηνυκέναι. Τῆς δὲ δυοδεκάδος οὕτως ἐξεικονίσθαι παρ' αὐτῷ τὴν δύναμιν· ἥλιον γὰρ λέγειν καὶ σελήνην, ἀστέρας τε καὶ καιροὺς, ἐνιαυτούς τε καὶ κήτη, ἰχθύας καὶ ἑρπετὰ, πετεινὰ καὶ τετράποδα, θηρία τε καὶ (πετεινά που τοῖς) δυοδέκατον τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Οὕτως ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τὴν τριάκοντα διὰ Μωϋσέως εἰρῆσθαι διδάσκουσιν. Ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὸν πλαστὸν ἄνθρωπον κατ' εἰκόνα τῆς ἄνω δυνάμεως, ἔχειν ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς μιᾶς πηγήν. Ἱδρῦσθαι δὲ ταῦτα ἐν τῷ κατὰ τὸν ἐγκέφαλον τόπῳ· ἀφ' ἧς ἀποῤῥεῖν δυνάμεις τέσσαρας κατ' εἰκόνα τῆς ἄνω τετράδος καλουμένας, τὴν μὲν ὅρασιν, τὴν δὲ ἀκοὴν, τὴν δὲ τρίτην ὄσφρησιν καὶ τὴν τετάρτην γεῦσιν. Τὴν δὲ ὀγδοάδα φασὶ μηνύεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὕτως· ἀκοὰς μὲν δύο ἔχοντας καὶ τοσαύτας ὁράσεις, ἔτι τε ὀσφρήσεις δύο καὶ διπλῆν γεῦσιν, πικροῦ τε καὶ γλυκέως. Ὅλον δὲ τὸν ἄνθρωπον πᾶσαν τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς τριακοντάδος οὕτως ἔχειν διδάσκουσιν· ἐν μὲν ταῖς χερσὶ διὰ τῶν δακτύλων τὴν δεκάδα βαστάζειν· ἐν ὅλῳ δὲ τῷ σώματι εἰς δεκαδύο μέλη διαιρουμένῳ τὴν δωδεκάδα. Διαιροῦσι δὲ αὐτὸ, καθάπερ τὸ τῆς Ἀληθείας διῄρηται παρ' αὐτοῖς τοῖς σώμασι, περὶ οὗ προειρήκαμεν. Τήν τε οὖν ὀγδοάδα, ἄῤῥητόν τε καὶ ἀόρατον οὖσαν, ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις κρυβομένην νοεῖσθαι.
spoke of, naming the abyss and darkness, and in themselves water and the spirit borne upon the water. After which, making mention of the decad, he says light and day and night, firmament also and evening and what is called morning, dry land also and sea, and furthermore herb and, in the tenth place, tree; and thus through the ten names he indicated the ten Aeons. And the power of the dodecad was thus portrayed in him: for he says sun and moon, stars and seasons, years and sea-monsters, fishes and creeping things, birds and quadrupeds, wild beasts also, and (above all these) twelfth, man. Thus they teach that the triacontad was spoken of by the Spirit through Moses. Moreover, also, that the molded man, after the image of the power above, has in himself the fountain from the one power; and that this is established in the place about the brain, from which flow forth four powers, called after the image of the tetrad above: the first sight, the second hearing, the third smell, and the fourth taste. And the ogdoad they say is indicated through man thus: in that he has two ears and as many sights, and furthermore two smells and a twofold taste, of bitter and of sweet. And they teach that the whole man has the whole image of the triacontad thus: in his hands, indeed, through the fingers, he bears the decad; and in his whole body, divided into twelve members, the dodecad. For they divide it just as the body of Truth is divided among them, concerning which we have spoken before. And that the ogdoad, being ineffable and invisible, is understood as hidden in the inward parts.
Editors' notes and page, col. 644

Footnotes

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 644

Ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς. Melius legit interp. ἐν οἷς εἰσι.

Ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ("among themselves"). The translator read better ἐν οἷς εἰσι ("in which they are").

(printed under page 328)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 644

Φῶς λέγειν. In Basil. Epiphan. edit. indeque in Gall. et Feuard. σαφῶς λέγειν. Et hinc Billii et Gallasii in vertendo hallucinatio.

Φῶς λέγειν ("to say 'light'"). In the Basel edition of Epiphanius, and from it in Gallasius and Feuardent, σαφῶς λέγειν ("to say plainly"). Hence the blunder of Billius and Gallasius in translating.

(printed under page 328)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 644

Παρ' αὐτῷ. Legit interpres παρ' αὐτοῖς, sicque scripsisse Irenæum existimat Grabius: sed, meo quidem judicio, minus bene. Hic enim, non de Marcosiis, sed de Moyse sermo est.

Παρ' αὐτῷ ("with him"). The translator read παρ' αὐτοῖς ("with them"), and Grabe thinks Irenaeus wrote so; but, in my judgement at least, less well. For the talk here is not of the Marcosians but of Moses.

(printed under page 328)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 644

Πετεινά που τοῖς. Leg. cum interp. ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις.

Πετεινά που τοῖς. Read with the translator ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις ("after all these").

(printed under page 328)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 644

Τριάκοντα. Leg. τριακοντάδα.

Τριάκοντα ("thirty"). Read τριακοντάδα ("triacontad").

(printed under page 328)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 644

Πηγήν… ταῦτα, Legendum cum interp. πηγῆς δύναμιν… ταύτην, recte monent Billius et Petavius.

Πηγήν… ταῦτα. One should read with the translator πηγῆς δύναμιν… ταύτην ("the power of a fountain… this"), as Billius and Petavius rightly advise.

(printed under page 328)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 644

Ἔχοντας. Lege ἔχοντος.

Ἔχοντας ("having," accusative plural). Read ἔχοντος (genitive singular).

(printed under page 328)

(14) ‹anchor: τοῖς σώμασι› · call in col 644

Τοῖς σώμασι. Dele τοῖς, et pro σώμασι lege σῶμα, vel, ut mavult Grabius, σωμάτιον.

Τοῖς σώμασι ("the bodies"). Delete τοῖς, and for σώμασι read σῶμα ("body"), or, as Grabe prefers, σωμάτιον ("little body").

(printed under page 328)

Page

  • running head: ISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 644
  • marginal letters: A εἰρηκέναι θέλουσιν,; B ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν; C προειρήκαμεν. Τήν τε; D in Gall. et Feuard.
  • old-edition numerals: 88 before in visceribus (in Latin overflow line)
  • other: Latin overflow line from col 643 (m autem, inenarrabilem et invisibilem, 88 in visceribus abs-), full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO., and Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:645
2. Ἥλιον δὲ πάλιν, τὸν μέγαν φωστῆρα, ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν γεγονέναι διὰ τὸν τῆς τετράδος ἀριθμὸν φάσκουσι. Τῆς τε σκηνῆς, τῆς ὑπὸ Μωϋσέως κατασκευασθείσης, αἱ αὐλαὶ ἐκ βύσσου καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου γεγονυῖαι, τὴν αὐτὴν παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐπέδειξαν εἰκόνα. Τόν τε τοῦ ἱερέως ποδήρη, τέσσαρσι στοιχείοις λίθων πολυτελῶν κεκοσμημένον, τὴν τετράδα σημαίνειν διορίζονται· καὶ εἴ τινα τοιαῦτα κεῖται ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, εἰς τὸν τῶν τεσσάρων δυνάμενα ἄγεσθαι ἀριθμὸν, διὰ τὴν τετρακτὺν αὐτῶν φασι γεγονέναι. Τὴν δὲ ὀγδοάδα πάλιν δείκνυσθαι οὕτως· Ἐν τῇ ὀγδόῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν πεπλάσθαι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον· ποτὲ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν τῇ ἕκτῃ βούλονται γεγονέναι, ποτὲ δὲ τῇ ὀγδόῃ, εἰ μὴ τὸν μὲν χοϊκὸν ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐροῦσι πεπλάσθαι, τὸν δὲ σαρκικὸν ἐν τῇ ὀγδόῃ· διέσταλται γὰρ ταῦτα παρ' αὐτοῖς. Ἔνιοι δὲ ἄλλον θέλουσι τὸν κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν Θεοῦ γεγονότα ἀρσενόθηλυν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν πνευματικόν· ἄλλον δὲ τὸν ἐκ τῆς γῆς πλασθέντα.
2. Again, they assert that the sun, the great luminary, came into being on the fourth of the days on account of the number of the tetrad. And of the tabernacle prepared by Moses, the curtains made of fine linen and hyacinth and purple and scarlet exhibited the same image among them. And the priest's robe reaching to the feet, adorned with four rows of precious stones, they define as signifying the tetrad; and if any such things are set in the Scriptures that can be brought to the number of four, they say they came into being on account of their tetractys. And the ogdoad, again, is shown thus: They say that man was molded on the eighth of the days; for sometimes they wish him to have come into being on the sixth day, and sometimes on the eighth, unless they will say that the earthy man was molded on the sixth of the days, and the fleshly man on the eighth; for these things are distinguished among them. And some wish the male-female man who came into being after the image and likeness of God to be another, and that this is the spiritual man; and that the one molded out of the earth is another.
3. Καὶ τὴν τῆς κιβωτοῦ δὲ οἰκονομίαν ἐν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ, ἐν ᾗ ὀκτὼ ἄνθρωποι διεσώθησαν, φανερώτατά φασι τὴν σωτήριον ὀγδοάδα μηνύειν. Τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ καὶ τὸν Δαβὶδ, ὄγδοον ὄντα τῇ γενέσει τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ, σημαίνειν. Ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ὀκταήμερον γινομένην, τὸ περίτμημα τῆς ἄνω ὀγδοάδος δηλοῦν. Καὶ ἁπλῶς ὅσα εὑρίσκεται ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, ὑπάγεσθαι δυνάμενα εἰς τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ὀκτὼ, τὸ μυστήριον τῆς ὀγδοάδος ἐκπληροῦν λέγουσιν. Ἀλλὰ
3. And the dispensation of the ark in the flood, in which eight men were saved, they say most manifestly indicates the saving ogdoad. And that David also, being eighth in birth among his brothers, signifies the same thing. Furthermore, that circumcision also, taking place on the eighth day, declares the circumcision of the ogdoad above. And simply whatever things are found in the Scriptures that can be reduced to the number of eight, they say fulfill the mystery of the ogdoad. Moreover,
Editors' notes and page, col. 645

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 645 (Greek only)

Στοιχείοις. Legendum censent Billius et Petavius, στοίχοις. Legi malim ego στίχοις, sic enim in Exodo scribitur non semel.

Στοιχείοις ("elements"). Billius and Petavius think one should read στοίχοις ("rows"). I would rather read στίχοις, for so it is written more than once in Exodus.

(printed under page 329)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 645 (Greek only)

Οἰκονομίαν. Edit. Basileensis, οἶκον μίαν, qua vitiosa lectione deceptus Gallasius perperam vertit unicam domum. Cujus quidem, ait merito Billius, tanta non dicam oscitantia, sed vecordia exstitit, ut ne illud quidem animadverterit, μίαν cum substantivo masculini generis minime jungi.

Οἰκονομίαν ("dispensation"). The Basel edition has οἶκον μίαν, and Gallasius, misled by this faulty reading, wrongly rendered "a single house." His, as Billius justly says, was not so much carelessness — I will not call it that — as folly, so great that he did not even notice that μίαν is never joined to a masculine noun.

(printed under page 329)

Page

  • running head: 645 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRI
  • marginal letters: A 2. Ἥλιον δὲ πάλιν,; B δὲ σαρκικὸν ἐν τῇ; C (1) Στοιχείοις.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:646
Editors' notes and page, col. 646

Footnotes

(⁸¹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646 Exod. XXVI, 1, et XXXVI, 8.

Exodus 26:1 and 36:8.

(printed under page 329) (⁸²) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646 Exod. XXVIII, 17.

Exodus 28:17.

(printed under page 329) (⁸³) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646 I Pet. III, 20.

1 Peter 3:20.

(printed under page 329) (⁸⁴) ‹anchor: inter fratres suos› · call in col 646 I Reg. XVI, 10, 11.

1 Kings (1 Samuel) 16:10–11.

(printed under page 329) (⁸⁵) ‹anchor: quæ octavo die fit› · call in col 646 Gen. XVII, 12.

Genesis 17:12.

(printed under page 329)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646

Fieri. Græc. γεγονέναι, factum esse.

Fieri ("to be made"). The Greek has γεγονέναι, "to have been made."

(printed under page 329)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646

Atria. Lubentius legerem, aulæa, vel, ut habet Vulgata nostra, cortinas.

Atria ("courts"). I would more gladly read "aulæa" ("hangings"), or, as our Vulgate has, "cortinas" ("curtains").

(printed under page 329)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646

Ostenderunt. Sic. edit. Oxon. et omnes mss.; cæteræ editt. ostendere. In marg. Feuard. ostendunt.

Ostenderunt ("they showed"). So the Oxford edition and all the manuscripts; the other editions "ostendere." In Feuardent's margin, "ostendunt."

(printed under page 329)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646

Dicunt facta. Sic ex Græco et Frontonis Duc. judicio restituimus, pro factum, ut vitiose legitur in omnibus exemplaribus. Cujus quidem errati culpam non in interpretem ipsum, sed in scribarum imperitiam conjecerim, qui, u pro a legentes, factu pro facta, deesse suspicati literam m, scripserunt factum. Qui veteres mss. codd. tantillum trivere, eam esse inter u et a affinitatem advertere potuerunt, quæ incautos facile decipere potuerit.

Dicunt facta ("they say were made"). So we have restored it from the Greek and on the judgement of Fronton du Duc, for "factum," as it is faultily read in all the copies. I would lay the blame for this error not on the translator himself but on the unskilfulness of the scribes, who, reading u for a, "factu" for "facta," suspected that the letter m was missing and wrote "factum." Anyone who has handled old manuscripts even a little has been able to notice that there is a likeness between u and a that could easily deceive the unwary.

(printed under page 329)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646

Distincta. Feuard. edit. vitiose distincti.

Distincta ("distinguished," neuter). Feuardent's edition faultily has "distincti."

(printed under page 329)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 646

Et arcæ autem. Grabium hic sequimur. Et, loco Seth in Eras. et Gall., vel Geth, ut in Clarom., Pass., Arund. et Merc. 2 legitur, a Feuard. auctoritate Græci textus positum retinemus. Autem vero post arca, expuncto præcedente sed, addimus, quia omnes mss. ita habent.

Et arcæ autem ("and also of the ark"). Here we follow Grabe. "Et," put by Feuardent on the authority of the Greek text in place of "Seth" in Erasmus and Gallasius, or "Geth" as read in the Clermont, Passerat, Arundel and second Mercier manuscripts, we keep. "Autem" after "arca" we add, deleting the preceding "sed," because all the manuscripts have it so.

(printed under page 329)

(9) ‹anchor: ogdoadem› · call in col 646

Ogdoadem ostendere. Ex Græco lege, salutarem ogdoadem ostendere.

Ogdoadem ostendere ("to show the Ogdoad"). From the Greek read "to show the saving Ogdoad."

(printed under page 329)

(10) ‹anchor: in Scripturis obduci› · call in col 646

Obduci. Editt. adduci.

Obduci ("to be brought under"). The editions have "adduci" ("to be brought to").

(printed under page 329)

Page

  • running head: SES LIBER PRIMUS. 646
  • marginal letters: A 2. Solem quoque; B rum dicunt formatum,; C in omnibus exemplaribus.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:647
Editors' notes and page, col. 647

Footnotes

(⁸⁶) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647 Gen. XV, 19.

Genesis 15:19.

(printed under page 330) (⁸⁷) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647 Gen. XVI, 3.

Genesis 16:3.

(printed under page 330) (⁸⁸) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647 Gen. XXIV, 22, 25.

Genesis 24:22, 25.

(printed under page 330) (⁸⁹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647 III Reg. XI, 31.

3 Kings (1 Kings) 11:31.

(printed under page 330) (⁹⁰) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647 Exod. XXVI, 1, et XXXVI, 8, 9.

Exodus 26:1 and 36:8–9.

(printed under page 330) (⁹¹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647 Ibid. XXVI, 15 seq., et XXXVI, 20 seq.

Ibid. 26:15 ff., and 36:20 ff.

(printed under page 330) (⁹²) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647 Gen. XLII, 3.

Genesis 42:3.

(printed under page 330) (⁹³) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647 Joan. XX, 24.

John 20:24.

(printed under page 330)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647

Et dispositionem autem. Sic ex Græco emendavi, pro et dispositio, quod in textum intrusit in omnibus codd. tum editt. tum mss. aperta scribarum oscitantia: sicuti paulo superius, pro arcæ dispositionem, imperiti amanuenses scripsere in codd. Clarom. et Pass. arcæ dispositio.

Et dispositionem autem ("and the dispensation also"). So I have corrected it from the Greek, for "et dispositio," which the plain carelessness of the scribes thrust into the text in all the copies, printed and manuscript: just as a little above, for "arcæ dispositionem," unskilled copyists wrote "arcæ dispositio" in the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts.

(printed under page 330)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647

In dies decem. In Eras., Gall. et Feuard., diebus decem.

In dies decem ("for ten days"). In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, "diebus decem."

(printed under page 330)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647

Decem atria. Græc. δέκα αὐλαῖαι, quod vertendum erat cum Vulgata, decem cortinæ, non decem atria.

Decem atria ("ten courts"). The Greek has δέκα αὐλαῖαι, which should have been rendered with the Vulgate "ten curtains," not "ten courts."

(printed under page 330)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647

Defigurabant. Pro figurabant, ut habent Merc. 2.

Defigurabant. For "figurabant" ("they figured"), as the second Mercier manuscript has.

(printed under page 330)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647

Et duodecim. Ut pro et scripsit Feuard. ex solius Græci textus auctoritate. Omnes siquidem mss. cum editt. Eras. et Gall. habent et. Quam quidem lectionem immutare haud necesse, modo ab hac particula nova periodus incipiatur.

Et duodecim ("and twelve"). Feuardent wrote "ut" for "et" on the authority of the Greek text alone. For all the manuscripts, with the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius, have "et." There is no need to change this reading, provided a new period begins with this particle.

(printed under page 330)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647

Logion. Vulgatus Bibliorum interpres vertit rationale.

Logion. The Vulgate translator of the Bible renders it "rationale" (the breastpiece).

(printed under page 330)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 647

Varium. Pro opere vario contextum.

Varium ("varied"). For "woven of varied work."

(printed under page 330)

Page

  • running head: 647 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGD
  • marginal letters: A adimplere dicunt.; B bilem defigurabant; C (1) Et dispositionem; D (7) Varium.
  • old-edition numerals: 89 after dispositionem
  • other: facing Latin version, not set; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set
PG 7:648
καὶ τὴν δεκάδα σημαίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν δέκα ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐπηγγείλατο ὁ Θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραὰμ εἰς κατάσχεσιν δοῦναι, λέγουσι. Καὶ τὴν περὶ Σάῤῥαν δὲ οἰκονομίαν, ὡς μετὰ ἔτη δέκα δίδωσιν αὐτῷ τὴν ἑαυτῆς δούλην Ἄγαρ, ἵνα ἐξ αὐτῆς τεκνοποιήσηται, τὸ αὐτὸ δηλοῦν. Καὶ ὁ δοῦλος δὲ Ἀβραὰμ πεμφθεὶς ἐπὶ Ῥεβέκκαν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ φρέατι διδοὺς αὐτῇ ψέλλια χρυσῶν δέκα, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῆς κατέχοντες αὐτὴν ἐπὶ δέκα ἡμέρας· ἔτι τε Ῥοβοὰμ ὁ τὰ δέκα σκῆπτρα λαμβάνων, καὶ τῆς σκηνῆς αἱ δέκα αὐλαῖαι, καὶ οἱ στύλοι οἱ δεκαπήχεις καὶ οἱ δέκα υἱοὶ Ἰακὼβ, ἐπὶ τὴν ὠνὴν τοῦ σίτου τὸ πρῶτον εἰς Αἴγυπτον πεμφθέντες, καὶ οἱ δέκα ἀπόστολοι, οἷς φανεροῦται μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν ὁ Κύριος, τοῦ Θωμᾶ μὴ παρόντος, τὴν ἀόρατον διετύπουν κατ' αὐτοὺς δεκάδα.
they also say that the decad is signified through the ten nations which God promised to give to Abraham for a possession. And that the dispensation concerning Sarah, how after ten years she gives him her handmaid Hagar, that he may beget children from her, declares the same thing. And the servant of Abraham also, sent for Rebecca, and at the well giving her bracelets of ten gold pieces, and her brothers detaining her for ten days; and furthermore Rehoboam receiving the ten sceptres, and the ten curtains of the tabernacle, and the pillars of ten cubits, and the ten sons of Jacob sent the first time into Egypt for the purchase of grain, and the ten apostles to whom the Lord is manifested after the resurrection when Thomas was not present, modelled according to them the invisible decad.
4. Τὴν δυοδεκάδα δὲ, περὶ ἣν καὶ τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ πάθους τοῦ ὑστερήματος γεγονέναι, ἐξ οὗ πάθους τὰ βλεπόμενα κατεσκευάσθαι θέλουσιν, ἐπισήμως καὶ φανερῶς πανταχῆ κεῖσθαι λέγουσιν, ὡς τοὺς δώδεκα υἱοὺς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, ἐξ ὧν καὶ δεκαδύο φυλαὶ, καὶ τὸ λογεῖον τὸ ποικιλτὸν, δώδεκα λίθους ἔχον, καὶ τοὺς δώδεκα κώδω-
4. And the dodecad, about which also the mystery of the passion of the defect took place, out of which passion they wish the things that are seen to have been fashioned, they say is set conspicuously and manifestly everywhere; as the twelve sons of Jacob, from whom also are the twelve tribes, and the variegated breastplate having twelve stones, and the twelve bells
Editors' notes and page, col. 648

Footnotes

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 648

Τὴν περὶ Σάῤῥαν δὲ οἰκονομίαν, ὡς. Frustra hic pro περὶ, κατὰ, et loco ὡς, πῶς legi vult Billius.

Τὴν περὶ Σάῤῥαν δὲ οἰκονομίαν, ὡς ("the dispensation concerning Sarah, as"). Billius wants, needlessly, κατὰ to be read here for περὶ, and πῶς in place of ὡς.

(printed under page 330)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 648

Τεκνοποιήσηται. Cod. Reg. τεκνοποιήσῃ.

Τεκνοποιήσηται ("may beget children," middle). The Royal manuscript has τεκνοποιήσῃ (active).

(printed under page 330)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 648

Ῥοβοάμ. Ex III Reg. XI, liquet legendum esse Ἱεροβοάμ, non Ῥοβοάμ. Hic iterum a Billio vapulat merito Gallasius, qui hunc Scripturæ locum, vel veterem Irenæi interpretem consulere gravatus, Roboam pro Jeroboam in versione sua imprudenter omnino scripsit.

Ῥοβοάμ (Rehoboam). From 1 Kings 11 it is clear that one must read Ἱεροβοάμ (Jeroboam), not Ῥοβοάμ. Here again Gallasius is justly drubbed by Billius: not troubling to consult this place of Scripture, or the old translator of Irenaeus, he quite heedlessly wrote "Roboam" for "Jeroboam" in his version.

(printed under page 330)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 648

Δέκα αὐλαῖαι. Cod. Reg. δέκα αὐλαί.

Δέκα αὐλαῖαι ("ten curtains"). The Royal manuscript has δέκα αὐλαί ("ten courts").

(printed under page 330)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 648

Καὶ οἱ στύλοι οἱ δεκαπήχεις. Diu, multumque quæsivisse se in sacris Litteris dicit Grabius columnas decem cubitorum, donec tandem in editione Francofurtensi an. 1597 LXX interpretum, Exod. XXXVI, 17 seq., invenit hæc scripta: Καὶ ἐποίησε στύλους τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων· δέκα πήχεων τὸν στύλον τὸν ἕνα, etc. Sed rara sit in Anglia oportet, alibi terrarum notissima, Bibliorum edit. Antuerpiensis apud Plantinum an. 1569 (ut alias omittam) et apud Anglos ipsos concinnata Cantabrigiensis an. 1665. Utramque si consuluisset vir clarissimus, occurrisset in priori Exod. XXXVI, 20, 21, is ipse locus, quem citat. In utraque vero, Exod. XXVI, 15, 16, 17: Καὶ ποιήσεις στύλους τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκ ξύλων ἀσήπτων. Δέκα πήχεων ποιήσεις τὸν στύλον τὸν ἕνα…. οὕτω ποιήσεις πᾶσι τοῖς στύλοις τῆς σκηνῆς. Verum est autem quod addit vir eruditus, verba quæ ex Exod. XXXVI laudat in Romana Flaminii Nobilii, et V Waltoni editione minime exstare. Totum enim XXXVI et seqq. capita in codice Romano et Alexandrino, ait, immane quantum differunt.

Καὶ οἱ στύλοι οἱ δεκαπήχεις ("and the pillars of ten cubits"). Grabe says he searched long and hard in the Holy Scriptures for pillars of ten cubits, until at last in the Frankfurt edition of the Septuagint of 1597, at Exodus 36:17 ff., he found these words written: "And he made the pillars of the tabernacle of incorruptible wood; ten cubits the one pillar," etc. But the Antwerp edition of the Bible printed by Plantin in 1569, so well known elsewhere in the world, must be rare in England (to pass over others), and so too the Cambridge edition produced among the English themselves in 1665. Had the most distinguished man consulted either, he would have met, in the former, at Exodus 36:20–21, the very passage he cites; and in both, at Exodus 26:15, 16, 17: "And you shall make the pillars of the tabernacle of incorruptible wood. Ten cubits you shall make the one pillar…. so you shall make for all the pillars of the tabernacle." But what the learned man adds is true, that the words he quotes from Exodus 36 are not found at all in the Roman edition of Flaminio Nobili, or in Walton's fifth volume. For the whole of chapter 36 and those following, he says, differ enormously in the Roman and the Alexandrian manuscripts.

(printed under page 330)

Page

  • running head: EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 648
  • marginal letters: A καὶ τὴν δεκάδα; B διετύπουν κατ' αὐτοὺς; C lat merito Gallasius,; D σκηνῆς ἐκ ξύλων
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word split at column break: κώδω-|νας; full-width line BILLII INTERPRETATIO. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:649
νας, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ Μοϋσέως τεθέντας ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος δώδεκα λίθους, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ, καὶ ἄλλους εἰς τὸ πέραν, καὶ τοὺς βαστάζοντας τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς διαθήκης, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ Ἠλία τεθειμένους ἐν τῇ ὁλοκαυτώσει τοῦ μόσχου, καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων· καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς, ὅσα τὸν δωδέκατον ἀριθμὸν διασώζει, τὴν δωδεκάδα αὐτῶν χαρακτηρίζειν λέγουσι. Τὴν δὲ τούτων πάντων ἕνωσιν ὀνομαζομένην τριακοντάδα διὰ τῆς τριάκοντα πηχῶν τὸ ὕψος ἐπὶ Νῶε κιβωτοῦ, καὶ διὰ Σαμουὴλ κατακλίναντος τὸν Σαοὺλ ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντα κλητοῖς πρῶτον, καὶ διὰ Δαβὶδ, ὅτε ἐπὶ τριάκοντα ἡμέραις ἐκρύβετο ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, καὶ διὰ τῶν συνεισελθόντων αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ σπήλαιον (Ἰσραὴλ), καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ μῆκος γίνεσθαι τῆς ἁγίας σκηνῆς τριάκοντα πηχῶν· καὶ εἴ τινα ἄλλα ἰσάριθμα τούτοις εὑρίσκουσι, τὴν τριακοντάδα αὐτῶν διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιδεικνύναι φιλεριστοῦσιν.
and the twelve stones set by Moses under the mountain, and likewise those set by Joshua in the river, and others on the other side, and those who bore the ark of the covenant, and those set by Elijah in the whole burnt offering of the calf, and the number also of the apostles; and simply all things that preserve the twelfth number, they say characterize their dodecad. And the union of all these, named the triacontad, they contentiously strive to exhibit through the ark in the time of Noah which was thirty cubits in height, and through Samuel's making Saul recline first among the thirty invited guests, and through David, when for thirty days he hid in the field, and through those who entered with him into the cave (Israel), and through the length of the holy tabernacle's being on this account thirty cubits; and if they find any other things equal in number to these, they contentiously strive through such things to exhibit their triacontad.
1. Ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμην προσθεῖναι τούτοις καὶ ὅσα περὶ τοῦ Προπάτορος αὐτῶν, ὃς ἄγνωστος
1. I judged it necessary to add to these things also whatever concerning their Forefather, who was unknown
Editors' notes and page, col. 649

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 649 (Greek only)

Τοὺς δώδεκα κώδωνας. Nihil de tintinnabulorum numero legitur in Scripturis. Scribit Justinus Martyr in Dialogo cum Tryph., p. 260, traditum esse quod duodecim fuerint. Quam quidem traditionem secuti sunt Marcosii. Sed alii 72, alii alium tintinnabulorum istorum numerum tradunt. Legesis Braunii tractatum De vestitu sacerdotum Hebræorum lib. II.

Τοὺς δώδεκα κώδωνας ("the twelve bells"). Nothing is read in the Scriptures about the number of the bells. Justin Martyr writes in the Dialogue with Trypho, p. 260, that it was handed down that there were twelve. The Marcosians followed this tradition. But some give 72, others another number for these bells. Read Braun's treatise On the Vesture of the Hebrew Priests, Book II.

(printed under page 331)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 649 (Greek only)

Ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντα κλητοῖς. Hunc convivarum numerum exhibent quidem textus Hebræus et Vulgata nostra I Reg. IX, 22. At in LXX leguntur circiter septuaginta viri a Samuele invitati. Hincque merito colligit Fronto Duc. Irenæum, vel hæreticos illos aliam Græcam editionem habuisse, in qua ex Hebræo, ut in Vulgata Latina, legebatur.

Ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντα κλητοῖς ("among the thirty invited"). This number of guests is indeed given by the Hebrew text and our Vulgate at 1 Kings 9:22. But in the Septuagint one reads of about seventy men invited by Samuel. Hence Fronton du Duc rightly gathers that Irenaeus, or those heretics, had another Greek edition, in which the reading followed the Hebrew, as in the Latin Vulgate.

(printed under page 331)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 649 (Greek only)

Ἐπὶ τριάκοντα ἡμέραις. Vel sacros codices depravarunt hæretici, vel memoria lapsi sunt. Sive enim in Hebræo, sive in LXX, sive in Vulgata, neque I Reg. V, neque uspiam alibi David in agro latuisse legitur triginta diebus: sed secundum Vulgatam et Hebræum, usque ad vesperam diei tertiæ duntaxat; et secundum LXX, ἕως δείλης, usque ad vesperam tantum. Idem dic de triginta illis quos cum Davide intrasse in speluncam comminiscuntur. Nam II Reg. XXIII, 13, non triginta, sed τρεῖς ἀπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα, secundum LXX; vel tres, qui erant principes inter triginta, secundum Vulgatam, et quædam exemplaria τῶν Ο', venisse ad David in speluncam Odollam dicuntur.

Ἐπὶ τριάκοντα ἡμέραις ("for thirty days"). Either the heretics corrupted the sacred books, or their memory slipped. For neither in the Hebrew, nor in the Septuagint, nor in the Vulgate, neither at 1 Kings 5 nor anywhere else, is David read to have hidden in the field for thirty days; but according to the Vulgate and the Hebrew only until the evening of the third day, and according to the Septuagint, ἕως δείλης, only until evening. Say the same of the thirty whom they invent as having gone into the cave with David. For at 2 Kings 23:13 it is not thirty but τρεῖς ἀπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα, "three of the thirty," according to the Septuagint — or "three who were chiefs among the thirty," according to the Vulgate and some copies of the Seventy — who are said to have come to David in the cave of Adullam.

(printed under page 331)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 649 (Greek only)

Σπήλαιον Ἰσραήλ. Pro Ἰσραὴλ reponendum forte Ὀδολλάμ, quamvis neutrum legisse videatur interpres.

Σπήλαιον Ἰσραήλ ("the cave of Israel"). For Ἰσραήλ perhaps Ὀδολλάμ (Adullam) should be restored, although the translator seems to have read neither.

(printed under page 331)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 649 (Greek only)

Διὰ τοῦτο. Pro τοῦτο lege τοῦ.

Διὰ τοῦτο ("because of this"). For τοῦτο read τοῦ.

(printed under page 331)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 649 (Greek only)

Ἀναγκαῖον. Δέ adde ex vet.

Ἀναγκαῖον ("necessary"). Add δέ from the old [translator].

(6*) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 Trans positi. Male junctas voces in editt. omnibus, recte divisit Grabius.

Trans positi ("placed across"). Grabe rightly divided words wrongly joined in all the editions.

(printed under page 331)

Page

  • running head: 649 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A νας, καὶ τοὺς; B χῶν · καὶ εἴ τινα; C interpres.; D gatam et Hebræum,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: word split from previous column: κώδω-|νας; full-width lines CAPUT XIX., Quibus Scripturæ..., BILLII INTERPRETATIO., and CAPUT XIX. not set; Billius's Latin translation below Greek left out
PG 7:650
Editors' notes and page, col. 650

Footnotes

(⁹⁴) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 Exod. XXVIII, 4, et XXXIX, 8.

Exodus 28:4 and 39:8.

(printed under page 331) (⁹⁵) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 Exod. XXIV, 4.

Exodus 24:4.

(printed under page 331) (⁹⁶) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 Jos. IV, 3, 8, 9, et 20.

Joshua 4:3, 8, 9 and 20.

(printed under page 331) (⁹⁷) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 Jos. III, 12.

Joshua 3:12.

(printed under page 331) (⁹⁸) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 III Reg. XVIII, 31.

3 Kings (1 Kings) 18:31.

(printed under page 331) (⁹⁹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 Gen. VI, 15.

Genesis 6:15.

(printed under page 331) (¹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 I Reg. IX, 22.

1 Kings (1 Samuel) 9:22.

(printed under page 331) (²) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 I Reg. XX, 5.

1 Kings (1 Samuel) 20:5.

(printed under page 331) (³) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 II Reg. XXIII, 13.

2 Kings (2 Samuel) 23:13.

(printed under page 331) (⁴) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 Exod. XXVI, 8.

Exodus 26:8.

(printed under page 331) (⁵) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650 Cap. XVI.

Chapter 16.

(printed under page 331)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650

Et numerum. Sic ex Græco restitui, pro et numerus, quod in omnibus tum editt., tum mss. manifesto scribarum errato legitur.

Et numerum ("and the number"). So I have restored it from the Greek, for "et numerus," which is read in all the copies, printed and manuscript, by a plain error of the scribes.

(printed under page 331)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650

Unitatem. Melius unionem, vel conjunctionem.

Unitatem ("unity"). Better "union" or "conjunction."

(printed under page 331)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650

Eam arcam. Ita mss. omnes, cum edit. Oxon. In aliis deest eam.

Eam arcam ("that ark"). So all the manuscripts, with the Oxford edition. In the others "eam" is missing.

(printed under page 331)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650

Per Samuelem. In Arund., Voss. et Merc. 2, per Samuel. In Clarom. per Samuhel.

Per Samuelem ("through Samuel"). In the Arundel, Voss and second Mercier manuscripts, "per Samuel." In the Clermont, "per Samuhel."

(printed under page 331)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650

Declinantem. Scribendum saltem erat, reclinantem; melius discumbere facientem. Neque enim declino, quidquid Fronto Duc. dicat, uspiam apud auctores Latinos, quod sciam, legitur pro accumbere facio: et quæ profert exempla vir doctus, somnus declinat ocellos; et, agmen duces declinant, id minime probant.

Declinantem ("turning aside"). It should at least have been written "reclinantem" ("making recline"); better "making to sit at table." For, whatever Fronton du Duc may say, "declino" is nowhere read among Latin authors, so far as I know, for "I make to recline at table"; and the examples the learned man brings forward, "sleep closes [declinat] the eyes" and "the leaders turn aside the column," do not prove it at all.

(printed under page 331)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650

Saul, qui. Clarom., Pass., Ottobon. et Arund., Saul, in: adeo ut, scite observat Grabius, interpretem in triginta vocatis scripsisse, et scribam ob recurrentem vocem triginta quædam omisisse plane pateat. Hæc ergo tu ex Græco ita suppleas: Saul in triginta vocatis primum, et per Davidem, qui, etc.

Saul, qui ("Saul, who"). The Clermont, Passerat, Ottoboni and Arundel manuscripts have "Saul, in": so that, as Grabe shrewdly observes, it is quite plain that the translator wrote "in triginta vocatis" ("among the thirty invited"), and that the scribe, because the word "triginta" recurred, left something out. Supply it therefore from the Greek thus: "Saul first among the thirty invited, and through David, who," etc.

(printed under page 331)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650

Inveniuntur. Græc. inveniunt.

Inveniuntur ("are found"). The Greek: "they find."

(printed under page 331)

(14) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 650

Ostendunt asseverationes. Vertendum erat, ostendere acerrime contendunt.

Ostendunt asseverationes ("assertions show"). It should have been rendered "they contend most keenly to show."

(printed under page 331)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 650
  • marginal letters: A cim tintinnabula; B sancti tabernaculi; C interpres.; D minime probant.
  • old-edition numerals: 90 after et
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:651
ἦν τοῖς πᾶσι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας, ἐκλ⟨έ⟩γοντες ἐκ τῶν Γραφῶν πείθειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν, ἵν' ἐπιδείξωσι τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἄλλον καταγγέλλοντα Πατέρα, παρὰ τὸν ποιητὴν τοῦδε τοῦ παντός· ὃν, καθὼς προέφαμεν, ἀσεβοῦντες, ὑστερήματος καρπὸν εἶναι λέγουσι. Τὸν γοῦν προφήτην Ἡσαΐαν εἰπόντα· Ἰσραὴλ δέ με οὐκ ἔγνω, καὶ ὁ λαός με οὐ συνῆκε, τὴν τοῦ ἀοράτου Βυθοῦ ἀγνωσίαν εἰρηκέναι μεθαρμόζουσι. Καὶ διὰ Ὡσηὲ τὸ εἰρημένον· Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀλήθεια οὐδὲ ἐπίγνωσις Θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συντείνειν βιάζονται. Καὶ, Οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνιὼν, ἢ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν· πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρειώθησαν, ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ Βυθοῦ ἀγνωσίας τάττουσι. Καὶ τὸ διὰ Μωϋσέως δὲ εἰρημένον, Οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ζήσεται, εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἔχειν πείθουσι τὴν ἀναφοράν.
was to all before the coming of Christ, selecting from the Scriptures they attempt to persuade, in order that they may show our Lord proclaiming another Father besides the Maker of this universe, whom, as we said before, they impiously say to be the fruit of defect. Thus the prophet Isaiah, when he said: But Israel has not known me, and the people has not understood me (Isa. 1:3), they adapt as having spoken of the ignorance of the invisible Bythus. And what was spoken through Hosea: There is no truth in them, nor knowledge of God (Hos. 4:1), they force to tend to the same point. And: There is none that understands, or that seeks after God; they have all turned aside, they are together become unprofitable (Ps. 13:2–3; Rom. 3:11–12), they arrange under the ignorance of Bythus. And what was spoken through Moses: No man shall see God and live (Exod. 33:20), they persuade has reference to him.
2. Τὸν μὲν γὰρ ποιητὴν ἐπιψευδόμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν ἑωρᾶσθαι λέγουσι· τὸ δὲ, Οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ζήσεται, περὶ τοῦ ἀοράτου μεγέθους καὶ ἀγνώστου τοῖς πᾶσιν, εἰρῆσθαι θέλουσι. Καὶ ὅτι μὲν περὶ τοῦ ἀοράτου Πατρὸς καὶ ποιητοῦ τῶν ὅλων εἴρηται τὸ, Οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Θεὸν, πᾶσιν ἡμῖν φανερόν ἐστιν· ὅτι δὲ οὐδὲ περὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ τούτων παρεπινοουμένου Βυθοῦ, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ (καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀόρατος Θεὸς), δειχθήσεται τοῦ λόγου προϊόντος. Καὶ τὸν Δανιὴλ δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο σημαίνειν, ἐν τῷ ἐπερωτᾷν τὸν ἄγγελον τὰς ἐπιλύσεις τῶν παραβολῶν, ὡς μὴ εἰδότα. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἄγγελον ἀποκρυπτόμενον ἀπ' αὐτοῦ τὸ μέγα μυστήριον τοῦ Βυθοῦ, εἰπεῖν αὐτῷ· Ἀπότρεχε, Δανιήλ· οὗτοι γὰρ οἱ λόγοι ἐμπεφραγμένοι εἰσὶν, ἕως οἱ συνιέντες συνιῶσι καὶ οἱ λευκοὶ λευκανθῶσι· καὶ αὐτοὺς εἶναι τοὺς λευκοὺς καὶ εὐσυνιέντας αὐχοῦσι.
2. For falsely speaking they say that the Maker was seen by the prophets; whereas the saying: No man shall see God and live, they will have to have been spoken concerning the invisible greatness unknown to all. And that the saying: No man shall see God, was spoken concerning the invisible Father and Maker of all things is manifest to us all; while that it was spoken not even concerning the Bythus devised besides among these men, but concerning the Demiurge (and he himself is the invisible God), will be shown as our discourse proceeds. And they say that Daniel also signifies this very same thing in asking of the angel the explanations of the parables, as not knowing them. And that the angel also, hiding from him the great mystery of Bythus, said to him: Go your way, Daniel; for these words are stopped up until those who understand shall understand, and the white shall be made white (cf. Dan. 12:9–10); and they boast that they themselves are the white and those of good understanding.
Editors' notes and page, col. 651

Footnotes

(⁶) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 651 Isa. I, 3.

Isaiah 1:3.

(printed under page 332) (⁷) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 651 Ose. IV, 1.

Hosea 4:1.

(printed under page 332) (⁸) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 651 Psal. XIII, 2, 3, et Rom. III, 11, 12.

Psalm 13 (14):2–3, and Romans 3:11–12.

(printed under page 332) (⁹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 651 Exod. XXXIII, 20.

Exodus 33:20.

(printed under page 332) (¹⁰) ‹anchor: et albi inalbentur› · call in col 651 Daniel. XII, 9, 10.

Daniel 12:9–10.

(printed under page 332)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 651

Visum dicunt. Ex Graeco lege, visum, mendacia texentes dicunt.

Visum dicunt ("they say was seen"). From the Greek read "they say, weaving lies, was seen."

(printed under page 332)

(2) ‹anchor: ostenditur› · call in col 651

Ostenditur. Graec. ostendetur.

Ostenditur ("is shown"). The Greek: "will be shown."

(printed under page 332)

(3) ‹anchor: absolutiones› · call in col 651

Absolutiones. Pro solutiones.

Absolutiones. For "solutions" (explanations).

(printed under page 332)

Page

  • running head: 651 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 652
  • marginal letters: A ἦν τοῖς πᾶσι; B πείθουσι τὴν; C οὗτοι γὰρ οἱ λόγοι; D cibus nostris
  • old-edition numerals: 91 before illud (in Latin)
  • other: Greek in right column (652); facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set; footnotes (4)–(6), called in the Greek set here (after συνῆκε, τούτων, Δανιήλ), are set in n652
PG 7:652
Editors' notes and page, col. 652

Footnotes

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 652 (Greek only)

Ὁ λαός με οὐ συνῆκε. Sic quidem soli LXX transtulerunt, Hieronymo teste ad cap. I Isai. et ita legerunt e Patribus Græcis non pauci. Vulgata vero nostra: Populus meus non intellexit.

Ὁ λαός με οὐ συνῆκε ("the people did not understand me"). So indeed only the Seventy translated, as Jerome testifies on chapter 1 of Isaiah, and so not a few of the Greek Fathers read. But our Vulgate has: "My people has not understood."

(printed under page 332)

(5) ‹anchor: τούτων› · call in col 652 (Greek only)

Οὐδὲ περὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ τούτων. Leg. cum interp. οὐ περὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ τούτων.

Οὐδὲ περὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ τούτων. Read with the translator οὐ περὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ τούτων ("not concerning the one [devised] by them").

(printed under page 332)

(6) ‹anchor: Ἀπότρεχε, Δανιήλ› · call in col 652 (Greek only)

Ἀπότρεχε, Δανιήλ, etc. Locus ab hæreticis depravatus. Apud LXX siquidem legitur in codicibus nostris: Δεῦρο, Δανιήλ, ὅτι ἐμπεφραγμένοι, καὶ ἐσφραγισμένοι οἱ λόγοι, ἕως καιροῦ πέρας· ἐκλεγῶσι καὶ ἐκλευκανθῶσι, etc. Et in Vulgata nostra: Vade, Daniel, quia clausi sunt, signatique sermones, usque ad præfinitum tempus. Eligentur et dealbabuntur, etc. Paulo aliter vero Irenæus lib. IV, c. 26, et Cyprianus lib. I cont. Jud., c. 5, legunt: Muni sermones, et signa librum usque ad tempus consummationis, quoad addiscant multi, et impleatur agnitio, quoniam cum fiet dispersio, cognoscent omnia hæc. Sed nullibi legimus: ἕως οἱ συνιέντες συνιῶσι, καὶ οἱ λευκοὶ λευκανθῶσι.

Ἀπότρεχε, Δανιήλ ("Go away, Daniel"), etc. A passage corrupted by the heretics. For in the Septuagint our manuscripts read: "Come, Daniel, for the words are shut up and sealed until the time of the end; let them be chosen and made white," etc. And in our Vulgate: "Go, Daniel, for the words are closed and sealed until the appointed time. They shall be chosen and made white," etc. But Irenaeus, Book IV, chapter 26, and Cyprian, Against the Jews, Book I, chapter 5, read somewhat differently: "Fortify the words, and seal the book until the time of the consummation, until many learn and knowledge be fulfilled; for when the dispersion takes place, they will know all these things." But nowhere do we read "until those who understand understand, and the white are made white."

(printed under page 332)

Page

  • other: col 652 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 651 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:653
1. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἀμύθητον πλῆθος ἀποκρύφων καὶ νόθων γραφῶν, ἃς αὐτοὶ ἔπλασαν, παρεισφέρουσιν εἰς κατάπληξιν τῶν ἀνοήτων καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας μὴ ἐπισταμένων γράμματα. Προσπαραλαμβάνουσι δὲ εἰς τοῦτο κἀκεῖνο τὸ ῥᾳδιούργημα, ὡς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰ διὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου αὐτῷ φήσαντος, καθὼς ἔθος ἐστὶν, εἰπὲ ἄλφα, ἀποκρίνασθαι τὸ ἄλφα. Πάλιν τε τὸ βῆτα τοῦ διδασκάλου κελεύσαντος εἰπεῖν, ἀποκρίνασθαι τὸν Κύριον· Σύ μοι πρότερον εἰπὲ τί ἐστι τὸ ἄλφα, καὶ τότε σοι ἐρῶ τί ἐστι τὸ βῆτα. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐξηγοῦνται, ὡς αὐτοῦ μόνου τὸ ἄγνωστον ἐπισταμένου, ὃ ἐφανέρωσεν ἐν τῷ τύπῳ τοῦ ἄλφα.
1. And besides these things, they bring in an unspeakable multitude of apocryphal and spurious writings, which they themselves have forged, to the bewilderment of the foolish and of those who do not know the letters of the truth. And they take to themselves for this purpose that fabrication also, that when the Lord was told by the teacher the customary thing, Say alpha, He answered alpha. And again, when the teacher bade Him say beta, the Lord answered: Do you first tell Me what alpha is, and then I will tell you what beta is. And this they interpret as though He alone knew the unknown, which He manifested in the form of alpha.
2. Ἔνια δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐν Εὐαγγελίῳ κειμένων εἰς τοῦτον τὸν χαρακτῆρα μεθαρμόζουσιν· ὡς τὴν πρὸς τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, δωδεκαετοῦς ὄντος, ἀπόκρισιν· Οὐκ οἶδατε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Πατρός μου δεῖ με εἶναι; ὃν οὐκ ᾔδεισαν, φασὶ, Πατέρα κατήγγελλεν αὐτοῖς· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐκπέμψαι τοὺς μαθητὰς εἰς τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς, κηρύσσοντας τὸν ἄγνωστον αὐτοῖς Θεόν. Καὶ τῷ εἰπόντι αὐτῷ· Διδάσκαλε ἀγαθὲ, τὸν ἀληθῶς ἀγαθὸν Θεὸν ὡμολογηκέναι εἰπόντα· Τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; εἷς ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς, ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· οὐρανοὺς δὲ νῦν τοὺς Αἰῶνας εἰρῆσθαι λέγουσι. Καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀποκριθῆναι τοῖς
2. And some also of the things that stand in the Gospel they refashion into this stamp, such as the answer to His mother when He was twelve years old: Do you not know that I must be in the things of My Father? The Father whom they did not know, they say, He was proclaiming to them; and on this account He sent forth the disciples to the twelve tribes, preaching the God who was unknown to them. And to the one who said to Him, Good Teacher, He confessed the truly good God by saying: Why do you call Me good? One is good, the Father in the heavens; and by heavens they say the Aeons are now meant. And because He did not answer to those
Editors' notes and page, col. 653

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 653 (Greek only)

Παρεισφέρουσι. Cod. Reg. παραφέρουσι.

Παρεισφέρουσι ("they bring in besides"). The Royal manuscript has παραφέρουσι.

(printed under page 333)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 653 (Greek only)

Ὡς τοῦ Κυρίου, etc. Hæc fabula reperitur etiam in apocrypho libro De infantia Salvatoris, qui Matthæo evangelistæ perperam ascriptus exstat cod. ms. 4316 bibliothecæ Regiæ Parisiis. Exstat et in eadem bibliotheca cod. 2908, alter apocryphus liber sub hoc titulo: Liber de pueritia et miraculis Domini et Salvatoris nostri Jesu Christi; in quo eadem pene leguntur. Utriusque meminit Cotelerius, fragmentumque posterioris refert in notis ad lib. IV Constit. apostol. Clementis cap. 16. Idem commentum, teste Grabio, occurrit et in Evangelio infantiæ Christi, quod Arabice cum Latina versione edidit Henricus Sikius, pag. 144 et 146, necnon, licet paulo diversum, in Pseudo-Evangelio Leucii, quod ms. Oxonii exstat in bibliotheca Collegii Corporis Christi, ubi cap. Quomodo Jesus discendus erat litteras, hæc leguntur: Et cœpit magister impiose (leg. imperiose) eum docere dicendo: Dic alpha. Jesus vero dixit ei: Tu mihi dic prius, quid sit beta, et ego dicam tibi quid sit alpha; et ob hæc magister iratus percussit Jesum, et postquam percussit eum, mortuus est.

Ὡς τοῦ Κυρίου ("how the Lord"), etc. This tale is found also in the apocryphal book On the Infancy of the Saviour, wrongly ascribed to Matthew the evangelist, which survives in manuscript 4316 of the Royal Library at Paris. There is also in the same library, manuscript 2908, another apocryphal book under this title: Book of the Boyhood and Miracles of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, in which almost the same things are read. Cotelier mentions both, and gives a fragment of the latter in his notes on Book IV of Clement's Apostolic Constitutions, chapter 16. The same fiction, as Grabe testifies, occurs also in the Gospel of the Infancy of Christ which Henricus Sike published in Arabic with a Latin version, pp. 144 and 146, and also, though somewhat differently, in the Pseudo-Gospel of Leucius, which survives in manuscript at Oxford in the library of Corpus Christi College, where in the chapter "How Jesus was to learn letters" these words are read: "And the master began to teach him impiously (read: imperiously), saying: Say alpha. But Jesus said to him: You tell me first what beta is, and I will tell you what alpha is. And for this the master in anger struck Jesus, and after he had struck him, he died."

(printed under page 333)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 653 (Greek only)

Τὰ διὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου. Integra linea hic a scriba omissa, ex Billio et Petavio ita supplenda: παιδὸς ὄντος, καὶ γράμματα μανθάνοντος, καὶ τοῦ διδασκάλου, etc.

Τὰ διὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου ("the things through the teacher"). A whole line was omitted here by the scribe, to be supplied thus from Billius and Petavius: "when he was a child and learning his letters, and the teacher," etc.

(printed under page 333)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 653 (Greek only)

Οἴδατε. In vulgatis N. Testam. codd. ᾔδειτε.

Οἴδατε ("you know"). In the common copies of the New Testament, ᾔδειτε ("you knew").

(printed under page 333)

(5) ‹anchor: ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς› · call in col 653 (Greek only)

Εἷς ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Hæc ex memoria citata, nam pro iis tres evangelistæ concorditer habent: οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς, ὁ Θεός. Quanquam tamen in quibusdam N. Testam. mss. codd. legatur: εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός, vel, εἷς ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς ὁ Θεός.

Εἷς ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ("One is good, the Father in the heavens"). This is quoted from memory, for in its place the three evangelists agree in having: "No one is good but one, God." Although in some manuscripts of the New Testament one reads "One is the good," or "One is good, God."

(printed under page 333)

Page

  • running head: 653 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A 1. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις; B τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ,; C (1) Παρεισφέρουσι.; D dic prius,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width CAPUT XX heading and Latin summary at top cut off at right edge, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO heading and Latin version below Greek cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:654
Editors' notes and page, col. 654

Footnotes

(¹¹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 654 Cap. XVII.

Chapter 17.

(printed under page 333) (¹²) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 654 Luc. II, 49.

Luke 2:49.

(printed under page 333) (¹³) ‹anchor: Pater in cœlis› · call in col 654 Matth. XIX, 17; Marc. X, 18; Luc. XVIII, 19.

Matthew 19:17; Mark 10:18; Luke 18:19.

(printed under page 333)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 654

Apocryphorum. Melius, apocrypharum.

Apocryphorum ("of apocryphal [books]," masculine/neuter). Better "apocrypharum" (feminine, agreeing with "scripturarum").

(printed under page 333)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 654

Magister ejus. Græc. magister ei.

Magister ejus ("his master"). The Greek: "the master to him."

(printed under page 333)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 654

Dicere. Eum post dicere cum Grabio expunximus, auctoritate codd. Pass., Voss. et textus Græci.

Dicere ("to say"). With Grabe we have struck out "eum" after "dicere," on the authority of the Passerat and Voss manuscripts and the Greek text.

(printed under page 333)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 654

In typum alphæ. Sic Clarom., et Voss. juxta Græc. Editt. in typum A. Sed pro in typum, vertendum erat in typo.

In typum alphæ ("into the figure of alpha"). So the Clermont and Voss manuscripts, in agreement with the Greek. The editions have "in typum A." But for "in typum" one should have rendered "in typo" ("in the figure").

(printed under page 333)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 654

Dicunt. In Feuard. marg. et mss. Pass. et Voss., dicit. Quod consentit cum Basileensi edit. Epiphanii, et Irenæi Gallas. et Feuard. ubi pro φασί legitur φησί; nec male quidem, si ad Marcum referatur: quamvis præferendus pluralis numerus.

Dicunt ("they say"). In Feuardent's margin and the Passerat and Voss manuscripts, "dicit" ("he says"). This agrees with the Basel edition of Epiphanius and with Gallasius's and Feuardent's Irenaeus, where φησί is read for φασί; and not badly, if it is referred to Marcus, though the plural is to be preferred.

(printed under page 333)

Page

  • running head: RESES LIBER PRIMUS. 654
  • marginal letters: A 1. Super haec autem,; B illud quod ad matrem; C παιδὸς ὄντος,; D Voss., dicit.
  • old-edition numerals: 92 after incognitum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:655
εἰποῦσιν αὐτῷ, Ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει τοῦτο ποιεῖς, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀντεπερωτήσει ἀπορῆσαι αὐτοὺς, τὸ ἄῤῥητον τοῦ Πατρὸς, ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν, δεδειχέναι αὐτὸν ἐξηγοῦνται. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ εἰρηκέναι, Πολλάκις ἐπεθύμησα ἀκοῦσαι ἕνα τῶν λόγων τούτων, καὶ οὐκ ἔσχον τὸν ἐροῦντα, ἐμφαίνοντός φασι δεῖν διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς τὸν ἀληθῶς ἕνα Θεὸν, ὃν οὐκ ἐγνώκεισαν. Ἔτι ἐν τῷ προσχόντα αὐτὸν τῇ Ἱερουσαλὴμ, δακρῦσαι ἐπ' αὐτὴν, καὶ εἰπεῖν· Εἰ ἔγνως καὶ σὺ σήμερον τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην, ἐκρύβη δέ σου, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκρύβη, ῥήματος τὸ ἀπόκρυφον τοῦ Βυθοῦ δεδηλωκέναι. Καὶ πάλιν εἰπόντα· Δεῦτε πρός μὲ, πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς· καὶ μάθετε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας Πατέρα κατηγγελκέναι. Ὃ γὰρ οὐκ ᾔδεισαν, φησὶ, τοῦτο αὐτοῖς ὑπέσχετο διδάξειν.
who said to Him: By what power doest Thou this? but put them at a loss by His counter-question, they explain that by not saying it He showed the ineffability of the Father. Moreover, in having said: Oftentimes have I desired to hear one of these words, and I had none to utter it, they say is the expression of one signifying through the word "one" the truly one God, whom they had not known. Furthermore, in that when He drew near to Jerusalem He wept over it and said: If you also had known today the things that belong unto peace; but now they are hid from you, through the word "are hid" He manifested the hiddenness of Bythus. And again, when He said: Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest; and learn of Me, He proclaimed the Father of truth. For what they knew not, say they, this He promised to teach them.
3. . . . δὲ τὴν ἀνωτάτω, καὶ οἱονεὶ κορωνίδα τῆς ὑποθέσεως αὐτῶν φέρουσι ταῦτα· Ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι, Πάτερ, Κύριε τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἀπέκρυψας ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις. Οὐὰ, ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὅτι ἔμπροσθέν σου εὐδοκία μοι ἐγένετο.
3. And as the highest proof, and as it were the crowning point of their hypothesis, they bring forward these words: I will give thanks unto Thee, O Father, Lord of the heavens and of the earth, because Thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes. Yea, My Father, for so it was well-pleasing before Thee for Me.
Editors' notes and page, col. 655

Footnotes

(¹⁴) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655 Matth. XXI, 23; Marc. XI, 28; Luc. XX, 2.

Matthew 21:23; Mark 11:28; Luke 20:2.

(printed under page 334) (¹⁵) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655 Luc. XIX, 42.

Luke 19:42.

(printed under page 334) (¹⁶) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655 Matth. XI, 28, 29.

Matthew 11:28–29.

(printed under page 334)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655

Et propter hoc non respondisse eis, etc. Haud accurata versio. Scribendum erat: et per hoc quod non responderit eis, sed alia quæstione proposita, eos in angustias adduxerit, etc.

Et propter hoc non respondisse eis ("and because of this not to have answered them"), etc. Not an accurate rendering. It should have been written: "and by this, that he did not answer them, but by putting another question drove them into a strait," etc.

(printed under page 334)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655

Non ostendisse. Sic editt. Eras., Gall. et omnes mss. Feuardentius vero, quem secutus est Grab. male expunxit particulam negativam. Sensus enim est, Christum, in eo quod non responderit, inenarrabile Patris non ostendisse.

Non ostendisse ("not to have shown"). So the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius and all the manuscripts. But Feuardent, whom Grabe followed, wrongly struck out the negative particle. For the sense is that Christ, in not answering, did not show the unspeakable nature of the Father.

(printed under page 334)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655

Manifestantis. Feuardentius cum Eras. et Gall. manifestantius.

Manifestantis ("of one showing"). Feuardent, with Erasmus and Gallasius, has "manifestantius" ("more plainly").

(printed under page 334)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655

Cognoverint. Pass. et Voss. cognoverunt.

Cognoverint ("they may have known"). The Passerat and Voss manuscripts have "cognoverunt" ("they knew").

(printed under page 334)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655

Adhuc in eo, quod appropinquans. Ita codd. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et edit. Oxon. juxta Græcum. In aliis male, in eo quod appropinquavit.

Adhuc in eo, quod appropinquans ("further, in that, drawing near"). So the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts and the Oxford edition, in agreement with the Greek. In the others, wrongly, "in eo quod appropinquavit" ("in that he drew near").

(printed under page 334)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655

Ploraverit…. dixerit. Al. ploravit…. dixit.

Ploraverit…. dixerit ("he wept… said," subjunctive). Others have "ploravit…. dixit" (indicative).

(printed under page 334)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655

Per eum sermonem, qui est absconditus. Vel Græca male legit interpres, vel non intellexit. Vertendum erat: per istud verbum, abscondita sunt, apocryphon, etc.

Per eum sermonem, qui est absconditus ("through that word which is hidden"). Either the translator read the Greek wrongly or did not understand it. It should have been rendered: "by that word, 'they are hidden,' [he meant] the apocryphal," etc.

(printed under page 334)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 655

Terræ et cælorum. Ita Clarom., Pass. et Voss. cum edit. Oxon. juxta Græca hæreticorum. In aliis editt. cœli et terræ, ut apud evangelistas, legitur.

Terræ et cælorum ("of earth and the heavens"). So the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts with the Oxford edition, in agreement with the heretics' Greek. In the other editions one reads "of heaven and earth," as in the evangelists.

(printed under page 334)

Page

  • running head: 655 S. IRENAEI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 656
  • marginal letters: A εἰποῦσιν αὐτῷ; B φησὶ, τοῦτο; C (11) Ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν; D (19) Ἀπέκρυψας
  • old-edition numerals: 93 before 3. Ostensionem (in Latin)
  • other: Greek in right column (656); facing Old Latin version and Billii interpretatio not set
PG 7:656
Editors' notes and page, col. 656

Footnotes

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Δυνάμει. Ἐξουσίᾳ habent tres evangelistæ.

Δυνάμει ("by power"). The three evangelists have ἐξουσίᾳ ("by authority").

(printed under page 334)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Ἀπορῆσαι αὐτούς. Frustra Petavius legendum conjicit, ἀπορῆσαι πρὸς αὐτούς.

Ἀπορῆσαι αὐτούς ("that they were at a loss"). Petavius needlessly conjectures that one should read ἀπορῆσαι πρὸς αὐτούς.

(printed under page 334)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν. Ante et post εἰπεῖν ponendum οὐκ, vel μή.

Ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν ("in saying"). Before and after εἰπεῖν one should put οὐκ or μή ("not").

(printed under page 334)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Πολλάκις ἐπεθύμησα, etc. Hæc verba frustra quæsieris in Scripturis sacris; nullibi exstant. Ab hæreticis istis, vel male feriato quopiam conficta sunt.

Πολλάκις ἐπεθύμησα ("Often I desired"), etc. You will look for these words in vain in the Holy Scriptures; they exist nowhere. They were made up by these heretics, or by some idle person.

(printed under page 334)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Ἐμφαίνοντός φασι δεῖν. Pro δεῖν legendum εἶναι; sicque reposuerunt in ipso textu Gallasius et Feuardentius; in hoc laudandi, si ms. alicujus faveret auctoritas. Sed male omnino, pro ἐμφαίνοντος, substituerunt, ἐμφατικώτερον.

Ἐμφαίνοντός φασι δεῖν. For δεῖν one should read εἶναι; and so Gallasius and Feuardent restored it in the text itself, to be praised for it if the authority of any manuscript supported it. But quite wrongly they substituted ἐμφατικώτερον for ἐμφαίνοντος.

(printed under page 334)

(14) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Εἰ ἔγνως. Hæc iterum ex memoria citata.

Εἰ ἔγνως ("If you had known"). This again is quoted from memory.

(printed under page 334)

(15) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Σοῦ. Leg. ἀπὸ σοῦ.

Σοῦ ("of you"). Read ἀπὸ σοῦ ("from you").

(printed under page 334)

(16) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Φησί. Leg. φασί.

Φησί ("he says"). Read φασί ("they say").

(printed under page 334)

(17) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Vox ἀπόδειξιν, a scribis omissa, hic restituenda.

The word ἀπόδειξιν ("demonstration"), omitted by the scribes, is to be restored here.

(printed under page 334)

(18) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Ἐξομολογήσομαι. Legit interpres ἐξομολογοῦμαι; sicque nostri codd. habent.

Ἐξομολογήσομαι ("I will confess"). The translator read ἐξομολογοῦμαι ("I confess"), and so our manuscripts have it.

(printed under page 334)

(19) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Ἀπέκρυψας. Adde ταῦτα cum vet. interp. et nostris N. Test. codd.

Ἀπέκρυψας ("you hid"). Add ταῦτα ("these things") with the old translator and our New Testament manuscripts.

(printed under page 334)

(20) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Οὐά. Hanc vocem pro ναί posuerunt hæretici.

Οὐά ("Ah!"). The heretics put this word for ναί ("Yes").

(printed under page 334)

(21) ‹anchor: εὐδοκία μοι› · call in col 656 (Greek only)

Εὐδοκία μοι. Vocem μοι nec legit interpres, nec habent nostri N. Test. codd.

Εὐδοκία μοι ("good pleasure to me"). The translator did not read the word μοι, nor do our New Testament manuscripts have it.

(printed under page 334)

Page

  • other: col 656 is the right-hand number of a full-width page, set whole under col 655 (corpus full_width rule); nothing of its own: pointer only
PG 7:657
Πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου· καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ. Ἐν τούτοις διαῤῥήδην φασὶ δεδειχέναι αὐτὸν, ὡς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὸν παρεξευρημένον Πατέρα ἀληθείας, πρὸ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ μηδενὸς πώποτε ἐγνωκότος· καὶ κατασκευάζειν θέλουσιν, ὡς τοῦ ποιητοῦ καὶ κτίστου ἀεὶ ὑπὸ πάντων ἐγνωσμένου· καὶ ταῦτα τὸν Κύριον εἰρηκέναι περὶ τοῦ ἀγνώστου
All things were delivered to Me by My Father; and no one knew the Father except the Son, and the Son except the Father and he to whom the Son may reveal Him. In these words they say He expressly showed that before His coming no one ever knew the Father of truth invented by them; and they wish to establish that, whereas the Maker and Creator was always known by all, the Lord spoke these things concerning the unknown
1. Τὴν δὲ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως αὐτοῖς παράδοσιν συμβέβηκεν ἀόρατον εἶναι καὶ ἀκατάληπτον, ἅτε τῶν ἀκρατήτων καὶ ἀοράτων μητέρα ὑπάρχουσαν. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἄστατον οὖσαν, οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲ ἑνὶ λόγῳ ἀπαγγεῖλαί ἐστι· διὰ τὸ ἓν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν, καθὼς αὐτοὶ βούλονται, παραδιδόναι αὐτήν. Ὅσοι γάρ εἰσι ταύτης τῆς γνώμης μυσταγωγοὶ, τοσαῦται καὶ ἀπολυτρώσεις. Καὶ ὅτι μὲν εἰς ἐξάρνησιν τοῦ βαπτίσματος, τῆς εἰς Θεὸν ἀναγεννήσεως καὶ πάσης τῆς πίστεως ἀπόθεσιν ὑποβέβληται τὸ εἶδος τοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ, ἐλέγχοντες αῦτοὺς ἀπαγγελοῦμεν ἐν τῷ προσήκοντι τόπῳ.
1. And the tradition of their redemption happens to be invisible and incomprehensible, inasmuch as it is the mother of things ungraspable and invisible. And on this account, since it is unstable, it is not possible to report it simply or in one account, because each one of them hands it down just as they themselves wish. For as many as are the mystagogues of this opinion, so many also are the redemptions. And that this sort has been suggested by Satan for the denial of the baptism of regeneration unto God and the rejection of the whole faith, we shall declare in the fitting place when we refute them.
2. Λέγουσι δὲ αὐτὴν ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι τοῖς τὴν τελείαν γνῶσιν εἰληφόσιν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα δύναμιν ὦσιν ἀναγεγεννημένοι. Ἄλλως γὰρ ἀδύνατον ἐντὸς Πληρώματος εἰσελθεῖν· ἐπειδὴ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ εἰς τὸ βάθος κατάγουσα αὐτούς. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ βάπτισμα τοῦ φαινομένου Ἰησοῦ ἀφέσεως ἁμαρτιῶν, τὴν δὲ ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Χριστοῦ κατ-
2. And they say that it is necessary for those who have received the perfect knowledge, in order that they may be regenerated unto the power that is above all. For otherwise it is impossible to enter within the Pleroma, since this is what leads them down into the depth. For the baptism of the visible Jesus was for the remission of sins, whereas the redemption of the Christ who descended in Him
Editors' notes and page, col. 657

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 657 (Greek only)

Καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν Πατέρα, etc. Verborum ordinem data opera inverterunt hæretici. Legimus enim: Καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ· οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. Vide lib. IV, c. 6.

Καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τὸν Πατέρα ("And no one knew the Father"), etc. The heretics deliberately inverted the order of the words. For we read: "And no one knows the Son except the Father; nor does anyone know the Father except the Son, and he to whom the Son wills to reveal him." See Book IV, chapter 6.

(printed under page 335)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 657 (Greek only)

Ὑπ' αὐτόν. Leg. ὑπ' αὐτῶν.

Ὑπ' αὐτόν ("under him"). Read ὑπ' αὐτῶν ("by them").

(printed under page 335)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 657 (Greek only)

Τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως. Quid sit hæc Marcosiorum redemptio, explicuimus cap. XIII, n. 6, not.

Τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως ("of the redemption"). What this "redemption" of the Marcosians is, we have explained at chapter 13, no. 6, in the note.

(printed under page 335)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 657 (Greek only)

Αὐτοῖς. Leg. αὐτῶν cum vet.

Αὐτοῖς ("to them"). Read αὐτῶν ("of them") with the old [translator].

(printed under page 335)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 657 (Greek only)

Διὰ τὸ ἓν ἕκαστον. Leg. cum interp. διὰ τὸ ἕνα ἕκαστον.

Διὰ τὸ ἓν ἕκαστον ("because each one thing"). Read with the translator διὰ τὸ ἕνα ἕκαστον ("because each one [person]").

(printed under page 335)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 657 (Greek only)

Εἶδος τοῦ. Leg. εἶδος τοῦτο.

Εἶδος τοῦ ("form of the"). Read εἶδος τοῦτο ("this form").

(printed under page 335)

(7) ‹anchor: εἰς τὸ βάθος› · call in col 657 (Greek only)

Τὸ βάθος. Τοῦ Βυθοῦ adde ex vet.

Τὸ βάθος ("the depth"). Add τοῦ Βυθοῦ ("of Bythus") from the old [translator].

(printed under page 335)

Page

  • running head: 657 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER P
  • marginal letters: A Πάντα μοι παρεδόθη; B ἑνὶ λόγῳ ἀπαγγεῖλαί; C τιῶν, τὴν δὲ ἀπολύτρωσιν; D (1) Καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔγνω
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: end of first paragraph runs across into col. 658; full-width CAPUT XXI heading and Latin summary cut off at right edge, not set; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO heading and Latin version below Greek cut off at right edge, not set; κατ- split at column break
PG 7:658
τοῖς πᾶσι Πατρὸς, ὃν αὐτοὶ καταγγέλλουσι.
Father to all, whom they themselves proclaim.
Editors' notes and page, col. 658

Footnotes

(¹⁷) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 658 Matth. XI, 25-27; Luc. X, 21-22.

Matthew 11:25–27; Luke 10:21–22.

(printed under page 335) (¹⁸) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 658 Cap. XVIII.

Chapter 18.

(printed under page 335)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 658

Patrem Veritatis. Adde ex Græco, quem ipsi confinxerunt.

Patrem Veritatis ("the Father of Truth"). Add from the Greek "whom they themselves invented."

(printed under page 335)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 658

Referendum est, i. e. referri potest.

Referendum est ("is to be referred"), that is, "can be referred."

(printed under page 335)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 658

Quanti. Pro quot.

Quanti ("how great"). For "quot" ("how many").

(printed under page 335)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 658

Et quia. Quia pro quod.

Et quia ("and because"). "Quia" for "quod" ("that").

(printed under page 335)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 658

Remissa. In Eras. et Gallas. corrupte legitur, repromissionem inremisse. In veteri vero Feuardentii codice, repromissionem remissa. Sed recte priorem vocem expunxit vir doctus, posteriorem retinuit. Favent Clarom. et Pass. in quibus vox remissa sine præfixa repromissionem legitur. At merito censet Feuardentius verbum Græcum ὑποβέβληται verti debuisse, non remissa est, sed immissa, vel submissa est.

Remissa ("sent back"). In Erasmus and Gallasius one reads, corruptly, "repromissionem inremisse." In Feuardent's old manuscript, "repromissionem remissa." But the learned man rightly struck out the former word and kept the latter. The Clermont and Passerat manuscripts support him, in which the word "remissa" is read without "repromissionem" before it. But Feuardent rightly judges that the Greek verb ὑποβέβληται ought to have been rendered not "remissa est" but "immissa" or "submissa est" ("was sent in," "was suggested").

(printed under page 335)

(13) ‹anchor: referemus› · call in col 658

Referemus. Clarom. et Pass. referimus

Referemus ("we shall report"). The Clermont and Passerat manuscripts have "referimus" ("we report").

(printed under page 335)

(14) ‹anchor: agnitionem acceperunt› · call in col 658

Acceperunt. Clarom. acceperint.

Acceperunt ("have received"). The Clermont manuscript has "acceperint" (subjunctive).

(printed under page 335)

(15) ‹anchor: super omnia virtus› · call in col 658

Virtus. Feuard. virtutem.

Virtus ("power," nominative). Feuardent has "virtutem" (accusative).

(printed under page 335)

(16) ‹anchor: Aliter enim nobis› · call in col 658

Nobis. Hæc vox deest in Græco, nec Irenæi esse videtur. Nec incommodum tamen sensum habebit, si eam ad Catholicos non coerceas, ut fecit Grabius; sed de hominibus, vel Christianis in genere dictam intelligas.

Nobis ("for us"). This word is missing in the Greek and does not seem to be Irenaeus's. Yet it will not give an awkward sense if you do not restrict it to Catholics, as Grabe did, but understand it as said of men, or of Christians in general.

(printed under page 335)

(17) ‹anchor: intra Pleroma› · call in col 658

Intra Pleroma. Quidam, infra Pleroma. Sed utriusque particulæ idem sensus.

Intra Pleroma ("within the Pleroma"). Some have "infra Pleroma." But both particles have the same sense.

(printed under page 335)

(18) ‹anchor: secundum eos› · call in col 658

Secundum eos. Vocem secundum, quam ha- (continues)

Secundum eos ("according to them"). The word "secundum," which … (continues)

(printed under page 335)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 658
  • marginal letters: A et nemo cognovit; B Et propter hoc,; C baptisma quidem; D repromissionem inremissa.
  • old-edition numerals: 94 after perfectam
  • other: facing Latin version (et nemo cognovit...; 1. Redemptionis autem...; 2. Dicunt autem...) and BILLII INTERPRETATIO not set; only the Greek line overflowing from col. 657 is set
PG 7:659
Editors' notes and page, col. 659

Footnotes

(¹⁹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 659 Luc. XII, 50.

Luke 12:50.

(printed under page 338) (²⁰) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 659 Marc. X, 38.

Mark 10:38.

(printed under page 338)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 659

Spiritus. Sic antiquiores, meliorisque notæ codd. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. In editt. et Græco Christus. At idem utrobique sensus: Spiritum enim in Jesum delapsum, Christum esse dicebant hæretici.

Spiritus ("the Spirit"). So the older manuscripts of better repute, the Clermont, Passerat and Voss. In the editions and the Greek, "Christus." But the sense is the same either way: for the heretics said that the Spirit which descended on Jesus was the Christ.

(printed under page 338)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 659

In pœnitentiam. Sic ex Græca lectione et cod. Pass. emendo. Hic enim habet, in pœnitentia in. Procul dubio in codice, quem exscribebat amanuensis, scriptum erat pœnitentiam; sed litteram m male legens, scripsit in: quod idem amanuensi Claromontano paulo ante contigit, qui pro spiritalem scripsit spiritale in.

In pœnitentiam ("unto repentance"). So I correct it from the Greek reading and the Passerat manuscript. For that has "in pœnitentia in." No doubt in the manuscript the copyist was transcribing, "pœnitentiam" was written; but, misreading the letter m, he wrote "in": the same thing happened a little earlier to the Clermont copyist, who wrote "spiritale in" for "spiritalem."

(printed under page 338)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 659

Redemptionem autem ejus, qui in eo est Christi, positam esse ad perfectionem. In Græco legit interpres, τὴν δὲ ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Χριστοῦ κεῖσθαι; sed male. Quare sic construenda versio: Redemptionem autem a Jesu, obtinendæ perfectionis causa allatam esse.

Redemptionem autem ejus, qui in eo est Christi, positam esse ad perfectionem ("but the redemption of the Christ who is in him was established for perfection"). In the Greek the translator read τὴν δὲ ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Χριστοῦ κεῖσθαι, but wrongly. The rendering should therefore be constructed thus: "but that the redemption was brought by Jesus for the sake of attaining perfection."

(printed under page 338)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 659

Baptisma. Sic reposui ex mss. Clarom. et Pass. juxta Græcum τὸ βάπτισμα, sicque vertit paulo superius interpres. In Eras., Gall. et Feuard. minus bene, baptismo: paulo melius Grab. ex Merc. 2, baptismum; quod nomen non raro apud auctores infimæ Latinitatis usurpari pro baptismus, nemo nescit.

Baptisma ("baptism"). So I have restored it from the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts, in agreement with the Greek τὸ βάπτισμα, and so the translator rendered a little above. Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent have, less well, "baptismo"; Grabe, from the second Mercier manuscript, a little better, "baptismum"; and everyone knows that this noun is not rarely used by authors of the lowest Latinity for "baptismus."

(printed under page 338)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 659

Quod ego habeo baptizari. Ita Clarom., Voss., Arund., Merc. 2 et edit. Oxon. ex Græco, ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω βαπτίζεσθαι. In cod. Pass. quod ego debeo baptizari: sed in aliis editt. quod ego debeo baptizari.

Quod ego habeo baptizari ("with which I have to be baptized"). So the Clermont, Voss, Arundel and second Mercier manuscripts and the Oxford edition, from the Greek ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω βαπτίζεσθαι. In the Passerat manuscript, "quod ego debeo baptizari"; but in the other editions, "quod ego debeo baptizari" ("with which I must be baptized").

(printed under page 338)

Page

  • running head: 659 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A esse peccatorum;; B eam, quae ab ipsis; C bent editt. Eras.; D pres, τὴν δὲ ἀπολύτρωσιν
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:660
ελθόντος εἰς τελείωσιν· καὶ τὸ μὲν ψυχικὸν, τὴν δὲ πνευματικὴν εἶναι ὑφίστανται. Καὶ τὸ μὲν βάπτισμα ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου κατηγγέλθαι εἰς μετάνοιαν, τὴν δὲ ἀπολύτρωσιν ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ κεκομίσθαι εἰς τελείωσιν. Καὶ τοῦτ' εἶναι, περὶ οὗ λέγει· Καὶ ἄλλο βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ πάνυ ἐπείγομαι εἰς αὐτό. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ζεβεδαίου, τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῶν αἰτουμένης τὸ καθίσαι αὐτοὺς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν μετ' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν, ταύτην προσθεῖναι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τὸν Κύριον λέγουσιν, εἰπόντα· Δύνασθε τὸ βάπτισμα βαπτισθῆναι, ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω βαπτίζεσθαι; Καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ῥητῶς φάσκουσι τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀπολύτρωσιν πολλάκις μεμηνυκέναι· καὶ εἶναι ταύτην, τὴν ὑπ' αὐτῶν ποικίλως καὶ ἀσυμφώνως παραδιδομένην.
was unto perfection; and they maintain that the one is animal, but the other spiritual. And the baptism was proclaimed by John unto repentance, whereas the redemption was brought in by Jesus unto perfection. And this is that concerning which He says: And I have another baptism to be baptized with, and I press earnestly towards it. And also to the sons of Zebedee, when their mother asked that He should make them sit at His right hand and left hand with Him in the kingdom, they say the Lord added this redemption, saying: Can you be baptized with the baptism with which I am about to be baptized? And they say that Paul also expressly indicated the redemption in Christ Jesus many times; and that this is the one which is handed down by them variously and discordantly.
Editors' notes and page, col. 660

Footnotes

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 660 (Greek only)

Καὶ ἄλλο βάπτισμα ἔχω, etc. Locus hic ex memoria, non ex libro citatus esse videtur. Nostra siquidem exemplaria pro, καὶ πάνυ ἐπείγομαι εἰς αὐτό, habent: καὶ πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως οὗ τελεσθῇ!

Καὶ ἄλλο βάπτισμα ἔχω ("And I have another baptism"), etc. This passage seems to be quoted from memory, not from the book. For our copies, instead of "and I am greatly eager for it," have: "and how I am constrained until it is accomplished!"

(printed under page 338)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 660 (Greek only)

Δύνασθε τὸ βάπτισμα βαπτισθῆναι, etc. Paulo aliter in nostris codd. Nam pro, ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω βαπτίζεσθαι, legitur: ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι. Verba hæc velut ex Matthæi XX desumpta citavit ad marginem editionis suæ Feuardentius. Exstant quidem in editis N. Testamenti codicibus Græcis, et in versionibus Syriaca et Arabica. Sed quod dudum generatim monuerat Hieronymus in sua in evangelistas ad Damasum Præfatione, quod nimirum magnus hic in nostris codicibus error inolevit, dum quod in eadem re alius evangelista plus dixit, in alio, quia minus putaverint, addiderunt; hic specialim contigisse videtur. Scilicet laudatum comma ex Marci X, 3, in Matthæi textum translatum fuisse, jam ante nos observarunt doctissimi viri, inter quos Grabius. Idque ex eo colligitur, quod neque in vulgata Latina, neque in veteri Italica versione ab erudito Martianæo nostro paucis ab hinc annis publici juris facta, neque in pluribus antiquioribus, iisque optimæ notæ mss. Novi Testamenti codd. neque apud Hilarium, Ambrosium, Hieronymum, aliosque Latinos Patres legatur. Et hinc est quod nec in citatis monumentis occurrant ea verba versiculi sequentis: Καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε. Accedit et laudatus a clarissimo Grabio Origenes t. XVI Comment. in Matthæum p. 415, ubi ita habet: Ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπε μετὰ τό· Οὐκ οἴδατε, τί αἰτεῖσθε, τό· Δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον, ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν, ἤ, ὡς ὁ Μάρκος ἀνέγραψε· Δύνασθε τὸ ποτήριον πιεῖν, ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, ἢ τὸ βάπτισμα, ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθῆναι; Nusquam profecto Marcum huc vocasset Origenes, nisi quidpiam amplius in ejus textu legisset, quam in Matthæi, quem tunc expendebat.

Δύνασθε τὸ βάπτισμα βαπτισθῆναι ("Can you be baptized with the baptism"), etc. Somewhat different in our manuscripts. For instead of "with which I am about to be baptized," one reads: "with which I am baptized." Feuardent cited these words in the margin of his edition as if taken from Matthew 20. They do indeed stand in the printed Greek manuscripts of the New Testament, and in the Syriac and Arabic versions. But what Jerome long ago warned of in general, in his Preface to the Gospels addressed to Damasus — that "a great error has grown up in our manuscripts, in that where one evangelist said more on the same matter, they added it in another because they thought he said less" — seems to have happened here in particular. That is, the cited clause was carried over from Mark 10:3[8] into the text of Matthew, as very learned men have already observed before us, among them Grabe. This is gathered from the fact that it is read neither in the Latin Vulgate, nor in the Old Italic version published a few years ago by our learned Martianay, nor in many older manuscripts of the New Testament of the best repute, nor in Hilary, Ambrose, Jerome and the other Latin Fathers. And hence it is that the words of the following verse do not occur in the witnesses cited either: "And with the baptism with which I am baptized you shall be baptized." There is also Origen, cited by the most distinguished Grabe, tome 16 of the Commentary on Matthew, p. 415, where he has this: "He answered, after 'You do not know what you ask,' 'Can you drink the cup that I am about to drink?' or, as Mark wrote, 'Can you drink the cup that I drink, or be baptized with the baptism with which I am baptized?'" Origen would surely never have called Mark in here, had he not read something more in his text than in that of Matthew, which he was then weighing.

(printed under page 338)

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 660
  • marginal letters: A ελθόντος εἰς τελείωσιν·; B τῶν ποικίλως; C memoria, non ex libro; D erudito Martianaeo
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: ελθόντος continued from κατ- in col. 657; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO heading and Latin version below Greek not set
PG 7:661
3. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν νυμφῶνα κατασκευάζουσι καὶ μυσταγωγίαν ἐπιτελοῦσι, μετ' ἐπιῤῥήσεών τινων τοῖς τελειουμένοις, καὶ πνευματικὸν γάμον φάσκουσιν εἶναι τὸ ὑπ' αὐτῶν γίνομενον, κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα τῶν ἄνω συζυγιῶν. Οἱ δὲ ἄγουσιν ἐφ' ὕδωρ, καὶ βαπτίζοντες οὕτως ἐπιλέγουσιν· Εἰς ὄνομα ἀγνώστου Πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων, εἰς ἀλήθειαν μητέρα πάντων, εἰς τὸν κατελθόντα εἰς Ἰησοῦν, εἰς ἕνωσιν καὶ ἀπολύτρωσιν καὶ κοινωνίαν τῶν δυναμεων. Ἄλλοι δὲ Ἑβραϊκά τινα ὀνόματα ἐπιλέγουσι, πρὸς τὸ μᾶλλον καταπλήξασθαι τοὺς τελειουμένους, οὕτως· Βασεμὰ χαμοσσὴ βααιανορὰ, μισταδία ῥουαδὰ, κουστὰ, βαβοφὸρ καλαχθεῖ. Τούτων δ' ἡ ἑρμηνεία ἐστὶ τοιαύτη· Ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν δύναμιν τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐπικαλοῦμαι φῶς ὀνομαζόμενον καὶ πνεῦμα ἀγαθὸν καὶ ζωή· ὅτι
3. For some of them prepare a bridal chamber and perform a mystic rite, with certain invocations over those who are being perfected, and they claim that what is performed by them is a spiritual marriage, after the likeness of the conjugations above. And others lead them to water, and while baptizing say thus over them: Into the name of the unknown Father of the universe, into Truth the mother of all, into Him who descended into Jesus, unto union and redemption and communion of the powers. And others pronounce certain Hebrew names over them, in order the more to bewilder those who are being perfected, thus: Basema chamosse baaianora, mistadia rhouada, kousta, babophor kalachthei. And the interpretation of these is as follows: Above every power of the Father I call upon the light that is named both good spirit and life; because
Editors' notes and page, col. 661

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 661 (Greek only)

Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν, etc. Hæc eadem, usque ad πρὸς τὸ μᾶλλον καταπλήξασθαι τοὺς τελειουμένους, ex Irenæo refert Eusebius lib. IV Hist. eccles. c. 11, et quidem eodem prorsus modo atque Epiphanius, nisi quod apud illum ista, εἰς ἕνωσιν, καὶ ἀπολύτρωσιν, καὶ κοινωνίαν τῶν δυνάμεων, incuria forte scribarum omissa sint.

Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν ("For some of them"), etc. These same words, as far as "so as the more to overawe those being initiated," Eusebius reports from Irenaeus, Ecclesiastical History, Book IV, chapter 11, and indeed in exactly the same way as Epiphanius, except that in him the words "for union, and redemption, and communion of the powers" have been left out, perhaps through the carelessness of scribes.

(printed under page 339)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 661 (Greek only)

Ἐπιῤῥήσεών τινων. Βεβήλων addi vult Billius ex vet. versione. Sed cum nec eam vocem legerit Eusebius, vero similius est profanis de suo addidisse vel interpretem, vel scribam.

Ἐπιῤῥήσεών τινων ("of certain incantations"). Billius wants βεβήλων ("profane") added from the old version. But since Eusebius did not read that word either, it is likelier that either the translator or the scribe added "profanis" of his own.

(printed under page 339)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 661 (Greek only)

Ὅλων. In Euseb. cit. τῶν ὅλων, ut et mox, μητέρα τῶν πάντων, et paulo post, εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Nimirum præponit articulos, qui desunt apud Epiphanium.

Ὅλων ("of all"). In the passage of Eusebius cited, τῶν ὅλων, as also just after, μητέρα τῶν πάντων ("mother of all things"), and a little later, εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. That is, he puts in front the articles which are missing in Epiphanius.

(printed under page 339)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 661 (Greek only)

Εἰς Ἰησοῦν. Hinc Theodoretus emendandus, apud quem lib. I Hær. Fab. c. 9, male omissa præpositione εἰς, ante Ἰησοῦν, legitur, εἰς κατελθόντα Ἰησοῦν.

Εἰς Ἰησοῦν ("into Jesus"). Theodoret is to be corrected from this: in him, Heretical Fables Book I, chapter 9, the preposition εἰς before Ἰησοῦν is wrongly left out, and one reads εἰς κατελθόντα Ἰησοῦν.

(printed under page 339)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 661 (Greek only)

Καταπλήξασθαι. Sic quidem et editt. Eusebii. Sed notat Valesius ad Eusebii locum, in quatuor ejusdem mss. codd., nempe cardinalis Mazarini, Mediceo, Fukeriano et Henrici Savilii, haberi καταπλῆξαι. Sicque legisse videtur interpres noster, verbo activæ significationis usus.

Καταπλήξασθαι ("to overawe," middle). So indeed the editions of Eusebius too. But Valesius notes on the passage of Eusebius that four of his manuscripts — Cardinal Mazarin's, the Medicean, the Fugger and Henry Savile's — have καταπλῆξαι (active). And so our translator seems to have read, using a verb of active meaning.

(printed under page 339)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 661 (Greek only)

Βασεμὰ, Χαμοσσὴ, etc. Hanc formulam aliter descripsit Nicetas in Thesauro orthod. fid.: Camosi, Bae, anoora mystada rhuda custada, phagor calathi. Cui hæc subnectitur interpretatio: O qui es super omnem virtutem Patris, te invocamus, qui lumen, et Spiritus bonus, et vita nominaris: quoniam in corpore regnasti. In cod. Reg. legitur, Χασιμή pro Χαμοσσή, βααιανοορά pro βααιανορά, et κουκά pro κουστά. Ab Epiphanio longius adhuc recedit interpres Latinus. Nec magis secum consentiunt mss. codd. Latini. Nihil mirum. Ut enim ait Joannes Croius in fine Speciminis conjecturarum in Irenæum, Tertullianum et Epiphanium, hæc et sequentes Marcosiorum formulæ ita corruptæ et depravatæ, ut vestigium aliquod veræ lectionis vix appareat. Eas quidem, addit, restituere quidam sunt conati, sed ita infelici successu, ut farraginem potius quamdam variarum dialectorum, sine ulla analogia et ratione grammatica, quam germanam proponant restitutionem. Ne vero farraginem farragini addamus, et in re quæ tam exiguum ad res Christianas momentum affert, operam ludamus, malumus aliorum conjecturas legi, quam nostras. […] Specimen, et Rhenferdi Disput. de redempt. Marcosiorum et Heracleonitarum.

Βασεμὰ, Χαμοσσὴ, etc. Nicetas, in the Treasury of the Orthodox Faith, wrote out this formula differently: "Camosi, Bae, anoora mystada rhuda custada, phagor calathi," to which this interpretation is attached: "O you who are above every power of the Father, we call upon you, who are named Light, and good Spirit, and Life: for you have reigned in the body." The Royal manuscript reads Χασιμή for Χαμοσσή, βααιανοορά for βααιανορά, and κουκά for κουστά. The Latin translator departs still further from Epiphanius. Nor do the Latin manuscripts agree any better among themselves. No wonder. For, as John Croius says at the end of his Specimen of Conjectures on Irenaeus, Tertullian and Epiphanius, these and the following formulas of the Marcosians are so corrupted and depraved that scarcely any trace of the true reading appears. Some, he adds, have tried to restore them, but with such poor success that they offer a hotchpotch of various dialects without any analogy or grammatical reason rather than a genuine restoration. So, lest we add hotchpotch to hotchpotch and waste our labour on a matter of such slight weight for Christian things, we prefer that others' conjectures be read rather than ours. […] the Specimen, and Rhenferd's Disputation on the Redemption of the Marcosians and Heracleonites. [The line joining the left and right columns is cut off at the image's top edge.]

(printed under page 339)

Editors' prose

(1) Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν, etc. Haec eadem, usque ad πρὸς τὸ μᾶλλον καταπλήξασθαι τοὺς τελειουμένους, ex Irenaeo refert Eusebius lib. IV Hist. eccles. c. 11, et quidem eodem prorsus modo atque Epiphanius, nisi quod apud illum ista, εἰς ἕνωσιν, καὶ ἀπολύτρωσιν, καὶ κοινωνίαν τῶν δυνάμεων, incuria forte scribarum omissa sint.

(1) For some of them, etc. These same words, as far as "the more to astound those who are being initiated", Eusebius reports from Irenaeus in book IV of the Ecclesiastical History, ch. 11, and indeed in exactly the same way as Epiphanius, except that in him the words "into union, and redemption, and communion of the powers" have been omitted, perhaps through the carelessness of scribes.

(6) Βασεμὰ, Χαμοσσὴ, etc. Hanc formulam aliter descripsit Nicetas in Thesauro orthod. fid.: Camosi, Bae, anoora mystada rhuda custada, phagor calathi. Cui haec subnectitur interpretatio: O qui es super omnem virtutem Patris, te invocamus, qui lumen, et Spiritus bonus, et vita nominaris: quoniam in corpore regnasti. In cod. Reg. legitur, Χασιμή pro Χαμοσσή, βααιανοορά pro βααιανορά, et κουκά pro κουστά. Ab Epiphanio longius adhuc recedit interpres Latinus. Nec magis secum consentiunt mss. codd. Latini. Nihil mirum. Ut enim ait Joannes Croius in fine Speciminis conjecturarum in Irenaeum, Tertullianum et Epiphanium, haec et sequentes Marcosiorum formulae ita corruptae et depravatae, ut vestigium aliquod verae lectionis vix appareat. Eas quidem, addit, restituere quidam sunt conati, sed ita infelici successu, ut farraginem potius quamdam variarum dialectorum, sine ulla analogia et ratione grammatica, quam germanam proponant restitutionem. Ne vero farraginem farragini addamus, et in re quae tam exiguum ad res Christianas momentum affert, operam ludamus, malumus aliorum conjecturas legi, quam nostras.

(6) Basema, Chamosse, etc. Nicetas, in the Thesaurus of the Orthodox Faith, wrote this formula out differently: Camosi, Bae, anoora mystada rhuda custada, phagor calathi. To it this interpretation is appended: O Thou who art above every power of the Father, we invoke Thee, who art named light, and good Spirit, and life: for Thou hast reigned in the body. In the Royal manuscript one reads Χασιμή for Χαμοσσή, βααιανοορά for βααιανορά, and κουκά for κουστά. The Latin translator departs still further from Epiphanius. Nor do the Latin manuscripts agree any better among themselves. No wonder. For, as John Croius says at the end of his Specimen of conjectures on Irenaeus, Tertullian and Epiphanius, this and the following formulae of the Marcosians are so corrupted and depraved that scarcely any trace of the true reading appears. Some, he adds, have indeed tried to restore them, but with such unhappy success that they put forward rather a kind of hotchpotch of various dialects, without any analogy or grammatical reason, than a genuine restoration. But lest we add hotchpotch to hotchpotch, and waste our labour on a matter of so slight consequence for Christian things, we prefer that the conjectures of others be read rather than our own.

<!-- note: col 661 holds no editors' argumentum or synopsis; per the column's task line this file sets page-foot notes instead. Note 1 is set whole from the head of the left foot column (below the full-width Billius interpretation); note 6 is set whole, ending at the foot of the column with "quam nostras." (the two words missing from the pass-2 crop). Notes 2–5 lie between them and are not set here; notes 7–20 stand in col 662. -->

Page

  • running head: 661 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBE
  • marginal letters: A 3. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν; B ὀνομαζόμενον καὶ πνεῦμα; C Eusebius, vero similius; D es super omnem
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO heading and Latin version below Greek not set
PG 7:662
Editors' notes and page, col. 662

Footnotes

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Adaptant. Ita ex Voss. et Merc. 2 codd. juxta Græc. κατασκευάζουσι reposuit Grab. pro adaptantes, quod in editt. exstat. Consentiunt Clarom. et Pass.

Adaptant ("they fit out"). So Grabe restored it from the Voss and second Mercier manuscripts, in agreement with the Greek κατασκευάζουσι, for "adaptantes," which stands in the editions. The Clermont and Passerat agree.

(printed under page 339)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Mysticum conficiunt iis qui sacrantur. Græca sic ego vertissem: mysticis quibusdam ritibus initiandos suos consecrant.

Mysticum conficiunt iis qui sacrantur ("they perform a mystic thing for those who are consecrated"). I would have rendered the Greek thus: "with certain mystic rites they consecrate those of theirs who are to be initiated."

(printed under page 339)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Profanis. Deest in Græco.

Profanis ("profane"). Missing in the Greek.

(printed under page 339)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

In nomen incogniti. Sic omnino cod. Pass. et Voss. Consentiunt Clarom. et Arund. quoad vocem incogniti. In editt. Eras. Gall. et Feuard. in nomine incogniti; a quibus recedimus, cum Grabio persuasi interpretem more suo stricte servantem Græca, εἰς ὄνομα ἀγνώστου vertisse, in nomen incogniti.

In nomen incogniti ("into the name of the unknown"). So exactly the Passerat and Voss manuscripts. The Clermont and Arundel agree as to the word "incogniti." In the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, "in nomine incogniti"; from them we depart, persuaded with Grabe that the translator, keeping strictly to the Greek in his usual way, rendered εἰς ὄνομα ἀγνώστου as "in nomen incogniti."

(printed under page 339)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

In veritatem matrem omnium. Sic recte Grabius ex mss. Voss., Arund. et Merc. 2, juxta Græcum. Sic etiam Clarom. et Pass. ubi tamen licet legatur matrem, incuria amanuensium scriptum est veritate, omissa scilicet abbreviationis nota super e, quod non infrequens. In Feuard. vero, in veritate matre omnium: sed in Eras. et Gall. pejus, in veritate matris omnium.

In veritatem matrem omnium ("into Truth, the mother of all"). So Grabe rightly, from the Voss, Arundel and second Mercier manuscripts, in agreement with the Greek. So also the Clermont and Passerat, where, however, although "matrem" is read, "veritate" was written by the copyists' carelessness, the abbreviation mark over the e being left out, which is not infrequent. In Feuardent, "in veritate matre omnium"; but in Erasmus and Gallasius, worse, "in veritate matris omnium."

(printed under page 339)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

In descendentem in Jesum. Sic edit. Oxon. et Græca lectio, cui consonant mss. Clarom., Pass., Arund., Voss. et Merc. 2, nisi quod in omnibus desit præpositio in ante Jesum; quam quidem ex Græco et editt. Feuard. supplere cum doctissimo Grabio non dubitavi. In Eras. vero, Gall. et Feuard. legitur: et in nomine descendentis Jesu, vel in Jesu. Codicem mss. citat Billius, in quo pro Jesu exstat Spiritus.

In descendentem in Jesum ("into him who descended into Jesus"). So the Oxford edition and the Greek reading, with which the Clermont, Passerat, Arundel, Voss and second Mercier manuscripts agree, except that in all of them the preposition "in" before "Jesum" is missing; this I have not hesitated to supply, with the most learned Grabe, from the Greek and Feuardent's editions. But in Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent one reads: "and in the name of the descending Jesus," or "in Jesus." Billius cites a manuscript in which "Spiritus" stands instead of "Jesu."

(printed under page 339)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Ad unitionem. In Merc. 2, ad junctionem.

Ad unitionem ("for union"). In the second Mercier manuscript, "ad junctionem" ("for joining").

(printed under page 339)

(14) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Deterreant. Editt. perterreant.

Deterreant ("they may frighten off"). The editions have "perterreant" ("they may terrify").

(printed under page 339)

(15) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Basyma. Arundel. Basymma.

Basyma. The Arundel manuscript has "Basymma."

(printed under page 339)

(16) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Cacabasa. In Voss. eacabasa. Clarom. et Arund. eachasuba. Pass. ecasabasa.

Cacabasa. In the Voss manuscript, "eacabasa"; the Clermont and Arundel, "eachasuba"; the Passerat, "ecasabasa."

(printed under page 339)

(17) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Eanaa irraumista. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. eanaa irraurista. Clarom. et Pass. eanaa uramista.

Eanaa irraumista. Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent have "eanaa irraurista"; the Clermont and Passerat, "eanaa uramista."

(printed under page 339)

(18) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Diarbada, caeota. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. dyarbada, caeotaba. Clarom. diarvada, ceotaba. Pass. divarda cacotaba. In Voss. diavar. In Arund. caetota.

Diarbada, caeota. Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent have "dyarbada, caeotaba"; the Clermont, "diarvada, ceotaba"; the Passerat, "divarda cacotaba"; the Voss, "diavar"; the Arundel, "caetota."

(printed under page 339)

(19) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Bafobor. Alii fobor.

Bafobor. Others have "fobor."

(printed under page 339)

(20) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 662

Patris. In Eras. et Gall. hæc vox deest.

Patris ("of the Father"). In Erasmus and Gallasius this word is missing.

(printed under page 339)

Page

  • running head: HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 662
  • marginal letters: A 3. Quidam enim ex ipsis; B quod est super omnem; C (9) Profanis. Deest; D et editt. Feuard.
  • old-edition numerals: 95 after quibusdam
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:663
σάμου. Τὸ γὰρ μύρον τοῦτο τύπον τῆς ὑπὲρ τὰ
of balsam. For this ointment is a type of the above all
Editors' notes and page, col. 663

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

Spiritus. Bonus adde ex Græco.

Spiritus ("Spirit"). Add "bonus" ("good") from the Greek.

(printed under page 340)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

In zonis. Ex Græco ζωαῖς lege, Zeis, i. e. vitis.

In zonis ("in girdles"). From the Greek ζωαῖς read "Zeis," that is, "lives."

(printed under page 340)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

Christus Dominus viventis. Male omnino. Græca sic vertenda cum Petavio: Christi, Christi, inquam, viventis.

Christus Dominus viventis ("Christ the Lord of the living"). Quite wrong. The Greek is to be rendered thus with Petavius: "of Christ, of Christ, I say, the living."

(printed under page 340)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

Messia ufar. Al. messiau far.

Messia ufar. Others have "messiau far."

(printed under page 340)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

Magno in seenchaldia, etc. Sic. om. editt., sed Clarom. maganaim seencaldia mosome dae abacfaron epsebe. Voss. magnaunse en caldia mosome dacaach faron epseba. Arund. cum editt. convenit, nisi quod habeat magnounse vel magnoimse eacha, denique faronepseba.

Magno in seenchaldia, etc. So all the editions; but the Clermont has "maganaim seencaldia mosome dae abacfaron epsebe"; the Voss, "magnaunse en caldia mosome dacaach faron epseba." The Arundel agrees with the editions, except that it has "magnounse" or "magnoimse eacha," and lastly "faronepseba."

(printed under page 340)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

Sacratur. Melius Billius: initiatus est: vel saltem, sacratus est.

Sacratur ("is consecrated"). Billius better: "has been initiated"; or at least, "has been consecrated."

(printed under page 340)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

Ab æone hoc. Vertendum erat: ab hoc sæculo.

Ab æone hoc ("from this aeon"). It should have been rendered "from this age."

(printed under page 340)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

In quos. In editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. in quibus. Porro in quos hic scriptum pro super quos.

In quos ("on whom," accusative). In the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, "in quibus." Further, "in quos" is written here for "super quos" ("upon whom").

(printed under page 340)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 663

Ungunt. Clarom. unguent; Pass. ungent.

Ungunt ("they anoint"). The Clermont has "unguent"; the Passerat, "ungent."

(printed under page 340)

(10) ‹anchor: cum quibusdam profanis› · call in col 663

Profanis. Deest in Græco.

Profanis ("profane"). Missing in the Greek.

(printed under page 340)

(11) ‹anchor: similibus quæ prædiximus› · call in col 663

Quæ prædiximus. Al. quæ supra prædiximus.

Quæ prædiximus ("which we have mentioned"). Others have "which we have mentioned above."

(printed under page 340)

Page

  • running head: 663 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNE
  • marginal letters: A quod vocatur lumen,; B hoc (7) et omnibus; C mittunt super eorum; D (1) Spiritus. Bonus
  • old-edition numerals: 96 after Christi
  • other: facing Latin version (quod vocatur lumen...; 4. Quidam autem eorum...) and BILLII INTERPRETATIO not set; only the Greek line overflowing from col. 664 (from ὀποβαλ-σάμου) is set
PG 7:664
ἐν σώματι ἐβασίλευσας. Ἄλλοι δὲ πάλιν τὴν λύτρωσιν ἐπιλέγουσιν οὕτως· Τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ πάσης θεότητος καὶ κυριότητος καὶ ἀληθείας, ὃ ἐνεδύσατο Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνὸς ἐν ταῖς ζωαῖς τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Χριστοῦ ζῶντος διὰ Πνεύματος ἁγίου, εἰς λύτρωσιν ἀγγελικήν. Ὄνομα τὸ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως, Μεσσία οὐφαρέγ, ναμεμψαιμὰν καλδαίαν μοσομηδαέα, ἀκφραναὶ ψαούα, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρία. Καὶ τούτων δὲ ἑρμηνεία ἐστὶ τοιαύτη· Οὐ διαιρῶ τὸ πνεῦμα, τὴν καρδίαν καὶ τὴν ὑπερουράνιον δύναμιν τὴν οἰκτίρμονα· ὀναίμην τοῦ ὀνόματός σου, Σωτὴρ ἀληθείας. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπιλέγουσιν οἱ αὐτοὶ τελοῦντες· ὁ δὲ τετελεσμένος ἀποκρίνεται· Ἐστήριγμαι καὶ λελύτρωμαι, καὶ λυτροῦμαι τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ πάντων τῶν παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰαὼ, ὃς ἐλυτρώσατο τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν ἐν Χριστῷ τῷ ζῶντι. Εἶτ' ἐπιλέγουσιν οἱ παρόντες· Εἰρήνη πᾶσιν, ἐφ' οὓς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο ἐπαναπαύεται. Ἔπειτα μυρίζουσι τὸν τετελεσμένον τῷ ὀπῷ τῷ ἀπὸ βαλ-
Thou didst reign in a body. And others again pronounce the redemption over them thus: The name that is hidden from every deity and lordship and truth, which Jesus the Nazarene put on in the lives of the light of the Christ, of the living Christ through the Holy Spirit, unto angelic redemption. The name of restoration: Messia ouphareg, namempsaiman kaldaian mosomedaea, akphranai psaoua, Jesus Nazaria. And the interpretation of these also is as follows: I do not divide the spirit, the heart, and the supercelestial merciful power; may I have profit of Thy name, Saviour of truth. And these things indeed those who themselves perform the rite pronounce over them; and the initiated one answers: I am established and I am redeemed, and I redeem my soul from this age and from all the things that come from it in the name of Iao, who redeemed His soul unto redemption in the living Christ. Then those who are present say over them: Peace to all upon whom this name rests. Next they anoint the initiated one with the juice from bal-
ὅλα εὐωδίας εἶναι λέγουσιν.
all, they say, of sweet fragrance.
4. Ἔνιοι δ' αὐτῶν τὸ μὲν ἄγειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ περισσὸν εἶναι φάσκουσι, μίξαντες δὲ ἔλαιον καὶ ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, μετ' ἐπιῤῥήσεων ὁμοιοτρόπων, αἷς προειρήκαμεν, ἐπιβάλλουσι τῇ κεφαλῇ τῶν τελειουμένων· καὶ τοῦτ' εἶναι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν θέλουσι.
4. And some of them say that to lead them to the water is superfluous, and mixing oil and water together, with invocations of a like kind to those we have mentioned before, they pour it upon the head of those who are being perfected; and they wish this to be the redemption.
Editors' notes and page, col. 664

Footnotes

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 664 (Greek only)

Εἰς λύτρωσιν ἀγγελικήν. Clemens a Grabio citatus ex Excerptis pag. 793, col. 1, B, ait verba hæc, εἰς λύτρωσιν ἀγγελικήν, hoc est, inquit, eam, cujus Angeli participes facti sunt, τουτέστιν ἣν καὶ Ἄγγελοι ἔχουσιν, ab hæretici[s p]roferri solita ἐν τῇ χειροθεσίᾳ, in impositione manuum, ea scilicet quæ baptismum excipit.

Εἰς λύτρωσιν ἀγγελικήν ("unto angelic redemption"). Clement, cited by Grabe from the Excerpts, p. 793, col. 1, B, says that these words, "unto angelic redemption" — that is, he says, the one in which the angels have been made sharers, "that is, which the angels too have" — were customarily uttered by the heretics "in the laying-on of hands," namely the one that follows baptism. [Two letters are blotted on the page; supplied in square brackets.]

(printed under page 340)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 664 (Greek only)

Ὄνομα τὸ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως. Legere mavult Rhenferdus a Grabio laudatus ὀνόματα τὰ τῆς, etc. Sed, quidquid sit, non male ab his verbis novam periodum incipit cl. Grabius: videntur enim instar tituli cujusdam præfigi sequenti formulæ.

Ὄνομα τὸ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως ("the name of the restoration"). Rhenferd, cited by Grabe, prefers to read ὀνόματα τὰ τῆς ("the names of the"), etc. But however that may be, the distinguished Grabe not badly begins a new period with these words: for they seem to be prefixed to the following formula as a kind of title.

(printed under page 340)

(14) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 664 (Greek only)

Μεσσία. Cod. Reg. Μοσσία.

Μεσσία. The Royal manuscript has Μοσσία.

(printed under page 340)

(15) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 664 (Greek only)

Ναμεμψαιμάν. Cod. Reg. Νεμεμψαιμάν.

Ναμεμψαιμάν. The Royal manuscript has Νεμεμψαιμάν.

(printed under page 340)

(16) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 664 (Greek only)

Ἀκφαραί. Cod. Reg. Ἐκφαραί. [reading of both words uncertain in the scan]

Ἀκφαραί. The Royal manuscript has Ἐκφαραί.

(printed under page 340)

(17) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 664 (Greek only)

Οὐ διαιρῶ τό. Τοῦ Χριστοῦ adde ex vet. versione.

Οὐ διαιρῶ τό ("I do not divide the"). Add τοῦ Χριστοῦ ("of Christ") from the old version.

(printed under page 340)

(18) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 664 (Greek only)

Ἔπειτα μυρίζουσι. Ecclesiæ catholicæ ritum æmulati, in qua neophyti post baptismum inungi solebant.

Ἔπειτα μυρίζουσι ("then they anoint with myrrh"). Imitating the rite of the Catholic Church, in which the newly baptized used to be anointed after baptism.

(printed under page 340)

(19) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 664 (Greek only)

Ἀπὸ βαλσάμου. Cod. Reg. ἀπὸ τοῦ βαλσάμου.

Ἀπὸ βαλσάμου ("with balsam"). The Royal manuscript has ἀπὸ τοῦ βαλσάμου.

(printed under page 340)

Page

  • running head: COPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 664
  • marginal letters: A ἐν σώματι ἐβασίλευσας.; B τρωμαι, καὶ λυτροῦμαι; C μένων· καὶ τοῦτ' εἶναι; D (12) Εἰς λύτρωσιν ἀγγελικήν.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: βαλ- continued across gutter in col. 663 by σάμου. Τὸ γὰρ μύρον τοῦτο τύπον τῆς ὑπὲρ τὰ and resumed here by ὅλα εὐωδίας εἶναι λέγουσιν.; full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO heading and Latin version below Greek not set
PG 7:665
Μυρίζουσι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ τῷ βαλσάμῳ. Ἄλλοι δὲ ταῦτα πάντα παραιτησάμενοι φάσκουσι, μὴ δεῖν τὸ τῆς ἀῤῥήτου καὶ ἀοράτου δυνάμεως μυστήριον δι' ὁρατῶν καὶ φθαρτῶν ἐπιτελεῖσθαι κτισμάτων, καὶ τῶν ἀνεννοήτων, καὶ ἀσωμάτων δι' αἰσθητῶν καὶ σωματικῶν. Εἶναι δὲ τελείαν ἀπολύτρωσιν, αὐτὴν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ ἀῤῥήτου μεγέθους. Ὑπ' ἀγνοίας γὰρ ὑστερήματος καὶ πάθους γεγονότων, διὰ γνώσεως καταλύεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀγνοίας σύστασιν· ὥστε εἶναι τὴν γνῶσιν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ ἔνδον ἀνθρώπου. Καὶ μήτε σωματικὴν ὑπάρχειν αὐτήν· φθαρτὸν γὰρ τὸ σῶμα· μήτε ψυχικὴν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐξ ὑστερήματος, καὶ ἔτι τοῦ Πατρὸς ὥσπερ οἰκητήριον· πνευματικὴν οὖν δεῖ καὶ τὴν λύτρωσιν ὑπάρχειν. Λυτροῦσθαι γὰρ διὰ Μωϋσέως τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον τὸν πνευματικὸν, καὶ ἀρκεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς τῇ τῶν ὅλων ἐπιγνώσει. Καὶ ταύτην εἶναι λύτρωσιν ἀληθῆ.
And they themselves also anoint with balsam. But others, rejecting all these things, say that the mystery of the unspeakable and invisible power ought not to be performed through visible and corruptible creatures, and that of things inconceivable and incorporeal through things sensible and corporeal. Rather, the perfect redemption is the very knowledge of the unspeakable greatness. For since deficiency and passion came about through ignorance, the whole structure resulting from ignorance is dissolved through knowledge; so that knowledge is the redemption of the inner man. And it is neither corporeal, for the body is corruptible; nor animal, since the soul also comes from deficiency, and is as it were a dwelling-place of the Father; therefore the redemption also must be spiritual. For the inner spiritual man is redeemed through Moses, and they are sufficed with the full knowledge of the universe. And this is the true redemption.
5. . . . . . τοὺς τελευτῶντας ἀπ' αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔξοδον φθάνοντας..... λυτροῦνται..... ποτὲ γάρ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔλαιον ὕδατι μίξαντες, ἐπιβάλλουσι τῇ κεφαλῇ τοῦ ἐξελθόντος. Οἱ δὲ μύρον τὸ λεγόμενον ὀποβάλσαμον καὶ ὕδωρ τὴν ἐπίκλησιν κοινὴν
5. Those of them who are dying and arriving at the departure itself they redeem; for at that time some of them mix oil with water and pour it upon the head of the one who has departed. And others, taking the ointment called opobalsamum and water, having the invocation in common
Editors' notes and page, col. 665

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 665 (Greek only)

Ἄλλοι δέ. Ascodrutæ scilicet, seu Ascodrupitæ, de quibus Theodoretus lib. I Hær. Fab. c. 10.

Ἄλλοι δέ ("But others"). That is, the Ascodrutae, or Ascodrupitae, of whom Theodoret speaks in Heretical Fables Book I, chapter 10.

(printed under page 341)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 665 (Greek only)

Καὶ ἀσωμάτων. Καὶ ἀναισθήτων adde ex vet.

Καὶ ἀσωμάτων ("and incorporeal"). Add καὶ ἀναισθήτων ("and imperceptible") from the old [translator].

(printed under page 341)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 665 (Greek only)

Πατρὸς ὥσπερ οἰκητήριον. Pro Πατρός lege cum interpr. πνεύματος. Spiritum enim ab anima distinguebant hæretici, illumque ab Achamoth in Demiurgum, eo nesciente, depositum esse asserebant, ut per eum in [an]imam, quam condiderat, seminaretur. Vide cap. V.

Πατρὸς ὥσπερ οἰκητήριον ("as a dwelling of the Father"). For Πατρός read with the translator πνεύματος ("of the spirit"). For the heretics distinguished the spirit from the soul, and asserted that it had been deposited by Achamoth in the Demiurge without his knowing, so as to be sown through him into the soul which he had made. See chapter 5. [Two letters are blotted on the page; supplied in square brackets.]

(printed under page 341)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 665 (Greek only)

Μοῦσέως. Lege γνώσεως; sicque nedum legerunt, sed ediderunt Gallasius et Billius, quamvis citra codicis ms. auctoritatem.

Μοῦσέως ("of Moses"). Read γνώσεως ("of knowledge"); and so Gallasius and Billius not only read but printed, though without the authority of any manuscript.

(printed under page 341)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 665 (Greek only)

Λύτρωσιν ἀληθῆ. Addit Epiphanius: ἕως ὧδε τὰ ὑπὸ Εἰρηναίου, huc usque Irenæi verba. Quæ sequuntur ex Hær. 36, quæ est Heracleonitarum, desumpta sunt: ut hinc pateat hos esse quos hic delineat Irenæus. Sic autem hujus verba, tacito nomine, mutuatur Epiphanius, ut sua faciat, pauloque fusiori stylo prosequatur, quod breviori scripsit Irenæus. Eapropter quæ formulam præcedunt omittere Grabio placuit. Mihi vero consultius visum est ea referre e regione Latinorum, iis tantum resectis, quæ paulo longius ab his absunt, et λυτροῦται commutato in λυτροῦνται; cum maxime, quamvis non ad amussim respondeant Græca Latinis, ab his tamen illa non adeo discedant, quin propria Irenæi ex iis colligere facile possit eruditus lector.

Λύτρωσιν ἀληθῆ ("true redemption"). Epiphanius adds: ἕως ὧδε τὰ ὑπὸ Εἰρηναίου, "thus far the words of Irenaeus." What follows is taken from Heresy 36, which is that of the Heracleonites: so that it is plain from this that these are the people whom Irenaeus is sketching here. Epiphanius borrows Irenaeus's words, without naming him, in such a way as to make them his own, and pursues in a somewhat fuller style what Irenaeus wrote more briefly. For this reason Grabe chose to leave out what precedes the formula. To me, however, it seemed wiser to set it opposite the Latin, cutting only what departs somewhat further from it, and changing λυτροῦται to λυτροῦνται; above all because, although the Greek does not correspond exactly to the Latin, it does not depart from it so far that the learned reader cannot easily gather Irenaeus's own words from it.

(printed under page 341)

Page

  • running head: 665 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PR
  • marginal letters: A Μυρίζουσι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ; B ἔσω ἄνθρωπον τὸν πνευματικὸν,; C (1) Ἄλλοι δέ. Ascodrutae; D scripsit Irenaeus.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO heading and Latin version below Greek cut off at right edge, not set
PG 7:666
Editors' notes and page, col. 666

Footnotes

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 666

Ungentes. Ita Pass. et Voss. addita particula autem. In Clarom. ungentes, sed sine autem. Editt. ungunt autem.

Ungentes ("anointing"). So the Passerat and Voss manuscripts, with the particle "autem" added. In the Clermont, "ungentes," but without "autem." The editions have "ungunt autem" ("but they anoint").

(printed under page 341)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 666

Ea enim quæ sunt de ignorantia labis, et passione facta. Græcorum sensum haud assecutus est interpres. Vertendum cum Billio: Nam cum defectus et passio ex ignoratione profluxerint.

Ea enim quæ sunt de ignorantia labis, et passione facta ("for the things that are from the ignorance of the fall, and made by passion"). The translator did not grasp the sense of the Greek. It should be rendered with Billius: "For since the defect and the passion flowed from ignorance."

(printed under page 341)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 666

Redemptio interioris hominis. Sic juxta Græc., Clarom., Ottob., Arund., Voss. et Merc. 2, nisi quod in altero horum at male additum sit. In Eras., Gall. et Feuard. deest redemptio.

Redemptio interioris hominis ("the redemption of the inner man"). So, in agreement with the Greek, the Clermont, Ottoboni, Arundel, Voss and second Mercier manuscripts, except that in one of these "at" has been wrongly added. In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent "redemptio" is missing.

(printed under page 341)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 666

Spiritus. Præpone et, ex Græco.

Spiritus ("spirit"). Put "et" ("and") before it, from the Greek.

(printed under page 341)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 666

Mortuos. Epiphanius, τελευτῶντας, quod verti deberet morientes. Hæc enim imminente obitu peracta fuisse, ejusdem verba perspicue demonstrant. Unde hæc Theodoreti lib. I, cap. 11: Ἕτεροι δέ τινες, μετὰ τὴν ἀποβίωσιν, ἔλαιον καὶ ὕδωρ ταῖς τῶν τελευτώντων ἐμβάλλουσι κεφαλαῖς, male ab ejus interprete reddita censeo: Alii quidam post mortem oleum et aquam mortuorum capitibus injiciunt. Vertendum existimo: Alii quidam, instante interitu, oleum et aquam morientium capitibus injiciunt.

Mortuos ("the dead"). Epiphanius has τελευτῶντας, which ought to be rendered "the dying." For his words plainly show that these things were done when death was imminent. Hence I judge that these words of Theodoret, Book I, chapter 11 — "But certain others, after departure from life, pour oil and water on the heads of those who are ending" — were badly rendered by his translator: "Certain others after death pour oil and water on the heads of the dead." I think it should be rendered: "Certain others, as death draws near, pour oil and water on the heads of the dying."

(printed under page 341)

(11) ‹anchor: supradictis› · call in col 666

Et supradictis. Editt. habent, et cum. At et deest in Merc. 2, cum in Pass. et Voss., utrumque in Clarom.

Et supradictis ("and with the aforesaid"). The editions have "et cum." But "et" is missing in the second Mercier manuscript, "cum" in the Passerat and Voss, and both in the Clermont.

(printed under page 341)

Page

  • running head: ESES LIBER PRIMUS. 666
  • marginal letters: A esse redemptionem volunt;; B ptionem esse. Redimi; C propria Irenaei; D interprete reddita
  • old-edition numerals: 97 after hominem
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:667
Editors' notes and page, col. 667

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 667

Superascendat super invisibilia interior. Mallem juxta Græca Epiphanii legeretur: superascendat invisibiliter interior, etc. Id magis in hæreticorum hypothesim quadraret.

Superascendat super invisibilia interior ("the inner [man] ascends above the invisible things"). I would prefer that it be read, in agreement with Epiphanius's Greek: "the inner [man] ascends invisibly," etc. That would fit the heretics' hypothesis better.

(printed under page 342)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 667

Patre, Patris. Sic omnes mss. cum Eras. et Gall.; Feuard. vero et Grab. Patre, Patre.

Patre, Patris ("from the Father, of the Father"). So all the manuscripts with Erasmus and Gallasius; but Feuardent and Grabe have "Patre, Patre."

(printed under page 342)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 667

Veni autem. Clarom., Voss. et Pass., veniam; Eras. pejus, venit.

Veni autem ("but I came"). The Clermont, Voss and Passerat manuscripts have "veniam" ("I shall come"); Erasmus, worse, "venit" ("he came").

(printed under page 342)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 667

Deducit. Sic omnes mss. cum Eras. et Gall. At Feuard. et Grab. ex Græco, deduco.

Deducit ("he derives"). So all the manuscripts with Erasmus and Gallasius. But Feuardent and Grabe, from the Greek, have "deduco" ("I derive").

(printed under page 342)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 667

Masculo-femina. Sic recte Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Merc. 2. In editt. autem omnibus legitur, masculum; femina, favente quidem hodierno textu Græco, sed repugnante sensu. Cui enim de femina loquenti, unquam venit in mentem, dicere eam habere conjugem masculum? quasi alius feminæ conjux esse posset, quam masculus. Nostræ vero lectioni favet tota Valentinianorum hypothesis, qui Achamothæ suæ masculi et feminæ virtutem tribuebant: utpote quæ seipsa sola cunctarum rerum materiam, et Demiurgum ipsum condiderit. Hinc Dominum eam masculiniter, et Demiurgum Apatora vocabant cap. V quia hic ab Achamoth sine commistione conjugis productus. Græca igitur ex Latinis emendanda sunt; et pro ἄῤῥενα θήλεια, legendum, ἀῤῥενο-θήλεια.

Masculo-femina ("male-female"). So, rightly, the Clermont, Passerat, Voss and second Mercier manuscripts. But in all the editions one reads "masculum; femina" ("a male [consort]; a female"), with the present Greek text in its favour indeed, but against the sense. For whom, speaking of a woman, did it ever occur to say that she has a male consort? — as if a woman could have any consort other than a male. Our reading, however, is supported by the whole hypothesis of the Valentinians, who attributed to their Achamoth the power of male and female, inasmuch as she by herself alone made the matter of all things and the Demiurge himself. Hence they called her "Lord," in the masculine, and the Demiurge "Fatherless," chapter 5, because he was produced by Achamoth without union with a consort. The Greek, therefore, is to be corrected from the Latin; and for ἄῤῥενα θήλεια one should read ἀῤῥενο-θήλεια.

(printed under page 342)

(6) ‹anchor: projicientes nodos ipsorum› · call in col 667

Ipsos autem abire in sua, projicientes nodos ipsorum. Ita omn. mss. et editt. Eras. et Gall. et Oxon., nisi quod in illis pro abire, legatur abeuntes. Sed Feuard., Græca Epiphanii hic male secutus, in singulari numero hæc omnia posuit: cum tamen certum sit Epiphanium Irenæi verbis non adeo scrupulose adhæsisse.

Ipsos autem abire in sua, projicientes nodos ipsorum ("but that they go off to their own, casting away their bonds"). So all the manuscripts and the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Oxford, except that in those "abeuntes" is read for "abire." But Feuardent, wrongly following Epiphanius's Greek here, put all this in the singular, though it is certain that Epiphanius did not keep so scrupulously to Irenaeus's words.

(printed under page 342)

(7) ‹anchor: Cum autem discrepent› · call in col 667

Discrepent. Alii, discrepant.

Discrepent ("they differ," subjunctive). Others have "discrepant" (indicative).

(printed under page 342)

(8) ‹anchor: discrepent ab invicem› · call in col 667

Ab invicem. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. perperam, ad invicem.

Ab invicem ("from one another"). Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent wrongly have "ad invicem."

(printed under page 342)

Page

  • running head: 667 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDU
  • marginal letters: A et ut superascendat; B autem novi meipsum,; C per singulos dies; D (1) Superascendat super
  • old-edition numerals: 98 after Demiurgum
  • other: facing Latin version, not set
PG 7:668
ἔχοντες..... ἵνα δῆθεν..... ἀκράτητοι γένωνται καὶ ἀόρατοι ταῖς ἄνω ἀρχαῖς καὶ ἐξουσίαις, εἰς τὸ ὑπερβῆναι ἀοράτως τὸν ἔσω αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπον..... ὡς τῶν σωμάτων τούτων ἐν τῇ κτίσει καταλιμπανομένων· τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς αὐτῶν παρισταμένης τῷ Δημιουργῷ.... ἐγκελεύονται δέ..... ὅτι..... ἐὰν ἔλθῃ ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας, ἔχε ἐν μνήμῃ τάδε εἰπεῖν μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν τελευτήν· Ἐγὼ υἱὸς ἀπὸ Πατρὸς, Πατρὸς προόντος, υἱὸς δὲ ἐν τῷ παρόντι. Ἦλθον πάντα ἰδεῖν τὰ ἀλλότρια καὶ τὰ ἴδια· καὶ οὐκ ἀλλότρια δὲ παντελῶς, ἀλλὰ τῆς Ἀχαμὼθ, ἥτις ἐστὶ θήλεια, καὶ ταῦτα ἑαυτῇ ἐποίησε. Κατάγω δὲ τὸ γένος ἐκ τοῦ προόντος, καὶ πορεύομαι πάλιν εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ὅθεν ἐλήλυθα. Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντα....... διαφεύγειν τὰς ἐξουσίας..... ἔρχεσθαι δὲ ἐπὶ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Δημιουργὸν, καὶ λέγειν..... Σκεῦός εἰμι ἔντιμον μᾶλλον παρὰ τὴν θήλειαν τὴν ποιήσασαν ὑμᾶς. Εἰ ἡ μήτηρ ὑμῶν ἀγνοεῖ τὴν ἑαυτῆς ῥίζαν, ἐγὼ οἶδα ἐμαυτὸν, καὶ γινώσκω ὅθεν εἰμὶ, καὶ ἐπικαλοῦμαι τὴν ἄφθαρτον Σοφίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, μήτηρ δὲ τῆς μητρὸς ὑμῶν τῆς μὴ ἐχούσης μητέρα, ἀλλ' οὔτε σύζυγον ἄῤῥενα· θήλεια δὲ ὑπὸ θηλείας γενομένη ἐποίησεν ὑμᾶς, ἀγνοοῦσα καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτῆς καὶ δοκοῦσα ἑαυτὴν εἶναι μόνην· ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπικαλοῦμαι αὐτῆς τὴν μητέρα. Τούτους δὲ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Δημιουργὸν ἀκούσαντας σφόδρα ταραχθῆναι καὶ καταγνῶναι αὐτῶν τῆς ῥίζης καὶ τοῦ γένους τῆς μητρός. Αὐτὸν δὲ πορευθῆναι εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ῥίψαντα τὸν δεσμὸν αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι τὴν ψυχήν. Καὶ περὶ μὲν
in order that, forsooth, they may become ungraspable and invisible to the principalities and powers above, so that their inner man may ascend invisibly, as though these bodies were left behind in the creation, while their soul is presented to the Demiurge. And they enjoin upon them that if one comes to the principalities and powers, keep in mind to say these words after the departure from here: I am a son from the Father, the pre-existent Father, and a son in Him who is present. I came to see all things, both those that are alien and those that are my own; and yet not altogether alien, but belonging to Achamoth, who is female, and made these things for herself. And I trace my race from Him who is pre-existent, and I go back again to my own, whence I came. And when he has said these things, he escapes the powers; and he comes to those around the Demiurge, and says: I am a vessel more honourable than the female who made you. If your mother is ignorant of her own root, I know myself, and I know whence I am, and I call upon the incorruptible Sophia, who is in the Father, and is the mother of your mother, who has no mother, nor even a male consort; but a female born from a female made you, being ignorant even of her own mother and thinking herself to be alone; but I call upon her mother. And when those around the Demiurge hear these things, they are greatly troubled and condemn their own root and the race of their mother. And he goes into his own, having cast off his bond, that is, the soul. And concerning
Editors' notes and page, col. 668

Footnotes

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 668 (Greek only)

Ἐν τῷ παρόντι. Legit interpres, ἐν τῷ προόντι; vertit enim, in eo qui ante fuit.

Ἐν τῷ παρόντι ("in the one present"). The translator read ἐν τῷ προόντι ("in the pre-existent one"); for he rendered "in him who was before."

(printed under page 342)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 668 (Greek only)

Μὴ ἐχούσης μητέρα. Pro μητέρα legendum cum interp. πατέρα, ut secum et cum toto Valentinianorum systemate stare queat hoc comma. Achamoth siquidem a Sophia matre genita, sed sine complexu conjugis Theleti.

Μὴ ἐχούσης μητέρα ("having no mother"). For μητέρα one should read with the translator πατέρα ("father"), so that this clause can stand consistently with itself and with the whole system of the Valentinians. For Achamoth was born of Sophia her mother, but without the embrace of her consort Theletus.

(printed under page 342)

(11) ‹anchor: Τούτους δὲ› · call in col 668 (Greek only)

Τούτους δέ. Lege τούτων.

Τούτους δέ ("these"). Read τούτων ("of these").

(printed under page 342)

(12) ‹anchor: δεσμὸν αὐτοῦ› · call in col 668 (Greek only)

Αὐτὸν δὲ…. ῥίψαντα τὸν δεσμὸν αὐτοῦ. Ex veteri interp. liquet scripsisse Irenæum plurali numero: Αὐτοὺς δὲ… ῥίψαντας τοὺς δεσμοὺς αὐτῶν.

Αὐτὸν δὲ…. ῥίψαντα τὸν δεσμὸν αὐτοῦ ("but he… casting off his bond"). It is clear from the old translator that Irenaeus wrote in the plural: "but they… casting off their bonds."

(printed under page 342)

Page

  • running head: PISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 668
  • marginal letters: A ἔχοντες..... ἵνα δῆθεν.....; B ἐπὶ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Δημιουργὸν,; C δεσμὸν αὐτοῦ (12),; D nis emendanda sunt ;
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO heading and Latin version below Greek not set
PG 7:669
τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως ταῦτά ἐστιν ὅσα εἰς ἡμᾶς συνεληλύθαμεν. . . . . . . . . . . .
redemption, these are as many things as we have come upon.
CAPUT XXII.
Chapter XXII.
Quae regula veritatis, et in quo ab ea deflectant omnes haeretici.
What the rule of truth is, and wherein all heretics swerve from it.
1. Cum teneamus autem nos regulam veritatis, id est, quia sit unus Deus omnipotens, qui omnia condidit per Verbum suum, et aptavit, et fecit ex eo quod non erat, ad hoc ut sint omnia, quemadmodum Scriptura dicit: Verbo enim Domini caeli firmati sunt, et spiritu oris ejus omnis virtus eorum; et iterum: Omnia per ipsum facta sunt, et sine ipso factum est nihil: (ex omnibus autem nihil subtractum est; sed omnia per ipsum fecit Pater, sive visibilia, sive invisibilia, sive sensibilia, sive intelligibilia, sive temporalia propter quamdam dispositionem, sive sempiterna, et aeonia) non per angelos, neque per virtutes aliquas abscissas ab ejus sententia; nihil enim indiget omnium Deus: sed et per Verbum et Spiritum suum omnia faciens, et disponens, et gubernans, et omnibus esse praestans: hic qui mundum fecit (etenim mundus ex omnibus), hic qui hominem plasmavit, hic Deus Abraham, et Deus Isaac, et Deus Jacob, super quem alius Deus non est, neque Initium, neque Virtus, neque Pleroma: hic Pater Domini nostri Jesu Christi, quemadmodum ostendemus: hanc ergo tenentes regulam, licet valde varia et multa dicant, facile eos deviasse a veritate arguimus. Omnes enim fere quotquot sunt haereses, Deum quidem unum dicunt, sed per sententiam malam immutant, ingrati exsistentes ei, qui fecit eos, quemadmodum et gentes per idololatriam. Plasma autem Dei contemnunt, contradicentes suae saluti, ipsi sui accusatores amarissimi, et falsi testes exsistentes. Qui
1. Now since we hold the rule of truth, that is, that there is one God Almighty, Who founded all things through His Word, and fitted them together, and made them out of that which was not, to the end that all things might exist, just as the Scripture says: For by the Word of the Lord the heavens were established, and by the spirit of His mouth all their power; and again: All things were made through Him, and without Him was made nothing: (and from all things nothing is exempted; rather, the Father made all things through Him, whether visible, or invisible, or sensible, or intelligible, or temporal on account of a certain dispensation, or eternal and aeonian) not through angels, nor through any powers severed from His thought; for the God of all needs nothing: but making, and disposing, and governing all things, and bestowing existence upon all things through both His Word and His Spirit: He Who made the world (for the world is from all things), He Who fashioned man, He is the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, above Whom there is no other God, nor Beginning, nor Power, nor Pleroma: He is the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, as we shall show: holding therefore this rule, although they say very varied and many things, we easily convict them of having swerved from the truth. For almost all heresies, as many as there are, say indeed that God is one, but alter Him through an evil opinion, being ungrateful to Him Who made them, just as the Gentiles also are through idolatry. Moreover, they despise the handiwork of God, speaking against their own salvation, being themselves their own most bitter accusers and false witnesses. Who
Editors' notes and page, col. 669

Footnotes

(²¹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 669 Cap. XIX.

Chapter 19.

(printed under page 343) (²²) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 669 Psal. XXXII, 6.

Psalm 32 (33):6.

(printed under page 343) (²³) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 669 Joan. I, 3.

John 1:3.

(printed under page 343) (²⁴) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 669 Cap. XX.

Chapter 20.

(printed under page 343)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 669

Συνεληλύθαμεν. Legendum vult Billius, συνελήλυθε; Petavius, ἐλήλυθε.

Συνεληλύθαμεν ("we have come together"). Billius wants to read συνελήλυθε ("it has come together"); Petavius, ἐλήλυθε ("it has come").

(printed under page 343)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 669

Sive sensibilia. Desunt hæc duo verba in Clarom., Pass. et Voss. Sed in Arund. perperam, insensibilia.

Sive sensibilia ("or sensible"). These two words are missing in the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts. But the Arundel wrongly has "insensibilia."

(printed under page 343)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 669

Et æonia. Sic mss. Clarom., Pass., Arund. et Voss. melius quam editt. omnes, et ea omnia: mox enim præcessit, omnia. Æonia autem ex Græco αἰώνια.

Et æonia ("and the aeonian things"). So the Clermont, Passerat, Arundel and Voss manuscripts, better than all the editions, "et ea omnia" ("and all those things"); for "omnia" came just before. "Æonia" is from the Greek αἰώνια.

(printed under page 343)

(4) ‹anchor: ab ejus sententia› · call in col 669

Sententia. Græce, ni fallor, scripsit Irenæus ἐννοίας, alludens ad Valentinianorum Ennœam. Quare melius vertisset interpres, Ennœa, vel cogitatione.

Sententia ("thought, purpose"). In Greek, if I am not mistaken, Irenaeus wrote ἐννοίας, alluding to the Ennoia of the Valentinians. So the translator would have done better to render "Ennoea," or "cogitatione" ("thought").

(printed under page 343)

(5) ‹anchor: hic Deus› · call in col 669

Hic Deus. Sequor mss. codd. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Arund. Editi vero minus bene, hic qui Deus.

Hic Deus ("this is the God"). I follow the Clermont, Passerat, Voss and Arundel manuscripts. The printed editions, less well, have "hic qui Deus."

(printed under page 343)

(6) ‹anchor: neque Initium› · call in col 669

Neque Initium. Ἀρχή scilicet, seu Νοῦς Valentinianorum.

Neque Initium ("nor Beginning"). That is, the Ἀρχή, or the Νοῦς, of the Valentinians.

(printed under page 343)

(7) ‹anchor: per idololatriam. Plasma› · call in col 669

Plasma. Arund., plasmationem, Eras., Gall. et Feuard., plasmata. Plasmatis autem nomine hic carnem intelligi, quam resurrecturam negabant hæretici, sequentia demonstrant. Lege et lib. V, cap. 5 et 6.

Plasma ("the thing formed"). The Arundel has "plasmationem"; Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, "plasmata." That by the word "plasma" the flesh is meant here, which the heretics denied would rise again, what follows shows. Read also Book V, chapters 5 and 6.

(printed under page 343)

Page

  • running head: 669 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως ταῦτά; B eo quod non erat,; C fecit (etenim mundus; D (1) Συνεληλύθαμεν. Legendum
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: full-width BILLII INTERPRETATIO heading and Latin lines below Greek at top not set; from CAPUT XXII onwards, Latin only, no Greek printed; editors' matter: Quae regula veritatis
PG 7:670
quidem resurgent in carne, licet nolint, uti agnoscant virtutem suscitantis eos a mortuis: cum justis autem non annumerabuntur, propter incredulitatem suam.
indeed will rise again in the flesh, though unwilling, so that they may recognize the power of Him Who raises them from the dead; yet they will not be reckoned with the righteous, on account of their unbelief.
2. Cum sit igitur adversus omnes haereticos detectio atque convictio varia et multifaria, et nobis propositum sit omnibus iis secundum ipsorum charactera contradicere, necessarium arbitrati sumus prius referre fontem et radicem eorum, uti sublimissimum ipsorum Bythum cognoscens, intelligas arborem, de qua defluxerunt tales fructus.
2. Since therefore the detection and refutation against all heretics is varied and manifold, and it is our purpose to reply to all of them according to their own character, we have judged it necessary first to report their source and root, so that knowing their most sublime Bythus, you may understand the tree from which such fruits have flowed down.
CAPUT XXIII.
Chapter XXIII.
Simonis Magi et Menandri sententia et mores.
The opinion and customs of Simon Magus and Menander.
1. Simon enim Samarites, magus ille, de quo discipulus et sectator apostolorum Lucas ait: Vir quidam autem nomine Simon, qui ante erat in civitate magicam exercens artem, et seducens gentem Samaritanorum, dicens se esse aliquem magnum, quem auscultabant a pusillo usque ad magnum, dicentes: Hic est virtus Dei, quae vocatur magna. Intuebantur autem eum, propter quod multo tempore magicis suis dementasset eos. Hic igitur Simon, qui fidem simulavit, putans apostolos et ipsos sanitates per magicam, et non virtute Dei perficere; et per impositionem manuum Spiritu sancto adimplere credentes Deo per eum, qui ab ipsis evangelizatur Christus Jesus, per majorem quamdam magicam scientiam et hoc suspicans fieri, et offerens pecuniam apostolis, ut acciperet et ipse hanc potestatem quibuscunque velit dandi Spiritum sanctum, audivit a Petro: Pecunia tua tecum sit in perditionem, quoniam donum Dei existimasti pecunia possideri: non est tibi pars, neque sors in sermone hoc: cor enim tuum
1. For Simon the Samaritan, that magician of whom Luke, the disciple and follower of the apostles, says: But there was a certain man by name Simon, who previously in the city was practising the magic art, and seducing the nation of the Samaritans, saying that he was someone great, to whom they listened, from the least even to the greatest, saying: This is the power of God, which is called great. And they paid heed to him, because for a long time he had driven them mad by his magic arts. This Simon, therefore, who feigned faith, supposing that the apostles themselves also performed healings through magic and not by the power of God; and suspecting that their filling with the Holy Spirit through the laying on of hands those who believed in God through Him Who was preached by them, Christ Jesus, also took place through some greater magic knowledge, and offering money to the apostles so that he too might receive this power of giving the Holy Spirit to whomsoever he wished, heard from Peter: May your money be with you unto perdition, because you thought the gift of God is possessed by money: you have neither part nor lot in this matter, for your heart
Editors' notes and page, col. 670

Footnotes

(²⁴) ‹anchor: CAPUT XXIII› · call in col 670 Cap. XX.

Chapter 20 (the older numbering).

(printed under page 343) (²⁵) ‹anchor: dementasset eos› · call in col 670 Act. VIII, 9 seq.

Acts 8:9 ff.

(printed under page 343)

(8) ‹anchor: magicam exercens artem› · call in col 670

Magicam exercens artem. Artem addit Feuard. Consentiunt Pass. et Voss. Deest autem in Eras., Gall. et Clarom.

Magicam exercens artem ("practising the magic art"). Feuardent adds "artem." The Passerat and Voss manuscripts agree. But it is missing in Erasmus, Gallasius and the Clermont.

(printed under page 343)

(9) ‹anchor: aliquem magnum› · call in col 670

Magnum. Deest in Clarom. et Pass.

Magnum ("great"). Missing in the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts.

(printed under page 343)

(10) ‹anchor: Hic est virtus› · call in col 670

Hic est virtus. Vere ante virtus merito expunxit Grabius, quia nullus ms. Irenæi, nec canonicus S. Lucæ textus habet.

Hic est virtus ("This is the power"). Grabe rightly struck out "vere" before "virtus," because no manuscript of Irenaeus and no canonical text of St Luke has it.

(printed under page 343)

(11) ‹anchor: qui fidem simulavit, putans› · call in col 670

Putans. Monet Grabius omnia mss. Anglicana in hac voce vitiata esse, dum in aliis legitur portans, in aliis post. At sana sunt nostra: in iis recte scriptum putans.

Putans ("thinking"). Grabe notes that all the English manuscripts are corrupt at this word, some reading "portans," others "post." But ours are sound: in them "putans" is rightly written.

(printed under page 343)

(12) ‹anchor: apostolos et ipsos› · call in col 670

Et ipsos. Sic Clarom., Voss. et edit. Oxon. melius quam, et ipsas, ut in cæteris.

Et ipsos ("they too," masculine). So the Clermont and Voss manuscripts and the Oxford edition, better than "et ipsas" (feminine), as in the rest.

(printed under page 343)

(13) ‹anchor: sanitates per magicam› · call in col 670

Magicam. Ita et hic et paulo post iterumque cum Grabio excudi fecimus, quia Pass., Arund. et Voss. perpetuo ita habent. Alii autem posuerunt magiam, haud advertentes artem subintelligi.

Magicam ("magic," adjective). So we have had it printed, here and a little later and again, with Grabe, because the Passerat, Arundel and Voss manuscripts always have it so. Others have put "magiam" ("magic," noun), not noticing that "artem" ("art") is to be understood.

(printed under page 343)

Page

  • running head: ERESES LIBER PRIMUS. 670
  • marginal letters: A fructificare, quod nunquam; B propositum sit omnibus; C tur magna. Intuebantur; D carnem intelligi, quam
  • old-edition numerals: 99 before CAPUT XXIII
  • other: facing Latin version of end of Cap. XXI (fructificare, quod nunquam... sententias.) and BILLII INTERPRETATIO at top of column not set; rest of column is Latin only, no Greek printed; editors' matter: Simonis Magi et Menandri
PG 7:671
non est rectum coram Deo. In felle enim amaritudinis, et obligatione injustitiae video te esse. Et cum adhuc magis non credidisset Deo, et cupidus intendit contendere adversus apostolos, uti et ipse gloriosus videretur esse, et universam magicam adhuc amplius scrutans, ita ut in stuporem cogeret multos hominum: quippe cum esset sub Claudio Caesare, a quo etiam statua honoratus esse dicitur propter magicam. Hic igitur a multis quasi Deus glorificatus est, et docuit semetipsum esse, qui inter Judaeos quidem quasi Filius apparuerit, in Samaria autem quasi Pater descenderit, in reliquis vero gentibus quasi Spiritus sanctus adventaverit. Esse autem se sublimissimam virtutem, hoc est, eum qui sit super omnia Pater, et sustinere vocari se quodcunque eum vocant homines.
is not right before God. For I see that you are in the gall of bitterness and the bond of iniquity. And when he had still more disbelieved God, he eagerly strained to contend against the apostles, so that he himself also might appear glorious, and investigating the whole magic art still further, so as to drive many men into bewilderment: inasmuch as he lived under Claudius Caesar, by whom he is even said to have been honoured with a statue on account of his magic. He therefore was glorified by many as if he were God, and taught that he himself was the one who among the Jews indeed appeared as the Son, in Samaria descended as the Father, and among the rest of the nations came as the Holy Spirit. And that he was the most sublime power, that is, the Father who is over all things, and endured to be called whatsoever men call him.
2. Simon autem Samaritanus, ex quo universae haereses substiterunt, habet hujusmodi sectae materiam. Hic Helenam quamdam ipse a Tyro civitate Phoenices quaestuariam cum redemisset, secum circumducebat, dicens hanc esse primam mentis ejus conceptionem, matrem omnium, per quam initio mente concepit angelos facere et archangelos. Hanc enim Ennoiam exsilientem ex eo, cognoscentem quae vult pater ejus, degredi ad inferiora, et generare Angelos et Potestates, a quibus et mundum hunc factum dixit. Posteaquam autem generavit eos, haec detenta est ab ipsis propter invidiam, quoniam nollent progenies alterius cujusdam putari esse. Ipsum enim se in totum ignoratum ab ipsis: Ennoiam autem ejus detentam ab iis, quae ab ea emissae sunt Potestates et Angeli; et omnem contumeliam ab iis passam, uti non recurreret sursum ad suum patrem, usque adeo ut et in corpore humano includeretur, et per saecula veluti de vase in vas transmigraret in altera
2. Now Simon the Samaritan, from whom all heresies took their rise, has the material of his sect on this wise. Having himself redeemed a certain Helena, a prostitute from Tyre, a city of Phoenicia, he used to lead her about with him, saying that she was the first conception of his mind, the mother of all, through whom in the beginning he conceived in his mind to make angels and archangels. For this Ennoia, leaping forth from him and knowing what her father wills, descended to the lower regions and generated Angels and Powers, by whom he said this world also was made. But after she had generated them, she was detained by them out of envy, because they did not wish to be thought the offspring of someone else. For he himself was altogether unknown by them; whereas his Ennoia was detained by those Powers and Angels that had been put forth by her, and suffered every insult from them, so that she might not return upwards to her father, even to the point that she was shut up in a human body, and through the ages, as if from vessel to vessel, transmigrated into other
Editors' notes and page, col. 671

Footnotes

(²⁶) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 671 Act. VIII, 20 seqq.

Acts 8:20 ff.

(printed under page 344)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 671

Adhuc magis. Ex Feuard. marg. et cod. Voss. (cui consentit et Pass.) reponere Grabio placuit, adhuc magus. Sed cæterorum exemplarium lectio, quam sequimur, magis probanda.

Adhuc magis ("still more"). From Feuardent's margin and the Voss manuscript (with which the Passerat also agrees), Grabe chose to restore "adhuc magus" ("still a magician"). But the reading of the other copies, which we follow, is more to be approved.

(printed under page 344)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 671

Cupidus. Gall., Eras. et Feuard. cupidius. Sed repugnant omnes mss.

Cupidus ("eager"). Gallasius, Erasmus and Feuardent have "cupidius" ("more eagerly"). But all the manuscripts are against it.

(printed under page 344)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 671

Qui inter Judæos quidem, etc. Hæc Græce refert Theodoretus lib. I Hær. Fab. c. 1: Καὶ Ἰουδαίοις μὲν ὡς Υἱὸν φανῆναι, πρὸς δὲ Σαμαρείτας ὡς Πατέρα κατεληλυθέναι, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔθνεσιν ὡς Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπιφοιτῆσαι.

Qui inter Judæos quidem ("who among the Jews indeed"), etc. Theodoret reports this in Greek, Heretical Fables Book I, chapter 1: "And that he appeared to the Jews as the Son, came down to the Samaritans as the Father, and visited the other nations as the Holy Spirit."

(printed under page 344)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 671

Helenam. Ita Feuard. in marg. et omn. mss. In editt. autem Eras., Gall. et Feuard. corrupte, Selenen, Helenam enim vocant veteres fere omnes.

Helenam (Helen). So Feuardent in the margin and all the manuscripts. But in the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, corruptly, "Selenen"; for almost all the ancients call her Helen.

(printed under page 344)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 671

Ipse a Tyro. Pronomen quam in omnibus editt. præfixum voci ipse, auctoritate cod. Clarom. delevi; sensum enim turbat.

Ipse a Tyro ("he himself, from Tyre"). The pronoun "quam," prefixed to the word "ipse" in all the editions, I have deleted on the authority of the Clermont manuscript; for it disturbs the sense.

(printed under page 344)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 671

Dicens hanc esse primam, etc. Hæc iterum ex Theodoreti loco cit. verba refert Grabius: Ἑλένην τὴν πρώτην αὐτοῦ ἔννοιαν ἔφασκεν εἶναι, καὶ Μητέρα τῶν ὅλων ὠνόμαζε, καὶ δι' αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς Ἀγγέλους καὶ Ἀρχαγγέλους πεποιηκέναι.

Dicens hanc esse primam ("saying that she was the first"), etc. Grabe again reports these words from the passage of Theodoret cited: "He said that Helen was his first Thought, and named her Mother of all, and that through her he had made both the angels and the archangels."

(printed under page 344)

(7) ‹anchor: quæ ab ea emissæ sunt› · call in col 671

Emissæ sunt. Al. emissæ essent.

Emissæ sunt ("were sent forth," indicative). Others have "emissæ essent" (subjunctive).

(printed under page 344)

Page

  • running head: 671 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNEN
  • marginal letters: A non est rectum; B nere vocari se; C jusdam putari esse.; D refert Theodoretus
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:672
muliebria corpora. Fuisse autem eam et in illa Helena, propter quam Trojanum contractum est bellum: quapropter et Stesichorum per carmina maledicentem eam, orbatum oculis: post deinde poenitentem et scribentem eas, quae vocantur, palinodias, in quibus hymnizavit eam, rursus vidisse. Transmigrantem autem eam de corpore in corpus, ex eo et semper contumeliam sustinentem, in novissimis etiam in fornice prostitisse: et hanc esse perditam ovem.
female bodies. And that she was also in that Helen on account of whom the Trojan war was brought about; wherefore Stesichorus also, when he reviled her in his poems, was deprived of his eyes, and afterwards, repenting and writing what are called palinodes, in which he sang her praises, recovered his sight. And transmigrating from body to body, and thereby always suffering insult, at the last she even stood as a prostitute in a brothel; and that she was the lost sheep.
3. Quapropter et ipsum venisse, uti eam assumeret primam, et liberaret eam a vinculis, hominibus autem salutem praestaret per suam agnitionem. Cum enim male moderarentur Angeli mundum, quoniam unusquisque eorum concupisceret principatum, ad emendationem venisse rerum, et descendisse eum transfiguratum, et assimilatum Virtutibus, et Potestatibus, et Angelis: ut et in hominibus homo appareret ipse, cum non esset homo; et passum autem in Judaea putatum, cum non esset passus. Prophetas autem a mundi fabricatoribus Angelis inspiratos dixisse prophetias: quapropter nec ulterius curarent eos hi, qui in eum et in Helenam ejus spem habeant, et ut liberos agere quae velint: secundum enim ipsius gratiam salvari homines, sed non secundum operas justas. Nec enim esse naturaliter operationes justas, sed ex accidenti; quemadmodum posuerunt qui mundum fecerunt Angeli, per hujusmodi praecepta in servitutem deducentes homines. Quapropter et solvi mundum, et liberari eos, qui sunt ejus, ab imperio eorum qui mundum fecerunt, repromisit.
3. Wherefore he himself also came, that he might take her up first and free her from bonds, and bestow salvation upon men through the knowledge of himself. For since the Angels were governing the world badly, because each one of them coveted the primacy, he came for the amendment of affairs, and descended transfigured and assimilated to the Virtues and Powers and Angels, so that among men he himself also appeared as a man, though he was not a man; and was thought to have suffered in Judaea, though he had not suffered. Moreover, the prophets uttered their prophecies inspired by the Angels who were the makers of the world; wherefore those who have their hope in him and in his Helena should care for them no further, and as free men should do whatsoever they wish; for men are saved according to his grace, and not according to righteous works. For righteous actions are not such by nature, but by accident, just as the Angels who made the world laid them down, leading men into slavery through precepts of this kind. Wherefore he promised that the world would be dissolved, and those who are his would be set free from the rule of those who made the world.
4. Igitur horum mystici sacerdotes libidinose quidem vivunt, magias autem perficiunt, quemadmodum potest unusquisque ipsorum. Exorcismis
4. Therefore the mystic priests of these men live lustfully indeed, and practise magic arts, according as each one of them is able. They use exorcisms
Editors' notes and page, col. 672

Footnotes

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 672

Stesichorum. Poeta lyricus fuit ex Himera Siciliæ urbe; sic dictus, quod primus cum citharæ cantu chorum conjunxerit: nam verum nomen erat Tisias. Hic cum aliquando carmine invectus esset in Helenam, velut belli Trojani facem, a Castore et Polluce oculis orbatus fuisse, tum demum recantata palinodia, visum recepisse dicitur. Ejusdem meminere Tertullian. lib. De anima, Horatius ode 17 Epodon, Lucian. lib. II Verarum histor., Philostrat. lib. VI De vita Apollon., c. 4; Quintilian. lib. X, c. 1, et Voss., Poet. Græc. p. 16.

Stesichorum (Stesichorus). He was a lyric poet from Himera, a city of Sicily; so called because he was the first to join a chorus to the music of the cithara, for his real name was Tisias. When he had once attacked Helen in a poem as the firebrand of the Trojan War, he is said to have been deprived of his eyes by Castor and Pollux, and then, having sung a palinode, to have recovered his sight. He is mentioned by Tertullian in the book On the Soul, Horace in Epode 17, Lucian in Book II of the True Histories, Philostratus in Book VI of the Life of Apollonius, chapter 4; Quintilian, Book X, chapter 1; and Voss, On the Greek Poets, p. 16.

(printed under page 344)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 672

Et semper. Al. vitiose, ut semper.

Et semper ("and always"). Others, faultily, "ut semper."

(printed under page 344)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 672

Et liberaret eam, etc. Sic et Theodoret., loco cit.: Ὥστε καὶ αὐτὴν τῶν ἐπικειμένων ἐλευθερῶσαι δεσμῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις διὰ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν ἐπιγνώσεως παράσχειν σωτηρίαν.

Et liberaret eam ("and that he might free her"), etc. So also Theodoret, in the passage cited: "so as both to free her from the bonds laid on her, and to grant salvation to men through the knowledge of himself."

(printed under page 344)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 672

Curarent eos hi qui in eum. Legendum exigit constructio: curare eos, hos qui in eum.

Curarent eos hi qui in eum. The construction requires reading: "curare eos, hos qui in eum" ("to care for those who [hope] in him").

(printed under page 344)

(12) ‹anchor: et in Helenam› · call in col 672

Helenam. Sic iterum reponimus, pro Selenen, ut et paulo post Helenæ pro Selenæ, auctoritate omnium mss.

Helenam (Helen). So again we restore it, for "Selenen," as also a little later "Helenæ" for "Selenæ," on the authority of all the manuscripts.

(printed under page 344)

(13) ‹anchor: et ut liberos agere› · call in col 672

Et ut liberos agere. Sic iterum Theodoretus: Ἀλλὰ πράττειν ὡς ἐλευθέρους, ἅπερ ἂν ἐθελήσωσιν· οὐ γὰρ διὰ πράξεων ἀγαθῶν, ἀλλὰ διὰ χάριτος τεύξεσθαι σωτηρίας.

Et ut liberos agere ("and to act as free men"). So again Theodoret: "But to do as free men whatever they wish; for they will obtain salvation not through good works but through grace."

(printed under page 344)

(14) ‹anchor: sed ex accidenti› · call in col 672

Ex accidenti. Eras., Gall., Arund. et Merc. 2, ex accidentia; Clarom. ex accedentia.

Ex accidenti ("by accident"). Erasmus, Gallasius, the Arundel and the second Mercier have "ex accidentia"; the Clermont, "ex accedentia."

(printed under page 344)

Page

  • running head: PI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 672
  • marginal letters: A muliebria corpora.; B principatum, ad emendationem; C cepta in servitutem; D ode 17 Epodon,
  • old-edition numerals: 100 after secundum
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; Exorci- split at column break
PG 7:673
et incantationibus utuntur. Amatoria quoque et agogima, et qui dicuntur paredri et oniropompi, et quaecunque sunt alia perierga apud eos studiose exercentur. Imaginem quoque Simonis habent factam ad figuram Jovis, et Helenae in figuram Minervae, et has adorant: habent quoque et vocabulum a principe impiissimae sententiae Simone vocati Simoniani, a quibus falsi nominis scientia accepit initia, sicut ex ipsis assertionibus eorum adest discere.
and incantations. Love-potions also and charms, and those that are called familiars and dream-senders, and whatever other curious arts exist, are diligently practised among them. They also have an image of Simon made after the figure of Jupiter, and of Helena after the figure of Minerva, and they worship these; they also have a name from Simon, the author of their most impious opinion, being called Simonians, from whom knowledge falsely so called received its beginnings, as one may learn from their own assertions.
5. Hujus successor fuit Menander, Samarites genere, qui et ipse ad summum magiae pervenit. Qui primam quidem Virtutem incognitam ait omnibus; se autem eum esse, qui missus sit ab invisibilibus Salvatorem pro salute hominum. Mundum autem factum ab Angelis; quos et ipse, similiter ut Simon, ab Ennoia emissos dicit. Dare quoque per eam, quae a se doceatur, magiam, seientiam ad id, ut et ipsos, qui mundum fecerunt, vincat Angelos. Resurrectionem enim per id, quod est in eum baptisma, accipere ejus discipulos, et ultra non posse mori, sed perseverare non senescentes et immortales.
5. His successor was Menander, a Samaritan by race, who himself also reached the height of magic. He says that the first Power is unknown to all, and that he himself is the one who was sent by the invisibles as a Saviour for the salvation of men. Moreover, the world was made by Angels, whom he himself also, similarly to Simon, says were put forth by Ennoia. And through the magic that is taught by him he gives knowledge to this end, that one may overcome the very Angels who made the world. For through the baptism that is into him his disciples receive the resurrection, and can die no more, but continue unageing and immortal.
CAPUT XXIV.
Chapter XXIV.
De Saturnino et Basilide.
Concerning Saturninus and Basilides.
1. Ex iis Saturninus, qui fuit ab Antiochia
1. From among these, Saturninus, who was from Antioch
Editors' notes and page, col. 673

Footnotes

(²⁷) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673 Cap. XXI.

Chapter 21.

(printed under page 345) (²⁸) ‹anchor: CAPUT XXIV› · call in col 673 Cap. XXII.

Chapter 22.

(printed under page 345)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Amatoria quoque et agogima. Theodoret. ἐρωτικά τινα καὶ ἀγώγιμα; Irenæus vero supra cap. 13, n. 5, φίλτρα καὶ ἀγώγιμα, ubi interpres, amatoria et allectantia.

Amatoria quoque et agogima ("love-charms too and attraction-spells"). Theodoret has ἐρωτικά τινα καὶ ἀγώγιμα; Irenaeus above, chapter 13, no. 5, φίλτρα καὶ ἀγώγιμα, where the translator has "amatoria et allectantia."

(printed under page 345)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Perierga. Ita mss. omnes. In Eras., Gall. et Feuard. perperam, parerga.

Perierga ("curious arts"). So all the manuscripts. In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, wrongly, "parerga."

(printed under page 345)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Vocati. Editt. dicti.

Vocati ("called"). The editions have "dicti" ("said, named").

(printed under page 345)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Discere. Al. dicere.

Discere ("to learn"). Others have "dicere" ("to say").

(printed under page 345)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Hujus successor, etc. Ita et Euseb. lib. III Hist. eccles. c. 26: Σίμωνα τὸν Μάγον Μένανδρος διαδεξάμενος…. ἦν καὶ οὗτος Σαμαρεύς· εἰς ἄκρον δὲ τῆς γοητείας οὐκ ἔλαττον τοῦ διδασκάλου προελθών.

Hujus successor ("his successor"), etc. So also Eusebius, Ecclesiastical History Book III, chapter 26: "Menander, succeeding Simon Magus…. he too was a Samaritan, and advanced to the height of sorcery no less than his teacher."

(printed under page 345)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Se autem eum esse, qui missus sit ab invisibilibus, etc. Id est, juxta Theodoretum lib. I, c. 2, a prima illa Virtute. Secundum Eusebium vero, ab Æonibus. Ita enim loco cit.: Ἑαυτὸν μὲν ὡς ἄρα εἴη λέγων ὁ Σωτὴρ, ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἄνωθέν ποθεν ἐξ ἀοράτων Αἰώνων ἀπεσταλμένος σωτηρίᾳ.

Se autem eum esse, qui missus sit ab invisibilibus ("that he was the one sent from the invisible ones"), etc. That is, according to Theodoret, Book I, chapter 2, "from that first Power." But according to Eusebius, "from the Aeons." For so he says in the passage cited: "saying of himself that he was the Saviour, sent from somewhere above, from invisible Aeons, for the salvation of men."

(printed under page 345)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Mundum autem factum…. dicit. Sic et Theodoretus cit.: Τοὺς δὲ Ἀγγέλους, τῷ Σίμωνι παραπλησίως, ὑπὸ τῆς Ἐννοίας ἔφησε προβληθῆναι, καὶ τούτους τὸν κόσμον δημιουργῆσαι.

Mundum autem factum…. dicit ("he says the world was made…"). So also Theodoret, cited: "He said, like Simon, that the angels were put forth by Ennoia, and that these made the world."

(printed under page 345)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Dare quoque per eam, etc. His pœne respondent, quæ dicto loco habet Eusebius: Μὴ ἄλλως δύνασθαί τινα καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν κοσμοποιῶν Ἀγγέλων περιγενήσεσθαι, μὴ πρότερον διὰ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοῦ παραδιδομένης μαγικῆς ἐμπειρίας ἀχθέντα, καὶ διὰ τοῦ μεταδιδομένου πρὸς αὐτοῦ βαπτίσματος· οὗ τοὺς κατηξιωμένους ἀθανασίαν ἀΐδιον ἐν αὐτῷ τούτῳ μεθέξειν τῷ βίῳ, μηκέτι θνήσκοντας, αὐτοῦ δὲ παραμένοντας, εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ ἀγήρως τινὰς καὶ ἀθανάτους ἐσομένους.

Dare quoque per eam ("to give also through it"), etc. Almost the same as what Eusebius has in the passage named: "That no one could otherwise prevail even over the world-making angels themselves, unless he had first been trained through the magical skill handed down by him, and through the baptism imparted by him; those deemed worthy of which would share everlasting immortality in this very life, no longer dying, but remaining here, to be for ever ageless and immortal."

(printed under page 345)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 673

Magiam, scientiam ad id. Sic ex codd. Clarom. et Pass. textum restituimus. Pass. tamen pro magiam habet magia, cui in hoc consentit et Voss.; Arund. vero quem secutus est Grabius, magicam. Sed omnes cum editt., tum etiam mss. Anglic. minus bene addidit, pro ad id.

Magiam, scientiam ad id ("magic, the knowledge for it"). So we have restored the text from the Clermont and Passerat manuscripts. The Passerat, however, has "magia" for "magiam," and the Voss agrees with it in this; the Arundel, which Grabe followed, has "magicam." But all of them, the editions and also the English manuscripts, less well have "addidit" for "ad id."

(printed under page 345)

(10) ‹anchor: Ex iis Saturninus› · call in col 673

Saturninus. Σατορνῖλον vocant Epiphanius Hær. 23, et Theodoret. lib. I, c. 3. Hunc pariter cum Basilide, velut duos ejusdem magistri Menandri condiscipulos, jungunt Eusebius lib. IV, c. 7, et Epiphan. Hær. cit.

Saturninus. Epiphanius, Heresy 23, and Theodoret, Book I, chapter 3, call him Σατορνῖλος (Satornilus). Eusebius, Book IV, chapter 7, and Epiphanius in the Heresy cited join him with Basilides, as two fellow pupils of the same master, Menander.

(printed under page 345)

Page

  • running head: 673 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBE
  • marginal letters: A smis et incantationibus; B similiter ut Simon,; C (1) Amatoria quoque; D retus cit.: Τοὺς δὲ Ἀγγέλους,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; smis continued from Exorci- in col. 672; editors' matter: De Saturnino et Basilide.
PG 7:674
ea, quae est apud Daphnen, et Basilides, occasiones accipientes, distantes doctrinas ostenderunt: alter quidem in Syria, alter vero in Alexandria. Saturninus quidem, similiter ut Menander, unum Patrem incognitum omnibus ostendit, qui fecit Angelos, Archangelos, Virtutes, Potestates. A septem autem quibusdam Angelis mundum factum, et omnia quae in eo. Hominem autem Angelorum esse facturam, desursum a summa Potestate lucida imagine apparente, quam cum tenere non potuissent, inquit, eo quod statim recurrerit sursum, adhortati sunt semetipsos, dicentes: Faciamus hominem ad imaginem et similitudinem: qui cum factus esset, et non potuisset erigi plasma, propter imbecillitatem Angelorum, sed quasi vermiculus scarizaret, miserantem ejus desuper Virtutem, quoniam in similitudinem ejus esset factus, emisisse scintillam vitae, quae erexit hominem, et articulavit, et vivere fecit.
that is by Daphne, and Basilides, taking opportunities, set forth doctrines distant from one another, the one in Syria, the other in Alexandria. Saturninus indeed, similarly to Menander, set forth one Father unknown to all, who made Angels, Archangels, Virtues, Powers. And that the world was made by a certain seven Angels, and all the things that are in it. And that man too was the workmanship of Angels, when a shining image appeared from above from the supreme Power; and since they had not been able to hold fast to it, he says, because it immediately sped back upwards, they exhorted one another, saying: Let us make man after our image and likeness. And when he had been made, and their handiwork could not stand upright on account of the weakness of the Angels, but wriggled like a little worm, the Power from above, taking pity on him because he had been made in its likeness, sent forth a spark of life, which raised man upright, and jointed him, and made him live.
Hanc igitur scintillam vitae post defunctionem recurrere ad ea, quae sunt ejusdem generis, dicit: et reliqua ex quibus facta sunt illa resolvi.
Therefore he says that this spark of life after death speeds back to the things that are of the same kind; and the remaining parts are dissolved into those things out of which they were made.
2. Salvatorem autem innatum demonstravit, et incorporalem, et sine figura, putative autem visum hominem: et Judaeorum Deum unum ex angelis esse dixit. Et propter hoc quod
2. Moreover, he declared the Saviour to be unbegotten, and incorporeal, and without figure, and to have been seen as a man in appearance only; and he said that the God of the Jews was one of the angels. And because
Editors' notes and page, col. 674

Footnotes

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 674

Antiochia ea. Sic codd. Voss. et Clarom. cum edit. Oxon. In aliis perperam, Antiochæa.

Antiochia ea ("that Antioch"). So the Voss and Clermont manuscripts with the Oxford edition. In the others, wrongly, "Antiochæa."

(printed under page 345)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 674

Saturninus quidem similiter ut Menander, etc. Theodoretus, loco cit.: Οὗτος, τῷ Μενάνδρῳ παραπλησίως, ἕνα ἔφησεν εἶναι Πατέρα παντάπασιν ἄγνωστον· τοῦτον δὲ Ἀγγέλους δημιουργῆσαι, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας δυνάμεις· ἑπτὰ δέ τινας ἐκ τούτων τὸν κόσμον ποιῆσαι. Epiphanius: Ἑπτὰ δέ τινας τὸν κόσμον πεποιηκέναι, καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ.

Saturninus quidem similiter ut Menander ("Saturninus, like Menander"), etc. Theodoret, in the passage cited: "He, like Menander, said that there is one Father wholly unknown; that he made angels and the other powers; and that seven of these made the world." Epiphanius: "And that seven made the world and the things in it."

(printed under page 345)

(13) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 674

Hominem autem, etc. Epiphan.: Τοὺς Ἀγγέλους τὸν ἄνθρωπον πεποιηκέναι, κατὰ τὴν μορφὴν τῆς ἄνωθεν παρακυψάσης φωνῆς (legi vult Petavius καλλονῆς, Grabius vero, φωτεινῆς, subintelligendo εἰκόνος), ἣν μὴ δυνηθέντες καρακύψασαν κατέχειν, καὶ διὰ τὸ παραχρῆμα ἀναδραμεῖν, μιμήσασθαι ἐθέλησαν, etc.

Hominem autem ("but man"), etc. Epiphanius: "That the angels made man according to the form of the voice that peeped down from above" (Petavius wants to read καλλονῆς, "beauty"; Grabe, φωτεινῆς, "luminous," understanding εἰκόνος, "image"), "which, not being able to hold it when it peeped down, because it at once ran back up, they wished to imitate," etc.

(printed under page 345)

(14) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 674

Tenere. Al. continere.

Tenere ("to hold"). Others have "continere" ("to hold together").

(printed under page 345)

(15) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 674

Similitudinem. Nostram addunt editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. Sed eam vocem merito omittunt codd. Clarom., Pass. et Voss., quos secuti sumus. Scribit enim Epiphanius Hær. 23, § 1, vocem illam a Saturnino consulto prætermissam, ut errori fides astrueretur; quasi alii essent operis artifices, imago vero et similitudo ad alium referretur. Unde mirum in Theodoreto ἡμετέραν additum legi.

Similitudinem ("likeness"). The editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent add "nostram" ("our"). But the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts, which we have followed, rightly omit that word. For Epiphanius writes, Heresy 23, § 1, that that word was deliberately passed over by Saturninus, to win credit for his error: as if the makers of the work were some, but the image and likeness were referred to another. Hence it is surprising that ἡμετέραν ("our") is read added in Theodoret.

(printed under page 345)

(16) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 674

Qui cum factus esset…. vivere fecit. Epiphan., loco cit.: Γενομένου δὲ, φησὶ, τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διὰ τὸ αὐτῶν (Ἀγγέλων) ἀδρανὲς μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν τελεσφορῆσαι, κεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ σκαρίζειν δίκην σκώληκος ἕρποντος, μὴ δύνασθαι δὲ ἀνορθοῦσθαι… ἕως ἡ ἄνω δύναμις…. σπλαγχνισθεῖσα διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῆς εἰκόνα τε καὶ ἰδέαν, κατ' οἶκτον ἀπέστειλε σπινθῆρα τῆς αὐτῆς δυνάμεως (Theodoretus propius Irenæo, ζωῆς σπινθῆρα), καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ ἀνώρθωσε τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ οὕτως ἐζωογόνησε.

Qui cum factus esset…. vivere fecit ("who, when he had been made… made him live"). Epiphanius, in the passage cited: "When man had been made, he says, because of their (the angels') feebleness he could not be brought to completion, but lay and writhed like a creeping worm, unable to stand upright… until the power above…, moved with compassion for its own image and form, in pity sent a spark of the same power" (Theodoret, nearer to Irenaeus, "a spark of life"), "and through it raised man upright, and so made him live."

(printed under page 345)

(17) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 674

Propter imbecillitatem. Al. per imbecillitatem.

Propter imbecillitatem ("because of weakness"). Others have "per imbecillitatem" ("through weakness").

(printed under page 345)

(18) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 674

Hanc igitur scintillam, etc. Ab his non multum abludunt Theodoreti verba: Τοῦτον δὲ τὸν σπινθῆρα τῆς ζωῆς, μετὰ τὴν ζώου διάλυσιν, ἀνατρέχειν πρὸς τὴν ἀποστείλασαν δύναμιν.

Hanc igitur scintillam ("this spark, then"), etc. Theodoret's words do not differ much from these: "And that this spark of life, after the dissolution of the living creature, runs back to the power that sent it."

(printed under page 345)

(19) ‹anchor: Salvatorem autem› · call in col 674

Salvatorem autem…. scintillam vitæ ejus. (continues)

Salvatorem autem…. scintillam vitæ ejus ("but the Saviour…. the spark of his life"). (continues)

(printed under page 345)

Page

  • running head: HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 674
  • marginal letters: A ea (11), quae est; B scarizaret, miserantem; C et Epiphan. Haer. cit.; D Gall. et Feuard.
  • old-edition numerals: 101 after autem
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:675
dissolvere voluerint Patrem ejus omnes principes, advenisse Christum ad destructionem Judaeorum Dei, et ad salutem credentium ei; esse autem hos, qui habent scintillam vitae ejus. Duo enim genera hic primus hominum plasmata esse ab Angelis dixit, alterum quidem nequam, alterum autem bonum. Et quoniam daemones pessimos adjuvant, venisse Salvatorem ad dissolutionem malorum hominum, et daemoniorum, ad salutem autem bonorum. Nubere autem et generare, a Satana dicunt esse. Multi autem ex iis, qui sunt ab eo, et ab animalibus abstinent, per fictam hujusmodi continentiam seducentes multos. Prophetias autem quasdam quidem ab iis Angelis, qui mundum fabricaverint, dictas; quasdam autem a Satana: quem et ipsum angelum adversarium mundi fabricatoribus ostendit, maxime autem Judaeorum Deo.
all the princes wished to destroy His Father, Christ came for the destruction of the God of the Jews, and for the salvation of those who believe in Him; and these are they who have the spark of His life. For he was the first to say that two races of men were fashioned by the Angels, the one wicked indeed, and the other good. And since the demons aid the most wicked men, the Saviour came for the dissolution of evil men and of demons, and for the salvation of the good. Moreover, they say that to marry and to beget come from Satan. And many of those who are of his school also abstain from animal food, seducing many by a feigned continence of this sort. Furthermore, they say that some prophecies were uttered by those Angels who made the world, and some by Satan, whom he showed to be himself an angel adverse to the makers of the world, and especially to the God of the Jews.
3. Basilides autem, ut altius aliquid et verisimilius invenisse videatur, in immensum extendit sententiam doctrinae suae, ostendens Nun primo ab innato natum Patre, ab hoc autem natum Logon, deinde a Logo Phronesin, a Phronesi autem
3. And Basilides, that he may seem to have discovered something deeper and more plausible, extends the teaching of his doctrine immensely, setting forth that Nous was first born from the unbegotten Father, and from him was born Logos, then from Logos Phronesis, and from Phronesis
Editors' notes and page, col. 675

Footnotes

(²⁹) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675 Cap. XXIII.

Chapter 23.

(printed under page 346)

(1) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Et propter hoc quod dissolvere voluerint Patrem ejus omnes principes. Existimat Grabius interpretem verba Irenæi, ob amphiboliam ex duobus accusativis ortam, perperam vertisse, cum ita reddere debuisset: Propter hoc, quod dissolvere voluerit Pater ejus omnes principes, etc. Id quidem, fateor, cum Theodoreti verbis magis conveniret. Sed non propterea ab Irenæi sensu recedit interpres noster; cum maxime scribat Epiphanius § 2 angelos rebelles factos, a Patre descivisse, quem proinde dissolvere voluerunt. Et hoc sensu, qui forte Irenæi est (cujus ipsa præcise verba referre Theodoreto animus non erat), vertere potuit interpres: Propter hoc quod dissolvere voluerint Patrem ejus (Christi) omnes principes, etc. Quare verba ejus haud sollicitanda esse puto. Consule Epiphanium.

Et propter hoc quod dissolvere voluerint Patrem ejus omnes principes ("and because all the princes wished to destroy his Father"). Grabe thinks the translator rendered Irenaeus's words wrongly, because of an ambiguity arising from two accusatives, when he ought to have rendered thus: "Because his Father wished to destroy all the princes," etc. That, I admit, would agree better with Theodoret's words. But our translator does not on that account depart from Irenaeus's sense; above all since Epiphanius writes, § 2, that the angels, having become rebels, revolted from the Father, whom they therefore wished to destroy. And in this sense, which is perhaps Irenaeus's (whose exact words Theodoret did not mean to report), the translator could render: "Because all the princes wished to destroy his (Christ's) Father," etc. So I think his words are not to be meddled with. Consult Epiphanius.

(printed under page 346)

(2) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Duo enim genera…. seducentes multos. Hæc Græce ita sonant apud Epiphanium: Δύο γὰρ πεπλάσθαι ἀπ' ἀρχῆς ἀνθρώπους φάσκει, ἕνα ἀγαθὸν, καὶ ἕνα φαῦλον· ἐξ ὧν δύο εἶναι τὰ γένη τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀγαθόν τε καὶ πονηρόν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ δαίμονες τοῖς πονηροῖς ἐβοήθουν……, ἦλθεν ὁ Σωτὴρ ἐπὶ βοηθείᾳ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῶν πονηρῶν καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων. Τὸ γαμεῖν δὲ καὶ τὸ γεννᾷν…. ἐκ τοῦ Σατανᾶ ὑπάρχειν λέγει, ὅθεν καὶ οἱ πλείους αὐτῶν ἐμψύχων ἀπέχονται, ὅπως διὰ τῆς προσποιητῆς δῆθεν πολιτείας αὐτῶν τινας ἐπαγάγωνται εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν ἀπάτην.

Duo enim genera…. seducentes multos ("For two kinds…. seducing many"). In Greek this runs thus in Epiphanius: "For he says that two men were formed from the beginning, one good and one bad; and that from them come the two races of men in the world, the good and the wicked. And since demons were helping the wicked……, the Saviour came for the help of good men and for the destruction of the wicked and of the demons. Marrying and begetting…. he says are from Satan; hence most of them abstain from animal food, so that through their feigned way of life they may draw some into their own deceit."

(printed under page 346)

(3) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Hominum. Hanc vocem refer ad genera, non ad primus.

Hominum ("of men"). Refer this word to "genera" ("kinds"), not to "primus" ("first").

(printed under page 346)

(4) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Adjuvant. Editt. adjuvabant.

Adjuvant ("they help"). The editions have "adjuvabant" ("they were helping").

(printed under page 346)

(5) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Prophetias autem quasdam, etc. Hæc Græce referunt Theodoretus partim, partim Epiphanius. Theodoretus: Τῶν δὲ προφητειῶν τὰς μὲν ὑπὸ κοσμοποιῶν Ἀγγέλων ἔφησεν εἰρῆσθαι, τὰς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ. Epiphanius: Καὶ αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Σατανᾶν Ἄγγελον φάσκει ἀντιπράττοντα τοῖς κοσμοποιοῖς Ἀγγέλοις, μάλιστα δὲ τῷ Θεῷ τῶν Ἰουδαίων.

Prophetias autem quasdam ("but certain prophecies"), etc. These are reported in Greek partly by Theodoret, partly by Epiphanius. Theodoret: "He said that some of the prophecies were spoken by the world-making angels, others by Satan." Epiphanius: "And he says that Satan himself is an angel working against the world-making angels, and especially against the God of the Jews."

(printed under page 346)

(6) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Quidem. Al. quidam, sed male.

Quidem ("indeed"). Others have "quidam" ("certain"), but wrongly.

(printed under page 346)

(7) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Basilides autem, etc. Non procul ab his distant, quæ Græce leguntur partim apud Eusebium, partim apud Epiphanium, partim apud Theodoretum. Euseb. lib. IV Hist., c. 7, ex Irenæo refert, προσχήματι δὲ ἀποῤῥητοτέρων, τὸν Βασιλείδην εἰς τὸ ἄπειρον τεῖναι τὰς ἐπινοίας. Theodoretus c. 4: Ἔφησε γὰρ τὸν ἀγέννητον νοῦν πρῶτον γεννῆσαι, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ νοὸς προβληθῆναι τὸν λόγον, φρόνησιν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς φρονήσεως σοφίαν καὶ δύναμιν, ἐκ δὲ τούτων Ἀγγέλους καὶ Ἀρχαγγέλους. Epiphan. Hær. 24, § 1: Ἐκ δὲ τῆς δυνάμεώς τε καὶ Σοφίας Ἀρχαὶ, Ἐξουσίαι, Ἄγγελοι· ἐκ δὲ τούτων τῶν δυνάμεών τε καὶ Ἀγγέλων γεγονέναι ἀνώτερον πρῶτον οὐρανόν.

Basilides autem ("but Basilides"), etc. Not far from this is what is read in Greek partly in Eusebius, partly in Epiphanius, partly in Theodoret. Eusebius, History Book IV, chapter 7, reports from Irenaeus that "under pretext of more secret doctrines, Basilides stretched his notions out to infinity." Theodoret, chapter 4: "For he said that the unbegotten Mind first begot, and that from the Mind the Word was put forth, and Prudence from the Word, and from Prudence Wisdom and Power, and from these angels and archangels." Epiphanius, Heresy 24, § 1: "And from Power and Wisdom, Principalities, Authorities, Angels; and from these powers and angels the first, uppermost heaven came to be."

(printed under page 346)

(8) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Sententiam. Clarom. scientiam.

Sententiam ("opinion"). The Clermont manuscript has "scientiam" ("knowledge").

(printed under page 346)

(9) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Dehinc ab horum derivatione, etc. Theodoretus cit.: Ἐκ δὲ τούτων ἀποῤῥοίας ἄλλους γενομένους Ἀγγέλους, ἄλλον οὐρανὸν ποιῆσαι τῷ πρώτῳ προσόμοιον· εἶτα πάλιν ἐκ τῆς τούτων ἀποῤῥοίας ἑτέρους φύντας, τεκτήνασθαι καὶ τούτους ἕτερον οὐρανόν, etc.

Dehinc ab horum derivatione ("then from the derivation of these"), etc. Theodoret, cited: "And that other angels, born from the outflow of these, made another heaven like the first; then again others, sprung from the outflow of these, built yet another heaven too," etc.

(printed under page 346)

(10) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Alios autem. Eras., Gall. et Feuard., alios item.

Alios autem ("but others"). Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent have "alios item" ("others likewise").

(printed under page 346)

(11) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Eos autem, qui posterius continent, etc. Sic et Theodoretus loco citato: Τοὺς δὲ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸν ἔσχατον, τὸν ὑφ' ἡμῶν ὁρώμενον, οἰκοῦντας Ἀγγέλους δημιουργῆσαι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ τὴν τῆς γῆς διανείμασθαι δεσποτείαν, ἕνα δὲ κληρωθῆναι τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων οἰκονομίαν, καὶ τοῦτον ἄρχειν τῶν ἄλλων. Βουλευθέντι δὲ τούτῳ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἅπαντα ὑποτάξαι τὰ ἔθνη, τοὺς ἄλλους ἄρχοντας ἀντιπράξασθαι.

Eos autem, qui posterius continent ("but those who hold the last"), etc. So too Theodoret in the passage cited: "And that the angels who inhabit the last heaven, the one seen by us, made the world and divided among themselves the lordship of the earth; that one received by lot the governance of the Jews, and that he rules the others. But when he resolved to subject all the nations to his own people, the other rulers opposed him."

(printed under page 346)

(12) ‹anchor: not visible› · call in col 675–676 (not visible)

Subjicere. Al. subigere.

Subjicere ("to subject"). Others have "subigere" ("to subdue").

(printed under page 346)

Page

  • running head: 675 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNEN
  • marginal letters: A dissolvere voluerint; B Satana: quem et ipsum; C Ἰουδαίων Θεὸν,; D ejus (Christi) omnes
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:676
Sophiam et Dynamin, a Dynami autem et Sophia Virtutes, et Principes, et Angelos, quos et primos vocat, et ab iis primum coelum factum. Dehinc ab horum derivatione alios autem factos, aliud coelum simile priori fecisse, et simili modo ex eorum derivatione cum alii facti essent, antitypi eis qui super eos essent, aliud tertium deformasse coelum: et a tertio deorsum descendentium quartum, et deinceps secundum eum modum alteros et alteros Principes et Angelos factos esse dicunt, et coelos trecentos septuaginta quinque. Quapropter et tot dies habere annum, secundum numerum coelorum.
Sophia and Dynamis, and from Dynamis and Sophia Virtues, and Principalities, and Angels, whom he calls the first, and says that by them the first heaven was made. Next, by derivation from these, others were made, and made another heaven like the first; and in like manner, when others had been made by derivation from them, antitypes to those who were above them, they formed another third heaven; and of those descending downwards from the third there was a fourth, and thereafter according to this manner they say that still other and other Principalities and Angels were made, and three hundred and seventy-five heavens. Wherefore the year also has that many days, according to the number of the heavens.
4. Eos autem, qui posterius continent coelum, Angelos, quod etiam a nobis videtur, constituisse ea quae sunt in mundo omnia, et partes sibi fecisse terrae, et earum, quae super eam sunt, gentium. Esse autem principem ipsorum eum, qui Judaeorum putatur esse Deus. Et quoniam hic suis hominibus, id est Judaeis, voluit subjicere reliquas gentes, reliquos omnes principes contra stetisse ei et contra egisse. Quapropter et reliquae resiluerunt gentes ejus genti. Innatum autem
4. Moreover, those Angels who occupy the lowest heaven, the one that is also seen by us, arranged all the things that are in the world, and divided among themselves the parts of the earth and of the nations that are upon it. And the chief of them is he who is thought to be the God of the Jews. And because he wished to subject the rest of the nations to his own men, that is, to the Jews, all the rest of the princes withstood him and acted against him. Wherefore the rest of the nations also recoiled from his nation. And the unbegotten
Editors' notes and page, col. 676

Footnotes

(13) ‹anchor: resiluerunt› · call in col 676

Resiluerunt. Sic Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Feuard., pro quo in Eras., Gall., Merc. 2 et Ottob. corrupte legitur residuæ erunt. In Arund. vero quem secutus est Grab. restiterunt; recte quidem nisi codicem hunc interpolatum suspicarer. Quidquid sit, resiluerunt ejus genti, hic scripsit interpres, pro resiluerunt ab ejus gente.

Resiluerunt ("they recoiled"). So the Clermont, Passerat and Voss manuscripts and Feuardent; for which in Erasmus, Gallasius, the second Mercier and the Ottoboni one reads, corruptly, "residuæ erunt." But in the Arundel, which Grabe followed, "restiterunt" ("they resisted"); rightly indeed, if I did not suspect this manuscript of being interpolated. However that may be, the translator wrote here "resiluerunt ejus genti" for "resiluerunt ab ejus gente" ("they recoiled from his nation").

(printed under page 346)

Page

  • running head: PI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 676
  • marginal letters: A Sophiam et Dynamin,; B stituisse ea quae sunt; C (7) Basilides autem, etc.; D ἐτέρους φύντας,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; au- split at column break
  • other: the word autem was split at the column break and stands whole here (joined on receipt); check that the English reads whole across the break into col 677
PG 7:677
et innominatum Patrem, videntem perditionem ipsorum, misisse primogenitum Nun suum (et hunc esse qui dicitur Christus), in libertatem credentium ei, a potestate eorum qui mundum fabricaverunt. Et gentibus ipsorum autem apparuisse eum in terra hominem, et virtutes perfecisse. Quapropter neque passum eum, sed Simonem quemdam Cyrenaeum angariatum portasse crucem ejus pro eo: et hunc secundum ignorantiam et errorem crucifixum, transfiguratum ab eo, uti putaretur ipse esse Jesus: et ipsum autem Jesum Simonis accepisse formam, et stantem irrisisse eos. Quoniam enim virtus incorporalis erat, et Nus innati Patris, transfiguratum quemadmodum vellet, et sic ascendisse ad eum qui miserat eum, deridentem eos, cum teneri non posset, et invisibilis esset omnibus. Et liberatos igitur eos, qui haec sciant, a mundi fabricatoribus principibus: et non oportere confiteri eum qui sit crucifixus, sed eum qui in hominis forma venerit, et putatus sit crucifixus, et vocatus sit Jesus, et missus a Patre, uti per dispositionem hanc opera mundi fabricatorum dissolveret. Si quis igitur, ait, confitetur crucifixum,
and unnameable Father, seeing their ruin, sent His first-born Nous (and this is he who is called Christ) for the liberation of those who believe in him from the power of those who made the world. And among their nations he appeared on earth as a man, and wrought mighty works. Wherefore he did not suffer either, but a certain Simon of Cyrene was compelled to carry his cross for him; and this Simon was crucified through ignorance and error, having been transfigured by him so that he might be thought to be Jesus himself; while Jesus himself took the form of Simon, and stood by and laughed at them. For since he was an incorporeal power, and the Nous of the unbegotten Father, he transfigured himself as he wished, and thus ascended to Him Who had sent him, laughing at them, since he could not be laid hold of and was invisible to all. Therefore those who know these things have been set free from the princes who made the world; and one ought not to confess him who was crucified, but him who came in the form of a man, and was thought to have been crucified, and was called Jesus, and was sent by the Father so that through this dispensation he might dissolve the works of the makers of the world. If anyone therefore, he says, confesses the crucified
Editors' notes and page, col. 677

Footnotes

<!-- Body text not in the foot images: call columns are inferred from where each note is printed (left foot = 677, right foot = 678); the body here is the Latin, with Greek given only in the notes. Anchors are the notes' own lemmata. --> (printed under page 347)

(1) ‹anchor: Innatum autem› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Innatum autem, etc. Theodoret. : Τὸν δὲ ἀγέννητον ταῦτα θεώμενον, τὸν πρωτόγονον αὐτοῦ Νοῦν ἀποστεῖλαι, ὃν καὶ Χριστὸν προσηγόρευσε.

"But the Unbegotten," etc. Theodoret: "And the Unbegotten, seeing these things, sent his first-born Mind, whom he also called Christ."

(printed under page 347)

(2) ‹anchor: Et gentibus› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Et gentibus. Editt. in gentibus.

"And to the nations." The editions have "among the nations."

(printed under page 347)

(3) ‹anchor: Apparuisse› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Apparuisse. Δοκήσει duntaxat, specie tenus, ut habet Epiphanius § 3.

"Appeared": only δοκήσει, in mere semblance, as Epiphanius has it, § 3.

(printed under page 347)

(4) ‹anchor: Quapropter neque passum eum› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Quapropter neque passum eum, etc. Epiphanius loco cit. : Οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν φάσκων πεπονθέναι, ἀλλὰ Σίμωνα τὸν Κυρηναῖον.... καί φησιν ἐκεῖνον ἐν τῷ βαστάζειν τὸν σταυρὸν μεταμωρφοχέναι εἰς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ εἶδος, καὶ ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα...... ἐκείνου δὲ σταυρωμένου, ἑστήκει κατάντικρυς ἀοράτως ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καταγελῶν τῶν τὸν Σίμωνα σταυρούντων.

"Wherefore he did not suffer," etc. Epiphanius, in the place cited: "Saying that it was not Jesus who suffered, but Simon of Cyrene.... And he says that while he was carrying the cross he transformed him into his own form, and himself into Simon...... and while that man was being crucified, Jesus stood opposite, unseen, laughing at those who were crucifying Simon."

(printed under page 347)

(5) ‹anchor: Et Nus› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Et Nus. Ita Feuard. in marg. et omnes mss. nostri cum edit. Oxon. In aliis perperam, aeterna.

"And Nous." So Feuardent in the margin and all our manuscripts, with the Oxford edition. In the others, wrongly, "eternal."

(printed under page 347)

(6) ‹anchor: Miserat› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Miserat. Feuard., Eras. et Gall., misit.

"Had sent." Feuardent, Erasmus and Gallasius: "sent."

(printed under page 347)

(7) ‹anchor: Et liberatos igitur› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Et liberatos igitur. Theodoretus : Χρῆναι δὲ πιστεύειν ἔλεγεν, οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, ἀλλ' εἰς τὸν ἐσταυρῶσθαι δόξαντα· οὕτω γάρ φησι δυνατὸν τῆς τῶν κοσμοποιῶν δυναστείας ἀπαλλαγῆναι.

"And therefore set free." Theodoret: "He said one must believe, not in the one crucified, but in the one who seemed to have been crucified; for thus, he says, it is possible to be set free from the dominion of the world-makers."

(printed under page 347)

(8) ‹anchor: Animae autem solae› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Animae autem solae. Vocem eorum post autem ex ms. Voss. addidit Grabius. Eadem exstat in Pass., sed in Voss. animam solam. At in Eras., Clarom., Arund. et Merc. 2, animae autem solae; ubi solae in dandi casu accipitur.

"But of the soul alone." Grabe added the word "their" after "but" from the Vossius manuscript. The same stands in the Passionei manuscript, but the Vossius has "the soul alone" (accusative). In Erasmus, the Clermont, Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts, however: "but to the soul alone," where "solae" is taken in the dative case.

(printed under page 347)

(9) ‹anchor: Corruptibile› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Corruptibile. I. e. non resurrecturum; negabat enim hic haereticus carnis resurrectionem, ut aiunt Theodoret. et Tertul. lib. De praescrip., c. 46.

"Corruptible": that is, not to rise again; for this heretic denied the resurrection of the flesh, as Theodoret and Tertullian say, in the book De praescriptione, ch. 46.

(printed under page 347)

(10) ‹anchor: Prophetias autem› · call in col 677 (inferred)

Prophetias autem., etc. Theodoret.: Τὰς δὲ προφητείας καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπ' Ἀγγέλων ἔφησε γεγεννῆσθαι, τὸν δὲ νόμον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἄρχοντος τεθῆναι τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Hinc videas interpretem Irenaei, perperam legentem καὶ αὐτάς, perperam et vertisse, et ipsas. Vertendum erat et ipse.

"But the prophecies," etc. Theodoret: "He too said that the prophecies were produced by Angels, and that the law was laid down by the ruler of the Jews." From this you may see that Irenaeus's translator, wrongly reading καὶ αὐτάς, also wrongly rendered "and they themselves" (feminine). It should have been rendered "he too."

(printed under page 347)

(11) ‹anchor: A principe ipsorum, qui› · call in col 677 (inferred)

A principe ipsorum, qui. Sic emendandum putavi partim ex editis, partim ex mss. Neque enim hi vel illi secum invicem consentiunt. Vocem ipsorum omissam in Eras. et Gall. supplevi ex Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Feuard. At particulam autem in Eras. et Gall. post Principe, et vocem eum in citatis tribus mss. ac editt. Feuard. et Grab. ante qui scriptas delevi : quia prior in his, posterior vero in Eras. et Gall. deest ; et utraque sensum et constructionem turbat.

"By their ruler, who." I judged it should be corrected thus, partly from the printed editions, partly from the manuscripts; for neither these nor those agree among themselves. The word "their," omitted in Erasmus and Gallasius, I supplied from the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius manuscripts and Feuardent. But I deleted the particle "but," written in Erasmus and Gallasius after "Principe," and the word "him," written in the three manuscripts cited and in the editions of Feuardent and Grabe before "who": because the former is lacking in these, and the latter in Erasmus and Gallasius; and each disturbs both the sense and the construction.

(printed under page 347)

Page

  • running head: 677 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBE
  • marginal letters: A tem (1) et innominatum; B ridentem eos, cum; C (4) Quapropter neque; D ubi solae in dandi
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; tem continued from au- in col. 676; cruci- split at column break
PG 7:678
adhuc hic servus est, et sub potestate eorum qui corpora fecerunt: qui autem negaverit, liberatus est quidem ab iis, cognoscit autem dispositionem innati Patris.
one, that man is still a slave, and under the power of those who made the bodies; whereas he who denies him has been set free from them, and knows the dispensation of the unbegotten Father.
5. Animae autem solae esse salutem: corpus enim natura corruptibile exsistit. Prophetias autem et ipsas a mundi fabricatoribus fuisse ait Principibus, proprie autem legem a Principe ipsorum, qui eduxerit populum de terra Aegypti. Contemnere autem et idolothyta, et nihil arbitrari, sed sine aliqua trepidatione uti eis: habere autem et reliquarum operationum usum indifferentem, et universae libidinis. Utuntur autem et hi magia, et imaginibus, et incantationibus, et invocationibus, et reliqua universa periergia: nomina quoque quaedam affingentes quasi Angelorum, annuntiant hos quidem esse in primo coelo, hos autem in secundo: et deinceps nituntur trecentorum sexaginta quinque ementitorum coelorum et nomina, et principia, et Angelos, et Virtutes exponere. Quemadmodum et mundus nomen esse, in quo dicunt descendisse et ascendisse Salvatorem, esse Caulacau.
5. Moreover, salvation belongs to the soul alone, for the body is by nature corruptible. He says that the prophecies themselves also came from the Princes who were the makers of the world, and the law in particular from their Chief, who led the people out of the land of Egypt. And that one should despise meats offered to idols and think nothing of them, but make use of them without any hesitation; and hold the practice of the rest of actions, and of every lust, as indifferent. These men also use magic, and images, and incantations, and invocations, and all other curious arts; and inventing certain names as it were of Angels, they proclaim that some belong to the first heaven, and others to the second; and thereafter they strive to set forth the names, and principles, and Angels, and Virtues of the three hundred and sixty-five feigned heavens. Likewise also that the name in which they say the Saviour descended and ascended is Caulacau.
Editors' notes and page, col. 678

Footnotes

(12) ‹anchor: Contemnere autem et idolothyta› · call in col 678 (inferred)

Contemnere autem et idolothyta, etc. Theodoretus : Τῶν δ' εἰδωλοθύτων ἀδεῶς μεταλαμβάνειν προσέταξε, καὶ τὰς ἀπειρημένας πράξεις ἀδιακρίτως ἐπιτελεῖν.

"And to despise things offered to idols," etc. Theodoret: "He bade them partake of things offered to idols without fear, and perform forbidden acts without distinction."

(printed under page 347)

(13) ‹anchor: Hi magia et imaginibus› · call in col 678 (inferred)

Hi magia et imaginibus. Sic iterum restituo, partim ex mss. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et edit. Feuard., partim ex codd. Arund., Merc. 2 et editt. Eras. et Gall. Ex illis addo, hi magia, ex istis, et imaginibus : (incuria tamen amanuensis scriptum in Merc. 2 imaginis pro imaginibus) ut enim Eras et Gal. perperam omiserunt hi magia; sic nec Feuardentius et Grabius expungere debuerunt et imaginibus. Nam cum Irenaeus ait quod utuntur et hi magia, etc., illud et respicit procul dubio Simonem Magum, a quo hanc doctrinae suae partem mutuati fuerant Basilidiani. Atqui nedum magia, sed et superstitiosis quibusdam imaginibus utebatur Simon : quibus et usos fuisse Basilidianos certo certius evadit ex Basilidianis gemmis, etiamnum superstitibus, in quibus caelatas videmus tot portentosas imagines, apposito saepe famoso illo nomine ΑΒΡΑΞΑΣ, quas suis amuleti loco exhibebant.

"These too use magic and images." Thus again I restore it, partly from the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius manuscripts and Feuardent's edition, partly from the Arundel and Mercier 2 codices and the editions of Erasmus and Gallasius. From the former I add "these ... magic," from the latter "and images" (though by a copyist's carelessness Mercier 2 has "imaginis" for "imaginibus"); for as Erasmus and Gallasius wrongly omitted "these ... magic," so Feuardent and Grabe ought not to have struck out "and images." For when Irenaeus says that "these too use magic," etc., that "too" doubtless looks back to Simon Magus, from whom the Basilidians had borrowed this part of their teaching. And Simon used not only magic but also certain superstitious images; and that the Basilidians used them too comes out more certain than certain from the Basilidian gems still surviving, on which we see engraved so many monstrous images, often with that famous name ΑΒΡΑΞΑΣ set beside them, which they wore as their amulets.

(printed under page 347)

(14) ‹anchor: Periergia› · call in col 678 (inferred)

Periergia. Ita ex Arund. et Merc. 2 bene restituit Grabius, quamvis in illis, ut et in Clarom., Pass. vitiose scriptum sit pariergia; in Ottobon. vero perierga. Expunxit autem parerga, ut habent al. editt.

"Periergia" (curious arts). So Grabe rightly restored it from the Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts, although in them, as also in the Clermont and Passionei, it is faultily written "pariergia"; in the Ottoboni, however, "perierga." He struck out "parerga," as other editions have it.

(printed under page 347)

(15) ‹anchor: Nomina quoque› · call in col 678 (inferred)

Nomina quoque, etc. Theodoret. : Καὶ Ἀγγέλων δὲ ὀνόματα διαπλάσαντες, τοὺς μὲν τὸν πρῶτον ἔχειν ἔφασαν οὐρανὸν, τοὺς δὲ τὸν δεύτερον. Καὶ ἐφεξῆς μέχρι τοῦ πέμπτου καὶ ἑξηκοστοῦ καὶ τριακοσιοστοῦ.

"Names also," etc. Theodoret: "And fashioning names of Angels too, they said that some hold the first heaven, others the second; and so on in order up to the three hundred and sixty-fifth."

(printed under page 347)

(16) ‹anchor: Ementitorum› · call in col 678 (inferred)

Ementitorum. Cod. Arund., eminentiorum.

"Of the counterfeit." The Arundel codex: "of the more eminent."

(printed under page 347)

(17) ‹anchor: Quemadmodum et mundus nomen esse.... Caulacau› · call in col 678 (inferred)

Quemadmodum et mundus nomen esse.... Caulacau. In Pass., quemadmodum et mundus non esse. Pro Caulacau Clarom. et Pass. habent Caulagau Deum. Alii Caulaucau, Çaulagau, Caulacava, etc. Genuinam vero lectionem, Caulacau, ex Isaiae XXVIII, 10, cum Grabio reposui, neglectis vitiosis editis et mss. Textum autem hic mutilum esse vel corruptum, indeque difficile genuinum elicere sensum, recte notat vir clarissimus. Vult Theodoretus Caulacau Salvatoris; Epiphanius vero Haer. 25, principis alicujus fuisse nomen. Id certius, vocabulum (continues)

"Just as the world too is the name.... Caulacau." In the Passionei: "just as the world too is not." For "Caulacau" the Clermont and Passionei have "Caulagau Deum." Others have Caulaucau, Çaulagau, Caulacava, etc. The genuine reading, Caulacau, from Isaiah 28:10, I have restored with Grabe, disregarding the faulty editions and manuscripts. That the text here is mutilated or corrupt, and that the genuine sense is therefore hard to draw out, that most distinguished man rightly notes. Theodoret takes Caulacau to be the Saviour's name; Epiphanius, Haer. 25, the name of some ruler. This much is more certain: the word (continues)

(printed under page 347)

Page

  • running head: HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 678
  • marginal letters: A fixum, adhuc hic; B nomina quoque (15); C Feuard., partim ex codd.; D Pass. vitiose scriptum
  • old-edition numerals: 102 after corpus
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; fixum continued from cruci- in col. 677
PG 7:679
6. Igitur qui didicerit, et Angelos omnes cognoverit, et causas eorum, invisibilem et incomprehensibilem eum Angelis et Potestatibus universis fieri, quemadmodum et Caulacau fuisse. Et sicut Filium incognitum omnibus esse, sic et ipsos a nemine oportere cognosci; sed cum sciant ipsi omnes, et per omnes transeant, ipsos omnibus invisibiles et incognitos esse. Tu enim, aiunt, omnes cognosce, te autem nemo cognoscat. Quapropter et parati sunt ad negationem, qui sunt tales, imo magis ne pati quidem propter nomen possunt, cum sint omnibus similes. Non autem multos scire posse haec, sed unum a mille, et duo a myriadibus. Et Judaeos quidem jam non esse dicunt, Christianos autem nondum: et non oportere omnino ipsorum mysteria effari, sed in abscondito continere per silentium.
6. Therefore he who has learned these things, and has come to know all the Angels and their causes, becomes invisible and incomprehensible to all the Angels and Powers, just as Caulacau also was. And just as the Son was unknown to all, so they too ought to be known by no one; but while they themselves know all and pass through all, they themselves are invisible and unknown to all. For you, they say, are to know all, but let no one know you. Wherefore such persons are also ready for denial, nay rather, they cannot even suffer on account of the name, since they are like all men. Yet not many are able to know these things, but one out of a thousand, and two out of ten thousand. And they say that they are no longer Jews, and not yet Christians; and that it is not at all fitting to utter their mysteries, but to keep them in secret by silence.
7. Trecentorum autem sexaginta quinque coelorum locales positiones distribuunt similiter ut mathematici. Illorum enim theoremata accipientes,
7. Moreover, they distribute the local positions of the three hundred and sixty-five heavens in the same way as the astrologers. For taking their theorems,
Editors' notes and page, col. 679

Footnotes

(1) ‹anchor: Angelis et› · call in col 679 (inferred)

Angelis et. Haec desunt in Eras. et Gall.

"To the Angels and." These words are lacking in Erasmus and Gallasius.

(printed under page 348)

(2) ‹anchor: Tu enim, aiunt, omnes cognosce› · call in col 679 (inferred)

Tu enim, aiunt, omnes cognosce. Epiphanius Haer. 24, § 5 : Ὑποτίθεται τοῖς αὐτοῦ μαθηταῖς λέγων· ὅτι ὑμεῖς πάντα (legit Irenaeus πάντας) γινώσκετε, ὑμᾶς δὲ μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω.

"For you, they say, know all." Epiphanius, Haer. 24, § 5: "He instructs his disciples, saying: You know all things (Irenaeus reads 'all men'), but let no one know you."

(printed under page 348)

(3) ‹anchor: Unum a mille, et duo a myriadibus› · call in col 679 (inferred)

Unum a mille, et duo a myriadibus. Epiphan., loco cit. : Ἑνὶ δὲ ἀπὸ χιλίων ἀποκαλύπτειν, καὶ δυσὶν ἀπὸ μυρίων.

"One out of a thousand, and two out of ten thousand." Epiphanius, in the place cited: "To reveal it to one out of a thousand, and to two out of ten thousand."

(printed under page 348)

(4) ‹anchor: Et Judaeos quidem› · call in col 679 (inferred)

Et Judaeos quidem, etc. Epiphan. : Ἰουδαίους μὲν ἑαυτοὺς μηκέτι εἶναι φάσκουσι, Χριστιανοὺς δὲ μηκέτι γεγενῆσθαι.

"And that they are Jews no longer," etc. Epiphanius: "They say that they are no longer Jews, and have not yet become Christians."

(printed under page 348)

(5) ‹anchor: Et non oportere omnino› · call in col 679 (inferred)

Et non oportere omnino, etc. Idem : Φάσκει δὲ μόνον περὶ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μυστηρίου μηδενὶ ἀποκαλύπτειν, ἀλλὰ σιγῇ ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς.

"And that one must not at all," etc. The same: "He says that one must reveal nothing to anyone about the Father alone and his mystery, but keep it in silence among themselves."

(printed under page 348)

(6) ‹anchor: Continere› · call in col 679 (inferred)

Continere. Post hoc verbum addidit Grabius ex mss. Arund. et Merc. 2, pertinere, idemque esse ait quod decere. Sed cum hoc desit in omnibus aliis cum editt., tum mss. textuique obscuritatem magis quam lucem afferat, expungendum existimavi.

"To keep." After this word Grabe added "pertinere" from the Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts, and says it means the same as "decere" (to befit). But since it is lacking in all the others, both editions and manuscripts, and brings the text more darkness than light, I judged it should be struck out.

(printed under page 348)

(7) ‹anchor: Per silentium› · call in col 679 (inferred)

Per silentium. Graece scriptum fuisse putat Pearsonius parte II Vindic. epist. S. Ignat., c. 6, p. 64, non διὰ Σιγῆς, sed διὰ τὴν Σιγήν, id est propter Sigen. Ἔννοιαν enim et Σιγὴν vocatam a Basilide putat vir doctissimus. Sed quidquid sit de duplici Ἐννοίας nomine, vulgata lectio, cui etiam favet Epiphanius, praeferenda videtur.

"Through silence." Pearson, Vindiciae epistolarum S. Ignatii, part II, ch. 6, p. 64, thinks the Greek read not διὰ Σιγῆς (through Silence) but διὰ τὴν Σιγήν, that is, "on account of Sige." For that most learned man thinks that Ennoia was also called Sige by Basilides. But whatever may be said of Ennoia's double name, the common reading, which Epiphanius also supports, seems preferable.

(printed under page 348)

(8) ‹anchor: Esse autem principem illorum Ἀβράξας› · call in col 680 (pointer there)

Esse autem principem illorum Ἀβράξας, etc. Theodoret. : Εἶναι δὲ τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν φησιν Ἀβρασάξ· ἡ γὰρ ψῆφος τοῦ ὀνόματος, τῶν τξεʹ οὐρανῶν σημαίνει τὸν ἀριθμόν. Nec abludit Epiphanius. Uterque vero scripsit Ἀβρασάξ; Latini vero plerumque Ἀβράξας; quod satis indifferenter esse videtur. Asserunt autem illi Ἀβράξας esse nomen primi ac praecipui coeli, quod numerum CCCLXV in se contineat. Si enim singulas, quibus constat Ἀβράξας, litteras ut totidem notas arithmeticas accipias, invenies CCCLXV. Aiunt vero Tertullianus lib. De praescript. c. 46, Hieronymus in cap. III Amos, et alii, a Basilide sic appellatum esse summum Deum. Addit Hieronymus Mithran sub eodem numero aliarum litterarum ethnicis esse, quem Basilides portentoso nomine vocat Abraxan. Frequenter ea vox inscripta legitur in Basilidianorum gemmis. Sed ne frustra repetendo quae alii ante nos ea de re scripserunt, erudito lectori fastidio simus, legatur Joannis Macarii canonici Ariensis Abraxas, seu De gemmis Basilidianis Disquisitio, etc., exhibita et commentario illustrata a Joanne Chifletio canonico Tornacensi, Antuerp. 1657, et doctissimi nostri domni Bernardi de Montfaucon opus singulare et omni eruditionis genere refertum De palaeographia Graeca, lib. II, cap. 8.

"And that their ruler is Abraxas," etc. Theodoret: "He says that their ruler is Abrasax; for the numerical value of the name signifies the number of the 365 heavens." Nor does Epiphanius differ. Both, however, wrote Abrasax; the Latins for the most part Abraxas; which seems to be a matter of little consequence. They assert that Abraxas is the name of the first and chief heaven, because it contains in itself the number 365. For if you take the several letters of which Abraxas consists as so many numerical signs, you will find 365. Tertullian, De praescriptione, ch. 46, Jerome on Amos 3, and others say that the supreme God was so called by Basilides. Jerome adds that among the heathen Mithras, under the same number made from other letters, is he whom Basilides calls by the monstrous name Abraxas. The word is often found inscribed on the gems of the Basilidians. But lest, by repeating to no purpose what others before us have written on this matter, we weary the learned reader, let him read the Abraxas, or Disquisition on the Basilidian Gems, etc., of Jean L'Heureux (Macarius), canon of Aire, edited and illustrated with a commentary by Jean Chifflet, canon of Tournai, Antwerp 1657, and the singular work, packed with every kind of learning, of our most learned Dom Bernard de Montfaucon, De palaeographia Graeca, book II, ch. 8.

(printed under page 348)

Editors' prose

istud Hebraeum ab haereticis eo fine duntaxat adhibitum, ut vocis insolentia terrorem simplicium pectoribus incuterent. Nam קו לקו Epiphanio significat, spes super spem, aliis linea ad lineam, vel regula ad regulam: quae qui Basilidianorum deliriis aptari possint non video.

…that Hebrew [word] was employed by the heretics only to this end, that by the strangeness of the expression they might strike terror into the hearts of the simple. For qaw laqaw means for Epiphanius "hope upon hope", for others "line upon line", or "rule upon rule": and how these could be fitted to the ravings of the Basilidians I do not see.

<!-- note: Page-foot matter. This paragraph is the close of the note run over from page 347 (col. 678). It stands at the head of the left foot-column, below the text's "** Cap. XXIV" reference, and ends before note (1). The Hebrew is printed with vowel points that can't be read at this resolution, so it is set unpointed here. Notes (1)–(8) are set above under Footnotes; note (8) begins in the left foot-column after note (7) and runs to the top of the right foot-column ("Sed ne frustra … cap. 8."), and its call stands in col. 680 (pointer in n680). Q8 joined the two copies of note (8) that were set here into the one entry above. Notes (9)–(15) are filed under n680; note (15) runs over into col. 681. -->

Page

  • running head: 679 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNEN
  • marginal letters: A 6. Igitur qui didicerit,; B omnino (5) ipsorum; C (3) Unum a mille; D Ἐννοίας nomine, vulgata
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
  • other: reference line "** Cap. XXIV." (Epiphanius, Haer.) printed below the text, above the foot notes
PG 7:680
in suum characterem doctrinae transtulerunt: esse autem principem illorum Ἀβράξας, et propter hoc trecentos sexaginta quinque numeros habere in se.
they have transferred them to the stamp of their own doctrine; and that their chief is Abraxas, and on this account has the number three hundred and sixty-five in himself.
CAPUT XXV.
Chapter XXV.
De Carpocrate.
Concerning Carpocrates.
1. Carpocrates autem, et qui ab eo, mundum quidem et ea quae in eo sunt, ab Angelis multo inferioribus ingenito Patre factum esse dicunt. Jesum autem e Joseph natum, et cum similis reliquis hominibus fuerit, distasse a reliquis secundum id, quod anima ejus firma et munda cum esset, commemorata fuerit, quae visa essent sibi in ea circumlatione, quae fuisset ingenito Deo: et propter hoc ab eo missam esse ei virtutem, uti mundi fabricatores effugere posset, et per omnes transgressa, et in omnibus liberata, ascenderet ad eum: et eas, quae similia ei amplecterentur, similiter. Jesu autem dicunt animam
1. Moreover, Carpocrates and his followers say that the world and the things that are in it were made by Angels much inferior to the unbegotten Father. And that Jesus was born of Joseph, and while He was like the rest of men, He differed from the rest in that His soul, being steadfast and pure, remembered the things that had been seen by it in that circuit which belonged to the unbegotten God; and on this account a power was sent to it by Him, so that it might escape the makers of the world, and having passed through all things and been freed in all things, might ascend to Him; and that the souls which embrace the like things to it do so in like manner. And they say that the soul of Jesus,
Editors' notes and page, col. 680

Footnotes

(9) ‹anchor: Numeros› · call in col 680 (inferred)

Numeros. Sic omnes mss. ; at in editt., numerum.

"Numbers." So all the manuscripts; but in the editions, "number."

(printed under page 348)

(10) ‹anchor: Mundum quidem› · call in col 680 (inferred)

Mundum quidem, etc. Latinis Irenaei verbis Graeca haec apud Epiphanium Haer. 27, § 2, p. 102, fere respondent : Τὸν δὲ κόσμον καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ὑπὸ Ἀγγέλων γεγενῆσθαι τῶν πολύ τι ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἀγνώστου (legit Irenaei interpres ἀγεννήτου) ὑποβεβηκότων... Ἰησοῦν δὲ... ἀπὸ Ἰωσὴφ γεγενῆσθαι... εἶναι δὲ αὐτὸν ὅμοιον τοῖς πᾶσι... εὔτονον (καὶ καθαρὰν habet Theodoretus, c. 5) ἔσχε ψυχὴν παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους, καὶ ἐμνημόνευε τὰ ὁραθέντα ὑπ' αὐτῆς, ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ περιφορᾷ τοῦ ἀγνώστου (l. ἀγεννήτου) Πατρὸς, ἀπέσταλται ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Πατρὸς εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ ψυχὴν δυνάμεις (l. δύναμις), ὅπως... φύγῃ τοὺς κοσμοποιοὺς Ἀγγέλους,... καὶ ὅπως διὰ πασῶν τῶν πράξεων χωρήσασα καὶ ἐλευθερωθεῖσα, διέλθοι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἄνω· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ὁμοίας αὐτῇ ψυχὰς, τὰ ἴσα αὐτῇ ἀσπασαμένας, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐλευθερωθείσας ἄνω πτῆναι πρὸς ἄγνωστον Πατέρα. Haec continenter exscribere visum est, ut hinc perspicias Epiphanium propria sibi fecisse Irenaei verba; quae tamen, paucis vel immutatis vel additis, instaurare haud arduum foret. Quod et sequentia a nobis referenda confirmabunt.

"The world indeed," etc. To Irenaeus's Latin words this Greek in Epiphanius, Haer. 27, § 2, p. 102, roughly corresponds: "That the world and the things in the world came to be through Angels far inferior to the unknown Father (Irenaeus's translator read 'unbegotten')... and that Jesus... was born of Joseph... and that he was like all men... but had a vigorous soul (Theodoret, ch. 5, has 'and pure') beyond other men, and remembered the things it had seen when it was in the circuit of the unknown (read: unbegotten) Father; a power (read δύναμις for δυνάμεις) was sent by the same Father into his soul, so that... it might escape the world-making Angels... and so that, having passed through all deeds and been set free, it might go up to him; and also that souls like it, which embraced the same things, set free in the same way, fly up to the unknown Father." I chose to copy this out in full so that you may see that Epiphanius made Irenaeus's words his own; yet with a few changed or added, it would not be hard to restore them. The passages we shall cite next will confirm this.

(printed under page 348)

(11) ‹anchor: Et cum similis› · call in col 680 (inferred)

Et cum similis. Sic Clarom. melius quam reliqui, et qui similis.

"And since like." So the Clermont manuscript, better than the rest, which have "and who like."

(printed under page 348)

(12) ‹anchor: Circumlatione› · call in col 680 (inferred)

Circumlatione. In Eras. et Gall., circulatione. Vide Dissert. I, cap. 5, num. 123.

"Circuit." In Erasmus and Gallasius, "circulation." See Dissertation I, ch. 5, no. 123.

(printed under page 348)

(13) ‹anchor: Ingenito Deo› · call in col 680 (inferred)

Ingenito Deo. In, quod ante ingenito exstat in edit. Eras., Gall. et Feuard., recte expunxit Grabius : deest enim in omnibus mss.

"By the unbegotten God." The "in" that stands before "ingenito" in the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent Grabe rightly struck out, for it is lacking in all the manuscripts.

(printed under page 348)

(14) ‹anchor: Per omnes transgressa› · call in col 680 (inferred)

Per omnes transgressa, i. e. ex Epiphanio, per omnes actiones etiam turpissimas (horrendum!) transgressa, omnibusque defuncta, sordidata potius, ascenderet ad Deum. Lege ipsum Epiphanium : fusiori enim et distinctiori stylo prosequitur, quae veluti summatim hic refert Irenaeus.

"Having passed through all": that is, from Epiphanius, having passed through all deeds, even the foulest (a horrible thing!), and having done with them all, or rather having been defiled by them, it should ascend to God. Read Epiphanius himself: he sets out in a fuller and more distinct style what Irenaeus reports here as it were in summary.

(printed under page 348)

(15) ‹anchor: Eas, quae similia ei amplecterentur, similiter› · call in col 680 (inferred)

Eas, quae similia ei amplecterentur, similiter. Ita recte Clarom., Voss., Merc. 2 et edit. Oxon. Sed in caeteris edit. perperam : et ea, quae similia ei amplecteretur, similiter. Ut autem perfectus sit hu- (continues)

"Those which embraced things like it, likewise." So, rightly, the Clermont, Vossius and Mercier 2 manuscripts and the Oxford edition. But in the other editions, wrongly: "and those things, which it embraced like it, likewise." But for this … to be perfect (continues)

(printed under page 348) (8) pointer: the call (8) after Ἀβράξας stands in this column; the note is filed under n679 (printed under page 348).

Page

  • running head: PI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 680
  • marginal letters: A in suum characterem; B (13): et propter hoc; C Graeca haec apud; D tis, instaurare haud
  • old-edition numerals: 103 before CAPUT XXV
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed (except embedded name Ἀβράξας); editors' matter: De Carpocrate.; ani- split at column break
  • other: the word animam was split at the column break and stands whole here (joined on receipt); check that the English reads whole across the break into col 681
PG 7:681
in Judaeorum consuetudine nutritam contempsisse eos, et propter hoc virtutes accepisse, per quas evacuavit quae fuerunt in poenis passiones, quae inerant hominibus.
though nurtured in the custom of the Jews, despised them, and on this account received powers by which it made void the passions that belonged to punishments, which were in men.
2. Eam igitur, quae similiter atque illa Jesu anima, potest contemnere mundi fabricatores archontas, similiter accipere virtutes ad operandum similia. Quapropter et ad tantum elationis provecti sunt, ut quidam quidem similes sese dicant Jesu: quidam autem adhuc et secundum aliquid illo fortiores, qui sunt distantes amplius quam illius discipuli, ut puta quam Petrus et Paulus, et reliqui apostoli: hos autem in nullo deminorari a Jesu. Animas enim ipsorum ex eadem circumlatione devenientes, et ideo similiter contemnentes mundi fabricatores, eadem dignas habitas esse virtute, et rursus in idem abire. Si quis autem plus quam ille contempserit ea quae sunt hic, posse meliorem quam illum esse.
2. Therefore the soul which, like that soul of Jesus, is able to despise the rulers who were the makers of the world, similarly receives powers to work the like things. Wherefore they have even advanced to such a pitch of arrogance that some of them say they are like Jesus; and some that in certain respects they are even stronger than he, while others are superior to his disciples, such as Peter and Paul and the rest of the apostles, and that these are in no way inferior to Jesus. For their souls, coming down from the same circuit, and therefore similarly despising the makers of the world, have been counted worthy of the same power, and depart again to the same place. And if anyone despises the things that are here more than he did, he is able to be better than he.
3. Artes enim magicas operantur et ipsi, et incantationes, philtra quoque et charitesia, et paredros, et oniropompos, et reliquas malignationes,
3. For they themselves also practise magic arts, and incantations, love-potions also and charms, and familiars, and dream-senders, and the rest of evil devices,
Editors' notes and page, col. 681

Footnotes

(7) ‹anchor: Jesu autem dicunt animam› · call in col 681 (inferred)

Jesu autem dicunt animam, etc. Epiphanius : Τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τοῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔθεσιν ἀνατραφεῖσαν καταφρονῆσαι αὐτῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δυνάμεις εἰληφέναι, δι' ὧν τὰ ἐπὶ κολάσεσι πάθη προσόντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δυνηθεὶς πρᾶξαι, ὑπερβῆναι τοὺς κοσμοποιοὺς ἴσχυσεν· οὐ μόνον δὲ αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦτο δεδυνῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δυναμένην... ὑπερβῆναι τοὺς κοσμοποιοὺς Ἀγγέλους, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐὰν λάβῃ δυνάμεις, καὶ τὰ ὅμοια πράξῃ. (Theodoretus Irenaeo propius : ... δυναμένην ὁμοίως λαμβάνειν δύναμιν πρὸς τὸ πρᾶξαι ὅμοια.) Ὅθεν εἰς τῦφον οὗτοι ἐληλακότες μέγαν... (Theodoret. εἰς τοσαύτην τύφου μανίαν ἐξώκειλαν ἄνδρες), ἑαυτοὺς προκριτέους ἡγοῦνται καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· ἄλλοι δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν, οὐχ Ἰησοῦ φασιν, ἀλλὰ Πέτρου, καὶ Ἀνδρέου, καὶ Παύλου, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν Ἀποστόλων ἑαυτοὺς ὑπερφερεστέρους εἶναι· ἄλλοι δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν φάσκουσι μηδὲν διενηνοχέναι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· αἱ γὰρ ψυχαὶ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς περιφορᾶς εἰσι, καὶ ὁμοίως κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πάντων καταφρόνησιν ποιούμεναι, τῆς αὐτῆς δυνάμεως ἠξιώθησαν... Εἰ δὲ καί τις πάλιν δυνηθείη ὑπὲρ τὸν Ἰησοῦν καταφρονῆσαι, διαφορώτερος ἔσται αὐτοῦ.

"And they say the soul of Jesus," etc. Epiphanius: "That the soul of Jesus, brought up in the customs of the Jews, despised them, and for this reason received powers, through which, having been able to do the passions that attach to men for punishment, it was strong enough to rise above the world-makers; and that not only the soul of Jesus itself had this power, but also the soul able … to rise above the world-making Angels, if it too receives powers and does like things." (Theodoret, closer to Irenaeus: "… able likewise to receive power to do like things.") "Hence these men, driven to great conceit … (Theodoret: 'men ran aground on such a madness of conceit'), think themselves to be preferred even to Jesus himself; others of them say they are superior not to Jesus but to Peter and Andrew and Paul and the rest of the Apostles; others of them say they differ in nothing from Jesus: for the souls are from the same circuit, and, practising contempt of all things as Jesus did, have been counted worthy of the same power … And if anyone again should be able to despise more than Jesus, he will be more excellent than he."

(printed under page 349)

(8) ‹anchor: Eam igitur› · call in col 681 (inferred)

Eam igitur. Sic ex Epiphanio, ipsa constructionis lege ita exigente, restituo pro ea, ut vitiose legitur in omnibus codd. aperto scribarum sphalmate.

"That (soul), therefore" (accusative). So I restore it from Epiphanius, the very rule of the construction demanding it, in place of "ea," as is faultily read in all the codices by an obvious slip of the scribes.

(printed under page 349)

(9) ‹anchor: Distantes amplius› · call in col 681 (inferred)

Distantes amplius. Vertere debuisset interpres, praestantiores, excellentiores, juxta Graecum ὑπερφερεστέρους.

"Standing further off." The translator should have rendered "more outstanding, more excellent," according to the Greek ὑπερφερεστέρους.

(printed under page 349)

(10) ‹anchor: Deminorari› · call in col 681 (inferred)

Deminorari. I. e minores, vel inferiores esse Jesu.

"To be lessened": that is, to be less than, or inferior to, Jesus.

(printed under page 349)

(11) ‹anchor: Charitesia› · call in col 681 (inferred)

Charitesia. Forte legendum charisteria. Nam ex Gloss. vet. χαριστήριον est amatorium, quod huic Irenaei loco apprime convenit. At charitesia legatur, per me licet ; sed idem erit significatum. Quae enim Latine reddidit interpres, incantationes, philtra, et charitesia, Graece dixit Epiphanius, ἐπῳδὰς, φίλτρα καὶ ἀγώγιμα. Per charitesia ergo nihil aliud intellexisse videtur interpres, quam quod Irenaeus, seu Epiphanius, per ἀγώγιμα, quod ille superius vertit adlectantia.

"Charitesia" (love-charms). Perhaps read "charisteria." For according to the old Glossary χαριστήριον is a love-potion, which suits this passage of Irenaeus exceedingly well. But let "charitesia" be read, for all I care; the meaning will be the same. For what the translator rendered in Latin "incantations, philtres and charitesia," Epiphanius said in Greek ἐπῳδὰς, φίλτρα καὶ ἀγώγιμα. By "charitesia," then, the translator seems to have understood nothing other than what Irenaeus, or Epiphanius, meant by ἀγώγιμα, which he rendered above "adlectantia" (enticements).

(printed under page 349)

(12) ‹anchor: Qui et ipsi› · call in col 681 (inferred)

Qui et ipsi, etc. Sic fere Epiphanius : Εἰσὶ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ Σατανᾶ παρεσκευασμένοι, καὶ προβεβλημένοι εἰς ὄνειδος τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἐκκλησίας... εἰς τὸ τὰ ἔθνη κατανοοῦντα αὐτῶν τὰ ἔργα, νομίσαντα καὶ τοὺς τῆς ἁγίας τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἐκκλησίας τοιούτους εἶναι, ἀποστρέφειν τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ κατ' ἀλήθειαν διδασκαλίας, ἢ καὶ ὁρῶντάς τινας πάντως [l. πάντας] ὁμοίως βλασφημεῖν.

"Who themselves too," etc. So, roughly, Epiphanius: "They have been prepared by Satan and put forward for the reproach of God's Church … so that the Gentiles, observing their works and supposing that those of God's holy Church are such as well, may turn their ears away from the true teaching of God, or else, seeing some, may blaspheme all alike" (read πάντας for πάντως).

(printed under page 349)

Page

  • running head: 681 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBE
  • marginal letters: A mam (7) in Judaeorum; B fabricatores, eadem dignas; C προσόντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; D ctionis lege ita
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; mam continued from ani- in col. 680; malignatio- split at column break
PG 7:682
dicentes se potestatem habere ad dominandum jam principibus et fabricatoribus hujus mundi: non solum autem, sed et his omnibus, quae in eo sunt facta. Qui et ipsi ad detractionem divini Ecclesiae nominis, quemadmodum et gentes, a Satana praemissi sunt, uti secundum alium et alium modum, quae sunt illorum audientes homines, et putantes omnes nos tales esse, avertant aures suas a praeconio veritatis: aut et videntes quae sunt illorum, omnes nos blasphement, in nullo eis communicantes, neque in doctrina, neque in moribus, neque in quotidiana conversatione. Sed vitam quidem luxuriosam, sententiam autem impiam ad velamen malitiae ipsorum nomine abutuntur, quorum judicium justum est, recipientium dignam suis operibus a Deo retributionem.
saying that they already have power to lord it over the princes and makers of this world; and not only over them, but also over all these things that have been made in it. And they themselves also, like the Gentiles, have been sent forth in advance by Satan for the slander of the divine name of the Church, so that in one way or another men, hearing the things that belong to them and supposing that all of us are such, may turn their ears away from the preaching of the truth; or also, seeing the things that belong to them, may blaspheme all of us, though we have fellowship with them in nothing, neither in doctrine, nor in morals, nor in daily way of life. Rather, while leading a dissolute life and holding an impious opinion, they abuse the name as a cloak for their wickedness, whose judgement is just, as they receive from God a retribution worthy of their works.
4. Et in tantam insaniam effrenati sunt, uti et omnia quaecunque sunt irreligiosa et impia, in potestate habere, et operari se dicant. Sola enim humana opinione negotia mala et bona dicunt. Et utique secundum transmigrationes in corpora oportere in omni vita, et in omni
4. And they have broken loose into such madness that they say they have in their power and practise all things whatsoever that are irreligious and impious. For they say that actions are evil and good by human opinion alone. And assuredly that according to transmigrations into bodies the souls must in every life, and in every
Editors' notes and page, col. 682

Footnotes

(13) ‹anchor: Detractionem divini Ecclesiae nominis› · call in col 682 (inferred)

Detractionem divini Ecclesiae nominis. Editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard, detractionem divini nominis et Ecclesiae.

"Disparagement of the Church's divine name." The editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent: "disparagement of the divine name and of the Church."

(printed under page 349)

(14) ‹anchor: Aut et› · call in col 682 (inferred)

Aut et. Clarom. ut et. Eras., Gall. et Feuard., aut ut.

"Or also." The Clermont manuscript: "so that also." Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent: "or so that."

(printed under page 349)

(15) ‹anchor: Sed vitam quidem luxuriosam... abutuntur› · call in col 682 (inferred)

Sed vitam quidem luxuriosam... abutuntur. Hic Arund., Voss., Merc. 2, Feuard. in marg. et edit. Oxon. sequi malim quam Clarom., Pass. et caeteras editt. in quibus legitur, abutantur. Sed verba quaepiam e textu excidisse perspicuum est : frustra enim in iis, quae exstant, sensum, aut connexionem requiras. Quantum ex Epiphanio colligere fas est, hoc, aut quidpiam simile scripsisse videtur Irenaeus : Sed vitam quidem luxuriosam ducunt ; sententiam autem impiam ut tegant, ad velamen malitiae ipsorum Christiani nomine abutuntur. Scribit enim ille : Porro isti in luxu atque deliciis assidue versantur, neque ad nos penitus accedunt, nisi forte ut imbecilles animos ad impia sua dogmata pelliciant. Neque enim alia re nobis similes sunt, quam quod Christiani nomine gloriantur, ut ementiti hujus vocabuli specie improbitatem suam exerceant. Sed eorum, uti scriptum est, judicium legitimum est, etc.

"But a luxurious life indeed … they abuse." Here I would rather follow the Arundel, Vossius and Mercier 2 manuscripts, Feuardent's margin and the Oxford edition than the Clermont and Passionei manuscripts and the other editions, in which "abutantur" (subjunctive) is read. But it is plain that some words have fallen out of the text: in vain would you look for sense or connection in what survives. So far as one may gather from Epiphanius, Irenaeus seems to have written this or something like it: "But they lead a luxurious life indeed; and to cover their impious opinion, they abuse the name of Christian as a veil for their malice." For he writes: "Moreover these men live continually in luxury and delights, and do not come near us at all, unless perhaps to lure weak minds to their impious doctrines. For in nothing else are they like us, except that they glory in the name of Christian, so as to practise their wickedness under the show of this counterfeited title. But their judgement, as it is written, is just," etc.

(printed under page 349)

(16) ‹anchor: In tantam insaniam› · call in col 682 (inferred)

In tantam insaniam. Editt., in tantum insania.

"To such madness." The editions: "madness to such a degree."

(printed under page 349)

(17) ‹anchor: In potestate habere et operari se dicant› · call in col 682 (inferred)

In potestate habere et operari se dicant. Hic ab editt. discrepant mss., nec secum invicem consentiunt. In Eras., Gall. et Feuard. legitur, potestatem habere operandi se dicant ; mss. vero omnes concorditer habent, in potestate, ac et operari, uno excepto Arund., quem secutus est Grabius, in quo omittitur particula et. At in aliis legitur, habere, ut in Arund. et Pass., in aliis habeant ut in caeteris. Priorum lectionem sequi malui, cujus hic sensus : in potestate habere, id est sibi licere, et operari se dicant.

"That they say they have it in their power, and do it." Here the manuscripts differ from the editions, and do not agree among themselves. In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent one reads "that they say they have the power of doing"; but all the manuscripts agree in having "in potestate" and "et operari," except the Arundel alone, which Grabe followed, where the particle "et" is omitted. And in some one reads "habere," as in the Arundel and Passionei, in others "habeant," as in the rest. I preferred to follow the former reading, whose sense is this: that they say they have it in their power, that is, that it is lawful for them, and do it.

(printed under page 349)

(18) ‹anchor: Sola enim humana opinione› · call in col 682 (inferred)

Sola enim humana opinione, etc. Ita et Theodoretus : Δόξῃ γάρ, φησίν, οὐκ ἀληθείᾳ, τὰ μὲν τῶν πραγμάτων κακὰ εἶναι δοκεῖ, τὰ δὲ ἀγαθά.

"For by human opinion alone," etc. So also Theodoret: "For by opinion, he says, not in truth, some things seem to be evil, and others good."

(printed under page 349)

(19) ‹anchor: Oportere in omni vita› · call in col 682 (inferred)

Oportere in omni vita, etc. Haec clarius explicat Irenaeus lib. II, c. 32, et ex eo Epiphanius (continues)

"That one must in every life," etc. Irenaeus explains this more clearly in book II, ch. 32, and from him Epiphanius (continues)

(printed under page 349)

Page

  • running head: ÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 682
  • marginal letters: A nes, dicentes se; B dignam suis operibus; C Eras., Gall. et Feuard.,; D quam quod Christiani
  • old-edition numerals: 104 after dicant.
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; nes continued from malignatio- in col. 681
PG 7:683
actu fieri animas (si non praeoccupans quis in uno adventu omnia agat semel ac pariter, quae non tantum dicere et audire non est fas nobis, sed ne quidem in mentis conceptionem venire, nec credere si apud homines conversantes in his, quae sunt secundum nos civitates, tale aliquid agitatur) uti, secundum quod scripta eorum dicunt, in omni usu vitae factae animae ipsorum, exeuntes in nihilo adhuc minus habeant ad operandum (autem) in eo: ne forte, propterea quod deest libertati aliqua res, cogantur iterum mitti in corpus. Propter hoc dicunt Jesum hanc dixisse parabolam: Cum es cum adversario tuo in via, da operam, ut libereris ab eo, ne forte te det judici, et judex ministro, et mittat te in carcerem. Amen dico tibi, non exies inde, donec reddas novissimum quadrantem. Et adversarium dicunt unum ex angelis, qui sunt in mundo, quem diabolum vocant, dicentes factum eum ad id, ut ducat eas, quae perierunt, animas a mundo ad principem (et hunc dicunt esse primum ex mundi fabricatoribus); et illum alterum angelo, qui ministrat
action come to be (unless someone, anticipating, in a single coming does all things at once and together—things which it is not lawful for us not only to speak and hear, but even to enter into the conception of our mind, or to believe that any such thing is practised among men dwelling in the cities that are among us), so that, according to what their writings say, their souls, having been engaged in every experience of life, when they depart may still lack nothing for working in it; lest perchance, because something is lacking to their freedom, they be compelled to be sent again into a body. On this account they say that Jesus spoke this parable: While you are with your adversary in the way, give diligence that you may be delivered from him, lest perchance he deliver you to the judge, and the judge to the officer, and he cast you into prison. Amen I say to you, you shall not come out thence until you have paid the last farthing. And they say that the adversary is one of the angels that are in the world, whom they call the devil, saying that he was made to this end, that he may lead those souls which have perished from the world to the prince (and they say that he is the first of the makers of the world); and that this prince in turn delivers them to another angel, who ministers
Editors' notes and page, col. 683

Footnotes

(20) ‹anchor: In omni usu vitae› · call in col 683 (inferred)

In omni usu vitae, etc. Epiphan. : Φασὶ γὰρ, δεῖν πάντως πᾶσαν χρῆσιν τούτων ποιεῖσθαι, ἵνα μὴ ἐξελθοῦσαι καὶ ὑστερήσασαί τινος ἔργου, τούτου ἕνεκα καταστραφῶσιν εἰς σώματα πάλιν αἱ ψυχαὶ, εἰς τὸ πρᾶξαι αὖθις ἃ μὴ ἔπραξαν. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι, φασὶν, ὅπερ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ εἶπε διὰ παραβολῆς, ὅτι « Ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου, ἐν ᾧ ἦς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ δὸς ἐργασίαν ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, μή πως ὁ ἀντίδικος παραδῷ σε τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ ὁ ὑπηρέτης βάλλῃ σε εἰς φυλακήν· ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν, ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην. »

"In every use of life," etc. Epiphanius: "For they say one must by all means make every use of these things, so that the souls, departing and falling short of some work, may not for that reason be cast down again into bodies, to do afterwards what they did not do. And this, they say, is what Jesus said in the Gospel by a parable: 'Be well disposed to your adversary while you are on the way with him, and take pains to be rid of him, lest the adversary hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer, and the officer throw you into prison; truly I say to you, you will not come out from there until you have paid the last farthing.'"

(printed under page 350)

(21) ‹anchor: In nihilo adhuc minus habeant› · call in col 683 (inferred)

In nihilo adhuc minus habeant, etc. Hic in omnibus editt. pravae interpunctionis vitio misere pervertitur sensus, dum ab his verbis, ad operandum in eo, etc., quae ad praecedens colon pertinent, nova incipit periodus, quae male protrahitur usque ad, dixisse parabolam. Sic ergo restituo, legendo consequenter : In nihilo adhuc minus habeant ad operandum in eo : i. e. nihil, ne minimum quidem supersit, vel, amplius habeant ad operandum in eo vitae usu. Expungenda vero particula autem, quam ideo parenthesi inclusi, quia sensum turbat. Tum praemissis punctis duobus lego : ne forte, etc., et a propter hoc, etc., novam instituo periodum. Sic distinguendo, caligo huic Irenaei loco offusa facile discutietur.

"That they may still have nothing less," etc. Here in all the editions the sense is wretchedly perverted by faulty punctuation, since a new period begins at the words "to do in it," etc., which belong to the preceding clause, and is wrongly drawn out as far as "said the parable." I therefore restore it thus, reading continuously: "That they may still have nothing less to do in it": that is, that nothing, not even the least thing, may remain, or that they may have nothing more to do in that use of life. The particle "autem" should be struck out; I have therefore enclosed it in parentheses, because it disturbs the sense. Then, putting a colon before, I read "lest perhaps," etc., and begin a new period at "for this reason," etc. Punctuated thus, the fog spread over this passage of Irenaeus will easily be dispelled.

(printed under page 350)

(22) ‹anchor: Propterea quod deest libertati aliqua res, cogantur› · call in col 683 (inferred)

Propterea quod deest libertati aliqua res, cogantur, etc. Sic probe restituit Grabius ex omn. codd. Anglic. junctim sumptis, singulis in una alterave harum vocum corruptis. Genuinam hanc lectionem haberent vetus Feuard. codex, Clarom. et Pass., nisi oscitantes librarii pro propterea scripsissent propter eam. Sed in aliis editt. perperam omnino : propter eum quod deest libertati aliqua re cogantur.

"Because something is lacking to their freedom, they are compelled," etc. So Grabe rightly restored it from all the English codices taken together, each being corrupt in one or another of these words. Feuardent's old codex, the Clermont and the Passionei would have this genuine reading, had not drowsy copyists written "propter eam" for "propterea." But in other editions, quite wrongly: "propter eum quod deest libertati aliqua re cogantur."

(printed under page 350)

Page

  • running head: 683 S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNEN
  • marginal letters: A actu fieri animas; B dico tibi, non exies; C nes, etc., sensus est:; D omnibus editt. pravae
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; mi- split at column break
PG 7:684
ei, tradere tales animas, uti in alia corpora includat: corpus enim dicunt esse carcerem. Et id quod ait: Non exies inde, quoadusque novissimum quadrantem reddas, interpretantur, quasi non exeat quis a potestate angelorum eorum, qui mundum fabricaverunt; sic transcorporatum semper, quoadusque in omni omnino operatione, quae in mundo est, fiat: et cum nihil defuerit ei, tum liberatam ejus animam elevari ad illum Deum, qui est supra angelos mundi fabricatores. Sic quoque salvari et omnes animas, sive ipsae praeoccupantes in uno adventu in omnibus misceantur operationibus, sive de corpore in corpus transmigrantes, vel immissae in unaquaque specie vitae, adimplentes et reddentes debita liberari, uti jam non faciant in corpore.
to him, so that he may shut up such souls into other bodies; for they say that the body is the prison. And that which he says: You shall not come out thence until you have paid the last farthing, they interpret as meaning that no one goes out from the power of those angels who made the world, but is thus continually transferred from body to body, until he has been engaged in every action whatsoever that is in the world; and when nothing has been lacking to him, then his freed soul is raised up to that God Who is above the angels who made the world. And that thus also all souls are saved, whether anticipating in a single coming they mingle in all actions, or transmigrating from body to body, and cast into each kind of life, by fulfilling and paying their debts they are set free, so that they no longer pass their life in a body.
5. Καὶ εἰ μὲν πράσσεται παρ' αὐτοῖς τὰ ἄθεα, καὶ ἔκθεσμα, καὶ ἀπειρημένα, ἐγὼ οὐκ ἂν πιστεύσαιμι· ἐν
5. And whether these godless, and unlawful, and forbidden things are practised among them, I for my part could scarcely believe; yet in
Editors' notes and page, col. 684

Footnotes

(23) ‹anchor: Mittat te› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Mittat te. Editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. addunt minister ; sed hanc vocem nullus mss. codex agnoscit.

"Cast you." The editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent add "the officer"; but no manuscript codex knows this word.

(printed under page 350)

(24) ‹anchor: Non exies› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Non exies. Clarom. non exeas ; et sic etiam Inferius.

"You will not come out." The Clermont manuscript: "you may not come out"; and so also below.

(printed under page 350)

(25) ‹anchor: Et adversarium dicunt› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Et adversarium dicunt, etc. Epiphanius : Καί φασιν εἶναι τὸν ἀντίδικον ἐκεῖνον, τῶν τὸν κόσμον πεποιηκότων Ἀγγέλων ἕνα (addit inferius, ὄνομα ἔχοντα διάβολον ; sic enim legendum et Irenaeus et res ipsa docet, non Ἄβολον, ut in omnibus editt. perperam habetur), καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κατεσκευάσθαι, εἰς τὸ ἀπάγειν τὰς ψυχὰς πρὸς τὸν κριτὴν, τὰς ἐντεῦθεν ἐξερχομένας ἐκ σωμάτων... παραδίδοσθαι δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄρχοντος τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ... εἰς τὸ φέρειν τὰς ψυχὰς πάλιν, καὶ εἰς σώματα καταγγίζειν διάφορα... φασὶ γὰρ εἶναι τὴν φυλακὴν τὸ σῶμα.

"And they say the adversary," etc. Epiphanius: "And they say that that adversary is one of the Angels who made the world (he adds below, 'having the name devil'; for so it should be read, as both Irenaeus and the matter itself show, not Abolos, as is wrongly found in all the editions), and that he was made for this very purpose, to lead away to the judge the souls departing hence out of bodies … and that they are handed over by the ruler to the officer … to bring the souls back again and pour them into different bodies … for they say the prison is the body."

(printed under page 350)

(26) ‹anchor: A mundo› · call in col 684 (inferred)

A mundo. In Feuard., Voss. et Pass., inmundo.

"By the world." In Feuardent, the Vossius and the Passionei: "unclean."

(printed under page 350)

(27) ‹anchor: Alterum angelo, qui› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Alterum angelo, qui. Ita Clarom. (nisi quod addat et ante qui), Voss. et Merc. 2. At editt. cum Arund. et Pass., altero angelo, qui. Sed prior lectio praeferenda ; et illum alterum ad diabolum referri debet.

"The other, to the angel who." So the Clermont manuscript (except that it adds "and" before "who"), the Vossius and Mercier 2. But the editions, with the Arundel and the Passionei: "to the other angel, who." The former reading is to be preferred, and "that other" must be referred to the devil.

(printed under page 350)

(28) ‹anchor: Sic transcorporatum› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Sic transcorporatum. Ita Clarom., Arund., Merc. 2, cum Eras. et Gall. In caeteris, sed sit transcorporatum ; quod minus placet : legendum enim esset, sed sit transcorporatus.

"Thus passed into another body." So the Clermont, Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts, with Erasmus and Gallasius. In the rest, "sed sit transcorporatum," which pleases less: for one would have to read "sed sit transcorporatus."

(printed under page 350)

(29) ‹anchor: Elevari› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Elevari. Ita Feuard., Grab. et Voss., favente Epiphanio. Sed Eras., Gall., Clarom., Pass., Ottobon. et Merc. 2, eliberari ; Arund. vero pejus, et liberari.

"To be lifted up." So Feuardent, Grabe and the Vossius, with Epiphanius in support. But Erasmus, Gallasius, the Clermont, Passionei, Ottoboni and Mercier 2 have "eliberari" (to be set free); the Arundel, worse, "et liberari."

(printed under page 350)

(30) ‹anchor: Non faciant› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Non faciant. Sic antiquiores tres codd. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. In aliis, non fiant ; quae recentiorum scribarum emendatio esse videtur, haud advertentium verbum Graecum πράττωσι (sic enim scriptum fuisse conjicio), agant, vitam agant, degant, seu potius operentur (uti paulo superius scriptum, ad operandum in eo), perperam ab interprete redditum faciant.

"Do not do." So the three older codices, the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius. In others, "non fiant" (are not done), which seems to be an emendation by more recent scribes, who did not notice that the Greek verb πράττωσι (for so I conjecture it was written), meaning "act, live, pass their life," or rather "work" (as is written a little above, "to work in it"), was wrongly rendered "faciant" by the translator.

(printed under page 350)

(31) ‹anchor: Καὶ εἰ μὲν πράσσεται› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Καὶ εἰ μὲν πράσσεται. Graeca haec ex Irenaeo descripsisse se affirmat Theodoretus lib. I Haer. fab., c. 5.

"And if it is done." Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum book I, ch. 5, affirms that he copied this Greek from Irenaeus.

(printed under page 350)

(32) ‹anchor: Οὐκ ἂν πιστεύσαιμι› · call in col 684 (inferred)

Οὐκ ἂν πιστεύσαιμι. Petavius in suis ad Epiphanium notis hic legendum vult : οὐκ ἂν πι- (continues)

"I would not believe." Petau, in his notes on Epiphanius, would have it read here: οὐκ ἂν πι- (continues)

(printed under page 350)

Page

  • running head: PI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS 684
  • marginal letters: A nistrat ei, tradere; B faciant (30) in corpore.; C (24) Non exies.; D (28) Sic transcorporatum.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: upper part of column (nistrat ei... in corpore.) is Latin only, no Greek printed; nistrat continued from mi- in col. 683; at 5. column splits into Greek on left and facing Latin (5. Et si quidem fiant... In conscriptio-) on right, facing Latin not set
PG 7:685
δὲ τοῖς συγγράμμασιν αὐτῶν οὕτως ἀναγέγραπται, καὶ αὐτοὶ οὕτως ἐξηγοῦνται, τὸν Ἰησοῦν λέγοντες εν μυστηρίῳ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀποστόλοις κατ' ἰδίαν λελαληκέναι, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἀξιῶσαι, τοῖς ἀξίοις καὶ τοῖς πειθομένοις ταῦτα παραδιδόναι· διὰ πίστεως γὰρ καὶ ἀγάπης σώζεσθαι· τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἀδιάφορα ὄντα, κατὰ τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πὴ μὲν ἀγαθὰ, πὴ δὲ κακὰ νομίζεσθαι, οὐδενὸς φύσει κακοῦ ὑπάρχοντος.
their writings it is so recorded, and they themselves so expound, saying that Jesus spoke privately in a mystery to His disciples and apostles, and requested them to hand these things down to the worthy and to those who assent; for through faith and love they are saved, while the rest of things, being indifferent, according to the opinion of men are sometimes esteemed good and sometimes evil, nothing being evil by nature.
6. Alii vero ex ipsis signant, cauteriantes suos discipulos in posterioribus partibus exstantiae dextrae auris. Unde et Marcellina, quae Romam sub Aniceto venit, cum esset hujus doctrinae, multos exterminavit. Gnosticos se autem vocant: et imagines quasdam quidem depictas, quasdam autem et de reliqua materia fabricatas habent, dicentes formam Christi factam a Pilato, illo in tempore quo fuit Jesus cum hominibus. Et has coronant, et proponunt eas cum imaginibus mundi philosophorum,
6. Moreover, others of them mark their disciples by branding them on the back parts of the lobe of the right ear. Whence also Marcellina, who came to Rome under Anicetus, being of this doctrine, led many astray. And they call themselves Gnostics; and they have some images painted, and some also made out of other material, saying that a likeness of Christ was made by Pilate at that time when Jesus was among men. And they crown these, and set them forth along with the images of the philosophers
Editors' notes and page, col. 685

Footnotes

(33) ‹anchor: Alii vero ex ipsis signant› · call in col 685 (inferred)

Alii vero ex ipsis signant, etc. Ut videlicet, quemadmodum optime notat Feuardentius, primo occursu ejusdem secum factionis assectas agnoscerent, consilia communicarent, et promiscuis concubitibus miscerentur.

"But others of them brand," etc. That is, as Feuardent notes very well, so that at first meeting they might recognize the followers of their own faction, share counsels, and mingle in promiscuous intercourse.

(printed under page 351)

(34) ‹anchor: Unde et Marcellina› · call in col 685 (inferred)

Unde et Marcellina, etc. Ab his non procul recedunt Graeca haec Epiphanii verba : Μαρκελλίνα τις ὑπ' αὐτῶν ἀπατηθεῖσα... ἐν χρόνοις... Ἀνικήτου... ἐν Ῥώμῃ γενομένη... πολλοὺς τῶν ἐκεῖσε λυμηναμένη ἠφάνισε· καὶ ἔνθεν γέγονεν ἡ ἀρχὴ Γνωστικῶν τῶν καλουμένων· ἔχουσι δὲ εἰκόνας ἐνζωγράφους διὰ χρωμάτων, τινὲς δὲ... καὶ λοιπῆς ὕλης, ἅτινα ἐκτυπώματά φασιν εἶναι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα ὑπὸ Ποντίου Πιλάτου γεγενῆσθαι... ὅτε ἐνεδήμει τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει... ἔχουσιν εἰκόνας... καὶ Φιλοσόφων τινῶν, Πυθαγόρου, καὶ Πλάτωνος, καὶ Ἀριστοτέλους, καὶ λοιπῶν, μεθ' ὧν καὶ ἕτερα ἐκτυπώματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τιθέασιν, ἱδρύσαντές τε προσκυνοῦσι, καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἔθη λοιπὸν ποιοῦσι.

"Whence also Marcellina," etc. Not far from these are Epiphanius's Greek words: "A certain Marcellina, deceived by them … in the times … of Anicetus … having come to Rome … ruined many there by corrupting them; and from there arose the beginning of those called Gnostics. They have images painted in colours, and some … of other material, which they say are likenesses of Jesus, and that these were made under Pontius Pilate … when he sojourned with the race of men … They have images … also of certain Philosophers, Pythagoras and Plato and Aristotle and the rest, among whom they also set other likenesses of Jesus; and having set them up they worship them, and so practise the customs of the heathen."

(printed under page 351)

(35) ‹anchor: imagines› · call in col 685 (seen)

Et imagines. Al. etiam imagines.

"And images." Others: "even images."

(printed under page 351)

(36) ‹anchor: Platonis et Aristotelis› · call in col 685 (inferred)

Platonis et Aristotelis. Augustinus lib. De haer. non Platonis et Aristotelis, sed Pauli et Homeri imagines memorat a Carpocratianis adoratas, thuraque eis oblata.

"Of Plato and Aristotle." Augustine, in the book De haeresibus, records that the Carpocratians worshipped images not of Plato and Aristotle but of Paul and Homer, and offered incense to them.

(printed under page 351)

Page

  • running head: 685 CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER
  • marginal letters: A δὲ τοῖς συγγράμμασιν; B δὲ κακὰ νομίζεσθαι,; C στώσαιμι, affirmare; D τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τιθέασιν,
  • old-edition numerals: 105 after se
  • other: upper part of column splits into Greek on left and facing Latin (nibus autem illorum sic... cum nihil natura malum sit.) on right, facing Latin not set; lower part (6. Alii vero...) is Latin only, no Greek printed; phi- split at column break
PG 7:686
videlicet cum imagine Pythagorae, et Platonis, et Aristotelis et reliquorum; et reliquam observationem circa eas, similiter ut gentes, faciunt.
of the world, namely with the image of Pythagoras, and of Plato, and of Aristotle, and of the rest; and they practise the rest of the observance around them, in the same way as the Gentiles.
CAPUT XXVI.
Chapter XXVI.
De Cerintho, Ebionitis et Nicolaitis.
Concerning Cerinthus, the Ebionites, and the Nicolaitans.
1. Et Cerinthus autem quidam in Asia, non a primo Deo factum esse mundum docuit, sed a Virtute quadam valde separata, et distante ab ea principalitate, quae est super universa, et ignorante eum, qui est super omnia, Deum. Jesum autem subjecit, non ex Virgine natum (impossibile enim hoc ei visum est); fuisse autem Joseph et Mariae filium similiter ut reliqui omnes homines, et plus potuisse justitia et prudentia, et sapientia ab hominibus. Et post baptismum descendisse in eum, ab ea principalitate quae est super omnia, Christum figura columbae; et tunc annuntiasse incognitum Patrem, et virtutes perfecisse: in fine autem revolasse iterum Christum de Jesu, et Jesum passum esse, et resurrexisse; Christum autem impassibilem perseverasse, exsistentem spiritalem.
1. And a certain Cerinthus in Asia taught that the world was not made by the first God, but by a certain Power far separated and distant from that Principality which is above all things, and ignorant of the God Who is over all. Moreover, he suggested that Jesus was not born of a Virgin (for this seemed to him impossible), but was the son of Joseph and Mary in the same way as all the rest of men, and excelled all men in justice, and prudence, and wisdom. And that after his baptism Christ descended into him in the figure of a dove from that Principality which is over all, and then proclaimed the unknown Father, and wrought mighty works; but at the end Christ flew back again from Jesus, and Jesus suffered and rose again, whereas Christ remained impassible, being spiritual.
2. Qui autem dicuntur Ebionaei, consentiunt quidem mundum a Deo factum: ea autem, quae sunt erga Dominum, non similiter ut Cerinthus et Carpocrates opinantur. Solo autem eo
2. And those who are called Ebionites agree indeed that the world was made by God; but regarding the things that concern the Lord, they do not hold opinions similarly to Cerinthus and Carpocrates. Yet they use only that
Editors' notes and page, col. 686

Footnotes

(37) ‹anchor: Ignorante eum, qui est super omnia, Deum› · call in col 686 (inferred)

Ignorante eum, qui est super omnia, Deum. Theodoret. lib. II Haer. fab., c. 5, fere ut Irenaeus, scribit : Ἐδίδαξε δὲ οὗτος, ἕνα μὲν εἶναι τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν, οὐκ αὐτὸν δὲ εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου δημιουργὸν, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεις τινὰς κεχωρισμένας, καὶ παντελῶς αὐτὸν ἀγνοούσας.

"Not knowing the God who is above all." Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum book II, ch. 5, writes much as Irenaeus does: "This man taught that the God of the universe is one, but that he is not the maker of the world, but certain powers separated from him and wholly ignorant of him."

(printed under page 351)

(38) ‹anchor: Jesum autem subjecit› · call in col 686 (inferred)

Jesum autem subjecit, etc. Idem Theodoretus immediate post citata verba : Τὸν Ἰησοῦν δὲ .... ἔφησε κατὰ φύσιν ἐξ ἀνδρὸς γεγεννῆσθαι καὶ γυναικὸς, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ τῆς Μαρίας, σωφροσύνῃ δὲ, καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγαθοῖς διαπρέψαι. Τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς ἄνωθεν εἰς αὐτὸν κατελθεῖν, καὶ τηνικαῦτα τὸν ἀγνοούμενον κηρύξαι Θεὸν, καὶ .... ἐπιτελέσαι θαυματουργίας.

"But Jesus he supposed," etc. The same Theodoret, immediately after the words cited: "Jesus … he said was born by nature of a man and a woman, Joseph and Mary, and excelled in temperance and justice and the other goods; and that the Christ came down upon him from above in the form of a dove, and then proclaimed the God who was unknown, and … performed works of wonder."

(printed under page 351)

(39) ‹anchor: Ab hominibus› · call in col 686 (inferred)

Ab hominibus. Sic quoad vocem ab omnes mss., et quoad hominibus, vetus Feuard., cod. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. Porro ab hominibus hic scriptum pro prae hominibus, ut habent Eras., Gallas. et Feuardent., quemadmodum Lucae XVIII, 14 : Justificatus ab illo, id est prae illo.

"Than men" (literally "from men"). So, as to the word "ab," all the manuscripts; and as to "hominibus," Feuardent's old codex, the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius. "Ab hominibus" is written here for "prae hominibus" (beyond men), as Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent have it, just as in Luke 18:14, "justified ab illo," that is, rather than he.

(printed under page 351)

(40) ‹anchor: non similiter› · call in col 686 (seen)

Non similiter. Particulam negativam expungendam censet Cotelerius in not. ad lib. VI Constit. apost., c. 6. Suspicatur vero Grabius consimiliter, pro non similiter legendum. Sed vereor ne huic conjecturae contradicat Epiphanius. Siquidem haer. 30 § 14, postquam dixit Cerinthum et Carpocratem eodem Matthaei Evangelio fretos, ex ejus initio Christique genealogia probare uti, Christum e Josephi et Mariae semine esse procreatum ; de Ebionaeis statim addit : οὗτοι δὲ ἄλλα τινὰ διανοοῦνται, illi contra alia quaedam statuunt. Nam omnem illam genealogiam amputant. Et revera § 3 docet, principio quidem Ebionaeos Christum e viri semine, nimirum Josephi, genitum affirmasse : verum postea alia de Christo effutire coepisse, quae a Carpocratis et Cerinthi dogmatibus immensum distabant. Adduntque Theodoretus lib. II, c. 1, et Euseb. lib. III Hist., c. 27, quamdam Ebionaeorum classem Servatorem nostrum e virgine natum asseruisse ; quod negabant Cerinthus et Carpocrates. Quare cum Irenaeus hic de Ebionaeis in genere disserat, scribere potuit, imo et debuit, eos non similiter ut Cerinthum et Carpocratem de Domino opinatos fuisse. Itaque haud sollicitanda esse ejus verba censerem.

"Not alike." Cotelier, in his notes on book VI of the Apostolic Constitutions, ch. 6, thinks the negative particle should be struck out. Grabe suspects that "consimiliter" (quite alike) should be read for "non similiter." But I fear Epiphanius contradicts this conjecture. For in Heresy 30, § 14, after saying that Cerinthus and Carpocrates, relying on the same Gospel of Matthew, try (as printed, "uti") to prove from its beginning and from Christ's genealogy that Christ was begotten of the seed of Joseph and Mary, he at once adds of the Ebionites: "but these think certain other things," they on the contrary lay down certain other things; "for they cut off that whole genealogy." And indeed in § 3 he teaches that at first the Ebionites affirmed that Christ was begotten of a man's seed, namely Joseph's, but afterwards began to babble other things about Christ that were immensely far from the doctrines of Carpocrates and Cerinthus. And Theodoret, book II, ch. 1, and Eusebius, History book III, ch. 27, add that a certain class of the Ebionites asserted that our Saviour was born of a virgin, which Cerinthus and Carpocrates denied. Therefore, since Irenaeus is speaking here of the Ebionites in general, he could, and indeed should, write that they did not think about the Lord in the same way as Cerinthus and Carpocrates. So I would judge that his words are not to be tampered with.

(printed under page 351)

(41) ‹anchor: Solo autem eo› · call in col 686 (seen)

Solo autem eo, etc. Ita fere Eusebius lib. III Histor., c. 27 : Οὗτοι δὲ μὲν Ἀποστόλου πάσας τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἀρνητέας ἡγοῦντο εἶναι, ἀποστάτην ἀποκαλοῦντες αὐτὸν τοῦ νόμου· Εὐαγγελίῳ δὲ μόνῳ τῷ καθ' Ἑβραίους λεγομένῳ χρώμενοι.

"But that (Gospel) alone," etc. So, roughly, Eusebius, History book III, ch. 27: "These held that all the letters of the Apostle were to be rejected, calling him an apostate from the law; and they used only the Gospel called according to the Hebrews."

(printed under page 351)

Page

  • running head: ÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS. 686
  • marginal letters: A losophorum, videlicet; B Mariae filium similiter; C δὲ Χριστὸν ἐν εἴδει; D alia quaedam statuunt.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; losophorum continued from phi- in col. 685; editors' matter: De Cerintho, Ebionitis et Nicolaitis.
PG 7:687
quod est secundum Matthaeum, Evangelio utuntur, et apostolum Paulum recusant, apostatam eum legis dicentes. Quae autem sunt prophetica, curiosius exponere nituntur; et circumciduntur, ac perseverant in his consuetudinibus, quae sunt secundum legem, et Judaico charactere vitae, uti et Hierosolymam adorent, quasi domus sit Dei.
which is according to Matthew, only that Gospel do they use, and they reject the Apostle Paul, calling him an apostate from the law. Moreover, the things that are prophetic they strive to expound more curiously; and they are circumcised, and persevere in those customs which are according to the law, and in a Jewish manner of life, so that they even adore Jerusalem, as though it were the house of God.
3. Nicolaitae autem magistrum quidem habent Nicolaum, unum ex VII qui primi ad diaconium ab apostolis ordinati sunt : qui indiscrete vivunt. Plenissime autem per Joannis Apocalypsin manifestantur qui sint, nullam differentiam esse docentes in moechando, et idolothyton edere. Quapropter dixit et de iis sermo : Sed hoc habes quod odisti opera Nicolaitarum, quae et ego odi.
3. The Nicolaitans, moreover, have as their master Nicolaus, one of the seven who were first ordained to the diaconate by the apostles; and they live without restraint. Very fully, indeed, through the Apocalypse of John is it made manifest who they are, teaching that there is no difference in committing adultery and in eating things sacrificed to idols. Wherefore the word also has spoken concerning them: But this you have, that you hate the works of the Nicolaitans, which I also hate (Rev. 2:6).
CAPUT XXVII.
Chapter XXVII.
De Cerdone et Marcione.
Concerning Cerdo and Marcion.
1. Κέρδων δέ τις ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Σίμωνα τὰς ἀφορμὰς λαβὼν, καὶ ἐπιδημήσας ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐπὶ Ὑγίνου, ἔνατον κλῆρον τῆς ἐπισκοπικῆς διαδοχῆς ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀποστόλων ἔχοντος, ἐδίδαξε τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν κεκηρυγμένον Θεὸν, μὴ εἶναι Πατέρα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Τὸν μὲν γὰρ γνωρίζεσθαι, τὸν δὲ ἀγνῶτα εἶναι· καὶ τὸν
1. And a certain Cerdo, taking his starting-points from the followers of Simon, and having sojourned in Rome in the time of Hyginus, who held the ninth lot of the episcopal succession from the Apostles, taught that the God proclaimed by the law and the prophets is not the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. For the one, indeed, is known, whereas the other is unknown; and the one
Editors' notes and page, col. 687

Footnotes

<!-- Col 687 here carries the Greek (Eusebius's extract) and the Latin side by side in two narrow sub-columns; col 688 is Latin. Call (45) is seen in col 687's Latin and (48) in col 688. Other call columns are inferred from where each note is printed (left foot = 687, right foot = 688). Notes print the body's chapter and scripture references first. --> [chapter and scripture references, calls 35–38] · cols 687–688 ³⁵ Cap. XXVII. ³⁶ Apoc. II, 6. ³⁷ Cap. XXVIII. ³⁸ Cap. XXIX.

³⁵ Chapter 27. ³⁶ Revelation 2:6. ³⁷ Chapter 28. ³⁸ Chapter 29.

(printed under page 352)

(42) ‹anchor: Et Judaico charactere vitae, uti et Hierosolymam adorent› · call in col 687 (inferred)

Et Judaico charactere vitae, uti et Hierosolymam adorent. Sic Clarom., Arund. et Merc. 2. In Eras., Gall. et Feuard. perperam omnino et Judaico charactere vitae uti, et Hierosolymam adorant.

"And in the Jewish manner of life, so that they even worship Jerusalem." So the Clermont, Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts. In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, quite wrongly: "and to use the Jewish manner of life, and they worship Jerusalem."

(printed under page 352)

(43) ‹anchor: Κέρδων δέ τις› · call in col 687 (inferred)

Κέρδων δέ τις etc. Haec Eusebius lib. IV Hist., cap. 11, ex Irenaeo transcripsit.

"And a certain Cerdo," etc. Eusebius copied this from Irenaeus, History book IV, ch. 11.

(printed under page 352)

(44) ‹anchor: Quidam› · call in col 687 (inferred)

Quidam. Ita Eras., Gall., Clarom. et Pass. juxta Graecum. At in Feuard., Oxon. et Valesiana Eusebii versione perperam, quidem ; quod erratum cum animadverterit Grabius, mirum cur ex Eras. saltem et Gallas. non correxerit.

"A certain." So Erasmus, Gallasius, the Clermont and Passionei manuscripts, following the Greek. But in Feuardent, the Oxford edition and Valois's version of Eusebius, wrongly, "quidem" (indeed); since Grabe noticed this error, it is a wonder he did not correct it at least from Erasmus and Gallasius.

(printed under page 352)

(45) ‹anchor: cum episcopatus per› · call in col 687 (seen)

Octavum locum. Sic cod. Pass., caeteri vero cum editt. tum mss. nonum locum. Sed priorem lectionem licet textui Graeco repugnantem eo fidentius sequor quod constare mihi videatur, Eusebium vitiosis deceptum exemplaribus perperam in citato cap. 11 bis scripsisse ἔνατον, Irenaeo scilicet repugnante. Argumentum est 1° quod vetus interpres Irenaei verba lib. III, cap. 4, n. 3, ab Eusebio relata initio capitis 11 vertens, legerit ὄγδοος, non ἔνατος ; vertit enim, octavus. 2° et id praecipuum est, Irenaeus ipse, ejusdem libri cap. 3 (cujus verba citat Eusebius lib. V Hist., c. 6), Romanos pontifices ordine referens, sextum ab apostolis Xystum recenset, ἕκτος ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καθίσταται Ξύστος, tum Telesphorum, ac deinde Hyginum, qui proinde octavus est. Hunc excipit Pius, istum Anicetus, cui successit Soter, ac tandem δωδεκάτῳ τόπῳ, duodecimo loco, Eleutherius. Nihil clarius. Ut ergo Irenaeus cum Irenaeo consentiat, ubique legendum ὄγδοος, octavus, non ἔνατος, nonus. Equidem scio et Cyprianum epist. 74 ad Pompeium, et Epiphanium haer. 41 et 42, Hyginum nono loco inter pontifices Romanos numerasse. doctissimumque Cotelerium in suis ad lib. VII Constit. apost., c. 46, notis legentem apud Irenaeum lib. I, c. 27 al. 28, ἔνατον, et lib. III, c. 4 ὄγδοος, haec secum invicem conciliare niti, dicendo Hyginum et octavum et nonum nuncupari potuisse, sed diversa ratione : nonum numerato, octavum omisso Petro : celebrem quippe morem esse apostolos indiculis antistitum praefigere, aut ex iis eximere. De more veteribus solemni cum eruditissimo viro contendere mens non est : sed hoc, si priori loco nonum legamus, solvi nodum posse non putem. Neque enim simpliciter scribit Irenaeus, nonum locum episcopatus, sed addit, per successionem ab apostolis : quo loquendi modo apostolos ab indiculo perspicue removet. Tutius ergo, et ad Irenaei mentem accommodatius, et hic ex Pass. cod. reponere octavum, pro nonum.

"The eighth place." So the Passionei codex; but the rest, editions and manuscripts alike, have "the ninth place." I follow the former reading, though it conflicts with the Greek text, all the more confidently because it seems established to me that Eusebius, misled by faulty copies, wrongly wrote ἔνατον (ninth) twice in the cited ch. 11, against Irenaeus. The proof is, first, that the old translator of Irenaeus, rendering the words of book III, ch. 4, n. 3, which Eusebius reports at the beginning of ch. 11, read ὄγδοος, not ἔνατος, for he rendered "octavus." Second, and this is the chief point, Irenaeus himself, in ch. 3 of the same book (whose words Eusebius cites in History book V, ch. 6), listing the Roman pontiffs in order, counts Xystus sixth from the apostles, "sixth from the apostles Xystus is appointed," then Telesphorus, and then Hyginus, who is accordingly eighth. Pius follows him, Anicetus follows Pius, Soter succeeded Anicetus, and finally "in the twelfth place," Eleutherius. Nothing is clearer. So that Irenaeus may agree with Irenaeus, one must read everywhere ὄγδοος, eighth, not ἔνατος, ninth. I know indeed that Cyprian, Letter 74 to Pompeius, and Epiphanius, Heresies 41 and 42, counted Hyginus in ninth place among the Roman pontiffs; and that the most learned Cotelier, in his notes on book VII of the Apostolic Constitutions, ch. 46, reading ἔνατον in Irenaeus book I, ch. 27 (alias 28) and ὄγδοος in book III, ch. 4, tries to reconcile the two by saying that Hyginus could be called both eighth and ninth, on different reckonings: ninth with Peter counted, eighth with Peter left out; for it was a well-known custom to place the apostles at the head of the lists of bishops, or to leave them out. I have no mind to dispute with that most erudite man about a custom usual among the ancients; but I would not think the knot can be untied this way if we read "ninth" in the former place. For Irenaeus does not write simply "the ninth place of the episcopate," but adds "by succession from the apostles," a way of speaking by which he plainly removes the apostles from the list. It is safer, therefore, and more in keeping with Irenaeus's mind, to restore "eighth" here too, from the Passionei codex, in place of "ninth."

(printed under page 352)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A quod est secundum; B CAPUT XXVII.; C μὲν γὰρ γνωρίζεσθαι; D cum editt. tum mss.
  • old-edition numerals: 106 before qui a lege (in facing Latin)
  • other: upper part Latin only, no Greek printed (quod est secundum ... De Cerdone et Marcione.); lower part has Greek on left and facing Latin on right, facing Latin not set (1. Et Cerdon autem ... Hunc enim cogno-)
PG 7:688
μὲν δίκαιον, τὸν δὲ ἀγαθὸν ὑπάρχειν.
is just, whereas the other is good.
Διαδεξάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν Μαρκίων ὁ Ποντικὸς, ηὔξησε τὸ διδασκαλεῖον, ἀπηρυθριασμένως βλασφημῶν.
2. And Marcion of Pontus, having succeeded him, enlarged the school, shamelessly blaspheming
eum, qui a lege et prophetis annuntiatus est Deus; malorum factorem, et bellorum concupiscentem, et inconstantem quoque sententia, et contrarium sibi ipsum dicens. Jesum autem ab eo Patre, qui est super mundi fabricatorem Deum, venientem in Judaeam temporibus Pontii Pilati praesidis, qui fuit procurator Tiberii Caesaris, in hominis forma manifestatum his qui in Judaea erant, dissolventem prophetas et legem, et omnia opera ejus Dei, qui mundum fecit, quem et Cosmocratorem dicit. Et super haec, id quod est secundum Lucam Evangelium circumcidens, et omnia quae sunt de generatione Domini conscripta auferens, et de doctrina sermonum Domini multa auferens, in quibus manifestissime conditorem hujus universitatis suum Patrem confitens Dominus conscriptus est; semetipsum esse veraciorem, quam sunt hi, qui Evangelium tradiderunt, apostoli, suasit discipulis suis; non Evangelium, sed particulam Evangelii tradens eis. Similiter autem et apostoli Pauli Epistolas abscidit, auferens quaecunque manifeste dicta sunt ab Apostolo de eo Deo, qui mundum fecit, quoniam hic Pater Domini nostri Jesu Christi, et
the God Who was proclaimed by the law and the prophets, calling Him a maker of evils, and desirous of wars, and also inconstant in purpose, and contrary to Himself. And Jesus, coming from that Father Who is above the God that framed the world, into Judaea in the times of Pontius Pilate the governor, who was procurator of Tiberius Caesar, was manifested in the form of a man to those who were in Judaea, abolishing the prophets and the law, and all the works of that God Who made the world, Whom he also calls the Cosmocrator. And in addition to these things, mutilating the Gospel which is according to Luke, and taking away all the things that are written concerning the generation of the Lord, and taking away many things from the teaching of the discourses of the Lord, in which the Lord is most manifestly recorded as confessing the Founder of this universe to be His Father, he persuaded his disciples that he himself is more truthful than are those apostles who handed down the Gospel, handing down to them not the Gospel, but a small portion of the Gospel. And in like manner also he cut down the Epistles of the Apostle Paul, taking away whatever things were manifestly spoken by the Apostle concerning that God Who made the world, to the effect that He is the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, and
Editors' notes and page, col. 688

Footnotes

(46) ‹anchor: Bellorum› · call in col 688 (inferred)

Bellorum. Clarom., Pass., et Voss., bellatorum.

"Of wars." The Clermont, Passionei and Vossius manuscripts: "of warriors."

(printed under page 352)

(47) ‹anchor: Auferens› · call in col 688 (inferred)

Auferens. Quid ab Evangelio Lucae, divique Pauli Epistolis effreni audacia resecasset, quid addidisset, immutassetque perfidus impostor, fuse satis descriptum reperies apud Epiphanium haer. 42, § 11. Hominis facinus frequenter arguit Tertullianus.

"Taking away." What the faithless impostor cut away with unbridled audacity from the Gospel of Luke and the Epistles of St Paul, what he added and changed, you will find described at some length in Epiphanius, Heresy 42, § 11. Tertullian often denounces the man's crime.

(printed under page 352)

(48) ‹anchor: conditorem› · call in col 688 (seen)

In quibus manifestissime conditorem, etc. Digitum intendit Irenaeus in ea Christi verba Luc. X, 21, quae misere ab haeretico depravata leguntur apud Epiphanium loco cit. Nam pro Confiteor tibi, Pater, Domine coeli et terrae, legebat Marcion, Gratias ago tibi, Domine coeli, caeteris vocibus omissis.

"In which most plainly the maker," etc. Irenaeus points to these words of Christ in Luke 10:21, which are found wretchedly corrupted by the heretic in Epiphanius, in the place cited. For in place of "I confess to you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth," Marcion read "I give you thanks, Lord of heaven," leaving out the other words.

(printed under page 352)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A μὲν δίκαιον; B nifestatum his; C sunt ab Apostolo; D legamus, solvi
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: upper part has Greek on left and facing Latin on right, facing Latin not set (sci, illum autem ... impudorate blasphemans); remainder Latin only, no Greek printed (eum, qui a lege ...)
PG 7:689
quaecunque ex propheticis memorans Apostolus docuit, praenuntiantibus adventum Domini.
whatever things the Apostle taught by making mention from the prophetic writings that foretell the coming of the Lord.
3. Salutem autem solum animarum esse futuram, earum quae ejus doctrinam didicissent, corpus autem, videlicet quoniam a terra sit sumptum, impossibile esse participare salutem. Super blasphemiam autem quae est in Deum, adjecit et hoc, vere diaboli os accipiens, et omnia contraria dicens veritati : Cain, et eos qui similes sunt ei, et Sodomitas, et Aegyptios, et similes eis, et omnes omnino gentes, quae in omni permistione malignitatis ambulaverunt, salvatas esse a Domino, cum descendisset ad inferos, et accucurrissent ei, et in suum assumpsisse regnum : Abel autem, et Enoch, et Noe, et reliquos justos, et eos qui sunt erga Abraham patriarcham, cum omnibus prophetis, et his qui placuerunt Deo, non participasse salutem, qui in Marcione fuit serpens praeconavit. Quoniam enim sciebant, inquit, Deum suum semper tentantem eos; et tunc tentare eum suspicati, non accucurrerunt Jesu, neque crediderunt annuntiationi ejus : et propterea remansisse animas eorum apud inferos dixit.
3. And salvation, he said, will be of those souls alone which have learned his doctrine, whereas the body, namely because it is taken from the earth, cannot partake of salvation. Moreover, in addition to his blasphemy against God, he added this also, truly taking on the mouth of the devil, and speaking all things contrary to the truth: that Cain, and those who are like him, and the Sodomites, and the Egyptians, and those like them, and all the nations altogether that walked in every mixture of wickedness, were saved by the Lord when He descended into the lower regions, and ran unto Him, and that He received them into His kingdom; whereas Abel, and Enoch, and Noah, and the rest of the righteous, and those who belong to the patriarch Abraham, with all the prophets, and those who pleased God, did not partake of salvation—so heralded the serpent that was in Marcion. For since they knew, he says, that their God was always tempting them, suspecting that He was tempting them then also, they did not run unto Jesus, nor did they believe His announcement; and on this account he said that their souls remained in the lower regions.
4. Sed huic quidem, quoniam et solus manifeste ausus est circumcidere Scripturas, et impudorate super omnes obtrectare Deum, seorsum contradicemus, ex ejus scriptis arguentes eum; et ex iis sermonibus, qui apud eum observati sunt, Domini et Apostoli, quibus ipse utitur, eversionem ejus faciemus, praestante Deo. Nunc autem necessario meminimus ejus, ut scires quoniam omnes qui quoquo modo adulterant veritatem, et praeconium Ecclesiae laedunt, Simonis Samaritani Magi discipuli et successores sunt. Quamvis non confiteantur nomen magistri sui, ad seductionem reliquorum; attamen illius sententiam docent : Christi quidem Jesu nomen tanquam irritamentum proferentes, Simonis autem impietatem varie introducentes, mortificant multos, per nomen bonum sententiam suam male disperdentes, et per dulcedinem et decorem nominis, amarum et malignum principis apostasiae serpentis venenum porrigentes eis.
4. But against this man indeed, since he alone has openly dared to mutilate the Scriptures, and shamelessly above all others to malign God, we shall speak in refutation separately, convicting him out of his own writings; and out of those discourses of the Lord and of the Apostle which are preserved with him, and which he himself uses, we shall bring about his overthrow, God granting it. Now, however, we have necessarily made mention of him, that you might know that all who in any way whatever corrupt the truth and injure the preaching of the Church are disciples and successors of Simon the Samaritan sorcerer. Although they do not confess the name of their master, for the seduction of the rest, yet they teach his doctrine; putting forward, indeed, the name of Christ Jesus as a lure, but in various ways introducing the impiety of Simon, they bring death to many, wickedly spreading abroad their own doctrine by means of the good name, and through the sweetness and beauty of the name holding out to them the bitter and malignant poison of the serpent, the prince of apostasy.
Editors' notes and page, col. 689

Footnotes

<!-- Col 689 is Latin only; col 690 carries Greek (Eusebius's extract) and Latin side by side. Calls seen in the body crops: (54), (55) in col 689; (59), (60) in col 690 (Latin). The note run continues from the left foot into the right foot, so printing position does not fix the column: (53) lies between calls seen in 689 and is put there; (56)–(58) are not fixed by the images. --> [chapter references, calls 39 and 40] · ³⁹ col 689, ⁴⁰ col 690 (⁴⁰ seen at "Tatiano") ³⁹ Cap. XXX. ⁴⁰ Cap. XXXI.

³⁹ Chapter 30. ⁴⁰ Chapter 31.

(printed under page 353)

(49) ‹anchor: Praenuntiantibus adventum Domini› · call in col 689 (inferred)

Praenuntiantibus adventum Domini. Domini loco Dei cum Grabio scribo ex Clarom. et omn. Anglic.

"Foretelling the coming of the Lord." With Grabe I write "of the Lord" in place of "of God," from the Clermont and all the English manuscripts.

(printed under page 353)

(50) ‹anchor: Didicissent› · call in col 689 (inferred)

Didicissent. Audissent exstat in marg. editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard.

"Had learned." "Had heard" stands in the margin of the editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent.

(printed under page 353)

(51) ‹anchor: Cain et eos› · call in col 689 (inferred)

Cain et eos, etc. Graeca hujus loci, paucis omissis, leguntur apud Theodoretum lib. I Haer. fab., c. 24 : Οὗτος τὸν μὲν Κάϊν, καὶ τοὺς Σοδομίτας, καὶ τοὺς δυσσεβεῖς ἅπαντας σωτηρίας ἔφησεν ἀπολελαυκέναι, προσεληλυθότας ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ τῷ Σωτῆρι Χριστῷ, καὶ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν ἀναληφθῆναι· τὸν δὲ Ἄβελ, καὶ τὸν Ἐνὼχ, καὶ τὸν Νῶε, καὶ τοὺς πατριάρχας τε, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς προφήτας, καὶ τοὺς δικαίους, οὐ μεταλαχεῖν τῆς ἐκείνοις δεδομένης ἐλευθερίας, προσδραμεῖν αὐτῷ μὴ βουληθέντας. Οὗ δὴ χάριν, φησὶ, καὶ τὸν ᾅδην οἰκεῖν κατεκρίθησαν.

"Cain and those," etc. The Greek of this passage, with a few things left out, is read in Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum book I, ch. 24: "This man said that Cain and the Sodomites and all the impious enjoyed salvation, having come to Christ the Saviour in Hades, and were taken up into the kingdom; but that Abel and Enoch and Noah, and the patriarchs, and the rest of the prophets, and the just, did not share in the freedom given to those others, because they would not run to him. For this reason, he says, they were condemned to dwell in Hades."

(printed under page 353)

(52) ‹anchor: Qui sunt erga Abraham patriarcham› · call in col 689 (inferred)

Qui sunt erga Abraham patriarcham. Ita Feuard. in marg. Clarom., Voss. et Pass. ; caeteri patriarchas. Melius autem vertisset interpres : eos qui ex Abrahamo patriarcha orti sunt.

"Those who are about Abraham the patriarch." So Feuardent in the margin, the Clermont, Vossius and Passionei; the rest have "the patriarchs." But the translator would have done better to render: "those who are descended from Abraham the patriarch."

(printed under page 353)

(53) ‹anchor: Eum› · call in col 689 (inferred)

Eum. Feuard. in marg., Voss. et Grab. eos.

"Him." Feuardent in the margin, the Vossius and Grabe: "them."

(printed under page 353)

(54) ‹anchor: quoniam et solus› · call in col 689 (seen)

Quoniam et solus. Pass. et Feuard. in marg., quomodo et solus.

"Since he alone." The Passionei and Feuardent in the margin: "as he alone."

(printed under page 353)

(55) ‹anchor: nomen tanquam irritamentum proferentes› · call in col 689 (seen)

Proferentes. Editt. praeferentes ; minus bene, ut attendenti patebit.

"Putting forward." The editions have "praeferentes" (holding before them), less well, as will be plain to one who pays attention.

(printed under page 353)

(56) ‹anchor: Velint› · call in col 689 or 690 (not fixed by the images)

Velint. In Eras., Arund. et Merc. 2, volunt.

"They would wish." In Erasmus, the Arundel and Mercier 2: "they wish."

(printed under page 353)

(57) ‹anchor: Nove› · call in col 689 or 690 (not fixed by the images)

Nove. Editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard., nova.

"Newly." The editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent: "new things."

(printed under page 353)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A quaecunque ex; B patriarcham, cum; C sario meminimus; D (49) Praenuntiantibus
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:690
CAPUT XXVIII.
Chapter XXVIII.
De Tatiano, et Continentibus, ac aliis quibusdam.
Concerning Tatian, and the Continents, and certain others.
1. Ab his autem, qui praedicti sunt, jam multae propagines multarum haeresum factae sunt, eo quod multi ex ipsis, imo omnes velint doctores esse, et abscedere quidem ab haeresi in qua fuerunt, aliud autem dogma ab alia sententia, et deinceps alteram ab altera componentes, nove docere insistunt, semetipsos adinventores sententiae, quamcunque compegerint, enarrantes. Ut exempli gratia dicamus :
1. From these men, moreover, who have been mentioned before, many offshoots of many heresies have already been made, because many of them—nay, all—wish to be teachers, and to depart indeed from the heresy in which they were, and composing one dogma from one opinion, and then another from another, they persist in teaching novelly, declaring themselves the inventors of whatever opinion they have patched together. To give an example:
ἀπὸ Σατορνίνου καὶ Μαρκίωνος οἱ καλούμενοι Ἐγκρατεῖς ἀγαμίαν ἐκήρυξαν, ἀθετοῦντες τὴν ἀρχαίαν πλάσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἠρέμα κατηγοροῦντες τοῦ ἄῤῥεν καὶ θῆλυ εἰς γένεσιν ἀνθρώπων πεποιηκότος· καὶ τῶν λεγομένων παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐμψύχων ἀποχὴν εἰσηγήσαντο, ἀχαριστοῦντες τῷ πάντα πεποιηκότι Θεῷ. Ἀντιλέγουσί τε τῇ τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου σωτηρίᾳ· καὶ τοῦτο νῦν ἐξευρέθη παρ' αὐτοῖς, Τατιάνου τινὸς πρώτως ταύτην εἰσενέγκαντος τὴν βλασφημίαν. Ὅς Ἰουστίνου ἀκροατὴς γεγονὼς, ἐφόσον μὲν συνῆν ἐκείνῳ, οὐδὲν ἐξέφηνε τοιοῦτον· μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐκείνου μαρτυρίαν ἀποστὰς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, οἰήματι διδασκάλου ἐπαρθεὶς καὶ τυφωθεὶς, ὡς διαφέρων τῶν λοιπῶν, ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα διδασκαλείου συνεστήσατο· Αἰῶνάς τινας ἀοράτους, ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀπὸ Οὐαλεν-
springing from Saturninus and Marcion, those who are called Encratites preached celibacy, setting at naught the ancient formation of God, and obliquely accusing Him Who made male and female for the generation of men; and they introduced abstinence from what among them are called animate things, being ungrateful to the God Who made all things. And they contradict the salvation of the first-formed man; and this has now been invented among them, a certain Tatian having first brought in this blasphemy. He, having been a hearer of Justin, so long indeed as he was with him, put forth nothing of such a kind; but after the martyrdom of the latter, having apostatized from the Church, being lifted up and puffed up with the conceit of a teacher, as if he were superior to the rest, he established his own peculiar stamp of a school: certain invisible Aeons, in like manner with the followers of Valen-
Editors' notes and page, col. 690

Footnotes

(³⁹) ‹anchor: CAPUT XXVIII› · call in col 690 Cap. XXX.

Chapter 30 (the older numbering).

(printed under page 353) (⁴⁰) ‹anchor: eos, Tatiano quodam› · call in col 690 (facing Latin, not set) Cap. XXXI.

Chapter 31 (the older numbering).

(printed under page 353)

(56) ‹anchor: omnes velint› · call in col 690 (seen)

Velint. In Eras., Arund. et Merc. 2, volunt.

"Wish" (subjunctive). In Erasmus and the Arundel and Mercier 2 manuscripts, "volunt" ("they wish").

(printed under page 353)

(57) ‹anchor: nove docere› · call in col 690 (seen)

Nove. Editt. Eras., Gall. et Feuard., nova.

"Novelly." The editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent have "nova" ("new things").

(printed under page 353)

(58) ‹anchor: Ἀπὸ Σατορνίνου› · call in col 690 (inferred)

Ἀπὸ Σατορνίνου, etc. Haec, et quae de Tatiano sequuntur Graeca ex Irenaeo refert Eusebius lib. IV Hist., c. 29.

"From Saturninus," etc. This Greek, and what follows about Tatian, Eusebius reports from Irenaeus, History book IV, ch. 29.

(printed under page 353)

(59) ‹anchor: et hoc nunc› · call in col 690 (seen)

Nunc. Melius vertisset interpres, nuper. Ut enim scite observat Valesius, νῦν apud Graecos interdum idem valet ac nuper ; et ita hoc in loco sumitur ab Irenaeo.

"Now." The translator would have done better to render "lately." For, as Valois shrewdly observes, νῦν in Greek sometimes means the same as "lately"; and so Irenaeus takes it in this place.

(printed under page 353)

(60) ‹anchor: praesumptione magistri› · call in col 690 (seen)

Magistri. Alii, magisterii.

"Of a teacher." Others: "of the teaching office."

(printed under page 353)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A CAPUT XXVIII.; B χαίαν πλάσιν; C μίαν. Ὅς Ἰουστίνου; D patriarchas. Melius
  • old-edition numerals: 107 before qui vocantur (in facing Latin)
  • other: upper part Latin only, no Greek printed (CAPUT XXVIII. ... Ut exempli gratia dicamus :); lower part has Greek on left and facing Latin on right, facing Latin not set (a Saturnino et Marcione ... doctrinæ constituit :); Οὐαλεν- split at column break
PG 7:691
τίνου, μυθολογήσας· τὸν γάμον τε φθορὰν καὶ πορνείαν, παραπλησίως Μαρκίωνι καὶ Σατορνίνῳ, ἀναγορεύσας· τῇ δὲ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ σωτηρίᾳ παρ' ἑαυτοῦ τὴν αἰτιολογίαν ποιησάμενος.
tinus, he recounted in myth; and marriage he proclaimed to be corruption and fornication, similarly to Marcion and Saturninus; while against the salvation of Adam he made his own argument for himself.
2. Alii autem rursus a Basilide et Carpocrate occasiones accipientes, indifferentes coitus, et multas nuptias induxerunt, et negligentiam ipsorum, quae sunt idolothyta, ad manducandum; non valde haec curare dicentes Deum. Et quid enim? non est numerum dicere eorum, qui secundum alterum et alterum modum exciderunt a veritate.
2. Others again, taking occasions from Basilides and Carpocrates, have introduced indiscriminate intercourse, and manifold marriages, and carelessness as to eating things that are sacrificed to idols, saying that God does not greatly care about these things. And why indeed speak further? It is not possible to tell the number of those who in one way or another have fallen away from the truth.
CAPUT XXIX.
Chapter XXIX.
De variis Gnosticorum sectis, ac primo de Barbeliotis, seu Borborianis.
Concerning various sects of the Gnostics, and first concerning the Barbeliotes, or Borborians.
1. Super hos autem ex his, qui praedicti sunt Simoniani, multitudo Gnosticorum, Barbelo exsurrexit, et velut a terra fungi manifestati sunt, quorum principales apud eos sententias enarramus. Quidam enim eorum Aeonem quemdam nunquam senescentem in virginali spiritu subjiciunt, quem Barbelon nominant. Ubi esse patrem quemdam innominabilem dicunt; voluisse autem hunc manifestare se ipsi Barbeloni. Ennoeam
1. In addition to these, moreover, out of those who were mentioned before as Simonians, a multitude of Gnostics, Barbelo, has sprung up, and like mushrooms out of the earth they have been manifested, whose principal opinions held among them we recount. For certain of them posit a certain never-ageing Aeon in a virginal spirit, whom they name Barbelo. There, they say, is a certain unnameable father; and that he wished to manifest himself to this Barbelo. And that this Thought
Editors' notes and page, col. 691

Footnotes

<!-- The body here is the Latin only, in both columns. Calls seen in the body crops: (67)–(70) in col 691; (76) in col 692. (61)–(66) precede (67) and are put in col 691; (71)–(75) lie between (70) and (76) and are put in col 692 (both inferred). --> [chapter references, calls 41 and 42] · cols 691–692 ⁴¹ Cap. XXXII. ⁴² Cap. XXXIII.

⁴¹ Chapter 32. ⁴² Chapter 33.

(printed under page 354)

(61) ‹anchor: Velut fabulam enarrans› · call in col 691 (inferred)

Velut fabulam enarrans. Melius unica voce, commentus, Graecam μυθολογήσας reddidisset interp.

"As if telling a fable." The translator would have done better to render the Greek μυθολογήσας by the one word "commentus" (having made up).

(printed under page 354)

(62) ‹anchor: Nuptiarum› · call in col 691 (inferred)

Nuptiarum. Feuard. et Grab. citra ullius ms. codicis auctoritatem, et necessitatem, reposuerunt nuptias.

"Of marriage." Feuardent and Grabe, without the authority of any manuscript codex and without need, restored "marriage" (accusative).

(printed under page 354)

(63) ‹anchor: Dicens› · call in col 691 (inferred)

Dicens. Graec. ἀναγορεύσας, pro quo in mss. quibusdam codd. legi ἀπαγορεύσας, notat Valesius ad cap. 29 lib. IV Hist. Eusebii. Sed vera lectio est, ἀναγορεύσας, quod vertendum erat, praedicans, non, dicens.

"Saying." The Greek is ἀναγορεύσας; Valois notes, on Eusebius's History book IV, ch. 29, that some manuscript codices read ἀπαγορεύσας in its place. But the true reading is ἀναγορεύσας, which should have been rendered "proclaiming," not "saying."

(printed under page 354)

(64) ‹anchor: Contradictionem› · call in col 691 (inferred)

Contradictionem. Hinc liquet interp. legisse, ἀντιλογίαν, et quidem melius forte quam Eusebius, qui scripsit αἰτιολογίαν. Nam paulo ante eodem sensu scripsit Irenaeus : ἀντιλέγουσι τῇ τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου σωτηρίᾳ. Vide Valesii notam in hunc locum.

"Contradiction." From this it is clear that the translator read ἀντιλογίαν, and perhaps better than Eusebius, who wrote αἰτιολογίαν. For a little before, in the same sense, Irenaeus wrote: "they speak against the salvation of the first-formed man." See Valois's note on this passage.

(printed under page 354)

(65) ‹anchor: Coitus› · call in col 691 (inferred)

Coitus. Clarom. et Pass., coetus.

"Unions." The Clermont and Passionei: "gatherings."

(printed under page 354)

(66) ‹anchor: Et quid enim? non est› · call in col 691 (inferred)

Et quid enim? non est, etc. Feuard. edit. minus recte, Et quid? etenim non est numerum dicere, etc. In Pass. bene, et quid demum? non est, etc.

"And what then? It is not," etc. Feuardent's edition, less correctly: "And what? For it is not possible to tell the number," etc. The Passionei, well: "and what at last? It is not," etc.

(printed under page 354)

(67) ‹anchor: velut a terra fungi› · call in col 691 (seen)

Velut a terra fungi, etc. Ad haec respiciebat Epiphanius, cum haer. 31, § 1, de Gnosticis omnibus scribebat : ἐν ἑνὶ γὰρ χρόνῳ οὗτοι πάντες ὡς μύκητες ἐκ γῆς ἀνεβλάστησαν.

"Like mushrooms from the earth," etc. Epiphanius had this in view when he wrote of all the Gnostics, Heresy 31, § 1: "For in one season all these sprang up like mushrooms from the earth."

(printed under page 354)

(68) ‹anchor: Quidam enim eorum› · call in col 691 (seen)

Quidam enim eorum. Hos Theodoretus lib. I Haeret. fabul., cap. 13, appellat Βαρβηλιώτας, Βορβοριανοὺς, Ναασινοὺς, Στρατιωτικοὺς, Φιβιονίτας ; sic enim legendum, non Φημιονίτας, uti ex Epiphanio constat haer. 25, § 2, quanquam tamen ibidem Epiphanius distinguere videatur inter Phibionitas et Stratioticos, seu Militares, quasi duae essent distinctae haereticorum species.

"For some of them." Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum book I, ch. 13, calls these Barbeliotes, Borborians, Naasenes, Stratiotics, Phibionites; for so it should be read, not Phemionites, as is clear from Epiphanius, Heresy 25, § 2, although in the same place Epiphanius seems to distinguish between the Phibionites and the Stratiotics, or Soldiers, as if they were two distinct kinds of heretic.

(printed under page 354)

(69) ‹anchor: Aeonem quemdam› · call in col 691 (seen)

Aeonem quemdam, etc. Ad haec prope accedunt Graeca Theodoreti verba loc. cit., nisi quod Irenaei quaedam omisit, alia minus recte accepit. Ὑπέθεντο γὰρ Αἰῶνά τινα ἀνώλεθρον (Iren. ἀγήρατον) ἐν παρθενικῷ διάγοντα πνεύματι, ὃ (leg. ὃν) Βαρβηλὼθ ὀνομάζουσι· τὴν δὲ Βαρβηλὼθ (Irenaeus, τὴν δὲ Ἔννοιαν) αἰτῆσαι πρόγνωσιν παρ' αὐτοῦ· προελθούσης δὲ ταύτης, εἶτ' αὖθις αἰτησάσης (Iren. τούτων αὖθις αἰτησασῶν) προελήλυθεν ἀφθαρσία, ἔπειτα αἰωνία ζωή· εὐφρανθεῖσαν δὲ τὴν Βαρβηλὼθ, ἐγκύμονα γενέσθαι, καὶ ἀποτεκεῖν τὸ φῶς· τοῦτο, φασὶ, τῇ τοῦ πνεύματος (ex Cotelerii not. ad tom. I Monument. Ecclesiae Graecae, col. 764, lege πατρός) χρισθὲν τελειότητι, ὀνομασθῆναι Χριστόν.

"A certain Aeon," etc. Theodoret's Greek words in the place cited come close to this, except that he left out some things of Irenaeus and took others less correctly: "For they supposed a certain indestructible Aeon (Irenaeus: 'never ageing') living in a virginal spirit, whom (read ὃν for ὃ) they name Barbeloth; and that Barbeloth (Irenaeus: 'and Ennoia') asked foreknowledge of him; and when this had come forth, and she had asked again (Irenaeus: 'when these had asked again'), incorruption came forth, then eternal life; and that Barbeloth, rejoicing, conceived and brought forth the light; this, they say, anointed with the perfection of the spirit (read 'of the Father,' from Cotelier's note on vol. I of the Monumenta Ecclesiae Graecae, col. 764), was named Christ."

(printed under page 354)

(70) ‹anchor: in virginali spiritu subjiciunt› · call in col 691 (seen)

Subjiciunt. Graecum, ὑπέθεντο, vertendum erat, supponunt.

"They place beneath." The Greek ὑπέθεντο should have been rendered "they suppose."

(printed under page 354)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A τίνου, μυθολογήσας; B non est numerum; C (61) Velut fabulam; D cere, etc. In Pass.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: τίνου from Οὐαλεντίνου at start of column; upper part has Greek on left and facing Latin on right, facing Latin not set (Æonas quosdam invisibiles ... contradictionem faciens.); remainder Latin only, no Greek printed (2. Alii autem ...)
PG 7:692
autem hanc progressam stetisse in conspectu ejus, et postulasse Prognosin. Cum prodiisset autem et Prognosis, his rursum petentibus prodiit Incorruptela, post deinde Vita aeterna; in quibus gloriantem Barbelon, et prospicientem in magnitudine et conceptu, delectatam in hanc generasse simile ei lumen. Hanc initium et luminationis, et generationis omnium dicunt; et videntem Patrem lumen hoc, unxisse illud sua benignitate, ut perfectum fieret. Hunc autem dicunt esse Christum : qui rursus postulat, quemadmodum dicunt, adjutorium sibi dari Nun; et progressus est Nus. Super haec autem emittit Pater Logon. Conjugationes autem fiunt Ennoiae et Logi, et Aphtharsias et Christi : et aeonia autem Zoe Thelemati conjuncta est, et Nus Prognosi. Et magnificabant hi magnum lumen et Barbelon.
came forward and stood in his sight, and asked for Foreknowledge (Prognosis). And when Foreknowledge also had come forth, upon their asking again there came forth Incorruptibility (Aphtharsia), and afterwards Eternal Life (Zoe); and Barbelo, glorying in these, and looking forth into the greatness and rejoicing in the conception, generated unto it a light like unto it. Her they call the beginning both of the illumination and of the generation of all things; and they say that the Father, seeing this light, anointed it with his goodness, that it might become perfect. And this light they say is Christ; who again asks, as they say, that Mind (Nus) be given to him as a helper; and Mind came forth. And in addition to these things the Father sends forth the Word (Logos). Then conjugations are formed of Thought (Ennoia) and the Word (Logos), and of Incorruptibility (Aphtharsia) and Christ; and Eternal Life (aeonia Zoe) also was joined to Will (Thelema), and Mind (Nus) to Foreknowledge (Prognosis). And these magnified the great light and Barbelo.
2. Post deinde de Ennoia et de Logo Autogenem emissum dicunt, ad repraesentationem magni luminis; et valde honorificatum dicunt, et omnia huic subjecta. Coemissam autem ei Alethiam, et esse conjugationem Autogenus et Alethiae. De lumine autem, quod est Christus, et de incorruptela, quatuor emissa luminaria ad circumstantiam Autogeni dicunt; et de Thelemate rursus et aeonia Zoe quatuor emissiones factas, ad subministrationem quatuor luminaribus, quas nominant, Charin, Thelesin, Synesin, Phronesin. Et Charin quidem magno et primo luminario adjunctam; hunc autem esse Sotera volunt, et vocant eum Harmogenes :
2. Afterwards, from Thought (Ennoia) and from the Word (Logos) they say that the Self-begotten (Autogenes) was sent forth, for the representation of the great light; and they say that he was greatly honoured, and that all things were subjected to him. And that Truth (Alethia) was sent forth together with him, and that there is a conjugation of the Self-begotten (Autogenes) and Truth (Alethia). And from the light, which is Christ, and from Incorruptibility, they say that four luminaries were sent forth to stand around the Self-begotten; and from Will (Thelema) again and Eternal Life (aeonia Zoe) four emissions were made, for ministry to the four luminaries, which they name Grace (Charis), Volition (Thelesis), Understanding (Synesis), and Prudence (Phronesis). And Grace (Charis), indeed, was joined to the great and first luminary; and this one they will have to be the Saviour (Soter), and they call him Harmogenes;
Editors' notes and page, col. 692

Footnotes

(71) ‹anchor: Prodiisset... prodiit› · call in col 692 (inferred)

Prodiisset... prodiit. Cod. Pass., produxisset... prodidit. Consentit quoad ultimam vocem Clarom.

"Had come forth … came forth." The Passionei codex: "had brought forth … put forth." The Clermont agrees as to the last word.

(printed under page 354)

(72) ‹anchor: Magnitudine› · call in col 692 (inferred)

Magnitudine. Clarom. et Pass., magnitudinem, bene quidem, si sequeretur conceptum.

"In greatness." The Clermont and Passionei: "greatness" (accusative), well enough, if "conceived" followed.

(printed under page 354)

(73) ‹anchor: Hanc initium› · call in col 692 (inferred)

Hanc initium. Graece, ait Grabius, ταύτην ἀρχήν, quod vertendum fuisset, hoc initium, sive, principium. Sed sequentia demonstrare videntur pronomen, hanc, referendum esse ad Barbelonem, quae, juxta eorum haereticorum hypothesim, generationis omnium principium erat, potiori jure quam Christus.

"This (feminine) the beginning." In Greek, says Grabe, ταύτην ἀρχήν, which should have been rendered "this beginning," or "principle." But what follows seems to show that the pronoun "hanc" is to be referred to Barbelo, who on the hypothesis of those heretics was the principle of the generation of all things, with better right than Christ.

(printed under page 354)

(74) ‹anchor: Qui rursus postulat› · call in col 692 (inferred)

Qui rursus postulat, etc. Theodoret. loc. cit. : Οὗτος πάλιν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπήγγειλεν Νοῦν, καὶ ἔλαβεν· ὁ δὲ Πατὴρ προσέθεικε καὶ Λόγον· εἶτα συνεζύγησαν Ἔννοια καὶ Λόγος, Ἀφθαρσία καὶ Χριστὸς, Ζωὴ αἰώνιος καὶ τὸ Θέλημα, ὁ Νοῦς καὶ ἡ Πρόγνωσις.

"Who again asks," etc. Theodoret, in the place cited: "This Christ in turn asked for (as printed, ἐπήγγειλεν, 'announced') Mind, and received it; and the Father added Word as well; then were paired Ennoia and Word, Incorruption and Christ, Eternal Life and Will, Mind and Foreknowledge."

(printed under page 354)

(75) ‹anchor: Post deinde› · call in col 692 (inferred)

Post deinde, etc. Theodoret. : Ἔπειτα πάλιν, ἐκ τῆς Ἐννοίας καὶ τοῦ Λόγου προβληθῆναί φασι τὸν Αὐτογενῆ, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ τὴν Ἀλήθειαν, καὶ γενέσθαι πάλιν συζυγίαν ἑτέραν Αὐτογενοῦς καὶ Ἀληθ[εί]ας.

"Then afterwards," etc. Theodoret: "Then again, they say, from Ennoia and Word was put forth the Self-begotten, and with him Truth; and there came to be again another pairing, of the Self-begotten and Truth." (Letters damaged in the print are supplied in brackets.)

(printed under page 354)

(76) ‹anchor: Harmogenes› · call in col 692 (seen)

Harmogenes. Sic omnes mss., sed editt. Eras., (continues)

"Harmogenes." So all the manuscripts; but the editions of Erasmus, (continues)

(printed under page 354)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A autem hanc progressam; B conjuncta est, et Nus; C næi quædam omisit; D ἀρχήν, quod vertendum
  • old-edition numerals: 108 before 2. Post deinde
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:693
Thelesin autem secundo, quem et nominant Raguel : Synesin autem tertio luminario, quem vocant David : Phronesin autem quarto, quem nominant Eleleth.
Volition (Thelesis), moreover, to the second, whom they also name Raguel; Understanding (Synesis), moreover, to the third luminary, whom they call David; and Prudence (Phronesis) to the fourth, whom they name Eleleth.
3. Confirmatis igitur sic omnibus, super haec emittit Autogenes hominem perfectum et verum, quem et Adamantem vocant : quoniam neque ipse domatus est, neque ii ex quibus erat, qui et remotus est cum primo lumine ab Harmoge. Emissam autem cum homine ab Autogene agnitionem perfectam, et conjunctam ei (unde et hunc agnovisse eum qui est super omnia) : virtutem quoque ei invictam datam a virginali spiritu : et refrigerant in hoc omnia hymnizare magnum Aeona. Hinc autem dicunt manifestatam Matrem, Patrem, Filium : ex Anthropo autem et Gnosi natum lignum, quod et ipsum Gnosim vocant.
3. All things, therefore, having been thus established, in addition to these the Self-begotten (Autogenes) sends forth a perfect and true man, whom they also call Adamas, because neither was he himself tamed, nor were those from whom he was; who also was removed with the first light from Harmoge. And they say that perfect Knowledge (Gnosis) was sent forth with the man by the Self-begotten, and joined to him (whence he also knew him who is above all things); and that invincible power was also given to him by the virginal spirit; and in this all things refresh themselves, to hymn the great Aeon. Hence, moreover, they say were manifested Mother, Father, and Son; and from Man (Anthropos) and Knowledge (Gnosis) was born a tree, which itself also they call Knowledge (Gnosis).
4. Deinde ex primo angelo, qui adstat Monogeni, emissum dicunt Spiritum sanctum, quem et Sophiam et Prunicum vocant. Hunc igitur videntem reliqua omnia conjugationem habentia, se autem sine conjugatione, quaesisse cui adunaretur : et cum non inveniret, asseverabat, et extendebatur, et prospiciebat ad inferiores partes, putans hic invenire conjugem : et non inveniens exsiliit,
4. Next, from the first angel, who stands beside the Only-begotten (Monogenes), they say was sent forth the Holy Spirit, whom they also call Wisdom (Sophia) and Prunicus. Seeing, therefore, that all the rest had a conjugation, while she was without a conjugation, she sought one to whom she might be united; and when she did not find one, she strained forward, and stretched herself out, and looked forth towards the lower parts, thinking to find a consort here; and not finding one, she leaped
Editors' notes and page, col. 693

Footnotes

(77) ‹anchor: David› · call in col 693 (inferred)

David. In margine edit. Eras. legitur : alias Dadud.

"David." In the margin of Erasmus's edition one reads: "otherwise Dadud."

(printed under page 355)

(78) ‹anchor: Emittit Autogenes› · call in col 693 (inferred)

Emittit Autogenes. Theodoretus Graece scripsit : Τὸν Αὐτογενῆ προβαλέσθαι ἄνθρωπον τέλειον καὶ ἀληθῆ, ὃν καὶ Ἀδάμαντα καλοῦσι.

"The Self-begotten puts forth." Theodoret wrote in Greek: "That the Self-begotten put forth a perfect and true man, whom they also call Adamas."

(printed under page 355)

(79) ‹anchor: Harmoge› · call in col 693 (inferred)

Harmoge. In Arund. et Merc. 2, Harmoze ; in Clarom. et Pass., Armoze.

"Harmoge." In the Arundel and Mercier 2, "Harmoze"; in the Clermont and Passionei, "Armoze."

(printed under page 355)

(80) ‹anchor: Emissam autem› · call in col 693 (inferred)

Emissam autem, etc. Theodoretus : προβεβλῆσθαι δὲ σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ ὁμόζυγα γνῶσιν τελείαν.

"And put forth," etc. Theodoret: "and that with him was put forth also a perfect Knowledge as his consort."

(printed under page 355)

(81) ‹anchor: Refrigerant› · call in col 693 (inferred)

Refrigerant. Colligit Grabius ex vet. Glossario, in Graeco Irenaei textu fuisse verbum, ἠγαλλιάσαντο, quod proinde reddere debuisset interp. gestierunt. Colligerem ego ex parallelo loco, cap. 11 : Καὶ ἀναπαυσάμενα τελέως, μετὰ μεγάλης χαρᾶς φησιν ὑμνῆσαι τὸν Προπάτορα, et requiescentia ad perfectum, (tandem) cum magno gaudio dicunt hymnizare Propatorem, interpretem et hic legisse, ἀναπαύονται. Verbum enim ἀναπαύεσθαι, requiescere, reddere amat, refrigerare, ut patet ex cap. 7 et 8, unde vertendum ei fuisset, requiescunt in hoc omnia hymnizantia, etc.

"They are refreshed." Grabe gathers from the old Glossary that the Greek text of Irenaeus had the verb ἠγαλλιάσαντο, which the translator therefore should have rendered "they exulted." I would gather from the parallel passage, ch. 11, "And having rested perfectly, he says, they sang hymns with great joy to the Forefather," and "resting perfectly, (at last) they say, they hymned the Forefather with great joy," that here too the translator read ἀναπαύονται. For he likes to render the verb ἀναπαύεσθαι, "to rest," by "refrigerare," as is clear from chs. 7 and 8; so he should have rendered "in this all things rest, singing hymns," etc.

(printed under page 355)

(82) ‹anchor: Hinc autem› · call in col 693 (inferred)

Hinc autem, etc. Theodoretus : Ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν ἀναδειχθῆναι μητέρα, πατέρα καὶ υἱόν· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς γνώσεως βεβλαστηκέναι ξύλον, γνῶσιν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο προσαγορεύουσιν· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πρώτου Ἀγγέλου προβληθῆναι λέγουσι Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ὃ Σοφίαν καὶ Προύνικον προσηγόρευσαν.

"And from here," etc. Theodoret: "From here again were displayed a mother, a father and a son; and from the Man and Knowledge a tree sprang up, which they also call Knowledge; and from the first Angel, they say, was put forth a Holy Spirit, whom they called Wisdom and Prunicos."

(printed under page 355)

(83) ‹anchor: Prunicum› · call in col 693 (inferred)

Prunicum. De vocis illius significatione id observare sufficiat, obscenam esse, testibus Epiphan. haer. 25, § 4, et Niceta lib. I Thesauri.

"Prunicos." On the meaning of that word let it be enough to observe that it is obscene, on the witness of Epiphanius, Heresy 25, § 4, and of Nicetas, Thesaurus book I.

(printed under page 355)

(84) ‹anchor: Asseverabat› · call in col 693 (inferred)

Asseverabat. Conjicit Grabius Irenaeum scripsisse, διισχυρίζετο. Quae quidem doctissimi viri conjectura hactenus satis arridet. Sed quod addit, διισχυρίζομαι, hic accipiendum pro ἀμφιβάλλω (ut interdum accipi patet, non ex Suidae modo, sed et ex vulgatis Lexicis), ambigo, animi pendeo, ut non contemnendum, non tamen adeo placet. In id magis propendeo, διισχυρίζομαι, vel ἰσχυρίζομαι (quo etiam uti potuit Irenaeus), hic significare, niti, impetum facere. Idque colligo ex eo quod statim additur : quoniam impetum fecerat. Quod proxime accedit ad naturalem illum Valentinianorum Sophiae impetum, quo et ipsa extendebatur, de quo cap. 11. Eadem enim utrobique fabula esse videtur, nisi quod hic paululum immutetur. Itaque vertere debuisset interpres, impetum faciebat.

"She was asserting." Grabe conjectures that Irenaeus wrote διισχυρίζετο. This conjecture of that most learned man pleases me well enough so far. But what he adds, that διισχυρίζομαι is here to be taken for ἀμφιβάλλω (as it is clear it is sometimes taken, not only from Suidas but also from the common Lexicons), "I am in doubt, I hang in suspense," though not to be despised, does not please me so much. I lean rather to this, that διισχυρίζομαι, or ἰσχυρίζομαι (which Irenaeus could also have used), means here "to strive, to make an onrush." I gather this from what is added at once: "since she had made an onrush." This comes very close to that natural onrush of the Valentinians' Sophia, by which she too was stretched out, on which see ch. 11. For the fable seems to be the same in both places, except that here it is a little altered. So the translator should have rendered "she was making an onrush."

(printed under page 355)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A Thelesin autem secundo; B trem, Filium : ex Anthropo; C Gallas. et Feuard.; D σαντο, quod proinde
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; exsi- split at column break
  • other: the word exsiliit, was split at the column break and stands whole here (joined on receipt); check that the English reads whole across the break into col 694
PG 7:694
taediata quoque, quoniam sine bona voluntate Patris impetum fecerat. Post deinde simplicitate et benignitate acta generavit opus, in quo erat ignorantia et audacia. Hoc autem opus ejus esse Proarchontem dicunt, fabricatorem conditionis hujus : virtutem autem magnam abstulisse eum a matre narrant, et abstitisse ab ea in inferiora, et fecisse firmamentum coeli, in quo et habitare dicunt eum. Et cum sit ignorantia, fecisse eas, quae sunt sub eo, potestates, et angelos, et firmamenta, et terrena omnia. Deinde dicunt adunitum eum authadiae, generasse kakian, zelon, et phthonum, et erinnyn, et epithymiam. Generatis autem his, mater Sophia contristata refugit, et in altiora secessit, et fit deorsum numerantibus octonatio. Illa igitur secedente, se solum opinatum esse, et propter hoc dixisse : Ego sum Deus zelator, et praeter me nemo est. Et hi quidem talia mentiuntur.
forth, being wearied also, because she had made an impulse without the good will of the Father. Afterwards, moved by simplicity and kindness, she generated a work in which were ignorance and audacity. And this work of hers they say is the Proarchon, the framer of this creation; and they relate that he took away great power from his mother, and departed from her into the lower regions, and made the firmament of heaven, in which also they say that he dwells. And being ignorance, he made those powers that are under him, and angels, and firmaments, and all earthly things. Next they say that, being united to Arrogance (Authadia), he generated Wickedness (Kakia), Jealousy (Zelos), and Envy (Phthonos), and Fury (Erinnys), and Lust (Epithymia). When these had been generated, the mother Wisdom (Sophia) fled away grieved, and withdrew into the higher regions, and there becomes for those who count downwards the Ogdoad. Upon her withdrawing, therefore, he supposed that he existed alone, and on this account said: I am a jealous God, and beside me there is no one (Exod. 20:5; Isa. 45:5–6; 46:9). And such are the lies that these men tell.
CAPUT XXX.
Chapter XXX.
De Ophitis et Sethianis.
Concerning the Ophites and Sethians.
1. Alii autem rursus portentnosa loquuntur, esse quoddam primum lumen in virtute Bythi, beatum, et incorruptibile, et interminatum : esse autem
1. Others again speak portentous things, that there is a certain first light in the power of the Deep (Bythus), blessed, and incorruptible, and boundless; and that this is
Editors' notes and page, col. 694

Footnotes

(85) ‹anchor: Exsilit› · call in col 694 (inferred)

Exsilit. Melius forte, resiliit.

"Leaps out." Perhaps better, "leapt back."

(printed under page 355)

(86) ‹anchor: Generavit opus› · call in col 694 (inferred)

Generavit opus, etc. Theodoret. : Ταύτην φασὶν ἐφιεμένην ὁμόζυγον, ἔργον ἀποκυῆσαι ἐν ᾧ ἦν ἄγνοια καὶ αὐθάδεια. Τὸ δὲ ἔργον τοῦτο Πρωτάρχοντα καλοῦσι, καὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι λέγουσι τῆς κτίσεως ποιητήν.

"She brought forth a work," etc. Theodoret: "They say that she, longing for a consort, brought forth a work in which there were ignorance and self-will. This work they call the First Ruler, and they say he is the maker of creation."

(printed under page 355)

(87) ‹anchor: Proarchontem› · call in col 694 (inferred)

Proarchontem. Ex Theodoreto mox cit. lege Protarchontem.

"Proarchon." From Theodoret, just cited, read "Protarchon."

(printed under page 355)

(88) ‹anchor: Abstitisse› · call in col 694 (inferred)

Abstitisse. Eras., Gall. et Feuard. perperam, abstulisse.

"To have withdrawn." Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, wrongly: "to have taken away."

(printed under page 355)

(89) ‹anchor: Authadiae› · call in col 694 (inferred)

Authadiae. Sic recte codd. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. cum edit. Oxon. juxta Graeca haec Theodoreti : τοῦτον δὲ τῇ αὐθαδείᾳ συναφθέντα, τὴν κακίαν ἀπογεννῆσαι. At in omnibus aliis editt. vitiose habetur, Atabadiae ; in Arund. vero, authabadiae.

"To Self-will (Authadia)." So, rightly, the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius codices with the Oxford edition, according to this Greek of Theodoret: "and that he, united with Self-will, begot Wickedness." But in all the other editions it is faultily given as "Atabadiae"; and in the Arundel, "authabadiae."

(printed under page 355)

(90) ‹anchor: Se solum opinatum› · call in col 694 (inferred)

Se solum opinatum. In Pass. et Voss., solum opinantem.

"Having thought himself alone." In the Passionei and Vossius: "thinking himself alone."

(printed under page 355)

(91) ‹anchor: Zelator› · call in col 694 (inferred)

Zelator. In editt. ut et Exod. XX, 5. Zelotes.

"Jealous one." In the editions, as also in Exodus 20:5, "Zelotes."

(printed under page 355)

(92) ‹anchor: Alii› · call in col 694 (inferred)

Alii. Sethiani sunt, ex Theodoreto lib. I Haeretic. Fab., c. 14, quos, inquit, Ophianos, vel Ophitas quidam vocant. Epiphanius tamen haer. 37 et 39, Sethianos ab Ophitis distinguit : quanquam maxima pars dogmatum quae Ophitis tribuit, ea ipsa sunt, quae hic, auctorum tacito nomine, refert Irenaeus : forte quia utrisque haereticis communia erant.

"Others." These are the Sethians, according to Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum book I, ch. 14, "whom some," he says, "call Ophians or Ophites." Epiphanius, however, Heresies 37 and 39, distinguishes the Sethians from the Ophites; although the greatest part of the doctrines he attributes to the Ophites are the very ones Irenaeus reports here without naming their authors: perhaps because they were common to both groups of heretics.

(printed under page 355)

(93) ‹anchor: in virtute Bythi› · call in col 694 (seen)

In virtute Bythi. I. e. ex Theodoreto, ἐν Βυθῷ τὴν οἴκησιν ἔχον, in Bytho domicilium habens.

"In the power of Bythos." That is, from Theodoret, "having its dwelling in Bythos," having its home in Bythos.

(printed under page 355)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A liit, tædiata quoque; B natio. Illa igitur; C ισχυρίζομαι, hic accipiendum; D (87) Proarchontem.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; liit from exsiliit at start of column
PG 7:695
hoc Patrem omnium, et invocari primum hominem. Ennoeam autem ejus progredientem, filium dicunt emittentis, et esse hanc filium hominis, secundum hominem. Sub his autem Spiritum sanctum esse, et sub superiori spiritu segregata elementa, aquam, tenebras, abyssum, chaos, super quae ferri Spiritum dicunt, primam feminam eum vocantes. Postea, dicunt, exsult⟨a⟩nte primo homine cum filio suo super formositatem Spiritus, hoc est, feminae, et illuminante eam, generavit ex ea lumen incorruptibile, tertium masculum, quem Christum vocant, filium primi et secundi hominis, et Spiritus sancti, primae feminae.
the Father of all, and is called the First Man. And his Thought (Ennoia) coming forth they call the son of him who sends it forth, and say that this is the Son of Man, the Second Man. And under these is the Holy Spirit, and under the higher spirit are the separated elements—water, darkness, the abyss, chaos—over which they say the Spirit is borne, calling it the First Woman. Afterwards, they say, when the First Man with his Son exulted over the beauty of the Spirit, that is, of the Woman, and illuminated her, he generated out of her an incorruptible light, a third male, whom they call Christ, the son of the First and Second Man, and of the Holy Spirit, the First Woman.
2. Concumbentibus autem patre et filio feminae, quam et matrem viventium dicunt, cum [autem] non potuisset portare, nec capere magnitudinem luminum, superrepletam et superebullientem secundum sinisteriores partes dicunt : et sic quidem filium eorum solum Christum, quasi dextrum, et in superiora allevatitium, arreptum statim cum matre in incorruptibilem Aeonem. Esse autem hanc et veram, et sanctam Ecclesiam, quae fuerit appellatio, et conventio, et adunatio Patris omnium primi hominis, et Filii secundi hominis, et Christi filii eorum, et praedictae feminae.
2. And when the father and the son lay with the woman, whom they also call the Mother of the living, since she was unable to bear or to contain the greatness of the lights, they say that she was overfilled and overflowed on the left-hand parts; and thus indeed their only son Christ, as belonging to the right hand and buoyant towards the higher regions, was immediately caught up with his mother into the incorruptible Aeon. And this, they say, is the true and holy Church, which was the calling, and coming together, and union of the Father of all, the First Man, and of the Son, the Second Man, and of Christ their son, and of the aforesaid Woman.
3. Virtutem autem, quae superebulliit ex femina, habentem humectationem luminis, a patribus decidisse deorsum docent, sua autem voluntate habentem humectationem luminis : quam et sinistram, et Prunicon, et Sophiam, et masculofeminam vocant. Et descendentem simpliciter in aquas, cum essent immobiles, et movisse quoque eas, petulanter agentem usque ad abyssos :
3. But the power which overflowed from the Woman, having the moisture of light, fell downwards from the fathers, they teach, yet having the moisture of light by its own will; and her they call both Left-hand, and Prunicus, and Wisdom (Sophia), and Male-Female. And descending simply into the waters, while they were motionless, she also moved them, acting wantonly even unto the depths,
Editors' notes and page, col. 695

Footnotes

<!-- The body here is the Latin only, in both columns. The note numbering runs to (99) and starts again at (1) on this page. Calls (2)–(6) are seen in col 695. (94)–(99) and (1) come before them and are put in col 695; (7)–(11) are put in col 696 (all inferred; not seen in the body crops). No scripture or chapter references are printed in the foot. --> (printed under page 356)

(94) ‹anchor: Invocari› · call in col 695 (inferred)

Invocari. In Feuard. et Oxon. editt, vocari, sed citra ms. codicis auctoritatem. Invocari autem, hic accipitur pro vocari.

"To be invoked." In the Feuardent and Oxford editions, "to be called," but without the authority of any manuscript codex. "Invocari," however, is taken here for "vocari."

(printed under page 356)

(95) ‹anchor: Ennoeam autem ejus› · call in col 695 (inferred)

Ennoeam autem ejus. etc. Ita fere Theodoretus : Τὴν δὲ ἔννοιαν αὐτοῦ, Υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου καλοῦσι, καὶ δεύτερον ἄνθρωπον· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ὑπάρχειν τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, κάτω δὲ τούτων τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα, ὕδωρ, σκότος, ἄβυσσον, χάος. Θῆλυ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα καλοῦσι, καὶ τοῖς στοιχείοις ἐπιφέρεσθαι· ἐρασθῆναι δέ φασι τὸν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον, καὶ τὸν δεύτερον τῆς ὥρας τοῦ Πνεύματος, καὶ παιδοποιῆσαι φῶς, ὃ καλοῦσι Χριστόν· μὴ δυνηθεῖσαν δὲ βαστάσαι τὴν θήλειαν τοῦ φωτὸς τὴν ὑπερβολὴν, ὑπερβλύσαι· καὶ τὸν μὲν Χριστὸν σὺν τῇ μητρὶ, εἰς τὸν ἄφθαρτον ἀνασπασθῆναι Αἰῶνα, ἣν καὶ ἀληθινὴν Ἐκκλησίαν καλοῦσι.

"But his Ennoia," etc. So, roughly, Theodoret: "His Ennoia they call Son of Man and second Man; after him exists the Holy Spirit, and below these four elements, water, darkness, abyss, chaos. The Spirit they call female, and say it was borne above the elements; and they say that the first Man, and the second, fell in love with the beauty of the Spirit and begot light, which they call Christ; and that the female, unable to bear the excess of the light, overflowed; and that Christ, with the mother, was drawn up into the incorruptible Aeon, which they also call the true Church."

(printed under page 356)

(96) ‹anchor: Hanc filium› · call in col 695 (inferred)

Hanc filium. Ita codd. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. Caeteri, hunc. Porro, hanc, refer ad Ennoeam.

"Her … the son." So the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius codices. The rest have "him." Refer "hanc" to Ennoia.

(printed under page 356)

(97) ‹anchor: Vocantes› · call in col 695 (inferred)

Vocantes. Pass. et Voss. invocantes.

"Calling." The Passionei and Vossius: "invoking."

(printed under page 356)

(98) ‹anchor: Formositatem› · call in col 695 (inferred)

Formositatem. Ita Clarom., Pass. et Voss Reliqui, formositate.

"Beauty" (accusative). So the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius. The rest: "by beauty."

(printed under page 356)

(99) ‹anchor: Illuminante› · call in col 695 (inferred)

Illuminante. Sic restituit Feuard. merito ratus constructionis seriem ablativum postulare. In Eras. autem, Gallas. et omnibus mss. illuminantem, manifesta scribarum incuria, ut patet.

"Illuminating" (ablative). So Feuardent restored it, rightly judging that the run of the construction demands the ablative. But in Erasmus, Gallasius and all the manuscripts, "illuminantem," by obvious carelessness of the scribes, as is plain.

(printed under page 356)

(1) ‹anchor: Autem› · call in col 695 (inferred)

Autem. Prorsus redundat haec particula. Exstat tamen in omnibus cum editt. tum mss.

"But." This particle is wholly redundant. Yet it stands in all, editions and manuscripts alike.

(printed under page 356)

(2) ‹anchor: Virtutem autem› · call in col 695 (seen)

Virtutem autem. Theodoretus: Τὴν δὲ ἀναβλυθεῖσαν τοῦ φωτὸς ἰκμάδα ἐκπεσεῖν κάτω φασὶ, καὶ κληθῆναι Σοφίαν, καὶ Προύνικον, καὶ ἀρσενόθηλυν, διανηχομένην δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι, προσλαβεῖν μὲν ἐξ αὐτῶν σῶμα, καὶ βαρυνθῆναι, καὶ ὑποβρύχιον κινδυνεῦσαι γενέσθαι.

"But the power." Theodoret: "They say the moisture of light that overflowed fell down, and was called Wisdom and Prunicos and male-female; and swimming in the waters it took a body from them, and was weighed down, and was in danger of being submerged."

(printed under page 356)

(3) ‹anchor: habentem humectationem luminis› · call in col 695 (seen)

Habentem. Sic recte Grab. ex Feuard. marg. et mss. Arund. et Voss. Consentiunt Clarom. et Pass. favetque Theodoretus mox cit. In caeteris exemplaribus, habente.

"Having" (accusative). So, rightly, Grabe, from Feuardent's margin and the Arundel and Vossius manuscripts. The Clermont and Passionei agree, and Theodoret, just cited, supports it. In the other copies, "habente" (ablative).

(printed under page 356)

(4) ‹anchor: quam et sinistram› · call in col 695 (seen)

Quam. Sic mss. In Eras., Gall. et Feuard. corrupte, quem.

"Whom" (feminine). So the manuscripts. In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, corruptly, "quem" (masculine).

(printed under page 356)

(5) ‹anchor: descendentem simpliciter› · call in col 695 (seen)

Simpliciter. Graece ἁπλῶς ; quod hic vertendum erat, temere, non simpliciter.

"Simply." In Greek ἁπλῶς, which should have been rendered here "rashly," not "simply."

(printed under page 356)

(6) ‹anchor: et movisse› · call in col 695 (seen)

Movisse. Particulam ne, quae in omnibus editt. legitur ante movisse, expunxi auctoritate codd Clarom. et Pass., repugnat enim Sophiam in aquis petulanter egisse, nec tamen eas movisse.

"To have moved." The particle "ne" (not), read in all the editions before "movisse," I struck out on the authority of the Clermont and Passionei codices; for it is inconsistent that Sophia should have acted wantonly in the waters and yet not have moved them.

(printed under page 356)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A hoc Patrem omnium; B 2. Concumbentibus autem; C tribus decidisse deorsum; D λοῦσι Χριστόν· μὴ
  • old-edition numerals: 109 after emittentis,
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; gap in exsult⟨a⟩nte
PG 7:696
et assumpsisse ex eis corpus. Humectationi enim luminis ejus omnia accurrisse, et adhaesisse dicunt, et circumtenuisse eam : quam nisi habuisset, tota absorpta fortasse fuisset et demersa a materia. Deligatam igitur hanc a corpore, quod erat a materia, et valde gravatam resipisse aliquando, et conatam esse fugere aquas, et ascendere ad matrem : non potuisse eam autem propter gravedinem circumpositi corporis. Valde autem male se habentem, machinatam esse abscondere illud, quod erat desuper, lumen; timentem ne et ipsum laederetur ab inferioribus elementis, quemadmodum et ipsa. Et cum virtutem accepisset ab humectatione ejus, quod erat secundum eam lumen, resiliit, et in sublimitatem elata est : et facta in alto dilatavit, et cooperuit, et fecit coelum hoc, quod apparet, a corpore ejus; et remansit sub coelo quod fecit, adhuc habens aquatilis corporis typum. Cum accepisset concupiscentiam superioris luminis, et virtutem sumpsisset per omnia, deposuisse corpus et liberatam ab eo. Corpus autem hoc exuisse dicunt eam, feminam a femina nominant.
and assumed a body out of them. For to the moisture of her light all things ran together and clave, they say, and encompassed her; which had she not possessed, she would perhaps have been wholly swallowed up and submerged by matter. Being bound down, therefore, by the body which was from matter, and heavily weighed down, she at length came to her senses, and endeavoured to flee the waters and ascend to her mother; but she could not, on account of the heaviness of the body placed around her. And being in a very evil plight, she contrived to hide that light which was from above, fearing lest it also should be injured by the lower elements, even as she herself was. And when she had received power from the moisture of the light that was with her, she sprang back, and was borne aloft on high; and being on high, she spread out, and covered over, and made this heaven which is visible out of her body; and she remained under the heaven which she made, still having the form of a watery body. When she had conceived a longing for the higher light, and had received power through all things, she put off the body and was freed from it. And this body which they say she put off, they name Woman from Woman.
4. Et filium autem ejus dicunt habuisse et ipsum adspirationem quamdam in se incorruptelae a matre relictam ei, per quam operatur, et potens factus emisit et ipse, sicut dicunt, ab aquis filium sine matre : neque enim cognovisse matrem eum volunt. Et filium ejus, secundum patris imitationem, alterum emisisse filium. Hic quoque tertius quartum generavit, et quartus et ipse generavit filium; de quinto sextum filium generatum dicunt; et sextus septimum generavit. Sic quoque hebdomada perfecta est apud eos, octavum matre habente locum : et quemadmodum generationibus, sic et dignitatibus, et virtutibus praecedere eos ab invicem.
4. And her son also, they say, himself had a certain breath of incorruptibility in him left to him by his mother, through which he works; and having become powerful, he also himself sent forth, as they say, a son from the waters without a mother; for they will not have it that he knew his mother. And his son, in imitation of his father, sent forth another son. This third one also generated a fourth, and the fourth himself also generated a son; from the fifth they say a sixth son was generated; and the sixth generated a seventh. Thus also the Hebdomad was completed among them, the mother holding the eighth place; and just as in generations, so also in dignities and in powers they precede one another.
Editors' notes and page, col. 696

Footnotes

(7) ‹anchor: Resipisse› · call in col 696 (inferred)

Resipisse. (Pro resipuisse.) Ita Clarom. Voss. et Pass. Caeteri omnes perperam, vel repsisse vel, repisse. Sensus enim est Sophiam, cum a materia deligatam et valde gravatam se sensisset, resipuisse tandem ac poenituisse, quod in aquas temere descendisset.

"To have come to her senses" (for "resipuisse"). So the Clermont, Vossius and Passionei. All the others, wrongly, either "repsisse" or "repisse." For the sense is that Sophia, when she felt herself bound by matter and heavily weighed down, at last came to her senses and repented that she had rashly gone down into the waters.

(printed under page 356)

(8) ‹anchor: Resiliit› · call in col 696 (inferred)

Resiliit. Epiphan. loco proxime cit., ἐπῆρε δὲ ἑαυτὴν κατὰ βίαν εἰς τὰ ἀνώτερα, καὶ ἐξέτεινεν ἑαυτήν. Se violenter extulit rursum, et extendit se ipsam.

"She leapt back." Epiphanius, in the place last cited: "and she lifted herself by force to the higher regions, and stretched herself out." She raised herself violently again, and stretched herself out.

(printed under page 356)

(9) ‹anchor: Et cooperuit› · call in col 696 (inferred)

Et cooperuit. Clarius Theodoretus : Καὶ ἐκ τοῦ περικειμένου σώματος κατεσκευάσθαι τὸν οὐρανόν. Et ex corpore, quo tegebatur, fecit coelum.

"And covered." Theodoret more clearly: "And that from the body lying round her the heaven was made." And from the body by which she was covered, she made the heaven.

(printed under page 356)

(10) ‹anchor: Deposuisse› · call in col 696 (inferred)

Deposuisse. In codd. omnibus legitur deposuisset, aperto scribarum sphalmate.

"To have laid aside." In all the codices one reads "deposuisset," by an obvious slip of the scribes.

(printed under page 356)

(11) ‹anchor: Hoc exuisse› · call in col 696 (inferred)

Hoc exuisse. Legendum, hoc quod exuisse.

"To have put this off." Read "this which … to have put off."

(printed under page 356)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A et assumpsisse ex eis; B ruit, et fecit coelum; C generavit, et quartus; D legitur ante movisse,
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:697
5. Et nomina autem mendacio suo talia posuerunt : eum enim qui a matre primus sit, Ialdabaot vocari : eum autem qui sit ab eo, Iao; et qui ab eo, Sabaoth magnum; quartum autem Adoneum, et quintum Eloeum, et sextum Horeum, septimum autem et novissimum omnium Astaphaeum. Hos autem coelos, et areothas, et Virtutes, et Angelos, et conditores subjiciunt per ordinem sedentes in coelo, secundum generationem ipsorum, non apparentes, regere quoque coelestia et terrestria : primo ipsorum Ialdabaoth contemnente matrem, in eo quod filios et nepotes sine ullius permissu fecerit, adhuc etiam Angelos, et Archangelos, et Virtutes, et Potestates, et Dominationes. Quibus actis ad litem et jurgium adversus eum conversos esse filios ejus de principatu; propter quae contristatum Ialdabaoth, et desperantem, conspexisse in subjacentem faecem materiae, et consolidasse concupiscentiam suam in eam, unde natum filium dicunt (hunc autem ipsum esse Nun in figura serpentis contortum) : dehinc et Spiritum, et animam, et omnia mundialia : inde generatam omnem oblivionem, et malitiam, et zelum, et invidiam, et mortem. Hunc autem serpentiformem et contortum Nun eorum adhuc magis evertisse Patrem dicunt tortuositate, cum esset cum Patre ipsorum in coelo et in paradiso.
5. And they have also set down such names as these in their falsehood: him who is first from the mother they say is called Ialdabaot; and him who is from him, Iao; and him who is from him, the great Sabaoth; the fourth, Adoneus; and the fifth, Eloeus; and the sixth, Horeus; and the seventh and last of all, Astaphaeus. And these heavens, and virtues, and powers, and angels, and founders they represent as sitting in order in heaven, according to their generation, invisible, and as ruling also over heavenly and earthly things; the first of them, Ialdabaoth, despising his mother, in that he made sons and grandsons without anyone's permission—nay, even angels, and archangels, and virtues, and powers, and dominions. When these things had been done, his sons turned to strife and contention against him concerning the supreme rule; on account of which things Ialdabaoth, being grieved and despairing, looked down upon the underlying dregs of matter, and fixed his desire upon it, whence they say a son was born (and that this one himself is Mind (Nus) twisted in the form of a serpent); and from him came both spirit, and soul, and all worldly things; and thence was generated all oblivion, and malice, and jealousy, and envy, and death. And this serpent-formed and twisted Mind (Nus) of theirs, they say, still further perverted their father by his crookedness, when he was with their father in heaven and in paradise.
6. Unde exsultantem Ialdabaoth, in omnibus his quae sub eo essent gloriatum, et dixisse : Ego
6. Wherefore Ialdabaoth, exulting, boasted over all these things that were under him, and said: I am
Editors' notes and page, col. 697

Footnotes

<!-- The body here is the Latin only, in both columns. Calls seen in the body crops: (24) in col 697; (32), (33) in col 698. (12)–(23) precede (24) and are put in col 697; (25)–(31) lie between (24) and (32) and are put in col 698 (all inferred). No scripture or chapter references are printed in the foot. --> (printed under page 357)

(12) ‹anchor: Et nomina autem› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Et nomina autem, etc. De nominibus istis Theodoretus : Ἐπέθεσαν δὲ καὶ ὀνόματα τοῖς προειρημένοις υἱοῖς, τῇ Ἑβραίων χρησάμενοι γλώττῃ, ὧν ἐπιμνησθῆναι περιττὸν ἄγαν ὑπέλαβον. Imposuerunt autem praedictis filiis ex Hebraica lingua petita nomina, quae commemorare supervacaneum plane duxi. Quae vel commemorare supervacaneum duxit Theodoretus, explicare foret inutilius.

"And the names," etc. Of these names Theodoret says: "They also gave names to the sons aforesaid, using the Hebrew tongue, which I thought quite superfluous to mention." They gave the said sons names taken from the Hebrew language, which I judged plainly superfluous to record. What Theodoret judged superfluous even to record, it would be more useless still to explain.

(printed under page 357)

(13) ‹anchor: Ialdabaoth› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Ialdabaoth. Sic Epiphanius scripsit haer. 25, § 3, et haer. 37, § 3 ; et Tertull. lib. De praescript., c. 47, hancque genuinam lectionem interdum exhibent codd. Clarom., Arund. et Voss. ; interdum vero male, Ialdabooth, vel, Ialdaboth.

"Ialdabaoth." So Epiphanius wrote it, Heresy 25, § 3, and Heresy 37, § 3, and Tertullian, De praescriptione ch. 47; and the Clermont, Arundel and Vossius codices sometimes give this genuine reading, but sometimes, wrongly, "Ialdabooth" or "Ialdaboth."

(printed under page 357)

(14) ‹anchor: Iao› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Iao. De hoc nomine vide quae diximus sup. ad cap. 4, pag. 19, not.

"Iao." On this name see what we said above, on ch. 4, page 19, note.

(printed under page 357)

(15) ‹anchor: Sabaoth magnum› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Sabaoth magnum. In Clarom. et Pass. deest, magnum.

"Great Sabaoth." In the Clermont and Passionei "great" is lacking.

(printed under page 357)

(16) ‹anchor: Horeum› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Horeum. Alii, Oreum.

"Horeus." Others: "Oreus."

(printed under page 357)

(17) ‹anchor: Astaphaeum› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Astaphaeum. Clarom. Adstapeum ; Pass. et Voss. Artapheum.

"Astaphaeus." The Clermont: "Adstapeus"; the Passionei and Vossius: "Artapheus."

(printed under page 357)

(18) ‹anchor: Areothas› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Areothas. Sic omnes mss. cum edit. Oxon. In caeteris, arotheas. Sed forte legendum, Aretas ; id enim recte convenit cum sequentibus : et virtutes, etc.

"Areothas." So all the manuscripts, with the Oxford edition. In the rest, "arotheas." But perhaps one should read "Aretas" (excellences), for that fits well with what follows: "and powers," etc.

(printed under page 357)

(19) ‹anchor: Non apparentes› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Non apparentes. In Eras., Gall. et Feuard. deest, non.

"Not appearing." In Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent "not" is lacking.

(printed under page 357)

(20) ‹anchor: Adversus eum› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Adversus eum. ; Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Merc. 2, adversus eos, sed perperam, ut patet ex his Theodoreti verbis : διαστασιάσαι δέ φασι τοὺς ἄλλους πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον· τῶν μὲν ὄντα πάππον, τῶν δὲ ἐπίπαππον, ἐνίων δὲ πρόγονον.

"Against him." The Clermont, Passionei, Vossius and Mercier 2: "against them," but wrongly, as is plain from these words of Theodoret: "They say the others rose in revolt against the first, who was grandfather to some, great-grandfather to others, and ancestor to some."

(printed under page 357)

(21) ‹anchor: Contristatum Ialdabaoth› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Contristatum Ialdabaoth, etc. Ita fere Theodoretus statim post proxime citata verba : Τὸν δὲ ἀθυμήσαντα εἰς τὴν τρύγα τῆς ὕλης ἐρεῖσθαι τὴν ἔννοιαν, καὶ γεννῆσαι τὸν υἱὸν ὀφιόμορφον ἐξ αὐτῆς. Nec procul ab his discedit Epiph. haer. 37, § 4 : Ἐπέβλεψε κάτω ἐν πικρίᾳ πρὸς τὴν ὑποστάθμην τῆς ὕλης, καὶ γεγέννηκε δύναμιν ὀφιόμορφον εἰδέαν ἔχουσαν, ἣν καὶ υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καλοῦσι.

"That Ialdabaoth, saddened," etc. So, roughly, Theodoret, immediately after the words last cited: "And that he, despondent, fixed his thought on the dregs of matter, and begot from it the serpent-shaped son." Nor does Epiphanius depart far from this, Heresy 37, § 4: "He looked down in bitterness at the sediment of matter, and begot a power having a serpent's form, which they also call his son."

(printed under page 357)

(22) ‹anchor: Desperantem› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Desperantem. Alii, desperatum.

"Despairing." Others: "despaired of."

(printed under page 357)

(23) ‹anchor: Hunc autem esse Nun in figura serpentis› · call in col 697 (inferred)

Hunc autem esse Nun in figura serpentis, etc. Id erroris portentum Ophitis adscribunt Epiph. haer. mox citata, Tertull. lib. De praescript., cap. 47, Clemens Alexand. lib. VII Strom., Philastrius, August., etc.

"And that this is Nous in the form of a serpent," etc. This monstrous error is attributed to the Ophites by Epiphanius in the heresy just cited, Tertullian, De praescriptione ch. 47, Clement of Alexandria, Stromata book VII, Philastrius, Augustine, etc.

(printed under page 357)

(24) ‹anchor: et dixisse› · call in col 697 (seen)

Gloriatum, et dixisse, etc. Theodoret. Graece : Εἶτα καυχώμενον τὸν τοῦ ὀφιομόρφου πατέρα εἰπεῖν· « Ἐγὼ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐδείς· » τὴν δὲ μητέρα δυσχεράνασαν ἐπιβοῆσαι αὐτῷ· « Μὴ ψεύδου, ἔστι γὰρ ὑπέρ σε πατὴρ ἁπάντων, πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος (addit Irenaeus, quod forte a Theodoreti scribis omissum, καὶ ἄνθρωπος), υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. »

"Boasted, and said," etc. Theodoret in Greek: "Then the father of the serpent-shaped one boasted and said, 'I am God and Father, and there is none above me'; and the mother, indignant, cried out to him, 'Do not lie: for there is above you the father of all, the first Man (Irenaeus adds 'and Man,' perhaps omitted by Theodoret's scribes), the Son of Man.'"

(printed under page 357)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A 5. Et nomina autem; B eum conversos esse; C (12) Et nomina autem; D Voss. Artapheum.
  • old-edition numerals: 110 after contristatum
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:698
Pater, et Deus, et super me nemo. Audientem autem matrem clamasse adversus eum : Noli mentiri, Ialdabaoth : est enim super te Pater omnium primus Anthropus, et Anthropus filius Anthropi. Conturbatis autem omnibus ad novam vocem, et inopinabili nuncupatione, et quaerentibus unde clamor; ad advocandos eos, et ad se seducendum, dixisse Ialdabaoth dicunt : Venite, faciamus hominem ad imaginem nostram. Sex autem Virtutes audientes haec, matre dante illis excogitationem hominis, uti per eum evacuet eos a principali Virtute, convenientes formaverunt hominem immensum latitudine et longitudine : scarizante autem eo tantum, advexerunt eum patri suo, et hoc Sophia operante, uti et illum evacuet ab humectatione luminis, uti non posset erigi adversus eos, qui sursum sunt, habens virtutem. Illo autem insufflante in hominem spiritum vitae, latenter evacuatum eum a virtute dicunt : hominem autem inde habuisse Nun, et Enthymesin [et haec esse quae salvantur, dicunt], et statim gratias agere eum primo homini, relictis fabricatoribus.
Father, and God, and above me there is no one. But his mother, hearing this, cried out against him: Lie not, Ialdabaoth; for above you is the Father of all, the First Man (Anthropos), and Man (Anthropos) the Son of Man (Anthropos). And when all were troubled at the new voice and at the unexpected naming, and were inquiring whence the cry came, in order to call them aside and seduce them to himself, they say that Ialdabaoth said: Come, let us make man after our image (Gen. 1:26). And the six Powers hearing these things, while the Mother gave them the idea of a man, so that through him she might empty them of the principal power, came together and formed a man immense in breadth and length; and as he only writhed, they brought him to their father, Wisdom (Sophia) working this also, so that she might empty him too of the moisture of light, so that he might not, while possessing the power, be able to lift himself up against those who are above. And when he breathed into the man the breath of life (Gen. 2:7), they say that he was secretly emptied of the power; and that the man thence had Mind (Nus) and Conception (Enthymesis) [and these are the things which are saved, they say], and immediately gave thanks to the First Man, forsaking his framers.
7. Zelantem autem Ialdabaoth voluisse excogitare evacuare hominem per feminam, et de sua Enthymesi eduxisse feminam, quam illa Prunicos suscipiens invisibiliter evacuavit a virtute. Reliquos autem venientes et mirantes formositatem ejus, vocasse eam Evam, et concupiscentes hanc, generasse ex ea filios, quos et angelos
7. And Ialdabaoth, being jealous, wished to devise a way to empty the man by means of a woman, and out of his own Conception (Enthymesis) he brought forth a woman, whom that Prunicus took up and invisibly emptied of power. And the rest coming and admiring her beauty, called her Eve, and desiring her, generated out of her sons, whom they also say are angels.
Editors' notes and page, col. 698

Footnotes

(25) ‹anchor: Ad advocandos› · call in col 698 (inferred)

Ad advocandos. In Arund. perperam, advocans. Reliqui, et ad vocandos.

"To call to him." In the Arundel, wrongly, "calling to him." The rest: "and to call."

(printed under page 357)

(26) ‹anchor: Ad se seducendum› · call in col 698 (inferred)

Ad se seducendum. Sic ex cod. Clarom. reposui, pro, ad esse seducendum, ut corrupte habent Eras. et Gallas. vel, ad seducendum, ut habent alii. Nostramque lectionem confirmant quae sequuntur : uti per eum evacuet eos a principali Virtute. Nam ad se seducendum ponitur pro ut eos a principali Virtute divelleret, et in suas partes perduceret.

"To draw them aside to himself." So I restored it from the Clermont codex, in place of "ad esse seducendum," as Erasmus and Gallasius corruptly have it, or "ad seducendum," as others have it. Our reading is confirmed by what follows: "so that through him he might empty them of the principal Power." For "to draw aside to himself" is put for "that he might tear them away from the principal Power and bring them over to his side."

(printed under page 357)

(27) ‹anchor: Dixisse Ialdabaoth› · call in col 698 (inferred)

Dixisse Ialdabaoth, etc. Theodoret. ἔφη, Δεῦτε, ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ' εἰκόνα ἡμῶν.

"That Ialdabaoth said," etc. Theodoret: "he said, Come, let us make man after our image."

(printed under page 357)

(28) ‹anchor: Advexerunt› · call in col 698 (inferred)

Advexerunt. Sic ex codd. Clarom., Pass. et Voss. reposui. Caeteri, adduxerunt. Sed prior lectio magis congruit cum praeced. scarizante, seu repante.

"They carried him to." So I restored it from the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius codices. The rest: "they led him to." But the former reading agrees better with the preceding "scarizante," that is, "crawling."

(printed under page 357)

(29) ‹anchor: Uti et illum evacuet› · call in col 698 (inferred)

Uti et illum evacuet, etc. Epiphan. haer. 37, § 4 : βουλομένη κενῶσαι τὸν Ἰαλδαβαὼθ ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς δυνάμεως.

"So that she might empty him too," etc. Epiphanius, Heresy 37, § 4: "wishing to empty Ialdabaoth of that same power."

(printed under page 357)

(30) ‹anchor: Eos qui sursum sunt› · call in col 698 (inferred)

Eos qui sursum sunt. In aliis, eum qui sursum est.

"Those who are above." In others: "him who is above."

(printed under page 357)

(31) ‹anchor: Dicunt› · call in col 698 (inferred)

Dicunt. Ut ante dicunt addunt Eras., Gall. et Feuard.

"They say." Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent add "as" before "they say."

(printed under page 357)

(32) ‹anchor: concupiscentes hanc› · call in col 698 (seen)

Hanc. Eam ante hanc delemus, quia plane abundat, et deest in omnibus mss.

"Her." We delete "eam" before "hanc," because it is plainly superfluous and is lacking in all the manuscripts.

(printed under page 357)

(33) ‹anchor: generasse ex ea› · call in col 698 (seen)

Ex ea. Sibi additum in editt. ac Arund. et Merc. 2.

"From her." "For themselves" is added in the editions and in the Arundel and Mercier 2.

(printed under page 357)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A Pater, et Deus; B posset erigi adversus; C (22) Desperantem.; D eum evacuet eos
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:699
esse dicunt. Mater autem ipsorum argumentata est per serpentem seducere Evam et Adam, supergredi praeceptum Ialdabaoth : Eva autem quasi a filio Dei hoc audiens, facile credidit, et Adam suasit manducare de arbore, de qua dixerat Deus, non manducare. Manducantes autem eos cognovisse eam, quae est super omnia, virtutem dicunt, et abscessisse ab his, qui fecerant eos. Prunicum autem videntem, quoniam et per suum plasma victi sunt, valde gratulatum, et rursum exclamasse, quoniam, cum esset Pater incorruptibilis, olim hic semetipsum vocans Patrem, mentitus est : et cum homo olim esset et prima femina, et haec adulterans peccavit.
But their mother plotted by means of the serpent to seduce Eve and Adam to transgress the command of Ialdabaoth; and Eve, hearing this as though from a son of God, easily believed it, and persuaded Adam to eat of the tree of which God had said not to eat. And when they ate, they say, they knew that power which is above all things, and departed from those who had made them. And when Prunicus saw that they were conquered even by means of their own creature, she greatly rejoiced, and again cried out that, since the incorruptible Father existed of old, this one calling himself Father previously had lied; and since Man and the First Woman existed of old, this one also sinned by committing adultery.
8. Ialdabaoth autem propter eam, quae circa eum erat oblivionem, ne quidem intendentem ad haec, projecisse Adam et Evam de paradiso, quoniam transgressi erant praeceptum ejus. Voluisse enim filios ei ex Eva generari, et non adeptum esse, quoniam mater sua in omnibus contrairet ei, et latenter evacuans Adam et Evam ab humectatione luminis, uti neque maledictionem participaret, neque opprobrium, is qui esset a principalitate Spiritus. Sic quoque vacuos a divina substantia factos, maledictos esse ab eo, et dejectos a coelo in hunc mundum docent. Sed et serpentem adversus patrem operantem dejectum ab eo in deorsum mundum : in potestatem autem suam redigentem angelos, qui hic sunt, et ipsum sex filios generasse, septimo ipso exsistente ad imitationem ejus, quae circa Patrem est, hebdomadis. Et hos septem daemonas mundiales esse dicunt, adversantes et resistentes semper generi humano, quoniam propter eos pater illorum projectus est deorsum.
8. But Ialdabaoth, on account of the oblivion that surrounded him, paying no heed at all to these things, cast Adam and Eve out of paradise, because they had transgressed his command. For he had wished that sons should be generated to him out of Eve, and had not obtained it, because his mother opposed him in all things, and secretly emptied Adam and Eve of the moisture of light, so that the spirit which was from the supreme power might partake neither of the curse nor of the reproach. Thus also they teach that, having been emptied of the divine substance, they were cursed by him, and cast down from heaven into this world. Moreover, the serpent also, since he worked against his father, was cast down by him into the lower world; and bringing under his own power the angels that are here, he himself also generated six sons, he himself being the seventh, in imitation of the Hebdomad which is around the Father. And these seven they say are the worldly demons, always opposing and resisting the human race, because on their account their father was cast down below.
9. Adam autem et Evam prius quidem habuisse levia et clara, et velut spiritalia corpora, quemadmodum et plasmati sunt; venientes autem huc, demutasse in obscurius, et pinguius, et pigrius; sed
9. And Adam and Eve previously indeed had light and bright and, as it were, spiritual bodies, even as they were formed; but when they came hither, these changed into what was darker, and grosser, and more sluggish; and
Editors' notes and page, col. 699

Footnotes

<!-- The body here is the Latin only, in both columns. Calls seen in the body crops: (37) in col 699; (42), (43) in col 700. (34)–(36) precede (37) and are put in col 699 (inferred); the images do not fix the column for (38)–(41). No scripture or chapter references are printed in the foot. --> (printed under page 358)

(34) ‹anchor: Argumentata est› · call in col 699 (inferred)

Argumentata est. Forte scripsit interpr. argutata est, a Graeco, ἐσοφίσατο, quod vertendum fuerat, callide molita est, excogitavit. Sic enim Epiphan. haer. 37, § 4, πρὸς ἐπιβουλὴν ἐνήργησε.

"She argued." Perhaps the translator wrote "argutata est" (she contrived subtly), from the Greek ἐσοφίσατο, which should have been rendered "she craftily devised, she contrived." For so Epiphanius, Heresy 37, § 4: "she worked towards a plot."

(printed under page 358)

(35) ‹anchor: Per suum plasma› · call in col 699 (inferred)

Per suum plasma. Sic emendamus ex Feuard. margine, Voss. et Clarom., rejectis per suam blasphemiam, ut in Eras., Gall. et Feuard.; vel, per sua blasphema, ut in Arund. et Merc. 2; vel, per suum blasphema, ut in Pass. legitur.

"Through his own creature." So we correct it from Feuardent's margin, the Vossius and the Clermont, rejecting "through his own blasphemy," as in Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent; or "through his own blasphemies," as in the Arundel and Mercier 2; or "per suum blasphema," as one reads in the Passionei.

(printed under page 358)

(36) ‹anchor: Valde gratulatum› · call in col 699 (inferred)

Valde gratulatum. Sic Clarom. et Voss., omisso altero valde, quod etiam omittunt tres alii Anglic. codd. At in Eras., Gall. et Feuard. valde valde gratulatum; cum alterum valde superfluum sit, et Prunicus, feminae nomen, femininum genus exigat.

"Greatly rejoiced." So the Clermont and Vossius, leaving out the second "greatly," which the three other English codices also leave out. But in Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, "valde valde gratulatum"; whereas the second "valde" is superfluous, and Prunicus, a woman's name, requires the feminine gender.

(printed under page 358)

(37) ‹anchor: serpentem adversus patrem operantem› · call in col 699 (seen)

Adversus patrem operantem. Quia invito Ialdabaoth, supernarum Virtutum notitiam Adami et Evae animis ingeneraverat, eosque ab illo disjunxerat, ut paulo ante dicitur.

"Working against the father." Because, against Ialdabaoth's will, he had implanted the knowledge of the Powers above in the minds of Adam and Eve, and had separated them from him, as is said a little before.

(printed under page 358)

(38) ‹anchor: Prunicos› · call in col 699 or 700 (not fixed by the images)

Prunicos. Vocem iterum, quae ante Prunicos in omnibus editt. legitur, auctoritate codd. Clarom., Pass. Voss. et Merc. 2, expunxi, quia sensum obscurat.

"Prunicos." The word "again," which is read before "Prunicos" in all the editions, I struck out on the authority of the Clermont, Passionei, Vossius and Mercier 2 codices, because it obscures the sense.

(printed under page 358)

(39) ‹anchor: Mundialia oblivione› · call in col 699 or 700 (not fixed by the images)

Mundialia oblivione. In Clarom., Pass. et Voss legitur, mundialia oblivionem; in aliis mundiali oblivione : ex quibus omnibus genuinam lectionem colligo, quae magis cohaeret cum sequentibus.

"Worldly things, by forgetfulness." In the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius one reads "mundialia oblivionem"; in others, "mundiali oblivione" (by worldly forgetfulness). From all of these I gather the genuine reading, which coheres better with what follows.

(printed under page 358)

(40) ‹anchor: In stultitiam› · call in col 699 or 700 (not fixed by the images)

In stultitiam. Sic recte Clarom. et Pass., quia paulo post sequitur, in omnem malitiam immissam. In Feuard. et Grab. deest in : sed in Eras. et Gallas. pejus scriptum, stultitia et audacia.

"Into folly." So, rightly, the Clermont and Passionei, because a little after follows "sent into every wickedness." In Feuardent and Grabe "in" is lacking; but in Erasmus and Gallasius it is written worse: "by folly and audacity."

(printed under page 358)

(41) ‹anchor: Superiorem sanctae hebdomadae› · call in col 699 or 700 (not fixed by the images)

Superiorem sanctae hebdomadae. Sic Clarom., Voss., Pass., et Feuard. in marg.. nisi quod tres posteriores perperam habeant secundae, pro sanctae. In aliis omnibus vitiose, superiori sanctae hebdomadae. Porro malitiam et apostasiam hic dici puto superiorem sanctae hebdomadae, quam videlicet avertere non valuit superior sancta hebdomas. Idque persuadere videtur quae mox subjicitur ratio : quia contraria eis erat semper mater invisibiliter. Nisi dicere malis, hanc apostasiam superiorem esse sanctae hebdomadae, quia ipsa eadem erat, in quam inciderat sancta hebdomas, utpote quae a matre defecisset, et ad jurgia et contentiones sese convertisset.

"Higher than the holy hebdomad." So the Clermont, Vossius, Passionei and Feuardent in the margin, except that the three latter wrongly have "secundae" (second) for "sanctae" (holy). In all the others, faultily, "superiori sanctae hebdomadae." Now I think the wickedness and apostasy is here said to be higher than the holy hebdomad, in the sense that the higher holy hebdomad was not able to avert it. The reason given just after seems to persuade of this: "because the mother was always invisibly opposed to them." Unless you prefer to say that this apostasy was higher than the holy hebdomad because it was the very one into which the holy hebdomad had fallen, since it had fallen away from the mother and turned itself to quarrels and strife.

(printed under page 358)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A esse dicunt. Mater; B erat oblivionem; C ptimo ipso exsistente; D sphemiam, ut in Eras.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:700
et animam dissolutam et languidam, quippe a factore tantummodo insufflationem mundialem habentes : quoadusque Prunicos miserata eorum, reddidit eis odorem suavitatis humectationis luminis, per quam in commemorationem venerunt suam ipsorum, et cognoverunt semetipsos nudos, et corporis materiam; et cognoverunt, quoniam mortem bajulant; et magnanimes exstiterunt, cognoscentes quoniam ad tempus corpus circumdatum est eis : et escas quoque invenisse eos, praeeunte eis Sophia, et satiatos coisse invicem carnaliter, et generasse Caïn, quem dejectibilis serpens cum filiis suis statim suscipiens evertit, et adimplevit mundialia oblivione, in stultitiam et audaciam immittens, ita ut et dum fratrem suum Abel occideret, primus zelum et mortem ostenderit. Post quos secundum providentiam Prunici dicunt generatum Seth; post Noream : ex quibus reliquam multitudinem hominum generatam dicunt, et ab inferiori hebdomade in omnem malitiam immissam, et apostasiam superiorem sanctae hebdomadae, et idololatriam, et reliquam universam contemptionem, cum contraria eis esset semper mater invisibiliter, et proprium salvaret, hoc est humectationem luminis. Sanctam autem hebdomadam septem stellas, quas dicunt planetas, esse volunt; et projectibilem serpentem duo habere nomina, Michael, et Samael, dicunt.
their soul also was relaxed and languid, inasmuch as they had from their maker only a worldly breath; until Prunicus, taking pity on them, restored to them the sweet savour of the moisture of light, through which they came to a remembrance of themselves, and knew that they were naked, and knew the material nature of the body, and knew that they bore death; and they became patient of spirit, knowing that the body is put around them only for a time; and they also found food, Wisdom (Sophia) guiding them, and when satisfied they knew one another carnally, and generated Cain, whom the cast-down serpent with his sons immediately took up and perverted, and he filled the things of the world with forgetfulness, urging him on into folly and audacity, so that, in slaying his brother Abel, he was the first to show forth jealousy and death. After these, they say, by the providence of Prunicus was generated Seth, and afterwards Norea; from whom they say the rest of the multitude of mankind was generated, and was urged on by the lower Hebdomad into all wickedness, and into an apostasy higher than the holy Hebdomad, and idolatry, and all the rest of contempt, while the Mother was always invisibly opposed to them, and saved what was her own, that is, the moisture of light. And the holy Hebdomad they will have to be the seven stars which they call planets; and they say that the cast-down serpent has two names, Michael and Samael.
10. Iratum autem Ialdabaoth hominibus, quoniam eum non colebant, neque honorificabant quasi Patrem et Deum, diluvium eis induxisse, ut omnes simul perderet. Contra stante autem et hic Sophia, salvatos eos esse qui circa Noe erant in arca, propter humectationem illius luminis quod ab ea erat, per quam iterum adimpletum esse mundum hominibus : ex quibus quemdam Abraham elegisse ipsum Ialdabaoth, et testamentum posuisse ad eum, si perseveraverit semen ejus serviens ei, dare ei haereditatem terrae. Post per Moysen
10. And Ialdabaoth, being angry with men because they did not worship or honour him as Father and God, brought a flood upon them, that he might destroy them all together. But here too Wisdom (Sophia) opposed him, and those who were with Noah in the ark were saved on account of the moisture of that light which was from her, and through it the world was again filled with men; out of whom Ialdabaoth himself chose a certain Abraham, and made a covenant with him, that if his seed continued serving him, he would give him the inheritance of the earth. Afterwards, through Moses,
Editors' notes and page, col. 700

Footnotes

<!-- Q1f: the calls (38) Prunicos, (39) oblivione, (40) stultitiam and (41) hebdomadae are also printed in this column's body (seen on the page, col 700, not 699). Their notes are set in n699, printed under page 358; pointer only, not repeated here. -->

(42) ‹anchor: Michael, et Samael› · call in col 700 (seen)

Samael, In Clarom. Samahel. Editt. Eras., Gallas. et Feuard., Samuel; Arund., Samuhel. Apud Theodoretum denique, Samana.

"Samael." In the Clermont, "Samahel." The editions of Erasmus, Gallasius and Feuardent, "Samuel"; the Arundel, "Samuhel." In Theodoret, finally, "Samana."

(printed under page 358)

(43) ‹anchor: diluvium eis induxisse› · call in col 700 (seen)

Induxisse. Alii, immisisse.

"To have brought upon." Others: "to have sent upon."

(printed under page 358)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A et animam dissolutam; B zelum et mortem; C quasi Patrem et Deum; D dacia.
  • old-edition numerals: 111 after evertit,
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:701
eduxisse eos ex Aegypto, qui ab Abraham essent, et dedisse eis Legem, et fecisse eos Judaeos : ex quibus elegisse septem dies, quos et sanctam hebdomadam vocant, et unusquisque eorum suum praeconem ad semet gloriandum, et Deum annuntiandum : uti et reliqui audientes glorias, servirent et ipsi his, qui a prophetis annuntiarentur dii.
he brought out of Egypt those who were from Abraham, and gave them the Law, and made them Jews; out of whom the seven days, which they also call the holy Hebdomad, chose each one of them his own herald to glorify himself and proclaim him as God, so that the rest also, hearing these praises, might themselves serve those who were proclaimed as gods by the prophets.
11. Sic autem prophetas distribuunt : hujus quidem Ialdabaoth Moysen fuisse, et Jesum Nave, et Amos, et Abacuc; illius autem Iao, Samuel, et Nathan, et Jonam, et Michaeam; illius autem Sabaoth, Heliam, et Joel, et Zachariam; illius autem Adonei, Esaiam, et Ezechiel, et Jeremiam, et Daniel; illius autem Eloei, Tobiam, et Aggaeum; illius autem Horei, Michaeam, et Nahum; illius autem Astaphaei, Hesdram et Sophoniam. Horum igitur unusquisque glorificans suum patrem et Deum. Sophiam et ipsam per eos multa locutam esse de primo homine, et incorruptibili Aeone, et de illo Christo, qui sit sursum, dicunt, praemonentem et rememorantem homines in incorruptibile lumen, et in primum hominem, et de descensione Christi : in quibus conterritis principibus, et admirantibus novitatem in his, quae a prophetis annuntiabantur, operatam esse Prunicum per Ialdabaoth nescientem quid faciat, duorum hominum factas esse emissiones; alterum quidem de sterili Elizabeth, alterum autem ex Maria virgine.
11. And they distribute the prophets thus: to this Ialdabaoth belonged Moses, and Joshua the son of Nun, and Amos, and Habakkuk; to Iao belonged Samuel, and Nathan, and Jonah, and Micah; to Sabaoth belonged Elijah, and Joel, and Zechariah; to Adoneus belonged Isaiah, and Ezekiel, and Jeremiah, and Daniel; to Eloeus belonged Tobit and Haggai; to Horeus belonged Micah and Nahum; and to Astaphaeus belonged Ezra and Zephaniah. Each one of these, therefore, glorified his own father and God. And Wisdom (Sophia) herself also, they say, spoke many things through them concerning the First Man, and concerning the incorruptible Aeon, and concerning that Christ who is above, forewarning and reminding men of the incorruptible light, and of the First Man, and of the descent of Christ; at which things the rulers being terrified, and marvelling at the novelty of the things that were proclaimed by the prophets, Prunicus wrought by means of Ialdabaoth, who knew not what he was doing, so that emissions of two men were made: the one from the barren Elizabeth, and the other from the Virgin Mary.
12. Et quoniam non haberet eadem ipsa requiem, neque in coelo, neque in terra, contristatam invocasse in adjutorium matrem. Mater autem ejus, prior femina, miserata est super poenitentia filiae, et postulavit a primo homine adjutorium ei mitti Christum; qui et descendit emissus ad sororem
12. And since she herself had no rest either in heaven or on earth, being grieved she called upon her mother for help. And her mother, the First Woman, took pity on her daughter's repentance, and asked from the First Man that Christ should be sent to her as a helper; and he, being sent forth, descended to his sister,
Editors' notes and page, col. 701

Footnotes

<!-- The body here is the Latin only, in both columns. Calls seen in the body crops: (50) in col 701; (53) in col 702. (44)–(49) precede (50) and are put in col 701 (inferred); the images do not fix the column for (51)–(52). No scripture or chapter references are printed in the foot. --> (printed under page 359)

(44) ‹anchor: Ex quibus elegisse septem dies› · call in col 701 (inferred)

Ex quibus elegisse septem dies.... unusquisque eorum.... ad semet gloriandum. Hic pro unusquisque, legendum puto, unumquemque, et cum Eras., Gallas., Arund. et Merc. 2, ad semet ( sic enim habere tres istos Anglic. mss. conjicio ex Grabii silentio ), pro assumet, ut in Feuard. marg., Clarom., Pass. et Voss., vel, assumet ad, ut in Grabio legitur. Hujus autem loci sensum haud assecuti omnes Irenaei editores, minus feliciter restituerunt. Offendiculum praebuit una vocula, dies, quam ab interprete perperam positam pro, lumina, intellexerunt illi de spatio 24 horarum. Graece quippe scripsisse puto Irenaeum, φάεα, vel quid simile, quod vertendum erat, lumina. Septem itaque dies hic idem sunt atque septem lumina, septem nimirum Virtutes, seu Angeli paulo post enumerati : idque contextus sermonis palam ostendit. Paulo ante dictum : Sanctam hebdomadam septem stellas esse volunt : iisdem pene verbis, eodem certe sensu, nunc repetitur : septem dies ( lumina ) quos et sanctam hebdomadam vocant : alias non cohaererent, fecisse eos Judaeos, ex quibus elegisse septem dies ; qui enim ex Judaeis hominibus eligi possent septem dies? Jam vero sponte fluit sensus : septem Angelos, et unumquemque eorum, ex Judaeis elegisse suum sibi praeconem, seu prophetam ad semet gloriandum. Tum statim unicuique eorum suus assignatur propheta.

"From whom the seven days chose … each of them … to glorify himself." Here for "unusquisque" (each, nominative) I think one should read "unumquemque" (accusative), and, with Erasmus, Gallasius, the Arundel and Mercier 2, "ad semet" (to himself) — for so I conjecture those three English manuscripts have it, from Grabe's silence — in place of "assumet," as in Feuardent's margin, the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius, or "assumet ad," as one reads in Grabe. All the editors of Irenaeus, not grasping the sense of this passage, restored it less happily. The stumbling-block was one little word, "days," which the translator wrongly put for "lights," and which they took of a span of twenty-four hours. For I think Irenaeus wrote in Greek φάεα (lights), or something like it, which should have been rendered "lights." The seven days here, then, are the same as the seven lights, namely the seven Powers or Angels listed a little after; and the context of the passage shows this openly. A little before it was said: "They hold that the holy hebdomad is the seven stars"; in almost the same words, and certainly in the same sense, it is now repeated: "the seven days (lights), whom they also call the holy hebdomad." Otherwise "that they made the Jews, from whom the seven days chose" would not hang together; for how could seven days be chosen from among Jewish men? Now the sense flows of itself: that the seven Angels, and each one of them, chose from among the Jews his own herald, or prophet, to glorify himself. Then at once to each of them his own prophet is assigned.

(printed under page 359)

(45) ‹anchor: Adonei› · call in col 701 (inferred)

Adonei. Sic recte cod. Clarom., nam supra scribitur, Adoneum. Alii omnes. Adonai.

"Of Adoneus." So, rightly, the Clermont codex, for above it is written "Adoneus." All the others: "Adonai."

(printed under page 359)

(46) ‹anchor: Esaiam› · call in col 701 (inferred)

Esaiam. Feuard. in marg., Voss. et Pass., Oseam.

"Isaiah." Feuardent in the margin, the Vossius and the Passionei: "Hosea."

(printed under page 359)

(47) ‹anchor: Eloei› · call in col 701 (inferred)

Eloei. Sic iterum cod. Clarom. et interpres supra. Alii, Eloi.

"Of Eloeus." So again the Clermont codex, and the translator above. Others: "Eloi."

(printed under page 359)

(48) ‹anchor: Astaphaei› · call in col 701 (inferred)

Astaphaei. Sic repono ex ipso Irenaeo supra, et ex Origene lib. VI contra Celsum spreta codicum tum mss. tum editorum vitiosa lectione, Astaufei, vel Artaufei.

"Of Astaphaeus." So I restore it from Irenaeus himself above, and from Origen, Contra Celsum book VI, disregarding the faulty reading of the codices, manuscript and printed alike, "Astaufei" or "Artaufei."

(printed under page 359)

(49) ‹anchor: Unusquisque glorificans› · call in col 701 (inferred)

Unusquisque glorificans. Supple est.

"Each glorifying." Supply "is."

(printed under page 359)

(50) ‹anchor: et de descensione› · call in col 701 (seen)

De descensione. Sic Clarom. et Pass., nec procul distant Voss. in quo descensione, et Arund. in quo inde descensione. In edit. Oxon. et Merc. 2, in descensionem ; in aliis, in descensione.

"Of the descent." So the Clermont and Passionei; and not far from them are the Vossius, which has "descensione," and the Arundel, which has "inde descensione." In the Oxford edition and Mercier 2, "in descensionem"; in others, "in descensione."

(printed under page 359)

(51) ‹anchor: Descendere ad fratrem ejus› · call in col 701 or 702 (not fixed by the images)

Descendere ad fratrem ejus. Legendum puto : descendere ad se fratrem ejus, vel potius suum ; aut expungenda praepositio ad.

"To descend to her brother." I think one should read "that her brother (or rather 'his own') descended to her"; or else the preposition "ad" should be struck out.

(printed under page 359)

(52) ‹anchor: Christum› · call in col 701 or 702 (not fixed by the images)

Christum. Praepositionem in huic voci praefixam delevi auctoritate Clarom., Pass. et Voss., falsum enim gignit sensum, Jesum videlicet in Christum descendisse ; quod cum haereticorum hypothesi e diametro pugnat. Quidpiam tamen hic necessario supplendum est, scilicet : et in hunc, nimirum Jesum, Christum perplexum, etc. At donec suffragetur ms. codex, praestat abesse particulam in.

"Christ." The preposition "in" prefixed to this word I deleted on the authority of the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius, for it yields a false sense, namely that Jesus descended into Christ, which is diametrically opposed to the heretics' hypothesis. Something must necessarily be supplied here, however, namely "and into him," that is, Jesus, "Christ, entwined," etc. But until a manuscript codex supports it, it is better that the particle "in" be absent.

(printed under page 359)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A eduxisse eos ex; B et Aggæum; C 12. Et quoniam; D quam ab interprete
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:702
suam, et ad humectationem luminis. Cognoscentem autem eam, quae deorsum est, Sophiam, descendere ad fratrem ejus, et annuntiasse ejus adventum per Joannem, et praeparasse baptismum poenitentiae, et ante adaptasse Jesum, uti descendens Christus inveniat vas mundum, et uti per filium ejus Ialdabaoth femina a Christo annuntiaretur. Descendisse autem eum per septem coelos, assimilatum filiis eorum dicunt, et sensim eorum evacuasse virtutem. Ad ipsum enim universam humectationem luminis concurrisse dicunt, et descendentem Christum in hunc mundum, induisse primum sororem suam Sophiam, et exsultasse utrosque refrigerantes super invicem : et hoc esse sponsum et sponsam definiunt. Jesum autem, quippe ex Virgine per operationem Dei generatum, sapientiorem, et mundiorem, et justiorem hominibus omnibus fuisse : Christum perplexum Sophiae descendisse, et sic factum esse Jesum Christum.
and to the moisture of light. And the Wisdom (Sophia) who is below, knowing that her brother was descending to her, both announced his coming through John, and prepared the baptism of repentance, and beforehand adapted Jesus, so that Christ descending might find a clean vessel, and so that through the son of that Ialdabaoth the Woman might be announced by Christ. And he descended through the seven heavens, they say, made like unto their sons, and gradually emptied them of their power. For they say that the whole moisture of light ran together to him; and when Christ descended into this world, he first clothed himself with his sister Wisdom (Sophia), and both exulted, refreshing themselves in one another; and this they define to be the bridegroom and the bride. And Jesus, inasmuch as he was generated from a Virgin by the working of God, was wiser, and purer, and more righteous than all men; and Christ intertwined with Wisdom (Sophia) descended, and thus became Jesus Christ.
13. Multos igitur ex discipulis ejus non cognovisse Christi descensionem in eum dicunt : descendente autem Christo in Jesum, tunc coincepisse virtutes perficere, et curare, et annuntiare incognitum Patrem, et se manifeste filium primi hominis confiteri. In quibus irascentes principes, et patrem Jesu, operatos ad occidendum eum : et in eo cum adduceretur, ipsum quidem Christum cum Sophia abstitisse in incorruptibilem Aeonem dicunt; Jesum autem crucifixum : non autem oblitum suum Christum, sed misisse desuper virtutem quamdam in eum, quae excitavit eum in corpore : quod et corpus animale et spirituale vocant; mundialia enim remisisse eum in mundo. Videntes autem discipuli resurrexisse eum, non eum cognoverunt, sed ne ipsum quidem Jesum, cujus gratia a
13. Many, therefore, of his disciples, they say, did not know the descent of Christ into him; but when Christ descended into Jesus, then he began to work miracles, and to heal, and to proclaim the unknown Father, and openly to confess himself the son of the First Man. Being angry at these things, the rulers and the father of Jesus wrought to slay him; and as he was being led away for this, they say that Christ himself with Wisdom (Sophia) departed into the incorruptible Aeon, while Jesus was crucified. Yet Christ did not forget his own, but sent from above a certain power into him, which raised him up in a body, which they call both a psychic and a spiritual body; for the worldly elements he left behind in the world. But when the disciples saw that he had risen, they did not recognize him—nay, not even Jesus himself, by whose grace he
Editors' notes and page, col. 702

Footnotes

(53) ‹anchor: non autem oblitum suum Christum› · call in col 702 (seen)

Non autem oblitum suum Christum. Sensus est, Christum non esse oblitum sui hominis, seu quod suum erat.

"But that Christ did not forget his own." The sense is that Christ did not forget his own man, or what was his.

(printed under page 359)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A suam, et ad humectationem; B quippe ex Virgine; C tum suum Christum; D (50) De descensione.
  • old-edition numerals: 112 after occidendum
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:703
mortuis resurrexit. Et hunc maximum errorem inter discipulos ejus fuisse dicunt, quoniam putarent eum in corpore mundiali resurrexisse, ignorantes quoniam caro et sanguis regnum Dei non apprehendunt.
rose from the dead. And this greatest error, they say, was among his disciples, because they thought that he had risen in a worldly body, not knowing that flesh and blood do not lay hold of the kingdom of God (1 Cor. 15:50).
14. Confirmare autem volunt descensionem Christi et ascensionem ex eo, quod neque ante baptismum, neque post resurrectionem a mortuis, aliquid magni fecisse Jesum dicunt discipuli, ignorantes adunitum esse Jesum Christo, et incorruptibilem Aeonem hebdomadali, et mundiale corpus animale dicunt. Remoratum autem eum post resurrectionem XVIII mensibus, et sensibilitate in eum descendente didicisse quod liquidum est : et paucos ex discipulis suis, quos sciebat capaces tantorum mysteriorum, docuit haec; et sic receptus est in coelum, Christo sedente ad dexteram patris Ialdabaoth : uti animas eorum qui cognoverunt eos, post depositionem mundialis carnis recipiat in se, ditans semetipsum, Patre ejus ignorante, sed ne vidente quidem eum : uti in quantum Jesus semetipsum ditat in sanctis animabus, in tantum Pater ejus in detrimentis factus deminoretur, evacuatus a virtute sua per animas. Jam enim non habiturum eum animas sanctas, ut rursus demittat eas in saeculum, sed tantum eas quae sunt ex substantia ejus, id est quae sunt ex insufflatione. Consummationem autem futuram, quando tota humectatio spiritus luminis colligatur, et abripiatur in Aeonem incorruptibilitatis.
14. And they wish to confirm the descent and ascent of Christ from the fact that neither before his baptism, nor after his resurrection from the dead, do the disciples say that Jesus did anything great, not knowing that Jesus was united to Christ, and the incorruptible Aeon to the Sevenfold one; and the worldly body they call the psychic body. And after his resurrection he tarried eighteen months, and as perception descended into him, he learned what is clear; and he taught these things to a few of his disciples, whom he knew to be capable of so great mysteries, and so he was received up into heaven, Christ sitting at the right hand of the father Ialdabaoth, so that he may receive into himself the souls of those who have known them, after the putting off of the worldly flesh, enriching himself, while his father is ignorant of it and does not even see him; so that in proportion as Jesus enriches himself in holy souls, to that extent his father suffers loss and is diminished, being emptied of his power through the souls. For he will no longer have holy souls to send them down again into the world, but only those that are of his own substance, that is, those that are from his breath. And the consummation will take place when the whole moisture of the spirit of light is gathered together and caught up into the Aeon of incorruptibility.
Editors' notes and page, col. 703

Footnotes

<!-- The body here is the Latin only, in both columns. Call (66) is seen in col 704. (54)–(60) are put in col 703 from where they are printed (inferred); the images do not fix the column for (61)–(65). --> [scripture and chapter references, calls 45 and 46] · cols 703–704 ⁴⁵ I Cor. XV, 50. ⁴⁶ Cap. XXXV.

⁴⁵ 1 Corinthians 15:50. ⁴⁶ Chapter 35.

(printed under page 360)

(54) ‹anchor: Ante baptismum› · call in col 703 (inferred)

Ante baptismum. Sic recte restituit Grabius ex cod. Voss. (cui consentit Clarom.) pro post baptismum, ut perperam legitur in omnibus editt.

"Before baptism." So, rightly, Grabe restored it from the Vossius codex (with which the Clermont agrees), in place of "after baptism," as is wrongly read in all the editions.

(printed under page 360)

(55) ‹anchor: Hebdomadali› · call in col 703 (inferred)

Hebdomadali. Ita Pass. et Voss., quod malim quam hebdomadi, ut in aliis legitur. Sensus enim est, Christum, incorruptibilem Aeonem, unitum esse hebdomadali, Sophiae videlicet, quae hebdomadis princeps erat.

"To the one of the hebdomad." So the Passionei and Vossius, which I prefer to "to the hebdomad," as one reads in the others. For the sense is that Christ, the incorruptible Aeon, was united to the one of the hebdomad, namely Sophia, who was the head of the hebdomad.

(printed under page 360)

(56) ‹anchor: Animale› · call in col 703 (inferred)

Animale. In Clarom., Pass., Voss. et edit. Oxon., animalium ; perperam quidem, ut puto. Hic enim de Jesu discipulis sermo est, qui ne ipsum quidem Jesum cognoscentes, ut mox dictum est, mundiale corpus animale dicebant., id est animale corpus, quod post resurrectionem gestabat Jesus, mundiale esse errantes dicebant ; cum tamen jam mundialia remisisset in mundo.

"Animal" (ensouled). In the Clermont, Passionei, Vossius and the Oxford edition, "of animals"; wrongly, as I think. For the subject here is the disciples of Jesus, who, "not knowing even Jesus himself," as was just said, "called the animal body worldly"; that is, they said in their error that the animal body Jesus bore after the resurrection was worldly, when he had already left behind the worldly things in the world.

(printed under page 360)

(57) ‹anchor: Remoratum› · call in col 703 (inferred)

Remoratum. Clarom., Pass. et Voss., rememoratum ; quam pravam lectionem miror elegerit Grabius. Idipsum enim hic asseritur, quod cap 3, n. 2, effutiebant Valentiniani : atqui contendebant hi Jesum, μετὰ τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν δεκαοκτὼ μησὶ διατετριφέναι σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς, post resurrectionem a mortuis, decem et octo mensibus commoratum esse cum discipulis. Et hic ergo et illic scripsit Irenaeus διατετριφέναι, remoratum, commoratum, non certe rememoratum.

"Having stayed on." The Clermont, Passionei and Vossius: "having remembered"; I wonder that Grabe chose this bad reading. For the very thing asserted here is what the Valentinians babbled in ch. 3, n. 2: they maintained that Jesus "after the resurrection from the dead spent eighteen months with the disciples," stayed after the resurrection from the dead for eighteen months with the disciples. Here, then, as there, Irenaeus wrote διατετριφέναι, "stayed on," "stayed with," certainly not "remembered."

(printed under page 360)

(58) ‹anchor: Sensibilitate in eum descendente› · call in col 703 (inferred)

Sensibilitate in eum descendente. Ita Feuard. in marg., Clarom., Pass., Voss. et Grab., caeteri vitiose, sensibilitatem in eum descendentem.

"With perceptiveness descending into him" (ablative). So Feuardent in the margin, the Clermont, Passionei, Vossius and Grabe; the rest, faultily, have the accusative.

(printed under page 360)

(59) ‹anchor: Eos› · call in col 703 (inferred)

Eos. Christum scilicet et Jesum.

"Them": that is, Christ and Jesus.

(printed under page 360)

(60) ‹anchor: Quidam enim› · call in col 703 (inferred)

Quidam enim. Haec et sequentia Theodoretus Graece sic enuntiat : Τινὲς δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν ὄφιν τῇ Σοφίᾳ συνεῖναί φασι, καὶ ὡς ἐναντίῳ θεῷ τῷ ποιητῇ πολεμοῦντα, τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἐξαπατῆσαι, καὶ δεδωκέναι τὴν γνῶσιν, καὶ τούτου χάριν εἰρῆσθαι φρονιμώτατον εἶναι πάντων τὸν ὄφιν. Καὶ τὴν πολυέλικτον δὲ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐντέρων θέσιν τοῦ ὄφεως περικεῖσθαι τὸ σῶμα, δεικνῦσαν τὴν ζωογόνον σοφίαν τοῦ ὄφεως.

"For some." Theodoret states this and what follows in Greek thus: "Some say that the serpent himself was with Sophia, and, warring against the maker as an opposed god, deceived Adam and gave him knowledge; and that for this reason the serpent was called the wisest of all. And that the many-coiled arrangement of our intestines has wrapped round it the form of the serpent, showing the life-giving wisdom of the serpent."

(printed under page 360)

(61) ‹anchor: Per quae› · call in col 703 or 704 (not fixed by the images)

Per quae. Alias vitiose et scribarum culpa, per quas, e videlicet male transmutata in s. Sed addendum conjicio ex Theodoreti verbis : serpentis corpus exprimi, eo quod, etc.

"Through which" (neuter). Elsewhere, faultily and by the scribes' fault, "per quas" (feminine), the "e" being wrongly changed into "s." But I conjecture from Theodoret's words that one should add: "that the body of the serpent is expressed, because," etc.

(printed under page 360)

(62) ‹anchor: Serpentis figurae› · call in col 703 or 704 (not fixed by the images)

Serpentis figurae. Forte legendum, serpentis sapientiae ; sic enim scripsit Theodoretus.

"Of the serpent's figure." Perhaps read "of the serpent's wisdom," for so Theodoret wrote.

(printed under page 360)

(63) ‹anchor: Alii autem rursus Cain› · call in col 703 or 704 (not fixed by the images)

Alii autem rursus Cain, etc. Καιανοὺς vocat Epiphan. haer. 38. Καϊνοὺς Theodoret. lib. I Haer. fabul., c. 15, unde optime monet Cotelerius in not. ad tom. I Monumentorum Eccles. Graecae, col. 770, apud eumdem Theodoret. ejusdem libri caput 1, pro Κανισταί, legi debere Καϊνισταί. Latini vero Cainos, Cajanos, Cainianos, etc., appellant. Prius autem istud colon Epiphanius ita Graeco exhibet : οὗτοί φασι τὸν Κάϊν ἐκ τῆς ἰσχυρωτέρας δυνάμεως ὑπάρχειν, καὶ τῆς ἄνωθεν αὐθεντίας. Sed paulo aliter Theodoretus : ἄλλοι δὲ ... καὶ τὸν Κάϊν φασὶν ἐκ τῆς ἄνωθεν αὐθεντίας λελυτρῶσθαι. Alii autem et Cain dicunt a superna auctoritate liberatum.

"And others again Cain," etc. Epiphanius, Heresy 38, calls them Kaianoi; Theodoret, Haereticarum fabularum book I, ch. 15, Kainoi; whence Cotelier, in his note on vol. I of the Monumenta Ecclesiae Graecae, col. 770, very well advises that in the same Theodoret, ch. 1 of the same book, one should read Kainistai for Kanistai. The Latins call them Caini, Cajani, Cainiani, etc. Epiphanius gives that first clause in Greek thus: "These say that Cain is from the stronger power and from the authority above." But Theodoret a little differently: "And others … say that Cain too was redeemed by the authority above." And others say that Cain was set free by the authority on high.

(printed under page 360)

(64) ‹anchor: Et Esau, et Core› · call in col 703 or 704 (not fixed by the images)

Et Esau, et Core, etc His gemina sunt ista Theodoreti : Καὶ τὸν Ἐσαῦ, καὶ τὸν Κορὲ, καὶ τοὺς Σοδομίτας, καὶ πάντας δὲ τοὺς τοιούτους συγγενεῖς ἰδίους ὁμολογοῦσι. Καὶ ( Epiphan. διὸ καὶ ) τούτους ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦ ποιητοῦ μισηθῆναι, μηδεμίαν δὲ βλάβην εἰσδέξασθαι. Ἡ γὰρ σοφία ὅπερ εἶχεν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἀνήρπασεν ἐξ αὐτῶν. Καὶ τὸν προδότην δὲ Ἰούδαν μόνον ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἀποστόλων ταύτην ἐσχηκέναι τὴν γνῶσίν φασι (Epiphan. καὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν ἀκριβῶς τὰ περὶ τούτων ἐπεγνωκέναι λέγουσι) καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ τῆς προδοσίας ἐνεργῆσαι μυστήριον.

"And Esau and Korah," etc. Twin to this are these words of Theodoret: "And Esau and Korah and the Sodomites, and all such, they acknowledge as their own kin. And (Epiphanius: 'wherefore also') that these were hated by the maker but received no harm; for Sophia snatched away from them what she had in them. And they say that Judas the traitor alone of all the apostles had this knowledge (Epiphanius: 'and they say that Judas knew exactly the things concerning these'), and for this reason worked the mystery of the betrayal."

(printed under page 360)

(65) ‹anchor: Male acceptos› · call in col 703 or 704 (not fixed by the images)

Male acceptos. Lege, male acceptum.

"Ill received" (masculine plural). Read "male acceptum" (singular).

(printed under page 360)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A mortuis resurrexit.; B bat capaces tantorum; C (54) Ante baptismum.; D n. 2, effutiebant
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed
PG 7:704
15. Tales quidem secundum eos sententiae sunt : a quibus, velut Lernaea hydra, multiplex capitibus fera de Valentini schola generata est.
15. Such, indeed, are the opinions according to them; from which, like the Lernaean hydra, the many-headed beast has been generated from the school of Valentinus.
Quidam enim ipsam Sophiam serpentem factam dicunt : quapropter et contrariam exstitisse factori Adae, et agnitionem hominibus immisisse, et propter hoc dictum serpentem omnium sapientiorem. Sed et propter positionem intestinorum nostrorum, per quae esca infertur, eo quod talem figuram habeant, ostendentem absconsam generatricem serpentis figurae substantiam in nobis.
For certain say that Wisdom (Sophia) herself became the serpent; wherefore also she was opposed to the maker of Adam, and implanted knowledge in men, and on this account the serpent was called wiser than all (Gen. 3:1). Moreover, by the position of our intestines, through which food is brought in, because they have such a figure, it reveals in us the hidden life-generating substance of the form of a serpent.
CAPUT XXXI.
Chapter XXXI.
De Caianis.
Concerning the Cainites.
1. Alii autem rursus Cain a superiore principalitate dicunt; et Esau, et Core, et Sodomitas, et omnes tales cognatos suos confitentur; et propter hoc a factore impugnatos, neminem ex eis male acceptos. Sophia enim illud, quod proprium ex ea erat, abripiebat ex eis ad semetipsam. Et haec Judam proditorem diligenter cognovisse dicunt, et solum prae caeteris cognoscentem veritatem, perfecisse proditionis mysterium : per quem et terrena et coelestia omnia dissoluta dicunt. Et confictionem afferunt hujusmodi, Judae Evangelium illud vocantes.
1. Others again say that Cain is from the higher principal power, and confess Esau, and Korah, and the Sodomites, and all such persons as their own kindred; and on this account, though they were attacked by the maker, none of them suffered harm. For Wisdom (Sophia) used to snatch away from them to herself that which was her own from her. And these things, they say, Judas the traitor thoroughly knew, and since he alone beyond the rest knew the truth, he accomplished the mystery of the betrayal; and through him all things, both earthly and heavenly, they say, were dissolved. And they bring forward a fabrication of this sort, calling it the Gospel of Judas.
2. Jam autem et collegi eorum conscriptiones, in quibus dissolvere opera Hysterae adhortantur;
2. Moreover, I have also collected their writings, in which they exhort men to destroy the works of the Womb (Hystera);
Editors' notes and page, col. 704

Footnotes

(66) ‹anchor: opera Hysterae› · call in col 704 (seen)

Hysterae. Ὑστέρα Graece, Latine uterus, vulva est.

"Of Hystera." Ὑστέρα in Greek is, in Latin, the womb.

(printed under page 360)

Page

  • running head: S. IRENÆI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS ET MARTYRIS
  • marginal letters: A 15. Tales quidem; B De Caianis.; C ἡμετέρων ἐντέρων; D Κάϊν φασὶν
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; adhortan- split at column break
  • other: the word adhortantur; was split at the column break and stands whole here (joined on receipt); check that the English reads whole across the break into col 705
PG 7:705
Hysteram autem fabricatorem coeli et terrae vocant : nec enim aliter salvari eos nisi per omnia eant, quemadmodum et Carpocrates dixit. Et in unoquoque peccatorum et turpium operationum angelum assistere, et operantem audire audaciam et immunditiam inferre, id quod inest ei operationi, Angeli nomine dicere : O tu, Angele, abutor opere tuo : O tu, illa Potestas, perficio tuam operationem. Et hoc esse scientiam perfectam, sine timore in tales abire operationes, quas ne nominare quidem fas est.
and the Womb (Hystera) they call the framer of heaven and earth. Nor, they say, can they be saved otherwise than by passing through all things, even as Carpocrates also said. And at each one of their sins and base actions an angel stands by, and he who does it ventures to bring in audacity and uncleanness, and attributing to the angel's name that which belongs to the action, says: O you Angel, I use your work; O you Power, I accomplish your operation. And this, they say, is perfect knowledge, without fear to turn aside into such actions as it is not lawful even to name.
3. A talibus matribus, et patribus, et proavis eos, qui a Valentino sint, sicut ipsae sententiae et regulae ostendunt eos, necessarium fuit manifeste arguere, et in medium afferre dogmata ipsorum, si qui forte ex iis poenitentiam agentes, et convertentes ad unum solum conditorem, et Deum factorem universitatis, salvari possint : reliqui autem non jam abstrahantur a prava, quasi verisimili, suasione eorum, putantes majus et aliquid altius ab iis scituros se mysterium : sed a nobis bene discentes quae ab illis male docentur, derideant quidem doctrinam eorum; illorum autem misereantur, qui adhuc in his tam miserrimis et instabilibus fabulis tantam elationem assumpserunt, ut meliores semetipsos reliquis propter talem agnitionem, imo ignorantiam, arbitrentur. Delectatio autem eorum haec est, sive adversus eos victoria est. sententiae eorum manifestatio.
3. That from such mothers, and fathers, and ancestors have sprung the followers of Valentinus, just as their very opinions and rules show them to be, it was necessary openly to convict, and to bring forward their dogmas into the open, if haply some of them, repenting and turning to the one only Founder and God the Maker of the universe, may be saved, and the rest may no longer be drawn away by their wicked persuasion, as though it were plausible, imagining that they will learn from them some greater and higher mystery; but learning well from us the things that are wickedly taught by them, may laugh to scorn their doctrine, and take pity on those who, still remaining in these so wretched and unstable fables, have assumed such haughtiness as to account themselves better than the rest on account of such knowledge—or rather, ignorance. And this is their delight—or rather, the victory against them is the manifestation of their opinion.
Editors' notes and page, col. 705

Footnotes

<!-- The body here is the Latin only, in both columns; this page closes Book I. Calls seen in the body crops: (74) in col 705; (81) in col 706. (67)–(73) precede (74) and are put in col 705 (inferred); the images do not fix the column for (75)–(80). No scripture or chapter references are printed in the foot. --> (printed under page 361)

(67) ‹anchor: Hysteram autem› · call in col 705 (inferred)

Hysteram autem, etc. Epiphan. in fine § 1 : Ὑστέραν τὸν ποιητὴν ... οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς καλοῦσι. Καὶ μὴ δύνασθαί φασι σωθήσεσθαί τινα, ἐὰν μὴ διὰ πάντων χωρήσωσιν, ὡς καὶ ὁ Καρποκράτης λέγει.

"But Hystera," etc. Epiphanius, at the end of § 1: "They call the maker … of heaven and earth Hystera. And they say that no one can be saved unless they pass through all things, as Carpocrates also says."

(printed under page 361)

(68) ‹anchor: Et operantem audire› · call in col 705 (inferred)

Et operantem audire, etc. Sic codd. Clarom., Pass., Voss. et edit. Oxon.; in aliis editt., et operantem accidere ; in Arund. accedere. Priorem autem lectionem elegi, non quod genuinam, sed quod genuinae propiorem eam esse censeam. Quantum enim ex Epiphanii et Theodoreti verbis conjicere fas est, legendum videtur audere.

"And that the one working hears," etc. So the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius codices and the Oxford edition; in other editions, "et operantem accidere"; in the Arundel, "accedere." I chose the former reading, not because I judge it genuine, but because I judge it nearer to the genuine one. For so far as one may conjecture from the words of Epiphanius and Theodoret, it seems one should read "audere" (dares).

(printed under page 361)

(69) ‹anchor: Inferre› · call in col 705 (inferred)

Inferre. Nisi scripserit Irenaeus ἀναφέρειν, quod verti debuisset offerre non inferre ; inferre hic accipio pro attribuere, ascribere ; et sic Irenaei verba interpretor : operantem audere audaciam (scelus) et immunditiam, ei (Angelo), attribuere.

"To bring in." Unless Irenaeus wrote ἀναφέρειν, which should have been rendered "offer," not "bring in," I take "inferre" here for "attribute, ascribe"; and I interpret Irenaeus's words thus: that the one working dares to attribute the daring deed (the crime) and the uncleanness to him (the Angel).

(printed under page 361)

(70) ‹anchor: Id quod inest ei operationi, Angeli nomine dicere› · call in col 705 (inferred)

Id quod inest ei operationi, Angeli nomine dicere. Ita Feuard. ex vet. cod., cui consentiunt Clarom., Pass., Voss. et edit. Oxon. In Eras. vero Gallas., Arund. ac Merc. 2, Angeli nomen edicere. In Ottob., Angeli nomine edicere. Sed quoquomodo legas, hic mutilum esse textum fatearis necesse est. Sic porro, priorem retinendo lectionem, restituerem : et id quod inest ei operationi, Angeli nomine facere, ac dicere. Lege Epiphan. ac Theodoret. locis supra cit.

"To say what is in that working, in the Angel's name." So Feuardent from the old codex, with which the Clermont, Passionei, Vossius and the Oxford edition agree. But in Erasmus, Gallasius, the Arundel and Mercier 2: "to proclaim the Angel's name." In the Ottoboni: "to proclaim in the Angel's name." But however you read it, you must admit that the text here is mutilated. Keeping the former reading, I would restore it thus: "and to do and say what is in that working, in the Angel's name." Read Epiphanius and Theodoret in the places cited above.

(printed under page 361)

(71) ‹anchor: O tu Angele› · call in col 705 (inferred)

O tu Angele. Epiphan. § 2 haec ita Graece profert : Ὁ δεῖνα Ἄγγελε, καταχρῶμαί σου τὸ ἔργον· ἡ δεῖνα ἐξουσία, πράττω σου τὴν πρᾶξιν. Καὶ τοῦτο γνῶσις τελεία παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐστι λεγόμενον, ἀδεῶς ἐπὶ τὰς ἀθεμίτους αἰσχρουργίας ὁρμᾶν.

"O you Angel." Epiphanius, § 2, gives this in Greek thus: "O Angel so-and-so, I make use of your work; O Power so-and-so, I do your deed. And this is called perfect knowledge among them: to rush without fear into lawless obscenities."

(printed under page 361)

(72) ‹anchor: Abutor o... tu illa› · call in col 705 (inferred)

Abutor o... tu illa. Ita pro ab. a. te. or. vel abuteor, et fatua illa, quomodo omnia edita et mss. exemplaria vitiose habebant, Epiphanii et Nicetae auctoritate reposuit Feuard. praeeunte Heraldo in not. ad Arnobii, lib. III Contra gentes, pag. 226.

"I make use, O … you, so-and-so." So Feuardent restored it on the authority of Epiphanius and Nicetas, with Hérault leading the way in his notes on Arnobius, Contra gentes book III, page 226, in place of "ab. a. te. or." or "abuteor," and "fatua illa" (that foolish woman), as all the printed and manuscript copies faultily had it.

(printed under page 361)

(73) ‹anchor: Necessarium fuit manifeste arguere› · call in col 705 (inferred)

Necessarium fuit manifeste arguere. Sensus est : a talibus matribus et patribus ortum ducere Valentinianos, necesse fuit demonstrare ; vel, a talibus matribus et patribus repetito argumento, necesse fuit Valentinianos impugnare.

"It was necessary to refute openly." The sense is: it was necessary to show that the Valentinians take their origin from such mothers and fathers; or, it was necessary to attack the Valentinians with an argument drawn from such mothers and fathers.

(printed under page 361)

(74) ‹anchor: Delectatio autem eorum haec est› · call in col 705 (seen)

Delectatio autem eorum haec est, etc. Id est, inquit Feuard., his nugis, imo exsecrandis et detestandis blasphemiis gloriantur et triumphant, quarum oportet penitus erubescere. Sed conjicit idem Feuard. pro delectatio, legendum esse detectio ; eamque lectionem constabiliri posse, ex eo quod supra cap. 22 legitur, cum sit adversus omnes haereticos detectio, etc., et mox Praefat. in lib. II, quod sit detectio et eversio sententiae eorum ; iterumque Praefat. in lib. IV, de detectione et eversione falsae cognitionis ; quae quidem docti viri conjectura non omnino spernenda videtur.

"This is their delight," etc. That is, says Feuardent, they glory and triumph in these trifles, or rather execrable and detestable blasphemies, of which they ought to be utterly ashamed. But the same Feuardent conjectures that for "delectatio" (delight) one should read "detectio" (exposure); and that this reading can be confirmed from what is read above in ch. 22, "since it is an exposure against all heretics," etc., and soon after in the Preface to book II, "that it is the exposure and overthrow of their opinion"; and again in the Preface to book IV, "on the exposure and overthrow of knowledge falsely so called." This learned man's conjecture seems not at all to be despised.

(printed under page 361)

(75) ‹anchor: Compositae› · call in col 705 or 706 (not fixed by the images)

Compositae. Alii, compositum.

"Composed" (feminine). Others: "compositum."

(printed under page 361)

(76) ‹anchor: Perte› · call in col 705 or 706 (not fixed by the images)

Perte. Sic ex Clarom., Pass. et Voss. reponere placuit, pro apertum, vel aperte, vel a parte, ut in aliis exemplaribus minus bene scribitur. Amicum enim alloquitur Irenaeus, ad quem libros suos mittit, ut portentosa Valentinianorum dogmata in lucem proferens, facilius everteret.

"Through you." I chose to restore this from the Clermont, Passionei and Vossius, in place of "apertum," or "aperte," or "a parte," as it is less well written in other copies. For Irenaeus is addressing the friend to whom he sends his books, so that by bringing the monstrous doctrines of the Valentinians into the light he might overthrow them the more easily.

(printed under page 361)

(77) ‹anchor: Bestiae... absconditae› · call in col 705 or 706 (not fixed by the images)

Bestiae... absconditae. Hellenismus est ; genitivus, pro ablativo absoluto.

"Of the beast … hidden." It is a Hellenism: the genitive for the ablative absolute.

(printed under page 361)

(78) ‹anchor: Segregat.. denudat.. adduxit› · call in col 705 or 706 (not fixed by the images)

Segregat.. denudat.. adduxit. Vel haec in plurali numero ponenda erant, vel sequentia in singulari, ut secum omnia congruerent.

"He separates … strips … brought." Either these should have been put in the plural, or what follows in the singular, so that everything might agree.

(printed under page 361)

(79) ‹anchor: Elaboravit› · call in col 705 or 706 (not fixed by the images)

Elaboravit. Lege elaborant.

"He laboured." Read "they labour."

(printed under page 361)

(80) ‹anchor: Evertere› · call in col 705 or 706 (not fixed by the images)

Evertere. Al. excutere.

"To overthrow." Others: "to shake out."

(printed under page 361)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A tur; Hysteram autem; B qui forte ex iis; C (67) Hysteram autem; D Gallas., Arund.
  • old-edition numerals: 113 after Angeli
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed; tur from adhortantur at start of column
PG 7:706
4. Quapropter conati sumus nos universum male compositae vulpeculae hujus corpusculum in medium producere, et per te facere manifestum. Jam enim non multis opus erit sermonibus ad evertendum doctrinam eorum, manifestam omnibus factam. Quemadmodum bestiae alicujus in silva absconditae et inde impetum facientis, et multos vastantis; qui segregat et denudat silvam, et ad visionem adduxit ipsam feram, jam non elaboravit ad capiendam, videntes quoniam ea fera fera est : ipsis enim adest videre et cavere impetus ejus, et jaculari undique, et vulnerare, et interficere vastatricem illam bestiam. Sic et nobis, cum in manifestum redegerimus eorum abscondita, et apud se tacita mysteria, jam non erit necessarium multis eorum destruere sententiam. Adest enim et tibi, et omnibus qui tecum sunt, ad haec quae praedicta sunt exerceri, et evertere nequam ipsorum doctrinas, et inconditas, et apta veritati ostendere dogmata. Cum igitur haec sic se habeant, quatenus promisi, secundum nostram virtutem inferemus eversionem ipsorum, omnibus eis contradicentes in sequenti libro (enarratio enim in longum pergit, ut vides); et viatica quoque dabimus ad eversionem ipsorum, occurrentes omnibus sententiis secundum narrationis ordinem : ut simus non tantum ostendentes, sed et vulnerantes undique bestiam.
4. Wherefore we have endeavoured to bring forth into the open the entire poorly patched-together little body of this little fox, and through you to make it manifest. For there will no longer be need of many words to overturn their doctrine, once it has been made manifest to all. Just as when some wild beast hides in a wood and makes rushes from it, and ravages many, he who parts and strips bare the wood, and has brought the wild beast itself into view, does not have to labour further for its capture, since men see that this wild beast is a wild beast; for they themselves are able to see and beware of its assaults, and to hurl darts from every side, and wound, and slay that ravaging beast: so also for us, since we have brought out into the open their hidden things and the mysteries kept silent among themselves, it will no longer be necessary to destroy their opinion with many words. For it is in your power, and in that of all who are with you, to exercise yourselves upon the things that have been said before, and to overturn their wicked and ill-formed teachings, and to set forth doctrines agreeable to the truth. Since, therefore, these things are so, according as I promised, we shall according to our ability bring forward their refutation, contradicting them all in the following book (for the exposition runs to a great length, as you see); and we shall also furnish supplies for overthrowing them, meeting all their opinions according to the order of our narrative, so that we may not only expose the beast, but also wound it from every side.
Editors' notes and page, col. 706

Footnotes

<!-- Q1f: the calls (75) compositae, (76) per te, (77) absconditae, (78) adduxit, (79) elaboravit and (80) evertere are also printed in this column's body (seen on the page, col 706, not 705). Their notes are set in n705, printed under page 361; pointer only, not repeated here. -->

(81) ‹anchor: et viatica› · call in col 706 (seen)

Viatica. Id est subsidia, auxilia. Vide quae in fine Praefationis hujus libri notavimus ad vocem ἐφόδια.

"Provisions for the journey": that is, supports, aids. See what we noted at the end of the Preface to this book on the word ἐφόδια.

(printed under page 361)

Page

  • running head: CONTRA HÆRESES LIBER PRIMUS.
  • marginal letters: A 4. Quapropter conati; B eorum destruere; C in not. ad Arnobii; D (76) Per te.
  • old-edition numerals: (none)
  • other: Latin only, no Greek printed